Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2005

Registration No. 333-            


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


 

FCA Acquisition Corp.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 


 

Delaware   3743   N/A

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. employer identification

number)

Two North Riverside Plaza

Suite 1250

Chicago, Illinois 60606

(800) 458-2235

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 


 

John E. Carroll, Jr.

President and Chief Executive Officer

FCA Acquisition Corp.

Two North Riverside Plaza

Suite 1250

Chicago, Illinois 60606

(800) 458-2235

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 


 

Copies To:

Robert F. Wall, Esq.

David A. Sakowitz, Esq.

Winston & Strawn LLP

35 W. Wacker Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60601-9703

(312) 558-5600

 

Stephen T. Giove, Esq.

Lisa L. Jacobs, Esq.

Shearman & Sterling LLP

599 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022-6069

(212) 848-4000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:   As soon as practicable after the effectiveness of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, please check the following box.   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box.   ¨

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


Title of each class of securities to be registered

  Proposed maximum
aggregate offering
price(a)(b)
 

Amount of

registration

fee

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

  $115,000,000   $13,536(c)

(a)   Includes shares of Common Stock which may be purchased by the underwriters from selling stockholders to cover over-allotments, if any.
(b)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) promulgated under the Securities Act.
(c)   A registration fee in the amount of $13,536 was previously paid by FreightCar America, Inc. in connection with the filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-121961) on January 11, 2005. The Registrant is a wholly owned subsidiary of FreightCar America, Inc. Pursuant to Rule 457(p) under the Securities Act, the filing fee of $13,536 previously paid by FreightCar America, Inc. may be offset against the filing fee of $13,536 for this Registration Statement. As a result, no filing fee is due in connection with this filing.

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.



Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS   Subject to Completion                    , 2005

 

6,000,000 Shares

 

LOGO

 

FreightCar America, Inc.

 

Common Stock

 


 

This is our initial public offering of our common stock. No public market currently exists for our common stock. We are offering 5,100,000 shares of common stock and the selling stockholders are offering 900,000 shares of our common stock by this prospectus. We expect the public offering price to be between $16.00 and $18.00 per share. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

 

We expect to apply to have our common stock approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the trading symbol “RAIL.”

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any shares, you should carefully read the discussion of material risks of investing in our common stock in “ Risk factors ” beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per Share    Total
Public offering price    $                            $                    
Underwriting discounts and commissions    $                            $                    
Proceeds, before expenses, to us    $                            $                    
Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders    $                            $                    

 

The underwriters may also purchase from the selling stockholders up to an additional 900,000 shares of our common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us, to cover over-allotments, if any, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

 

The underwriters are offering the common stock as set forth under “Underwriting.” Delivery of the shares will be made on or about                     , 2005.

 

 

UBS Investment Bank

 

Jefferies & Company, Inc.

CIBC World Markets

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2005.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of shares of our common stock.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Prospectus summary

   1

Risk factors

   12

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

   28

Use of proceeds

   29

Dividend policy

   31

Capitalization

   32

Dilution

   34

Selected consolidated financial data

   36

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

   39

Industry

   63

Business

   68

Management

   86

Certain relationships and related party transactions

   101

Principal and selling stockholders

   106

Description of indebtedness

   110

Description of capital stock

   115

Shares eligible for future sale

   121

Material U.S. income tax considerations for non-U.S. holders

   123

Underwriting

   126

Legal matters

   130

Experts

   130

Where you can find more information

   130

Index to financial statements

   F-1

 

FCA Acquisition Corp. is the issuer of the common stock offered hereby. Prior to this offering, we intend to merge FreightCar America, Inc., the parent company of FCA Acquisition Corp., with and into FCA Acquisition Corp., a newly formed, wholly owned subsidiary of FreightCar America, Inc., with FCA Acquisition Corp. being the surviving corporation. In connection with the merger, FCA Acquisition Corp. will change its name to FreightCar America, Inc. See “Prospectus summary—Corporate information” for more information. In this prospectus, references to “our company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to FreightCar America, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries and its predecessors, except where the context otherwise indicates, and, following the merger, the surviving corporation in the merger, which will have the same name.

 

The prospectus contains some of our trademarks, trade names and service marks. Each trademark, trade name or service mark of any other company appearing in this prospectus belongs to its respective holder.

 

The market and industry data and forecasts included in this prospectus are based upon independent industry sources, including the Association of American Railroads, the Railway Supply Institute, Inc., Economic Planning Associates, Inc., the Energy Information Administration of the U.S. Department of Energy and Resource Data International. Although we believe that these independent sources are reliable, we have not independently verified the accuracy and completeness of this information, nor have we independently verified the underlying economic assumptions relied upon in preparing any forecasts. See “Risk factors—Risks related to our business—The market and industry data included in this prospectus, including estimates and forecasts relating to the growth of the railcar market, cannot be verified with certainty and may prove to be inaccurate.” In addition, we recognize sales of our railcars, which we sometimes refer to as deliveries of our railcars, when we have completed production, the railcars are

 


 


Table of Contents

 

accepted by the customer following inspection, the risk for any damage or other loss with respect to the railcars passes to the customer and title to the railcars transfers to the customer. Information related to our railcar deliveries is based on our recognized sales. Sales recognition policies of other manufacturers may not necessarily be the same as our policy. However, the industry-wide railcar delivery information included in this prospectus is based, in part, on railcar delivery information that we provided to independent industry sources that recognized deliveries in a given period before title to the railcar transferred to the customer. Therefore, industry information related to railcar deliveries by all manufacturers, which includes information that we have provided, is based on different sales recognition policies than we use. Therefore, industry-wide railcar delivery information is not directly comparable to our actual railcar delivery information.

 


 

ii


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

 

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It is not complete and may not contain all the information that may be important to you. You should read the entire prospectus carefully before making an investment decision, especially the information presented under the heading “Risk factors” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

OUR COMPANY

 

We are the leading manufacturer of aluminum-bodied railroad freight cars, which we also refer to as railcars, in North America, based on the number of railcars delivered. We specialize in the production of coal-carrying railcars, which represented 78% of our deliveries of railcars in 2004, while the balance of our production consisted of a broad spectrum of railcar types, including aluminum-bodied and steel-bodied railcars. We also refurbish and rebuild railcars and sell forged, cast and fabricated parts for all of the railcars that we produce, as well as those manufactured by others. We have chosen not to offer significant railcar leasing services, as we have made a strategic decision not to compete with our customers that provide railcar leasing services, which represent a significant portion of our revenue.

 

We believe that we are the leading North American manufacturer of coal-carrying railcars. We estimate that we have manufactured 81% of the coal-carrying railcars delivered over the last three years in the North American market. Our aluminum BethGon railcar has been the leading aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcar sold in North America for nearly 20 years. We believe that over the last 25 years we have built and introduced more types of coal-carrying railcars than all other manufacturers in North America combined.

 

Our manufacturing facilities are located in Danville, Illinois, Johnstown, Pennsylvania and Roanoke, Virginia. Our Danville facility produced approximately 81% of our railcars manufactured during the year ended December 31, 2004, and all of our aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcars. We believe that the operational efficiency of our Danville facility has increased over the last six years resulting in a significant reduction in our manufacturing costs. Our Johnstown facility manufactures all of our other railcar types, such as small covered hopper railcars, coiled steel railcars and aluminum vehicle carrier railcars, and it also has the capability to manufacture coal-carrying railcars. We have commenced preparations for an additional production facility that we have leased in Roanoke, Virginia. Our new Roanoke facility will manufacture a variety of types of railcars, including aluminum-bodied and steel-bodied railcars. See “—Recent developments” below.

 

Our primary customers are financial institutions, railroads and shippers, which represented 38%, 31% and 31%, respectively, of our total sales attributable to each type of customer for the year ended December 31, 2004. In 2004, we delivered 7,484 new railcars, including 5,840 aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcars. Our total backlog of firm orders for new railcars increased from 6,444 railcars as of December 31, 2003 to 11,397 railcars as of December 31, 2004, representing estimated sales of $365.9 million and $747.8 million, respectively, attributable to such backlog. Our sales for the year ended December 31, 2004 were $482.2 million and our net loss for the same period was $24.9 million. Our customers that we refer to as financial institution customers include a variety of financial institutions that buy railcars from us and lease such railcars. Our customers that we refer to as shippers include utility companies that use our railcars primarily for coal transport and a variety of industrial companies that use our railcars for freight transport.

 

We and our predecessors have been manufacturing railcars since 1901. From 1923 to 1991, our business was owned and operated by Bethlehem Steel Corporation. In 1991, Transportation Technologies Industries, Inc., or TTII (then known as Johnstown America Industries, Inc.), purchased our business

 

1


Table of Contents

from Bethlehem Steel. In June 1999, TTII sold our railcar business to an investor group led by certain members of TTII’s management who became our management. In December 2004, we changed our name from JAC Holdings International, Inc. to FreightCar America, Inc. to better reflect our business of manufacturing railcars.

 

OUR INDUSTRY

 

The North American railcar market is the primary market in which we compete. The North American railcar manufacturing industry has been consolidating over the last 20 years with the number of manufacturers falling from 24 companies in 1980 to six companies today. Of these six companies, four manufacture railcars primarily for third-party customers, while the other two manufacture railcars primarily for their own railcar leasing operations. According to the Association of American Railroads, there were approximately 1.3 million railcars in circulation in 2003, and the number of railcars delivered in the North American market increased from 17,736 railcars in 2002 to 46,871 railcars in 2004. According to Economic Planning Associates, the compound annual growth rate for railcar deliveries over the next two years is expected to be approximately 12.3%, resulting in an estimated 59,100 railcar deliveries in 2006.

 

Rail transport is important to the North American economy. In 2001, railroads transported approximately 42% of the freight hauled in the United States, an increase from approximately 38% in 1990. A number of industries in North America rely heavily on rail for the transport of the various inputs and outputs associated with their operations.

 

We believe the main characteristics and trends affecting the railcar industry are:

 

Ø   the cyclical nature of the railcar market;

 

Ø   the replacement demand for the aging North American railcar fleet;

 

Ø   the shift from steel-bodied to aluminum-bodied railcars;

 

Ø   the shift in the customer base from railroads to financial institutions and shippers; and

 

Ø   the consolidation of railcar manufacturers.

 

We believe the main trends affecting the coal-carrying railcar business are:

 

Ø   the increase in demand for electricity;

 

Ø   the increase in demand for coal as a fuel source; and

 

Ø   the increase in demand for coal from the western United States.

 

These trends affecting the railcar industry and the coal-carrying railcar business are summarized in the section entitled “Industry.”

 

OUR BUSINESS STRENGTHS AND COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGES

 

We believe that the following key business strengths and competitive advantages will contribute to our growth:

 

Ø   Leader in coal-carrying railcar market .    We believe we are the leading manufacturer of coal-carrying railcars in North America, producing an estimated 81% of the coal-carrying railcars delivered in the North American market over the last three years. Through our leading position in the coal-carrying railcar market, we expect to benefit from the increasing use of coal as an energy source.

 

2


Table of Contents
Ø   Leading manufacturer of aluminum-bodied railcars .    Since pioneering the modern aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcar design in 1986, we believe that we have introduced more aluminum-bodied railcar types and have manufactured more aluminum-bodied railcars than any other company. We plan to leverage our expertise in aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcar production as railroads and utilities continue to upgrade their fleets from aging steel-bodied coal-carrying railcars to lighter and more durable aluminum-bodied railcars.

 

Ø   Strong relationships with long-term customer base .    We have established long-term relationships with a customer base that includes some of the largest financial institutions, railroads and shippers in North America. We believe that our ability to meet our customers’ preference for reliable, high-quality products, the relatively high cost for customers to switch manufacturers, our technological leadership in developing innovative products and the competitive pricing of our railcars have helped us maintain our long-standing relationships with our customers.

 

Ø   Low-cost structure .    Over the past several years, we have reduced our fixed costs and have increased our production efficiency through a series of operational changes and the introduction of proprietary production systems. In particular, we believe that the operational efficiency of our Danville facility has increased over the last six years resulting in a significant reduction in our manufacturing costs. We also have contractual arrangements with certain of our suppliers and customers that help limit our exposure to fluctuations in material prices. As a result of our low-cost structure, we were able to generate positive cash flow from operations during the most recent cyclical downturn in the railcar industry despite the decline in our sales.

 

Ø   Innovative product development .    We continuously seek to create new railcar designs and develop improvements to our existing designs. We have added nine new or redesigned products to our portfolio in the last five years, and railcar designs introduced in the last four years represented 92% of the railcars that we produced in fiscal year 2004.

 

Ø   Stable labor relations .    We have a collective bargaining agreement with the union representing the employees at our Danville facility, which expires on November 1, 2008. In November 2004, we entered into a settlement agreement with the union representing our existing and former unionized employees at our Johnstown facility setting forth the terms of a new collective bargaining agreement, which expires on May 15, 2008. We expect the settlement to allow our Johnstown facility to become more cost-competitive. The settlement, among other things, limits our future contributions for health care coverage and pension costs for retired unionized employees at our Johnstown facility. The settlement is conditioned on, among other things, approval by the National Labor Relations Board (NLRB) and the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania of the settlement and the withdrawal of the NLRB charges, the class-action lawsuits and certain workplace grievance matters against us related to the Johnstown facility. See “—Recent Developments” below.

 

Ø   Strong and experienced management team .    We have an experienced senior management team that has an average of over 28 years of experience in the railcar or other manufacturing industries. We believe that our management team has successfully managed our business during the most recent cyclical downturn in the railcar industry, and the continued contributions of our management team will be important for our future success.

 

OUR STRATEGY

 

The key elements of our business strategy are as follows:

 

Ø  

Maintain leadership in the coal-carrying railcar segment .    Since we introduced our aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcar design in 1986, we have been the leading manufacturer of coal-carrying railcars in North America with an estimated 81% share of the coal-carrying railcars delivered over the last three

 

3


Table of Contents
 

years in the North American market. We intend to continue to develop new and innovative railcar designs that respond to the needs of our customers, thereby capitalizing on the forecasted growth in coal usage in the United States.

 

Ø   Leverage aluminum expertise into new applications and railcar types .    We are applying our expertise in aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcar production to develop new types of railcars and related applications. For example, our aluminum vehicle carrier is a competitively priced alternative to a steel vehicle carrier for the efficient transport of new passenger vehicles.

 

Ø   Continue to improve operating efficiencies .    We intend to build on the success of our cost improvement initiatives at our Danville facility, and we will continue to identify opportunities to enhance operating efficiencies across our manufacturing facilities, thereby allowing us to reduce our costs and maintain competitive prices.

 

Ø   Continue to expand our product portfolio .    We intend to continue to introduce new and improved railcar designs that respond to the needs of our customers. In addition to developing new aluminum-bodied railcar types, we may seek to expand our product portfolio to selected steel-bodied railcars.

 

Ø   Continue to pursue incremental internal growth and additional external opportunities.     By significantly reducing our debt through this offering, we will have the financial flexibility to supplement internal growth with select acquisitions. We also intend to expand into underserved international markets through licensing arrangements or through joint ventures with established railcar manufacturers. In response to the current demand for our railcars, we are exploring opportunities to increase our production capacity.

 

THE TRANSACTIONS

 

We intend to use the proceeds of this offering, amounts borrowed under a new revolving credit facility that we will enter at the completion of this offering and available cash to repay all of our existing long-term debt, to redeem all of our outstanding redeemable preferred stock, to pay the additional consideration related to the acquisition of our business in 1999 that will become due upon the completion of this offering pursuant to certain rights under the acquisition agreement, which we refer to as the rights to additional acquisition consideration, and to pay fees and expenses related to this offering and the related transactions. For more information, see “Use of proceeds.” In connection with this offering, we intend to replace our existing revolving credit facility with a new $50.0 million revolving credit facility that we will enter into with LaSalle Bank National Association at the completion of this offering, which we refer to as the new revolving credit facility. See “Description of indebtedness—New revolving credit facility.”

 

We refer to this offering, the entering into of the new revolving credit facility and the application of the net proceeds of this offering, amounts borrowed under the new revolving credit facility and available cash in the manner described in “Use of proceeds” as the Transactions.

 

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

 

Johnstown settlement.     On November 15, 2004, our subsidiary, Johnstown America Corporation, or JAC, entered into a settlement agreement with The United Steelworkers of America, or the USWA, which represents our unionized employees in our Johnstown, Pennsylvania manufacturing facility. Our unionized employees at our Johnstown facility, who comprise approximately 49% of our total workforce, had been without a collective bargaining agreement since October 2001. The settlement agreement sets forth the terms of a new 42-month collective bargaining agreement with our unionized

 

4


Table of Contents

employees at our Johnstown facility. The settlement agreement also provides for the resolution of charges made by the USWA against us with the NLRB, certain related class-action lawsuits, which we refer to as the Deemer and Britt lawsuits, and certain workplace grievance matters. Under the terms of the settlement agreement, the plaintiffs in the Deemer and Britt lawsuits are to withdraw their lawsuits with prejudice and the USWA agreed to request that the NLRB prosecutor withdraw the NLRB charges against us. In addition, the settlement agreement limits our future contributions for health care coverage and pension costs for retired unionized employees at our Johnstown facility. The settlement is conditioned on, among other things, approval by the NLRB and the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania of the settlement and the withdrawal of the NLRB charges, the Deemer and Britt lawsuits and the workplace grievance matters. We refer to the settlement agreement and the related matters discussed above as the Johnstown settlement. See “Business—Legal proceedings—Labor dispute settlement.”

 

New executive officer.     In November 2004, Kevin P. Bagby joined us as our Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary. Mr. Bagby served most recently as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Stoneridge, Inc., a company that designs and manufactures highly engineered electrical and electronic components, modules and systems for certain agricultural and vehicle markets.

 

New production facility.     In December 2004, we entered into an agreement to lease a railcar manufacturing facility in Roanoke, Virginia. We commenced preparations for the operation of the Roanoke facility in January 2005, including applying for necessary governmental permits and hiring employees. We plan to initially produce aluminum-bodied railcars and eventually both aluminum-bodied and steel-bodied railcars at the Roanoke facility. We expect to deliver our first railcar manufactured at the Roanoke facility during the second quarter of 2005. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Recent developments” for more information.

 

CORPORATE INFORMATION

 

FCA Acquisition Corp., a newly formed, wholly owned subsidiary of FreightCar America, Inc., is the issuer of the common stock offered hereby. Prior to this offering, FCA Acquisition Corp. will merge with and into FreightCar America, Inc., FCA Acquisition Corp. being the surviving corporation. In connection with the merger, FCA Acquisition Corp. will be renamed FreightCar America, Inc. As a part of this merger, the outstanding shares of all of FreightCar America, Inc.’s existing Class A voting common stock and our Class B non-voting common stock will be exchanged on a one-for-550 basis for shares of a single class of the surviving corporation’s common stock. In addition, all of the existing shares of FreightCar America, Inc.’s Series A voting preferred stock and FreightCar America, Inc.’s Series B non-voting preferred stock will be exchanged on a one-for-one basis for shares of the surviving corporation’s Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock with identical terms (except we will change the par value of the Series A voting preferred stock and the Series B non-voting preferred stock from $500 per share to $0.01 per share and we will change the liquidation preference of the Series A voting preferred stock and the Series B non-voting preferred stock to include the value of the accrued liquidation preference of our Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock). We refer to our merger with FCA Acquisition Corp., the name change and the share exchanges described above as the merger. The surviving corporation of the merger will be incorporated in Delaware.

 

The address of our principal executive offices is Two North Riverside Plaza, Suite 1250, Chicago, Illinois 60606. Our telephone number is (800) 458-2235. Our web site address is www.freightcaramerica.com. Information contained in or connected to our web site is not a part of this prospectus.

 

5


Table of Contents

The offering

 

Unless otherwise indicated, all of the information in this prospectus assumes the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option to purchase shares from the selling stockholders. Please see “Description of capital stock” for a summary of the terms of our common stock.

 

Common stock offered by us

5,100,000 shares

 

Common stock offered to the public by the selling     stockholders

900,000 shares

 

Common stock outstanding after this offering

12,532,700 shares

 

Common stock subject to the over-allotment     option granted by the selling stockholders

900,000 shares

 

Use of proceeds

We expect to receive net proceeds from the offering of approximately $75.8 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses of this offering payable by us. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the selling stockholders.

 

 

We intend to use the proceeds from the sale of shares by us, amounts borrowed under our new revolving credit facility and available cash to repay all of our existing indebtedness, to redeem all of our outstanding redeemable preferred stock, to pay amounts that will become due under the rights to additional acquisition consideration and to pay related fees and expenses. See “Use of proceeds.”

 

Dividend policy

Following this offering, we intend to pay regular cash dividends on our common stock.

 

 

Future dividends will be subject to certain considerations discussed under “Risk factors—Risks related to the purchase of our common stock in this offering—We intend to pay regular cash dividends on our common stock but may change our dividend policy, and the agreements governing our new revolving credit facility will contain various covenants that limit our ability to pay dividends” and “Dividend policy.”

 

Proposed Nasdaq symbol

RAIL

 

Risk factors

You should carefully read and consider the information set forth under the caption “Risk factors” and all other information set forth in this prospectus before investing in our common stock.

 

6


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, all of the information in this prospectus relating to the number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering:

 

Ø   gives effect to the full exercise of stock options prior to the date of this prospectus, referred to in this prospectus as the 2004 Options, for 1,014 shares of Class A voting common stock (557,700 shares of common stock of the surviving corporation in the merger) and 1,014 shares of Series A voting preferred stock (1,014 shares of Series A voting preferred stock of the surviving corporation in the merger), which together are also referred to as Units, that were granted to certain of our directors and officers in December 2004. See “Management—Executive compensation—Option awards and option plan” for more information on the Units and the 2004 Options; and

 

Ø   gives effect to the merger, which will occur prior to this offering, pursuant to which (1) all of the shares of our existing Class A voting common stock, including the 1,014 shares of our Class A voting common stock issued upon the exercise of the 2004 Options, and our Class B non-voting common stock will be exchanged for shares of a single class of the common stock of the surviving corporation in the merger on a one-for-550 basis, and (2) all of the shares of our Series A voting preferred stock, including the 1,014 shares of our Series A voting preferred stock issued upon the exercise of the 2004 Options, and our Series B non-voting preferred stock will be exchanged on a one-for-one basis for shares of Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock of the surviving corporation in the merger with identical terms (except we will change the par value of the Series A voting preferred stock and the Series B non-voting preferred stock of the surviving corporation in the merger from $500 per share to $0.01 per share and we will change the liquidation preference of the Series A voting preferred stock and the Series B non-voting preferred stock of the surviving corporation in the merger to include the value of the accrued liquidation preference of our shares of Series A voting preferred stock and our Series B non-voting preferred stock). See “—Corporate information”; and

 

Ø   excludes 329,808 shares of our common stock that will be available for future issuance under stock options granted under our 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan, none of which will be exercisable upon the completion of this offering.

 

7


Table of Contents

Summary consolidated financial data

 

The following table sets forth our summary consolidated financial data. The consolidated statements of operations and cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations and cash flow data for the period from June 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999 and the years ended December 31, 2000 and 2001 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 1999, 2000, 2001 and 2002 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus.

 

The summary consolidated financial data for the period from January 1, 1999 through June 3, 1999 presented below includes financial data of our predecessor, consisting of certain direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of TTII. On June 4, 1999, we were acquired from TTII by an investor group led by certain members of management of TTII who became our management. The financial data of our predecessor does not reflect any adjustments associated with our acquisition from TTII in 1999, and our consolidated financial data after our acquisition in 1999 is not directly comparable to our predecessor’s financial data.

 

We have included our summary consolidated financial data for the periods from January 1, 1999 to June 3, 1999 and from January 4, 1999 to December 31, 1999 in this prospectus because we believe that this additional financial data is useful in illustrating the cyclical nature of our business, which is discussed elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

The results included below and elsewhere in this document are not necessarily indicative of our future performance. You should read this information together with “Capitalization,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

8


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

    Predecessor

   

FreightCar America, Inc,.


 
    Period from
January 1,
1999 to
June 3,
1999
    Period from
June 4, 1999
to December 31,
1999
    Year ended December 31,

 
        2000     2001     2002     2003     2004  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data and railcar amounts)  

Statements of operations data:

                                                       

Sales

  $ 316,931     $ 367,742     $ 397,577     $ 210,314     $ 225,497     $ 244,349     $ 482,180  

Cost of sales

    271,714       325,640       358,267       187,646       212,589       225,216       468,309  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Gross profit

    45,217       42,102       39,310       22,668       12,908       19,133       13,871  

Selling, general and administrative expense

    8,215       11,397       18,580       13,370       12,778       14,318       14,601  

Compensation expense under stock option agreements (selling, general and administrative expense) (1)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         8,900  

Provision for settlement of labor disputes (2)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         9,159  

Goodwill amortization expense

    —         1,074       1,812       1,744       —         —         —    
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Operating income (loss)

    37,002       29,631       18,918       7,554       130       4,815       (18,789 )

Interest income

    (663 )     (354 )     (1,391 )     (887 )     (162 )     (128 )     (282 )

Related-party interest expense

    —         2,535       5,165       5,723       6,517       6,764       7,029  

Third-party interest expense

    451       3,623       3,999       2,398       1,595       1,367       1,111  

Interest expense on rights to additional acquisition consideration

    —         1,192       2,341       2,927       3,659       4,573       5,716  

Write-off of deferred financing costs

    —         —         —         —         —         348       —    

Loss on disposal of railcar lease fleet

    —         689       187       —         —         —         —    

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    —         410       702       702       702       629       459  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) before income taxes

    37,214       21,536       7,915       (3,309 )     (12,181 )     (8,738 )     (32,822 )

Income tax provision (benefit)

    14,398       9,236       6,089       167       (3,554 )     (1,318 )     (7,962 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income (loss)

    22,816       12,300       1,826       (3,476 )     (8,627 )     (7,420 )     (24,860 )

Redeemable preferred stock dividends accumulated, but undeclared

    —         620       1,062       1,063       1,062       1,063       1,062  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders

  $ 22,816     $ 11,680     $ 764     $ (4,539 )   $ (9,689 )   $ (8,483 )   $ (25,922 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Weighted average common shares outstanding (3)

            6,875,000       6,875,000       6,875,000       6,875,000       6,875,000       6,888,750  

Per share data:

                                                       

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders (basic and
diluted) (3)

          $ 1.70     $ 0.11     $ (0.66 )   $ (1.41 )   $ (1.23 )   $ (3.76 )
           


 


 


 


 


 


Other financial and operating data:

                       

EBITDA (4)

  $ 39,492     $ 36,985     $ 27,407     $ 16,479     $ 7,747     $ 12,186     $ (11,439 )

Adjusted EBITDA (4)

    39,492       36,985       27,407       16,479       7,747       12,186       15,569  

Items (increasing) decreasing Adjusted EBITDA (5)

    —         —         —         (3,056 )     (1,238 )     1,750       12,700  

Capital expenditures

    1,260       1,998       3,441       2,169       553       369       2,215  

New railcars delivered

    5,371       6,542       7,126       3,352       3,942       4,550       7,484  

New railcar orders

    3,599       4,046       3,059       4,403       2,831       9,927       12,437  

New railcar backlog

    7,690       5,194       1,127       2,178       1,067       6,444       11,397  

Estimated backlog (6)

  $ 435,765     $ 295,188     $ 56,739     $ 108,217     $ 55,887     $ 365,876     $ 747,842  

Balance sheet data (at period end):

                                                       

Cash and cash equivalents

          $ 7,840     $ 30,487     $ 25,033     $ 19,725     $ 20,008     $ 11,213  

Restricted cash (7)

            82       3,882       4,061       4,116       11,698       12,955  

Total assets

            186,701       166,972       148,702       141,531       140,052       191,143  

Total debt (8)

            65,479       62,476       55,423       53,424       51,778       56,058  

Rights to additional acquisition consideration, including accumulated accretion (9)

            9,365       11,707       14,634       18,292       22,865       28,581  

Total redeemable preferred stock

            6,870       7,932       8,995       10,057       11,120       12,182  

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

            6,935       7,699       3,160       (9,542 )     (19,710 )     (37,089 )

 

9


Table of Contents

(1)   On December 7, 2004, in accordance with our existing shareholders’ agreement, our board of directors approved the grant of certain options to purchase an aggregate of 1,014 Units to certain of our directors and officers at an exercise price of $0.01 per Unit. The grant became effective on December 23, 2004. Each Unit consists of one share of Class A voting common stock (550 shares of the common stock of the surviving corporation in the merger) and one share of Series A voting preferred stock (one share of the Series A preferred stock of the surviving corporation in the merger). We have recorded a non-cash expense of $8.9 million based on the estimated value per Unit as of December 23, 2004. All of these options were exercised as of the date of this prospectus pursuant to which we issued 1,014 shares of Class A voting common stock (557,700 shares of common stock of the surviving corporation in the merger) and 1,014 shares of Series A voting preferred stock (1,014 shares of Series A voting preferred stock of the surviving corporation in the merger). See “—Corporate information” and “Management—Executive compensation—Option awards and option plan.”

 

(2)   On November 15, 2004, we entered into the Johnstown settlement and recorded a $9.2 million charge with respect to the year ended December 31, 2004. As part of the Johnstown settlement, we agreed to pay back wages equal to $1.4 million to the covered employees and recorded a $0.8 million cash charge for expenses related to the Johnstown settlement in the year ended December 31, 2004. We also recorded $7.0 million of non-cash expense in the year ended December 31, 2004 related to pension and postretirement termination benefits accrued with respect to retired unionized employees at our Johnstown facility. See “Business—Legal proceedings—Labor dispute settlement.”

 

(3)   Share and per share data have been restated to give effect to the merger.

 

(4)   EBITDA represents net income (loss) before income tax expense, interest expense, net, amortization and depreciation of property and equipment. We believe EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance compared to that of other companies in our industry. In addition, our management uses EBITDA to evaluate our operating performance. The calculation of EBITDA eliminates the effects of financing, income taxes and the accounting effects of capital spending. These items may vary for different companies for reasons unrelated to the overall operating performance of a company’s business. EBITDA is not a financial measure presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. Accordingly, when analyzing our operating performance, investors should not consider EBITDA in isolation or as a substitute for net income, cash flows from operating activities or other statements of operations or statements of cash flow data prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our calculation of EBITDA is not necessarily comparable to that of other similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

 

       Adjusted EBITDA reflects EBITDA before the following charges which were incurred in the year ended December 31, 2004:

 

  (a)   $9.2 million in connection with the Johnstown settlement. See note (2) above;

 

  (b)   $8.9 million in connection with losses on a customer contract for box railcars, which reflects increased raw material, labor and other costs that exceeded the fixed purchase price under this contract. This customer contract was our first contract for the manufacture of box railcars, and, following our delivery of the box railcars under this contract, we do not plan to produce any box railcars in the future; and

 

  (c)   $8.9 million in connection with a non-cash charge reflecting the grant of our 2004 Options.

 

       We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors evaluating our operating performance compared to that of other companies in our industry since it eliminates the effects of the Johnstown settlement, the losses on a customer contract for box railcars and non-cash expenses relating to the grant of the 2004 Options. We also believe that Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors in assessing our ability to comply with the financial covenants under the existing revolving credit facility and the senior notes. Adjusted EBITDA is equivalent to the measure that is used to determine compliance under certain EBITDA-based covenants contained in the agreements governing our existing revolving credit facility and the senior notes. For a description of required financial covenant levels and actual ratio calculations based on EBITDA under the agreements governing the existing revolving credit facility and the senior notes, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Liquidity and capital resources.” Adjusted EBITDA is not a financial measure presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Accordingly, when analyzing our operating performance, investors should not consider Adjusted EBITDA in isolation or as a substitute for net income, cash flows from operating activities or other statements of operations or statements of cash flow data prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA is not necessarily comparable to that of other similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

 

10


Table of Contents

The following is a reconciliation of net income (loss) to EBITDA and then to Adjusted EBITDA:

 

    Predecessor

    FreightCar America, Inc.

 
    Period from
January 1,
1999 to
June 3,
1999
    Period from
June 4, 1999
to December 31,
1999
    Year ended December 31,

 
        2000     2001     2002     2003     2004  
                (in thousands)  

Net income (loss)

  $ 22,816     $ 12,300     $ 1,826     $ (3,476 )   $ (8,627 )   $ (7,420 )   $ (24,860 )

Income tax provision (benefit)

    14,398       9,236       6,089       167       (3,554 )     (1,318 )     (7,962 )

Related-party interest expense

    —         2,535       5,165       5,723       6,517       6,764       7,029  

Third-party interest expense

    451       3,623       3,999       2,398       1,595       1,367       1,111  

Interest expense on rights to additional acquisition consideration

    —         1,192       2,341       2,927       3,659       4,573       5,716  

Interest income

    (663 )     (354 )     (1,391 )     (887 )     (162 )     (128 )     (282 )

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    —         410       702       702       702       629       459  

Write-off of deferred financing costs

    —         —         —         —         —         348       —    

Amortization of goodwill

    —         1,074       1,812       1,744       —         —         —    

Amortization of intangible assets

    677       3,196       632       711       853       591       590  

Depreciation

    1,813       3,773       6,232       6,470       6,764       6,780       6,760  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


EBITDA

    39,492       36,985       27,407       16,479       7,747       12,186       (11,439 )

Provision for settlement of labor disputes

    —         —         —         —         —         —         9,159  

Loss on customer contract for box railcars

    —         —         —         —         —         —         8,949  

Non-cash expense relating to 2004 Options

    —         —         —         —         —         —         8,900  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 39,492     $ 36,985     $ 27,407     $ 16,479     $ 7,747     $ 12,186     $ 15,569  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


(5)   Our net income (loss), EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA were affected in the specified periods by the following items:
  (a)   In the year ended December 31, 2004, an estimated $12.7 million in increased cost of raw materials (excluding an estimated $1.8 million in increased cost of raw materials under the customer contract for box railcars described in note 3(b)), consisting primarily of aluminum and steel, which we were unable to pass on to our customers under our fixed-price customer contracts. As a result of the increased costs, we renegotiated our contracts with a majority of our customers to increase the purchase prices of our railcars to reflect the increased cost of raw materials, and as a result, we were able to pass on to our customers approximately 40% of the increased raw material costs with respect to the railcars that we produced and delivered in 2004. We had four remaining fixed-price contracts reflecting a backlog of 528 railcars out of a total backlog of 11,397 railcars as of December 31, 2004, and we expect to deliver all of the railcars under the remaining fixed-price contracts by June 30, 2005. Other than the remaining fixed-price contracts, we have entered into contracts with all of our customers that allow for variable pricing to protect us against future changes in the cost of raw materials;
  (b)   For the year ended December 31, 2003, a finder’s fee of $1.8 million that we paid to a third party for securing a major railcar purchase order for us in early 2003, which is included in our selling, general and administrative expense. Our in-house sales personnel generally procure railcar purchase orders, and we do not ordinarily pay finder’s fees to obtain railcar purchase orders; and
  (c)   In the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, curtailment gains of $1.2 million and $3.1 million, respectively, related to our postretirement benefit program resulting from our layoff of a significant number of unionized employees at our Johnstown facility.
       See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(6)   Estimated backlog reflects the total sales attributable to the backlog reported at the end of the particular period as if such backlog were converted to actual sales. Estimated backlog does not reflect potential price increases or decreases under most of our customer contracts that provide for variable pricing based on changes in the cost of raw materials. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Backlog.”
(7)   Our restricted cash for the year ended December 31, 2000 and the fiscal years thereafter includes cash collateral of $3.8 million plus interest held in escrow for our participation in a residual support guarantee agreement with respect to railcars that we sold to a customer that are presently leased by the customer to a third party. Our restricted cash for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 also includes $7.5 million held in a restricted cash account as additional collateral for our existing revolving credit facility, which we expect to be released to us after we enter into the new revolving credit facility upon completion of this offering, and $1.2 million in escrow, representing security for workers’ compensation insurance, which will be replaced by a letter of credit under the new revolving credit facility upon completion of this offering. We do not expect the new revolving credit facility to require amounts to be held as cash collateral for borrowings.
(8)   Our total debt includes current maturities of long-term debt and our variable rate demand industrial revenue bonds due 2010 which are classified as short-term debt.
(9)   Our recorded liability under the rights to additional acquisition consideration is based on the fair value of the rights to additional acquisition consideration at the time that we acquired our business from TTII in 1999, using a discount rate of 25% and an expected redemption period of seven years. Upon a triggering event, including this offering, the amount payable as additional acquisition consideration will be $20.0 million in cash plus an accreted value that compounds at a rate of 10% annually. At December 31, 2004, assuming a triggering event had occurred, the amount payable as additional acquisition consideration was $34.1 million.

 

11


Table of Contents

 

Risk factors

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before you invest in our common stock, you should understand and carefully consider the risks below, as well as all of the other information contained in this prospectus and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Any of these risks could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and the trading price of our common stock, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

 

RISKS RELATED TO THE RAILCAR INDUSTRY

 

We operate in a highly cyclical industry. The failure of U.S. economic conditions to continue to improve or the failure of these conditions to result in a sustained economic recovery could adversely affect the demand for our railcar offerings.

 

Historically, the North American railcar market has been highly cyclical and we expect it to continue to be highly cyclical. During the most recent industry cycle, industry-wide railcar deliveries declined from a peak of 75,704 in 1998 to a low of 17,736 railcars in 2002. During this period, our railcar production declined from approximately 9,000 railcars in 1998 to 4,067 railcars in 2002. In 2004, industry-wide railcar deliveries grew to 46,871, and our railcar production increased to 7,484 railcars. See “Industry—Characteristics and trends affecting the railcar industry—Cyclical nature of the railcar market.” Our industry and the markets for which we supply railcars fluctuate in response to factors that are beyond our control, including U.S. economic conditions. Although the U.S. economy appears to be improving, as indicated by the increase in the U.S. real gross domestic product of 4.4% in 2004 following an increase of 3.0% in 2003, according to the U.S. Bureau of Economic Analysis, U.S. economic conditions may not continue to improve in the future or result in a sustained economic recovery. In addition, even if a sustained economic recovery occurs in the United States, demand for our railcars may not match or exceed past or expected levels. Downturns in economic conditions could result in lower sales volumes, lower prices for railcars and a loss of profits.

 

Changes in the rates of electricity usage affect the consumption of coal and, as a result, purchases of coal-carrying railcars, which represented 78% of the railcars we delivered in 2004. Any decline in electricity usage resulting from downturns in economic conditions will intensify the adverse impact on our sales and results of operations. See “Risks related to our business—We rely significantly on the sales of our aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcars. Future demand for coal could decrease, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.”

 

In addition, a substantial number of the end users of our railcars acquire railcars through leasing arrangements with our financial institution customers. Economic conditions that result in higher interest rates would increase the cost of new leasing arrangements, which could cause our financial institution customers to purchase fewer railcars. A reduction in the number of railcars purchased by our financial institution customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The current high cost of the raw materials that we use to manufacture railcars, especially aluminum and steel, and delivery delays associated with these raw materials may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

The production of railcars and our operations require substantial amounts of aluminum and steel. The cost of aluminum, steel and all other materials (including scrap metal) used in the production of our

 


 

12


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

railcars represents approximately 70% of our direct manufacturing costs. Our business is subject to the risk of price increases and periodic delays in the delivery of aluminum, steel and other materials, all of which are beyond our control. The prices for steel and aluminum, the primary raw material components of our railcars, increased sharply in 2004 as a result of strong demand, limited availability of production inputs for steel and aluminum, including scrap metal, industry consolidation and import trade barriers. The costs of raw steel and aluminum have increased by 161% and 22%, respectively, during the period from October 2003 through December 2004. The availability of scrap metal has been limited by exports of scrap metal to China, and as a result, steel producers have added surcharges on scrap metal in excess of agreed-upon prices. In addition, the price and availability of other railcar components that are made of steel have been adversely affected by the increased cost and limited availability of steel. Any fluctuations in the price or availability of aluminum or steel, or any other material used in the production of our railcars, may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

In addition, if any of our suppliers were unable to continue its business or were to seek bankruptcy relief, the availability or price of the materials we use could be adversely affected. Deliveries of our materials may also fluctuate depending on supply and demand for the material or governmental regulation relating to the material, including regulation relating to the importation of the material.

 

We have renegotiated our contracts with a majority of our customers to increase the purchase prices of our railcars to reflect the increased cost of raw materials, and as a result, we were able to pass on to our customers approximately 40% of the increased raw material costs with respect to the railcars that we produced and delivered in 2004. In addition, we have entered into contracts with a majority of our customers that allow for variable pricing to protect us against future changes in the cost of raw materials. However, in the year ended December 31, 2004, we were unable to pass on an estimated $12.7 million in increased raw material costs to our customers under the existing fixed-price customer contracts, and we may not be able to pass on increases in the price of aluminum and/or steel to our customers in the future. In particular, when material prices increase rapidly or to levels significantly higher than normal, we may not be able to pass price increases through to our customers, which could adversely affect our operating margins and cash flows. Even if we are able to increase prices, any such price increases may reduce demand for our railcars. In addition, in the future, our customers may not be willing to accept contractual terms that provide for variable pricing and our competitors, in an effort to gain market share or otherwise, may agree to railcar supply arrangements that do not provide for variable pricing. As a result, we may lose railcar orders or we may be required to agree to supply railcars without variable pricing provisions or be subject to less favorable contract terms.

 

We depend upon a small number of customers that represent a large percentage of our sales. The loss of any single customer, or a reduction in sales to any such customer, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Since railcars are typically sold pursuant to large, periodic orders, a limited number of customers typically represent a significant percentage of our railcar sales in any given year. Over the last five years, our top five customers in each year based on sales represented, in the aggregate, approximately 54% of our total sales for the five-year period. In 2004, sales to our top three customers accounted for approximately 21%, 10% and 9%, respectively, of our total sales. Although we have long standing relationships with many of our major customers, the loss of any significant portion of our sales to any major customer, the loss of a single major customer or a material adverse change in the financial condition of any one of our major customers could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

 


 

13


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

The variable purchase patterns of our customers and the timing of completion, delivery and acceptance of customer orders may cause our sales and income from operations to vary substantially each quarter, which will result in significant fluctuations in our quarterly results.

 

Most of our individual customers do not make purchases every year, since they do not need to replace or replenish their railcar fleets on a yearly basis. Many of our customers place orders for products on an as-needed basis, sometimes only once every few years. As a result, the order levels for railcars, the mix of railcar types ordered and the railcars ordered by any particular customer have varied significantly from quarterly period to quarterly period in the past and may continue to vary significantly in the future. Therefore, our results of operations in any particular quarterly period may be significantly affected by the number of railcars ordered and delivered and product mix of railcars ordered in any given quarterly period. Additionally, because we record the sale of a railcar at the time we complete production, the railcar is accepted by the customer following inspection, the risk for any damage or loss with respect to the railcar passes to the customer and title to the railcar transfers to the customer, and not when the order is taken, the timing of completion, delivery and acceptance of significant customer orders will have a considerable effect on fluctuations in our quarterly results. For example, for the quarters ended March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004, September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2004, our sales were $88.9 million, $94.9 million, $118.6 million and $179.7 million, respectively. For the quarters ended March 31, 2003, June 30, 2003, September 30, 2003 and December 31, 2003, our sales were $50.5 million, $59.3 million, $56.2 million and $78.4 million, respectively. As a result of these quarterly fluctuations, we believe that comparisons of our sales and operating results between quarterly periods within the same fiscal year and between quarterly periods within different fiscal years may not be meaningful and, as such, these comparisons should not be relied upon as indicators of our future performance.

 

Limitations on the supply of heavy castings, wheels and other railcar components could adversely affect our business because they may limit the number of railcars we can manufacture.

 

We rely upon third-party suppliers for railcar heavy castings, wheels and other components for our railcars. In particular, we purchase, and we believe most of our competitors purchase, a substantial percentage of our railcar heavy castings and wheels from subsidiaries of AMSTED Industries Inc. Due to manufacturing limitations at AMSTED Industries, we have only been supplied with a limited number of heavy castings, which has constrained, and which we expect will continue in the future to constrain, our production of railcars. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2004, due to a shortage of heavy castings, our deliveries were limited to 7,484 railcars, even though we had orders and production capacity to manufacture more railcars. AMSTED Industries and other suppliers of railcar components may be unable to meet the short-term or longer-term heavy castings and wheel supply demand of our industry. In the event that AMSTED Industries or our other suppliers of railcar components were to stop or reduce the production of heavy castings, wheels or the other railcar components that we use, go out of business, refuse to continue their business relationships with us or become subject to work stoppages, our business would be disrupted. Furthermore, our ability to increase our railcar production to expand our business and/or meet any increase in demand depends on our ability to obtain an adequate supply of these railcar components.

 

While we believe that we could secure alternative sources, we may incur substantial delays and significant expense in doing so, the quality and reliability of these alternative sources for these components may not be the same and our operating results may be significantly affected. In addition, if one of our competitors entered into a preferred supply arrangement with, or was otherwise favored by, AMSTED Industries, we would be at a competitive disadvantage, which could negatively affect our

 


 

14


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

operating results. Furthermore, alternative suppliers might charge significantly higher prices for heavy castings or other railcar components than we currently pay. Under such circumstances, the disruption to our business could have a material adverse impact on our customer relationships, financial condition and operating results.

 

We operate in a highly competitive industry and we may be unable to compete successfully against other railcar manufacturers.

 

We operate in a competitive marketplace and face substantial competition from established competitors in the railcar industry in North America. We have three principal competitors that primarily manufacture railcars for third-party customers. In addition, there are two other manufacturers of railcars whose production is used primarily for their own railcar leasing operations, competing directly with financial institutions that provide railcar leasing services, some of which are among our largest customers. Some of these manufacturers have greater financial and technological resources than us, and they may increase their participation in the railcar segments in which we compete. Railcar purchasers’ sensitivity to price and strong price competition within the industry have historically limited our ability to increase prices. In addition to price, competition is based on product performance and technological innovation, quality, reliability of delivery, customer service and other factors. In particular, technological innovation by any of our existing competitors, or new competitors entering any of the markets in which we do business, could put us at a competitive disadvantage. We may be unable to compete successfully against other railcar manufacturers or retain our market share in our established markets. Increased competition for the sales of our railcar products, particularly our coal-carrying railcars, could result in price reductions, reduced margins and loss of market share, which could negatively affect our prospects, business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Further consolidation of the railroad industry may adversely affect our business.

 

Over the past ten years there has been a consolidation of railroad carriers operating in North America. Railroad carriers are large purchasers of railcars and represent a significant portion of our historical customer base. Future consolidation of railroad carriers may adversely affect our sales and reduce our income from operations because with fewer railroad carriers, each railroad carrier will have proportionately greater buying power and operating efficiency, which may intensify competition among railcar manufacturers to retain customer relationships with the consolidated railroad carriers and cause our prices to decline.

 

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

 

We rely significantly on the sales of our aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcars. Future demand for coal could decrease, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcars are our primary railcar line, representing 67% of our sales in 2004 and 78% of the total railcars that we delivered in 2004. Fluctuations in the price of coal relative to other energy sources may cause utility companies, which are significant customers of our coal-carrying railcar lines, to select an alternative energy source to coal, thereby reducing the strength of the market for coal-carrying railcars. For example, if utility companies were to begin preferring oil instead of coal as an energy source, demand for our coal-carrying railcar lines would decrease. Although, according to the Energy Information Administration of the Department of Energy, U.S. demand for coal has increased from 1,037.1 million short tons in 1998 to 1,094.9 million short tons in 2003, there is no assurance that

 


 

15


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

U.S. demand for coal will continue to increase. The market for aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcars may not remain favorable, and coal may not continue to be a preferred source of energy relative to other energy sources. In addition, our market share in the coal-carrying railcar segment depends on the continued market preference for coal-carrying railcars constructed with aluminum. If purchasers of coal-carrying railcars no longer purchase railcars constructed with aluminum, our market share in this segment may decline and our operating results may be negatively affected.

 

The U.S. federal and state governments may adopt new legislation and/or regulations, or judicial or administrative interpretations of existing laws and regulations, that materially adversely affect the coal industry and/or our customers’ ability to use coal or to continue to use coal at present rates. Such legislation or proposed legislation and/or regulations may include proposals for more stringent protections of the environment that would further regulate and tax the coal industry. This legislation could significantly reduce demand for coal, adversely affect the demand for our aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcars and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

In addition, the United States and over 160 other nations are signatories to the 1992 Framework Convention on Climate Change, which is intended to limit emissions of greenhouse gases, such as carbon dioxide. In December 1997, in Kyoto, Japan, the signatories to the convention, including the United States, established a binding set of emission targets for developed nations. Although the United States has not ratified the emission targets contained in the convention, the emission targets could serve as a guideline for efforts to stabilize or reduce greenhouse gas emissions in the United States, which could adversely impact the price of, and demand for, coal and the demand for our railcars. According to the Energy Information Administration’s Emissions of Greenhouse Gases in the United States 2003, coal accounts for approximately 36% of carbon dioxide emissions from both energy generating and industrial uses. Carbon dioxide represented 83% of greenhouse gas emissions in the United States in 2003. Efforts to control greenhouse gas emissions could result in reduced use of coal if electricity generators switch to sources of fuel with lower carbon dioxide emissions. If the United States were to adopt comprehensive regulations for its greenhouse gas emissions and/or ratify emissions targets for reduced greenhouse gas emissions (whether under the 1997 Kyoto convention or otherwise), these restrictions could adversely impact the price of and demand for coal, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

We rely upon a single supplier to supply us with all of our cold-rolled center sills for our railcars, and any disruption of our relationship with this supplier could adversely affect our business.

 

We rely upon a single supplier to manufacture all of our cold-rolled center sills for our railcars, which are based upon our proprietary and patented process. A center sill is the primary longitudinal structural component of a railcar which helps the railcar withstand the weight of the cargo and the force of being pulled during transport. Our center sill is formed into its final shape without heating by passing steel plate through a series of rollers. In 2004, approximately 92% of the railcars we produced were manufactured using this cold-rolled center sill. Although we have a good relationship with our supplier and have not experienced any significant delays, manufacturing shortages or failures to meet our quality requirements and production specifications in the past, our supplier could stop production of our cold-rolled center sills, go out of business, refuse to continue its business relationship with us or become subject to work stoppages. While we believe that we could secure alternative manufacturing sources, our present supplier is currently the only manufacturer of our cold-rolled center sills for our railcars. We may incur substantial delays and significant expense in finding an alternative source, our results of operations may be significantly affected, and the quality and reliability of these alternative sources may not be the same. Moreover, alternative suppliers might charge significantly higher prices for our cold-rolled center

 


 

16


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

sills than we currently pay. The prices for our cold-rolled center sills may also be impacted by the rising cost of steel and all other materials used in the production of our cold-rolled center sills. Under such circumstances, the disruption to our business may have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Equipment failures, delays in deliveries or extensive damage to our facilities, particularly our facility in Danville, could lead to production or service curtailments or shutdowns.

 

We manufacture our railcars at production facilities in Danville, Illinois and Johnstown, Pennsylvania and have commenced preparations for an additional production facility in Roanoke, Virginia. An interruption in production capabilities at these facilities, as a result of equipment failure or other reasons, could reduce or prevent the production of our railcars. A halt of production at our facilities, particularly at our facility in Danville, which manufactured approximately 81% of our railcars manufactured during the year ended December 31, 2004 and produces all of our aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcars, could severely affect delivery times to our customers. Any significant delay in deliveries to our customers could result in the termination of contracts, cause us to lose future sales and negatively affect our reputation among our customers and in the railcar industry and our results of operations. Our facilities are also subject to the risk of catastrophic loss due to unanticipated events, such as fires, explosions, floods or weather conditions. We may experience plant shutdowns or periods of reduced production as a result of equipment failures, delays in deliveries or extensive damage to any of our facilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

An increase in health care costs could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

The cost of health care benefits in the United States has increased significantly, leading to higher costs for us to provide health care benefits to our active and retired employees. If these costs continue to rise, our results of operations will be adversely affected. We are unable to limit our costs by changing or eliminating coverage under our employee benefit plans because a significant majority of our employee benefits are governed by union agreements. For example, as a result of the Johnstown settlement, we expect to make payments of $3.0 million in 2005 and $2.9 million in 2006 for health care coverage costs of our retired employees at the Johnstown facility. As of December 31, 2004, our accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was $54.0 million. Although the Johnstown settlement will limit our future contributions for health care coverage costs for our retired unionized Johnstown employees, we will continue to fund 100% of the health care coverage costs of our active unionized and non-unionized employees at our Johnstown facility and all of our active employees at our Danville facility. If our costs under our employee benefit plans for active employees at our Danville facility exceed our projections, our business and financial results could be materially adversely affected. See “Business—Legal proceedings—Labor dispute settlement.”

 

Our pension obligations are currently underfunded. We may have to make significant cash payments to our pension plans which would reduce the cash available for our business.

 

As of December 31, 2004, our accumulated benefit obligation under our defined benefit pension plans exceeded the fair value of plan assets by $18.5 million. The underfunding was caused, in part, by recent fluctuations in the financial markets that have caused the valuation of the assets in our defined benefit pension plans to decrease. Further, additional benefit obligations were added to our existing defined benefit pension plans on November 15, 2004 as a result of the Johnstown settlement and the reduction in our discount rate. During the year ended December 31, 2004, we contributed $4.8 million to our pension plans. Management expects that we will make an additional contribution in 2005 of approximately

 


 

17


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

$4 million. Management expects that any future obligations under our pension plans that are not currently funded will be funded from our future cash flow from operations. If our contributions to our pension plans are insufficient to fund the pension plans adequately to cover our future pension obligations, the performance of the assets in our pension plans does not meet our expectations or other actuarial assumptions are modified, our contributions to our pension plans could be materially higher than we expect, which would reduce the cash available for our business.

 

The level of our reported backlog may not necessarily indicate what our future sales will be and our actual sales may fall short of the estimated sales value attributed to our backlog.

 

We define backlog as the sales value of products or services to which our customers have committed in writing to purchase from us which have not been recognized as sales. In this prospectus, we have disclosed our backlog, or the number of railcars for which we have purchase orders, in various periods and the estimated sales value (in dollars) that would be attributable to this backlog once the backlog is converted to actual sales. We consider backlog to be an indicator of future sales of railcars. However, our reported backlog may not be converted into sales in any particular period, if at all, and the actual sales (including any compensation for lost profits and reimbursement for costs) from such contracts may not equal our reported estimates of backlog value. For example, we rely on third-party suppliers for heavy castings, wheels and components for our railcars and if these third parties were to stop or reduce their supply of heavy castings, wheels and other components, our actual sales would fall short of the estimated sales value attributed to our backlog. Furthermore, any contract included in our reported backlog that actually generates sales may not be profitable. Therefore, our current level of reported backlog may not necessarily represent the level of sales that we may generate in any future period.

 

Once we become a public company, we will need to comply with the reporting obligations of the Exchange Act and Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. If we fail to comply with the reporting obligations of the Exchange Act and Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or if we fail to achieve and maintain adequate internal controls over financial reporting, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

 

As a public company, we will be required to comply with the periodic reporting obligations of the Exchange Act, including preparing annual reports and quarterly reports. Our failure to prepare and disclose this information in a timely manner could subject us to penalties under federal securities laws, expose us to lawsuits and restrict our ability to access financing. In addition, we are required under applicable law and regulations to integrate our systems of internal controls over financial reporting, and we are presently evaluating our existing internal controls with respect to the standards adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. During the course of our evaluation, we may identify areas requiring improvement and may be required to design enhanced processes and controls to address issues identified through this review. This could result in significant delays and cost to us and require us to divert substantial resources, including management time, from other activities. During the audits of our 2003 and 2004 fiscal years, our independent registered public accounting firm issued a letter to our audit committee noting matters which could inhibit our ability to meet our reporting obligations when we become a public company and internal controls and operations that they deemed to constitute a reportable condition. The reportable condition generally related to the adequacy of our current financial accounting and reporting resources and related infrastructure to support our financial accounting needs, including our needs as we become a public company. These include, but are not limited to, our SEC reporting skills and our plan and related resources for compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act following the completion of this offering. The letter from our independent registered public

 


 

18


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

accounting firm concluded that the reportable condition described above is a material weakness. In November 2004, we appointed our current Chief Financial Officer. We have also commenced a review of our existing internal control structure and plan to hire additional personnel to expand our finance function. Although our review is not complete, we have taken steps to improve our internal control structure by engaging a consulting firm to assist us in the analysis of, and planning for, improving our internal controls, as well as the implementation of any such plans. However, we cannot be certain at this time that we will be able to comply with all of our reporting obligations and successfully complete the procedures, certification and attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by the time that we are required to file our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005. If we fail to achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal controls and do not address the deficiencies identified in the letter received by our audit committee, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Moreover, effective internal controls are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important to help prevent fraud. As a result, our failure to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 on a timely basis could result in the loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which in turn could harm our business and negatively impact the trading price of our common stock.

 

If we lose key personnel, our operations and ability to manage the day-to-day aspects of our business will be adversely affected.

 

We believe our success depends to a significant degree upon the continued contributions of our executive officers and key employees, both individually and as a group. Our future performance will substantially depend on our ability to retain and motivate them. If we lose key personnel or are unable to recruit qualified personnel, our ability to manage the day-to-day aspects of our business will be adversely affected.

 

The loss of the services of one or more members of our senior management team could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Because our senior management team has many years of experience with our company and within the railcar industry and other manufacturing industries, it would be difficult to replace any of them without adversely affecting our business operations. Our future success will also depend in part upon our continuing ability to attract and retain highly qualified personnel. We do not currently maintain “key person” life insurance.

 

Labor disputes could disrupt our operations and divert the attention of our management and may have a material adverse effect on our operations and profitability.

 

Approximately 86% of our employees, as of December 31, 2004, are members of unions. We have a collective bargaining agreement with the United Automobile, Aerospace and Agricultural Workers of America, or the UAW, representing approximately 91% of our employees at the Danville facility. Our employees at our Johnstown facility represented by the USWA had been without a collective bargaining agreement since October 2001. The USWA, which represents approximately 83% of our employees at the Johnstown facility and approximately 49% of our total active labor force as of December 31, 2004, filed charges in January 2002 against our subsidiary alleging unfair labor practices in violation of the National Labor Relations Act, or the NLRA, in connection with our practices during our negotiation of a new collective bargaining agreement. In addition, our subsidiary was a defendant in the Deemer and Britt lawsuits, two class action lawsuits filed by the USWA on behalf of individual plaintiffs alleging violations of the NLRA and ERISA in connection with certain medical and life insurance benefits and pension supplements that were discontinued with respect to certain retirees. On November 15, 2004, our subsidiary entered into a settlement agreement setting forth the terms of a new collective bargaining agreement with the USWA which expires on May 15, 2008. The Johnstown settlement also resolved the

 


 

19


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

NLRB charges filed against our subsidiary relating to the collective bargaining agreement, the Deemer and Britt lawsuits and certain other outstanding workplace grievances matters. See “Business—Legal proceedings—Labor dispute settlement.” Although the disputes involving the USWA did not result in strikes or other labor protests, any future labor disputes with the USWA or the UAW could result in strikes or other labor protests which could disrupt our operations and divert the attention of our management from operating our business. If we were to experience a strike or work stoppage, it would be difficult for us to find a sufficient number of employees with the necessary skills to replace these employees. Any such labor disputes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Lack of acceptance of our new railcar offerings by our customers could adversely affect our business.

 

Our strategy depends in part on our continued development and sale of new railcar designs and design changes to existing railcars to penetrate railcar markets in which we currently do not compete and to expand or maintain our market share in the railcar markets in which we currently compete. We have dedicated significant resources to the development, manufacturing and marketing of new railcar designs. We typically make decisions to develop and market new railcars and railcars with modified designs without firm indications of customer acceptance. New or modified railcar designs may require customers to alter their existing business methods or threaten to displace existing equipment in which our customers may have a substantial capital investment. Many railcar purchasers prefer to maintain a standardized fleet of railcars and railcar purchasers with established railcar fleets are generally resistant to railcar design changes. Therefore, any new or modified railcar designs that we develop may not gain widespread acceptance in the marketplace and any such products may not be able to compete successfully with existing railcar designs or new railcar designs that may be introduced by our competitors.

 

Our production of new railcar product lines may not be initially profitable and may result in financial losses.

 

When we begin production of a new railcar product line, we usually anticipate that our initial costs of production will be higher due to initial labor and operating inefficiencies associated with new manufacturing processes. Due to pricing pressures in our industry, the pricing for the new railcars in customer contracts usually does not reflect the initial additional costs, and our costs of production may exceed the anticipated revenues until we are able to gain labor efficiencies. To the extent that the total costs of production significantly exceed our anticipated costs of production, we may be unable to gain any profit from our sale of the railcars or we may incur a loss.

 

We may pursue acquisitions that involve inherent risks, any of which may cause us not to realize anticipated benefits.

 

Our business strategy includes the potential acquisition of businesses and entering into joint ventures and other business combinations that we expect would complement and expand our existing products and services and the markets where we sell our products and services and improve our market position. We may not be able to successfully identify suitable acquisition or joint venture opportunities or complete any particular acquisition, combination, joint venture or other transaction on acceptable terms. We cannot predict the timing and success of our efforts to acquire any particular business and integrate the acquired business into our existing operations. Also, efforts to acquire other businesses or the implementation of other elements of this business strategy may divert managerial resources away from our business operations. In addition, our ability to engage in strategic acquisitions may depend on our

 


 

20


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

ability to raise substantial capital and we may not be able to raise the funds necessary to implement our acquisition strategy on terms satisfactory to us, if at all. Our failure to identify suitable acquisition or joint venture opportunities may restrict our ability to grow our business. In addition, we may not be able to successfully integrate businesses that we acquire in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

We might fail to adequately protect our intellectual property, which may result in our loss of market share, or third parties might assert that our intellectual property infringes on their intellectual property, which would be costly to defend and divert the attention of our management.

 

The protection of our intellectual property is important to our business. We rely on a combination of trademarks, copyrights, patents and trade secrets to protect our intellectual property. However, these protections might be inadequate. For example, we have patents for portions of our railcar designs that are important to our market leadership in the coal-carrying railcar segment. Our pending or future trademark, copyright and patent applications might not be approved or, if allowed, they might not be sufficiently broad. Conversely, third parties might assert that our technologies or other intellectual property infringe on their proprietary rights. In either case, litigation may result, which could result in substantial costs and diversion of our and our management team’s efforts. Regardless of whether we are ultimately successful in any litigation, such litigation could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

We are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations and the cost of complying with environmental requirements or any failure by us to comply with such requirements may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are subject to a variety of federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, including those governing air quality and the handling, disposal and remediation of waste products, fuel products and hazardous substances. Although we believe that we are in material compliance with all of the various regulations and permits applicable to our business, we may not at all times be in compliance with such requirements. The cost of complying with environmental requirements may also increase substantially in future years. If we violate or fail to comply with these regulations, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by regulators. In addition, these requirements are complex, change frequently and may become more stringent over time, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. We have in the past conducted investigation and remediation activities at properties that we own to address historic contamination. However, there can be no assurance that these remediation activities have addressed all historic contamination. Environmental liabilities that we incur, including those relating to the off-site disposal of our wastes, if they are not covered by adequate insurance or indemnification, will increase our costs and have a negative impact on our profitability. See “Business—Environmental matters” for more information.

 

Our warranties may expose us to potentially significant claims, which may damage our reputation and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We warrant the workmanship and materials of many of our manufactured new products under limited warranties, generally for periods of less than five years. Accordingly, we may be subject to a risk of product liability or warranty claims in the event that the failure of any of our products results in personal injury or death, or does not conform to our customers’ specifications. Although we currently maintain product liability insurance coverage, product liability claims, if made, may exceed our insurance coverage

 


 

21


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

limits or insurance may not continue to be available on commercially acceptable terms, if at all. We have never experienced any material losses attributable to warranty claims, but it is possible for these types of warranty claims to result in costly product recalls, significant repair costs and damage to our reputation, all of which would adversely affect our results of operations.

 

We use and rely significantly on a proprietary software system to manage our accounting and production systems, the failure of which may lead to data loss, significant business interruption and financial loss.

 

We use and rely significantly on a proprietary software system that integrates our accounting and production systems, including quality control, purchasing, inventory control and accounts receivable systems. In the future, we may discover significant errors or defects in this software system that we may not be able to correct. If this software system is disrupted or fails for any reason, or if our systems or facilities are infiltrated or damaged by unauthorized persons or a software virus, we could experience data loss, financial loss and significant business interruption. If that happens, we may be unable to meet production targets, our customers may terminate contracts, our reputation may be negatively affected, and there could be a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

 

The agreements governing our new revolving credit facility will likely contain various covenants that, among other things, limit our discretion in operating our business and provide for certain minimum financial requirements.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we intend to enter into a new revolving credit facility. The agreements governing this new revolving credit facility will likely contain various covenants that, among other things, limit our management’s discretion by restricting our ability to:

 

Ø   incur additional debt;

 

Ø   redeem our capital stock;

 

Ø   enter into certain transactions with affiliates;

 

Ø   pay dividends and make other distributions;

 

Ø   make investments and other restricted payments; and

 

Ø   create liens.

 

The terms of the new revolving credit facility will have financial covenants similar in nature to, but less restrictive than, those in the existing revolving credit facility, and we do not anticipate that we will violate the financial covenants under the new revolving credit facility. However, our failure to comply with the financial covenants set forth above and other covenants under the new revolving credit facility could lead to an event of default under the agreements governing any other indebtedness that we may have outstanding at the time, permitting the lenders to accelerate all borrowings under such agreements and to foreclose on any collateral. In addition, any such events may make it more difficult or costly for us to borrow additional amounts in the future. The expected terms of the new revolving credit facility are summarized under “Description of indebtedness—New revolving credit facility.”

 

The market and industry data contained in this prospectus, including estimates and forecasts relating to the growth of the railcar market, cannot be verified with certainty and may prove to be inaccurate.

 

This prospectus contains market and industry data, obtained primarily from reports published by the Association of American Railroads, the Railway Supply Institute, Economic Planning Associates, Inc., the

 


 

22


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

Energy Information Administration of the Department of Energy and Resource Data International. Industry publications typically indicate that they have derived the published data from sources believed to be reasonable, including other railcar manufacturers, but do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of the data. While we believe these industry publications to be reliable, we have not independently verified the data or any of the assumptions on which the estimates and forecasts are based, and the data may prove to be inaccurate. This data includes estimates and forecasts regarding future growth in these industries, specifically data related to railcar production, railcar freight growth and the historical average age of active railcars in North America. Forecasts and estimates regarding future growth of the railcar industry included in these reports are based on assumptions of the growth and improvement of the U.S. economy. The growth and improvement of the U.S. economy during the period of these forecasts and estimates are not assured. The failure of the U.S. economy to perform as assumed in these forecasts and estimates would cause the forecasted expansion of the railcar industry not to occur or occur to a lesser extent than predicted. The failure of the rail industry and/or the railcar supply industry, including the coal-carrying railcar business, to continue to grow as forecasted by the market and industry data included in this prospectus may have a material adverse effect on our business and the market price of our common stock.

 

To the extent we expand our sales of products and services internationally, we will increase our exposure to international economic and political risks.

 

Conducting business outside the United States subjects us to various risks, including changing economic, legal and political conditions, work stoppages, exchange controls, currency fluctuations, terrorist activities directed at U.S. companies, armed conflicts and unexpected changes in the United States and the laws of other countries relating to tariffs, trade restrictions, transportation regulations, foreign investments and taxation. If we fail to obtain and maintain certifications of our railcars and railcar parts in the various countries where we may operate, we may be unable to market and sell our railcars in those countries.

 

In addition, unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, tariffs and other trade barriers, more stringent rules relating to labor or the environment, adverse tax consequences and price exchange controls could limit our operations and make the manufacture and distribution of our products internationally more difficult. Furthermore, any material changes in the quotas, regulations or duties on imports imposed by the U.S. government and agencies or on exports by non-U.S. governments or their respective agencies could affect our ability to export the railcars that we manufacture in the United States. The uncertainty of the legal environment could limit our ability to enforce our rights effectively.

 

RISKS RELATED TO THE PURCHASE OF OUR COMMON STOCK IN THIS OFFERING

 

As a new investor, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

 

You will pay a price for each share of our common stock that exceeds the per share value attributed from our tangible assets less our total liabilities. Therefore, if we distributed our tangible assets to our stockholders following this offering, our stockholders would receive less per share of common stock than you paid in this offering. The deficiency in net tangible book value adjusted for this offering and the expected use of the proceeds of this offering at December 31, 2004 was approximately $3.9 million, or approximately $0.31 per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total consolidated tangible assets less our total consolidated liabilities, divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding. Accordingly, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering you will suffer immediate dilution of $17.31 per share in pro forma net tangible book value,

 


 

23


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

based on an assumed initial offering price of $17.00 per share of common stock, representing the midpoint of the range on the cover of this prospectus. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of our capital stock. You may suffer additional dilution to the extent outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock are exercised. For more information, see “Dilution.”

 

Our common stock may trade at prices below the initial public offering price and may be susceptible to declines based on securities analysts’ or industry research and reports.

 

Prior to this offering, you could not buy or sell our common stock publicly. We cannot predict the extent to which an active trading market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us, the selling stockholders and the representative of the underwriters based on factors that may not be indicative of future performance and may not bear any relationship to the price at which our common stock will trade upon completion of this offering. You may not be able to resell our common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

 

In addition, the trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who cover us or our industry downgrade our stock or project a downturn in our industry, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

 

The price of our common stock is subject to volatility, which may make it more difficult to realize a gain on your investment in our common stock.

 

Various factors, such as general economic changes in the financial markets, announcements or significant developments with respect to the global rail or railcar industry, actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly or annual financial results, the introduction of new products or technologies by us or our competitors, changes in other conditions or trends in our industry or in the markets of any of our significant customers, changes in governmental regulation, our financial results failing to meet expectations of analysts or investors or changes in securities analysts’ estimates of our future performance or of that of our competitors or our industry, could cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially. In addition, our customers’ practice of placing large, periodic orders for products on an as needed basis makes our quarterly sales and operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results in some quarters to vary from market expectations and also lead to volatility in our stock price.

 

Our stock price may decline due to sales of shares by our other stockholders.

 

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the perception that these sales may occur, may adversely affect the price of our common stock and impede our ability to raise capital through the issuance of equity securities in the future. There will be 12,532,700 shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after this offering. All shares sold in this offering and all of our other outstanding shares of common stock will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, subject to restrictions that may be applicable to our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act and subject to the 180-day “lock-up” restrictions described in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus. Shares issuable upon exercise of our options also may be sold in the market in the future, subject to any restrictions on resale following underwritten

 


 

24


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

offerings contained in our option agreements, and sales of substantial amounts of those shares, or the perception that these sales may occur, also may adversely affect the price of our common stock. See “Shares eligible for future sale.”

 

We and our executive officers, directors and substantially all our stockholders have entered into 180-day lock-up agreements with the underwriters. The lock-up agreements prohibit us and our executive officers, directors and stockholders from selling or otherwise disposing of shares of common stock, except in limited circumstances. The terms of the lock-up agreements can be waived, at any time, by UBS Securities LLC, at its sole discretion, without prior notice or announcement, to allow us or our officers, directors and stockholders to sell shares of our common stock. If the terms of the lock-up agreements are waived, shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market, which could reduce the price of our common stock. See “Shares eligible for future sale—Lock-up agreements.”

 

Following the expiration of the lock-up period, certain shareholders under our new shareholders’ agreement will be entitled, subject to certain exceptions, to exercise their demand registration rights to register their shares under the Securities Act. If this right is exercised, holders of any of our common stock subject to the new shareholders’ agreement will be entitled to participate in such registration. By exercising their registration rights, and selling a large number of shares, these holders could cause the price of our common stock to decline. An estimated 6,532,700 shares of common stock, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, will be subject to our new shareholders’ agreement upon completion of this offering. See “Shares eligible for future sale,” “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Shareholders’ agreement” and “Description of capital stock—Registration rights.”

 

We may require additional capital in the future and sales of our equity securities to provide this capital may dilute your ownership in us.

 

We may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity financings in order to:

 

Ø   expand and grow our business;

 

Ø   develop new services and products;

 

Ø   respond to competitive pressures; or

 

Ø   acquire complementary businesses or technologies.

 

Any additional capital raised through the sale of our equity securities may dilute your percentage ownership interest in us.

 

Certain of our stockholders will continue to exert significant influence over us and their interests may conflict with the interests of our other stockholders.

 

Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C., John Hancock Life Insurance Company (together with Hancock Mezzanine Partners L.P.), Camillo M. Santomero, III and the stockholders whose shares of our common stock are managed by Trimaran Investments II, L.L.C. currently beneficially own, approximately 20.9%, 19.1%, 16.6% and 14.3%, respectively, of our outstanding common stock, and upon completion of this offering will own approximately 10.9%, 10.0%, 8.6% and 7.4%, respectively, of our outstanding stock (9.4%, 8.6%, 7.4% and 6.4%, respectively, if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). See “Principal and selling stockholders.” As a result, these stockholders will continue to be able to exert significant influence over all matters presented to our stockholders for approval, including election and removal of our directors and change of control transactions. In addition, the foregoing stockholders

 


 

25


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

have the right to designate members of our board of directors and certain of the foregoing stockholders will continue to have the right to designate directors under a new shareholders’ agreement, effective upon the completion of this offering. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Shareholders’ Agreement.” These stockholders will have significant influence on our overall operations and strategy, and the interests of these stockholders or their respective affiliates may not coincide with the interests of the other holders of our common stock. To the extent that conflicts of interest may arise, the stockholders named above and their respective affiliates may resolve those conflicts in a manner adverse to us or to you or other holders of our securities. In addition, the stockholders named above are selling stockholders in this offering and will receive a portion of the proceeds of the offering.

 

We intend to pay regular cash dividends on our common stock but may change our dividend policy, and the agreements governing our new revolving credit facility will contain various covenants that limit our ability to pay dividends.

 

Our board of directors has never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. In addition, the agreements governing our existing revolving credit facility, term loan and senior notes, which we intend to repay and/or terminate in connection with this offering, restrict our ability to pay dividends on our capital stock. After completion of this offering, we intend to pay regular cash dividends on our common stock. Our board of directors may, in its discretion, decrease the level of dividends or discontinue the payment of dividends entirely. In addition, the terms of our new revolving credit facility will limit our ability to pay dividends to holders of our common stock. The expected terms of the new revolving credit facility are summarized under “Description of indebtedness—New revolving credit facility.” In addition, as a holding company, we will be dependent upon the ability of our subsidiaries to generate earnings and cash flows and distribute them to us so that we may pay our obligations and expenses and pay dividends to our stockholders. We expect to cause each of our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us, the sole stockholder of such subsidiaries. However, the ability of each of our subsidiaries to make such distributions will be subject to its operating results, cash requirements and financial condition, applicable laws and its other agreements with third parties. In addition, under Delaware law, our board of directors may declare dividends only to the extent of our “surplus” (which is defined as total assets at fair market value minus total liabilities, minus statutory capital), or if there is no surplus, out of our net profits for the then-current and/or immediately preceding fiscal years. Accordingly, we may not be able to pay dividends in any given amount in the future, or at all.

 

Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and by-laws contain provisions that could delay and discourage takeover attempts that stockholders may consider favorable.

 

Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering and applicable provisions of Delaware corporate law may make it more difficult for or prevent a third party from acquiring control of us or changing our board of directors and management. These provisions include:

 

Ø   the ability by our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences;

 

Ø   only our board of directors or the chairman of the board of directors may call special meetings of our stockholders;

 

Ø   our stockholders may only take action at a meeting of our stockholders and not by written consent; and

 

Ø   our stockholders must comply with advance notice procedures in order to nominate candidates for election to our board of directors or to place stockholders’ proposals on the agenda for consideration at meetings of the stockholders.

 


 

26


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors or management could deter potential acquirors or prevent the completion of a transaction in which our stockholders could receive a substantial premium over the then-current market price for their shares.

 

As a result of being a public company, we will incur increased costs that may place a strain on our resources and our management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns.

 

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as new rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and Nasdaq, have required changes in corporate governance practices of public companies. We expect these new rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. These requirements may place a strain on our systems and resources. The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls for financial reporting. We currently do not have an internal audit group. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, significant resources and management oversight will be required. This may divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge.

 

We also expect these new rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these new rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

 

This offering may cause us to undergo an “ownership change” for purposes of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, which may limit our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforward and certain other tax attributes.

 

Our federal net operating loss carryforward as of December 31, 2004 is approximately $11.5 million. Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change” (generally defined as a greater than 50% change (by value) in its equity ownership over a three-year period), the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change of control net operating loss carryforward and other pre-change tax attributes against its post-change income may be limited. Although no definite determination can be made at this time, there is a significant possibility that this offering (along with other changes in ownership that have occurred within the past three years) will cause us to undergo an ownership change under the Internal Revenue Code. In addition, if we undergo an ownership change, we may be limited in our ability to use certain “built-in losses” or “built-in deductions” that exist at the time of the ownership change. These limitations may have the effect of reducing our after-tax cash flow. Even if this offering does not cause an ownership change to occur, we may undergo an ownership change after the offering due to subsequent changes in ownership of our common stock.

 


 

27


Table of Contents

 

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

 

This prospectus contains some forward-looking statements including, in particular, statements about our plans, strategies and prospects. We have used the words “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “plan,” “intend” and similar expressions in this prospectus to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current views with respect to future events and financial performance. Our actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements.

 

Our forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, including:

 

Ø   the cyclical nature of our business;

 

Ø   adverse economic and market conditions;

 

Ø   fluctuating costs of raw materials, including steel and aluminum, and delays in the delivery of raw materials;

 

Ø   our ability to maintain relationships with our suppliers of railcar components;

 

Ø   our reliance upon a small number of customers that represent a large percentage of our sales;

 

Ø   the variable purchase patterns of our customers and the timing of completion, delivery and acceptance of customer orders;

 

Ø   the highly competitive nature of our industry;

 

Ø   risks relating to our relationship with our unionized employees and their unions;

 

Ø   our ability to manage our health care and pension costs;

 

Ø   our reliance on the sales of our aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcars;

 

Ø   the risk of lack of acceptance of our new railcar offerings by our customers;

 

Ø   the cost of complying with environmental laws and regulations;

 

Ø   the costs associated with being a public company;

 

Ø   potential significant warranty claims; and

 

Ø   various covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness that limit our management’s discretion in the operation of our businesses.

 

Our actual results could be different from the results described in or anticipated by our forward-looking statements due to the inherent uncertainty of estimates, forecasts and projections and may be better or worse than anticipated. Given these uncertainties, you should not rely on forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date that they were made. We expressly disclaim any duty to provide updates to forward-looking statements, and the estimates and assumptions associated with them, after the date of this prospectus, in order to reflect changes in circumstances or expectations or the occurrence of unanticipated events except to the extent required by applicable securities laws. All of the forward-looking statements are qualified in their entirety by reference to the factors discussed above under “Risk factors.” We caution you that these risks may not be exhaustive. We operate in a continually changing business environment and new risks emerge from time to time. You should carefully read this prospectus in its entirety as it contains information you should consider when making your investment decision.

 


 

28


Table of Contents

 

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $75.8 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and other estimated expenses payable by us, assuming an initial offering price of $17.00 per share, representing the midpoint of the range on the cover of this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the selling stockholders upon the exercise of the over-allotment option by the underwriters.

 

The table below sets forth our estimate of the sources and uses of funds required to effect the Transactions. Actual amounts may vary from the amounts shown below.

 

     Amount
     (in thousands)

Sources of Funds

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 11,213

Release of restricted cash(1)

     8,700

Proceeds from this offering

     86,700

Borrowings under new revolving credit facility(2)

     8,309
    

Total sources

   $ 114,922
    

Uses of Funds

      

Repurchase of the senior notes(3)

   $ 46,179

Payment under the rights to additional acquisition consideration(4)

     34,089

Redemption of the redeemable preferred stock(5)

     12,689

Repayment of the term loan(6)

     5,865

Repayment of industrial revenue bonds(7)

     5,200

Fees and expenses relating to this offering(8)

     10,900
    

Total uses

   $ 114,922
    


(1)   This amount reflects $7.5 million held in a restricted cash account as additional collateral for our existing revolving credit facility, which we expect to be released to us after we enter into the new revolving credit facility upon the completion of this offering. We do not expect the new revolving credit facility to require any amounts to be held as cash collateral. Additionally, such amount reflects $1.2 million in escrow, representing security for workers’ compensation insurance, which will be replaced by a letter of credit under the new revolving credit facility. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Liquidity and capital resources.”
(2)   After the completion of the Transactions, we expect to have new letters of credit under the new revolving credit facility of approximately $5 million. In addition, we expect to have approximately $37 million of available borrowings under the new revolving credit facility. See “Description of indebtedness—New revolving credit facility.”
(3)   Includes accrued and unpaid interest as of December 31, 2004. The senior notes bear interest at 15% per year and are due on June 30, 2008. The aggregate principal amount of the senior notes that we will repay as part of the Transaction includes all outstanding senior notes issued as payment-in-kind for interest on the notes. See “Description of indebtedness—Senior notes.”
(4)   Represents the amount payable upon a triggering event, as of December 31, 2004, pursuant to the rights to additional acquisition consideration, which includes a base amount of additional

 


 

29


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds


 

 

consideration equal to $20.0 million plus an accreted value that compounds at a rate of 10% annually. We will be required to pay the additional acquisition consideration upon the completion of this offering. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Rights to additional acquisition consideration” for a discussion of the terms of, and the events that trigger our obligation to pay, the additional acquisition consideration.

(5)   Includes 1,014 shares of Series A voting preferred stock that were issued upon full exercise of the 2004 Options prior to the date of this prospectus. These shares will be exchanged with shares of the Series A preferred stock of the surviving corporation in the merger having identical terms (except we will change the par value of the Series A voting preferred stock and the Series B non-voting preferred stock of the surviving corporation in the merger from $500 per share to $0.01 per share and we will change the liquidation preference of the Series A voting preferred stock and the Series B non-voting preferred stock of the surviving corporation in the merger to include the value of the accrued liquidation preference of our shares of Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock) upon the completion of the merger prior to this offering. We intend to redeem all of the outstanding shares of our subsidiary’s Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock immediately following the completion of this offering. Giving effect to the full exercise of the 2004 Options, as of December 31, 2004, there were 9,674 shares of Series A voting preferred stock and 3,840 shares of Series B non-voting preferred stock outstanding. Each share of our our Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock has a liquidation preference of $500 plus accumulated and unpaid dividends. Holders of our Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock are entitled to an annual cumulative dividend at a rate of 17% per share. As of December 31, 2004, there were $5.9 million of accumulated but unpaid dividends on the Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock, which we will pay when we redeem our Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock. See “Description of capital stock—Preferred stock.” Approximately 95% of the Series A voting preferred stock, representing an aggregate liquidation value, including accumulated and unpaid dividends, of $3.9 million, and approximately 77% of the Series B non-voting preferred stock, representing an aggregate liquidation value, including accumulated and unpaid dividends, of $1.4 million, are held by our affiliates. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Redemption of preferred stock.”
(6)   Includes a prepayment fee of $115,000 equal to 2% of the amount outstanding under the term loan as of December 31, 2004. Our subsidiary, JAC Operations, Inc., entered into this term loan in October 2003, with an original principal amount of $9.0 million, due on March 31, 2008, which we refer to as the term loan. Borrowings under the term loan bear interest at a variable rate based on LIBOR, with a weighted average interest rate, as of December 31, 2004, of 6.78% per year. See “Description of indebtedness—Term loan.”
(7)   The variable rate demand industrial development revenue bonds due 2010 with an original principal amount of $5.3 million, which we refer to as the industrial revenue bonds, were issued by our subsidiary Freight Car Services, Inc. The industrial revenue bonds bear interest at a weekly variable rate, which was 2.15% as of December 31, 2004 and are subject to a weekly “put” provision by the holders of the bonds. See “Description of indebtedness—Industrial revenue bonds.”
(8)   This amount reflects the underwriting discounts and commissions, fees and expenses related to the offering and the payments for the termination of certain agreements with certain of our stockholders. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Management services agreements, deferred financing fee agreement and consulting agreement.”

 


 

30


Table of Contents

 

Dividend policy

 

Our board of directors has never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. After completion of this offering, we intend to pay regular cash dividends on our common stock.

 

We are a holding company and, as such, our ability to pay dividends is subject to the ability of our subsidiaries to generate earnings and cash flows and distribute them to us. Our declaration and payment of future dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, general economic and business conditions, our strategic plans, our financial results, contractual and legal restrictions on the payment of dividends by us and our subsidiaries and such other factors as our board of directors considers to be relevant.

 

The new revolving credit facility will contain covenants that limit our ability to pay dividends to holders of our common stock and restrict the ability of our borrower subsidiaries to declare or pay any dividends on their common stock for distribution to us, except under certain circumstances. For certain risks relating to the payment of dividends, see “Risk factors—Risks related to the purchase of our common stock in this offering—We intend to pay regular cash dividends on our common stock but may change our dividend policy, and the agreements governing our new revolving credit facility will likely contain various covenants that limit our ability to pay dividends.”

 


 

31


Table of Contents

 

Capitalization

 

The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash and capitalization as of December 31, 2004, on an actual basis and on an adjusted basis to give effect to:

 

Ø   the full exercise of the 2004 Options prior to the date of this prospectus for 1,014 shares of our Class A voting common stock (557,700 shares of common stock of the surviving corporation in the merger) and 1,014 shares of our Series A voting preferred stock (1,014 shares of Series A voting preferred stock of the surviving corporation in the merger);

 

Ø   the merger prior to this offering whereby (1) all of the shares of our issued and outstanding shares of Class A voting common stock and Class B non-voting common stock will be exchanged for shares of a single class of common stock of the surviving corporation on a one-for-550 basis, and (2) all of the shares of our Series A voting preferred stock and our Series B non-voting preferred stock will be exchanged on a one-for-one basis for shares of Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock of the surviving corporation with identical terms (except for the change in par value from $500 per share to $0.01 per share and a different liquidation preference that includes the value of the accrued liquidation preference of our Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock); and

 

Ø   the Transactions, including our sale of 5,100,000 shares of our common stock and the sale by the selling stockholders of 900,000 shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming an initial offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range on the cover of this prospectus.

 

You should read this table together with “Prospectus summary—Corporate information” “Use of proceeds,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” and the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2004

 
     Actual*     As Adjusted  
     (in thousands, except
share amounts)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 11,213     $ —    

Restricted cash (1)

     12,955       4,255  
    


 


Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

   $ 24,168     $ 4,255  
    


 


Short term debt:

                

Industrial revenue bonds (2)

     5,200       —    

Long-term debt (including current maturities):

                

Existing revolving credit facility (3)

     —         —    

New revolving credit facility (4)

     —         8,309  

Senior notes (5)

     45,108       —    

Term loan

     5,750       —    
    


 


Total long-term debt (including current maturities)

     50,858       8,309  

Rights to additional acquisition consideration (6)

     28,581       —    

Redeemable Preferred Stock, $500 par value

                

Series A voting $500 par value, 100,000 shares authorized, 8,660 shares issued and outstanding (liquidation preference of $8,486) (7)

     8,486       —    

Series B non-voting $500 par value, 100,000 shares authorized, 3,840 shares issued and outstanding (liquidation preference of $3,696)

     3,696       —    

        Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share; 2,500,000 shares authorized; no         shares issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted

     —         —    
    


 


Total redeemable preferred stock

     12,182       —    

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

                

Common stock, $0.01 par value

     —         —    

Class A voting, 100,000 shares authorized (8) , 6,138,000 shares issued and outstanding

     —         —    

Class B nonvoting, 100,000 shares authorized (8) , 737,000 shares issued and outstanding

     —         —    

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 50,000,000 shares authorized, 6,875,000 and 12,532,700 shares, respectively, issued and outstanding, as adjusted (9)(1 0)

     —         125  

Additional paid in capital

     8,900       84,068  

Accumulated deficit (11)

     (40,934 )     (45,880 )
    


 


Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (37,089 )     33,258  
    


 


Total capitalization

   $ 59,732     $ 41,567  
    


 


*   As restated. See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements.

 


 

32


Table of Contents

Capitalization


 


(1)   As part of the Transactions, $7.5 million representing additional collateral under our existing revolving credit facility will be released from restricted cash and $1.2 million held as cash representing security for workers’ compensation insurance will be replaced by a letter of credit under the new revolving credit facility. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Liquidity and capital resources.”

 

(2)   Classified as short-term debt because the holders of the industrial revenue bonds, which mature in 2010, are entitled, on a weekly basis, to require us to repurchase the industrial revenue bonds.

 

(3)   As of December 31, 2004, there were no borrowings under the existing revolving credit facility and the amount of our outstanding letters of credit under the existing revolving credit facility was $10.6 million.

 

(4)   Following completion of the Transactions, we expect to have approximately $5 million of outstanding letters of credit under the new revolving credit facility and approximately $37 million of available borrowings under the new revolving credit facility.

 

(5)   Excludes unamortized discount of $1.1 million. The aggregate principal amount outstanding of senior notes as of December 31, 2004 was $46.2 million.

 

(6)   Our recorded liability under the rights to additional acquisition consideration is based on the fair value of the rights to additional acquisition consideration at the time that we acquired our business from TTII in 1999, using a discount rate of 25% and an expected redemption period of seven years. Upon a triggering event, including this offering, the amount payable as additional acquisition consideration will be $20.0 million in cash plus an accreted value that compounds at a rate of 10% annually. At December 31, 2004, assuming a triggering event had occurred, the amount payable as additional acquisition consideration was $34.1 million.

 

(7)   Excludes 1,014 shares of the Series A voting preferred stock issued to holders of our 2004 Options prior to the date of this prospectus following their exercise of the 2004 Options and the liquidation preference of such shares.

 

(8)   Authorized shares have not been restated to give effect to the merger.

 

(9)   To be authorized following the merger. Immediately following the merger but prior to this offering, there will be 7,432,700 shares of common stock of the surviving corporation issued and outstanding.

 

(10)   The number of shares of common stock shown to be outstanding after this offering reflects the 7,432,700 shares of common stock issued by the surviving corporation in the merger in exchange for (a) our outstanding Class A voting common stock, including the 557,700 shares of Class A voting common stock issued upon the exercise of the 2004 Options, and (b) our outstanding Class B non-voting common stock, but does not include 329,808 shares that will be available for future issuance under stock options granted under our 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan. See “Management—Executive compensation—Option awards and option plan.”

 

(11)   Our deficit, as adjusted and net of the effect of income taxes, reflects the write-off of the unamortized discount of $1.1 million related to the redemption of our senior notes, the write-off of deferred financing costs of $0.9 million related to the repayment in full of our term loan and the industrial revenue bonds and the payment of the additional acquisition consideration (at par, which exceeds the recorded value by $5.5 million) with a portion of the proceeds from this offering.

 


 

33


Table of Contents

 

Dilution

 

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the completion of this offering.

 

The deficiency in net tangible book value of our common stock as of December 31, 2004, after giving effect to the merger, was approximately $75.2 million, or $10.11 per share. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding prior to this offering.

 

After giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock offered by this prospectus at an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, representing the midpoint of the range on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, the deficiency in net tangible book value would have been approximately $3.9 million, or $0.31 per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $9.80 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $17.31 per share to new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering. Dilution per share represents the difference between the price per share paid by new investors for shares issued in this offering and the net tangible book value per share immediately after the completion of this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

         $ 17.00  

Deficiency in net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2004

   (10.11 )        

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

   9.80          
    

       

Adjusted deficiency in net tangible book value per share after this offering

           (0.31 )
          


Dilution per share to new investors

         $ 17.31  
          


 

The following table presents, on a pro forma as adjusted basis, after giving effect to the merger and this offering, as of December 31, 2004, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by the existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming public offering price of $17.00 per share, before deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased

    Total Consideration

   

Average

Price

Per
Share


     Number    Percent     Amount    Percent    

Existing stockholders

   7,432,700    59.3 %   $ 6,250,010    6.7 %   $ 0.84

New investors

   5,100,000    40.7       86,700,000    93.3       17.00
    
  

 

  

     

Total

   12,532,700    100.0 %   $ 92,950,010    100.0 %      
    
  

 

  

     

 

The above table includes 557,700 shares of common stock (after giving effect to the merger) issued upon the full exercise of our 2004 Options, none of which were exercised as of December 31, 2004, and excludes the 329,808 shares that will be available for future issuance under stock options granted under

 


 

34


Table of Contents

Dilution


 

our 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan on or about the closing date of this offering and 329,808 remaining shares that will be available for future issuance under our 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan. To the extent that any of our outstanding options issued under our 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. The above table also excludes 900,000 shares of our common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders in this offering upon any exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option, for which we will not receive any net proceeds.

 

Sales of common stock by the selling stockholders in the offering will reduce the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders to 6,532,700, or approximately 52% of the total shares of common stock outstanding after the offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new public investors to 6,000,000, or approximately 48% of the total shares of common stock outstanding after the offering.

 

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the number of shares of common stock held by our existing stockholders will further decrease to approximately 5,632,700 shares, or approximately 45% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding, and the number shares of our common stock held by new investors will further increase to 6,900,000 shares, or approximately 55% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding.

 


 

35


Table of Contents

 

Selected consolidated financial data

 

The following table sets forth our selected consolidated financial data. The consolidated statements of operations and cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations and cash flow data for the period from June 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999 and the years ended December 31, 2000 and 2001 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 1999, 2000, 2001 and 2002 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus.

 

The selected consolidated financial data for the period from January 1, 1999 through June 3, 1999 presented below includes financial data of our predecessor, consisting of certain direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of TTII. On June 4, 1999, we were acquired from TTII by an investor group led by certain members of management of TTII who became our management. The financial data of our predecessor does not reflect any adjustments associated with our acquisition from TTII in 1999, and our consolidated financial data after our acquisition in 1999 is not directly comparable to our predecessor’s financial data.

 

We have included our selected consolidated financial data for the periods from January 1, 1999 to June 3, 1999 and from January 4, 1999 to December 31, 1999 in this prospectus because we believe that this additional financial data is useful in illustrating the cyclical nature of our business, which is discussed elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

The results included below and elsewhere in this document are not necessarily indicative of our future performance. You should read this information together with “Capitalization,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 


 

36


Table of Contents

Selected consolidated financial data


 

    Predecessor

    FreightCar America, Inc.

 
    Period from
January 1,
1999 to
June 3,
1999
    Period from
June 4, 1999
to
December 31,
1999
    Year ended December 31,

 
        2000     2001     2002     2003     2004  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Statements of operations data:

                                                       

Sales

  $ 316,931     $ 367,742     $ 397,577     $ 210,314     $ 225,497     $ 244,349     $ 482,180  

Cost of sales (1)

    271,714       325,640       358,267       187,646       212,589       225,216       468,309  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Gross profit (2)

    45,217       42,102       39,310       22,668       12,908       19,133       13,871  

Selling, general and administrative expense (3)

    8,215       11,397       18,580       13,370       12,778       14,318       14,601  

Compensation expense under stock option agreements (selling, general and administrative expense) (4)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         8,900  

Provision for settlement of labor disputes (5)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         9,159  

Goodwill amortization expense

    —         1,074       1,812       1,744       —         —         —    
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Operating income (loss) (6)

    37,002       29,631       18,918       7,554       130       4,815       (18,789 )

Interest income

    (663 )     (354 )     (1,391 )     (887 )     (162 )     (128 )     (282 )

Related-party interest expense

    —         2,535       5,165       5,723       6,517       6,764       7,029  

Third-party interest expense

    451       3,623       3,999       2,398       1,595       1,367       1,111  

Interest expense on rights to additional acquisition consideration

    —         1,192       2,341       2,927       3,659       4,573       5,716  

Write-off of deferred financing costs

    —         —         —         —         —         348       —    

Loss on disposal of railcar lease fleet

    —         689       187       —         —         —         —    

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    —         410       702       702       702       629       459  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) before income taxes

    37,214       21,536       7,915       (3,309 )     (12,181 )     (8,738 )     (32,822 )

Income tax provision (benefit)

    14,398       9,236       6,089       167       (3,554 )     (1,318 )     (7,962 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income (loss)

    22,816       12,300       1,826       (3,476 )     (8,627 )     (7,420 )     (24,860 )

Redeemable preferred stock dividends accumulated, but undeclared

    —         620       1,062       1,063       1,062       1,063       1,062  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders

  $ 22,816     $ 11,680     $ 764     $ (4,539 )   $ (9,689 )   $ (8,483 )   $ (25,922 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Weighted average common shares outstanding (7)

            6,875,000       6,875,000       6,875,000       6,875,000       6,875,000       6,888,750  

Per share data:

                                                       

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders (basic and diluted) (7)

          $ 1.70     $ 0.11     $ (0.66 )   $ (1.41 )   $ (1.23 )   $ (3.76 )
           


 


 


 


 


 


Balance sheet data (at period end):

                                                       

Cash and cash equivalents

          $ 7,840     $ 30,487     $ 25,033     $ 19,725     $ 20,008     $ 11,213  

Restricted cash (8)

            82       3,882       4,061       4,116       11,698       12,955  

Total assets

            186,701       166,972       148,702       141,531       140,052       191,143  

Total debt (9)

            65,479       62,476       55,423       53,424       51,778       56,058  

Rights to additional acquisition consideration, including accumulated accretion (10)

            9,365       11,707       14,634       18,292       22,865       28,581  

Total redeemable preferred stock

            6,870       7,932       8,995       10,057       11,120       12,182  

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

            6,935       7,699       3,160       (9,542 )     (19,710 )     (37,089 )

 


 

37


Table of Contents

Selected consolidated financial data


 


(1)   Cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2004 includes an estimated $12.7 million in increased cost of raw materials (excluding an estimated $1.8 million in increased cost of raw materials under the customer contract for box railcars described in note (2)), consisting primarily of aluminum and steel, which we were unable to pass on to our customers under our fixed-price customer contracts. As a result of the increased costs, we renegotiated our contracts with a majority of our customers to increase the purchase prices of our railcars to reflect the increased cost of raw materials, and as a result, we were able to pass on to our customers approximately 40% of the increased raw material costs with respect to the railcars that we produced and delivered in 2004. In addition, we have entered into contracts with a majority of our customers that allow for variable pricing to protect us against future increases in the cost of raw materials. We had four remaining fixed-price contracts reflecting a backlog of 528 railcars out of a total backlog of 11,397 railcars as of December 31, 2004, and we expect to deliver all of the railcars under the remaining fixed-price contracts by June 30, 2005. Other than the remaining fixed-price contracts, we have entered into contracts with all of our customers that allow for variable pricing to protect us against future changes in the cost of raw materials.

 

(2)   Our gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2004 includes a loss of $8.9 million on a customer contract for box railcars, which reflects increased raw material, labor and other costs that exceeded the fixed purchase price under this contract. This customer contract was our first contract for the manufacture of box railcars, and, following our delivery of the box railcars under this contract, we do not plan to produce any box railcars in the future.

 

(3)   Our selling, general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2003 includes a finder’s fee of $1.8 million that we paid to a third party for securing a major railcar purchase order for us in early 2003. Our in-house sales personnel generally procure orders, and we do not ordinarily pay finder’s fees to obtain purchase orders.

 

(4)   On December 7, 2004, in accordance with our existing shareholders’ agreement, our board of directors approved the grant of certain options to purchase an aggregate of 1,014 Units to certain of our directors and officers at an exercise price of $0.01 per Unit. The grant became effective on December 23, 2004. Each Unit consists of one share of Class A voting common stock (550 shares of common stock of the surviving corporation in the merger) and one share of Series A voting preferred stock (one share of the Series A voting preferred stock of the surviving corporation in the merger). We have recorded a non-cash expense of $8.9 million based on the estimated value per Unit as of December 23, 2004. These options were exercised prior to the date of this prospectus pursuant to which we issued 1,014 shares of Class A voting common stock (557,700 shares of common stock of the surviving corporation in the merger) and 1,014 shares of Series A voting preferred stock (1,014 shares of Series A voting preferred stock of the surviving corporation in the merger). See “Prospectus summary—Corporate information” and “Management—Executive compensation—Option awards and option plan.”

 

(5)   On November 15, 2004, we entered into the Johnstown settlement and recorded a $9.2 million charge with respect to the year ended December 31, 2004. As part of the Johnstown settlement, we agreed to pay back wages equal to $1.4 million to the covered employees and recorded a $0.8 million cash charge for expenses related to the Johnstown settlement in the year ended December 31, 2004. We also recorded $7.0 million of non-cash expense in the year ended December 31, 2004 related to pension and postretirement termination benefits accrued with respect to retired unionized employees at our Johnstown facility. See “Business—Legal proceedings—Labor dispute settlement.”

 

(6)   Our operating income for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, includes curtailment gains of $1.2 million and $3.1 million, respectively, related to our postretirement benefit program resulting from our layoff of a significant number of unionized employees at our Johnstown facility.

 

(7)   Share and per share data have been restated to give effect to the merger.

 

(8)   Our restricted cash for the years ended December 31, 2000 and the years thereafter includes cash collateral of $3.8 million plus interest held in escrow for our participation in a residual support guarantee agreement with respect to railcars that we sold to a customer that are presently leased by the customer to a third party. Our restricted cash for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 also includes $7.5 million held in a restricted cash account as additional collateral for our existing revolving credit facility, which we expect to be released to us after we enter into the new revolving credit facility upon the completion of this offering, and $1.2 million in escrow, representing security for workers’ compensation insurance, which will be replaced by a letter of credit under the new revolving credit facility upon the completion of this offering. We do not expect the new revolving credit facility to require any amounts to be held as cash collateral for borrowings.

 

(9)   Our total debt includes current maturities of long-term debt and our variable rate demand industrial revenue bonds due 2010 which are classified as short-term debt.

 

(10)   Our recorded liability under the rights to additional acquisition consideration is based on the fair value of the rights to additional acquisition consideration at the time that we acquired our business from TTII in 1999, using a discount rate of 25% and an expected redemption period of seven years. Upon a triggering event, including this offering, the amount payable as additional acquisition consideration will be $20.0 million in cash plus an accreted value that compounds at a rate of 10% annually. At December 31, 2004, assuming a triggering event had occurred, the amount payable as additional acquisition consideration was $34.1 million.

 


 

38


Table of Contents

 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

You should read the following discussion in conjunction with “Selected consolidated financial data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on management’s current expectations, estimates and projections about our business and operations. Our actual results may differ materially from those currently anticipated and expressed in such forward-looking statements and as a result of the factors we describe under “Risk factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Special note regarding forward-looking statements” and “Risk factors.”

 

OVERVIEW

 

We are the leading manufacturer of aluminum-bodied railcars in North America, based on the number of railcars delivered. We specialize in the production of coal-carrying railcars, which represented 78% of our deliveries of railcars in 2004, while the balance of our production consisted of a broad spectrum of railcar types, including aluminum-bodied and steel-bodied railcars. We also refurbish and rebuild railcars and sell forged, cast and fabricated parts for all of the railcars that we produce, as well as those manufactured by others. We have chosen not to offer significant railcar leasing services, as we have made a strategic decision not to compete with our customers that provide railcar leasing services, which represent a significant portion of our revenue.

 

We believe that we are the leading North American manufacturer of coal-carrying railcars. We estimate that we have manufactured 81% of the coal-carrying railcars delivered over the last three years in the North American market. Our aluminum BethGon railcar has been the leading aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcar sold in North America for nearly 20 years. We believe that over the last 25 years we have built and introduced more types of coal-carrying railcars than all other manufacturers in North America combined.

 

Our manufacturing facilities are located in Danville, Illinois, Johnstown, Pennsylvania and Roanoke, Virginia. Our Danville facility produced approximately 81% of our railcars manufactured during the year ended December 31, 2004, and all of our aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcars. We believe that the operational efficiency of our Danville facility has increased over the last six years resulting in a significant reduction in our manufacturing costs. Our Johnstown facility manufactures all of our other railcar types, such as small covered hopper railcars, coiled steel railcars and aluminum vehicle carrier railcars, and it also has the capability to manufacture coal-carrying railcars. We have commenced preparations for an additional production facility that we have leased in Roanoke, Virginia. Our new Roanoke facility will manufacture a variety of types of railcars, including aluminum-bodied and steel-bodied railcars. See “—Recent developments.”

 

Our primary customers are financial institutions, railroads and shippers. The percentages of our total sales attributable to each type of customer are summarized in the table below for the periods presented.

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
         2002             2003             2004      

Financial institutions

   18 %   30 %   38 %

Railroads

   11 %   13 %   31 %

Shippers

   71 %   57 %   31 %
    

 

 

     100 %   100 %   100 %
    

 

 

 


 

39


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

We have established long-term relationships with a customer base that includes some of the largest financial institutions, railroads and shippers in North America. Most of our individual customers do not make purchases every year, since they do not need to replace or replenish their railcar fleets on a yearly basis. Many of our customers place orders for products on an as-needed basis, sometimes only once every few years. As a result, our sales and income from operations vary substantially from quarter to quarter, and the percentages of total sales represented by a type of customer in any period, as shown above, may not reflect sales to that type of customer in future periods. See “Risk factors—Risks related to the railcar industry—The variable purchase patterns of our customers and the timing of completion, delivery and acceptance of customer orders may cause our sales and income from operations to vary substantially each quarter, which will result in significant fluctuations in our quarterly results.”

 

In 2004, we delivered 7,484 new railcars, including 5,840 aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcars. Our total backlog of firm orders for new railcars increased from 6,444 railcars as of December 31, 2003 to 11,397 railcars as of December 31, 2004, representing estimated sales of $365.9 million and $747.8 million, respectively, attributable to such backlog. Approximately 93% of our backlog as of December 31, 2004 consisted of coal-carrying railcars.

 

The prices for steel and aluminum, the primary raw material components of our railcars, increased sharply in 2004 as a result of strong demand, limited availability of production inputs for steel and aluminum, including scrap metal, industry consolidation and import trade barriers. The costs of raw steel and aluminum have increased by 161% and 22%, respectively, during the period from October 2003 through December 2004. As a result, during the year ended December 31, 2004, we were unable to pass on an estimated $12.7 million in increased raw material costs to our customers under existing fixed-price customer contracts. Over the course of 2004, we renegotiated our contracts with a majority of our customers to increase the purchase prices of our railcars to reflect the increased cost of raw materials. As a result, we were able to pass on to our customers approximately 40% of the increased raw material costs with respect to the railcars that we produced and delivered in 2004. A majority of our existing contracts allow for variable pricing to protect us against future changes in the cost of raw materials. We had four remaining fixed-price contracts reflecting a backlog of 528 railcars out of a total backlog of 11,397 railcars as of December 31, 2004, and we expect to deliver all of the railcars under the remaining fixed-price contracts by June 30, 2005.

 

Over the past several years, we have reduced our fixed costs, and we expect to benefit from fixed cost leverage as our sales increase. We also benefit from our relatively stable selling, general and administrative expenses, which increase at a slower rate relative to growth in railcar production. Additionally, we expect that the Johnstown settlement will allow our Johnstown facility to become more cost-competitive. The settlement, among other things, limits our future contributions for health care coverage and pension costs for our retired unionized employees at our Johnstown facility. The settlement is conditioned on, among other things, obtaining certain third-party approvals. See “Business—Legal proceedings—Labor dispute settlement.”

 

A key component of our business strategy is to maintain our leading position in the coal-carrying railcar segment, while also developing additional opportunities for new product lines and growth. We expect to expand our aluminum-bodied railcar product line to include railcars that carry materials other than coal, such as our aluminum vehicle carrier railcars. We are also exploring opportunities to increase our marketing activities abroad. We will continue to explore international opportunities and, from time to time, may enter into licensing arrangements or joint ventures with established railcar manufacturers outside of the United States. We presently have no plans to invest in facilities outside the United States.

 

The North American railcar market is highly cyclical and the trends in the railcar industry are closely related to the overall level of economic activity. In an improving economy, railroads and utilities should

 


 

40


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

continue to upgrade their fleets of aging steel-bodied coal-carrying railcars to lighter and more durable aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcars. North American industry railcar orders for 2004 amounted to 70,626 cars, compared to 47,249 cars in 2003. North American industry backlog at December 31, 2004 was 58,677 cars. We believe that the near-term outlook for railcar demand is positive due to the current U.S. economic recovery which we believe is resulting in increased rail traffic, the replacement of aging railcar fleets, an improved outlook for U.S. steel manufacturers and an increasing demand for electricity.

 

We believe that the near-term outlook for our business is positive, based on the increased demand for railcars, our current backlog, our product portfolio and our operational efficiency in manufacturing railcars. We believe that the demand for our coal-carrying railcars will remain strong, as an improving economy typically leads to increased demand for electricity. Additionally, our cost structure has been strengthened by our change to variable customer contracts that protect us against future changes in the cost of raw materials and by the recent settlement agreement that limits our future contributions for health care coverage and pension costs for retired employees at our Johnstown facility. See “—Recent developments” below. In response to the current demand for our railcars, we are exploring opportunities to increase our production capacity. See “—Recent developments” below regarding our new production facility in Roanoke, Virginia. However, U.S. economic conditions may not continue to improve in the future or result in a sustained economic recovery, and our business is subject to significant other risks that may cause our current positive outlook to change. See “Risk factors.”

 

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

 

On November 15, 2004, JAC, our subsidiary, entered into a settlement agreement with the USWA, which represents our unionized employees in our Johnstown, Pennsylvania manufacturing facility. Our unionized employees at our Johnstown facility, who comprise approximately 49% of our total workforce, were without a collective bargaining agreement since October 2001. The settlement agreement sets forth the terms of a new 42-month collective bargaining agreement with our unionized employees at our Johnstown facility. The settlement agreement also provides for the resolution of charges made by the USWA against us with the NLRB, the Deemer and Britt lawsuits and certain workplace grievance matters. Under the terms of the settlement agreement, the plaintiffs in the Deemer and Britt lawsuits are to withdraw their lawsuits with prejudice and the USWA agreed to request that the NLRB prosecutor withdraw the NLRB charges against us. In addition, the settlement agreement limits our future contributions for health care coverage and pension costs for retired unionized employees at our Johnstown facility. The settlement is conditioned on, among other things, approval by the NLRB and the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania of the settlement and the withdrawal of the NLRB charges, the Deemer and Britt lawsuits and the workplace grievance matters. We refer to the settlement agreement and the related matters discussed above as the Johnstown settlement. See “Business—Legal proceedings—Labor dispute settlement.”

 

In December 2004, we entered into an agreement to lease a railcar manufacturing facility from Norfolk Southern Railway Company, or Norfolk Southern, in Roanoke, Virginia. The lease agreement provides for the lease of approximately 11.6 acres, including certain buildings, equipment, machinery and tracks on the property, and has a term of ten years, commencing on December 31, 2004. The lease agreement provides that we or Norfolk Southern may terminate this agreement for any reason following the fifth anniversary of the lease agreement. We commenced preparations for the operation of the Roanoke facility in January 2005, including applying for necessary governmental permits and hiring employees. We plan to initially produce aluminum-bodied railcars and eventually both aluminum-bodied and steel-bodied railcars at the Roanoke facility. We expect to deliver our first railcar manufactured at the Roanoke facility during the second quarter of 2005. We entered into a supply agreement with Norfolk

 


 

41


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

Southern, pursuant to which Norfolk Southern may, but is not required to, purchase railcars from us. This supply agreement sets forth the terms and conditions under which Norfolk Southern may purchase railcars from us, and the term of this agreement is concurrent with the term of the lease agreement.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENT PRESENTATION

 

Sales

 

Our sales are generated primarily from sales of the railcars that we manufacture. Our sales depend on industry demand for new railcars, which is driven by overall economic conditions and the demand for railcar transportation of various products, such as coal, motor vehicles, flat and coiled steel products, lumber, plywood and other building products, minerals, cement, grain, automotive parts and paper products. Our sales are also affected by competitive market pressures that impact the prices for our railcars and by the types of railcars sold.

 

We generally manufacture railcars under firm orders from our customers. We recognize sales, which we sometimes refer to as deliveries, on new and rebuilt railcars when we complete the individual railcars, the railcars are accepted by the customer following inspection, the risk for any damage or other loss with respect to the railcars passes to the customer and title to the railcars transfers to the customer. With respect to sales transactions involving the trading-in of used railcars, in accordance with accounting rules, we recognize sales for the entire transaction when the cash consideration received is in excess of 25% of the total transaction value and on a pro rata portion of the total transaction value when the cash consideration received is less than 25% of the total transaction value. Sales of used railcars that had been traded in were $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, and represented only 2.6% of our total sales of railcars for that year. Sales of used railcars for the year ended December 31, 2004 were not material. We value used railcars received at their estimated fair market value less a normal profit margin. The variable purchase patterns of our customers and the timing of completion, delivery and acceptance of customer orders may cause our sales and income from operations to vary substantially each quarter, which will result in significant fluctuations in our quarterly results.

 

Cost of sales

 

Our cost of sales includes the cost of raw materials such as aluminum and steel, as well as the cost of finished railcar components, such as castings, including wheels, truck components and couplers, and other specialty components. Our cost of sales also includes labor, utilities, freight, manufacturing depreciation and other manufacturing costs. Factors that have affected our cost of sales include the recent increases in the cost of steel and aluminum, the limited supply of castings and our efforts to lower manufacturing costs in our Johnstown, Pennsylvania facility and to reduce the costs of new products that we have recently introduced.

 

We purchase, and we believe most of our competitors purchase, a substantial percentage of railcar castings and wheels from subsidiaries of AMSTED Industries Inc. Due to manufacturing limitations at AMSTED Industries, we have only been supplied with a limited number of castings, which has constrained our production of railcars. We believe that the supply to our competitors has similarly been limited. For the year ended December 31, 2004, due to a shortage of heavy castings, our deliveries were limited to 7,484 railcars, even though we had orders and production capacity to manufacture more railcars. See “Risk factors—Risks related to the railcar industry—Limitations on the supply of heavy castings, wheels and other railcar components could adversely affect our business because they may limit the number of railcars we can manufacture.”

 


 

42


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

The prices for steel and aluminum, the primary raw material components of our railcars, increased sharply in 2004 as a result of strong demand, limited availability of production inputs for steel and aluminum, including scrap metal, industry consolidation and import trade barriers. The costs for raw steel and aluminum have increased by 161% and 22%, respectively, during the period from October 2003 through December 2004. The availability of scrap metal has been limited by exports of scrap metal to China, and as a result, steel producers have charged scrap metal surcharges in excess of agreed-upon prices. In addition, the price and availability of other railcar components that are made of steel have been adversely affected by the increased cost and limited availability of steel. These changes have negatively impacted our railcar margins for the year ended December 31, 2004. In the year ended December 31, 2004, we were unable to pass on an estimated $12.7 million in increased raw material costs to our customers under existing fixed-price customer contracts.

 

In response to the increasing cost of raw materials, we are working with suppliers to minimize surcharges that they charge us and, where possible, we are seeking to pass on higher material costs to customers. We have renegotiated our contracts with a majority of our customers to increase the purchase prices of our railcars to reflect the increased cost of raw materials, and as a result, we were able to pass on to our customers approximately 40% of the increased raw material costs with respect to the railcars that we produced and delivered in 2004. In addition, we have entered into contracts with a majority of our customers that allow for variable pricing to protect us against future changes in the cost of raw materials. We expect that most of the contracts that we enter into in the future will provide for variable pricing on certain raw materials. However, we may not always be effective in passing on these cost increases to our customers. For example, in the year ended December 31, 2004, we recorded $2.2 million of excess costs that we were unable to pass on to our customers relating to a purchase order which was completed and delivered in the second quarter of 2004, an $8.9 million loss on a box railcar contract, a $2.8 million loss on an aluminum vehicle carrier railcar contract and a $0.3 million loss on a container railcar contract. Approximately $1.8 million of the $8.9 million loss on the box railcar contract occurred as a result of the increased raw material costs exceeding the fixed purchase price under this contract. Increases in prices, surcharges or limited availability of raw materials may adversely impact our margins and production schedules in future periods. See “Risk factors—Risks related to the railcar industry—The current high cost of the raw materials that we use to manufacture railcars, especially aluminum and steel, and delivery delays associated with these raw materials may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.”

 

Operating income

 

Operating income represents total sales less cost of sales, selling, general and administrative expenses, goodwill and intangible asset amortization expense and the provision in our results for 2004 for the settlement of labor disputes.

 

BACKLOG

 

We define backlog as the number and value of railcars that our customers have committed in writing to purchase from us, which have not been recognized as sales. Our contracts generally include cancellation clauses under which customers are required, upon cancellation of the contract, to reimburse us for costs incurred in reliance on an order and to compensate us for lost profits.

 

Our backlog has increased from 1,067 railcars at the end of 2002 to 11,397 railcars at the end of 2004, which we believe is primarily due to the current economic recovery, which is resulting in the replacement of aging railcar fleets, and the increasing demand for electricity and the increasing demand for steel, thereby increasing the demand for coal-carrying railcars and industrial and steel-carrying railcars, respectively.

 


 

43


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

The following table depicts our reported railcar backlog, in number of railcars and estimated future sales value attributable to such backlog, for the periods shown.

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2002     2003     2004  

Railcar backlog at start of period

     2,178       1,067       6,444  

New railcars delivered

     (3,942 )     (4,550 )     (7,484 )

New railcar orders

     2,831       9,927       12,437  
    


 


 


Railcar backlog at end of period

     1,067       6,444       11,397  
    


 


 


Estimated backlog at end of period (in thousands)(1)

   $ 55,887     $ 365,876     $ 747,842  

(1)   Estimated backlog reflects the total sales attributable to the backlog reported at the end of the particular period as if such backlog were converted to actual sales. Estimated backlog does not reflect potential price increases and decreases under certain customer contracts that provide for variable pricing based on changes in the cost of raw materials. If we were to take into account the increased pricing in our customer contracts due to the escalation of raw materials costs, the estimated total sales attributable to our backlog for the year ended December 31, 2004 would have been approximately $794 million.

 

We expect that substantially all of our reported backlog as of December 31, 2004 will be converted to sales by the end of 2005. However, there can be no assurance that our reported backlog will convert to sales in any particular period, if at all, or that the actual sales from these contracts will equal our reported backlog estimates. See “Risk factors—Risks related to our business—The level of our reported backlog may not necessarily indicate what our future sales will be, and our actual sales may fall short of the estimated sales value attributed to our backlog.”

 

In addition, due to the large size of railcar orders and variations in the mix of railcars, the size of our reported backlog at the end of any given period may fluctuate significantly. See “Risk factors—Risks related to the railcar industry—The variable purchase patterns of our customers and the timing of completion, delivery and acceptance of customer orders may cause our sales and income from operations to vary substantially each quarter, which will result in significant fluctuations in our quarterly results.” We rely upon third-party suppliers for heavy castings, wheels and other components for our railcars. In the event that our suppliers were to stop or reduce their supply of heavy castings, wheels or the other railcar components that we use, our business would be disrupted, and the actual sales from our customer contracts may fall significantly short of our reported backlog. See “Risk factors—Risks related to the railcar industry—Limitations on the supply of heavy castings, wheels and other railcar components could adversely affect our business because they may limit the number of railcars we can manufacture.” We currently do not have any backlog for rebuilt railcars.

 


 

44


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following table summarizes our historical operations as a percentage of revenues for the periods shown. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of operating results that may be expected in the future.

 

    Year ended December 31,

 
    2002

    2003

    2004

 

Sales

  $ 225,497     100 %   $ 244,349     100 %   $ 482,180     100 %

Cost of sales

    212,589     94 %     225,216     92 %     468,309     97 %
   


 

 


 

 


 

Gross profit

    12,908     6 %     19,133     8 %     13,871     3 %

Selling, general and administrative expense

    12,778     6 %     14,318     6 %     14,601     3 %

Provision for settlement of labor disputes

    —       —         —       —         9,159     2 %

Compensation expense under stock option agreements (selling, general and administrative expense)

    —       —         —       —         8,900     2 %
   


 

 


 

 


 

Operating income (loss)

    130     0 %     4,815     2 %     (18,789 )   (4 )%

Interest income

    (162 )   (0 )%     (128 )   (0 )%     (282 )   (0 )%

Related-party interest expense

    6,517     3 %     6,764     3 %     7,029     2 %

Third-party interest expense

    1,595     1 %     1,367     1 %     1,111     0 %

Interest expense on rights to additional acquisition consideration

    3,659     1 %     4,573     2 %     5,716     1 %

Write-off of deferred financing costs

    —       —         348     0 %     —       —    

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    702     0 %     629     0 %     459     0 %
   


 

 


 

 


 

Loss before income taxes

    (12,181 )   (5 )%     (8,738 )   (4 )%     (32,822 )   (7 )%

Income tax provision (benefit)

    (3,554 )   (2 )%     (1,318 )   (1 )%     (7,962 )   (2 )%
   


 

 


 

 


 

Net loss

  $ (8,627 )   (3 )%   $ (7,420 )   (3 )%     (24,860 )   (5 )%
   


 

 


 

 


 

 

Comparison of the year ended December 31, 2004 to the year ended December 31, 2003

 

Our net loss for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $24.9 million as compared to $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, representing an increase of $17.5 million. The increase in our net loss was attributable to a $9.2 million expense recorded for the Johnstown settlement, an $8.9 million loss on a box railcar contract reflecting increased raw material, labor and other costs, a $2.8 million loss on an aluminum vehicle carrier railcar contract, a $0.3 million loss on a container railcar contract and the recording of $8.9 million of compensation expense to account for the 2004 Options. These decreases were partially offset by increased sales from our delivery of an additional 2,929 railcars in the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to the same period in 2003. Net loss attributable to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $25.9 million as compared to $8.5 million for the same period in 2003. The difference of $1.0 million between net loss and net loss attributable to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2004 reflects accumulated dividends on our redeemable preferred stock.

 

Sales

 

Our sales for the year ended December 31, 2004 were $482.2 million as compared to $244.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, representing an increase of $237.9 million. This increase was primarily due to our delivery of an additional 2,929 railcars in the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to the same period in 2003, which resulted in an increase in sales of $237.9 million. The additional deliveries of railcars in the year ended December 31, 2004 reflect an increased demand for coal-carrying railcars. Additionally, our sales in 2004 increased by $3.7 million from sales of rebuilt railcars, sales of parts and other sales when compared to the same period in 2003. These increases were offset by reduced sales of $5.7 million from rebuilding railcars in the year ended December 31, 2004 when compared to the same period in 2003.

 


 

45


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

Gross profit

 

Our gross profit in the year ended December 31, 2004 was $13.9 million as compared to $19.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2003, representing a decrease of $5.2 million, or 27.2%, in gross profit. This decrease was primarily due to an estimated $12.7 million increase in the cost of raw materials (consisting primarily of aluminum and steel) and $14.3 million of excess costs on customer contracts that we were unable to pass on to our customers. The $14.3 million loss included an $8.9 million loss related to a contract to manufacture box railcars, a product line that we had not previously manufactured. The $8.9 million loss on the box railcar contract reflects increased raw material, labor and other costs that exceeded the fixed purchase price under this contract. After we complete deliveries of box railcars under this customer contract (anticipated to occur in the first quarter of 2005), we plan to cease manufacturing this product. The $14.3 million loss also included a $2.8 million loss on an aluminum vehicle carrier railcar contract reflecting increased raw material, labor and other costs that exceeded the fixed purchase price under this contract. The $14.3 million loss also included a $2.3 million loss on a purchase order for another type of railcar that was completed and delivered in the second quarter of 2004 and a $0.3 million loss on container railcars manufactured for foreign delivery reflecting increased raw material, labor and other costs that exceeded the fixed purchase price under this contract. These decreases were offset by $20.8 million of additional gross profit resulting from the sale of an additional 2,929 railcars and $1.0 million of gross profit from rebuilding railcars, managing leased railcars, sales of parts and the resale of used railcars in the year ended December 31, 2004. Our gross profit margin decreased to 2.8% in the year ended December 31, 2004 from 7.8% in the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

Our selling, general and administrative expenses in the year ended December 31, 2004 were $14.6 million as compared to $14.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2003, representing an increase of $0.3 million, or 2.1%, in these expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses were 3.0% of sales in the year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to 5.9% of sales in the year ended December 31, 2003. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of total sales declined in 2004 as compared to 2003, despite a 97.3% increase in sales for the period, because these costs do not increase in direct proportion to increases in sales.

 

Stock compensation expense

 

We recorded $8.9 million of stock compensation expense (selling, general and administrative expense) in December 2004 related to the grant of the 2004 Options to certain of our directors and officers. Our board of directors approved the grant of certain options to purchase an aggregate of 1,014 Units at an exercise price of $0.01 per Unit. Each Unit consists of one share of Class A voting common stock (550 shares of common stock of the surviving corporation in the merger) and one share of Series A voting preferred stock (one share of Series A voting preferred stock of the surviving corporation in the merger). The compensation expense was determined based upon the estimated value per Unit as of the effective date of grant of the 2004 Options on December 23, 2004. See “Management—Executive compensation—Option awards and option plan.”

 

Provision for settlement of labor disputes

 

As part of the Johnstown settlement, we agreed to add certain retirees to our pension and postretirement benefit programs and pay fixed health care costs with respect to the unionized retired employees of JAC. We also agreed to pay back wages equal to $1.4 million to the covered employees and recorded a $0.8 million cash charge for expenses related to the settlement. We also recorded $7.0 million of non-cash expense related to termination benefits accrued by the participants of the pension and postretirement

 


 

46


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

benefit programs through the date of the settlement agreement. The settlement is conditioned on, among other things, approval by the NLRB and the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania of the settlement and the withdrawal of certain NLRB charges and class-action lawsuits against us related to the Johnstown facility.

 

Interest expense

 

Our interest expense in the year ended December 31, 2004 was $13.9 million as compared to $12.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, representing an increase of $1.2 million, or 8.6%. The recorded amount of our obligation under the rights to additional acquisition consideration accretes at the rate of 25% per year. The interest on the rights to additional acquisition consideration increased our interest expense in the year ended December 31, 2004 by $1.1 million when compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. For more information on the rights to additional acquisition consideration, see “—Rights to additional acquisition consideration.” This increase was partially offset by our repayment in September 2003 of the $6.4 million balance under a term loan we entered into in 1999 with an initial aggregate principal amount of $55.0 million, resulting in a $0.2 million reduction of interest expense.

 

Income tax benefit

 

Our income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $8.0 million, or 24.2% of our loss before income taxes, as compared to $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, or 15.1% of our loss before income taxes. Our income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2004 was higher than for the same period in 2003 because we incurred expenses in 2004 that were deductible for tax purposes which we did not incur in 2003.

 

Comparison of the year ended December 31, 2003 to the year ended December 31, 2002

 

Our net loss for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $7.4 million as compared to $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, representing a decrease of $1.2 million, or 14.0%, in net loss. This reduction in net loss was due primarily to increased gross profit from the delivery of 613 additional railcars, which was partially offset by an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses of $1.5 million, which included a finder’s fee of $1.8 million that we paid to a third party for securing a major railcar purchase order for us in early 2003. Our in-house sales personnel generally procure railcar purchase orders, and we do not ordinarily pay finder’s fees to obtain railcar purchase orders. Net loss attributable to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $8.5 million as compared to $9.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The difference between net loss and net loss attributable to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2003 reflects $1.1 million of accumulated dividends on our redeemable preferred stock.

 

Sales

 

Our sales for the year ended December 31, 2003 were $244.3 million as compared to $225.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, representing an increase of $18.8 million, or 8.4%, in sales. This increase was due to our delivery of an additional 613 railcars in 2003, which increased sales by $38.6 million. The additional deliveries of railcars in 2003 reflect the increased demand for coal-carrying railcars. This increase was offset in part by a decrease in sales in 2003 from rebuilding of railcars, which reduced sales by $18.2 million, and a decrease in sales from managing leased railcars, sales of used railcars and the sales of parts, which decreased sales by an additional $1.5 million in 2003.

 


 

47


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

Gross profit

 

Our gross profit in the year ended December 31, 2003 was $19.1 million as compared to $12.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2002, representing an increase of $6.2 million, or 48.2%, in gross profit. The gross profit from our delivery of an additional 613 railcars in 2003 when compared to 2002 was offset by the non-recurrence in 2003 of gross profit in 2002 relating to our rebuilding of railcars, managing leased railcars, sales of used railcars and the sales of parts. As a result, our gross profit margin increased to 7.8% in 2003 from 5.7% in 2002. Additionally, the 2002 gross profit included a $1.2 million curtailment gain related to our postretirement benefit program as a result of the layoff of a significant number of unionized employees at our Johnstown facility.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

Our selling, general and administrative expenses in the year ended December 31, 2003 were $14.3 million as compared to $12.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2002, representing an increase of $1.5 million or 12.1%. The increase in our selling, general and administrative expenses in 2003 was due primarily to a finder’s fee of $1.8 million that we paid to a third party for securing a major purchase order for us in early 2003. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to 5.9% of sales in the year ended December 31, 2003 from 5.7% in the year ended December 31, 2002.

 

Interest expense

 

Our interest expense was $12.7 million and $11.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The interest on the rights to additional acquisition consideration increased our interest expense in 2003 by $0.9 million when compared to 2002.

 

Income tax benefit

 

Our income tax benefit in the year ended December 31, 2003 was $1.3 million, or 15.1% of loss before income taxes, as compared to $3.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2002, or 29.2% of loss before income taxes. The decrease in our income tax rate in 2003 was primarily the result of an increase in the valuation allowance for net operating loss carryforwards and net deferred tax assets under Pennsylvania state law and the impact of the nondeductible interest expense accruing on the rights to additional acquisition consideration.

 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

Our primary source of liquidity has historically been the cash generated from our operations. To a lesser extent, we have used funds generated from borrowings of long-term debt. Upon completion of this offering, we intend to replace our existing revolving credit facility, under which there are presently no borrowings other than amounts due under letters of credit, with a new $50.0 million revolving credit facility. See “Description of indebtedness—New revolving credit facility” for a summary of the expected terms of our new revolving credit facility. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering, $8.3 million borrowed under our new revolving credit facility and $19.9 million of our available cash, including $8.7 million of released restricted cash, to pay the additional acquisition consideration, redeem all of our preferred stock, repay all of our existing indebtedness and pay related fees and expenses. Following this offering, we expect to have new letters of credit in place under the new revolving credit facility of approximately $5 million and we expect to have approximately $37 million of available borrowings under the new revolving credit facility.

 


 

48


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

Our restricted cash as of December 31, 2004 consisted of cash collateral of $7.5 million held in a restricted cash account as additional collateral for our existing revolving credit facility and $1.2 million in escrow representing security for workers’ compensation insurance. We expect the $1.2 million in escrow to be replaced by a letter of credit under the new revolving credit facility and the $7.5 million to be released to us upon the replacement of the existing revolving credit facility by the new revolving credit facility. In addition, as of December 31, 2004, we had $4.2 million in restricted cash held in escrow for our guarantee of the residual value of railcars that we sold to a customer that are presently leased by a financial institution customer to a third party, which, to the extent not used by the customer, will be released in 2015 upon the end of the 15-year term of the agreement.

 

Based on our current level of operations and our anticipated growth, we believe that our proceeds from operating cash flows, together with amounts available under our new revolving credit facility, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated short-term liquidity needs. Our long-term liquidity is contingent upon future operating performance and our ability to continue to meet financial covenants under our new revolving credit facility and any other indebtedness. We may also require additional capital in the future to fund capital investments, acquisitions or development of railcars, and these capital requirements could be substantial. Our operating performance is materially impacted by gross margins on the sales of railcars. A majority of our existing contracts to manufacture railcars, and we anticipate that the majority of new contracts to manufacture railcars, will allow us to increase the purchase prices of our railcars to reflect the increase cost of raw materials. At December 31, 2004, we had four remaining fixed-price contracts reflecting a backlog of 528 railcars. Our exposure to the increasing prices of steel and aluminum under these remaining fixed-price contracts is mitigated by the fact that two of these contracts permit limited amounts of increased costs to be passed on to the customer. In addition, we expect to deliver all of the railcars under these contracts by June 30, 2005. Accordingly, management believes that potential losses on the remaining fixed-price contracts will not materially impact our liquidity and future results of operations. See “Risk factors—Risks related to the railcar industry—The current high cost of the raw materials that we use to manufacture railcars, especially aluminum and steel, and delivery delays associated with these raw materials may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.”

 

The agreements governing our existing revolving credit facility, the senior notes and the term loan that we will repay with the proceeds of this offering required us to maintain specified minimum levels of EBITDA (as defined in those agreements) and certain leverage, fixed charge coverage and interest coverage ratios based on EBITDA. We were in violation of certain or all of these financial covenants with quarterly measurement dates for the three, six and nine months ended March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004 and September 30, 2004, respectively. As a result, we were required to obtain waivers of these defaults from lenders under our existing revolving credit facility, the senior notes and the term loan. In December 2004, we obtained waivers of these defaults, as well as prospective waivers for any violations of the financial covenants for the quarter ended December 31, 2004, with respect to our existing revolving credit facility and the senior notes, and through the quarter ended September 30, 2005, with respect to the term loan. If such waivers had not been obtained, our failure to comply with these covenants would have resulted in an event of default, which may have led to the acceleration of any and all amounts due under our existing revolving credit facility, the senior notes and the term loan. In addition, we simultaneously amended the agreements governing our existing revolving credit facility and the senior notes to exclude from the calculation of the minimum EBITDA and EBITDA-based ratios charges of up to $9.2 million in connection with the Johnstown settlement, losses on a customer contract for box railcars in 2004 and any non-cash expenses relating to our stock option plan. The existing revolving credit facility now requires a minimum EBITDA of $8.5 million, the calculation of which increased by amounts equal to each of the aforementioned adjustments. The existing revolving credit facility also requires a minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the existing revolving credit facility) of

 


 

49


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

1.15 to 1.00, a minimum Interest Coverage Ratio (as defined in the existing revolving credit facility) of 3.75 to 1.00 and a minimum Leverage Ratio (as defined in the existing revolving credit facility) of 2.75 to 1.00. The calculation of each such ratio is also based on EBITDA as increased by amounts equal to each of the aforementioned adjustments. The terms of the senior notes require a minimum EBITDA of $6.5 million, the calculation of which is increased by amounts equal to each of the aforementioned adjustments. We were in compliance with the amended financial covenants as of December 31, 2004. Based on existing executed customer contracts in our backlog and the resulting projected operating results in 2005, management believes that we will meet the amended covenant requirements for the existing revolving credit facility and the senior notes through December 31, 2005 and the covenant requirements for the term loan at December 31, 2005. The minimum EBITDA and EBITDA-based ratios included in the agreements governing our existing revolving credit facility and the senior notes are material because our failure to comply with these covenants would result in an event of default under the agreements. An event of default may lead to the acceleration of any and all amounts due under the existing revolving credit facility and the senior notes, as well as under the term loan under cross-default provisions which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and liquidity. We will no longer be subject to the financial covenants under the senior notes and the term loan when they are repaid following the completion of this offering. We expect the new $50.0 million revolving credit facility, which will replace our existing revolving credit facility, upon the completion of this offering, to require that our EBITDA for the prior 12 months, adjusted to include up to $9.2 million in connection with the Johnstown settlement, losses on a customer contract for box railcars in 2004 and any non-cash expenses relating to our stock option plan, meet or exceed $12.5 million as a condition to closing. If we are unable to meet this requirement, it may prevent or delay our plan to enter into a new revolving credit facility upon the completion of this offering, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and liquidity, to the extent that we require but are unable to access borrowings or letters of credit to meet our short-term and long-term liquidity needs. We also expect the new revolving credit facility to have financial covenants requiring minimum EBITDA and EBITDA-based ratios that are similar in nature to, but less restrictive than, the covenants under our existing revolving credit facility. The minimum EBITDA and EBITDA-based ratios under the new revolving credit facility will be material because our failure to comply with these covenants will result in an event of default under the credit agreement governing the new revolving credit facility. An event of default may lead to the acceleration of any and all amounts due under the new revolving credit facility, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and liquidity, depending on the amounts then due under the new revolving credit facility.

 

Our long-term liquidity needs also depend to a significant extent on our obligations related to our pension and welfare benefit plans. We provide pension and retiree welfare benefits to certain salaried and hourly employees upon their retirement. The most significant assumptions used in determining our net periodic benefit costs are the discount rate used on our pension and postretirement welfare obligations, expected return on pension plan assets and the health care cost trend rate for our postretirement welfare obligations. As of December 31, 2004, our accumulated benefit obligation exceeded the fair value of plan assets by $18.5 million. Our management expects that any future obligations under our pension plans that are not currently funded will be funded out of our future cash flow from operations. As a result of the Johnstown settlement, we will contribute a fixed amount for pension costs. We made contributions of $4.8 million in 2004 and expect to make contributions of approximately $4 million in 2005 relating to pension costs.

 

Based upon our operating performance, capital requirements and obligations under our pension and welfare benefit plans, we may, from time to time, be required to raise additional funds through additional offerings of our common stock and through long-term borrowings. There can be no assurance that long-term debt, if needed, will be available on terms attractive to us, or at all. Furthermore, any

 


 

50


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

additional equity financing may be dilutive to stockholders and debt financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants. Our failure to raise capital if and when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Cash flows

 

The following table summarizes our net cash provided by or used in operating activities, investing activities and financing activities and our capital expenditures for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
Cash flows    2002     2003     2004  

Net cash provided by (used in):

                        

Operating activities

   $ 3,762     $ 10,794     $ (1,837 )

Investing activities

     (553 )     (369 )     (2,215 )

Financing activities

     (8,517 )     (10,142 )     (4,763 )

Capital expenditures

     (553 )     (369 )     (2,215 )

 

Operating activities.     Our net cash provided by or used in operating activities reflects net income or loss adjusted for non-cash charges and changes in net working capital (including non-current assets and liabilities). Cash flows from operations are affected by several factors, including fluctuations in business volume, contract terms for billings and collections, the timing of collections on our contract receivables, processing of bi-weekly payroll and associated taxes, and payment to our suppliers. Our working capital accounts also fluctuate from quarter to quarter due to the timing of certain events, such as the payment or non-payment for our railcars. As some of our customers make large orders, consisting on average of 120 to 135 railcars, variations in our sales lead to significant fluctuations in our operating profits and cash from operating activities. We do not usually experience business credit issues, although a payment may be delayed pending completion of closing documentation, and a typical order of railcars may not yield cash proceeds until after the end of a reporting period.

 

Our net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $1.8 million as compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase of $12.6 million in cash used in operating activities was primarily due to the increase of $6.0 million in our net loss adjusted for non-cash items, the additional use of $4.3 million in cash for accounts receivable and inventories, net of accounts payable, the $3.5 million increase in cash used for payroll, pensions and postretirement obligations and the additional use of $3.0 million of cash for other working capital items. Cash flow from our increased sales was offset by increases in the cost of raw materials, losses on customer contracts and increases in selling, general and administrative expenses. Our accounts receivable and inventories, net of accounts payable, increased as a result of the higher sales levels in 2004 as compared to 2003. These additional uses of cash were offset by a $4.1 million reduction in cash used for warranty costs.

 

Our net cash provided by operating activities was $10.8 million and $3.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The increase of $7.0 million in our net cash provided by operating activities in 2003 compared to 2002 was primarily due to cash used by accounts receivable and inventories, net of accounts payable, which totaled $0.8 million as well as a $4.7 million refund of our 1999 federal income taxes. Our accounts receivable and inventories, net of accounts payable, were a use of cash because sales in 2003 were higher than those in 2002. This increase was partially offset by reduced operating income and other changes in working capital accounts, including the increase in restricted cash of $7.5 million which serves as collateral under our existing revolving credit facility.

 


 

51


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

Investing activities.     Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $2.2 million as compared to $0.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2003. Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 consisted solely of capital expenditures. The capital expenditure levels for both periods were lower than our historical expenditure levels, reflecting unfavorable industry conditions.

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $0.4 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

Financing activities.     Net cash used in financing activities was $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. During the year ended December 31, 2004, we made a $2.7 million repayment on our term loan and incurred $2.0 million of costs in connection with this offering.

 

Net cash used in financing activities was $10.1 million and $8.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. In 2003, we borrowed $9.0 million under the term loan and used the borrowings to repay in part the senior notes, which resulted in no net cash used in financing activities. Additionally, we repaid the $6.4 million balance of our prior term loan and the $1.9 million balance of our $2.5 million term loan. Also during 2003, we made $0.5 million of scheduled repayments on our term loan. The remaining $1.4 million reflects deferred financing costs related to the term loan and our existing revolving credit facility. In 2002, we made scheduled repayments of an aggregate of $8.5 million on our prior term loan and our $2.5 million term loan.

 

Capital expenditures

 

Our capital expenditures were $2.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to $0.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2003. The capital expenditure levels for both periods are lower than our historical expenditure levels, reflecting our decision to reduce spending until economic conditions in our industry have fully recovered. Our capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2004 consisted mainly of the replacement of equipment.

 

Capital expenditures were $0.4 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The decrease in capital expenditures in 2003 as compared to 2002 was primarily due to unfavorable industry conditions during 2003, which reduced our need for capital expenditures to retool our railcar types.

 

Excluding capital expenditures associated with the Roanoke facility, management expects that capital expenditures will return to more typical levels of $2.0 million to $3.0 million per year beginning in 2005. These expenditures will be used to maintain our existing facilities in Danville and Johnstown and update manufacturing equipment as well as to increase tooling and equipment to meet the forecasted increase in demand for railcars over the next five years. Management continuously evaluates manufacturing facility requirements based upon market demand and may elect to make capital investments at higher levels in the future. In response to the current demand for our railcars, we are exploring opportunities to increase our production capacity. In December 2004, we entered into an agreement to lease a railcar manufacturing facility in Roanoke, Virginia. See “—Recent Developments.” We expect our capital expenditures in connection with the new manufacturing facility to be approximately $5.7 million in 2005. We expect to fund our capital expenditures through cash provided by operating activities.

 


 

52


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

Contractual obligations

 

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2004, and the effect that these obligations and commitments would be expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods, assuming that our existing debt remains outstanding during such periods:

 

     Payments Due by Period

Contractual Obligations    Total    1 Year   

2-3

Years

  

4-5

Years

  

After

5
Years

     (in thousands)

Long-term debt

   $ 57,129    $ 7,200    $ 3,750    $ 46,179    $ —  

Operating leases

     6,511      958      2,936      2,617      —  

Aluminum purchase

     49,095      49,095      —        —        —  
    

  

  

  

  

Total

   $ 112,735    $ 57,253    $ 6,686    $ 48,796    $ —  
    

  

  

  

  

 

The Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock both have a liquidation value of $500 per share and are subject to a 17% preferential cumulative dividend. Cumulative dividends amount to $0.8 million per year for the Series A voting preferred stock and $0.3 million per year for the Series B non-voting preferred stock. Accumulated but undeclared dividends at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, were $3.4 million and $4.2 million for the Series A voting preferred stock and $1.4 million and $1.8 million for the Series B non-voting preferred stock.

 

In addition to the contractual obligations set forth above, we would be required to pay interest under our senior notes, term loan and industrial revenue bonds. With respect to our senior notes, which bear interest at the rate of 15% annually until July 1, 2006 and 17% thereafter, we may elect to pay interest quarterly in the form of additional senior notes issued as payment-in-kind through June 30, 2008. Annual interest on the senior notes would equal $4.6 million in 2005, $5.7 million in 2006, $7.1 million in 2007 and $4.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008. The additional senior notes issued as payment-in-kind, plus accrued interest, would be repayable on June 30, 2008. Borrowings under the term loan bear interest, which is payable monthly, at a variable rate based on LIBOR, with a weighted average interest rate, as of December 31, 2004, of 6.78% per year. The total principal and interest payment under the term loan would be approximately $167,000 per month. The industrial revenue bonds bear interest at a variable rate (2.15% as of December 31, 2004) which is payable quarterly. The principal amount of the industrial revenue bonds is due on December 1, 2010. The holders of the industrial revenue bonds have the right, on a weekly basis, to require us to repurchase the industrial revenue bonds. Assuming that the interest rate of 2.15% were to stay in effect, quarterly interest payments would be approximately $27,950.

 

The operating lease commitment above includes the first five-year term under the lease agreement for the Roanoke, Virginia facility that is non-cancellable. The lease commitment for the five years thereafter that is cancellable without a penalty is $6.5 million.

 


 

53


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2004, and the effect that these obligations and commitments are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods, after giving effect to this offering, the entering into of the new revolving credit facility and the use of the proceeds of this offering, borrowings under the new revolving credit facility and available cash to repay all of our existing debt as described in “Use of proceeds”:

 

     Payments Due by Period

Contractual Obligations    Total    1 Year   

2-3

Years

  

4-5

Years

  

After

5 Years

     (in thousands)

Operating leases

   $ 6,511    $ 958    $ 2,936    $ 2,617    $ —  

Aluminum purchase

     49,095      49,095      —        —        —  
    

  

  

  

  

Total

   $ 55,606    $ 50,053    $ 2,936    $ 2,617    $ —  
    

  

  

  

  

 

In addition to the contractual obligations set forth above, we would also have interest payment obligations on any borrowings under the new revolving credit facility. See “Description of indebtedness.”

 

In 2000, we entered into an agreement with a financial institution that purchased our railcars. Under the terms of the agreement, we established an escrow account with the financial institution in an initial amount of $3.8 million, consisting of a portion of the proceeds from the sale of our railcars to the financial institution. The escrow account can be accessed by the financial institution to the extent the end user terminates the lease agreement prior to the end of the term and either the resale value of the railcars is less than the residual value of the railcars or we no longer participate in a residual support guaranty agreement with the financial institution to assist in the subsequent lease to the other parties of the railcars, as set forth in the agreement. Interest earned on the deposited funds is added to the escrow account. The amount in the escrow account was $4.2 million, including accrued interest, as of December 31, 2004. The amounts in escrow, to the extent not used by the financial institution, will be released upon the end of the 15-year term of the agreement.

 

In addition, we are required, under our existing revolving credit facility, to maintain a restricted cash account of at least $7.5 million to serve as additional collateral under the existing revolving credit facility. We expect the $7.5 million to be released to us upon the replacement of the existing revolving credit facility by the new revolving credit facility. Our restricted cash also includes $1.2 million in escrow, representing security for workers’ compensation insurance, which will be replaced by a letter of credit under the new revolving credit facility. We do not expect the new revolving credit facility to require any amounts to be held as cash collateral.

 

We are also required to pay the additional acquisition consideration upon the completion of this offering. Under the share purchase agreement relating to the acquisition of our business in 1999 from TTII, we were required to pay the additional acquisition consideration to TTII upon the occurrence of certain events, including, among others, an initial public offering satisfying certain conditions. TTII transferred all of its interest in the rights to additional acquisition consideration to certain parties in February 2001, and a transferee subsequently transferred its interest in the rights to additional acquisition consideration to a third party in November 2003. The interests in the rights to additional acquisition consideration are presently held by one of our directors, an affiliate of two of our directors and a third party. Upon a triggering event, the amount payable as additional acquisition consideration is $20.0 million in cash plus an accreted value that compounds at a rate of 10% annually. As of December 31, 2004, the total accrued amount payable upon a triggering event was $34.1 million, and the total recorded value of the liability represented by the rights to additional acquisition consideration was $28.6 million. Our recorded liability under the rights to additional acquisition consideration is based on the fair value of the rights to

 


 

54


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

additional acquisition consideration at the time that we acquired our business from TTII in 1999, which we recorded as $8.2 million, using a discount rate of 25% and an expected redemption period of seven years. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Rights to additional acquisition consideration.”

 

We also pay management, deferred financing and consulting fees to certain of our stockholders. Amounts accrued for these services were $0.5 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. We intend to terminate most of these arrangements upon the completion of this offering or within three years thereafter. The termination of these arrangements will result in our payment of fees of $1.0 million in the aggregate. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Management services agreements, deferred financing fee agreement and consulting agreement.”

 

We are a party to employment agreements with our President and Chief Executive Officer, our Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary, our Vice President, Planning and Administration, and our Senior Vice President, Marketing and Sales. See “Management—Executive compensation—Employment and non-competition agreements” regarding the terms and conditions of these employment agreements.

 

We are also required to make minimum contributions to our pension and postretirement welfare plans. See “—Critical accounting policies—Pensions and postretirement benefits” regarding our expected contributions to our pension plans and our expected postretirement welfare benefit costs for 2005.

 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Upon completion of this offering, we intend to replace our existing revolving credit facility, under which there are presently no borrowings, but under which we have issued $10.6 million in letters of credit, with a new $50.0 million revolving credit facility, under which we expect to have approximately $5 million in letters of credit. We will be exposed to interest rate risk on the borrowings under the new revolving credit facility and do not plan to enter into swaps or other hedging arrangements to manage this risk. We do not believe this interest rate risk to be significant and thus do not currently plan to enter into any hedging contracts. On an annual basis, a 1% change in the interest rate in our new revolving credit facility will increase or decrease our interest expense by $10,000 for every $1.0 million of outstanding borrowings.

 

We are exposed to price risks associated with the purchase of raw materials, especially aluminum and steel. The cost of aluminum, steel and all other materials used in the production of our railcars represents approximately over 70% of our direct manufacturing costs. Given the significant increases in the price of raw materials since November 2003, this exposure can affect our costs of production. We currently do not plan to enter into any hedging arrangements to manage the price risks associated with raw materials. Instead, we have renegotiated our contracts with a majority of our customers to increase the purchase prices of our railcars to reflect the increased cost of raw materials, and as a result, we were able to pass on to our customers approximately 40% of the increased raw material costs with respect to the railcars that we produced and delivered in 2004. In addition, we have entered into contracts with a majority of our customers that allow for variable pricing to protect us against future changes in the cost of raw materials. However, we are not always able to pass on increases in the price of aluminum and/or steel to our customers and may not be able to pass on these increases in the future. In particular, when material prices increase rapidly or to levels significantly higher than normal, we may not be able to pass price increases through to our customers, which could adversely affect our operating margins and cash flows. Even if we are able to increase prices, any such price increases may reduce demand for our railcars.

 


 

55


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

See “Risk factors—Risks related to the railcar industry—The current high cost of the raw materials that we use to manufacture railcars, especially aluminum and steel, and delivery delays associated with these raw materials may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.”

 

To the extent that we are unsuccessful in passing on increases in the cost of aluminum and steel (including components) to our customers, a 1% increase in the cost of aluminum and steel (including components) would increase our average cost of sales by approximately $200 per railcar, which, for the year ended December 31, 2004, would have reduced net income by $1.5 million.

 

We are not exposed to any significant foreign currency exchange risks.

 

RIGHTS TO ADDITIONAL ACQUISITION CONSIDERATION

 

Under the share purchase agreement relating to the acquisition of our business in 1999 from TTII, we were required to pay additional sale consideration to TTII upon the occurrence of certain events. These events include an initial public offering satisfying certain conditions, the sale of a majority of our assets, the repayment of the borrowings under the prior term loan and our senior notes, subject to certain conditions, and our liquidation or dissolution. TTII transferred all of its interest in the rights to additional acquisition consideration to certain parties in February 2001, and a transferee subsequently transferred its interest in the rights to another third party in November 2003. Interests in the rights are presently held by one of our directors, an affiliate of two of our directors and a third party. The amount of the additional acquisition consideration payable upon a triggering event is $20.0 million plus an accreted value that compounds at a rate of 10% annually. As of December 31, 2004, the total accreted amount of the additional acquisition consideration payable upon a triggering event was $34.1 million, and the total recorded value of the liability represented by the rights to additional acquisition consideration was $28.6 million. Our recorded liability under the rights to additional acquisition consideration is based the fair value of the rights to additional acquisition consideration at the time that we acquired our business from TTII in 1999, which we recorded as $8.2 million, using a discount rate of 25% and an expected redemption period of seven years. This offering will trigger our obligation to pay the additional acquisition consideration, and we plan to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to make this payment.

 

See “—Liquidity and capital resources—Contractual obligations” and Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for information regarding our operating leases.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of sales and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates include the valuation of used railcars received in sale transactions, long-lived assets, goodwill, warranty accrual, pension and postretirement benefit assumptions, the valuation reserve on the net deferred tax asset and contingencies and litigation. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Our critical accounting policies include the following:

 

Long-lived assets

 

We evaluate long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment, under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or

 


 

56


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

Disposal of Long-Lived Assets , which addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment of long-lived assets and for long-lived assets to be disposed of. For assets to be held or used, we group a long-lived asset or assets with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. An impairment loss for an asset group reduces only the carrying amounts of a long-lived asset or assets of the group being evaluated. Our estimates of future cash flows used to test the recoverability of a long-lived asset group include only the future cash flows that are directly associated with and that are expected to arise as a direct result of the use and eventual disposition of the asset group. Our future cash flow estimates exclude interest charges. There were no impairment losses on long-lived assets recorded during 2002, 2003 or 2004.

 

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

 

We have recorded on our balance sheet both goodwill and intangible assets, which consist primarily of patents and an intangible asset related to our defined benefit plans. Historically, goodwill and intangible assets were reviewed for impairment when events or other changes in circumstances had indicated that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. In conjunction with the adoption of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , on January 1, 2002, we tested all goodwill and intangible assets for impairment. These tests were performed again on January 1, 2003 and January 1, 2004 in accordance with SFAS No. 142. We have not noted any such impairment.

 

We test goodwill for impairment at least annually based on management’s assessment of the fair value of our assets as compared to their carrying value. Additional steps, including an allocation of the estimated fair value to our assets and liabilities, would be necessary to determine the amount, if any, of goodwill impairment if the fair value of our assets were less than their carrying value. The process of assessing fair value involves management making estimates with respect to future sales volume, pricing, economic and industry data, anticipated cost environment and overall market conditions, and because these estimates form the basis for the determination of whether or not an impairment charge should be recorded, these estimates are considered to be critical accounting estimates.

 

Our method to determine fair value to test goodwill for impairment considers three valuation approaches: the discounted cash flow method, the guideline company method and the transaction method. The results of each of these three methods are reviewed by management and a fair value is then assigned. For our January 1, 2004 valuation date, management estimated that the fair value of our company exceeded the carrying value of our company by approximately $144 million.

 

The discounted cash flow method involves significant judgment based on a market-derived rate of return to discount short-term and long-term projections of the future performance of our company. The major assumptions that influence future performance include:

 

Ø   volume projections based on an industry-specific outlook for railcar demand and specifically coal railcar demand;

 

Ø   estimated margins on railcar sales; and

 

Ø   weighted-average cost of capital (“WACC”) used to discount future performance of our company.

 

We use industry data to estimate volume projections in our discounted cash flow method. We believe that this independent industry data is the best indicator of expected future performance assuming that we maintain a consistent market share, which management believes is supportable based on historical performance. A negative 10% adjustment to the volume projections used in the discounted cash flow method would reduce the excess of the fair value of our company compared to its carrying value by approximately $38 million.

 


 

57


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

Our estimated margins used in the discounted cash flow method are based primarily on historical margins. At January 1, 2004, we did not have a significant number of contracts which provided for raw material cost escalation, which subjected our margins and future performance to variability primarily in the event of changes in the price of aluminum and steel. Aluminum and steel prices have historically accounted for approximately 30% to 35% of our total cost of sales. Changes in aluminum and steel prices typically only affect margins on signed contracts for railcars forming part of our backlog as management historically has used aluminum and steel prices at the time a contract is signed as the basis for its selling price. However, the price of raw materials has increased significantly since November 2003. A 10% increase in aluminum and steel prices for backlog and projected volume in the discounted cash flow method would reduce the excess of the fair value of our company compared to its carrying value by approximately $68 million. Since January 1, 2004, when our goodwill impairment was valued, we have renegotiated our contracts with a majority of our customers to increase the purchase price of our railcars to reflect the increased cost of raw materials and, as a result, we were to able pass on to our customers approximately 40% of the increased raw material costs with respect to railcars that we produced and delivered in 2004. In addition, we have entered into contracts with a majority of our customers that allow for variable pricing to protect against future changes in the cost of raw materials. However, there is no assurance that our customers will accept variable pricing in the future. See “Risk factors—Risks related to the railcar industry—The current high cost of the raw materials that we use to manufacture railcars, especially aluminum and steel, and delivery delays associated with these raw materials may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.”

 

The WACC used to discount our future performance in the discounted cash flow method is based on an estimated rate of return of companies in our industry and interest rates for corporate debt rated “Baa” or the equivalent by Moody’s Investors Service. Management estimated a WACC of 15.5% for the January 1, 2004 goodwill impairment valuation analysis based on our mix of equity and debt. An increase in the WACC to 20% in the discounted cash flow method would reduce the excess of the fair value of our company compared to its carrying value by approximately $57 million.

 

The assumptions supporting our estimated future cash flows, including the discount rate used and estimated terminal value, reflect our best estimates.

 

The guideline company method and transaction method use market valuation multiples of similar publicly traded companies for the guideline company method and recent transactions for the transaction method and, as a result, involve less judgment in their application.

Impairment of definite-lived intangibles is determined to exist when undiscounted cash flows related to the assets are less than the carrying value of the assets. These cash flow estimates are based on reasonable and supportable assumptions and consider all available evidence. However, there is inherent uncertainty in estimating future cash flows.

 

Pensions and postretirement benefits

 

We provide pension and retiree welfare benefits to certain salaried and hourly employees upon their retirement. The most significant assumptions used in determining our net periodic benefit costs are the expected return on pension plan assets and the health care cost trend rate for our postretirement welfare obligations.

 

In 2004, we assumed that the expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets would be 9.0%. As permitted under SFAS 87, the assumed long-term rate of return on assets is applied to a calculated

 


 

58


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

value of plan assets, which recognizes changes in the fair value of plan assets in a systematic manner over five years. This produces the expected return on plan assets that is included in our net periodic benefit cost. The difference between this expected return and the actual return on plan assets is deferred. The net deferral of past asset gains (losses) affects the calculated value of plan assets and, ultimately, future net periodic benefit cost. We review the expected return on plan assets annually and would revise it if conditions should warrant. A change of one percentage point in the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets would have the following effect:

 

     1% Increase     1% Decrease
     (in thousands)

Effect on net periodic benefit cost

   $ (133 )   $ 133

 

For our postretirement welfare plans, we assumed a 10.0% annual rate of increase in health care costs for 2004, with the rate of increase declining gradually to an ultimate rate of 5.0% by the year 2009 and remaining at that level thereafter. We review the health care cost trend annually and would revise it if conditions should warrant. A change of one percentage point in the expected health care trend would have the following effect:

 

     1% Increase    1% Decrease  
     (in thousands)  

Effect on total of service and interest cost

   $ 197    $ (152 )

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

     2,207      (1,824 )

 

At the end of each year, we determine the discount rate to be used to calculate the present value of our pension and postretirement welfare plan liabilities. The discount rate is an estimate of the current interest rate at which our pension liabilities could be effectively settled at the end of the year. In estimating this rate, we look to rates of return on high-quality, fixed-income investments that receive one of the two highest ratings given by a recognized ratings agency. At December 31, 2004, we determined this rate to be 6.00%, a decrease of 0.25% from the 6.25% rate used at December 31, 2003.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, we recognized consolidated pretax pension cost of $2.8 million and $4.4 million, respectively. The increase in our 2004 consolidated pre-tax pension cost was primarily due to $1.7 million of costs incurred in connection with the Johnstown settlement. We currently expect that our consolidated pension cost for 2005 will be approximately $4 million. We currently expect to contribute approximately $4 million to our pension plans during 2005. However, we may elect to adjust the level of contributions based on a number of factors, including performance of pension investments, changes in interest rates and changes in workforce compensation.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, we recognized a consolidated pretax postretirement welfare benefit cost of $1.4 million and $7.1 million, respectively. The increase in our 2004 consolidated pre-tax postretirement cost was primarily due to $4.4 million of costs incurred in connection with the Johnstown settlement. We currently expect that the consolidated postretirement welfare benefit cost for 2005 will be approximately $6.0 million. We currently expect to pay approximately $3 million during 2005 in postretirement welfare benefits.

 

Income taxes

 

Management judgment is required in developing our provision for income taxes, including the determination of deferred tax assets, liabilities and any valuation allowances recorded against the deferred tax assets. We evaluate quarterly the realizability of our net deferred tax assets and assess the

 


 

59


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

valuation allowance, adjusting the amount of such allowance, if necessary. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization are our forecast of future taxable income and the availability of tax planning strategies that can be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets. Failure to achieve forecasted taxable income might affect the ultimate realization of the net deferred tax assets. Factors that may affect our ability to achieve sufficient forecasted taxable income include, but are not limited to, increased competition, a decline in sales or margins and loss of market share.

 

At December 31, 2004, we had total net deferred tax assets of $26.4 million. Although realization of our net deferred tax assets is not certain, management has concluded that we will more likely than not realize the full benefit of the deferred tax assets. We recorded a valuation allowance of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, which increased the reserve on that date to $3.8 million, following our management’s conclusion that it was more likely than not that certain of our net deferred tax assets in Pennsylvania would not be realized.

 

We provide for deferred income taxes based on differences between the book and tax bases of our assets and liabilities and for items that are reported for financial statement purposes in periods different from those for income tax reporting purposes. The deferred tax liability or asset amounts are based upon the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the periods in which the deferred tax liability or asset is expected to be settled or realized. The deferred tax liabilities and assets that we record relate to the enacted federal and Illinois tax rates, since net operating loss carryforwards and deferred tax assets arising under Pennsylvania state law have been fully reserved. A 1% change in the rate of federal income taxes would increase or decrease our deferred tax assets by $0.7 million. A 1% change in the rate of Illinois income taxes would increase or decrease our deferred tax assets by $0.2 million.

 

Product warranties

 

We establish a warranty reserve for new railcar sales and estimate the amount of the warranty accrual based on the history of warranty claims for the type of railcar, adjusted for significant known claims in excess of established reserves. Warranty terms are based on the negotiated railcar sales contracts and typically are for periods of less than five years. Historically, the majority of warranty claims occur in the first three years of the warranty period.

 

Revenue recognition

 

We generally manufacture railcars under firm orders from third parties. We recognize revenue on new and rebuilt railcars when we complete the individual railcars, the railcars are accepted by the customer following inspection, the risk for any damage or other loss with respect to the railcars passes to the customer and title to the railcars transfers to the customer. Revenue from leasing is recognized ratably during the lease term. Pursuant to Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Non-Monetary Transactions , and Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 01-2, Interpretations of APB No-29 , on transactions involving used railcar trades, we recognize revenue for the entire transaction when the cash consideration is in excess of 25% of the total transaction value and on a pro rata portion of the total transaction value when the cash consideration is less than 25% of the total transaction value. We value used railcars received at their estimated fair market value at date of receipt less a normal profit margin.

 

Compensation expense under stock option agreements

 

Management judgment is required in estimating the compensation expense under stock option agreements. The compensation expense is recorded at the estimated fair value of the 2004 Options to

 


 

60


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

purchase Units, consisting of one share (550 shares after giving effect to the merger) of our Class A voting common stock and one share of our Series A voting preferred stock.

 

Determining the compensation expense under stock option agreements requires complex and subjective judgments. Our approach to valuation is based on using market multiples of comparable companies, our cash flows and other data which give management indicators of the fair value of the 2004 Options. There is inherent uncertainty in making these estimates.

 

Although it is reasonable to expect that the completion of this offering will add value to the shares because they will have increased liquidity and marketability, the amount of additional value cannot be measured with precision or certainty.

 

Contingencies and litigation

 

We are subject to the possibility of various loss contingencies related to certain legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. We consider the likelihood of loss or the incurrence of a liability, as well as our ability to reasonably estimate the amounts of loss, in the determination of loss contingencies. We accrue an estimated loss contingency when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. We regularly evaluate current information available to us based on our ongoing monitoring activities to determine whether the accruals should be adjusted. If the amount of the actual loss is greater than the amount we have accrued, this would have an adverse impact on our operating results in that period.

 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. (FIN) 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities , which was later amended on December 24, 2003 (FIN 46R). FIN 46R explains how to identify variable interest entities and how an enterprise assesses its interest in a variable interest entity to decide whether to consolidate that entity. FIN 46R requires unconsolidated variable interest entities to be consolidated by their primary beneficiaries if the entities do not effectively disperse the risks and rewards of ownership among their owners and other parties involved. The provisions of FIN 46R are generally effective for periods ending after December 31, 2003. We have no variable interest entities and, as a result, the adoption of FIN 46, as amended by FIN 46R, had no impact on our financial statements.

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity , including the deferral of certain effective dates as a result of the provisions of FASB Staff Position 150-3, Effective Date, Disclosures and Transition for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests Under FASB Statement No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity , which establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. We adopted SFAS No. 150 effective January 1, 2004, as required. The adoption of SFAS No. 150 had no impact on our financial statements.

 

In December 2003, the FASB revised SFAS No. 132, Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits , to require additional disclosures about the assets, obligations, cash flows and net periodic benefit cost of defined benefit postretirement plans. We have adopted these additional disclosure requirements and included such disclosures in the notes to the financial statements.

 


 

61


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

In December 2003, FASB Staff Position (FSP) No. 106-1, Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 , or the Act, was released. FSP No. 106-1 was subsequently superseded by FSP No. 106-2. FSP No. 106-2 requires a sponsor of a postretirement health care plan that provides a prescription drug benefit to implement accounting for the effects of the Act for the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2004. The Act expands Medicare, primarily by adding a prescription drug benefit for Medicare-eligible retirees starting in 2006. Although detailed regulations necessary to implement the Act have not yet been finalized, we believe that drug benefits offered to the salaried retirees under our postretirement welfare plans will qualify for the subsidy under Medicare Part D. The effects of this subsidy were factored into the 2004 annual expense. The reduction in the benefit obligation attributable to past service cost was approximately $0.6 million and has been reflected as an actuarial gain. The reduction in expense for 2004 related to the Act was approximately $0.1 million.

 

In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs—An Amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4 , which requires the recognition of costs of idle facilities, excessive spoilage, double freight and rehandling costs as a component of current-period expenses. The provisions of SFAS No. 151 are effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. Since we produce railcars based upon specific customer orders, management does not expect the provisions of SFAS No. 151 to have a material impact on our financial statements.

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets—An Amendment of APB Opinion No. 29. APB Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions, is based on the principle that exchanges of nonmonetary assets should be measured based on the fair value of the assets exchanged. The guidance in APB Opinion No. 29 included certain exceptions to that principle. SFAS No. 153 amends APB Opinion No. 29 to eliminate the exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. A nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. The provisions of SFAS No. 153 are effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. Management has not yet evaluated the impact of the adoption of SFAS No. 153 on our financial statements. We plan to adopt SFAS No. 153 effective January 1, 2006 as required.

 

In December 2004, the FASB revised SFAS No. 123, Share-Based Payment , which establishes the accounting for transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity instruments or certain liabilities based upon the entity’s equity instruments for goods or services. The revision of SFAS No. 123 generally requires that publicly traded companies measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the fair value of the award on the grant date. That cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, which is usually the vesting period. Management expects that the revised provisions of SFAS No. 123 will be effective for us beginning in July 2005. Management has not yet evaluated the impact of the adoption of SFAS No. 123R on our financial statements.

 


 

62


Table of Contents

 

Industry

 

OVERVIEW

 

The North American railcar market is the primary market in which we compete. The North American railcar manufacturing industry has been consolidating over the last 20 years with the number of manufacturers falling from 24 companies in 1980 to six companies today. Of these six companies, four manufacture railcars primarily for third-party customers, while the other two manufacture railcars primarily for their own railcar leasing operations. According to the Association of American Railroads, there were approximately 1.3 million railcars in circulation in 2003, and the number of railcars delivered in the North American market increased from 17,736 railcars in 2002 to 46,871 railcars in 2004. According to Economic Planning Associates, the compound annual growth rate for railcar deliveries over the next two years is expected to be approximately 12.3%, resulting in an estimated 59,100 railcar deliveries in 2006.

 

The primary purchasers of railcars in North America are financial institutions, railroads and shippers, with relationships between railcar manufacturers and customers tending to be cooperative and long-term. Decisions to purchase railcars are usually based on price, delivery time and quality. Existing relationships between railcar manufacturers and their customers and manufacturer reputation are also important factors. Due to the length of a railcar’s useful life, which we believe is approximately 25 to 30 years, most customers buy railcars infrequently.

 

Rail transport is important to the North American economy. In 2001, railroads transported approximately 42% of the freight hauled in the United States, an increase from approximately 38% in 1990. A number of industries in North America rely heavily on rail for the transport of the various inputs and outputs associated with their operations, including coal, chemicals and related products, farm products, non-metallic minerals, food products, metals, building products, petroleum products, waste and scrap materials, forest and paper products, motor vehicles and related parts and metallic ores. The railcar industry has developed different types of railcars manufactured from steel and aluminum to transport these diverse goods, many with specific features designed to meet unique loading or unloading requirements or other aspects of the transported goods.

 

The main types of railcars are:

 

Ø   Hopper Railcars .    Open-top hopper railcars are used primarily to transport coal, and covered hopper railcars are used to carry cargo, such as grain, dry fertilizer, plastic pellets and cement.

 

Ø   Gondola Railcars .    Rotary gondola railcars are used primarily to transport coal and top-loading gondola railcars are used to transport a variety of commodities, such as coal, steel products and scrap metals.

 

Ø   Flat Railcars .    Flat railcars are used primarily to transport a wide array of bulky items, such as automobiles, machinery, forestry products and heavy equipment.

 

Ø   Tank Railcars .    Tank railcars are used primarily to transport liquid products, such as chemicals, liquid fertilizers and petroleum products.

 

Ø   Intermodal Railcars .    Intermodal railcars are used primarily to transport containers and trailers that may also be transported by truck or ship, allowing cargo to be transported through different modes without loading and unloading.

 


 

63


Table of Contents

Industry


 

Ø   Specialty Railcars .    Any of the railcar types listed above may be further developed and customized with particular characteristics, depending on the nature of the materials being transported and customer specifications.

 

Ø   Box Railcars .    Box railcars are enclosed railcars used primarily to transport food products, auto parts, wood products and paper products.

 

We primarily manufacture aluminum open-top hopper railcars and aluminum rotary gondola railcars used for the transport of coal. We believe that we are the leading manufacturer of aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcars in North America. We also manufacture certain steel-bodied railcars and a variety of specialty railcars, including aluminum vehicle carriers, steel coil railcars and slab railcars.

 

CHARACTERISTICS AND TRENDS AFFECTING THE RAILCAR INDUSTRY

 

Cyclical nature of the railcar market

 

The North American railcar market is highly cyclical, and trends in the railcar industry are closely related to the overall level of economic activity. When the economy appears poised for sustained growth, users of railcars seek to benefit from the increased demand for rail freight services. As a result, the users generally tend to increase the size of their fleets and replace older railcars with newer railcars or railcars with greater capacity and durability. Conversely, when the economy slows down, these companies generally delay investment in new railcars and increase the utilization rates of railcars already in use, keeping them in service for longer periods. International trade activity can also affect North American demand for railcars, since railroads are also used to transport imported and exported goods to and from ports. In addition, supplies of materials, such as aluminum and steel, as well as finished railcar components, such as castings, are constrained from time to time, which limits the production capacity of companies in the railcar industry and results in further cyclical fluctuations.

 

The following chart shows the annual delivery of all types of railcars in North America since 1975 and projected annual delivery of railcars through 2006:

 

Historical and Projected North American Freight Railcar Deliveries

 

LOGO


Source:    Railway Supply Institute; Economic Planning Associates, Inc.

 

As illustrated by the chart above, railcar demand was at a high in the late 1970s due, in particular, to the preferential tax treatment attributed to railcars under then-existing tax laws. The Tax Reform Act of 1981, which eliminated the preferential tax treatment of railcars beginning in 1983, as well as the

 


 

64


Table of Contents

Industry


 

economic recession in the early 1980s, led to the lowest levels of railcar production since World War II through most of the 1980s. However, during most of the 1990s, increased general economic activity, increased demand for electricity, resulting in an increase in the use of coal, and higher import levels led to an increase in railcar deliveries. In addition, as railroads integrated their operations after a period of consolidation in the industry, railroads suffered from poor railcar utilization and aging fleets. We believe that railroads responded by ordering additional railcars, which led to a significant increase in railcar deliveries in 1998 and 1999. The railcar industry experienced another decline in production from 2001 to 2002, as the economic recession slowed industrial activity and demand for electricity, and more railroads integrated their operations, improved their railcar utilization and ordered fewer railcars. Railcar deliveries declined from a high of 75,704 railcars in 1998 to 17,736 in 2002, and grew to 46,871 in 2004.

 

We believe that the near-term outlook for railcar demand is positive due to the current economic recovery, which is resulting in the replacement of aging railcar fleets, an improved outlook for U.S. steel manufacturers and an increasing demand for electricity. Economic Planning Associates expects that approximately 58,850 railcars will be delivered to North American customers in 2005, an increase of approximately 26% over 2004. According to Economic Planning Associates, the compound annual growth rate for railcar deliveries over the next two years is expected to be approximately 12.3%, resulting in an estimated 59,100 annual railcar deliveries in 2006. These projections are based on current backlog levels, which have historically been strong indicators of future deliveries. The following chart sets forth the historical backlog for the railcar industry:

 

Historical Railcar Backlog by Quarter

 

LOGO


Source:    Railway Supply Institute

 

Replacement demand for the aging North American railcar fleet

 

In 2003, there were approximately 1.3 million railcars in circulation, and the average age of the railcar fleet has increased significantly over the last decade from approximately 16.5 years in 1990 to approximately 19.5 years in 2003. Since 1990, an average of 3.6% of all railcars were replaced annually. However, in 2001, 2002 and 2003, 2.6%, 1.4% and 2.5%, respectively, of existing North American railcars have been replaced, which we believe was due primarily to the cyclical downturn in the industry. As economic conditions improve, we expect the replacement rate to return to historical levels. In North America, a railcar can be used for up to 50 years under existing regulations; however, we believe that the average life of a railcar is approximately 25 to 30 years. If a railcar has not completely exhausted its useful life, it may become outdated or less efficient relative to railcars manufactured with newer technology before the regulations require its replacement. We believe that replacement demand may increase as railcar freight companies compare their existing railcar fleets with railcars that have newer, more efficient technology.

 


 

65


Table of Contents

Industry


 

Shift from steel-bodied to aluminum-bodied railcars

 

A majority of aluminum-bodied railcars are coal-carrying cars. In 2002, approximately 16% of all freight tonnage in the North American rail freight market was moved in aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcars, compared to 9% in 1997. We believe that aluminum-bodied railcars are more durable and are approximately 30% lighter than steel-bodied railcars and, due to its lighter weight, greater capacity and superior resistance to corrosion, aluminum is an attractive metal for some classes of railcars, in particular coal-carrying railcars. As a result of these benefits of using aluminum in railcars, we and our competitors have begun to introduce new aluminum designs for other types of railcars. Since aluminum-bodied railcars can reduce operating costs, increase asset utilization and lower maintenance costs, we believe purchasers of railcars have been increasingly considering aluminum-based railcars for certain railcar types.

 

Shift in customer base

 

Over the past 20 years, there has been a shift in the customer base for railcars, from railroads to financial institutions and shippers, which are purchasing significant numbers of new railcars. In the past, railroad companies had been the largest buyers. We believe that buyers of railcars have increasingly focused on factors such as total life-cycle costs and cost of capital when making their purchasing decisions. Additionally, customers are modernizing their fleets to take advantage of increased available load capacity provided by railcars with newer technology.

 

Consolidation

 

We believe that the sharp decline in railcar sales in the early to mid-1980s and the deregulation of the rail freight transportation industry have led the railcar manufacturing industry to consolidate. Additionally, railcar manufacturers are increasing their focus on their core railcar segments and areas of expertise. As a result, the number of companies that manufacture railcars primarily for third-party customers decreased from 24 companies in 1980 to four in 2004, with two additional companies primarily manufacturing railcars for their own leasing fleets.

 

TRENDS AFFECTING THE COAL-CARRYING RAILCAR BUSINESS

 

In 2002, there were approximately 250,000 coal-carrying railcars in circulation, of which approximately 36% were aluminum-bodied railcars. Approximately 99% of coal-carrying railcars that have been delivered in the last five years were aluminum. We expect that the growth in coal usage will stimulate increased deliveries of coal-carrying railcars. According to Economic Planning Associates, coal-carrying railcar deliveries will increase significantly over the next two years, from 7,420 units in 2004 to approximately 12,000 units in 2006.

 

The main factors affecting the use of coal are:

 

Increase in demand for electricity

 

We believe coal consumption should continue to expand as demand for electricity continues to increase. Coal currently supplies more than 50% of the electric power in the United States. According to the Energy Information Administration, electricity production of U.S. electric power producers increased by approximately 27% between 1990 and 2003. The increasing demand for power generation has been due primarily to the increasing level of economic activity. According to the Department of Energy, electricity demand in the United States is expected to increase from approximately 3,481 billion kilowatt hours in 2003 to approximately 5,220 billion kilowatt hours in 2025. Coal-fired power generation is expected to continue to increase, leading to steady growth in the demand for coal.

 


 

66


Table of Contents

Industry


 

Increase in demand for coal as a fuel source

 

In the United States, coal continues to fuel more electricity generation than all other energy sources combined. In 2004, coal-fueled plants generated an estimated 54% of all electricity used in the United States followed by nuclear plants with 22%, natural gas plants with 13%, renewable sources with 9% and petroleum-fueled plants with 3%. While electricity generation remained at stable levels in 2004, the rapid increase in natural gas prices, along with the readily available supply of coal at stable prices, enabled coal to gain market share.

 

Coal is one of the most abundant fossil fuels, and the incremental cost to add additional electricity generation capacity from coal is low compared to other fuels. According to Resource Data International Inc., coal-fueled plants have lower production costs than plants powered by other fuel types. Hydroelectric power is also inexpensive but is limited by geography. Nuclear energy is the cheapest to generate in completed, existing nuclear plants, but the cost of building new facilities is high. Coal-fueled electricity generating plants are, on average, operating below maximum capacity. Therefore, these plants can increase their electricity generation without substantial incremental capital costs, thereby improving coal’s overall cost competitiveness, assuming current environmental regulations are not changed or interpreted adversely.

 

Increase in demand for coal from the western United States

 

Largely as a result of sulfur dioxide emissions limitations mandated by the Clean Air Act, coal-burning utilities have used increasing quantities of lower-sulfur coal. Low-sulfur coal, which comes primarily from the Powder River Basin in Montana and Wyoming, is primarily transported by rail to utilities in the eastern United States. The increased travel distances, as compared to the distances involved in transporting high-sulfur coal from mines in the east to eastern power generation facilities, place greater stress on the current aging railcar fleets, which we believe will result in increasing replacement rates. According to the Energy Information Administration, the shift to selected low-sulfur Western and Appalachian supply areas was spurred by federal acid rain regulations. As deregulated railroads consolidated in the late 1980s and the 1990s, they moved to increase profits by facilitating longer-distance coal runs to Midwestern and Eastern utilities, using large unit trains with high-capacity cars (100 tons or greater), and by offering improved trackage, rates, and cycle times from Western coalfields. As a result, we believe that purchasers of coal-carrying railcars will expand their fleets and replace aging railcars with greater frequency in order to take advantage of increasing coal carloads.

 


 

67


Table of Contents

 

Business

 

OVERVIEW

 

We are the leading manufacturer of aluminum-bodied railcars in North America, based on the number of railcars delivered. We specialize in the production of coal-carrying railcars, which represented 78% of our deliveries of railcars in 2004, while the balance of our production consisted of a broad spectrum of railcar types, including aluminum-bodied and steel-bodied railcars. We also refurbish and rebuild railcars and sell forged, cast and fabricated parts for all of the railcars that we produce, as well as those manufactured by others. We have chosen not to offer significant railcar leasing services, as we have made a strategic decision not to compete with our customers that provide railcar leasing services, which represent a significant portion of our revenue.

 

We believe that we are the leading North American manufacturer of coal-carrying railcars. We estimate that we have manufactured 81% of the coal-carrying railcars delivered over the last three years in the North American market. Our aluminum BethGon railcar has been the leading aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcar sold in North America for nearly 20 years. We believe that over the last 25 years we have built and introduced more types of coal-carrying railcars than all other manufacturers in North America combined.

 

Our manufacturing facilities are located in Danville, Illinois, Johnstown, Pennsylvania and Roanoke, Virginia. Our Danville facility produced approximately 81% of our railcars manufactured during the year ended December 31, 2004, and all of our aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcars. We believe that the operational efficiency of our Danville facility has increased over the last six years resulting in a significant reduction in our manufacturing costs. Our Johnstown facility manufactures all of our other railcar types, such as small covered hopper railcars, coiled steel railcars and aluminum vehicle carrier railcars, and it also has the capability to manufacture coal-carrying railcars. We have commenced preparations for an additional production facility that we have leased in Roanoke, Virginia. Our new Roanoke facility will manufacture a variety of types of railcars, including aluminum-bodied and steel-bodied railcars. We expect to deliver our first railcar manufactured at the Roanoke facility during the second quarter of 2005. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Recent developments.”

 

Our primary customers are financial institutions, railroads and shippers, which represented 38%, 31% and 31%, respectively, of our total sales attributable to each type of customer for the year ended December 31, 2004. In 2004, we delivered 7,484 new railcars, including 5,840 aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcars. Our total backlog of firm orders for new railcars increased from 6,444 railcars as of December 31, 2003 to 11,397 railcars as of December 31, 2004, representing estimated sales of $365.9 million and $747.8 million, respectively, attributable to such backlog. The following table shows the total number of railcars, including the number of coal-carrying and other railcars, that we delivered during the periods indicated:

 

Deliveries

LOGO

 


 

68


Table of Contents

Business


 

The following table shows our total reported railcar backlog, including the reported backlog of coal-carrying and other railcars, at the end of the periods indicated:

 

Backlog

LOGO

 

See “—Backlog” for more information regarding our calculation of backlog.

 

OUR HISTORY

 

We and our predecessors have been manufacturing railcars since 1901. From 1923 to 1991, our business was owned and operated by Bethlehem Steel Corporation. In 1991, TTII purchased our business from Bethlehem Steel. At the time of this acquisition, our business consisted of two facilities in Johnstown, Pennsylvania. In 1995, we purchased our facility located in Danville, Illinois, which had previously been an abandoned manufacturing plant. In June 1999, TTII sold our railcar business to an investor group led by our management. We have since developed and expanded our Danville facility so that, beginning in 2002, our Danville facility was capable of independently manufacturing railcars and responsible for approximately 81% of our railcars produced during the year ended December 31, 2004 and production of all of our aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcars. In December 2004, we changed our name from JAC Holdings International, Inc. to FreightCar America, Inc. to better reflect our business of manufacturing railcars. Also, in December 2004, we entered into an agreement to lease a railcar manufacturing facility in Roanoke, Virginia. For additional information regarding our new Roanoke facility, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Recent developments.”

 

OUR BUSINESS STRENGTHS AND COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGES

 

We believe that the following key business strengths and competitive advantages will contribute to our growth:

 

Leader in coal-carrying railcar market

 

We believe we are the leading manufacturer of coal-carrying railcars in North America, producing an estimated 81% of the coal-carrying railcars delivered in the North American market over the last three years. Through our leading position in the coal-carrying railcar market, we expect to benefit from the increasing use of coal as an energy source. We expect that the increasing demand for coal and the related increase in rail traffic transporting coal will lead to continuing demand in the coal-carrying railcar market.

 


 

69


Table of Contents

Business


 

Leading manufacturer of aluminum-bodied railcars

 

Since pioneering the modern aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcar design in 1986, we believe that we have introduced more aluminum-bodied railcar types and have manufactured more aluminum-bodied railcars than any other company. Our aluminum BethGon railcar has been the leading aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcar sold in North America for nearly 20 years.

 

We plan to leverage our expertise in aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcar production as railroads and utilities continue to upgrade their fleets from aging steel-bodied coal-carrying railcars to lighter and more durable aluminum-bodied railcars. In addition, we are now building on our expertise in designing and manufacturing aluminum-bodied railcars by introducing other types of aluminum-bodied railcars, such as our newly-launched aluminum vehicle carriers. We believe that, since September 2003, eight major orders for vehicle carriers were placed with railcar manufacturers, and we estimate that we captured approximately 31% of the units ordered. Although existing aluminum-bodied railcars currently represent only 36% of all coal-carrying railcars, demand for aluminum-bodied railcars has increased from 40% of annual coal-carrying railcar deliveries in 1990 to 100% in 2004.

 

Strong relationships with long-term customer base

 

We have established long-term relationships with a customer base that includes some of the largest financial institutions, railroads and shippers in North America. Our main railroad customers include virtually all of the Class I railroads. Our largest railroad customers, based on sales over the last five years, included Union Pacific Corporation and Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railway Company. Over the last five years, our largest financial institution customers, based on sales, included TTX Company, GE Capital Corporation and CIT Group, Inc. Over the last five years, our largest shipper customers, based on sales, included Southern Company Services, Inc., American Energy Fuels & Services Company and American Electric Power Company, Inc. We believe that our ability to meet our customers’ preference for reliable, high-quality products, the relatively high cost for customers to switch manufacturers, our technological leadership in developing innovative products and the competitive pricing of our railcars have helped us maintain our long-standing relationships with our customers.

 

Low-cost structure

 

Over the past several years, we have reduced our fixed costs and have increased our production efficiency through a series of operational changes and the introduction of proprietary production systems. These changes include our implementation of a statistical and data-driven approach to removing defects from manufacturing processes, enhancements to our information technology systems to support management and manufacturing decision-making, development of a real-time process control system, changes to increase labor efficiency and improvements to our materials and supply chain management. We continue to seek new ways to improve operational efficiencies and reduce our costs. We believe that the operational efficiency of our Danville railcar production facility, which produced approximately 81% of our railcar deliveries during the year ended December 31, 2004 and manufactures all of our aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcars, has increased over the last six years resulting in a significant reduction in our manufacturing costs. We also have contractual arrangements with certain of our suppliers and customers that help limit our exposure to fluctuations in material prices. As a result of our low-cost structure, we were able to generate positive cash flow from operations during the most recent cyclical downturn in the railcar industry despite the decline in our sales.

 


 

70


Table of Contents

Business


 

Innovative product development

 

We base the introduction of new railcars on a combination of customer feedback, close observation of trends developing in market demand and our own innovations. In 2000, we introduced our aluminum-bodied, vehicle-carrying railcar that safely and economically carries a wide range of passenger vehicles. We believe our aluminum-bodied, vehicle-carrying railcar costs less to operate and maintain than vehicle- carrying steel-bodied railcars. In 2001, we introduced the AutoFlood III, which offers improved flow in the discharge of certain types of coal. We have added nine new or redesigned products to our portfolio in the last five years, and railcar designs introduced in the last four years represented 92% of the railcars we produced in fiscal year 2004. In addition, we also continually work on refinements and improvements to our existing product lines and processes. We also hold several patents, including key patents for our one-piece center sill for railcars, our “MegaFlo” door system, our AutoFlood II lightweight hopper railcar and our top cord and side stake for coal-carrying railcars.

 

Stable labor relations

 

We have a collective bargaining agreement with the union representing the employees at our Danville facility, which expires on November 1, 2008. In November 2004, we entered into a settlement agreement with the union representing our existing and former unionized employees at our Johnstown facility setting forth the terms of a new collective bargaining agreement, which expires on May 15, 2008. We expect the settlement to allow our Johnstown facility to become more cost-competitive. The settlement, among other things, limits our future contributions for health care coverage and pension costs for retired unionized employees at our Johnstown facility. The settlement is conditioned on, among other things, approval by the NLRB and the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania of the settlement and the withdrawal of the NLRB charges, the Deemer and Britt lawsuits and certain workplace grievance matters. See “Business—Legal proceedings—Labor dispute settlement.”

 

Strong and experienced management team

 

We have an experienced senior management team that has an average of over 28 years of experience in the railcar or other manufacturing industries. We believe that our management team has successfully managed our business during the most recent cyclical downturn in the railcar industry, and the continued contributions of our management team will be important for our future success. We intend to continue to capitalize on our management team’s experience and knowledge in our industry to grow our business.

 

OUR STRATEGY

 

The key elements of our business strategy are as follows:

 

Maintain leadership in the coal-carrying railcar segment

 

Since we introduced our aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcar design in 1986, we have been the leading manufacturer of coal-carrying railcars in North America with an estimated 81% share of the coal-carrying railcars delivered over the last three years in the North American market. We intend to continue to develop new and innovative railcar designs that respond to the needs of our customers, thereby capitalizing on the forecasted growth in coal usage in the United States.

 


 

71


Table of Contents

Business


 

Leverage aluminum expertise into new applications and railcar types

 

We are applying our expertise in aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcar production to develop new types of railcars and related applications. For example, our aluminum vehicle carrier is a competitively priced alternative to a steel vehicle carrier for the efficient transport of new passenger vehicles. We believe that we have additional opportunities to develop applications and railcar types with our aluminum capabilities.

 

Continue to improve operating efficiencies

 

We intend to build on the success of our cost improvement initiatives at our Danville facility, and we will continue to identify opportunities to enhance operating efficiencies across our manufacturing facilities, thereby allowing us to reduce our costs and maintain competitive prices. These opportunities include reducing additional costs through our manufacturing processes, quality control initiatives, raw material procurement strategies and additional plant openings.

 

Continue to expand our product portfolio

 

We intend to continue to introduce new and improved railcar designs that respond to the needs of our customers. Although railcar designs historically have been slow to change, we have introduced nine new railcar designs or product-line extensions in the last five years. In addition to developing new aluminum-bodied railcar types, we may seek to expand our product portfolio to selected steel-bodied railcars. As the existing fleet of all railcars is aging, expansion of our product portfolio into new railcar types will allow us to grow by capturing a portion of the replacement demand for existing railcar types.

 

Continue to pursue incremental internal growth and additional external opportunities

 

Following the completion of the Transactions, we will have significantly reduced our long-term debt. We expect our sources of funds for the next several years to consist primarily of cash provided by operations and borrowings under the new revolving credit facility. By significantly reducing our debt through this offering, we will have the financial flexibility to supplement internal growth with select acquisitions. Additionally, in response to the current demand for our railcars, we are exploring opportunities to increase our production capacity. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Recent developments” regarding our new production facility in Roanoke, Virginia that we have leased. We also intend to expand into underserved international markets through licensing arrangements or through joint ventures with established railcar manufacturers. Our international efforts are aimed at capitalizing on attractive growth markets which have not been exposed to railcar design improvements that have been introduced in North America.

 

OUR PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

 

We design and manufacture aluminum-bodied and steel-bodied railcars that are used in various industries. In particular, we have expertise in the manufacture of aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcars. Many of our railcars can be customized, depending on the nature of the materials being transported and customer specifications.

 

The following table sets forth the main industry or application of each of our railcars, our railcar product associated with such industry or application and the percentage that each industry or application represents of the total number of railcars we delivered in the year ended December 31, 2004. The types of railcars listed below include the major types of railcars that we are capable of manufacturing; however, some of the types of railcars listed below have not been ordered by any of our customers or manufactured by us in a number of years.

 


 

72


Table of Contents

Business


 

Industry/Application    Product Line    Percentage of
Total Units Delivered During
the Year Ended
December 31, 2004

Coal-Carrying Railcars

  

Ø   BethGon railcars

Ø   AutoFlood railcars

Ø   Aluminum Quad Hopper railcars

   78%

Industrial and Steel-Carrying Railcars

  

Ø   Small Covered Hopper railcars

Ø   Mill Gondola railcars

Ø   Slab railcars

Ø   Coiled Steel railcars

Ø   Flat railcars

   9%

Vehicle-Carrying and Intermodal Railcars

  

Ø   Aluminum Vehicle Carrier railcars

Ø   Articulated Bulk Container railcars

   8%

Forest Products-Carrying Railcars

  

Ø   Hybrid Center Beam railcars

Ø   Woodchip railcars

Ø   Bulkhead Flat railcars

   5%

Mineral-Carrying Railcars

  

Ø   Ore Hopper railcars

Ø   Aggregate railcars

   0%

 

Any of the railcar types listed above may be further developed and customized with particular characteristics, depending on the nature of the materials being transported and customer specifications. In addition, we refurbish and rebuild railcars and sell forged, cast and fabricated parts for all of the railcars that we manufacture, as well as those manufactured by others.

 

We also have established a licensing arrangement with a railcar manufacturer in Brazil pursuant to which our proprietary technology is used to produce covered hopper railcars for carrying grain. In addition, we manufacture coal-carrying railcars for export to Colombia and will manufacture intermodal railcars that we will be exporting to Saudi Arabia. We are also exploring opportunities in other international markets.

 

Set forth below is additional information on the features and uses of each of our railcar types.

 

Coal-carrying railcars

 

We manufacture two primary types of coal-carrying railcars: gondolas and open-top hoppers. We build all of our coal-carrying railcars using a patented one-piece center sill, the main longitudinal structural component of the railcar. A one-piece center sill has a higher carrying capacity and is more durable than two-piece center sills and weighs significantly less than traditional multiple-piece seam-welded center sills. We are presently the only manufacturer of railcars with one-piece center sills. Coal-carrying railcars are purchased by financial institutions, railroads and shippers solely for the hauling of coal.

 

Ø   BethGon Series .    Our aluminum-bodied coal-carrying gondola railcar, the BethGon, is the leader in the aluminum-bodied coal-carrying gondola railcar segment. We believe that the BethGon railcar can carry more coal with greater stability than traditional coal-carrying gondola railcars. Since we introduced the steel BethGon railcar in the late 1970s and the aluminum BethGon railcar in 1986, the

 


 

73


Table of Contents

Business


 

 

BethGon railcar has become the most widely used coal-carrying railcar in North America, which we believe is due to its reputation for reliability. In 2004, our production of the aluminum BethGon railcar represented 76% of the railcars delivered in the aluminum gondola coal-carrying railcar market and 48% of all deliveries in the coal-carrying railcar market. The BethGon railcar represented 48%, 44% and 46% of all the railcars we delivered in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

We have continuously improved the BethGon’s design since we began making this railcar. These improvements have been aimed at increasing carrying capacity and reducing weight while maintaining structural integrity. In 1986, we introduced the use of aluminum construction. The use of aluminum lowered each railcar’s weight from approximately 60,000 pounds to approximately 42,000 pounds. We believe that the new design increased hauling capacity by approximately nine tons per railcar over traditional flat-bottomed gondolas and lowered the railcar’s center of gravity, providing a smoother ride with less wear on the railcar. In 1994, we introduced a higher payload aluminum gondola coal-carrying railcar, called the AeroFlo BethGon, which had redesigned sides for improved aerodynamics and greater fuel efficiency. In 2002, we introduced a new gondola coal-carrying railcar, known as the BethGon II, which has a lighter weight, higher capacity and increased durability suitable for long-haul coal-carrying railcar service. We have received and have pending several patents on the features of the BethGon II and continue to explore ways to increase the BethGon II’s capacity and improve its reliability.

 

Ø   AutoFlood Series .     Our aluminum open hopper railcar, the AutoFlood, is a five-pocket hopper coal-carrying railcar equipped with a bottom discharge gate mechanism. We began manufacturing AutoFlood railcars in 1984, and, in 1996, we introduced the AutoFlood II. The AutoFlood II has smooth exterior sides that we believe maximize loading capacity and increase efficiency by reducing wind drag. The AutoFlood II’s automatic rapid discharge system, the “MegaFlo” door system, incorporates a patented mechanism that uses an over-center locking design enabling the cargo door to close with tension rather than compression. The MegaFlo door system, which opens to its full width in only two seconds, provides a door opening which we believe is approximately 67% wider than any competing door system and does not require periodic door adjustments. In addition, the MegaFlo door system design reduces wear on the railcar. In 2002, we introduced the AutoFlood III model, which has a smooth interior side that maintains the features of the MegaFlo door system while improving the railcar’s flow characteristics for coal types that are difficult to unload. AutoFlood railcars can be equipped with rotary couplers to also permit rotary unloading. In 2004, our production of the AutoFlood III represented 31% of the total deliveries in the coal-carrying railcar market and 39% of the coal-carrying railcars that we produced. The AutoFlood series represented 30%, 32% and 43% of all the railcars we delivered in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

Ø   Aluminum Quad Hopper .    The Quad Hopper is an outside stake open-top hopper coal-carrying railcar with a manual outlet door system. The Quad Hopper has a bottom discharge mechanism, and it can also be equipped with rotary couplers to maximize its unloading capabilities.

 

Industrial and steel-carrying railcars

 

Ø   Small Covered Hopper Railcar .     Our small covered hopper railcar is used to transport high-density products such as roofing granules, fly ash, sand and cement. This railcar features our patented cold-rolled center sill, 30-inch diameter hatch covers and bottom-unloading outlets.

 

Ø   Mill Gondola Railcar .    Our mill gondola railcar is used to transport steel products and steel scrap and features our one-piece cold-rolled center sill, cast draft sills, pinned side-to-end connections and a choice of welded or riveted sides, depending on usage.

 

Ø   Slab Railcar .    We believe that our slab railcar is the first railcar manufactured specifically to transport steel slabs. The slab railcar is a spine-type flat railcar that is approximately 20,000 pounds lighter than

 


 

74


Table of Contents

Business


 

 

a standard mill gondola railcar that is also used to transport steel slabs, allowing customers to haul more steel slabs per railcar and more railcars in a train.

 

Ø   Coiled Steel Railcar .    Our coiled steel railcar is a well-type flat railcar that is designed to carry coiled steel. Our design allows easy loading or unloading using overhead cranes or fork lifts. This feature allows railroads to compete with truck haulage for the transportation of coiled steel.

 

Ø   Flat Railcar .    We produce a variety of standard and heavy-duty flat railcars that can carry a variety of products, including machinery and equipment, steel, forest products and other bulky industrial products. Our high capacity flat railcar is used to transport, among other things, electrical transformers and switch gear.

 

Mineral-carrying railcars

 

Ø   Ore Hopper Railcar .     Our ore open-top hopper railcar is designed to carry iron ore, taconite and other ores and features our patented one-piece cold-rolled center sill.

 

Ø   Aggregate Railcar .     Our aggregate open-top hopper railcars provide quick and clean discharge for our mining and aggregate customers.

 

Vehicle-carrying and intermodal railcars

 

Ø   Aluminum Vehicle Carrier .    In 2000, we designed and introduced our aluminum vehicle-carrying railcar, combining our expertise with aluminum-bodied railcars and our experience in building flat railcars. Our first aluminum vehicle carrier railcar, known as the AVC, has a lightweight, integrated design and is used to transport automobiles, commercial and conversion vans, pickup trucks and sport utility vehicles from assembly plants and ports to rail distribution centers. An aluminum non-corrosive surface eliminates the need to paint the railcar during its expected lifetime. Our design helps to ensure that vehicles are delivered damage-free. AVCs are purchased by financial institutions, shippers and railroads. We had our first sale of the AVC in 2003.

 

Ø   Articulated Bulk Container Railcar .    Our articulated bulk container railcar has high strength and capacity and is designed to carry dense bulk products up to 59,000 pounds in 20 and 40-foot containers. We sell our articulated bulk container railcars to financial institutions and shippers.

 

Forest products-carrying railcars

 

Ø   Hybrid Center Beam Flat Railcar .     Our FleXibeam center beam flat railcar is used to haul forest products, such as plywood, oriented strand board, dimensional lumber and steel products, such as structural steel and pipe. The FleXibeam hauls approximately 14,000 pounds of additional product than a conventional bulkhead flat railcar, and its short high-strength center beam partition allows easy loading of steel and other products with overhead cranes.

 

Ø   Woodchip Gondola Railcar .      Our woodchip gondola railcar is used to haul woodchips and municipal waste or other high volume, low-density commodities. It has rotary couplers and incorporates our one-piece cold-rolled center sill and tub design.

 

Ø   Bulkhead Flat Railcar .    Our bulkhead flat railcar has end bulkheads designed to retain the load, which can include forest products, steel and structural components.

 

We have added nine new or redesigned products to our portfolio in the last five years, including the BethGon II, AutoFlood III, AVC, FleXibeam, slab railcar and small covered hopper railcars and coiled

 


 

75


Table of Contents

Business


 

steel railcars. Our new or redesigned products introduced in the last four years represented 92% of the railcars we produced in fiscal year 2004. We expect these products to comprise an increasing percentage of future sales.

 

Other products and services

 

Ø   International Railcar Designs .    Although almost all of our railcar sales are in the North American market, we also manufacture railcars for customers in Colombia and will manufacture railcars for customers in Saudi Arabia. Railroads outside of North America generally use gauges that are sized differently than in North America, which requires us to alter manufacturing specifications for foreign sales. In addition, we have entered into a licensing arrangement with a railcar manufacturer in Brazil that uses our proprietary technology to produce covered hopper railcars for carrying grain.

 

Ø   Spare Parts and Kits .    We sell replacement parts for our railcars and railcars built by others. We also produce railcar kits for assembly in the United States and certain international markets, such as Brazil. We plan to move our parts business to the Shell Plant when the lease for the parts facility in Richland Township, Pennsylvania expires.

 

MANUFACTURING

 

We operate railcar production facilities in Danville, Illinois and Johnstown, Pennsylvania and have commenced preparations for operating a production facility that we leased in Roanoke, Virginia. Our Danville facility was responsible for approximately 81% of our railcars produced during the year ended December 31, 2004 and manufactures all of our aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcars. Our Danville facility has the capacity to build up to 26 railcars per day on a single-shift operation. Our Johnstown facility has the capacity to build up to 27 railcars per day on a single-shift operation, depending upon the type of railcar. Our Danville and Johnstown facilities have the capacity to incorporate additional workers to increase our rate of railcar production; however, we generally do not increase the rate of railcar production by adding additional shifts. Our Danville and Johnstown facilities are each certified or approved for certification by the Association of American Railroads, or the AAR, which sets railcar manufacturing industry standards for quality control. Our new Roanoke facility will manufacture a variety of types of railcars, including aluminum-bodied and steel-bodied railcars. We expect to deliver our first railcar manufactured at the Roanoke facility during the second quarter of 2005. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Recent developments.” We subcontract certain railcar production to Kasgro Rail Corp., which produced approximately 200 railcars for us during the year ended December 31, 2004. Under our current agreements, we are able to subcontract Kasgro Rail Corp. to produce up to a total of 980 railcars for us through the end of 2005. Pursuant to the terms of the Johnstown settlement, we have agreed not to subcontract railcar production to Kasgro Rail Corp. after 2005.

 

Our manufacturing process involves four basic steps: fabrication, assembly, finishing and testing and inspection. In our fabrication processes, we employ standard metal working tools, many of which are computer controlled. Each assembly line typically involves 15 to 20 manufacturing positions, depending on the complexity of the particular railcar design. We use mechanical fastening in the fitting and assembly of our aluminum-bodied railcar parts, while we typically use welding for our steel-bodied railcars. For aluminum-bodied railcars, we begin the finishing process by cleaning the railcar’s surface and then applying the paint and decals. In the case of steel-bodied railcars, we begin the finishing process by blasting the surface area of the railcar and then painting it. We use water-based paints to reduce the emission of volatile organic compounds, and we meet state and U.S. federal regulations for control of emissions and disposal of hazardous materials. Once we have completed the finishing process, our employees, along with representatives of the customer purchasing the particular railcar, inspect and test

 


 

76


Table of Contents

Business


 

all railcars for final quality assurance. Each of our facilities has numerous separate checkpoints at which we inspect products to maintain quality control, a process that our operations management continuously monitors.

 

We have focused on making our manufacturing facilities more flexible and cost-efficient while at the same time reducing product change-over times and improving product quality. We developed many of these improvements with the participation of our manufacturing employees, management and customers. At our Danville facility in particular, we have implemented cellular manufacturing concepts, whereby various manufacturing steps are accomplished in one location within the facility to eliminate unnecessary movement of parts within the facility, improve production rates and reduce inventories. These improvements are intended to provide us with increased flexibility in scheduling the production of orders and to minimize down-time resulting from railcar type change-overs, thereby increasing the efficiency and lowering costs of our manufacturing operations.

 

CUSTOMERS

 

We have strong long-term relationships with many large purchasers of railcars. Long-term customers are particularly important in the railcar industry given the limited number of buyers and sellers of railcars.

 

Our customer base consists mostly of North American financial institutions, shippers and railroads. Over the last five years, our largest financial institution customers, based on sales, included TTX Company, GE Capital Corporation and CIT Group, Inc. Over the last five years, our largest shipper customers, based on sales, included Southern Company Services, Inc., American Energy Fuels & Services Company and American Electric Power Company, Inc. Our main railroad customers include virtually all of the Class I railroads. Our largest railroad customers, based on sales over the last five years, included Union Pacific Corporation and Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railway Company. We believe that our customers’ preference for reliable, high-quality products, the relatively high cost for customers to switch manufacturers, our technological leadership in developing and enhancing innovative products and competitive pricing of our railcars have helped us maintain our long standing relationships with our customers.

 

While we maintain strong relationships with our customers and we serve over 70 active customers, many customers do not purchase railcars from us every year since railcar fleets are not necessarily replenished or augmented every year. The size and frequency of railcar orders often results in a small number of customers representing a significant portion of our sales in a given year. Our top three customers in 2004 based on total sales were Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railway Company, Canadian Pacific Railway Company and TTX Company, which accounted for approximately 21%, 10% and 9%, respectively, of our sales in 2004.

 

SALES AND MARKETING

 

Our direct sales group is organized geographically with six sales managers and three product line managers, a manager of customer service and support staff. The direct sales group is responsible for managing customer relationships. Our product line managers are responsible for product planning, customer interface and contract administration. Our manager of customer service is responsible for after-sale follow-up and in-field product performance review.

 

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

 

Our railcar research and development activities provide us with an important competitive advantage. We believe that we are a leader in introducing new and improved railcar designs that respond to the needs of

 


 

77


Table of Contents

Business


 

our customers. Railcar designs have been historically slow to change in our industry. We have successfully introduced nine new railcar designs or product-line extensions in the last five years. Our research and development team, working within our engineering group, is dedicated to the design of new products. In addition, the team continuously identifies design upgrades for our existing railcars, which we implement as part of our effort to reduce costs and improve quality. We introduce new railcar designs as a result of a combination of customer feedback and close observation of market demand trends. Our engineers use current modeling software, and we have recently installed three-dimensional modeling technology to assist with product design. New product designs are tested for compliance with AAR standards prior to introduction. Costs associated with research and development are expensed as incurred and totaled $0.8 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

BACKLOG

 

We define backlog as the value of products or services to which our customers have committed in writing to purchase from us, which have not been recognized as sales. Our contracts include cancellation clauses under which customers are required, upon cancellation of the contract, to reimburse us for costs incurred in reliance on an order and to compensate us for lost profits.

 

The following table depicts our reported railcar backlog in number of railcars and estimated future sales value attributable to such backlog, for the periods shown.

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2002     2003     2004  

Railcar backlog at start of period

     2,178       1,067       6,444  

New railcars delivered

     (3,942 )     (4,550 )     (7,484 )

New railcar orders

     2,831       9,927       12,437  
    


 


 


Railcar backlog at end of period

     1,067       6,444       11,397  
    


 


 


Estimated backlog at end of period (in thousands)(1)

   $ 55,887     $ 365,876     $ 747,842  

(1)   Estimated backlog reflects the total sales attributable to the backlog reported at the end of the particular period as if such backlog were converted to actual sales. Estimated backlog does not reflect potential price increases and decreases under certain customer contracts that provide for variable pricing based on changes in the cost of raw materials. If we were to take into account the increased pricing in our customer contracts due to the escalation of raw materials costs, the estimated total sales attributable to our backlog for the year ended December 31, 2004 would have been approximately $794 million.

 

Our reported railcar backlog has increased from 1,067 railcars at the end of 2002 to 11,397 railcars at the end of 2004, which we believe is primarily due to the current economic recovery, which is resulting in the replacement of aging railcar fleets, and the increasing demand for electricity and the increasing demand for steel, thereby increasing the demand for coal-carrying railcars and industrial and steel-carrying railcars, respectively. We expect that substantially all of our reported backlog as of December 31, 2004 will be converted to sales by the end of 2005. However, our reported backlog may not be converted to sales in any particular period, if at all, and the actual sales from these contracts may not equal our reported backlog estimates. See “Risk factors—Risks related to our business—The level of our reported backlog may not necessarily indicate what our future sales will be and our actual sales may fall short of the estimated sales value attributed to our backlog.”

 

In addition, due to the large size of railcar orders and variations in the mix of railcars, the size of our reported backlog at the end of any given period may fluctuate significantly. See “Risk factors—Risks related to the railcar industry—The variable purchase patterns of our customers and the timing of

 


 

78


Table of Contents

Business


 

completion, delivery and acceptance of customer orders may cause our sales and income from operations to vary substantially each quarter, which will result in significant fluctuations in our quarterly results.” We currently do not have any backlog for rebuilt railcars.

 

SUPPLIERS AND MATERIALS

 

The cost of raw materials and components represents over 70% of the direct manufacturing costs of most of our railcar product lines. As a result, the management of purchasing is critical to our profitability. As our products are made to order, we do not purchase materials or components until we receive an order and we time deliveries to minimize our inventory. We enjoy strong relationships with our suppliers, which helps to ensure access to supplies when railcar demand is high.

 

Our primary component suppliers include AMSTED Industries Inc., which supplies us with castings and couplers through its American Steel Foundries subsidiary, wheels through its Griffin Wheel Company subsidiary, draft components through its Keystone subsidiary and bearings through its Brenco subsidiary. Roll Form Group, a division of Samuel Manu-Tech, Inc., is the sole supplier of all of our cold-rolled center sills, which were used in approximately 92% of our railcars produced in 2004. Other suppliers provide brake systems, components, axles and bearings. The railcar industry is subject to supply constraints for some of the key railcar components. See “Risk factors—Risks related to the railcar industry—Limitations on the supply of heavy castings, wheels and other railcar components could adversely affect our business because they may limit the number of railcars we can manufacture.”

 

Our primary aluminum suppliers are Alcoa Inc. and Alcan Inc. We purchase steel primarily from U.S. sources, except for our cold-rolled center sills, which we purchase from a single Canadian supplier. A center sill is the primary longitudinal structural component of a railcar. Our center sill is formed into its final shape without heating by passing steel plate through a series of rollers. Aluminum prices generally are fixed at the time that a railcar order is accepted, mitigating the effect of future fluctuations in prices.

 

Except as described above, there are usually at least two suppliers for each of our raw materials and specialty components, and we actively purchase from over 200 suppliers. In 2004, no single supplier accounted for more than 17% of our total purchases and our top ten suppliers accounted for 61% of our total purchases.

 

COMPETITION

 

We operate in a highly competitive marketplace. Competition is based on price, type of product, product quality, product design, reputation for quality, reliability of delivery and customer service and support.

 

There has been significant consolidation in the industry in recent years due to reduced levels of demand. We compete with the three other principal manufacturers in the North American railcar market, which are Trinity Industries, Inc., National Steel Car Limited and The Greenbrier Companies, Inc. ACF Industries, Inc. and Union Tank Car Company are railcar manufacturers that build railcars primarily for their own leasing fleets. Trinity Industries is our only competitor in the North American aluminum-bodied coal-carrying railcar market.

 

Competition in the North American market from railcar manufacturers located outside of North America is limited by, among other factors, high shipping costs and technical railcar manufacturing specifications unique to the North American market. In addition, some non-U.S. railcar manufacturers lack the technology required to manufacture railcars for North American customers that would be competitive with the railcars produced in North America.

 


 

79


Table of Contents

Business


 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

We have several U.S. and non-U.S. patents and pending applications, registered trademarks, copyrights and trade names. Our key patents include patents for our one-piece center sill for railcars, our “MegaFlo” door system, the body design of our AutoFlood II lightweight hopper railcar and our top cord and side stake for coal-carrying railcars. The protection of our intellectual property is important to our business.

 

We also use a proprietary software system that integrates our accounting and production systems, including quality control, purchasing, inventory control and accounts receivable. We have an experienced team in place to operate the hardware, software and communications platforms.

 

In addition, we currently have a licensing arrangement with a railcar manufacturer in Brazil pursuant to which the railcar manufacturer uses our proprietary technology to produce covered hopper railcars for carrying grain.

 

EMPLOYEES

 

As of December 31, 2004, we had 1,133 employees, of whom 154 were salaried and 979 were hourly wage earners. As of December 31, 2004, we employed approximately 429 hourly workers at our Danville facility, 550 hourly workers at our Johnstown facility and no hourly workers at our Roanoke facility. Approximately 979, or 86%, of our employees are members of unions.

 

We have a collective bargaining agreement, which expires on November 1, 2008, with the UAW, representing approximately 91% of our employees at the Danville facility. On November 15, 2004, our subsidiary entered into a settlement agreement with the USWA that sets forth the terms of a new collective bargaining agreement, which expires on May 15, 2008. The USWA represents approximately 83% of our employees at the Johnstown facility and approximately 49% of our total workforce. The Johnstown settlement is conditioned on, among other things, approval by the NLRB and the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania of the settlement and the withdrawal of certain NLRB charges, the Deemer and Britt lawsuits and certain workplace grievance matters. See “Business—Legal proceedings—Labor dispute settlement.”

 

While we now consider our relations with our employees to be good at our Danville, Johnstown and Roanoke facilities, they may not remain that way. See “Risk factors—Risks related to our business—Labor disputes may disrupt our operations and divert the attention of our management and may have a material adverse effect on our operations and profitability.”

 

REGULATION

 

The Federal Railroad Administration, or FRA, administers and enforces U.S. federal laws and regulations relating to railroad safety. These regulations govern equipment and safety compliance standards for freight railcars and other rail equipment used in interstate commerce. The AAR promulgates a wide variety of rules and regulations governing safety and design of equipment, relationships among railroads with respect to freight railcars in interchange and other matters. The AAR also certifies freight railcar manufacturers and component manufacturers that provide equipment for use on railroads in the United States. New products must generally undergo AAR testing and approval processes. As a result of these regulations, we must maintain certifications with the AAR as a freight railcar manufacturer, and products that we sell must meet AAR and FRA standards.

 


 

80


Table of Contents

Business


 

We are also subject to oversight in other jurisdictions by foreign regulatory agencies, such as Transport Canada and the Mexico Institute of Transportation, and to the extent that we expand our business internationally, we will increasingly be subject to the regulations of other non-U.S. jurisdictions.

 

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

 

We are subject to comprehensive federal, state, local and international environmental laws and regulations relating to the release or discharge of materials into the environment, the management, use, processing, handling, storage, transport or disposal of hazardous materials, or otherwise relating to the protection of human health and the environment. These laws and regulations not only expose us to liability for our own negligent acts, but also may expose us to liability for the conduct of others or for our actions which were in compliance with all applicable laws at the time these actions were taken. In addition, these laws may require significant expenditures to achieve compliance, and are frequently modified or revised to impose new obligations. Civil and criminal fines and penalties may be imposed for non-compliance with these environmental laws and regulations. Our operations that involve hazardous materials also raise potential risks of liability under the common law.

 

Environmental operating permits are, or may be, required for our operations under these laws and regulations. These operating permits are subject to modification, renewal and revocation. We regularly monitor and review our operations, procedures and policies for compliance with these laws and regulations. Despite these compliance efforts, risk of environmental liability is inherent in the operation of our businesses, as it is with other companies engaged in similar businesses. We believe that our operations and facilities are in substantial compliance with applicable laws and regulations and that any noncompliance is not likely to have a material adverse effect on our operations or financial condition.

 

Future events, such as changes in or modified interpretations of existing laws and regulations or enforcement policies, or further investigation or evaluation of the potential health hazards of products or business activities, may give rise to additional compliance and other costs that could have a material adverse effect on our financial conditions and operations. In addition, we have in the past conducted investigation and remediation activities at properties that we own to address historic contamination. To date such costs have not been material. Although we believe we have satisfactorily addressed all known material contamination through our remediation activities, there can be no assurance that these activities have addressed all historic contamination. The discovery of historic contamination or the release of hazardous substances into the environment could require us in the future to incur investigative or remedial costs or other liabilities that could be material or that could interfere with the operation of our business.

 

In addition to environmental laws, the transportation of commodities by railcar raises potential risks in the event of a derailment or other accident. Generally, liability under existing law in the United States for a derailment or other accident depends on the negligence of the party, such as the railroad, the shipper or the manufacturer of the railcar or its components. However, for certain hazardous commodities being shipped, strict liability concepts may apply.

 


 

81


Table of Contents

Business


 

PROPERTY

 

We own railcar production facilities in Danville, Illinois and Johnstown, Pennsylvania and we lease a railcar production facility in Roanoke, Virginia. The following table presents information on our leased and owned operating properties as of December 31, 2004:

 

Use    Location    Size   

Leased or

Owned

  

Lease

Expiration Date

Corporate headquarters    Chicago, Illinois    4,540 square feet    Leased    June 30, 2008
Railcar assembly and
    component
    manufacturing
   Danville, Illinois    308,665 square feet on 36.5 acres of land    Owned   

Railcar assembly and

    component

    manufacturing

   Roanoke, Virginia    11.6 acres of land    Leased    November 30, 2014*
Railcar assembly and
    component
    manufacturing
   Johnstown, Pennsylvania    564,983 square feet on 31.9 acres of land    Owned   
Administrative    Johnstown, Pennsylvania    29,500 square feet on 1.02 acres of land    Owned   
Light storage    Johnstown, Pennsylvania    1,633 square feet on 14.26 acres of land    Owned   
Parts warehouse    Johnstown, Pennsylvania    86,000 square feet    Leased    May 9, 2007

Light storage

(Shell Plant)

   Johnstown, Pennsylvania    163,692 square feet on 34 acres of land    Owned   

*   The lease agreement provides that we or Norfolk Southern, the lessor, can terminate this lease at any time after December 31, 2009.

 

In November 2002, we discontinued railcar production at the Shell Plant in Johnstown, Pennsylvania due to manufacturing capacity in excess of market demand. We do not anticipate any future production of railcars at the Shell Plant. We intend to continue to use the Shell Plant for storage and intend to move our parts warehouse to the Shell Plant when the lease for our existing parts warehouse expires in 2007. In connection with our discontinuation of production at our Shell Plant, on September 30, 2004, we recorded a charge of $0.3 million relating to the carrying value of certain equipment to be written off and determined that no other asset impairment charge is currently necessary.

 

INSURANCE

 

We purchase insurance to cover standard risks in our industry, including policies to cover general and products liability, workers compensation, automobile liability and other casualty and property risks. We also have insurance to cover the risk of flood damage to our facilities. We carry insurance having terms typical of our industry and product lines.

 


 

82


Table of Contents

Business


 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

Labor dispute settlement

 

On November 15, 2004, our subsidiary JAC entered into a settlement agreement with the USWA which represents our unionized employees in our Johnstown, Pennsylvania manufacturing facility. Our unionized employees at our Johnstown facility, who comprise approximately 49% of our total workforce, had been without a collective bargaining agreement since October 2001. The settlement agreement sets forth the terms of a new 42-month collective bargaining agreement with our unionized employees at our Johnstown facility. The settlement agreement also provides for the resolution of charges made by the USWA against us with the NLRB, the Deemer and Britt lawsuits, and certain workplace grievance matters. Under the terms of the settlement agreement, the plaintiffs in the Deemer and Britt lawsuits are to withdraw their lawsuits with prejudice, the USWA agreed to request that the NLRB prosecutor withdraw the NLRB charges against us and certain other workplace grievance matters are to be withdrawn.

 

Labor disputes

 

Collective Bargaining NLRB Charge.     In January 2002, the USWA filed charges with the NLRB alleging that JAC engaged in unfair labor practices in violation of the National Labor Relations Act, or the NLRA, in connection with its negotiations with the USWA for a new collective bargaining agreement following the expiration of the previous collective bargaining agreement in October 2001. The NLRB case included charges made by the plaintiffs in the Britt lawsuit (as described below).

 

Deemer and Britt Lawsuits.     When Bethlehem Steel Corporation, or Bethlehem Steel, sold its railcar operations to TTII in October 1991, Bethlehem Steel agreed to pay for the costs of postretirement benefits of former Bethlehem Steel employees who were over the age of 43 at the time of the sale, left Bethlehem Steel to work for TTII and subsequently retired, whom we collectively refer to as the Bethlehem retirees. Bethlehem Steel continued to pay the costs of postretirement benefits for the Bethlehem retirees after TTII sold its railcar business to an investor group led by our management in June 1999. However, Bethlehem Steel stopped making these payments in June 2001 and subsequently filed for bankruptcy relief under Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code in October 2001. We ceased providing these unpaid postretirement benefits to the Bethlehem retirees on May 1, 2002. In April 2002, JAC became a defendant, together with TTII and the entity that administered the medical plan that previously covered the Bethlehem retirees, in a federal class action lawsuit filed by the USWA and individual plaintiffs, led by Geraldine Deemer. We also refer to this class action as the Deemer lawsuit. The Deemer lawsuit primarily alleged that we violated the NLRA and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or ERISA, by eliminating certain medical and life insurance benefits for the Bethlehem retirees, the costs of which had previously been paid by Bethlehem Steel.

 

In September 2003, JAC became a defendant, together with TTII and the entity that administered pension and medical plans for JAC’s unionized employees, in an additional federal class action lawsuit filed by the USWA and individual plaintiffs, led by Reggie Britt. We refer to this class action as the Britt lawsuit. The Britt lawsuit primarily alleged that we violated the NLRA and ERISA by eliminating certain monthly pension supplements and retiree medical insurance that JAC had previously provided under its early retirement pension plans.

 

Workplace Grievance NLRB Charge.     In January 2002, current and former employees filed an NLRB charge relating to wages and certain workplace grievances.

 


 

83


Table of Contents

Business


 

Terms of the settlement

 

Under the settlement agreement, JAC will contribute, commencing on January 1, 2005, amounts for health care benefits for JAC’s active employees and their qualified dependents. JAC’s contributions will fund 100% of the health care coverage costs of active employees. With respect to current and future retirees (including the retirees involved in the Deemer lawsuit and the Britt lawsuit), effective on December 1, 2004, JAC will pay amounts not exceeding $700 per month for each household where neither the retiree nor his or her spouse is eligible for Medicare benefits, which fixed amount is reduced to $450 per month when either the retiree or his or her spouse becomes eligible for Medicare benefits. We made payments of $0.8 million in 2004 and expect to make payments of approximately $3 million in 2005 for health care costs.

 

Commencing on February 1, 2005, JAC will contribute amounts for increased pension benefits for JAC employees, not to exceed $40 or $50 per month per year of service, depending on whether the years of service occurred prior to or after the effective date of the settlement. In addition, each employee with at least 30 years of service with JAC (including service with its predecessor Bethlehem Steel) who retired or will retire between January 21, 2002 and May 15, 2008 will be eligible for supplemental payments of $400 per month until the retiree qualifies for Social Security benefits, to the extent the supplemental payments are not paid by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation. Each retiree covered by the Britt lawsuit will also be eligible for supplemental payments of $400 per month until the retiree qualifies for Social Security benefits. JAC’s obligation to pay the supplemental payments to both groups will survive the expiration of the new collective bargaining agreement. The settlement agreement also provides for the discontinuation of JAC’s early retirement benefits under its “Rule-of-65” pension program, which made employees eligible for retirement when their number of years of service plus their age equaled or exceeded 65 years. We contributed $4.8 million in 2004 and expect to contribute approximately $4 million in 2005 relating to pension costs.

 

During the term of the collective bargaining agreement only, JAC will make quarterly contributions to a trust equal to $0.60 per each hour of work by JAC employees, plus 3% of our consolidated quarterly profits (as calculated under the settlement agreement). These funds will be used to provide supplemental unemployment benefits, additional health care benefits for active employees and/or additional severance benefits, in such amounts as determined from time to time by us, the USWA and a neutral third party acceptable to both the USWA and us.

 

The settlement agreement also provides for: (1) the termination by December 31, 2005 of our existing manufacturing subcontracting relationship with Kasgro Rail Corp.; (2) the conditions under which we may use third parties to perform work related to the manufacture of railcars; (3) rates of pay and wage increases for existing and future covered unionized employees; (4) our commitment to make reasonable and necessary capital expenditures required to maintain the competitive status of the Johnstown facilities; (5) our obligation to offer at least 40 hours of work to all covered unionized employees for various periods not exceeding the term of the settlement agreement; and (6) the development of a new employee orientation program. In addition, we may not, within one year following the expiration date of the settlement agreement, consummate any transaction resulting in a change of control (excluding any change of control arising from a public offering of registered securities, such as this offering) or sell or transfer any plant or significant part thereof covered by the settlement agreement to any third party unless the buyer has entered into one or more agreements recognizing the USWA as the bargaining representative for the unionized employees at our Johnstown facility and establishing the terms and conditions of employment through a new collective bargaining agreement or an assumption of the then-existing collective bargaining agreement.

 


 

84


Table of Contents

Business


 

The settlement agreement also provides for one-time payments by us of (1) $1.4 million in the aggregate to the current and former employees of JAC for whom charges were filed (including the Britt lawsuit plaintiffs); (2) $0.3 million to the Deemer lawsuit and Britt lawsuit plaintiffs for losses arising from the termination of their retirement health care coverage prior to the settlement; and (3) $0.2 million in attorney’s fees incurred by plaintiffs and us in connection with the settlement.

 

In addition to the one-time payments described above, we have agreed to pay $0.2 million to settle our outstanding workplace grievances, with certain limited exceptions. The USWA agreed to withdraw any NLRB charges associated with these grievances.

 

The settlement is conditioned on, among other things, (1) ratification of the settlement by the union members; (2) approval of the settlement by class members in the Deemer lawsuit and the Britt lawsuit; (3) approval by the NLRB of the settlement and the withdrawal of NLRB charges filed against us; and (4) approval by the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania of the settlement (except with respect to JAC’s agreement to pay future health care and pension benefits following the effective date, which obligation is not contingent on court approval) and the withdrawal of the Britt lawsuit and the Deemer lawsuit. The settlement was ratified by the union members on November 15, 2004. We expect approval of the settlement by class members in the Deemer lawsuit and Britt lawsuit and by the NLRB and the court in the near future.

 

See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes regarding the impact of the settlement on our financial condition and results.

 

Other

 

We are also involved in certain other threatened and pending legal proceedings, including workers’ compensation and employee matters arising out of the conduct of our business. Additionally, we are involved in various warranty and repair claims and related threatened and pending legal proceedings with our customers in the normal course of business. While the ultimate outcome of such legal proceedings cannot be determined at this time, it is the opinion of management that the resolution of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

 


 

85


Table of Contents

 

Management

 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

 

Set forth below is information concerning our current directors and executive officers, including their ages as of December 31, 2004.

 

Name    Age    Position

John E. Carroll, Jr.

   62    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Kevin P. Bagby

   53    Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary

Glen T. Karan

   54    Vice President, Planning and Administration

Edward J. Whalen

   56    Senior Vice President, Marketing and Sales

Camillo M. Santomero, III

   47    Chairman of the Board

Jay R. Bloom

   48    Director

James D. Cirar

   58    Director

Mark D. Dalton

   43    Director

S. Mark Ray*

   52    Director

S. Carl Soderstrom, Jr.**

   51    Director

Robert N. Tidball**

   66    Director

*   We expect that Mr. Ray will resign as a director immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
**   Messrs. Soderstrom and Tidball have each consented to serve as a director immediately following the completion of this offering.

 

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of seven members. We believe that, within the one-year transition period available to us following the completion of this offering, we will comply with the requirements of the SEC and the Nasdaq National Market relating to director independence and the composition of the committees of our board of directors, including the designation of an “audit committee financial expert.”

 

John E. Carroll, Jr., President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

Mr. Carroll, our President since 1998, also has served as Chief Executive Officer since 1999. Mr. Carroll served as our Chairman of the Board from 1999 until December 2004. Previously, Mr. Carroll was President of Thrall Car Manufacturing Company from 1990 to 1997. From 1989 to 1990, Mr. Carroll served as the President of Transcisco Rail Services Company. Mr. Carroll also served as Director of Planning and International Business Director at FMC Corporation from 1985 to 1989 and as President of Gunderson, Inc. (now a unit of the Greenbrier Companies) from 1977 to 1985. Mr. Carroll served in the United States Army and holds a B.S. in Industrial Engineering and an M.S. in Industrial Administration from Purdue University.

 

Kevin P. Bagby, Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary

 

Mr. Bagby has served as our Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary since November 2004. Prior to joining us, Mr. Bagby served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Stoneridge, Inc., a company that designs and manufactures highly engineered electrical and electronic components, modules and systems for certain agricultural and vehicle markets, from 1995 until September 2004. From 1990 to 1995, Mr. Bagby served in various senior positions at Kelsey-Hayes Company. Prior to his employment at Kelsey-Hayes Company, Mr. Bagby served in various positions at General Tire, Abex Corporation and Lozier Corporation. Mr. Bagby holds a B.B.A. in Finance from Kent State University and an M.B.A. with a concentration in Finance from George Mason University.

 


 

86


Table of Contents

Management


 

Glen T. Karan, Vice President, Planning and Administration

 

Mr. Karan has served as our Vice President, Planning and Administration since November 2004. He has also has served as our Vice President, Finance, Secretary and Treasurer from 2001 to November 2004 and Vice President, Finance, Secretary and Treasurer of our subsidiaries from 1999 to 2001. Previously, Mr. Karan served in various senior financial positions for our subsidiaries from 1994 to 1999. Prior to joining us, Mr. Karan worked for Miller Picking/York International Corporation from 1976 to 1994. At York, Mr. Karan held positions as Vice President of Finance and Contracts Officer from 1987 to 1994, Controller and Secretary from 1977 to 1987 and Assistant Controller from 1976 to 1977. Mr. Karan holds a B.S. in Business Administration from Pennsylvania Military College (currently Widener University) and an M.B.A. with a concentration in Finance from St. Francis (PA) College.

 

Edward J. Whalen, Senior Vice President, Marketing and Sales

 

Mr. Whalen has served as our Senior Vice President, Marketing and Sales since December 2004. He has also served as Senior Vice President, Marketing and Sales for our subsidiaries from 1991 to December 2004. Prior to joining us in 1991, Mr. Whalen was President of Pullman Leasing Company. Prior to serving as President of Pullman Leasing Company, Mr. Whalen served in various finance positions for Pullman Leasing Company, including Vice President of Finance and Treasurer. Mr. Whalen originally joined Pullman, Inc., the parent of Pullman Leasing Company, in 1972. Mr. Whalen holds a B.S. and an M.B.A. from DePaul University. Mr. Whalen is also an Illinois Certified Public Accountant.

 

Camillo M. Santomero, III, Chairman of the Board

 

Mr. Santomero has been a director since June 1999 and the non-executive Chairman of the Board since December 2004. He currently serves on the audit committee of the board of directors and will continue to serve on this committee until immediately prior to this offering. Mr. Santomero has been a private investor and a Senior Consultant to JP Morgan Partners (formerly Chase Capital Partners and Chemical Venture Partners) since January 1992. Mr. Santomero is also a director of Fuel Systems Holdings, LLC, S.R. Smith LLC, Alliance Services LLC, Quality Components LLC, Red Head Brass LLC and Heathkit Corp.

 

Jay R. Bloom, Director

 

Mr. Bloom has been a director since February 2001. He currently serves on the audit committee of the board of directors and will continue to serve on this committee until immediately prior to this offering. Mr. Bloom is a founder, and for the last five years has been a Managing Partner, of Trimaran Fund Management, L.L.C. Mr. Bloom is also a vice chairman of CIBC World Markets Corp., one of the underwriters in this offering, which he joined in 1995, and is a co-head of the CIBC Argosy Merchant Banking Funds. Prior to joining CIBC, Mr. Bloom was a founder and Managing Director of The Argosy Group L.P. Before Argosy, Mr. Bloom was a Managing Director at Drexel Burnham Lambert Incorporated, and prior to that, he worked at Lehman Brothers Kuhn Loeb Incorporated and practiced law with Paul Weiss Rifkind Wharton & Garrison. Mr. Bloom is also a director of Educational Services of America, Inc., Accuride Corporation, Norcraft Companies, L.P., and NSP Holdings, LLC. Mr. Bloom currently serves as a member of the Cornell University Council and is a member of Cornell University’s private equity committee.

 

James D. Cirar, Director

 

Mr. Cirar has been a director since June 1999. Mr. Cirar is currently the Executive Vice President in charge of the Gunite and Brillion divisions of Accuride Corporation. He held the same position at Transportation Technologies Industries, Inc. from January 2000 until the company was acquired by Accuride Corporation. Mr. Cirar was Chairman of Johnstown America Corporation and Freight Car

 


 

87


Table of Contents

Management


 

Services, Inc. from September 1998 to June 1999 and Senior Vice President from July 1997 to June 1999. From September 1995 to August 1998, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of Johnstown America Corporation and from March 1998 to August 1998 he was President and Chief Executive Officer of Freight Car Services, Inc.

 

Mark D. Dalton, Director

 

Mr. Dalton has been a director since February 2001. He currently serves on the audit committee of the board of directors and will continue to serve on this committee until immediately prior to this offering. Mr. Dalton is also a director of Accuride Corporation. Mr. Dalton has been a Managing Director of Trimaran Fund Management, L.L.C. since August 2001. Prior to that date, Mr. Dalton was a Managing Director of CIBC World Markets Corp., one of the underwriters in this offering, which he joined in August 1995. Prior to that date, Mr. Dalton worked with the principals of Trimaran Fund Management, L.L.C. at The Argosy Group since March 1994.

 

S. Mark Ray, Director

 

Mr. Ray has been a director since June 1999. Mr. Ray is currently a Senior Managing Director of the Bond & Corporate Finance Group of John Hancock Life Insurance Company and has been an employee of John Hancock Life Insurance Company since 1978. We expect that Mr. Ray will resign as a director immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

S. Carl Soderstrom, Jr., Director

 

Mr. Soderstrom has consented to be named as a director concurrently with the consummation of this offering. Mr. Soderstrom was employed by ArvinMeritor, Inc. and its predecessor companies from 1986 to 2004 and served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of ArvinMeritor, Inc. from July 2001 to December 2004. He also held several senior management positions in engineering, quality and procurement at ArvinMeritor, Inc. from February 1998 to July 2001. Prior to joining ArvinMeritor, Inc., Mr. Soderstrom was employed by General Electric Company and the ALCO Controls division of Emerson Electric. Mr. Soderstrom is a member of the board of directors of Lydall, Inc. and serves as a member of the Audit Committee and Chairman of the Corporate Governance Committee of Lydall, Inc.

 

Robert N. Tidball, Director

 

Mr. Tidball has consented to be named as a director concurrently with the consummation of this offering. From 1989 to January 2001, Mr. Tidball was the President, CEO and a director of PLM International, Inc., after which he retired. From 1986 to 1989, Mr. Tidball served in other senior executive positions at PLM International, Inc.

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

We currently have six directors who have been designated by certain shareholders pursuant to the existing shareholders’ agreement.

 

Ø   Hancock Mezzanine Partners, L.P., which we also refer to as Hancock, and John Hancock Life Insurance Company, which we also refer to as JHLICO, collectively, have designated Mr. Ray;

 

Ø   Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C. has designated Mr. Bloom;

 

Ø   Trimaran Investments II, L.L.C., which we also refer to as Trimaran, has designated Mr. Dalton; and

 

Ø   Mr. Santomero and the other individual investors that are parties to the existing shareholders’ agreement have designated Messrs. Carroll, Santomero and Cirar.

 

Upon the closing of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will be amended to authorize a board of directors consisting of at least five, but no more than 15, members. Upon the completion of this offering,

 


 

88


Table of Contents

Management


 

our board of directors will consist of seven members. We intend to terminate the existing shareholders’ agreement, effective upon the completion of this offering. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Shareholders’ agreement.”

 

We intend to enter into a new shareholders’ agreement with substantially all of the parties to the existing shareholders’ agreement, effective upon completion of this offering. We expect the new shareholders’ agreement to provide that certain shareholders will have the right to designate directors, as follows:

 

Ø   Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C. will have the right to designate one director;

 

Ø   Trimaran Investments II, L.L.C. will have the right to designate one director; and

 

Ø   Mr. Santomero will have the right to designate one director.

 

Following the offering, Hancock and JHLICO each will be entitled to appoint one non-voting observer to the board of directors, who will be given access to all meetings and other proceedings of the board of directors and will be given copies of all original materials delivered to the members of the board of directors, but will have no vote on any matter before the board of directors.

 

The rules of the Nasdaq National Market require that a majority of our board of directors qualify as “independent” according to the rules and regulations of the SEC and the Nasdaq National Market no later than the first anniversary of the closing. We intend to comply with these requirements.

 

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three staggered classes, with as nearly equal a number of directors in each class as possible. Starting with the directors elected in 2005, our directors will serve three-year terms. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

 

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided as follows:

 

Ø   Class I consisting of Mr. Dalton, Mr. Soderstrom and Mr. Cirar, whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2006;

 

Ø   Class II consisting of Mr. Carroll and Mr. Tidball, whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2007; and

 

Ø   Class III consisting of Mr. Santomero and Mr. Bloom, whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2008.

 

COMMITTEES OF OUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

At the time this offering is completed, the standing committees of our board of directors will consist of the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee. In addition, we may establish special committees under the direction of the board of directors when necessary to address specific issues.

 

Audit committee

 

Our audit committee is, or will be, responsible for, among other things, making recommendations concerning the engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm, reviewing with the independent public accounting firm the plans and results of the audit engagement, approving professional services provided by the independent public accountants, reviewing the independence of the independent registered public accountants, considering the range of audit and non-audit fees and oversight of management’s review of the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. Our audit

 


 

89


Table of Contents

Management


 

committee currently consists of Messrs. Santomero, Bloom and Dalton. The composition of the audit committee will be required to comply with the independence requirements of the SEC and the Nasdaq National Market, including the designation of an “audit committee financial expert.” We expect that, upon completion of this offering, our audit committee will consist of Mr. Soderstrom, whom we will designate as the audit committee financial expert and chairman, Mr. Tidball and Mr. Cirar. The composition of the audit committee following the completion of this offering will comply with the SEC and Nasdaq National Market transition period requirements for companies completing their initial public offering. Within one year following the consummation of this offering, we expect that Mr. Cirar will be replaced as a member of the audit committee with a new director who will qualify as an independent director under the applicable listing standards of the Nasdaq National Market and the SEC’s rules and regulations. Our board of directors intends to adopt a written charter for our audit committee, which will be posted on our website.

 

Nominating and corporate governance committee

 

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for recommending persons to be selected by the board as nominees for election as directors, recommending persons to be elected to fill any vacancies on the board, consider and recommending to the board qualifications for the office of director and policies concerning the term of office of directors and the composition of the board and considering and recommending to the board other actions relating to corporate governance. We expect that, upon completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Messrs. Soderstrom, Tidball and Santomero. The composition of the nominating and corporate governance committee following the completion of this offering will comply with the SEC and Nasdaq National Market requirements. Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for our nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be posted on our website.

 

Compensation committee

 

Our compensation committee will be charged with the responsibilities, subject to full board approval, of establishing, periodically re-evaluating and, where appropriate, adjusting and administering policies concerning compensation of management personnel, including the Chief Executive Officer and all of our other executive officers. We expect that, upon completion of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of Messrs. Soderstrom, Tidball and Cirar. The composition of the compensation committee following the completion of this offering will comply with the SEC and Nasdaq National Market requirements. Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for our compensation committee, which will be posted on our website.

 

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

 

In 2004, we did not have a compensation committee. None of the members of our compensation committee at any time has been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve on our board or compensation committee.

 

Corporate governance

 

We believe that shortly after completion of this offering, we will comply with all Nasdaq National Market corporate governance and listing requirements. In the interim, we will rely on transition periods available to companies listing in conjunction with their initial public offering.

 


 

90


Table of Contents

Management


 

Code of ethics

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will have adopted a written code of ethics that is designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:

 

Ø   Honest and ethical conduct;

 

Ø   Full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that we file with the SEC and in our other public communications;

 

Ø   Compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations, including insider trading compliance; and

 

Ø   Accountability for adherence to the code and prompt internal report of violations of the code, including illegal or unethical behavior regarding accounting or auditing practices.

 

The audit committee of our board of directors will review our code of ethics on a regular basis and will propose or adopt additions or amendments as it considers required or appropriate. Our code of ethics will be posted on our website.

 

Director compensation

 

Directors currently receive no compensation from us for their services on the board of directors or committees. We reimburse directors for expenses incurred in connection with attendance at board or committee meetings. Following the completion of this offering, we expect to compensate each of our independent directors as follows: an annual stipend of $25,000, $1,000 for regular board meeting attendance, $750 for committee meeting attendance, $15,000 annual compensation for the chairperson of the audit committee, $3,000 annual compensation for the chairperson of any other committee and an annual restricted stock award of $25,000. We also expect to adopt expense reimbursement and related policies for all directors customary for public companies such as ours.

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The following table sets forth the compensation of our chief executive officer and each of our other most highly compensated employee executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2004. We refer to these officers as the named executive officers.

 

     Annual Compensation

    Long Term
Compensation
Awards


      
Name and Principal Position    Salary ($)    Bonus ($)    Other Annual
Compensation
($)
    Securities
Underlying
Options (#)(1)
   All Other
Compensation
($)
 

John E. Carroll, Jr.
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (2)

   $ 450,000    $ 90,308    $ 22,825 (3)   336    $ 14,627 (4)

Kevin P. Bagby
Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary (5)

     —        —        —       68      —    

Glen T. Karan
Vice President, Planning and Administration (6)

     158,933      180,000      7,550 (7)   68      5,647 (8)

Edward J. Whalen
Senior Vice President, Marketing and Sales (9)

     271,000      —        —       —        10,739 (10)

 


 

91


Table of Contents

Management


 


 

(1)   Reflects the number of Units consisting of one share (550 shares after giving effect to the merger) of our Class A voting common stock and one share of our Series A voting preferred stock.

 

(2)   Mr. Carroll has held the position of President since 1998 and the positions of Chief Executive Officer and director since 1999. He held the position of Chairman of the Board from 1999 until December 2004.

 

(3)   Reflects perquisites and other personal benefits to Mr. Carroll, including our payment of $15,212 for temporary living and commuting expenses and $7,613 for reimbursement of country club dues.

 

(4)   Reflects our contribution of $7,895 to Mr. Carroll’s retirement account under the Savings Plan for Salaried Employees and our payment of $6,732 in premiums under Mr. Carroll’s life insurance policy.

 

(5)   Mr. Bagby has served as our Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary since November 2004, but he received no compensation from us other than stock options during the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

(6)   Mr. Karan held the position of Vice President, Finance, Secretary and Treasurer until November 2004. Mr. Karan has held his current position since November 2004.

 

(7)   Reflects our reimbursement of Mr. Karan’s country club dues.

 

(8)   Reflects our contribution of $5,044 to Mr. Karan’s retirement account under our Savings Plan for Salaried Employees and our payment of $603 in premiums under Mr. Karan’s life insurance policy.

 

(9)   Mr. Whalen has served as our Senior Vice President, Marketing and Sales since December 2004.

 

(10)   Reflects our contribution of $8,200 to Mr. Whalen’s retirement account under the Savings Plan for Salaried Employees and our payment of $2,539 in premiums under Mr. Whalen’s life insurance policy.

 

No options were exercised by any executive officer during the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

The following table sets forth information regarding the 2004 Options granted to the named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2004 and the value of their respective options as of the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

     Individual Grants

    

Name


   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options Granted
(Units)


   Percent of
Total Options
Granted to
Employees in
Fiscal Year


    Exercise
or Base
Price


   Expiration Date

  

Value of
Unexercised

Options
Fiscal
Year-End ($)


John E. Carroll, Jr. 

   336    71.2 %   $ 0.01    December 22, 2011    $ 2,949,112

Kevin P. Bagby

   68    14.4 %     0.01    December 22, 2011      596,844

Glen T. Karan

   68    14.4 %     0.01    December 22, 2011      596,844

 

Employment and non-competition agreements

 

We are a party to employment agreements with John E. Carroll, Jr., Kevin P. Bagby, Glen T. Karan and Edward J. Whalen.

 

John E. Carroll, Jr.

 

Mr. Carroll’s employment agreement, as amended, provides for his continued employment as our President and Chief Executive Officer for an initial term that expires on December 31, 2006 and which automatically extends for one-year periods until terminated prior to the end of the term by either party upon 90 days’ notice.

 


 

92


Table of Contents

Management


 

We agreed to pay Mr. Carroll an initial annual base salary of $550,000. We also agreed to pay Mr. Carroll an annual bonus equal to 1% of our EBITDA (as defined in the agreement), measured on a calendar year basis. We also agreed to pay Mr. Carroll a cash bonus of $250,000 if he remains continuously employed by us until May 1, 2005 and we are quoted on the Nasdaq National Market on that date. We will pay Mr. Carroll an additional cash bonus of $250,000 if the conditions for the first $250,000 bonus as described above have been met and he remains continuously employed by us until the earlier of November 1, 2005 or the completion of a follow-on offering of our common stock. We agreed to pay this second $250,000 bonus to Mr. Carroll upon a “change in control” (as defined in his employment agreement) if it occurs prior to November 1, 2005 or the completion of a follow-on offering of our common stock. Mr. Carroll is also entitled to participate in all management incentive plans, and to receive all benefits under any employee benefit plan, arrangement or perquisite, made available to our executives.

 

In the event that Mr. Carroll’s employment agreement is terminated by us in breach of the agreement or terminated by Mr. Carroll for Good Reason (as defined in the agreement), we agreed to: (a) pay Mr. Carroll’s full base salary through the date of termination and all other unpaid amounts as of such date; (b) pay a lump sum equal to three times the sum of (1) his annual base salary then in effect and (2) his annual bonus (as calculated pursuant to the agreement); and (c) continue his participation in our employee welfare benefit plans and programs for three years. We also agreed to continue to make available, at our cost, coverage under our medical insurance plan to each of Mr. Carroll and his spouse until he or she is eligible for Medicare.

 

The agreement requires Mr. Carroll to abide by restrictive covenants relating to non-disclosure, as well as non-competition for two years following termination of employment.

 

Kevin P. Bagby

 

Mr. Bagby’s employment agreement provides for his employment as our Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary, without any employment term, as an “at will” employee. We agreed to pay Mr. Bagby an initial annual base salary of $250,000 and grant him 2004 Options to purchase 68 Units. See “—Option awards and option plan” for a description of a “Unit.” Mr. Bagby is entitled to participate and receive all benefits under our employee benefit plans.

 

If we terminate Mr. Bagby’s employment agreement without “cause” (as defined in his employment agreement) before November 22, 2005, he will be entitled to receive 12 months of his base salary and continuation of his employee benefits. If we terminate Mr. Bagby’s employment agreement without cause at any time after that date, he will be entitled to receive 24 months of his base salary and continuation of his employee benefits.

 

The agreement also requires Mr. Bagby to abide by restrictive covenants relating to non-disclosure, as well as non-competition and non-solicitation for one year following termination of employment.

 

Glen T. Karan

 

Mr. Karan’s employment agreement provides for his continued employment as our Vice President, Planning and Administration for an initial term of three years, which automatically extends for one-year periods until terminated prior to the then end of the term by either party upon 90 days’ notice. Upon a “change in control” (as defined in his employment agreement), the agreement will automatically extend to until the later of the second anniversary of such change in control or, if such change in control was caused by the shareholder approval of a merger or consolidation, the second anniversary of such merger

 


 

93


Table of Contents

Management


 

or consolidation. Under Mr. Karan’s agreement, following one year of the effective date of the agreement, Mr. Karan is entitled to voluntarily terminate his employment upon 90 days’ notice, upon which we will continue paying his base salary and all other unpaid amounts through the date of termination and until the second anniversary of the date of termination, plus two times his annual bonus (as calculated pursuant to the agreement).

 

We agreed to pay Mr. Karan an initial annual base salary of $200,000, effective as of August 1, 2004. We also agreed to pay Mr. Karan a special bonus of $150,000 and reimburse him for the lesser of $115,000 or the full amount of taxes payable by Mr. Karan solely as a result of the exercise of his 2004 Options to purchase 68 Units. See “—Option awards and option plan” for a description of a “Unit.” Mr. Karan is also entitled to participate in all management incentive plans, and to receive all benefits under any employee benefit plan, arrangement or perquisite, made available to our executives.

 

In the event that Mr. Karan’s employment agreement is terminated by us in breach of the agreement or terminated by Mr. Karan for “good reason” (as defined in his employment agreement), we agreed to: (a) pay Mr. Karan’s full base salary through the date of termination and all other unpaid amounts as of such date; (b) pay a lump sum equal to three times the sum of (1) his annual base salary then in effect and (2) his annual bonus (as calculated pursuant to the agreement); (c) pay a lump sum, in cash, reflecting his incentive compensation (as calculated pursuant to the agreement); (d) continue his participation in our employee welfare benefit plans and programs for three years; and (e) pay a cash amount equal to the present value of the additional pension benefit that Mr. Karan would have accrued under our qualified defined pension plan had he remained our employee for an additional three years.

 

The agreement requires Mr. Karan to abide by restrictive covenants relating to non-disclosure, as well as non-competition and non-solicitation for one or two years following termination of employment, depending on the basis for the termination.

 

Edward J. Whalen

 

Mr. Whalen’s employment agreement provides for his employment as our Senior Vice President, Marketing and Sales for an initial term of three years, which automatically extends for one-year periods until terminated prior to the end of the term by either party upon 90 days’ notice. Upon a “change in control” (as defined in his employment agreement), the agreement will automatically extend to until the later of the second anniversary of such change in control or, if such change in control was caused by the shareholder approval of a merger or consolidation, the second anniversary of such merger or consolidation.

 

We agreed to pay Mr. Whalen an initial annual base salary of $271,000. Mr. Whalen is also entitled to participate in all management incentive plans, and to receive all benefits under any employee benefit plan, arrangement or perquisite, made available to our executives. Mr. Whalen’s employment agreement also provides for a tax gross-up for any amount that we pay or distribute to him, whether under the employment agreement or otherwise, that is determined to be an “excess parachute payment” under the Internal Revenue Code.

 

In the event that Mr. Whalen’s employment agreement is terminated by us in breach of the agreement or terminated by Mr. Whalen for “good reason” (as defined in his employment agreement), we agreed to: (a) pay Mr. Whalen’s full base salary through the date of termination and all other unpaid amounts as of such date; (b) pay a lump sum equal to three times the sum of (1) his annual base salary then in effect and (2) his annual bonus (as calculated pursuant to the agreement); (c) pay a lump sum, in cash,

 


 

94


Table of Contents

Management


 

reflecting his incentive compensation (as calculated pursuant to the agreement); and (d) continue his participation in our employee welfare benefit plans and programs for three years. In addition, unless we terminate Mr. Whalen’s employment for “cause” (as defined in his employment agreement), we will continue to make available to Mr. Whalen coverage under our medical insurance plan until he is eligible for Medicare, so long as he pays the full cost of the coverage at the then applicable COBRA rate.

 

The agreement requires Mr. Whalen to abide by restrictive covenants relating to non-disclosure, as well as non-competition and non-solicitation for one or two years following termination of employment, depending on the basis for the termination.

 

Option awards and option plan

 

2004 option awards

 

On December 7, 2004, in accordance with our existing shareholders’ agreement, our board of directors approved the grant of certain options, referred to as the 2004 Options, to purchase an aggregate of 1,014 Units. Each Unit consists of one share of our Class A voting common stock and one share of our Series A voting preferred stock (550 shares of common stock and one share of Series A voting preferred stock, respectively, of the surviving corporation in the merger). The grant of the 2004 Options became effective on December 23, 2004 to the following directors and officers in the following respective amounts:

 

Name    Number of Units

John E. Carroll, Jr.

   336

Camillo M. Santomero, III

   236

Mark D. Dalton

   172

S. Mark Ray

   83

James D. Cirar

   51

Glen T. Karan

   68

Kevin P. Bagby

   68
    

Total

   1,014
    

 

The exercise price of each 2004 Option is $0.01 per Unit and the 2004 Options are exercisable from the day immediately following the date of the option agreement until the earliest of the seventh anniversary of the option agreement or upon the termination for Cause (as defined in the option agreement) of the applicable optionee. The Class A voting common stock and the Series A voting preferred stock into which the 2004 Options may be exercised are subject to certain transfer and other restrictions, which will terminate upon the consummation of the Transactions. Mr. Ray has assigned his options for 83 Units to John Hancock Life Insurance Company and Hancock Mezzanine Partners L.P. Mr. Dalton assigned his options for 172 Units to Trimaran Advisors, L.L.C. and Trimaran Fund Management, L.L.C. As of the date of this prospectus, all of the 2004 Options were exercised, and 1,014 shares of our Class A voting common stock and 1,014 shares of our Series A voting preferred stock (557,700 shares of common stock and 1,014 shares of our Series A non-voting preferred stock, respectively, of the surviving corporation in the merger) were issued to the respective option holders.

 


 

95


Table of Contents

Management


 

2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan

 

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors and stockholders will adopt the 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan, or the Incentive Plan. Concurrently with the completion of this offering, we will issue options to purchase shares of our common stock to the following executive officers in the following amounts:

 

Executive Officer/Key

Employee

   Option Amounts

John E. Carroll, Jr.

   164,904

Edward J. Whalen

   98,942

Kevin P. Bagby

   65,962
    

Total

   329,808
    

 

General .     The Incentive Plan is intended to provide incentives to attract, retain and motivate our and our subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ employees, consultants and directors, to provide for competitive compensation opportunities, to encourage long-term service, to recognize individual contributions and reward achievement of performance goals, and to promote the creation of long-term value for stockholders by aligning the interests of such persons with those of stockholders.

 

Eligibility and Administration.     Our and our subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ employees, consultants and non-employee directors will be eligible to be granted awards under the Incentive Plan. The Incentive Plan will be administered by our compensation committee or such other board committee (or the entire board of directors) as may be designated by the board, which we refer to as the Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the board, the Committee will consist of two or more members of the board of directors who are “nonemployee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. The Committee will determine, among other things, which eligible employees, consultants and directors receive awards, the types of awards to be received and the terms and conditions thereof. The Committee also will have authority to waive conditions relating to an award or accelerate the exercisability or vesting of awards under the Incentive Plan.

 

Awards.     The Incentive Plan provides for the grant to eligible persons of stock options, share appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted shares, restricted share units, or RSUs, performance shares, performance units, dividend equivalents and other share-based awards, which we refer to collectively as the awards. An aggregate of 5% of our outstanding shares on a fully diluted basis upon completion of this offering have been reserved for issuance under the Incentive Plan. In addition, during any one calendar year (1) the maximum number of shares with respect to which stock options and SARs may be granted to a participant under the Incentive Plan will be 2.5% of our outstanding shares on a fully diluted basis upon completion of this offering and (2) the maximum number of shares which may be granted to a participant under the Incentive Plan with respect to restricted shares, restricted share units, performance shares and performance units intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, 2.5% of our outstanding shares on a fully diluted basis upon completion of this offering. The maximum number of shares that may be issued or transferred to participants as incentive stock options is 5% of our outstanding shares on a fully diluted basis upon completion of this offering, and the maximum number of shares that may be transferred to participants as restricted shares, restricted share units and other share-based awards is 2.5% of our outstanding shares on a fully diluted basis upon completion of this offering. These share amounts are subject to anti-dilution adjustments in the event of certain changes in our capital structure, as described below. Shares issued pursuant to the Incentive Plan will be either authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

 


 

96


Table of Contents

Management


 

Stock Options.     Incentive stock options, or ISOs, which are intended to qualify for special tax treatment in accordance with the Code and nonqualified stock options which are not intended to qualify for special tax treatment under the Code may be granted under the incentive plan. The Committee is authorized to set the terms relating to an option, including exercise price and the time and method of exercise.

 

Share Appreciation Rights.     A SAR will entitle the holder thereof to receive with respect to each share subject thereto, an amount equal to the excess of (1) the fair market value of one share on the date of exercise (or, if the Committee so determines, at any time during a specified period before or after the date of exercise) over (2) the exercise price of the SAR set by the Committee as of the date of grant. The Committee is authorized to determine the terms relating to the SARs, including the time and method of exercise and the form of consideration payable in settlement of an SAR.

 

Restricted Shares.     Awards of restricted shares will be subject to such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions, if any, as the Committee may impose on the date of grant or thereafter. Such restrictions will lapse under circumstances as the Committee may determine, including, without limitation, upon a specified period of continued employment or upon the achievement of performance criteria referred to below. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, eligible participants, consultants and directors granted restricted shares will have all of the rights of a stockholder, including the right to vote restricted shares and receive dividends thereon. Unvested restricted shares will be forfeited upon termination of employment during the applicable restriction period.

 

A restricted share unit will entitle the holder thereof to receive shares of common stock or cash at the end of a specified deferral period. Restricted share units will also be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose. Such restrictions will lapse under circumstances as the Committee may determine, including based upon a specified period of continued employment or upon the achievement of a specified period of continued employment or upon the achievement of performance criteria referred to below. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, RSUs subject to restriction will be forfeited upon termination of employment during any applicable restriction period.

 

Performance shares and performance units.     Performance shares and performance units will provide for future issuance of shares or payment of cash, respectively, to the recipient upon the attainment of performance goals established by the Committee over specified performance periods. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, performance shares and performance units will be forfeited upon termination of employment during any applicable performance period. Performance objectives may vary from person to person and will be based upon such performance criteria as the Committee may deem appropriate. Subject to special rules with respect to awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may revise performance objectives if significant events occur during the performance period which the Committee expects to have a substantial effect on such objectives.

 

Dividend Equivalents and Other Awards.     The Committee may also grant dividend equivalent rights under the Incentive Plan and it is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant such other awards that may be denominated in, valued in, or otherwise based on, shares, including without limitation unrestricted shares awarded purely as a “bonus” and not subject to any restrictions or conditions, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Incentive Plan.

 

Performance Criteria.     If the Committee determines that an award of restricted shares, restricted share units, performance shares, performance units or other share-based awards should qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the grant, vesting, exercise and/or settlement of such awards will be contingent upon achievement of pre-established performance goals

 


 

97


Table of Contents

Management


 

based on one or more of the following of our business criteria, on a consolidated basis, and/or the business criteria for our specified subsidiaries or affiliates or other business units or lines: (1) earnings per share (basic or fully diluted), (2) revenues, (3) earnings, before or after taxes, from operations (generally or specified operations), or before or after interest expense, depreciation, amortization, incentives, or extraordinary or special items, (4) cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on investment (discounted or otherwise), net cash provided by operations, or cash flow in excess of cost of capital, (5) return on net assets, return on assets, return on investment, return on capital, return on equity, (6) economic value added, (7) operating margin or operating expense, (8) net income, (9) share price or total stockholder return and (10) strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified market penetration, geographic business expansion goals, cost targets, customer satisfaction, supervision of litigation and information technology, and goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures of subsidiaries, affiliates or joint ventures. The targeted level or levels of performance with respect to such business criteria may be established at such levels and in such terms as the Committee may determine, in its discretion, including in absolute terms, as a goal relative to performance in prior periods, or as a goal compared to the performance of one or more comparable companies or an index covering multiple companies.

 

Nontransferability.     Unless otherwise set forth by the Committee in an award agreement, awards (except for vested shares) will generally not be transferable by the participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the participant only by such participant or his or her guardian or legal representative.

 

Change in Control.     Unless otherwise provided by the Committee at the time an award is granted, in the event of a change in control (as defined in the Incentive Plan), all outstanding awards granted under the Incentive Plan shall become immediately exercisable, all restrictions or limitations shall lapse, and any performance criteria and other conditions to payment shall be deemed satisfied.

 

Capital Structure Changes.     If the Committee determines that any dividend in shares, recapitalization, share split, reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, share exchange, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the shares such that an adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of eligible participants under the Incentive Plan, then the Committee may make such equitable changes or adjustments as it deems appropriate, including adjustments to (1) the number and kind of shares which may thereafter be issued under the Incentive Plan, (2) the number and kind of shares, other securities or other consideration issued or issuable in respect of outstanding awards and (3) the exercise price, grant price or purchase price relating to any award. In addition, subject to certain limitations, the committee is authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of and the criteria and performance objectives, if any, included in awards in recognition of unusual or non-recurring events affecting our company or in response to changes in applicable law, regulations or accounting principles.

 

Amendment and Termination.     The Incentive Plan may be amended, altered, suspended, discontinued or terminated by the board of directors. However, any amendment or alteration for which stockholder approval is required under the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the common stock may then be listed or quoted will not be effective until such stockholder approval has been obtained. In addition, no amendment, alteration, suspension, or termination of the Incentive Plan may materially and adversely affect the rights of a participant under any award theretofore granted to him or her without the consent of the affected participant. The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate, any award granted, provided that, without participant consent, such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination may not materially and adversely affect the rights of such participant under any award previously granted to him or her.

 


 

98


Table of Contents

Management


 

Restrictive Covenants.     The Incentive Plan provides that the Committee may include in any award agreement that, if the participant breaches the non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disclosure or other provisions of the award agreement, whether during or after employment, the participant will forfeit any and all awards granted to him or her under the Incentive Plan, including awards that have become vested and exercisable.

 

Effective Date and Term.     The Incentive Plan will be effective upon completion of this offering. The Incentive Plan will terminate as to future awards on the tenth anniversary of this offering.

 

Management incentive plan

 

When we acquired our freight car business from TTII in 1999, we assumed the Johnstown America Corporation Management Incentive Plan, which provides additional compensation to participants based on our achievement of certain financial objectives. Our Management Incentive Plan is intended to assist us in attracting and retaining highly qualified personnel, encourage and stimulate superior performance by such personnel on our behalf and recognize the level of an individual’s position to influence company results. Bonus awards are based, in part, on our “return on average net assets,” and the financial targets determined by the Chief Executive Officer and the board of directors. The Management Incentive Plan is open to all salaried personnel selected by the Chief Executive Officer. Participants in the Management Incentive Plan must be actively employed by us on the payment date to receive a bonus award. Participants are entitled to receive a partial bonus award in certain circumstances.

 

Retirement plans

 

Defined benefit pension plans

 

We have qualified, defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all of the employees of our subsidiaries, Johnstown America Corporation (JAC), JAC Operations, Inc. and JAIX Leasing Company. Employees of JAC represented by a collective bargaining agreement may participate in the Bargaining Unit Pension Plan, as amended, or the USWA Office & Technical Salaried Pension Plan. Salaried employees of JAC may participate in the Salaried Pension Plan, as amended. Contributions to the plans are made based upon the minimum amounts required under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act. The plans’ assets are held by independent trustees and consist primarily of equity and fixed income securities.

 

Pension benefits which accrued as a result of employee service before June 4, 1999 remained the responsibility of TTII, the former owner of JAC, Freight Car Services, Inc., JAIX Leasing Company and JAC Patent Company (for employee service during the period October 28, 1991 through June 3, 1999), or Bethlehem Steel (for employee service prior to October 28, 1991), the owner of JAC prior to TTII. We initiated new pension plans for such employees for service subsequent to June 3, 1999, which essentially provide benefits similar to the former plans.

 

Under the settlement agreement with the USWA, commencing on February 1, 2005, JAC will contribute amounts for increased pension benefits for JAC employees, equal to $40 or $50 per month per year of service, depending on whether the years of service occurred prior to or after the effective date of the settlement. In addition, each employee with at least 30 years of service with JAC (including service with its predecessor Bethlehem Steel) who retired or will retire between January 21, 2002 and May 15, 2008 will be eligible for supplemental payments of $400 per month until the retiree qualifies for Social Security benefits, to the extent the supplemental payments are not paid by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation. Each

 


 

99


Table of Contents

Management


 

retiree covered by the Britt lawsuit will also be eligible for supplemental payments of $400 per month until the retiree qualifies for Social Security benefits. The settlement agreement also provides for the discontinuation of JAC’s early retirement benefits under its so-called “Rule-of-65” pension program. We contributed $4.8 million in 2004 and expect to contribute approximately $4 million in 2005 relating to pension costs. See “Business—Legal proceedings—Labor dispute settlement.”

 

401(k) plans

 

Employees of Freight Car Services, Inc. may participate in the Freight Car Services, Inc. 401(k) Plan, under which we provide a matching contribution equal to 50% of the employee’s contribution, up to 6% of the employee’s compensation. Certain employees of JAC represented by a collective bargaining agreement may participate in the Johnstown America Corporation 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan for Certain Represented Employees. Participating employees are permitted to defer a portion of their income under these plans. The salaried employees of JAC may participate in the Savings Plan for Salaried Employees, as amended, under which we provide a matching contribution equal to the employee’s basic contribution.

 

Postretirement health care benefits

 

We also provide certain postretirement health care benefits for certain of our salaried and hourly retired employees. Employees may become eligible for health care benefits if they retire after attaining specified age and service requirements. These benefits are subject to deductibles, co-payment provisions and other limitations.

 

Under the settlement agreement with the USWA, commencing on January 1, 2005, JAC will contribute amounts for health care benefits for JAC’s active employees, retirees and their qualified dependents. JAC’s contributions will fund 100% of the health care coverage costs of active employees. With respect to current and future retirees (including the retirees involved in the Deemer and Britt lawsuits), effective on December 1, 2004, JAC will pay amounts not exceeding $700 per month for each household where neither the retiree nor his or her spouse is eligible for Medicare benefits, which amount is reduced to $450 per month when either the retiree or his or her spouse becomes eligible for Medicare benefits. As a result of the Johnstown settlement, we expect to make payments of approximately $3 million in 2005 for postretirement health care costs. As of December 31, 2004, our accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was $54.0 million. See “Business—Legal proceedings—Labor dispute settlement—Terms of the settlement.”

 


 

100


Table of Contents

 

Certain relationships and related party transactions

 

The summaries of the agreements described below are not complete and you should read the agreements in their entirety. These agreements have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

Other than the transactions described below, for the last three full fiscal years there has not been, nor is there currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we are or will be a party:

 

Ø   in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $60,000; and

 

Ø   in which any director, executive officer, holder of more than 5% of our common stock on an as-converted basis or any member of their immediate family has or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

 

We believe that each of the transactions described below is on terms no less favorable than could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties. Although we do not have a separate conflicts policy, we comply with Delaware law with respect to transactions involving potential conflicts. Delaware law requires that all transactions between us and any director or executive officer are subject to full disclosure and approval of the majority of the disinterested members of our board of directors, approval of the majority of our stockholders or the determination that the contract or transaction is intrinsically fair to us.

 

REDEMPTION OF PREFERRED STOCK

 

We intend to use approximately $13 million of the net proceeds from this offering to redeem all of our outstanding Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock following the merger. The per share purchase price for each share of Series A voting preferred stock and each share of Series B non-voting preferred stock to be redeemed by us will be equal to the liquidation preference value of each such series of preferred stock of $500 per share plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends through the date of the redemption.

 

The following table sets forth the number of shares of Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock that we intend to redeem in connection with the Transactions, including the shares of Series A voting preferred stock issued upon the exercise of the 2004 Options, and the aggregate redemption price as of December 31, 2004, including accumulated and unpaid dividends, held by our directors, executive officers and security holders who beneficially own more than 5% of any class of our voting securities:

 

Name


   Number
of Shares of
Series A Voting
Preferred
Stock(1)


    Number
of Shares of
Series B
Non-Voting
Preferred
Stock


   

Aggregate

Redemption

Price

(in thousands)


Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C.

   2,500.000     321.500     $ 2,750

Trimaran Investments II, L.L.C.(2)

   —       1,928.500       1,987

Camillo M. Santomero, III

   2,001.000     444.859 (3)     2,272

Hancock Mezzanine Partners L.P.

   1,291.500     —         1,239

John Hancock Life Insurance Company

   1,291.500     —         1,239

John E. Carroll, Jr.

   1,336.000 (4)   —         1,143

James D. Cirar

   651.000 (5)   —         610

Edward J. Whalen

   —       250.000       244

Kevin P. Bagby

   68.000     —         34

Glen T. Karan

   68.000     —         34

 


 

101


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions


 


(1)   Includes the shares of Series A voting preferred stock issued upon the exercise of the 2004 Options. See “Management—Executive compensation—Option awards and option plan” for more information.
(2)   Reflects 677.349 shares held by Trimaran Fund II, L.L.C., 43.734 shares held by Trimaran Capital, L.L.C., 285.183 shares held by Trimaran Parallel Fund II, L.P., 441.056 shares held by CIBC Employee Private Equity Fund (Trimaran) Partners and 481.178 shares held by CIBC Capital Corporation.
(3)   Includes 179.304 shares of Series B non-voting preferred stock held by Santomero Family Limited Partnership over which Mr. Santomero shares voting and investment power together with his wife, Denise C.R. Santomero, and 208.330 shares of Series B non-voting preferred stock held by Camillo M. Santomero III Individual Retirement Account First Union National Bank Custodian U/A dated 11/30/94.
(4)   Consists of shares held by USBancorp Trust Co. FBO John E Carroll, Jr. IRA, dated 6-11-99.
(5)   Consists of shares held by Delaware Charter & Guarantee Company, Trustee FBO James D. Cirar, IRA Rollover.

 

SENIOR NOTES

 

In June 1999, Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C. (Caravelle), Hancock Mezzanine Partners L.P. (Hancock) and John Hancock Life Insurance Company, formerly known as John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company (JHLICO), purchased $25.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our senior notes, together with 5,000 shares of our Series A voting preferred stock and 5,000 shares of our Class A voting common stock (2,750,000 shares of common stock of the surviving corporation in the merger), in exchange for $25.0 million in cash. In September 2003, the purchase agreement for the senior notes and the form of senior notes were amended to, among other things, extend the maturity date of the senior notes to June 30, 2008 and increase the annual interest rate to 17% commencing on July 1, 2006 until the maturity date. Caravelle is a holder of more than 5% of our voting capital stock and an affiliate of our director Jay R. Bloom. Hancock and JHLICO are each a holder of more than 5% of our voting capital stock and an affiliate of our director S. Mark Ray. In November 2003, Caravelle transferred all of its interest in the senior notes to affiliates of GoldenTree Asset Management, L.P. We intend to use the proceeds from this offering to repay the senior notes in full. For information regarding the terms of the senior notes, see “Description of indebtedness—Senior notes.” See also “—Management services agreements, deferred financing fee agreement and consulting agreement” below for information relating to the management services agreement with each of Hancock and JHLICO and the deferred financing agreement with Caravelle.

 

RIGHTS TO ADDITIONAL ACQUISITION CONSIDERATION

 

Pursuant to the terms of the share purchase agreement relating to the acquisition of our business in 1999 from TTII, we are required to pay additional sale consideration to TTII upon the occurrence of certain events, including, among others, an initial public offering of our common stock. We refer to this obligation as the rights to additional acquisition consideration. In February 2001, TTII transferred all of its interest in the rights to Caravelle (an affiliate of our director Jay R. Bloom and a holder of 20.9% of our voting common stock), Camillo M. Santomero, III (the chairman of our board of directors and a holder of 16.6% of our voting common stock) and Transportation Investment Partners, L.L.C. (the interests of which are now held by Trimaran Investments II, L.L.C., an affiliate of our directors Jay R. Bloom and Mark D. Dalton). The interest held by Trimaran Investments II, L.L.C. in the rights to additional consideration represents its management of the investments of certain of our stockholders that together own 14.3% of our common stock. See footnote 5 to the table in “Principal and selling stockholders” for more information. In November 2003, Caravelle transferred all of its interest in the rights to affiliates of GoldenTree Asset Management, L.P.

 

The amount payable upon a triggering event as additional acquisition consideration is $20.0 million in cash plus an accreted value that compounds at a rate of 10% annually. As of December 31, 2004, the total accrued amount payable as additional acquisition consideration upon a triggering event was $34.1 million, and the total recorded value of the liability represented by the rights to additional acquisition

 


 

102


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions


 

consideration was $28.6 million. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Rights to additional acquisition consideration.”

 

This offering will trigger our obligation to pay the additional acquisition consideration, and we plan to use the proceeds from this offering, borrowings under the new revolving credit facility and available cash to make this payment. Trimaran, affiliates of GoldenTree Asset Management, LP and Mr. Santomero will receive 77.1%, 12.9% and 10.0%, respectively, of the additional acquisition consideration.

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

General

 

We are a party to a shareholders’ agreement, dated June 3, 1999, as amended on February 15, 2001, with Hancock, JHLICO, Caravelle, Transportation Investment Partners, L.L.C. (the interests of which are now held by Trimaran Investments II, L.L.C.), Mr. Santomero and the other existing stockholders of our company that contains, among other things, provisions relating to director designation rights, restrictions on the transfer of shares of capital stock held by the shareholders and registration rights with respect to the shares of our capital stock that the shareholders own. We have requested that all of the shareholders party to the shareholders’ agreement waive their “piggyback” registration rights arising in connection with this offering. When this offering is completed, all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock will be redeemed. Following the merger, we intend to enter into a new shareholders’ agreement with substantially all of the parties to the existing shareholders’ agreement, effective upon completion of this offering. Set forth below is a summary of the anticipated material provisions of our new shareholders’ agreement.

 

Director designation rights

 

We expect the new shareholders’ agreement to provide that Caravelle, Trimaran and Mr. Santomero will each have the right to designate one director for so long as the applicable shareholder and/or any of his or its permitted transferees under the new shareholders’ agreement owns an aggregate of at least 50% of the shares of our outstanding voting capital stock held by such shareholder, on a fully diluted basis, as of the later of the completion of this offering and the completion of the sale of their shares upon any exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option. Following the completion of this offering, our board of directors is expected to consist of seven directors. We also expect the new shareholders’ agreement to provide that Hancock and JHLICO each will be entitled to appoint one non-voting observer to the board of directors, for so long as Hancock, JHLICO and their affiliates together own not less than 50% of the shares of our outstanding voting capital stock held by such shareholders, on a fully diluted basis, as of the later of the completion of this offering and the completion of the sale of their shares upon any exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option, who will be given access to all meetings and other proceedings of the board of directors and will be given copies of all original materials delivered to the members of the board of directors, but will not have the right to vote on any matter before the board of directors.

 

Registration rights

 

The stockholders that are party to the new shareholders’ agreement will have the right to require us, subject to certain terms and conditions, to register their shares of our common stock under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at any time. The stockholders collectively will have an aggregate of three demand registration rights following an exercisability event. In addition, if we propose to register any of our capital stock under the Securities Act, our stockholders will be entitled to customary “piggyback” registration rights. The registration rights granted under the new shareholders’ agreement are subject to customary exceptions and qualifications and compliance with certain registration procedures.

 


 

103


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions


 

MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENTS, DEFERRED FINANCING FEE AGREEMENT, MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT AND CONSULTING AGREEMENT

 

Management services agreements with Hancock and JHLICO

 

In June 1999, we entered into a management services agreement with each of Hancock and JHLICO. Each management services agreement provides that each of Hancock and JHLICO will provide us with advisory and management services as requested by our board of directors and agreed to by each of Hancock and JHLICO. Each of Hancock and JHLICO has the right, but not the obligation, to act as our advisor with respect to significant business transactions. Each management services agreement provides for an annual management fee of $25,000 and reimbursement of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. Each management services agreement has been amended to provide for automatic termination of the agreement upon our payment of $50,000 to each of Hancock and JHLICO upon the completion of this offering.

 

Deferred financing agreement with Caravelle

 

In June 1999, we entered into a deferred financing fee agreement with Caravelle. In consideration of Caravelle’s purchase of 1,250 shares of our Class A voting common stock (687,500 shares of common stock of the surviving corporation in the merger) and 1,250 shares of our Series A voting preferred stock (1,250 shares of Series A voting preferred stock of the surviving corporation in the merger), we agreed to pay Caravelle a fee of $50,000 per year. The deferred financing fee agreement has been amended to provide for automatic termination of this agreement upon our payment of $100,000 to Caravelle upon completion of this offering.

 

Management agreement with Camillo M. Santomero, III

 

In June 1999, we and all of our direct and indirect subsidiaries entered into a management agreement with Mr. Santomero, which provides that he will provide general oversight and supervision of our business and that of our subsidiaries and, upon request, evaluate the long-range corporate and strategic plans, general financial operation and performance of our subsidiaries and strategies for their capitalization. In consideration of these management services, we and two of our subsidiaries, JAC Intermedco, Inc. and JAC Operations, Inc., agreed to pay Mr. Santomero an aggregate base fee of $350,000 per year, payable monthly. The management agreement has been amended to provide for automatic termination of the agreement upon our payment of $700,000 to Mr. Santomero at the completion of this offering.

 

Management services agreement with subsidiaries

 

In connection with our management agreement with Mr. Santomero, in June 1999 we entered into a management services agreement with certain of our subsidiaries, which provides that we will provide general oversight and supervision of each of the subsidiaries and their respective businesses and provide such additional services as established, from time to time, by mutual agreement between us and the subsidiaries. We also agreed to evaluate upon request the long-range corporate and strategic plans, general financial operation and performance of the subsidiaries and strategies for their capitalization. In consideration for these management services, the subsidiaries party to the management services agreement agreed to pay us an aggregate management fee of $350,000 per year, payable in four equal consecutive quarterly installments, except that, to the extent any of the subsidiaries has paid to Mr. Santomero or his designee all or any portion of the annual base fee under his management agreement with us, the subsidiaries would receive a credit in an amount equal to the amount paid to

 


 

104


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions


 

Mr. Santomero. This agreement has been amended to provide for automatic termination of the agreement upon the termination of our management agreement with Mr. Santomero at completion of this offering.

 

Consulting agreement with James D. Cirar

 

In June 1999, we and certain of our subsidiaries entered into a consulting agreement with James D. Cirar, one of our directors, which provides that Mr. Cirar will provide us with consulting services on all matters relating to our business and that of our subsidiaries and will serve as a member of our board of directors. The agreement provides for a consulting fee of $50,000 per year. We have amended the consulting agreement to provide for termination of the agreement following our payment to Mr. Cirar of $50,000 per year in the three years following the completion of this offering. The amendment to the consulting agreement also provides that, upon any sale of the company to a third party following the completion of this offering, the agreement will terminate and we will be obligated to pay Mr. Cirar $150,000, net of any amounts paid to him as consulting fees between the completion of this offering and the termination date.

 

FUTURE TRANSACTIONS

 

All future transactions, if any, between us and our officers, directors and principal shareholders and their affiliates, as well as any transactions between us and any entity with which our officers, directors or principal shareholders are affiliated, will be approved in accordance with the then-current SEC rules and regulations, Nasdaq rules and applicable law governing the approval of the transactions.

 


 

105


Table of Contents

 

Principal and selling stockholders

 

The following table sets forth information known to us regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock calculated as of December 31, 2004, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the common stock offered hereby, by:

 

Ø   each stockholder who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

Ø   our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and our four other most highly compensated executive officers;

 

Ø   each of our directors;

 

Ø   all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

Ø   each selling stockholder, which includes all of our existing stockholders.

 

The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder, director or officer is determined according to the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. The percentage ownership of each stockholder prior to this offering is calculated based on 7,432,700 shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after the merger. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Shareholders’ agreement” for more information regarding the rights of certain of our stockholders to have us register their shares of our common stock.

 

The percentage ownership of each stockholder after the offering is calculated based on 12,532,700 shares of our common stock outstanding, which is derived from the 7,432,700 shares of our common stock outstanding after the merger and prior to this offering, including the 557,700 shares of common stock issued in the merger in exchange for the Class A voting common stock issued upon full exercise of the 2004 Options by each option holder prior to the date of this prospectus, plus the 5,100,000 shares of our common stock that we intend to issue in this offering and reflects the 900,000 shares of our common stock to be sold, on a pro rata basis, by the selling stockholders, but without giving effect to the underwriters’ exercise of the over-allotment option. To the extent that the over-allotment is exercised, the selling stockholders will sell, on a pro rata basis, up to an aggregate of 900,000 shares of our common stock.

 


 

106


Table of Contents

Principal and selling stockholders


 

    Shares of Common Stock
Beneficially Owned Prior
to This Offering


    Shares of
Common
Stock to
be Sold
in This
Offering(1)
  Shares of Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
After This Offering(1)


    Shares of
Common Stock
to be Sold in
This Offering
Assuming
Full Exercise
of the Over-
Allotment
Option
  Shares of
Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
After This Offering
Assuming Full
Exercise of the
Over-Allotment
Option


 
Name of Beneficial Owner/
Selling Stockholder
  Number   Percent       Number   Percent       Number   Percent  

Directors, Executive Officers and 5% Stockholders (Selling Stockholders)

                                     

Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C.(2)

  1,551,825   20.9 %   187,902   1,363,923   10.9 %   187,902   1,176,021   9.4 %

John Hancock Life Insurance Company(3)

  1,420,650   19.1     172,026   1,248,624   10.0     172,026   1,076,598   8.6 %

Camillo M. Santomero, III(4)

  1,230,641   16.6     149,013   1,081,628   8.6     149,013   932,615   7.4 %

Trimaran Investments II, L.L.C.(5)(6)

  1,060,675   14.3     128,430   932,245   7.4     128,430   803,815   6.4 %

John E. Carroll, Jr.(7)

  734,800   9.9     88,974   645,826   5.2     88,974   556,852   4.4 %

James D. Cirar(8)

  358,050   4.8     43,353   314,697   2.5     43,353   271,344   2.2 %

Mark D. Dalton(6)(9)

  —     —       —     —     —       —     —     —    

Jay R. Bloom(6)

  —     —       —     —     —       —     —     —    

S. Mark Ray(10)

  —     —       —     —     —       —     —     —    

Edward J. Whalen

  137,500   1.8     16,650   120,850   1.0     16,650   104,200   *  

Glen T. Karan(11)

  37,400   *     4,527   32,873   *     4,527   28,346   *  

Kevin P. Bagby(12)

  37,400   *     4,527   32,873   *     4,527   28,346   *  

Other Selling Stockholders

                                     

Denise C.R. Santomero(13)

  208,617   2.8     25,263   183,354   1.5     25,263   158,091   1.3 %

Edward L. Thomas

  137,500   1.8     16,650   120,850   1.0     16,650   104,200   *  

Santomero Family Limited Partnership (14)

  98,617   1.3     11,941   86,676   *     11,943   74,731   *  

Hoffman Investment Company

  84,333   1.1     10,215   74,118   *     10,215   63,903   *  

The Camillo M. Santomero IV 2001 Trust(15)

  57,291   *     6,939   50,352   *     6,939   43,413   *  

The Charlotte Young Santomero 2001 Trust(16)

  57,291   *     6,939   50,352   *     6,939   43,413   *  

Trimaran Advisors, L.L.C.(6)(17)

  56,100   *     6,795   49,305   *     6,795   42,510   *  

Gregory S. Young

  55,000   *     6,660   48,340   *     6,660   41,680   *  

Mark L. Saylor

  55,000   *     6,660   48,340   *     6,660   41,680   *  

USBancorp Trust and Financial Services Company FBO Frank C. Bernatt IRA

  41,250   *     4,995   36,255   *     4,995   31,260   *  

Trimaran Fund Management, L.L.C.(6)(18)

  38,500   *     4,662   33,838   *     4,662   29,176   *  

Bruce E. Rueppel, Jr.

  33,611   *     4,068   29,543   *     4,068   25,475   *  

Kelly L. Bodway

  27,500   *     3,330   24,170   *     3,330   20,840   *  

W. John Plunkard

  27,500   *     3,330   24,170   *     3,330   20,840   *  

Mark J. Duray

  25,439   *     3,078   22,361   *     3,078   19,283   *  

The Mason Norton Santomero 2003 Trust(19)

  24,445   *     2,961   21,484   *     2,961   18,523   *  

Jon Schneider

  13,750   *     1,665   12,085   *     1,665   10,420   *  

Maximo J. Blandon

  11,000   *     1,332   9,668   *     1,332   8,336   *  

Kenneth Bridges

  8,250   *     999   7,251   *     999   6,252   *  

All executive officers and directors as a group (nine persons)

  2,535,791   34.1     307,044   2,228,747   17.9     307,044   1,921,703   15.2  

*   Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

 

(1)   Does not include any shares that would be sold by the selling stockholders if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option.

 

(2)   Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C. is an investment fund managed by Jay R. Bloom, one of our directors, and associates. As a managing member of Trimaran Advisors, L.L.C., the investment advisor to Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C., Mr. Bloom may be deemed to beneficially own all of the shares of common stock held directly or indirectly by Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C. Mr. Bloom has investment and voting power with respect to the shares owned by Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C. but disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The managing member and investment advisor of Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C. is an affiliate of Trimaran Investments II, L.L.C. CIBC World Markets Corp., an underwriter in this offering, has ownership interests in Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C. See “Underwriting—Affiliations.” The address of Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C. is 622 Third Avenue, 35th Floor, New York, NY 10017.

 


 

107


Table of Contents

Principal and selling stockholders


 

(3)   Includes 22,825 shares of common stock of the surviving corporation in the merger to be issued to each of John Hancock Life Insurance Company and Hancock Mezzanine Partners L.P. for a total of 45,650 shares upon the exchange in the merger of the Class A voting common stock, which shares of Class A common stock were issued upon the exercise prior to the date of this prospectus of their respective 2004 Options, which had been assigned to them by Mr. Ray. John Hancock Life Insurance Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation. It is also the investment manager for Hancock Mezzanine Partners L.P. and has investment authority over shares held by Hancock Mezzanine Partners L.P. but disclaims beneficial ownership as to those shares in which it does not have a pecuniary interest. The address of each of Hancock Mezzanine Partners L.P. and John Hancock Life Insurance Company is c/o John Hancock Financial Services, Inc., 200 Clarendon Street, Floor T-57, Boston, MA 02117.

 

(4)   Includes 129,800 shares of common stock of the surviving corporation in the merger to be issued to Mr. Santomero following the merger as a result of his exercise of his 2004 Options prior to the date of this prospectus. Also includes 98,617 shares of common stock held by Santomero Family Limited Partnership over which Mr. Santomero shares voting and investment power together with his wife, Denise C.R. Santomero. Does not include 139,026 shares of common stock held in trusts for the benefit of the children of Mr. Santomero or 110,000 shares of common stock held by his wife, Denise C.R. Santomero, as to which Mr. Santomero disclaims beneficial ownership. Mr. Santomero’s address is 78 North State Road, Second Floor, Briarcliff Manor, NY 10510.

 

(5)   Prior to this offering, reflects 372,542 shares (or 5.0%) of our common stock held by Trimaran Fund II, L.L.C., 24,054 shares (or 0.3%) of our common stock held by Trimaran Capital, L.L.C., 156,850 shares (or 2.1%) of our common stock held by Trimaran Parallel Fund II, L.P., 242,581 shares (or 3.3%) of our common stock held by CIBC Employee Private Equity Fund (Trimaran) Partners and 246,648 shares (or 3.6%) of our common stock held by CIBC MC, Inc. Trimaran Investments II, L.L.C. has sole power to vote and dispose of the shares held by the foregoing entities. Assuming that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised, Trimaran Fund II, L.L.C., Trimaran Capital, L.L.C., Trimaran Parallel Fund II, L.P., CIBC Employee Private Equity Fund (Trimaran) Partners and CIBC Capital Corporation will sell 45,109 shares, 2,913 shares, 18,992 shares, 29,372 shares and 32,044 shares of our common stock in this offering, respectively, and will beneficially own 327,433 shares (or 2.6%), 21,141 shares (or 0.2%), 137,859 shares (or 1.1%), 213,208 shares (or 1.7%) and 232,604 (or 1.9%) shares of our common stock after this offering, respectively. Assuming the exercise of the over-allotment option in full, Trimaran Fund II L.L.C., Trimaran Capital, L.L.C., Trimaran Parallel Fund II, L.P., CIBC Employee Private Equity Fund (Trimaran) Partners and CIBC Capital Corporation will sell 45,109 shares, 2,913 shares, 18,992 shares, 29,372 shares and 32,044 shares of common stock in this offering, respectively, and will beneficially own 282,325 shares (or 2.3%), 18,229 shares (or 0.1%), 118,867 shares (or 0.9%), 183,836 shares (or 1.5%) and 200,559 (or 1.6%) shares of our common stock after this offering, respectively. CIBC Capital Corporation is an affiliate of CIBC World Markets Corp., an underwriter in this offering.

 

(6)   Messrs. Bloom and Dalton are both associated with Trimaran Investments II, L.L.C. Mr. Bloom is also associated with Trimaran Fund Management, L.L.C. and Trimaran Advisors, L.L.C. Mr. Dalton disclaims any beneficial ownership of the common stock held by Trimaran Investments II, L.L.C. Mr. Bloom is a managing member of Trimaran Investments II, L.L.C., the managing member of Trimaran Fund II, L.L.C., Trimaran Parallel Fund II, L.P., and Trimaran Capital, L.L.C. As a result, Mr. Bloom may be deemed to beneficially own all of the shares of common stock held directly or indirectly by Trimaran Investments II, L.L.C. Mr. Bloom has investment and voting power with respect to shares owned by Trimaran Investments II, L.L.C. but disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except with respect to 39,545 of the shares owned by Trimaran Capital, L.L.C. CIBC World Markets Corp., an underwriter in this offering, has ownership interests in Trimaran Investments II, L.L.C. See “Underwriting—Affiliations.” The address of Trimaran Investments II, L.L.C. is c/o Trimaran Capital Partners, 622 Third Avenue, 35th Floor, New York, NY 10017.

 

(7)   Includes 184,800 shares of common stock of the surviving corporation in the merger to be issued upon the exchange in the merger of the Class A voting common stock, which shares of Class A voting common stock were issued upon the exercise of Mr. Carroll’s 2004 Options prior to the date of this prospectus.

 

(8)   Includes 28,050 shares of common stock of the surviving corporation in the merger to be issued upon the exchange in the merger of the Class A voting common stock, which shares of Class A voting common stock were issued upon the exercise of Mr. Cirar’s 2004 Options prior to the date of this prospectus.

 

(9)   Does not include 94,600 shares of common stock of the surviving corporation in the merger to be issued to Trimaran Advisors, L.L.C. and Trimaran Fund Management, L.L.C. upon the exchange in the merger of the Class A voting common stock, which shares of Class A voting common stock were issued upon the exercise of their respective 2004 Options prior to the date of this prospectus, which had been assigned to them by Mr. Dalton. Messrs. Bloom and Dalton are both associated with Trimaran Investments II, L.L.C. The address of each of Messrs. Bloom and Dalton is c/o Trimaran Capital Partners, 622 Third Avenue, 35th Floor, New York, NY 10017.

 

(10)   Does not include 45,650 shares of common stock of the surviving corporation in the merger issuable following the merger as a result of the 2004 Options that Mr. Ray assigned to John Hancock Life Insurance Company and Hancock Mezzanine Partners L.P. following the grant of his options. Mr. Ray is a senior managing director of John Hancock Life Insurance Company and, as such, may be deemed to beneficially own all of the shares of common stock held directly or indirectly by John Hancock Life Insurance Company and Hancock Mezzanine Partners L.P. Mr. Ray disclaims beneficial ownership as to those shares. Mr. Ray’s address is c/o John Hancock Financial Services, Inc., 200 Clarendon Street, Floor T-57, Boston, MA 02117.

 

(11)   Includes 37,400 shares of common stock of the surviving corporation in the merger to be issued upon the exchange in the merger of the Class A voting common stock, which shares of Class A voting common stock were issued upon the exercise of Mr. Karan’s 2004 Options prior to the date of this prospectus.

 

(12)   Includes 37,400 shares of common stock of the surviving corporation in the merger to be issued upon the exchange in the merger of the Class A voting common stock, which shares of Class A voting common stock were issued upon the exercise of Mr. Bagby’s 2004 Options prior to the date of this prospectus.

 


 

108


Table of Contents

Principal and selling stockholders


 

(13)   Includes 98,617 shares of common stock of the surviving corporation in the merger held by Santomero Family Limited Partnership over which Mrs. Santomero shares voting and investment power together with her husband, Camillo M. Santomero, III. Does not include 139,026 shares of common stock held in trusts for the benefit of the children of Mr. and Mrs. Santomero or 1,132,024 shares of common stock held by Mr. Santomero, as to which Mrs. Santomero disclaims beneficial ownership.

 

(14)   Santomero Family Limited Partnership is a family limited partnership established by Mr. Santomero and his wife. Each of Mr. Santomero and his wife is a general partner and a limited partner of the limited partnership. The Charlotte Young Santomero 2001 Trust, The Camillo M. Santomero IV 2001 Trust and The Mason Norton Santomero 2003 Trust are also limited partners of the limited partnership.

 

(15)   The Camillo M. Santomero IV 2001 Trust is a trust established by Mr. Santomero and his wife for the benefit of their son, Camillo M. Santomero, IV. Bruce E. Rueppel, Jr. is the sole trustee of the trust.

 

(16)   The Charlotte Young Santomero 2001 Trust is a trust established by Mr. Santomero and his wife for the benefit of their daughter, Charlotte Young Santomero. Bruce E. Rueppel, Jr. is the sole trustee of the trust.

 

(17)   Reflects 56,100 shares of common stock of the surviving corporation in the merger to be issued to Trimaran Advisors, L.L.C. upon the exchange in the merger of the Class A voting common stock, which shares of Class A voting common stock were issued upon the exercise of its 2004 Options prior to the date of this prospectus, which had been assigned to it by Mr. Dalton.

 

(18)   Reflects 38,500 shares of common stock of the surviving corporation in the merger to be issued to Trimaran Fund Management, L.L.C. upon the exchange in the merger of the Class A voting common stock, which shares of Class A voting common stock were issued upon the exercise of its 2004 Options prior to the date of this prospectus, which had been assigned to it by Mr. Dalton.

 

(19)   The Mason Norton Santomero 2003 Trust is a trust established by Mr. Santomero and his wife for the benefit of their daughter, Mason Norton Santomero. Bruce E. Rueppel, Jr. is the sole trustee of the trust.

 

For a discussion of material relationships between us and some of the selling stockholders, see “Management” and “Certain relationships and related party transactions.”

 


 

109


Table of Contents

 

Description of indebtedness

 

The summaries of the agreements described below are not complete and you should read the agreements in their entirety. These agreements have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

As described in “Use of proceeds,” we intend to use the proceeds of this offering, borrowings under the new revolving credit facility and available cash to repay all our existing indebtedness, consisting of our existing revolving credit facility, the senior notes, the term loan and the industrial revenue bonds.

 

The terms of our existing revolving credit facility, the senior notes and the term loan require us to maintain specified minimum levels of EBITDA (as defined in the agreements) and certain leverage, fixed charge coverage and interest coverage ratios based on EBITDA. Depending on the period, we were in violation of certain or all of these financial covenants for each of the quarterly periods ended March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004 and September 30, 2004, respectively. Our non-compliance with these financial covenants was principally due to (1) charges for excess raw material, labor and other costs under a fixed-price customer contract for box railcars and (2) payments under our settlement with the USWA. As a result, we were required to obtain waivers of these defaults. In December 2004, we obtained waivers of these defaults, as well as prospective waivers for any violations of the financial covenants for the quarter ended December 31, 2004, with respect to our existing revolving credit facility and the senior notes, and through the quarter ended September 30, 2005, with respect to the term loan. If such waivers had not been obtained, our failure to comply with these covenants would have resulted in an event of default, which may have led to the acceleration of any and all amounts due under our existing revolving credit facility, the senior notes and the term loan. In addition, we simultaneously amended the agreements governing our existing revolving credit facility and the senior notes to exclude from the calculation of the minimum EBITDA and EBITDA-based ratios charges of up to $9.2 million in connection with the Johnstown settlement, losses on our customer contract for box railcars in 2004 and any non-cash expenses relating to our stock option plan. We were in compliance with the amended financial covenants as of December 31, 2004. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Liquidity and capital resources.”

 

We expect the terms of the new revolving credit facility to include financial covenants similar to the EBITDA-based covenants under the existing revolving credit facility except that the covenants will be less restrictive than the financial covenants under the existing revolving credit facility.

 

Following the completion of this offering, we do not expect to have any outstanding indebtedness other than approximately $5 million to be outstanding under letters of credit under the new revolving credit facility. We will have approximately $37 million of available borrowings under the new revolving credit facility.

 

The following is a summary of the new financing arrangement that will be entered into following the completion of this offering:

 

NEW REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY

 

On March 9, 2005, we entered into a commitment letter with LaSalle Bank National Association, the lender under our existing revolving credit facility, providing for the general terms of our new revolving credit facility. This summary highlights the principal proposed terms of our new revolving credit facility with LaSalle Bank National Association, as administrative agent, which we expect to enter into concurrently with the closing of this offering. The actual terms of the new revolving credit facility may

 


 

110


Table of Contents

Description of indebtedness


 

differ from those set forth below, and, in certain cases, such differences may be significant. The closing of this offering is conditioned on our entering into the new revolving credit facility.

 

We intend to replace our existing revolving credit facility with the new $50.0 million revolving credit facility. The new revolving credit facility will include a letter of credit subfacility that we anticipate will not be permitted to exceed $30.0 million.

 

Term .    The new revolving credit facility is expected to have a term of three years.

 

Interest rate and fees .    Borrowings under the new revolving credit facility initially will bear interest at a rate of approximately LIBOR plus an applicable margin of between 2.50% and 3.00% which is determined based on our leverage ratio. We will have approximately $5.0 million of letters of credit issued under the new revolving credit facility. We will pay a commitment fee of between 0.25% and 0.50% on the unused portion of the new revolving credit facility.

 

Collateral .    Our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries will serve as collateral for borrowings under the revolving credit facility. Unlike under the terms of the existing revolving credit facility, we will not be required to hold any amounts in a restricted cash account as collateral for borrowings under the new revolving credit facility.

 

Financial Covenants .    The new revolving credit facility is expected to contain the following financial covenants:

 

Ø   a senior debt to EBITDA ratio of 3.25 to 1.00;

 

Ø   a total debt to EBITDA ratio of 3.75 to 1.00;

 

Ø   a minimum interest coverage ratio of 3.50 to 1.00;

 

Ø   maximum capital expenditures of $10.0 million per year; and

 

Ø   a requirement that our tangible net worth remain at least 85% of our tangible net worth as of the closing of this offering plus 65% of our net income for each quarter thereafter.

 

For the periods ending June 30, 2005 and September 30, 2005, the ratios above will be calculated using an adjusted EBITDA that includes $9.2 million in connection with the Johnstown settlement, $8.9 million in connection with losses on a customer contract for box railcars and non-cash expenses of $8.9 million relating to our stock option plan. In addition, we expect that the new revolving credit facility will require as a closing condition that our adjusted EBITDA for the previous twelve months be at least $12.5 million as of the date we enter into the new revolving credit facility.

 

Negative Covenants .    We anticipate that the new revolving credit facility will also include limitations on, among other things:

 

Ø   our ability to enter new lines of business;

 

Ø   our ability to incur additional debt;

 

Ø   our ability to enter into liens, guarantees and new investments;

 

Ø   our ability to declare and pay dividends;

 

Ø   our ability to make certain payments;

 

Ø   our ability to merge or consolidate with another entity or to sell a substantial portion of our assets;

 

Ø   the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends; and

 

Ø   certain transactions with affiliates.

 


 

111


Table of Contents

Description of indebtedness


 

The following is a summary of the indebtedness that we will repay in connection with this offering:

 

INDUSTRIAL REVENUE BONDS

 

On December 12, 1995, our subsidiary Freight Car Services, Inc. issued industrial revenue bonds with an aggregate original principal amount of $5.3 million (of which $5.2 million is currently outstanding). The industrial revenue bonds bear interest at a weekly variable rate and mature on December 1, 2010. We may redeem the industrial revenue bonds at any time for the principal amount outstanding and all accrued and unpaid interest. The industrial revenue bonds are secured by a letter of credit issued by the lender under our existing revolving credit facility in favor of Freight Car Services, Inc. and us, which expires on December 15, 2005. Under the terms of the industrial revenue bonds the holders are permitted, on a weekly basis, to require Freight Car Services, Inc. to redeem the industrial revenue bonds and, as a result, the bonds have been reflected as a current liability.

 

We repaid $0.1 million of the principal amount of the industrial revenue bonds in 2001. As of December 31, 2004, there was $5.2 million outstanding under the industrial revenue bonds. The interest rate, as of December 31, 2004, was 2.15%. In connection with this offering, we intend to repay the industrial revenue bonds in full.

 

EXISTING REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY

 

Our existing revolving credit facility that we have entered into with LaSalle Bank National Association provides for a $20.0 million revolving line of credit including a letter of credit sub-facility that may not exceed $12.0 million.

 

Borrowings and outstanding letters of credit under the existing revolving credit facility may not, in total, exceed the borrowing base of the existing revolving credit facility, which is equal to the lesser of (1) $20.0 million or (2) an amount equal to a percentage of eligible accounts receivable plus a percentage of eligible finished inventory plus a percentage of eligible semi-finished inventory and the amount of the cash collateral held under the existing revolving credit facility. Interest on borrowings under the existing revolving credit facility is payable monthly either at the “floating rate,” which is defined as the lender’s prime rate plus an applicable margin of between 0.25% and 1.25%, or at the “Eurodollar rate,” which is defined as rate based on LIBOR adjusted for any reserve requirements of the lender plus an applicable margin of between 2.5% and 4.0%. In each case, the applicable margins are determined based on our leverage ratio. We are required to pay a fee of 0.35% to 0.50% per year, depending on the amount of cash advances drawn, on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility. The existing revolving credit facility expires on September 11, 2006.

 

Our assets, including but not limited to the stock of certain of our subsidiaries, and the assets of certain of our subsidiaries, including but not limited to patents and other intellectual property, serve as collateral for borrowings under the revolving credit facility. In addition, we are required to maintain a restricted cash account of at least $7.5 million that serves as additional collateral for borrowings under the existing revolving credit facility. Beginning in the second quarter of 2004, the $7.5 million collateral under the existing revolving credit facility may be reduced if we meet specified EBITDA requirements for the previous twelve months. To date, we have not met the specified EBITDA requirements. Our existing revolving credit facility also restricts the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to, among other things, declare or pay any dividends on their common stock for distribution to us, except under certain circumstances.

 

As of December 31, 2004, there were no borrowings under the existing revolving credit facility, and the amount of our outstanding letters of credit under this facility was $10.6 million. We intend to replace

 


 

112


Table of Contents

Description of indebtedness


 

our existing revolving credit facility, upon completion of this offering, with a new $50.0 million revolving credit facility. After the completion of the Transactions, we expect to have new letters of credit under the new revolving credit facility equal to approximately $5 million. We expect to have approximately $37 million available for borrowing under the new revolving credit facility.

 

TERM LOAN

 

On October 17, 2003, our subsidiary, JAC Operations, Inc., entered into a $9.0 million term loan with General Electric Capital Corporation. The borrowings under the term loan were used to repay $9.0 million principal amount of outstanding senior notes. The borrowings under the term loan bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 4.5%. We make interest and principal payments on a monthly basis. The term loan is due on March 31, 2008. We and two of our subsidiaries, JAC Intermedco, Inc. and JAC Patent Company, are guarantors under the term loan and the stock of each our subsidiaries serves as collateral for the borrowings under the term loan. Under the terms of the term loan, we and all of our subsidiaries are required to maintain compliance with certain covenants, which, among other things, limit additional borrowings, acquisitions and the issuance of guarantees.

 

As of December 31, 2004, there was $5.8 million outstanding under the term loan and the weighted average interest rate for borrowings under the term loan was 6.78% per year. In connection with this offering, we intend to repay the term loan in full.

 

SENIOR NOTES

 

In June 1999, we issued $25.0 million aggregate principal amount of 15% senior notes due 2006 to certain of our shareholders. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Senior notes.” In September 2003, the terms of the senior notes were amended to, among other things, extend the maturity date of the senior notes to June 30, 2008 and increase the interest rate to 17% per year commencing on July 1, 2006 until maturity. Under the terms of the senior notes, we have the option to pay the interest in the form of additional senior notes, with identical terms, rather than in the form of cash, so long as the cash payment is prohibited under the terms of our credit agreement for our existing revolving credit facility and subordination agreements with our lenders. In October 2003, we made a cash payment of $9.0 million on the senior notes, and we have elected to pay all other interest payments in the form of additional senior notes. Under the purchase agreement governing the senior notes, we were required to redeem, commencing on September 1, 2004, to the extent permitted by the terms of the existing revolving credit facility and term loan and the related subordination agreements, the principal amount of the outstanding senior notes equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate principal amount of additional senior notes issued in lieu of cash interest up to such date or any other date of redemption, and (2) $80 per $1,000 principal amount of the senior notes outstanding. As of December 31, 2004, the redemption of the senior notes was not permitted under the existing revolving credit facility and term loan and the related subordination agreements.

 

As of December 31, 2004, there was $46.2 million aggregate principal amount outstanding of senior notes. In connection with this offering, we intend to repay the senior notes in full.

 

RIGHTS TO ADDITIONAL ACQUISITION CONSIDERATION

 

Pursuant to the terms of the share purchase agreement relating to the acquisition of our business in 1999 from TTII, we are required to pay additional sale consideration to TTII upon the occurrence of certain events, including, among others, an initial public offering of our common stock. The amount payable upon a triggering event as additional acquisition consideration is $20.0 million in cash plus an accreted

 


 

113


Table of Contents

Description of indebtedness


 

value that compounds at a rate of 10% annually. As of December 31, 2004, the total accrued amount payable as additional acquisition consideration upon a triggering event was $34.1 million, and the total recorded value of the liability represented by the rights to additional acquisition consideration was $28.6 million. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Rights to additional acquisition consideration.”

 

This offering will trigger our obligation to pay the additional acquisition consideration, and we plan to use the proceeds from this offering, borrowings under the new revolving credit facility and available cash to make this payment. Trimaran, affiliates of GoldenTree Asset Management, LP and Mr. Santomero will receive 77.1%, 12.9% and 10.0%, respectively, of the additional acquisition consideration. Trimaran and Mr. Santomero are shareholders of our company. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Rights to additional acquisition consideration” for more information.

 


 

114


Table of Contents

 

Description of capital stock

 

The following description of the material terms of our capital stock is only a summary. You should refer to our certificate of incorporation and by-laws as in effect upon the closing of this offering, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

CAPITAL STOCK PRIOR TO MERGER

 

Common Stock

 

We are currently authorized to issue 100,000 shares of Class A voting common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 100,000 shares of Class B non-voting common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 100,000 shares of Class A voting preferred stock, par value $500 per share, and 100,000 shares of Class B non-voting preferred stock, par value $500 per share.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, without giving effect to the merger, there are 12,174 shares of our Class A voting common stock outstanding held by 18 holders of record and 1,340 shares of our Class B non-voting common stock outstanding held by 14 holders of record. The number of shares of our Class A voting common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2004 includes the 1,014 shares of Class A voting common stock that were issued prior to the date of this prospectus upon full exercise of the 2004 Options.

 

Preferred Stock

 

We presently have two series of outstanding preferred stock, the Series A voting preferred stock and the Series B non-voting preferred stock. As of the date of this prospectus, without giving effect to the merger, there are 9,674 shares of Series A voting preferred stock outstanding held by 15 holders of record and 3,840 shares of Series B non-voting preferred stock outstanding held by 17 holders of record. The number of shares of our Series A voting preferred stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus includes the 1,014 shares of Series A voting preferred stock that were issued prior to the date of this prospectus upon full exercise of the 2004 Options. Holders of our preferred stock are entitled to an annual cumulative dividend at the rate of 17% per share. As of December 31, 2004, there were $5.9 million of accumulated but unpaid dividends on the preferred stock, which we will pay upon the completion of this offering when we redeem the Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock to be issued in the merger.

 

Holders of our Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock control a majority of the votes of our board of directors and have the ability to direct our company to, among other things, repurchase its outstanding securities. Therefore, our Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock may be considered to be redeemable at the option of the holders thereof. Accordingly, we have classified our Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock on our balance sheet separately rather than as part of stockholders’ equity.

 

Series A voting preferred stock

 

In June 1999, we originally issued an aggregate of 9,000 shares of Series A voting preferred stock, of which 340 shares were converted to Series B non-voting preferred stock in January 2000. Each share of our Series A voting preferred stock has a liquidation preference of $500 per share plus accumulated and unpaid dividends. As of December 31, 2004, there were 8,660 shares of Series A voting preferred stock outstanding and $4.2 million of accumulated but unpaid dividends on our Series A voting preferred stock. As of the date of this prospectus and without giving effect to the merger, all 1,014 shares of Series A voting preferred stock were issued upon full exercise of the 2004 Options.

 


 

115


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock


 

Series B non-voting preferred stock

 

In June 1999, we originally issued an aggregate of 3,500 shares of Series B non-voting preferred stock, which was increased to 3,840 shares when 340 shares of our Series A voting preferred stock were converted to the same number of shares of our Series B non-voting preferred stock in January 2000. Each share of our Series B non-voting preferred stock has a liquidation preference of $500 per share plus accumulated and unpaid dividends. As of December 31, 2004, there were 3,840 shares of Series B non-voting preferred stock outstanding and $1.8 million of accumulated but unpaid dividends on our Series B non-voting preferred stock.

 

CAPITAL STOCK FOLLOWING MERGER

 

Prior to this offering, we will merge FreightCar America, Inc. with and into a newly formed, wholly owned subsidiary of ours. The new subsidiary will be authorized to issue 50,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 2,500,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, the terms of which are described below. As a result of the merger, all of the holders of our issued and outstanding shares of Class A voting common stock and Class B non-voting common stock will receive, in exchange for their shares, such number of shares of the common stock of the new subsidiary equal to the aggregate number of their shares of Class A voting common stock and Class B non-voting common stock multiplied by 550. The holders of our issued and outstanding shares of Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock will receive, in exchange for their shares and on a one-for-one basis, shares of our subsidiary’s Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock with identical terms (except we will change the par value of the Series A voting preferred stock and the Series B non-voting preferred stock from $500 per share to $0.01 per share and we will change the liquidation preference of the Series A voting preferred stock and the Series B non-voting preferred stock to include the value of the accrued liquidation preference of our pre-merger shares of preferred stock). We plan to use the proceeds from this offering, borrowings under the new revolving credit facility and available cash to redeem all of our subsidiary’s Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock following the merger. Immediately following the merger, our subsidiary, which will be the surviving corporation in the merger, will change its name to “FreightCar America, Inc.” The surviving corporation of the merger will be the issuer of the common stock hereby. After giving effect to the merger, upon the completion of this offering, we will have 12,532,700 shares of common stock issued and outstanding and no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

 

Common Stock

 

The holders of our common stock will vote together with any holders of voting preferred stock as a class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, with each share having one vote, except for those matters exclusively affecting the redeemable preferred stock. Holders of our common stock will have voting rights in the election of directors, subject to the rights of certain stockholders to designate directors under the new shareholders’ agreement. Our common stock will have no preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for additional common stock, and no rights of redemption, conversion or exchange. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to share equally in our assets, if any remain after the payment of all our debts and liabilities and the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred shares. Upon completion of this offering, all the outstanding shares of our common stock will be legally issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive dividends as may be lawfully declared from time to time by our board of directors. See “Dividend policy.”

 

We expect to have our common stock approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the trading symbol “RAIL.”

 


 

116


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock


 

Preferred Stock

 

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors, subject to limitations prescribed by law, will be permitted to establish one or more series or preferred stock and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the terms and rights of that series, including:

 

Ø   the designation of the series;

 

Ø   the number of shares of the series, which our board may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase and decrease, but not below the number of shares then outstanding;

 

Ø   whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;

 

Ø   the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;

 

Ø   the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

 

Ø   the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;

 

Ø   the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of our company;

 

Ø   whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of our company or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made;

 

Ø   restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and

 

Ø   the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.

 

The issuance of preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with possible acquisition and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from acquiring, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Our board of directors may issue preferred stock with voting and conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of our common stock. There are no current agreements or understandings for the issuance of preferred stock, and our board of directors has no present intention to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

All of the shares of the Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock issued following the merger will be redeemed with the proceeds of this offering, and we will retire all authorized shares of Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock.

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

In June 1999, we and certain holders of our Class A voting common stock, Class B non-voting common stock, Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock entered into a shareholders’ agreement pursuant to which we granted to the holders certain registration rights. When this offering is completed, all of our outstanding shares of Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock will be redeemed. We intend to enter into a new shareholders’ agreement, effective upon completion of this offering, with Hancock, JHLICO, Caravelle, Trimaran, Mr. Santomero and all of the other existing holders of our common stock as of immediately prior to the completion of

 


 

117


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock


 

this offering. The stockholders party to the new shareholders’ agreement will have the right to require us, subject to certain terms and conditions, to register their shares of our common stock under the Securities Act at any time. The stockholders will collectively have an aggregate of three demand registration rights following an exercisability event. In addition, if we propose to register any of our capital stock under the Securities Act, our stockholders will be entitled to customary “piggyback” registration rights. The registration rights granted under the new shareholders’ agreement are subject to customary exceptions and qualifications and compliance with certain registration procedures. We may be required to register up to 7,432,700 shares of common stock under the registration rights.

 

For more information, see “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Shareholders’ agreement” and the form of the new shareholders’ agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

 

Delaware law authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of officers and directors to corporations and their shareholders for monetary damages for breach of officers’ and directors’ fiduciary duties of care. The duty of care requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, officers and directors must exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Absent the limitations authorized by Delaware law, officers and directors are accountable to corporations and their shareholders for monetary damages for conduct constituting gross negligence in the exercise of their duty of care.

 

Delaware law also enables corporations to limit available relief to equitable remedies such as injunction or rescission. Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware law. We will also be expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that the limitation of liability provisions in our certificate of incorporation and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

 

At present we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any director, officer, employee or agent of our company in the person’s capacity with our company where indemnification will be required or permitted. We are also not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that might result in a claim for indemnification.

 

ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF OUR CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS AND CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF DELAWARE LAW

 

Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will contain provisions that may have anti-takeover effects. Provisions of Delaware law may have similar effects.

 

Classified board

 

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that the number of directors will be fixed in the manner provided in the by-laws. Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will provide that the number of directors will be

 


 

118


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock


 

fixed from time to time solely pursuant to a resolution adopted by the board, but must consist of not less than five or more than 15 directors. Upon completion of this offering our board of directors will have seven members.

 

Removal of directors; Vacancies

 

Under Delaware law, unless otherwise provided in our certificate of incorporation, directors serving on a classified board may be removed by the stockholders only for cause. Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will provide that directors may be removed only for cause upon the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will provide that any vacancy created by removal of a director shall be filled by a majority of the remaining members of the board of directors even though such majority may be less than a quorum.

 

No cumulative voting

 

Delaware law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulative votes in the election of directors unless our certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our certificate of incorporation will not expressly provide for cumulative voting.

 

No stockholder action by written consent; Calling of special meetings of stockholders

 

Our certificate of incorporation will prohibit stockholder action by written consent. It also will provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the board of directors or the chairman of the board of directors.

 

Advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations

 

Our by-laws will provide that stockholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders must provide timely notice of their proposal in writing to the corporate secretary.

 

Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting. Our by-laws will also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions may impede stockholders’ ability to bring matters before an annual meeting of stockholders or make nominations for directors at an annual meeting of stockholders.

 

Amendment provisions

 

Our certificate of incorporation will grant our board of directors the authority to amend and repeal our by-laws without a meeting of stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or our certificate of incorporation.

 

Delaware anti-takeover statute

 

We are a Delaware corporation and are subject to section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, section 203 prevents an “interested stockholder” (defined generally as a person owning

 


 

119


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock


 

15% or more of our outstanding voting stock) from engaging in a merger, acquisition or other “business combination” (as defined in section 203) with us for three years following the time that person becomes an interested stockholder unless:

 

Ø   before that person became an interested stockholder, our board of directors approved the transaction in which the interested stockholder became an interested stockholder or approved the business combination;

 

Ø   upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the interested stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owns at least 85% of the voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced (excluding stock held by our directors who are also officers and by employee stock plans that do not provide employees with the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer); or

 

Ø   following the transaction in which that person became an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

Generally, a “business combination” for these purposes includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” for these purposes is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting securities. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

 

Authorized but unissued capital stock

 

Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of the Nasdaq National Market, which would apply so long as our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq National Market, require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or in excess of 20% of the voting power or the number of shares of common stock. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital or to facilitate acquisitions.

 

One of the effects of the existence of unissued and unreserved common stock or preferred stock may be to enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive the stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

 

LISTING

 

We expect to apply to have our common stock approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the trading symbol “RAIL.”

 

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is National City Bank.

 


 

120


Table of Contents

 

Shares eligible for future sale

 

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the possibility of these sales, could adversely affect the trading price of the common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity at a time and price we deem appropriate.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding 12,532,700 shares of common stock. Of these shares, the 6,000,000 shares sold in this offering, or 6,900,000 shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which would be subject to the limitations and restrictions described below.

 

The remaining 6,532,700 shares of common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering, or 5,632,700 shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, will be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144.

 

Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 and 144(k) promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 144(k) and assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, additional shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

Number of Shares    Date

0

   After the date of this prospectus.

6,532,700

   After 180 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

All of these restricted securities will be eligible for sale in the public market, subject in some cases to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144, beginning upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described below.

 

RULE 144

 

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after this offering, a person (or persons whose shares are required to be aggregated), including an affiliate, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least one year is entitled to sell in any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

Ø   1% of then-outstanding shares of our common stock, which is approximately 125,327 shares of our common stock immediately after the completion of this offering; or

 

Ø   the average weekly reported trading volume of our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a Form 144 with respect to the sale, subject to certain restrictions.

 

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

 

RULE 144(K)

 

In addition, a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, would be entitled to sell those shares under Rule 144(k) without regard to the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice requirements of Rule 144.

 


 

121


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale


 

LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS

 

We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of UBS Securities LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

 

Our officers, directors and all of our stockholders have agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock (other than shares they may sell in this offering) or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of UBS Securities LLC until 180 days after the date of this prospectus. UBS Securities LLC may, in its sole discretion at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the shares of our common stock subject to these lock-up agreements.

 

 


 

122


Table of Contents

 

Material U.S. income tax considerations for non-U.S. holders

 

The following summary describes material United States federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder (as defined below) as of the date of this prospectus. This discussion does not address all aspects of United States federal income taxation and does not deal with estate, gift, foreign, state and local tax consequences that may be relevant to such Non-U.S. Holders in light of their personal circumstances. Special U.S. tax rules may apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders, such as “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, investors in partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, dealers in securities, holders of securities held as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction, and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States that are subject to special treatment under the Code. Such entities and persons should consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them. Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, and regulations, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be repealed, revoked or modified with or without retroactive effect so as to result in United States federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below.

 

If a partnership (or an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds the common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Persons who are partners in partnerships holding the common stock should consult their tax advisors.

 

The authorities on which this summary is based are subject to various interpretations, and any views expressed within this summary are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service (which we also refer to as the IRS) or the courts. No assurance can be given that the IRS or the courts will agree with the tax consequences described in this prospectus.

 

As used herein, a “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not any of the following for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

Ø   a citizen or resident of the United States,

 

Ø   a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia,

 

Ø   an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source, or

 

Ø   a trust (i) which is subject to primary supervision by a court situated within the United States and as to which one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) that has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

 

A “Non-U.S. Holder” does not include non-resident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and is not otherwise a resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such an individual (who, under current law, is subject to a 30% tax imposed on the gain derived from the sale or exchange of common stock) is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the sale, exchange or other disposition of common stock.

 


 

123


Table of Contents

Material U.S. income tax considerations for non-U.S. holders


 

Prospective purchasers are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences, as well as other U.S. federal, state, and local income and estate tax consequences, and non-U.S. tax consequences, to them of acquiring, owning, and disposing of our common stock.

 

DIVIDENDS

 

If we make distributions on our common stock, such distributions paid to a Non-U.S. Holder will generally constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent such distributions are paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the Non-U.S. Holder’s investment to the extent of the Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in our common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain.

 

Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. A Non-U.S. Holder of common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate for dividends will be required to (a) complete IRS Form W-8BEN (or appropriate substitute form) and certify, under penalty of perjury, that such holder is not a U.S. person and is eligible for the benefits with respect to dividends allowed by such treaty or (b) hold common stock through certain foreign intermediaries and satisfy the certification requirements for treaty benefits of applicable Treasury regulations. Special certification requirements apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders that are “pass-through” entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A Non-U.S. Holder eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

 

This United States withholding tax generally will not apply to dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the Non-U.S. Holder within the United States, and, if a treaty applies, attributable to a United States permanent establishment or fixed base of the Non-U.S. Holder. Dividends effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business, as well as those attributable to a United States permanent establishment or fixed base of the Non-U.S. Holder under an applicable treaty, are subject to United States federal income tax generally in the same manner as if the Non-U.S. Holder were a U.S. person, as defined under the Code. Certain IRS certification and disclosure requirements must be complied with in order for effectively connected income to be exempt from withholding. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a Non-U.S. Holder that is a foreign corporation may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

 

GAIN ON DISPOSITION OF COMMON STOCK

 

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax (or any withholding thereof) with respect to gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of common stock unless:

 

Ø   the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States and, where a tax treaty applies, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment or fixed base of the Non-U.S. Holder, or

 

Ø   we are or have been a “U.S. real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code, also referred to as a USRPHC, for United States federal income tax purposes at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition (or, if shorter, the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period for the common stock).

 

Gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of common stock and effectively connected with a United States trade or business, or attributable to a United States permanent establishment or fixed base

 


 

124


Table of Contents

Material U.S. income tax considerations for non-U.S. holders


 

of the Non-U.S. Holder under an applicable treaty, is subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis generally in the same manner as if the Non-U.S. Holder were a U.S. person, as defined under the Code. Any such effectively connected gain from the sale or disposition of common stock received by a Non-U.S. Holder that is a foreign corporation may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

 

We believe that we currently are not a USRPHC. In addition, based on these financial statements and current expectations regarding the value and nature of our assets and other relevant data, we do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC.

 

If we become a USRPHC, a Non-U.S. Holder nevertheless will not be subject to United States federal income tax if our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, within the meaning of applicable Treasury regulations, and the Non-U.S. Holder holds no more than five percent of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, during the five-year testing period identified in the second bullet point immediately above. We expect that our common stock will be quoted on the Nasdaq National Market and may be regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States so long as it is so quoted.

 

INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING

 

We must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

 

The United States imposes a backup withholding tax on dividends and certain other types of payments to United States persons (currently at a rate of 28%) of the gross amount. Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to backup withholding if proper certification of foreign status (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN) is provided, and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person, or the holder is a corporation or one of several types of entities and organizations that qualify for exemption, also referred to as an exempt recipient.

 

Information reporting and backup withholding generally are not required with respect to the amount of any proceeds from the sale or other disposition of shares of common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder outside the United States through a foreign office of a foreign broker that does not have certain specified connections to the United States. However, if a Non-U.S. Holder sells or otherwise disposes of shares of common stock through the U.S. office of a United States or foreign broker, the broker will be required to report the amount of proceeds paid to such holder to the IRS and to apply the backup withholding tax (currently at a rate of 28%) to the amount of such proceeds unless appropriate certification (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN) is provided to the broker of the holder’s status as either an exempt recipient or a non-U.S. person, and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person. Information reporting also applies if a Non-U.S. Holder sells or otherwise disposes of its shares of common stock through the foreign office of a broker deriving more than a specified percentage of its income from United States sources or having certain other connections to the United States and the foreign broker does not have certain documentary evidence in its files of the Non-U.S. Holder’s foreign status.

 

Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

 


 

125


Table of Contents

 

Underwriting

 

We and the selling stockholders are offering the shares of our common stock described in this prospectus through the underwriters named below. The selling stockholders may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act. UBS Securities LLC is the representative of the underwriters and the sole book-runner of this offering. We and the selling stockholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with the representative. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each of the underwriters has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares of common stock from us listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Underwriters    Number
of shares

UBS Securities LLC

    

Jefferies & Company, Inc.

    

CIBC World Markets Corp. 

    

LaSalle Debt Capital Markets, A Division of ABN AMRO Financial Services, Inc. 

    
    

Total

   6,000,000
    

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters must buy all of the shares if they buy any of them. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

 

Our common stock is offered subject to a number of conditions, including:

 

Ø   receipt and acceptance of our common stock by the underwriters; and

 

Ø   the underwriters’ right to reject orders in whole or in part.

 

We have been advised by the representative that the underwriters intend to make a market in our common stock but that they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue making a market at any time without notice.

 

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.

 

OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION

 

The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option to buy up to an aggregate of 900,000 additional shares of our common stock held by them. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with this offering. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. If the underwriters exercise this option, they will each purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders on a pro rata basis in approximately the same proportion to the amounts specified in the table above. We have agreed to pay the underwriting discounts and commissions in connection with the sale by the selling stockholders of our common stock upon the exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option.

 

DIRECTED SHARE PROGRAM

 

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the shares of common stock for sale at the initial public offering price to persons who are directors, officers or employees or who are otherwise associated with us, through a directed share program. The number of shares of common stock available

 


 

126


Table of Contents

Underwriting


 

for sale to the general public will be reduced by the number of directed shares purchased by participants in the directed share program. Any directed shares not purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as all other shares of common stock offered. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with the sales of the directed shares.

 

COMMISSIONS AND DISCOUNTS

 

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $              per share from the initial public offering price. Any of these securities dealers may resell any shares purchased from the underwriters to other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $              per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representative may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. Upon execution of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will be obligated to purchase the shares at the prices and upon the terms stated in the underwriting agreement and, as a result, will thereafter bear any risk associated with changing the offering price to the public or other selling terms.

 

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions we will pay to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional 900,000 shares from the selling stockholders.

 

     No exercise    Full exercise

Per share

   $      $  

Total

   $      $  

 

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering payable by us, not including the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $4.8 million.

 

NO SALES OF SIMILAR SECURITIES

 

We, our executive officers and directors and all of our existing stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under these agreements, subject to certain exceptions, we and each of these persons may not, without the prior written approval of UBS Securities LLC, offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or hedge our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock. These restrictions will be in effect for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. At any time and without public notice, UBS Securities LLC may, in its sole discretion, release all or some of the securities from these lock-up agreements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day lock-up period we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day lock-up period, then the restrictions described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

 


 

127


Table of Contents

Underwriting


 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we have agreed to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

 

LISTING

 

We expect to apply to have our common stock approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the trading symbol “RAIL.”

 

PRICE STABILIZATION, SHORT POSITIONS

 

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock, including:

 

Ø   stabilizing transactions;

 

Ø   short sales;

 

Ø   purchases to cover positions created by short sales;

 

Ø   imposition of penalty bids; and

 

Ø   syndicate covering transactions.

 

Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock while this offering is in progress. These transactions may also include making short sales of our common stock, which involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering and purchasing shares of common stock in the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered short sales,” which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option referred to above, or may be “naked short sales,” which are short positions in excess of that amount.

 

The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.

 

Naked short sales are sales made in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchased in this offering.

 

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representative has repurchased shares sold by or for the account of that underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

 


 

128


Table of Contents

Underwriting


 

As a result of these activities, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued by the underwriters at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the Nasdaq National Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

 

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiation by us and the representative of the underwriters. The principal factors considered in determining the initial public offering price include:

 

Ø   the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to representative;

 

Ø   our history and prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

Ø   our past and present financial performance and an assessment of our management;

 

Ø   our prospects for future earnings and the present state of our development;

 

Ø   the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

Ø   the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

Ø   other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

 

AFFILIATIONS

 

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and certain selling stockholders for which they will be entitled to receive separate fees.

 

Affiliates of CIBC World Markets Corp. have ownership interests in Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C., one of our shareholders and selling stockholders in this offering and a holder of our Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock, which will be redeemed with the proceeds of this offering. CIBC Capital Corporation, an affiliate of CIBC World Markets Corp., owns 3.57% of our common stock through Trimaran Investments II, L.L.C. and Trimaran Fund II L.L.C., in which CIBC World Markets Corp. has an ownership interest, owns 5.02% of our common stock through Trimaran Fund II L.L.C. CIBC Capital Corporation and Trimaran Fund II L.L.C. will sell shares of our common stock in this offering through Trimaran Investments II, L.L.C. In addition, CIBC Capital Corporation and Trimaran Fund II L.L.C. have interests in a portion of the payment, to be received by Trimaran Investments II, L.L.C., of the rights to additional consideration and an interest in the Series B non-voting preferred stock held by Trimaran Investments II, L.L.C. which is to be redeemed with the proceeds of this offering. As a result, CIBC World Markets Corp. will receive a portion of the proceeds of this offering in connection with the redemption of the Series A voting preferred stock and the Series B non-voting preferred stock, the payment of the additional acquisition consideration and the sale of common stock by selling stockholders.

 

An affiliate of LaSalle Debt Capital Markets, A Division of ABN AMRO Financial Services, Inc., is the lender under our existing revolving credit facility and will be the administrative agent and a lender under our new revolving credit facility.

 


 

129


Table of Contents

 

Legal matters

 

An opinion regarding the legality of the shares of common stock being offered in this offering is being provided by Winston & Strawn LLP, New York, New York. The underwriters have been represented by Shearman & Sterling LLP, New York, New York.

 

Experts

 

The financial statements included in this prospectus and the related financial statement schedules included elsewhere in the registration statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein, which report includes an explanatory paragraph regarding a restatement of the 2004 and 2003 balance sheets, and are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

Where you can find more information

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits, schedules and amendments to the registration statement, certain parts of which are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and the shares to be sold in this offering, please refer to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document that we make reference to, are not necessarily complete, and in each instance please refer to the copy of the contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by this reference.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the reporting and information requirements of the Exchange Act and, as a result, we will file periodic and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.

 

You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration statement or any reports, statements or other information we file with the SEC at the public reference facility maintained by the SEC at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information on the public reference rooms. Copies of such material are also available by mail from the Public Reference Branch of the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. You can also find our SEC filings at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

We intend to provide our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements that have been examined and reported on, with an opinion expressed by, an independent registered public accounting firm.

 


 

130


Table of Contents

 

Index to financial statements

 

     Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2003 (as restated) and 2004 (as restated)

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004

   F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-7

 


 

F-1


Table of Contents

 

The accompanying financial statements give effect to the merger that is expected to take place prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement of which this prospectus is part. The following report is in the form that will be furnished by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, upon the consummation of the merger described in Note 17 to the financial statements assuming that from March 8, 2005 to the date of such merger no material events have occurred that would affect the accompanying financial statements or require disclosure therein.

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

“Board of Directors and Stockholders

FreightCar America, Inc.:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of FreightCar America, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in Item 16. These financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

 

As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the accompanying balance sheets have been restated to reclassify certain borrowings from long-term to current liabilities.

 

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

February 22, 2005 (March 8, 2005 as to the effects of the restatement described in Note 2 and April     , 2005 as to Note 17)”

 

/s/    DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

March 16, 2005

 


 

F-2


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands except for share and per share data)

 

     December 31,  
     2003     2004  
    

(As Restated–

See Note 2)

 
Assets                 

Current assets

                

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 20,008     $ 11,213  

Restricted cash

     —         1,200  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $113 in 2003 and
$116 in 2004

     1,074       4,136  

Inventories

     28,570       73,218  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     598       983  

Income taxes receivable

     815       —    

Deferred income taxes

     8,029       10,519  
    


 


Total current assets

     59,094       101,269  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     29,043       24,199  

Restricted cash

     11,698       11,755  

Deferred financing costs, net

     1,375       915  

Deferred offering costs

     —         2,013  

Intangible assets, net

     7,443       13,637  

Goodwill

     21,521       21,521  

Deferred income taxes

     9,878       15,834  
    


 


Total assets

   $ 140,052     $ 191,143  
    


 


Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit                 

Current liabilities

                

Accounts payable

   $ 24,660     $ 69,631  

Current portion of long-term debt

     2,000       2,000  

Accrued payroll and employee benefits

     9,440       9,904  

Accrued warranty

     5,324       5,964  

Other current liabilities

     6,916       5,274  

Industrial revenue bonds

     5,200       5,200  
    


 


Total current liabilities

     53,540       97,973  

Long-term debt, less current portion

     44,578       48,858  

Deferred revenue

     5,216       4,883  

Accrued pension costs, less current portion

     7,039       16,767  

Accrued postretirement benefits

     15,404       18,988  

Rights to additional acquisition consideration, including accumulated accretion of $14,691 and $20,408, respectively

     22,865       28,581  
    


 


Total liabilities

     148,642       216,050  

Commitments and contingencies

                

Redeemable preferred stock, $500 par value

                

Series A voting, 100,000 shares authorized, 8,660 shares issued and outstanding (liquidation preference of $7,836 and $8,486, respectively)

     7,836       8,486  

Series B non-voting, 100,000 shares authorized, 3,840 shares issued and outstanding (liquidation preference of $3,284 and $3,696, respectively)

     3,284       3,696  
    


 


Total redeemable preferred stock

     11,120       12,182  

Stockholders’ deficit

                

Common stock, $.01 par value

     —         —    

Class A voting, 100,000 shares authorized, 6,138,000 shares issued and outstanding (Note 17)

     —         —    

Class B nonvoting, 100,000 shares authorized, 737,000 shares issued and outstanding (Note 17)

     —         —    

Additional paid in capital

     —         8,900  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (4,698 )     (5,055 )

Accumulated deficit

     (15,012 )     (40,934 )
    


 


Total stockholders’ deficit

     (19,710 )     (37,089 )
    


 


Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 140,052     $ 191,143  
    


 


 

See notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 


 

F-3


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2002     2003     2004  

Sales

   $ 225,497     $ 244,349     $ 482,180  

Cost of sales

     212,589       225,216       468,309  
    


 


 


Gross profit

     12,908       19,133       13,871  

Selling, general and administrative expense

     12,778       14,318       14,601  

Compensation expense under stock option agreements (selling, general and administrative expense)

     —         —         8,900  

Provision for settlement of labor disputes

     —         —         9,159  
    


 


 


Operating income (loss)

     130       4,815       (18,789 )

Interest income

     (162 )     (128 )     (282 )

Related-party interest expense

     6,517       6,764       7,029  

Third-party interest expense

     1,595       1,367       1,111  

Interest expense on rights to additional acquisition consideration

     3,659       4,573       5,716  

Write-off of deferred financing costs

     —         348       —    

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     702       629       459  
    


 


 


Loss before income taxes

     (12,181 )     (8,738 )     (32,822 )

Income tax benefit

     (3,554 )     (1,318 )     (7,962 )
    


 


 


Net loss

     (8,627 )     (7,420 )     (24,860 )

Redeemable preferred stock dividends accumulated, but undeclared

     1,062       1,063       1,062  
    


 


 


Net loss attributable to common shareholders

   $ (9,689 )   $ (8,483 )   $ (25,922 )
    


 


 


Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted

     6,875,000       6,875,000       6,888,750  
    


 


 


Net loss per common share attributable to common
shareholders—basic and diluted

   $ (1.41 )   $ (1.23 )   $ (3.76 )
    


 


 


 

See notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 


 

F-4


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(in thousands, except for share data)

 

    Common Stock

 

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

Loss

    Additional
Paid-In-
Capital
 

Retained

Earnings

(Deficit)

   

Total

Stockholders’

Equity
(Deficit)

 
    Class A

  Class B

       
    Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount        

Balance, January 1, 200 2

  6,138,000   $ —     737,000   $ —     $ —       $ —     $ 3,160     $ 3,160  

Net loss

  —       —     —       —       —         —       (8,627 )     (8,627 )

Additional minimum pension liability, net of tax effect of $1,759

  —       —     —       —       (3,013 )     —       —         (3,013 )
                                             


Comprehensive loss

  —       —     —       —       —         —       —         (11,640 )
                                             


Redeemable preferred stock dividends accumulated, but undeclared

  —       —     —       —       —         —       (1,062 )     (1,062 )
   
 

 
 

 


 

 


 


Balance, December 31, 2002

  6,138,000     —     737,000     —       (3,013 )     —       (6,529 )     (9,542 )

Net loss

  —       —     —       —       —         —       (7,420 )     (7,420 )

Additional minimum pension liability, net of tax effect of $985

  —       —     —       —       (1,685 )     —       —         (1,685 )
                                             


Comprehensive loss

  —       —     —       —       —         —       —         (9,105 )
                                             


Redeemable preferred stock dividends accumulated, but undeclared

  —       —     —       —       —         —       (1,063 )     (1,063 )
   
 

 
 

 


 

 


 


Balance, December 31, 2003

  6,138,000     —     737,000     —       (4,698 )     —       (15,012 )     (19,710 )

Net loss

  —       —     —       —       —         —       (24,860 )     (24,860 )

Additional minimum pension liability, net of tax effect of $484

  —       —     —       —       (357 )     —       —         (357 )
                                             


Comprehensive loss

  —       —     —       —       —         —       —         (25,217 )
                                             


Issuance of stock options

  —       —     —       —       —         8,900     —         8,900  

Redeemable preferred stock dividends accumulated, but undeclared

  —       —     —       —       —         —       (1,062 )     (1,062 )
   
 

 
 

 


 

 


 


Balance, December 31, 2004

  6,138,000   $ —     737,000   $ —     $ (5,055 )   $ 8,900   $ (40,934 )   $ (37,089 )
   
 

 
 

 


 

 


 


 

 

See notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 


 

F-5


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2002     2003     2004  

Cash flows from operating activities

                        

Net loss

   $ (8,627 )   $ (7,420 )   $ (24,860 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities

                        

Depreciation

     6,764       6,780       6,760  

Loss on disposal of equipment

     —         138       299  

Amortization of intangible assets

     853       591       590  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     702       629       460  

Write-off of deferred financing costs

     —         348       —    

Accretion of Senior Notes

     714       655       715  

Accretion of deferred revenue

     379       387       380  

PIK Notes issued for interest

     5,803       6,483       6,315  

Interest expense on rights to additional acquisition consideration

     3,659       4,573       5,716  

Deferred income taxes

     1,356       (657 )     (7,962 )

Provision for settlement of labor disputes

     —         —         9,159  

Compensation expense under stock option agreements

     —         —         8,900  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

                        

Restricted cash

     (55 )     (7,582 )     (1,257 )

Accounts receivable

     (508 )     1,109       (3,062 )

Inventories

     (170 )     (1,124 )     (44,648 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (507 )     (14 )     (385 )

Income taxes receivable

     (6,020 )     4,254       815  

Accounts payable

     3,036       1,542       44,971  

Accrued payroll and employee benefits

     (2,461 )     3,183       464  

Accrued warranty

     (3,052 )     (3,474 )     640  

Other current liabilities

     (1,053 )     3,289       (1,642 )

Deferred revenue

     1,085       (176 )     (713 )

Accrued pension costs and accrued postretirement benefits

     1,864       (2,720 )     (3,472 )
    


 


 


Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities

     3,762       10,794       (1,817 )
    


 


 


Cash flows from investing activities

                        

Capital expenditures

     (553 )     (369 )     (2,215 )
    


 


 


Net cash flows used in investing activities

     (553 )     (369 )     (2,215 )
    


 


 


Cash flows from financing activities

                        

Payments on long-term debt

     (8,517 )     (17,784 )     (2,750 )

Deferred financing costs and deferred offering costs

     —         (1,358 )     (2,013 )

Borrowings

     —         9,000       —    
    


 


 


Net cash flows used in financing activities

     (8,517 )     (10,142 )     (4,763 )
    


 


 


Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (5,308 )     283       (8,795 )

Cash and cash equivalents

                        

Beginning of year

     25,033       19,725       20,008  
    


 


 


End of year

   $ 19,725     $ 20,008     $ 11,213  
    


 


 


Supplemental cash flow information

                        

Cash paid for interest

   $ 1,226     $ 1,401     $ 1,120  
    


 


 


Income tax refunds received

   $ 656     $ 4,908     $ 839  
    


 


 


 

See notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 


 

F-6


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

1.    Description of the Business

 

FreightCar America, Inc. (“America”), through its direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries, JAC Intermedco, Inc. (“Intermedco”), JAC Operations, Inc. (“Operations”), Johnstown America Corporation (“JAC”), Freight Car Services, Inc. (“FCS”), JAIX Leasing Company (“JAIX”) and JAC Patent Company (“JAC Patent”) (herein collectively referred to as the “Company”) manufactures, rebuilds, repairs, sells and leases freight cars used for hauling coal, other bulk commodities, steel and other metals, forest products and automobiles. The Company has manufacturing facilities in Danville, Illinois, Roanoke, Virginia and Johnstown, Pennsylvania. The Company’s operations comprise one operating segment. The Company and its direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries are all Delaware corporations.

 

2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of America, Intermedco, Operations, JAC, FCS, JAIX and JAC Patent. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates include the valuation of used railcars received in sale transactions, useful lives of long-lived assets, warranty and workers’ compensation accruals, pension and postretirement benefit assumptions, stock compensation and the valuation reserve on the net deferred tax asset. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all unrestricted short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less when acquired to be cash equivalents.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of first-in, first-out cost or market and include material, labor and manufacturing overhead. Used railcars are stated at the estimated fair market value at date of receipt less a normal profit margin. Decreases in the fair market value of used railcars subsequent to the date of receipt are recognized when the estimated fair market value decreases below the recorded value. Used railcars are reflected net of such market valuation reserves of $754 and $618 at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, to reduce the original carrying amounts to their estimated net realizable value. The Company’s inventory consists of raw materials, work in progress and finished goods for individual customer contracts. Therefore, management has determined that no reserve, including reserves for obsolete inventory, is necessary for raw materials, work in progress or finished new railcar inventory at December 31, 2003 and 2004.

 


 

F-7


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at acquisition cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which are as follows:

 

Description of Assets    Life

Buildings and improvements

   10-40 years

Machinery and equipment

   3-12 years

 

Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, while major replacements and improvements are capitalized. The cost and accumulated depreciation of items sold or retired are removed from the property accounts and any gain or loss is recorded in the consolidated statement of operations upon disposal or retirement.

 

Long-Lived Assets

 

The Company evaluates long-lived assets under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (“SFAS No. 144”), which addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment of long-lived assets and for long-lived assets to be disposed. For assets to be held or used, the Company groups a long-lived asset or assets with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. An impairment loss for an asset group reduces only the carrying amounts of a long-lived asset or assets of the group being evaluated. Estimates of future cash flows used to test the recoverability of a long-lived asset group include only the future cash flows that are directly associated with and that are expected to arise as a direct result of the use and eventual disposition of the asset group. The future cash flow estimates used by the Company exclude interest charges. There were no impairment charges recorded for long-lived assets during 2002, 2003 or 2004.

 

In November 2002, the Company temporarily discontinued production at the Shell Plant in Johnstown, Pennsylvania (the “Shell Plant”). The shutdown was principally due to having capacity in excess of current market demand. The Shell Plant, including associated equipment, has a net book value of $1,690 at December 31, 2004. The reopening of the Shell Plant as a manufacturing operation is dependent on, among other things, an increased demand for railcars. The Company recorded a charge of $299 in 2004 relating to the carrying value of certain equipment written off and determined that no other asset impairment charge is necessary. The Company plans to use the Shell Plant for storage and move the Company’s parts business to the Shell Plant when the lease for the current parts facility expires in 2007.

 

Deferred Offering Costs

 

The Company has deferred costs associated with a proposed initial public offering of its common stock which are specific incremental costs directly attributable to the offering. Deferred offering costs incurred prior to the offering will be applied against the proceeds from the offering when the offering is consummated. In the event the offering is not successful, such costs will be expensed.

 


 

F-8


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

Research and Development

 

Costs associated with research and development are expensed as incurred and totaled approximately $757, $207 and $329 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Such costs are reflected within selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets which became effective for the Company on January 1, 2002. This standard requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives should not be amortized but tested for impairment at least annually by comparing the fair value of the asset to its related carrying value. In accordance with the implementation of SFAS No. 142, the Company assessed the useful lives of its intangible assets during the year ended December 31, 2002 and concluded that it holds no indefinite-lived intangibles that have a carrying value.

 

Management performed the goodwill impairment test required by SFAS No. 142 as of January 1 of each year. The valuation used a combination of methods to determine the fair value of the Company (which consists of one reporting unit) including prices of comparable businesses, a present value technique and recent transactions involving businesses similar to the Company. There was no transition adjustment required as a result of the implementation of SFAS No. 142. No such impairment existed at December 31, 2003 and 2004 based on the Company’s evaluation.

 

Intangible assets consist of the following:

 

     December 31,

 
     2003     2004  

Patents

   $ 13,097     $ 13,097  

Accumulated amortization

     (5,654 )     (6,244 )
    


 


Patents, net of accumulated amortization

     7,443       6,853  

Pension intangible asset – see Note 8

     —         6,784  
    


 


Total intangible assets

   $ 7,443     $ 13,637  
    


 


 

Patents are being amortized over their remaining legal life from the date of acquisition on a straight-line method. The weighted average remaining life of the Company’s patents is 12 years. For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, the Company recognized $853, $591 and $590, respectively, of amortization expense related to patents which is included in cost of sales. The Company estimates amortization expense for each of the five years in the period ending December 31, 2009 will be approximately $590.

 

Income Taxes

 

For Federal income tax purposes, the Company files a consolidated federal tax return. JAC files separately in Pennsylvania. The Company files a combined return in Illinois. The Company’s operations are not significant in any states other than Illinois and Pennsylvania. In conformity with SFAS No. 109,

 


 

F-9


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

Accounting for Income Taxes, the Company provides for deferred income taxes on differences between the book and tax bases of its assets and liabilities and for items that are reported for financial statement purposes in periods different from those for income tax reporting purposes. Management evaluates deferred tax assets and provides a valuation allowance when it believes that it is more likely than not that some portion of these assets will not be realized.

 

Rights to Additional Acquisition Consideration

 

At the date of the acquisition of the Company’s business in 1999 from Transportation Technologies Industries, Inc. (“TTII”), the Company recorded an obligation of $8,173, representing the present value of the Rights to Additional Acquisition Consideration, using a discount rate of 25% and an expected redemption period of seven years. Interest expense, representing the accretion of the discount and a 10% return on the stated amount of the rights, is calculated on the compounded carrying value of the obligation. See Note 6.

 

Product Warranties

 

The Company establishes a warranty reserve for new railcar sales at the time of sale, estimates the amount of the warranty accrual for new railcars sold based on the history of warranty claims for the type of railcar and adjusts the reserve for significant known claims in excess of established reserves.

 

Warranty terms are based on the negotiated railcar sales contracts and typically are for periods of one to five years. Historically, the majority of warranty claims occur in the first three years of the warranty period. The changes in the warranty reserve for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004 are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
           2002                 2003                 2004        

Balance at the beginning of the period

   $ 11,850     $ 8,798     $ 5,324  

Warranties issued during the period

     2,305       572       2,812  

Reductions for payments, cost of repairs and other

     (4,067 )     (3,029 )     (1,856 )

Changes in the warranty reserve for preexisting warranties

     (1,290 )     (1,017 )     (316 )
    


 


 


Balance at the end of the period

   $ 8,798     $ 5,324     $ 5,964  
    


 


 


 

Revenue Recognition

 

Revenues on new and rebuilt railcars are recognized when individual cars are completed, the railcars are accepted by the customer following inspection, the risk for any damage or other loss with respect to the railcars passes to the customer and title to the railcars transfers to the customer. There are no returns or allowances recorded against sales. Pursuant to Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Non-Monetary Transactions, and Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 01-2, Interpretations of APB No. 29, revenue is recognized for the entire transaction on transactions involving used railcar trades when the cash consideration is in excess of 25% of the total transaction value and on a pro-rata portion of the total transaction value when the cash consideration is less than 25% of the total transaction value. Used railcars received are valued at their estimated fair market value at the date of receipt less a normal profit margin. Revenue from leasing is recognized ratably during the lease term.

 


 

F-10


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

The Company’s sales to customers outside the United States were not material for any period presented.

 

The Company accrues for loss contracts when it has a contractual commitment to manufacture railcars at an estimated cost in excess of the contractual selling price.

 

The Company records amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling as part of sales in accordance with EITF 00-10, Accounting for Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs , and records related costs in cost of sales.

 

Financial Instruments

 

Management estimates that all financial instruments (including cash, restricted cash and long-term debt), except the Senior Notes and the PIK Notes (see Note 5) and the rights to additional acquisition consideration (see Note 6), have fair values that approximate their carrying values as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, due to the existence of short-term variable interest rates on those instruments. The fair value of the Senior Notes was estimated to be $30,928 and $30,043 at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. The fair value of the PIK Notes was $18,389 and $25,451 at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. The fair value of the Senior Notes and PIK Notes were calculated based on the present value of expected future cash flows using an estimated market discount rate of 11% at December 31, 2003 and 2004. The fair value of the rights to additional acquisition consideration was $23,365 and $28,671 at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. The fair values were calculated based on the present value of expected future cash flows using an estimated market discount rate of 21% at December 31, 2003 and 2004.

 

Restricted Cash and Deferred Revenue

 

The Company has deferred a portion of revenue related to a 2000 railcar sale contract. The accreted value of the deferred revenue on the 2000 contract was $4,308 and $4,688 as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. The sales agreement required an initial deposit of $3,800 of the contract proceeds be placed in escrow for the Company’s participation in a residual support guaranty agreement with the buyer relating to the Company’s assistance in the buyer’s subsequent lease to other parties of the railcars purchased. The lessee may terminate the lease agreement on October 30, 2005, October 30, 2010 and October 30, 2015. Upon the termination of the lease, the Company may remarket the railcars. To the extent that the remarketed value is less than a defined price, the cash escrow may be used to reimburse the lessor. Such escrow is reflected on the Company’s balance sheet as restricted cash. Interest earned on the escrow is also restricted.

 

The Company has deferred a portion of revenue related to two railcar sale contracts in 2002 which contain underlying rental support requirements. The amount of deferred revenue is based on the maximum rental support the Company would be required to pay if the cars are not leased out at a specified rate over the next three years. The deferred revenue balance on the contracts was $261 and $195 as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

The Company has deferred a portion of the revenue related to a sale and leaseback contract in 2003 for railcars in accordance with SFAS No. 28, Accounting for Sales with Leasebacks . The amount of the

 


 

F-11


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

deferred revenue will be recognized in proportion to the related gross rental payments over the lease term. The deferred revenue balance on this contract was $647 as of December 31, 2003. The agreement expired in 2004.

 

On September 11, 2003, the Company entered into a revolving credit facility agreement (see Note 5), which requires the Company to maintain a restricted cash account, the “Cash Collateral,” as additional collateral. The balance of the Cash Collateral account is required to be a minimum of $7,500 until March 31, 2004; thereafter the minimum balance may be reduced in any quarter where the EBITDA requirements in accordance with the Revolving Credit Facility agreement are met for the previous 12 months. The Cash Collateral balance at December 31, 2003 and 2004 was $7,500.

 

In addition, at December 31, 2004, the Company had $1,200 in escrow representing security for workers’ compensation insurance.

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and the minimum pension liability adjustment, which is shown net of tax.

 

Earnings Per Share

 

Basic earnings (loss) per share are calculated as net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the respective period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share are calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding plus dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the year.

 

As more fully described in Note 7, the Company’s board of directors approved the grant of options to purchase 1,014 Units, consisting of 550 shares of Class A voting common stock and one share of Series A voting preferred stock. The grant of these options, which have an exercise price of $0.01 per Unit, became effective on December 23, 2004. Since shares subject to these options are issuable at little or no cash consideration, they are considered to be contingently issuable shares and are considered outstanding in the computation of basic earnings per share for the period outstanding on a weighted average basis. The weighted average common shares outstanding are computed as follows:

 

Common shares outstanding

   6,875,000

Effect of contingently issuable shares

   13,750
    

Weighted average common shares outstanding (basic and diluted)

   6,888,750
    

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. (“FIN”) 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities , which was later amended on December 24, 2003 (“FIN 46R”). FIN 46R explains how to identify variable interest entities and how an enterprise assesses its interest in a variable interest entity to

 


 

F-12


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

decide whether to consolidate that entity. FIN 46R requires unconsolidated variable interest entities to be consolidated by their primary beneficiaries if the entities do not effectively disperse the risks and rewards of ownership among their owners and other parties involved. The provisions of FIN 46R are generally effective for periods ending after December 31, 2003. The Company has no variable interest entities and, as a result, the adoption of FIN 46, as amended by FIN 46R, had no impact on its financial statements.

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity , including the deferral of certain effective dates as a result of the provisions of FASB Staff Position 150-3, Effective Date, Disclosures and Transition for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests Under FASB Statement No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity, which establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. The Company adopted SFAS No. 150 effective January 1, 2004 as required. The adoption of SFAS No. 150 had no effect on the financial statements.

 

In December 2003, the FASB revised SFAS No. 132, Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits , to require additional disclosures about the assets, obligations, cash flows and net periodic benefit cost of defined benefit postretirement plans. The Company has adopted these additional disclosure requirements and included such disclosures in the notes to the financial statements.

 

In December 2003, FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No. 106-1, Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 , was released. FSP No. 106-1 was subsequently superseded by FSP No. 106-2, Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 . FSP No. 106-2 requires a sponsor of a postretirement health care plan that provides a prescription drug benefit to implement the accounting for the effects of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the “Act”) for the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2004. The Act expands Medicare, primarily by adding a prescription drug benefit for Medicare-eligible retirees starting in 2006. Although detailed regulations necessary to implement the Act have not yet been finalized, the Company believes that drug benefits offered to the salaried retirees under its postretirement welfare plans will qualify for the subsidy under Medicare Part D. The effects of this subsidy were factored into the 2004 annual expense. The reduction in the benefit obligation attributable to past service cost was approximately $622 and has been reflected as an actuarial gain. The reduction in expense for 2004 related to the Act was approximately $145.

 

In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs—An Amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4 , which requires the recognition of costs of idle facilities, excessive spoilage, double freight and rehandling costs as a component of current-period expenses. The provisions of SFAS No. 151 are effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. Since the Company produces railcars based upon specific customer orders, management does not expect the provisions of SFAS No. 151 to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets—An Amendment of APB Opinion No. 29. APB Opinion No. 29 , Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions , is based on the principle that exchanges of nonmonetary assets should be measured based on the fair value of the

 


 

F-13


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

assets exchanged. The guidance in APB Opinion No. 29 included certain exceptions to that principle. SFAS No. 153 amends APB Opinion No. 29 to eliminate the exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. A nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. The provisions of SFAS No. 153 are effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. Management has not yet evaluated the impact of the adoption of SFAS No. 153 on the Company’s financial statements. The Company plans to adopt SFAS No. 153 effective January 1, 2006 as required.

 

In December 2004, the FASB revised SFAS No. 123, Share-Based Payment, which establishes the accounting for transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity instruments or certain liabilities based upon the entity’s equity instruments for goods or services. The revision to SFAS No. 123 generally requires that publicly traded companies measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the fair value of the award on the grant date. That cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, which is usually the vesting period. Management expects that the revised provisions of SFAS No. 123 will be effective for the Company beginning in July 2005. Management has not yet evaluated the impact of the revisions to SFAS No. 123 on the Company’s financial statements.

 

Restatement

 

Subsequent to the issuance of the Company’s 2004 financial statements, the Company’s management determined that $5,200 of industrial revenue bonds previously reported in long-term debt at December 31, 2004 and 2003 should have been reported within current liabilities. Accordingly, previously reported long-term debt at each of December 31, 2004 and 2003 has been reduced by $5,200 and current liabilities and total current liabilities at those dates have been increased by $5,200 from the amounts previously reported.

 

3.    Inventories

 

Inventories consist of the following:

 

     December 31,

     2003    2004

Raw materials and purchased components

   $ 58    $ 146

Work in progress

     20,177      55,304

Finished new railcars

     3,418      14,386

Used railcars held for sale, net of reserves

     4,917      3,382
    

  

Total inventories

   $ 28,570    $ 73,218
    

  

 


 

F-14


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

4.    Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment consists of the following:

 

     December 31,

 
     2003     2004  

Land

   $ 909     $ 909  
    


 


Buildings and improvements

     24,012       24,189  

Machinery and equipment

     33,188       33,571  
    


 


Cost of buildings, improvements, machinery and equipment

     57,200       57,760  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (29,228 )     (35,009 )
    


 


Buildings, improvements, machinery and equipment net of accumulated depreciation and amortization

     27,972       22,751  

Construction in process

     162       539  
    


 


Total property, plant and equipment

   $ 29,043     $ 24,199  
    


 


 

5.    Borrowing Arrangements

 

Total debt consists of the following:

 

     2003     2004  

Senior Notes (net of unamortized discount of $1,786 and $1,071)

   $ 23,214     $ 23,929  

PIK notes

     14,864       21,179  

Term Loan

     8,500       5,750  

Short-term Industrial Revenue Bonds

     5,200       5,200  
    


 


Total debt

     51,778       56,058  

Current portion and short-term debt

     (7,200 )     (7,200 )
    


 


Long-term debt, less current portion and short-term debt

   $ 44,578     $ 48,858  
    


 


 

The agreements governing the Existing Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below), the Term Loan (as defined below) and the Senior Notes (as defined below) require the Company to maintain specified minimum levels of EBITDA (as defined in those agreements) and certain leverage, fixed charge coverage and interest coverage ratios based on EBITDA. The Company was in compliance with such covenants at December 31, 2003. The Company was in violation of certain or all of these financial covenants with quarterly measurement dates for the three, six and nine months ended March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004 and September 30, 2004, respectively. As a result, the Company was required to obtain waivers of these defaults from lenders under its existing revolving credit facility, the senior notes and the term loan. In December 2004, the Company obtained waivers of these defaults, as well as prospective waivers for any violations of the financial covenants for the quarter ended December 31, 2004, with respect to its existing revolving credit facility and the senior notes, and through the quarter ended September 30, 2005, with respect to the term loan. If such waivers had not been obtained, the Company’s failure to comply with these covenants would have resulted in an event of default, which may have led to the acceleration

 


 

F-15


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

of any and all amounts due under its existing revolving credit facility, the senior notes and the term loan. In addition, the Company simultaneously amended the agreements governing its existing revolving credit facility and the senior notes to exclude from the calculation of the minimum EBITDA and EBITDA-based ratios charges of up to $9,200 in connection with the settlement of certain labor disputes (see Note 15), losses on a customer contract for box railcars in 2004 and non-cash expenses relating to its stock option plan. The Company was in compliance with the amended financial covenants as of December 31, 2004. Based on existing customer contracts in the Company’s backlog and the resulting projected operating results in 2005, management believes that the Company will meet the amended covenant requirements for the Existing Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Notes through December 31, 2005 and the covenant requirement for the Term Loan through December 31, 2005.

 

Existing Revolving Credit Facility

 

The Company has entered into a revolving credit facility agreement (the “Existing Revolving Credit Facility”) which provides for a line of credit of $20,000 including a letter of credit sub-facility that may not exceed $12,000.

 

Borrowings and outstanding letters of credit under the Existing Revolving Credit Facility may not, in total, exceed the facility’s borrowing base (the “Facility Borrowing Base”). The Facility Borrowing Base, as defined in the Existing Revolving Credit Facility agreement, is the lesser of (i) $20,000 or (ii) an amount equal to a percentage of eligible accounts receivable plus a percentage of eligible finished inventory plus a percentage of eligible semi-finished inventory and the amount of the cash collateral held under the Existing Revolving Credit Facility (the “Cash Collateral,” see below). The Company must pay a fee of 0.35% to 0.50% per year, depending on the amount of cash advances drawn, on the unused portion of the Existing Revolving Credit Facility. At December 31, 2003 and 2004 there were no borrowings under the Existing Revolving Credit Facility and outstanding letters of credit amounted to $10,617. The Company’s ability to borrow under the Existing Revolving Credit Facility is conditioned upon, among other things, the requirement that no material adverse change has occurred in the Company’s business or operations as of the date of the borrowing request. Borrowing availability at December 31, 2004 under the Existing Revolving Credit Facility was $9,383.

 

Borrowings under the Existing Revolving Credit Facility are collateralized by the assets of JAC, FCS, JAIX and Operations. In addition the Company was required to maintain a restricted cash account referred to as Cash Collateral (see Note 2—Restricted Cash and Deferred Revenue) of at least $7,500 until March 31, 2004; thereafter, the minimum balance can be reduced in any quarter where certain requirements related to the Company’s earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization in accordance with the Existing Revolving Credit Facility agreement are met for the previous 12 months. The Cash Collateral balance at December 31, 2003 and 2004 was $7,500.

 

The Company must maintain compliance with certain covenants which, among other things, limit additional borrowings, acquisitions and guarantees. The Existing Revolving Credit Facility also restricts the ability of our borrower subsidiaries to, among other things, declare or pay any dividends on their common stock for distribution to America, except under certain circumstances. The Company was in compliance with such covenants at December 31, 2003 and, as amended, at December 31, 2004.

 

The Company may elect an interest rate, payable monthly, at either the “Floating Rate” (defined as the lender’s prime rate plus an applicable margin of between 0.25% and 1.25%) or the “Eurodollar Rate”

 


 

F-16


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

(defined as the LIBOR Index Rate as adjusted for certain reserve requirements of the lender plus an applicable margin of between 2.5% and 4.0%). The applicable margins are determined based on the Company’s leverage ratio.

 

Term Loan

 

On October 17, 2003, the Company entered into a term loan (the “Term Loan”) for $9,000 with interest payable monthly at LIBOR plus 4.5%. At December 31, 2004, borrowings under the Term Loan bore interest at 6.78%. The loan is repayable on a monthly basis and matures on March 31, 2008. America, Intermedco, and JAC Patent act as guarantors for Operations’ Term Loan. Additionally, borrowings under the Term Loan are collateralized by the stock of Operations, Intermedco, JAC, FCS, JAIX and JAC Patent. The Company must maintain compliance with certain covenants which, among other things, limit additional borrowings, acquisitions and guarantees. The Company was in compliance with such covenants at December 31, 2003 and, as amended, at December 31, 2004.

 

Senior Notes and PIK Notes

 

The Senior Notes have a face value of $25,000 and were issued to certain shareholders of America. The Senior Notes bear interest at 15% payable quarterly in cash or, at the election of America, through the issuance of additional notes (the “PIK Notes”) which also bear interest at 15%. The Senior Notes will bear interest at 17% payable quarterly beginning on July 1, 2006. America must maintain compliance with certain financial covenants under the terms of the Senior Notes. A portion ($9,000) of the PIK Notes was repaid with proceeds from the Term Loan during 2003. The remaining balances outstanding under the Senior Notes and PIK notes are due on June 30, 2008. The debt discount is being amortized over the life of the Senior Notes using the straight-line method, which approximates the interest method. The Company must maintain compliance with certain covenants which, among other things, limit additional borrowings, acquisitions and guarantees. The Company was in compliance with such covenants at December 31, 2003 and, as amended, at December 31, 2004.

 

The Company has agreed to pay the holders of the Senior Notes (which holders are also stockholders of the Company) financing and management service fees aggregating $100 per year so long as the Senior Notes lenders also each own at least 1,375,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

Industrial Revenue Bonds

 

The Company issued Industrial Revenue Bonds for $5,300 (of which $5,200 is currently outstanding) that bear interest at a variable rate (2.15% as of December 31, 2004) and can be redeemed by the Company at any time. The bonds are secured by a letter of credit issued by JAC and FCS which expires on December 15, 2005. The bonds have no amortization and mature on December 1, 2010. The bonds are also subject to a weekly “put” provision by the holders of the bonds and as a result have been reflected as a current liability.

 


 

F-17


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

Combined future principal repayments for all borrowing arrangements, including short-term debt, at December 31, 2004, are as follows:

 

2005 (including Industrial Revenue Bonds discussed above)

   $ 7,200  

2006

     2,000  

2007

     1,750  

2008

     46,179  

2009

     -0-  

Thereafter

     -0-  
    


       57,129  

Unamortized discount on Senior Notes

     (1,071 )
    


     $ 56,058  
    


 

6.    Rights to Additional Acquisition Consideration

 

Under the share purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) relating to the acquisition of the Company’s business in 1999 from TTII, the Company was required to pay $20,000 of additional acquisition consideration (the “Rights to Additional Acquisition Consideration”) plus accreted value to TTII upon the occurrence of certain events. These events include an initial public offering satisfying certain conditions, the sale of a majority of the Company’s assets, the repayment of the borrowings under a prior term loan and the Senior Notes, subject to certain conditions, and the liquidation or dissolution of the Company. The amount payable upon a triggering event under the Rights to Additional Acquisition Consideration at redemption is $20,000 plus an accreted value that compounds at a rate of 10% annually, and was $30,990 and $34,089 at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Subsequent to the closing of the Purchase Agreement, TTII sold its interest in the Rights to Additional Acquisition Consideration to certain stockholders of the Company, one of which subsequently sold all of its Rights to Additional Acquisition Consideration to an unrelated third party (see Note 16).

 

At the time of the acquisition, the Company recorded an obligation of $8,173, representing the fair value of the Rights to Additional Acquisition Consideration at the time of the acquisition, using a discount rate of 25% and based on an estimated redemption period of seven years. The carrying value of the Rights to Additional Acquisition Consideration accretes annually under the effective interest method.

 

7.    Redeemable Preferred Stock and Common Stock

 

Holders of the Company’s preferred stock control a majority of the votes of its board of directors and have the ability to direct the Company to, among other things, repurchase its outstanding securities. Therefore, the Company’s preferred stock may be considered to be redeemable at the option of the holders thereof and the Company has classified its preferred stock on its balance sheet separately rather than as part of stockholders’ equity.

 

Class A common stock has voting rights. Class B common stock is non-voting. The Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock both have a liquidation value of $500 per share and are subject to a 17% cumulative dividend before any dividends may be declared to common stockholders.

 


 

F-18


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

The Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock are redeemable at the option of the Company. Accumulated but undeclared dividends at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, were $3,506 and $4,156 for the Series A voting preferred stock and $1,364 and $1,776 for the Series B non-voting preferred stock.

 

Common stock and preferred stock were sold to investors for amounts up to $500 per share when America purchased the Company. At that time, certain shareholders purchased the Senior Notes with a $25,000 principal amount plus 5,000 shares of Series A voting preferred stock and 2,750,000 shares of Class A common stock for total consideration of $25,000. The amounts allocated to the debt and each equity account were determined based upon an estimated fair value of $500 per share for each share of common stock and preferred stock (the amount paid by unrelated investors) with the residual $20,000 allocated to the Senior Notes. The Company has never paid dividends on the common or preferred stock.

 

On December 7, 2004, in accordance with the Company’s existing shareholders’ agreement, the Company’s board of directors approved the grant of certain options to purchase an aggregate of 1,014 Units to certain directors and officers of the Company at an exercise price of $0.01 per Unit. The grant of these options became effective on December 23, 2004. Each Unit consists of 550 shares of Class A voting common stock and one share of Series A voting preferred stock. The Company has recorded a non-cash expense of $8,900 based on the estimated fair value per Unit.

 

8.    Employee Benefit Plans

 

The Company has qualified, defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all of the employees of JAC, Operations and JAIX. The Company uses a measurement date of December 31 for all of its employee benefit plans. Contributions to the plans are made based upon the minimum amounts required under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act. The plans’ assets are held by independent trustees and consist primarily of equity and fixed income securities.

 

Pension benefits which accrued as a result of employee service before June 4, 1999 remained the responsibility of TTII, the former owner of JAC, FCS, JAIX and JAC Patent (for employee service during the period October 28, 1991 through June 3, 1999), or Bethlehem Steel Corporation (“Bethlehem”) (for employee service prior to October 28, 1991), the owner of JAC prior to TTII. The Company initiated new pension plans for such employees for service subsequent to June 3, 1999, which essentially provide benefits similar to the former plans.

 

The Company also provides certain postretirement health care benefits for certain of its salaried and hourly retired employees. Employees may become eligible for health care benefits if they retire after attaining specified age and service requirements. These benefits are subject to deductibles, co-payment provisions and other limitations.

 

On October 15, 2001, Bethlehem filed a voluntary petition under Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Bethlehem Bankruptcy”). The costs of postretirement benefits of employees over age 43 at the date that TTII purchased the assets of FCS from Bethlehem were paid by Bethlehem prior to the Bethlehem Bankruptcy. The Company did not reflect the cost and liability for these benefits in its financial statements because management believed the substantive postretirement plan for these individuals is a Bethlehem plan under

 


 

F-19


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

the provisions of SFAS No. 106, Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions . The Company became a defendant in a suit filed by the United Steelworkers of America and other plaintiffs alleging that the Company breached various collective bargaining agreements by terminating, effective May 1, 2002, retiree medical and life insurance for those retirees covered under the Bethlehem substantive plan as a result of the Bethlehem Bankruptcy (the “Deemer Case”). In February 2003, the magistrate judge issued a report and recommendation that the complaint be dismissed and summary judgment entered in favor of the Company. On July 14, 2003, the District Court rejected the report and recommendation. The parties engaged in discovery through May 31, 2004 and agreed to non-binding mediation. On November 15, 2004, the Company entered into an agreement to settle the Deemer Case, the Britt Case (as more fully described in Note 13) and the disputes relating to the Company’s collective bargaining agreement that had expired in October 2001. This settlement is more fully described in Note 15.

 

Costs of benefits relating to current service for those employees to whom the Company is responsible to provide benefits are expensed currently. The changes in benefit obligation, change in plan assets, funded status and weighted average assumptions as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, and components of net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits

    Postretirement
Benefits


 
     2003     2004     2003     2004  

Change in benefit obligation

                                

Benefit obligation—Beginning of year

   $ 21,099     $ 28,616     $ 14,748     $ 20,443  

Service cost

     1,240       1,455       485       696  

Interest cost

     1,633       1,742       1,037       1,533  

Plan amendment

     —         8,569       (392 )     30,097  

Actuarial loss

     5,790       685       4,965       1,744  

Benefits paid

     (1,146 )     (1,196 )     (400 )     (543 )
    


 


 


 


Benefit obligation—End of year

   $ 28,616     $ 39,871     $ 20,443     $ 53,970  
    


 


 


 


Accumulated benefit obligation

   $ 22,577     $ 35,205                  
    


 


               

Change in plan assets

                                

Plan assets—Beginning of year

   $ 7,636     $ 11,249     $ —       $ —    

Actual return on plan assets

     1,773       1,878       —         —    

Employer contributions

     2,986       4,773       400       543  

Benefits paid

     (1,146 )     (1,196 )     (400 )     (543 )
    


 


 


 


Plan assets at fair value—End of year

   $ 11,249     $ 16,704     $ —       $ —    
    


 


 


 


 


 

F-20


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

     Pension Benefits

    Postretirement
Benefits


 
     2003     2004     2003     2004  

Funded status

                                

Benefit obligation in excess of plan assets

   $ 17,367     $ 23,167     $ 20,443     $ 53,969  

Unrecognized prior service (cost) benefit

     —         ( 6,784 )     3,743       (21,976 )

Unrecognized net loss

     (11,228 )     (10,633 )     (8,782 )     (10,045 )
    


 


 


 


Net amount recognized at December 31

   $ 6,139     $ 5,750     $ 15,404     $ 21,948  
    


 


 


 


Amounts recognized in the balance sheets

                                

Accrued benefit liability

   $ (13,581 )   $ (20,817 )   $ (15,404 )   $ (21,948 )

Intangible asset

     —         6,784       —         —    

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (pre-tax)

     7,442       8,283       —         —    
    


 


 


 


Net amount recognized at December 31

   $ (6,139 )   $ (5,750 )   $ (15,404 )   $ (21,948 )
    


 


 


 


 

     Pension Benefits

    Postretirement Benefits

 
     2002     2003     2004     2002     2003     2004  

Components of net periodic benefit cost

                                                

Service cost

   $ 1,566     $ 1,240     $ 1,455     $ 421     $ 485     $ 696  

Interest cost

     1,119       1,633       1,742       888       1,037       1,533  

Settlement of labor dispute

     —         —         1,714       —         —         4,433  

Expected return on plan assets

     (634 )     (787 )     (1,200 )     —         —         —    

Amortization of prior service cost (gain)

                 71       (337 )     (351 )     (56 )

Amortization of unrecognized net loss

     58       740       602       128       225       481  
    


 


 


 


 


 


     $ 2,109     $ 2,826     $ 4,384     $ 1,100     $ 1,396     $ 7,087  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 

The change in the pension benefit obligation for the year ended December 31, 2003 reflects an increase as a result of a $4,000 actuarial loss attributable to a large group of previously laid-off employees being rehired, as well as a group of laid-off employees qualifying for special early termination benefits.

 

During 2003, the Company experienced a reduction of its postretirement benefit obligation of $392 related to a plan amendment to its postretirement benefits program to decrease salaried employees’ life insurance benefits. Additionally, the change in benefit obligation for the year ended December 31, 2003 reflects an increase as a result of a $4,900 actuarial loss attributable to the decrease in the discount rate, unfavorable medical claims experience and the increase in the health care rate assumptions under the postretirement benefit program.

 

During 2004, the Company experienced an increase in its pension benefit obligation of $8,569 and an increase in its postretirement benefit obligation of $30,097 related to amendments to its pension benefit and postretirement benefit plans. These increases were the result of a settlement reached between the Company and The United Steelworkers of America, whereby the Company agreed to add certain retirees to its postretirement benefit programs, as more fully described in Notes 13 and 15. Such increases will result in increased pension and postretirement expense as prior service cost is amortized.

 


 

F-21


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, were expected to be paid as of December 31, 2004:

 

     Pension
Benefits
   Postretirement
Benefits

2005

   $ 1,310    $ 2,961

2006

     1,382      2,926

2007

     1,440      3,019

2008

     1,515      3,062

2009

     1,625      3,063

 

The Company expects to contribute $4,049 to its pension plan in 2005.

 

The assumptions used to determine end of year benefit obligations are shown in the following table:

 

     Pension Benefits

   Postretirement
Benefits


     2003    2004    2003    2004

Discount rate

   6.25%    6.00%    6.25%    6.00%

Rate of increase in compensation levels

   3.00%-4.00%    3.00%-4.00%          

 

The assumptions used in the measurement of net periodic cost are shown in the following table:

 

    Pension Benefits

  Postretirement Benefits

 
    2002   2003   2004     2002         2003         2004    

Discount rate

  7.25%   6.75%   6.25%   7.25 %   6.75 %   6.25 %

Expected return on plan assets

  9.00%   9.00%   9.00%   —       —       —    

Rate of compensation increase

  3.00%-4.00%   3.50%-4.00%   3.00%-4.00%   —       —       —    

 

Assumed health care cost trend rates at December 31 are set forth below:

 

     2002     2003     2004  

Health care cost trend rate assigned for next year

   5.00 %   10.00 %   9.00 %

Rate to which cost trend is assumed to decline

   5.00 %   5.00 %   5.00 %

Year the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

   —       2008     2009  

 

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. A one percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

 

     One Percentage Point

 
         Increase            Decrease      

Effect on total of service and interest cost

   $ 197    $ (152 )

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

     2,207      (1,824 )

 


 

F-22


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

The Company’s pension plans’ investment policy, weighted average asset allocations at December 31, 2003 and 2004, and target allocations for 2005, by asset category, are as follows:

 

     Plan Assets at
December 31,


   

Target
Allocation

2005


 
         2003             2004        

Asset Category

                  

Equity securities

   62 %   74 %   70 %

Debt securities

   38 %   26 %   30 %
    

 

 

     100 %   100 %   100 %
    

 

 

 

The basic goal underlying the pension plan investment policy is to ensure that the assets of the plans, along with expected plan sponsor contributions, will be invested in a prudent manner to meet the obligations of the plans as those obligations come due. Investment practices must comply with the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) and any other applicable laws and regulations.

 

The long term return on assets was estimated based upon historical market performance, expectations of future market performance for debt and equity securities and the related risks of various allocations between debt and equity securities. Numerous asset classes with differing expected rates of return, return volatility, and correlations are utilized to reduce risk through diversification.

 

The Company also maintains qualified defined contribution plans which provide benefits to their employees based on employee contributions, years of service, employee earnings or certain subsidiary earnings, with discretionary contributions allowed. Expenses related to these plans were $653, $617 and $736 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

9.    Income Taxes

 

The provision (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended December 31, includes current and deferred components as follows:

 

     December 31,

 
     2002     2003     2004  

Current taxes

                        

Federal

   $ (4,709 )   $ (651 )   $ —    

State

     (201 )     (10 )     —    
    


 


 


       (4,910 )     (661 )     —    
    


 


 


Deferred taxes

                        

Federal

     1,572       (530 )     (6,709 )

State

     (216 )     (127 )     (1,253 )
    


 


 


       1,356       (657 )     (7,962 )
    


 


 


Total

   $ (3,554 )   $ (1,318 )   $ (7,962 )
    


 


 


 


 

F-23


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

The provision (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended December 31, differs from the amounts computed by applying the federal statutory rate as follows:

 

     2002     2003     2004  

Statutory U.S. federal income tax rate

   (35.0 )%   (35.0 )%   (35.0 )%

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

   (4.9 )%   (4.7 )%   (4.4 )%

Valuation allowance

   2.0 %   4.9 %   2.2 %

Goodwill amortization for tax reporting purposes

   (0.4 )%   (0.5 )%   (0.1 )%

Nondeductible interest expense on rights to additional acquisition consideration

   10.5 %   18.3 %   6.1 %

Nondeductible stock compensation expense

   —       —       6.8 %

Nondeductible expenses

   0.4 %   0.6 %   0.2 %

Other

   (1.8 )%   1.3 %   (0.1 )%
    

 

 

Effective income tax rate

   (29.2 )%   (15.1 )%   (24.3 )%
    

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes result from temporary differences in the financial and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Components of deferred tax assets (liabilities) consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2003

    December 31, 2004

 
Description    Assets     Liabilities     Assets     Liabilities  

Accrued post-retirement and pension benefits-long term

   $ 6,667     $ —       $ 11,314     $ —    

Intangible assets

     3,700       —         3,179       —    

Accrued workers’ compensation costs

     852       —         936       —    

Accrued warranty costs

     2,077       —         2,287       —    

Accrued bonuses

     2,587       —         1,796       —    

Accrued vacation

     708       —         709       —    

Property, plant and equipment

     —         (3,000 )     —         (2,602 )

Used railcars held for sale

     395       —         73       —    

Federal net operating loss carryforwards

     2,846       —         4,001       —    

State net operating loss carryforwards

     2,928       —         3,310       —    

Reserve on loss contract

     —         —         1,426       —    

Stock compensation expense

     —         —         1,130       —    

Other

     1,214       —         2,589       —    
    


 


 


 


       23,974       (3,000 )     32,750       (2,602 )

Valuation allowance

     (3,067 )     —         (3,795 )     —    
    


 


 


 


Deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   $ 20,907     $ (3,000 )   $ 28,955     $ (2,602 )
    


 


 


 


Increase in valuation allowance

   $ 427             $ 728          
    


         


       

 

In the consolidated balance sheets, these deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as current or noncurrent, based on the classification of the related liability or asset for financial reporting. A deferred tax asset or liability that is not related to an asset or liability for financial reporting, including deferred tax assets related to carryforwards, is classified according to the expected reversal date of the temporary differences as of the end of the year. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not

 


 

F-24


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. A valuation allowance of $3,067 and $3,795 has been recorded at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, as management concluded it was more likely than not that certain net Commonwealth of Pennsylvania deferred tax assets would not be realized. At December 31, 2004, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of $11,432, which expire in 2024. At December 31, 2004, the Company had Pennsylvania and Illinois net operating loss carryforwards of $39,729 and $18,191, respectively, which expire beginning in 2005 and 2022, respectively.

 

10.    Risks and Contingencies

 

The Company is involved in various warranty and repair claims and related threatened and pending legal proceedings with its customers in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the Company’s potential losses in excess of the accrued warranty provisions, if any, are not expected to be material to the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

The Company relies upon third-party suppliers for railcar heavy castings, wheels and other components for its railcars. In particular, it purchases a substantial percentage of its railcar heavy castings and wheels from subsidiaries of one entity. The Company also relies upon a single supplier to manufacture all of its cold-rolled center sills for its railcars. Any inability by these suppliers to provide the Company with components for its railcars, any significant decline in the quality of these components or any failure of these suppliers to meet the Company’s planned requirements for such components may have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. While the Company believes that it could secure alternative manufacturing sources, the Company may incur substantial delays and significant expense in finding an alternative source and its results of operations may be significantly affected.

 

11.    Other Commitments

 

The Company leases certain equipment under long-term operating leases expiring at various dates through 2014. The leases generally contain specific renewal or purchase options at lease-end at the then fair market amounts.

 

Future minimum lease payments at December 31, 2004, are as follows:

 

2005

   $ 958

2006

     1,532

2007

     1,404

2008

     1,300

2009

     1,317
    

     $ 6,511
    

 

The Company is liable for maintenance, insurance and similar costs under most of its leases and such costs are not included in the future minimum lease payments. Total rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 was approximately $1,086, $713 and $1,913, respectively.

 


 

F-25


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

The Company has employment agreements with certain members of management which provide for base compensation, bonus, incentive compensation, employee benefits and severance payments under certain circumstances. The employment agreements generally have terms that range between two and three years and automatically extend for one-year periods until terminated prior to the then end of the term by either party upon 90 days notice. Base compensation for the executives ranges from between $200,000 and $550,000. The President and Chief Executive Officer is also entitled to cash bonuses, contingent on the fulfillment of certain conditions relating to the Company’s offering of its common stock, his continued employment or a change in control of the Company. Certain of the executives are entitled to participate in management incentive plans and other benefits as made available to the Company’s executives.

 

See Note 16 regarding management, deferred financing and consulting fees that the Company pays to certain of its stockholders.

 

12.    Operating Segment and Concentration of Sales

 

The Company’s operations consist of a single reporting segment. The Company’s sales include railcars, used railcars, leasing and other. Railcar sales amounted to $212,308, $232,721 and $474,167 in the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Sales of used rail cars amounted to $6,179, $5,944 and $161 in the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Leasing revenues amounted to $1,323, $923 and $1,726 in the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Other sales amounted to $5,686, $4,761 and $6,126 in the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

Due to the nature of its operations, the Company is subject to significant concentration of risks related to business with a few customers. Sales to three customers accounted for 17%, 12% and 7%, respectively, of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2002. Sales to three customers accounted for 22%, 16% and 13%, respectively, of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2003. Sales to three customers accounted for 21%, 10% and 9%, respectively, of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

13.    Labor Agreements

 

A collective bargaining agreement at one of the Company’s facilities covering approximately 49% of the Company’s active labor force at December 31, 2003 and 2004 expired on October 2001. After negotiations between the union and the Company’s management, management implemented their final offer in January 2002 (the “Final Offer”). The employees subject to this collective bargaining agreement continued to work without a contract. The United Steelworkers of America filed an unfair labor practice charge against the Company with the National Labor Relations Board (“NLRB”). On April 4, 2003, the NLRB ruled against the Company. The NLRB sought to undo the Final Offer, make employees whole for any loss they suffered as a result of the Final Offer and force the Company to return to the bargaining table to continue negotiations on an agreement. In addition, a group of retirees impacted by the Final Offer filed a separate lawsuit (the “Britt Case”) against the Company for pension and retiree health care benefits. The Company, the United Steel Workers of America and other parties have since resolved all of these disputes. On November 15, 2004, the Company entered into an agreement to settle the Britt Case, the Deemer Case (as more fully described in Note 8) and the disputes relating to the Company’s collective bargaining agreement that had expired in October 2001. The settlement is conditioned on,

 


 

F-26


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

among other things, approval by the NLRB and the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania of the settlement and the withdrawal of certain NLRB charges and class-action lawsuits against the Company related to the Johnstown facility. The settlement is more fully described in Note 15.

 

An additional collective bargaining agreement at a different facility covers approximately 32% and 38% of the Company’s active labor force at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, under an agreement that expires in October 2008.

 

14.    Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

 

Unaudited quarterly financial data is as follows:

 

     First Quarter     Second Quarter     Third Quarter     Fourth Quarter  
     (in thousands except for share and per share data)  

2004

                                

Sales

   $ 88,945     $ 94,867     $ 118,631     $ 179,737  

Gross profit

     634       1,885       5,041       6,311  

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

     (4,242 )     (4,312 )     (7,729 )     (9,639 )

Net loss per common share attributable to common shareholders—basic and diluted

   $ (0.62 )   $ (0.63 )   $ (1.12 )   $ (1.40 )

2003

                                

Sales

   $ 50,476     $ 59,327     $ 56,152     $ 78,394  

Gross profit

     4,061       6,591       2,132       6,349  

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

     (2,073 )     (601 )     (4,039 )     (1,770 )

Net loss per common share attributable to common shareholders—basic and diluted

   $ (0.30 )   $ (0.09 )   $ (0.59 )   $ (0.26 )

 

15.    Provision for Settlement of Labor Disputes

 

On November 15, 2004, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with The United Steelworkers of America, or the USWA, representing approximately 83% of its unionized employees at the Johnstown facilities and approximately 49% of its total active labor force as of December 31, 2004. This agreement was ratified by the union’s members on November 15, 2004 and is effective upon the approval of the agreement by the National Labor Relations Board. The settlement agreement, which expires on May 15, 2008, sets forth the terms of a new collective bargaining agreement following the expiration of the previous collective bargaining agreement that had expired in October 2001. Under the settlement agreement, the Company also agreed to pay: (i) back wages and other costs related to the Final Offer discussed in Note 13 equal to $1,350, (ii) $500 to settle outstanding lawsuits and grievances against the Company as discussed in Notes 8 and 13, and (iii) $300 for attorney’s fees incurred by the Company and the plaintiffs and in settlement of certain outstanding workplace grievances against the Company. In addition, the Company agreed to add certain retirees to its postretirement benefit programs and to pay

 


 

F-27


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

fixed health care costs with respect to its retired employees. In connection with the settlement of the lawsuits, NLRB charges and negotiation of the terms of a new collective bargaining agreement, the Company recorded (i) $6,147 of non-cash expense related to the Britt Case and (ii) $862 of non-cash expense related to benefits accrued by the participants under the pension and postretirement plans through the date of the settlement agreement. The Company also agreed to create a trust fund for health and welfare benefits for active employees and to make certain payments for retiree health care. Quarterly payments into the active employee health and welfare benefits trust will be made in the amount of $0.60 per hour paid to bargaining unit employees and 3% of the Company’s consolidated quarterly earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (as calculated under the settlement agreement). The active employee health and welfare benefits trust will be used to augment supplemental unemployment benefits, health care benefits and severance. Payments for retiree health care will be made in the amount of $450.00 per month per household for Medicare-eligible retirees and $700.00 per month per household for retirees who are not eligible for Medicare. The settlement is conditioned on, among other things, approval by the NLRB and the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania of the settlement and the withdrawal of certain NLRB charges and class-action lawsuits against the Company related to the Johnstown facility. The Company recorded a provision for the settlement of these labor disputes of $9,159 during 2004.

 

16.    Related Party Transactions

 

Subsequent to the closing of the Purchase Agreement (see Note 6), TTII sold its interest in the Rights to Additional Acquisition Consideration to an unrelated third party and two directors or affiliates of directors of the Company at a discount from the accreted value of the Rights to Additional Acquisition Consideration. At December 31, 2004, $29,705 of the accreted value of the Rights to Additional Acquisition Consideration was owed to the two directors or affiliates of the directors.

 

The Company pays management, deferred financing and consulting fees to certain of its stockholders. Amounts accrued for these services amounted to $400, $500 and $500 in the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

In June 1999, the Company entered into a management services agreement with two stockholders that collectively own 19% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock. Each management services agreement provides that stockholder will provide the Company with advisory and management services as requested by the Company’s board of directors and agreed to by each stockholder. Each stockholder has the right, but not the obligation, to act as the Company’s advisor with respect to significant business transactions. Each management services agreement provides for an annual management fee of $25 and reimbursement of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. Payments for these services totaled $50 for each year ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004.

 

In June 1999, the Company entered into a deferred financing fee agreement with a stockholder that owns 21% of the outstanding share of the Company’s common stock. In consideration of the stockholder’s purchase of 687,500 shares of the Company’s Class A voting common stock and 1,250 shares of the Company’s Series A voting preferred stock, the Company agreed to pay the stockholder a fee of $50 per year. Payments for these services totaled $50 for each year ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004.

 


 

F-28


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

In June 1999, the Company and all of its direct and indirect subsidiaries entered into a management agreement with a stockholder who owns 17% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock, which provides that he will provide general oversight and supervision of the Company’s business and that of its subsidiaries and, upon request, evaluate the long-range corporate and strategic plans, general financial operation and performance of the Company’s subsidiaries and strategies for their capitalization. In consideration of these management services, the Company and two of its subsidiaries, JAC Intermedco, Inc. and JAC Operations, Inc., agreed to pay the stockholder an aggregate base fee of $350 per year, payable monthly. Payments for these services totaled $350 for each year ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004.

 

In June 1999, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a consulting agreement with one of the Company’s directors, which provides that he will provide us with consulting services on all matters relating to the Company’s business and that of the Company’s subsidiaries and will serve as a member of the Company’s board of directors. The agreement provides for a consulting fee of $50 per year. Payments for these services totaled $50 for each year ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004.

 

Certain stockholders of the Company collectively own 74% of the Company’s outstanding common stock and have the ability to exert significant influence over substantially all matters requiring stockholder approval.

 

17.    Subsequent Events

 

On March 9, 2005, the Company signed a Commitment Letter with a bank to replace the existing revolving credit facility with a new revolving credit facility. The proceeds of the new revolving credit facility will be used to finance the working capital requirements of the Company through direct borrowings and the issuance of stand-by letters of credit. The new revolving credit facility will have a total commitment of the lesser of (i) $50 million or (ii) an amount equal to a percentage of eligible accounts receivable plus a percentage of eligible finished inventory plus a percentage of semi-finished inventory with a subfacility for letters of credit totaling $30 million. The term of the new revolving credit facility will be three years from the date of closing and will bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus an applicable margin of between 1.75% and 3.00% depending on the “Senior Debt Leverage Ratio” or the ratio of consolidated senior debt to consolidated EBITDA as defined in the Commitment Letter. Borrowings under this revolving credit facility will be collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Company. The new revolving credit facility will have both affirmative and negative covenants similar in nature to those in the existing revolving credit facility including, without limitation, a Maximum Senior Debt Leverage Ratio, Interest Coverage Ratio, Minimum Adjusted Tangible Net Worth and limitations on capital expenditures and dividends. The commitment is conditional upon, among other things, completion of final due diligence by the bank, no material adverse change in the Company’s business and final negotiation of the credit agreement. The Commitment Letter expires on April 30, 2005.

 

Prior to the Company’s initial public offering, the Company will merge FreightCar America, Inc. with and into a newly formed, wholly owned subsidiary. The new subsidiary is authorized to issue 50 million shares of common stock with a par value of $0.01 per share, and 2.5 million shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.01 per share. As a result of the merger, all of the holders of the issued and outstanding shares of Class A voting common stock and Class B non-voting common stock, receive, in

 


 

F-29


Table of Contents

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

exchange for their shares, such number of shares of the common stock of the new subsidiary equal to the aggregate number of their shares multiplied by 550. The holders of the issued and outstanding shares of Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock receive, in exchange for their shares and on a one-for-one basis, shares of the subsidiary’s Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock with identical terms (except the Company changed the par value of the Series A voting preferred stock and the Series B non-voting preferred stock from $500 per share to $0.01 per share and changed the liquidation preference of the Series A voting preferred stock and the Series B non-voting preferred stock to include the value of the accrued liquidation preference of the pre-merger shares of preferred stock). Immediately following the merger, the subsidiary, which is the surviving corporation in the merger, changed its name to “FreightCar America, Inc.” All per common share amounts and common shares outstanding have been restated for all periods presented to reflect the effect of the merger described above. Authorized shares have not been restated.

 

 

F-30

 



Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Until                     , 2005 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 


Table of Contents

 

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

 

The following are the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities registered under this Registration Statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. All amounts shown are estimates except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. filing fee. The following expenses will be borne solely by the registrant.

 

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $ 13,536

National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. filing fee

     12,000

Nasdaq National Market initial listing fee

     5,000

Printing and engraving expenses

     400,000

Legal fees and expenses

     1,250,000

Accounting fees and expenses

     1,800,000

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     5,000

Underwriting fees

     6,100,000

Termination of management agreements

     1,050,000

Miscellaneous

     264,464
    

Total

   $ 10,900,000
    

 

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him or her under Section 145 of the Delaware Corporation Law.

 

Our certificate of incorporation, as amended, eliminates the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liabilities arising (a) from any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders; (b) from acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (c) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or (d) from any transaction from which the

 


 

II-1


Table of Contents

PART II


 

director derived an improper personal benefit. In addition, our bylaws provides for indemnification of directors, officers, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and authorizes the company to purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the company or another business entity against any expense, liability, or loss, regardless of whether the company would have the power to indemnify such person under the company’s bylaws or Delaware law.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

In addition, we have purchased director and officer liability insurance for the benefit of such persons.

 

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

 

On December 23, 2004, we granted stock options to purchase 1,014 Units (consisting of 1,014 shares (557,700 shares after giving effect to the merger) of our Class A voting common stock and 1,014 shares of our Series A voting preferred stock), at an exercise price of $0.01 per Unit, to certain of our officers and directors. The grant of these stock options was deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, or Regulation D promulgated thereunder, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. The grant of these stock options did not involve the use of any underwriter, and no commissions were paid in connection with the grant of any of the stock options.

 

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

(a)     Exhibits

 

See Exhibit Index at the end of this registration statement.

 

(b)     Financial Statement Schedules

 

The following financial statement schedules of the registrant are included in Part II of the Registration Statement:

 

Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

 

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions, are inapplicable or not material, or the information called for thereby is otherwise included in the financial statements and therefore has been omitted.

 

Item 17.    Undertakings.

 

Insofar as indemnification by the registrant for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described under Item 14 of this Registration Statement or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action,

 


 

II-2


Table of Contents

PART II


 

suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

 

  (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at the time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (3)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 


 

II-3


Table of Contents

PART II


 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), FCA Acquisition Corp. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Chicago, Illinois, on March 16, 2005.

 

FCA A CQUISITION C ORP .

By:  

 

/s/    John E. Carroll, Jr.


   

Name: John E. Carroll, Jr.

   

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of John E. Carroll, Jr. and Kevin P. Bagby, as such person’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and revocation, for such person and in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto, and the other documents in connection therewith, and any registration statement relating to any offering made pursuant to this Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and things requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in their capacities on the dates listed below.

 

Signature    Title   Date

/s/    John E. Carroll, Jr.


John E. Carroll, Jr.

  

President and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and Director

  March 16, 2005

/s/    Kevin P. Bagby


Kevin P. Bagby

  

Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary (principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)

  March 16, 2005

/s/    Camillo M. Santomero, III


Camillo M. Santomero, III

  

Chairman of the Board and Director

  March 16, 2005

/s/    Mark D. Dalton


Mark D. Dalton

  

Director

  March 16, 2005

 

 

II-4

 



Table of Contents

 

FreightCar America, Inc. (Parent Company)

 

Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

 

Condensed Statements of Operations

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
(in thousands)    2002     2003     2004  

Compensation expense under stock option agreements (selling, general and administrative expense)

   $ —       $ —       $ 8,900  

Interest and related charges—Affiliated interest expense

     10,176       11,711       12,746  
    


 


 


Loss before income taxes

     (10,176 )     (11,711 )     (21,646 )

Income tax benefit

     2,424       2,631       4,548  

Equity (deficit) in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     (875 )     1,660       (7,762 )
    


 


 


Net loss

     (8,627 )     (7,420 )     (24,860 )

Redeemable preferred stock dividends accumulated, but undeclared

     1,062       1,063       1,062  
    


 


 


Net loss attributable to common shareholders

   $ (9,689 )   $ (8,483 )   $ (25,922 )
    


 


 


 

See notes to the financial statements.

 


 

II-5


Table of Contents

 

FreightCar America, Inc. (Parent Company)

 

Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

 

Condensed Balance Sheets

 

     December 31,

 
(in thousands)    2003     2004  
ASSETS                 

Current Assets

                

Receivable from subsidiaries for income taxes

   $ 6,089     $ 6,341  
    


 


Total current assets

     6,089       6,341  
    


 


Investments

                

Investments in and advances to/from subsidiaries

     43,189       38,658  
    


 


Total investments

     43,189       38,658  
    


 


Deferred Charges and Other Assets

     3,075       3,783  
    


 


Total assets

   $ 52,353     $ 48,782  
    


 


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT                 

Long-Term Debt

                

Long-term debt

   $ 38,078     $ 45,108  
    


 


Total long-term debt

     38,078       45,108  
    


 


Rights to additional acquisition consideration

     22,865       28,581  
    


 


Total liabilities

     60,943       73,689  
    


 


Redeemable Preferred Stock

                

Preferred stock—Series A voting, 100,000 shares authorized, 8,660 shares issued and outstanding (liquidation preference of $7,836 and $8,486, respectively)

     7,836       8,486  

Preferred stock—Series B non-voting, 100,000 shares authorized, 3,840 shares issued and outstanding (liquidation preference of $3,284 and $3,696, respectively)

     3,284       3,696  
    


 


Total redeemable preferred stock

     11,120       12,182  
    


 


Common Stockholders’ Deficit

                

Common stock—Class A voting, 100,000 shares authorized, 6,138,000 shares issued and outstanding (Note 5)

     —         —    

Common stock—Class B non-voting, 100,000 shares authorized, 737,000 shares issued and outstanding (Note 5)

     —         —    

Additional paid-in-capital

     —         8,900  

Accumulated deficit

     (15,012 )     (40,934 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (4,698 )     (5,055 )
    


 


Total common stockholders’ deficit

     (19,710 )     (37,089 )
    


 


Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 52,353     $ 48,782  
    


 


 

See notes to the financial statements.

 


 

II-6


Table of Contents

 

FreightCar America, Inc. (Parent Company)

 

Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

 

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
(in thousands)    2002     2003     2004  

Investing Activities

                        

Investment in and advances to/from subsidiaries

   $ —       $ 9,000     $ —    
    


 


 


Net cash provided by investing activities

     —         9,000       —    

Financing Activities

                        

Repayment of long-term debt

     —         (9,000 )     —    
    


 


 


Net cash used in financing activities

     —         (9,000 )     —    

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     —         —         —    

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

     —         —         —    
    


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

   $ —       $ —       $ —    
    


 


 


Non-Cash Operating Activity

                        

Issuance of stock options

   $ —       $ —       $ 8,900  

Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities

                        

Non-cash payment of Senior Notes interest by issue of PIK Notes

   $ 5,803     $ 6,483     $ 6,315  

Investment in and advances to/from subsidiaries

     (5,803 )     (6,483 )     (6,315 )

 

See notes to the financial statements.

 


 

II-7


Table of Contents

 

FreightCar America, Inc. (Parent Company)

 

Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

1.    Basis of Presentation

 

Pursuant to rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the unconsolidated condensed financial statements of FreightCar America, Inc. (the “Company”) do not reflect all of the information and notes normally included with financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Therefore, these financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included in the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1.

 

Accounting for subsidiaries —The Company has accounted for the earnings of its subsidiaries under the equity method in the unconsolidated condensed financial statements.

 

Income taxes —Income taxes are computed for the Company in accordance with Statement of Financial Standards No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , and reflect the assets and liabilities of the Company on a stand-alone basis. The Company also records the effect of filing consolidated state tax returns with its subsidiaries.

 

2.    Borrowing Arrangements

 

Total debt consists of the following:

 

     December 31,

     2003    2004

Senior Notes (net of unamortized discount of $1,786 and $1,071)

   $ 23,214    $ 23,929

PIK Notes

     14,864      21,179
    

  

Total long-term debt

   $ 38,078    $ 45,108
    

  

 

The Senior Notes have a face value of $25,000 and were issued to certain shareholders of the Company. The Senior Notes bear interest at 15% payable quarterly in cash or, at the election of the Company, through the issuance of additional notes (the “PIK Notes”) which also bear interest at 15%. The Senior Notes will bear interest at 17% payable quarterly beginning on July 1, 2006. The Company must maintain compliance with certain financial covenants under the terms of the Senior Notes. A portion ($9,000) of the PIK Notes was repaid during 2003. The remaining balances outstanding under the Senior Notes and PIK Notes are due on June 30, 2008. The debt discount is being amortized over the life of the Senior Notes using the straight-line method, which approximates the interest method.

 

The Company has agreed to pay the holders of the Senior Notes (which holders are also stockholders of the Company) financing and management service fees aggregating $100 per year so long as the Senior Notes lenders also each own at least 1,375,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

The agreements governing the Company’s existing revolving credit facility, its term loan and the Senior Notes require the Company to maintain specified minimum levels of EBITDA (as defined in those

 


 

II-8


Table of Contents

 

agreements) and certain leverage, fixed charge coverage and interest coverage ratios based on EBITDA. The Company was in compliance with such covenants at December 31, 2003. The Company was in violation of certain or all of these financial covenants for the three, six and nine months ended March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004 and September 30, 2004, respectively. As a result, the Company was required to obtain waivers of these defaults from lenders under its existing revolving credit facility, the senior notes and the term loan. In December 2004, the Company obtained waivers of these defaults, as well as prospective waivers for any violations of the financial covenants for the quarter ended December 31, 2004, with respect to its existing revolving credit facility and the senior notes, and through the quarter ended September 30, 2005, with respect to the term loan. If such waivers had not been obtained, the Company’s failure to comply with these covenants would have resulted in an event of default, which may have led to the acceleration of any and all amounts due under its existing revolving credit facility, the senior notes and the term loan. In addition, the Company simultaneously amended the agreements governing its existing revolving credit facility and the senior notes to exclude from the calculation of the minimum EBITDA and EBITDA-based ratios charges of up to $9,200 in connection with the settlement of certain labor disputes, losses on a customer contract for box railcars in 2004 and non-cash expenses relating to its stock option plan. The Company was in compliance with the amended financial covenants as of December 31, 2004. Based on existing executed customer contracts in the Company’s backlog and the resulting projected operating results for 2005, management believes that the Company will meet the amended covenant requirements for the Existing Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Notes through December 31, 2005 and the covenant requirements for the Term Loan through December 31, 2005.

 

3. Rights to Additional Acquisition Consideration

 

Under the share purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) relating to the acquisition of the Company’s business in 1999 from TTII, the Company was required to pay $20,000 of additional acquisition consideration (the “Rights to Additional Acquisition Consideration”) plus accreted value to TTII upon the occurrence of certain events. These events include an initial public offering satisfying certain conditions, the sale of a majority of the Company’s assets, the repayment of the borrowings under the Prior Term Loan and the Senior Notes, subject to certain conditions, and the liquidation or dissolution of the Company. The amount payable upon a triggering event under the Rights to Additional Acquisition Consideration at redemption is $20,000 plus an accreted value that compounds at a rate of 10% annually, and was $30,990 and $34,089 at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Subsequent to the closing of the Purchase Agreement, TTII sold its interest in the Rights to Additional Acquisition Consideration to certain stockholders of the Company, one of which subsequently sold all of its Rights to Additional Acquisition Consideration to an unrelated third party.

 

At the time of the acquisition, the Company recorded an obligation of $8,173, representing the fair value of the Rights to Additional Acquisition Consideration at the time of the acquisition, using a discount rate of 25% and based on an estimated redemption period of seven years. The carrying value of the Rights to Additional Acquisition Consideration accretes annually under the effective interest method.

 

4.    Redeemable Preferred Stock and Common Stock

 

Holders of the Company’s preferred stock control a majority of the votes of its board of directors and have the ability to direct the Company to, among other things, repurchase its outstanding securities. Therefore, the Company’s preferred stock may be considered to be redeemable at the option of the holders thereof and the Company has classified its preferred stock on its balance sheet separately rather than as part of stockholders’ equity.

 


 

II-9


Table of Contents

 

Class A common stock has voting rights. Class B common stock is non-voting. The Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock both have a liquidation value of $500 per share and are subject to a 17% cumulative dividend before any dividends may be declared to common stockholders. The Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock are redeemable at the option of the Company. Accumulated but undeclared dividends at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, were $3,506 and $4,156 for the Series A voting preferred stock and $1,364 and $1,776 for the Series B non-voting preferred stock.

 

Common stock and preferred stock were sold to investors for amounts up to $500 per share when America purchased the Company. At that time, certain shareholders purchased the Senior Notes with a $25,000 principal amount plus 5,000 shares of Series A voting preferred stock and 2,750,000 shares of Class A voting common stock for total consideration of $25,000. The amounts allocated to the debt and each equity account were determined based upon an estimated fair value of $500 per share for each share of common stock and preferred stock (the amount paid by unrelated investors) with the residual ($20,000) allocated to the Senior Notes. The Company has never paid dividends on the common or preferred stock.

 

On December 7, 2004, in accordance with the Company’s existing shareholders’ agreement, the Company’s board of directors approved the grant of certain options to purchase an aggregate of 1,014 Units to certain directors and officers of the Company at an exercise price of $0.01 per Unit. The grant became effective on December 23, 2004. Each Unit consists of 550 shares of Class A voting common stock and one share of Series A voting preferred stock. The Company has recorded a non-cash expense of $8,900 based on the estimated fair value per Unit.

 

5.    Subsequent Event

 

Prior to the Company’s initial public offering, the Company will merge FreightCar America, Inc. with and into a newly formed, wholly owned subsidiary. The new subsidiary is authorized to issue 50 million shares of common stock with a par value of $0.01 per share, and 2.5 million shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.01 per share. As a result of the merger, all of the holders of the issued and outstanding shares of Class A voting common stock and Class B non-voting common stock, receive, in exchange for their shares, such number of shares of the common stock of the new subsidiary equal to the aggregate number of their shares multiplied by 550. The holders of the issued and outstanding shares of Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock receive, in exchange for their shares and on a one-for-one basis, shares of the subsidiary’s Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock with identical terms (except the Company changed the par value of the Series A voting preferred stock and the Series B non-voting preferred stock from $500 per share to $0.01 per share and changed the liquidation preference of the Series A voting preferred stock and the Series B non-voting preferred stock to include the value of the accrued liquidation preference of the pre-merger shares of preferred stock). Immediately following the merger, the subsidiary, which is the surviving corporation in the merger, changed its name to “FreightCar America, Inc.” All per common share amounts and common shares outstanding have been restated for all periods presented to reflect the effect of the merger described above. Authorized shares have not been restated.

 


 

II-10


Table of Contents

 

FreightCar America, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004

(in thousands)

 

    

Balance at

Beginning

of Period

  

Additions

Charged to

Costs and

Expenses

  

Accounts

Charged

Off and
Recoveries
of Amounts
Previously
Written Off

  

Balance at

End of

Period

Year Ended December 31, 2002

                           

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 63    $ 50    $ —      $ 113

Deferred tax assets valuation allowance

     2,401      239      —        2,640

Year Ended December 31, 2003

                           

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 113    $ —      $ —      $ 113

Deferred tax assets valuation allowance

     2,640      427      —        3,067

Year Ended December 31, 2004

                           

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 113    $ 31    $ (28)    $ 116

Deferred tax assets valuation allowance

     3,067      728      —        3,795

 


 

II-11


Table of Contents

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.      Description of Exhibit
1.1 *    Form of Underwriting Agreement by and among UBS Securities LLC, Jefferies & Company, Inc., CIBC World Markets Corp., LaSalle Debt Capital Markets, A Division of ABN AMRO Financial Services, Inc., FreightCar America, Inc. and certain stockholders of FreightCar America, Inc.
2.1      Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 10, 1999, between Johnstown America Industries, Inc. and Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc. (now known as FreightCar America, Inc.).
2.2      Amendment No. 1 to the Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 1999, between Johnstown America Industries, Inc. and Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc.
2.3      Form of Agreement and Plan of Merger between FreightCar America, Inc. and FCA Acquisition Corp.
3.1      Certificate of Incorporation of Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc., dated April 28, 1999.
3.2      Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation Before Payment of Capital of Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc., dated June 1, 1999.
3.3      Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation Before Payment of Capital of Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc., dated June 2, 1999.
3.4      Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation Before Payment of Capital of Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc., dated June 3, 1999.
3.5      Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc., dated April 3, 2001.
3.6      Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of JAC Holdings International, Inc. (now known as FreightCar America, Inc.), dated December 17, 2004.
3.7      By-laws of Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc.
3.8      Form of Certificate of Incorporation of FCA Acquisition Corp.
3.9 *    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of FCA Acquisition Corp.
3.10      By-laws of FCA Acquisition Corp.
3.11      Form of Certificate of Merger of FreightCar America, Inc. into FCA Acquisition Corp.
4.1      Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of June 3, 1999, by and among Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc., Hancock Mezzanine Partners, L.P., John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company, Caravelle Investment Fund. L.L.C., Johnstown America Industries, Inc., Camillo M. Santomero, III and the investors listed on Exhibit A attached thereto.
4.2      Amendment No. 1 to Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of February 15, 2001, by and among Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc., Hancock Mezzanine Partners, L.P., John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company, Caravelle Investment Fund. L.L.C., Transportation Technologies Industries, Inc. (formerly Johnstown America Industries, Inc.), Camillo M. Santomero, III, Transportation Investment Partners, L.L.C. and the investors listed on Exhibit A attached thereto.
4.3 *    Form of Shareholders’ Agreement, by and among FreightCar America, Inc., Hancock Mezzanine Partners, L.P., John Hancock Life Insurance Company, Caravelle Investment Fund. L.L.C., Trimaran Investments II, L.L.C., Camillo M. Santomero, III, and the investors listed on Exhibit A attached thereto.
5.1      Opinion of Winston & Strawn LLP.

 


 


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX


 

Exhibit No.    Description of Exhibit
10.1    Employment Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2004, between FreightCar America, Inc. and John E. Carroll, Jr.
10.1.1    Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 11, 2005, between FreightCar America, Inc. and John E. Carroll, Jr.
10.2    Employment Agreement, dated as of November 22, 2004, between JAC Holdings International, Inc. and Kevin P. Bagby.
10.3    Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2004, between FreightCar America, Inc. and Kevin P. Bagby.
10.4    Employment Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2004, between FreightCar America, Inc. and Edward J. Whalen.
10.5    Employment Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2004, between FreightCar America, Inc. and Glen T. Karan.
10.6    Form of 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan and Form of Option Agreement.
10.7    Deferred Financing Fee Agreement, dated as of June 3, 1999, between Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc. and Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C.
10.7.1    Amendment to Deferred Financing Fee Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2005, between FreightCar America, Inc. and Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C.
10.8    Management Services Agreement, dated as of June 3, 1999, between Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc. and Hancock Mezzanine Partners, L.P.
10.8.1    Amendment to Management Services Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2005, between FreightCar America, Inc. and Hancock Mezzanine Partners, L.P.
10.9    Management Services Agreement, dated as of June 3, 1999, between Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc. and John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company.
10.9.1    Amendment to Management Services Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2005, between FreightCar America, Inc. and John Hancock Life Insurance Company.
10.10    Consulting Agreement, dated as of June 3, 1999, between Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc., Johnstown America Corporation, Freight Car Services, Inc., JAIX Leasing Company and JAC Patent Company and James D. Cirar.
10.10.1    Amendment to Consulting Agreement, dated March 7, 2005, between FreightCar America, Inc. and James D. Cirar.
10.11    Management Agreement, dated as of June 3, 1999, between Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc., JAC Intermedco, Inc., JAC Operations, Inc., Johnstown America Corporation, Freight Car Services, Inc., JAIX Leasing Company and JAC Patent Company and Camillo M. Santomero, III.
10.11.1    Amendment to Management Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2005, among FreightCar America, Inc., JAC Intermedco, Inc., JAC Operations, Inc., Johnstown America Corporation, Freight Car Services, Inc., JAIX Leasing Company and JAC Patent Company and Camillo M. Santomero, III.
10.12    Management Services Agreement, dated as of June 3, 1999, among Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc., JAC Intermedco, Inc., JAC Operations, Inc., Johnstown America Corporation, Freight Car Services, Inc., JAIX Leasing Company and JAC Patent Company.
10.12.1    Amendment to Management Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2005, among FreightCar America, Inc., JAC Intermedco, Inc., JAC Operations, Inc., Johnstown America Corporation, Freight Car Services, Inc., JAIX Leasing Company and JAC Patent Company.

 


 


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX


 

Exhibit No.    Description of Exhibit
10.13    Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 1999, between Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc. and Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C., Hancock Mezzanine Partners, L.P. and John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company for the purchase of $25,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 15% Senior Notes due 2006, 5,000 shares of Series A voting preferred stock and 5,000 shares of Class A common stock.
10.14    Form of 15% Senior Note due 2006.
10.15    Waiver and Amendment No. 1 to Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 11, 2003, by and among JAC Holdings International, Inc., Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C., Hancock Mezzanine Partners, L.P. and John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company.
10.16    Form of 15% Senior Note due 2008.
10.17    Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 20, 2001, by and among Transportation Technologies Industries, Inc. and Transportation Investment Partners, L.L.C., Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C., Camillo M. Santomero, III and the Purchasers listed on Schedule A thereto.
10.18    Credit Agreement, dated as of September 11, 2003, among Johnstown America Corporation, Freight Car Services, Inc., JAC Operations, Inc. and JAIX Leasing Company and LaSalle Bank National Association.
10.19    Credit Agreement, dated as of October 17, 2003, among Johnstown America Corporation, Freight Car Services, Inc., JAC Operations, Inc., JAIX Leasing Company, JAC Holdings International, Inc., JAC Intermedco, Inc. and JAC Patent Company and General Electric Capital Corporation.
10.20    Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2003, by and among Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C. and GoldenTree High Yield Master Fund, Ltd., II, LLC, GoldenTree High Yield Opportunities I, LP GoldenTree High Yield Opportunities II, L.P., GoldenTree High Yield Value Master Fund, L.P., Safety National Casualty Corporation and Delphi Financial Group.
10.21    Waiver and First Amendment to LaSalle Credit Agreement, First Amendment to Subordination Agreement, and Reaffirmation of Guaranties and Subordination Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2004, by and among Johnstown America Corporation, Freight Car Services, Inc., JAC Operations, Inc., JAIX Leasing Company, JAC Holdings International, Inc., JAC Intermedco, Inc., JAC Patent Company, LaSalle Bank National Association and those individuals and entities identified on Schedule A thereto.
10.22    Waiver and Amendment to Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2004, by and among JAC Holdings International, Inc. and the Purchasers identified on Schedule A thereto.
10.23    Letter of Waiver, dated as of December 21, 2004, by General Electric Capital Corporation under the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 17, 2003, among Johnstown America Corporation, Freight Car Services, Inc., JAC Operations, Inc., JAIX Leasing Company, JAC Holdings International, Inc., JAC Intermedco, Inc. and JAC Patent Company and General Electric Capital Corporation.
10.24    Letter of Waiver, dated December 29, 2004, by LaSalle Bank National Association.
10.25    Letter of Waiver, dated December 29, 2004, by the Purchasers named therein.
10.26    Letter of Waiver, dated December 29, 2004, by General Electric Capital Corporation.

 


 


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX


 

Exhibit No.    Description of Exhibit
10.27†    Lease Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2004, by and between Norfolk Southern Railway Company and Johnstown America Corporation.
10.28    Commitment letter and term sheet from LaSalle Bank National Association regarding $50.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility.
10.29    Management Incentive Plan of Johnstown America Corporation.
21.1   

Subsidiaries of FreightCar America, Inc.

23.1   

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

23.2   

Consent of Winston & Strawn LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

24.1   

Power of Attorney (included on signature page of FCA Acquisition Corp.)

99.1   

Consent of Robert N. Tidball.

99.2   

Consent of S. Carl Soderstrom, Jr.


*   To be filed by amendment.
  Confidential treatment has been requested for the redacted portions of this agreement. A complete copy of the agreement, including the redacted portions, has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

Exhibit 2.1

 

EXECUTION COPY

 


 

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

between

 

JOHNSTOWN AMERICA INDUSTRIES, INC.

 

and

 

RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC

 

dated

 

as of

 

May 10, 1999

 


 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page

    ARTICLE I     
    Purchase and Sale of Shares     
Section 1.1.  

Purchase and Sale of Shares

   1
Section 1.2.  

Purchase Price

   3
Section 1.3.  

Closing

   3
Section 1.4.  

Adjustment to Cash Purchase Price

   4
Section 1.5.  

Post-Closing Adjustments

   5
Section 1.6.  

Contingent Additional Consideration

   7
    ARTICLE II     
    Representations and Warranties of Seller     
Section 2.1.  

Organization

   9
Section 2.2.  

Authorization

   10
Section 2.3.  

Capital Stock

   10
Section 2.4.  

Railcar Subsidiaries

   10
Section 2.5.  

Consents and Approvals; No Violations

   11
Section 2.6.  

Financial Statements, Undisclosed Liabilities

   11
Section 2.7.  

Absence of Certain Changes

   12
Section 2.8.  

Litigation

   13
Section 2.9.  

Compliance with Applicable Law

   13
Section 2.10.  

Employee Benefit Plans

   14
Section 2.11.  

Taxes

   16
Section 2.12.  

Environmental Laws and Regulations

   18
Section 2.13.  

Certain Fees

   19
Section 2.14.  

Title to Assets

   19
Section 2.15.  

All Assets Included

   19
Section 2.16.  

Contracts

   19
Section 2.17.  

Patents, Trademarks, Licenses

   20
Section 2.18.  

Customers and Suppliers

   20
Section 2.19.  

Books and Records of the Company

   20
Section 2.20.  

Accounts Receivable

   20
Section 2.21.  

Licenses and Permits

   20
Section 2.22.  

Improper Payments

   21
Section 2.23.  

Bethlehem Steel Agreement

   21
Section 2.24.  

Labor and Employee Matters

   22
Section 2.25.  

Premises

   22
Section 2.26.  

No Other Representations or Warranties

   22

 

i


         Page

    ARTICLE III     
    Representations and Warranties of Buyer     

Section 3.1.

 

Organization, Existence and Authority of Buyer

   23

Section 3.2.

 

Financial Capability

   24

Section 3.3.

 

Capital Structure

   24

Section 3.4.

 

Certain Fees

   24

Section 3.5.

 

HSR

   24

Section 3.6.

 

No Other Representations or Warranties

   24
    ARTICLE IV     
    Covenants     

Section 4.1.

 

Consents

   25

Section 4.2.

 

Buyer’s Access to Information and Records

   25

Section 4.3.

 

Seller’s Access to Books and Records

   26

Section 4.4.

 

Public Announcements

   27

Section 4.5.

 

Replacement of Bank Letters of Credit

   27

Section 4.6.

 

Replacement of Workers’ Compensation Letters of Credit

   27

Section 4.7.

 

Certain Tax Matters

   27

Section 4.8.

 

Incremental Tax Resulting from the Elections

   34

Section 4.9.

 

Non-Competition

   35

Section 4.10.

 

Discovery of Facts

   35

Section 4.11.

 

Conduct of the Business; Negative Covenants

   36

Section 4.12.

 

Conduct of Business; Affirmative Covenants

   37

Section 4.13.

 

Consummation of Financing

   38

Section 4.14.

 

Assertion of Indemnification Claims

   38
    ARTICLE V     
    Employment and Benefit Matters     

Section 5.1.

 

No Shutdown or Severance of Employment

   39

Section 5.2.

 

Employment of Railcar Subsidiaries’ Employees: Collective Bargaining Agreements: Assumption of Employment, Employment-Related and Benefits Obligations

   39

Section 5.3.

 

Buyer’s Benefit Plans

   40

Section 5.4.

 

Assumption of Certain Benefit Plans

   40

Section 5.5.

 

Supplemental Retirement Window Benefit

   41

Section 5.6.

 

Retiree Welfare Benefits

   41

Section 5.7.

 

Vacation Pay

   41

Section 5.8.

 

Certain Executive Employment Agreements

   41

Section 5.9.

 

Miscellaneous

   41

 

ii


          Page

Section 5.10.

  

No Alteration in Bethlehem Agreement

   42
     ARTICLE VI     
     Conditions to Obligations of The Parties     

Section 6.1.

  

Conditions to Each Party’s Obligation

   42

Section 6.2.

  

Conditions to Obligations of Seller

   42

Section 6.3.

  

Conditions to Obligations of Buyer

   43
     ARTICLE VII     
     Termination of Agreement     

Section 7.1.

  

Termination by Buyer or Seller

   43

Section 7.2.

  

Effect of Termination; Right to Proceed

   44
     ARTICLE VIII     
     Survival; Indemnification     

Section 8.1.

  

Survival of Representations and Warranties

   45

Section 8.2.

  

Seller’s Agreement to Indemnify

   45

Section 8.3.

  

Buyer’s Agreement to Indemnify

   47

Section 8.4.

  

Indemnification Procedures

   48

Section 8.5.

  

Computation of Damages Subject to Indemnification

   49

Section 8.6.

  

Indemnification as Sole Remedy and Waiver

   50

Section 8.7.

  

Set-off Against Contingent Additional Consideration as Sole Source of Indemnification

   50
     ARTICLE IX     
     Miscellaneous     

Section 9.1.

  

Fees and Expenses

   50

Section 9.2.

  

Right to Provide Information

   51

Section 9.3.

  

Obligation to Disclose Information

   51

Section 9.4.

  

Notices

   51

Section 9.5.

  

Severability

   52

Section 9.6.

  

Binding Effect; Assignment

   52

Section 9.7.

  

No Third-Party Beneficiaries

   53

Section 9.8.

  

Headings

   53

Section 9.9.

  

Entire Agreement

   53

Section 9.10.

  

Governing Law

   53

Section 9.11.

  

Arbitration

   53

Section 9.12.

  

Counterparts

   54

 

iii


     ARTICLE X     
     Definitions     

Section 10.1.

  

Certain Definitions

   54

Section 10.2.

  

Other Terms

   60

Section 10.3.

  

Other Definitional Provisions

   60
     SCHEDULES     

Schedule 1.4(b)

  

Working Capital

    

Schedule 2.5

  

Consents and Approvals

    

Schedule 2.6(a)

  

Financial Statements

    

Schedule 2.6(b)

  

Undisclosed Liabilities

    

Schedule 2.7

  

Absence of Certain Changes

    

Schedule 2.8

  

Litigation

    

Schedule 2.10

  

Employee Benefit Plans

    

Schedule 2.11

  

Taxes

    

Schedule 2.12

  

Environmental Laws and Regulations

    

Schedule 2.14

  

Title to Assets

    

Schedule 2.16

  

Contracts

    

Schedule 2.17

  

Patents, Trademarks, Licenses

    

Schedule 2.18

  

Customers and Suppliers

    

Schedule 2.21

  

Licenses and Permits

    

Schedule 2.24

  

Labor and Employee Matters

    

Schedule 2.25

  

Premises

    

Schedule 3.3

  

Capital Structure

    

Schedule 3.4

  

Certain Fees

    

Schedule 4.6

  

Workers’ Compensation Letters of Credit

    

Schedule 4.13

  

Consummation of Financing

    
     EXHIBITS     

Exhibit A

  

Form of Certificate pursuant to Section 6.3(a)

    

Exhibit B

  

Form of Seller Officer’s Certificate

    

Exhibit C

  

Form of SASM&F Opinion

    

Exhibit D

  

Form of Proxy Letter

    

Exhibit E

  

Form of Certificate pursuant to Section 6.2(a)

    

Exhibit F

  

Form of Buyer Officer’s Certificate

    

Exhibit G

  

Form of White and Williams Opinion

    

Exhibit H

  

Shareholders’ Agreement Terms

    

 

iv


Exhibit I

  

Subordination Agreement Terms

    

Exhibit J

  

Capital Structure of Buyer

    

 

v


 

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT dated as of May 10, 1999 between Johnstown America Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Seller”) and Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Buyer”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Seller through certain of its subsidiaries is engaged in the business of manufacturing, rebuilding, repairing, selling and leasing railroad freight cars (the “Railcar Business”);

 

WHEREAS, Seller owns, directly or indirectly, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Johnstown America Corporation (“JAC”), Freight Car Services, Inc. (“FCS”) and JAIX Leasing Company (“JAIX”), which entities, together with JAC Patent Company (“JAC Patent”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of JAC, constitute all of the entities that comprise the Railcar Business (each, a “Railcar Subsidiary” and collectively, the “Railcar Subsidiaries”);

 

WHEREAS, Buyer desires to purchase from Seller, and Seller desires to sell to Buyer, the Railcar Business as a going concern through the purchase and sale of the capital stock of each of the Railcar Subsidiaries directly held by Seller, and

 

WHEREAS, Buyer intends to purchase indirectly all of the capital stock of such Railcar Subsidiaries through newly-formed, wholly-owned subsidiaries, and to merge each such subsidiary with and into a Railcar Subsidiary immediately following such purchase of capital stock.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Purchase and Sale of Shares

 

Section 1.1. Purchase and Sale of Shares .

 

(a) At the Closing (as defined in Section 1.3), Seller shall sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver, or shall cause to be sold, conveyed, assigned, transferred and delivered, to Buyer or one or more of its subsidiaries designated by Buyer all right, title and interest in and to the shares of capital stock owned by Seller in each of the Railcar Subsidiaries set forth below:

 

(i) JAC (the “JAC Shares”);

 


(ii) FCS (the “FCS Shares”); and

 

(iii) JAIX (the “JAIX Shares”).

 

(b) The transfer of the JAC Shares, the FCS Shares and the JAIX Shares (collectively, the “Shares”) shall be effected in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement by Seller’s delivery to Buyer of certificates representing the Shares duly endorsed in blank, or accompanied by duly executed stock powers endorsed in blank. Buyer shall bear the cost of any transfer, documentary, sales and excise or other taxes (other than federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable by Seller) imposed by reason of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in accordance with Section 4.7(g) hereof.

 

(c) Pursuant to the transfer of Shares by Seller to Buyer, Buyer shall indirectly acquire, and the Railcar Subsidiaries shall retain, respectively, as the case may be:

 

(i) all of the assets of JAC, FCS and JAIX, whether tangible or intangible, including, without limitation, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of JAC Patent, JAC’s plants in Johnstown, PA and FCS’ plant in Danville, IL; provided , however , that immediately prior to the Closing, the following assets of the Railcar Subsidiaries shall be transferred to Seller: (A) all cash or cash equivalents of JAC, FCS and JAC Patent and cash or cash equivalents of JAIX equal to the accrued federal and state income taxes of JAIX through the Closing Date (as defined in Section 1.3), which assets shall be transferred to Seller on the Closing Date and (B) all prepaid insurance and similar prepaid corporate expenses of JAC, FCS, JAIX and JAC Patent; and

 

(ii) the earnings of the Railcar Business before interest (after interest allocable to JAIX), net of federal and state taxes (subject to Section l.l(c)(i)), for the period of 30 days immediately prior to the Closing Date (“Interim Earnings”); and

 

(iii) except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, all of the respective liabilities of JAC (and JAC Patent), FCS and JAIX as of the Closing, whether known or unknown, accrued or contingent, and whether or not on the balance sheet of any of such entities including, without limitation, (A) all indebtedness of JAIX, (B) the $5.3 million of FCS IRB Debt, (C) all contracts of JAC (and JAC Patent), FCS and JAIX, including, without limitation, the union contracts of JAC and FCS, the railcar leases of JAIX and all other operating and capital leases and all obligations and liabilities thereunder, (D) all environmental liabilities, (E) all product liability and warranty liabilities, (F) pension obligations and liabilities as provided in Article V hereof , (G) all retiree obligations and liabilities as provided in Article V hereof, (H) all lawsuits and claims, whether disclosed or undisclosed, including, without limitation, the UP/Strato litigation and all workers compensation claims, union grievances and similar claims and (I) shutdown or similar liabilities as provided in Article V hereof.

 

2


Section 1.2. Purchase Price . At the Closing, in consideration of the sale, transfer and delivery of the Shares, Buyer shall deliver or cause to be delivered or pay or cause to be paid: (i) a demand note executed jointly by JAC MergerSub, Inc., FCS MergerSub, Inc. and JAIX MergerSub, Inc., each of which shall be wholly-owned subsidiaries of Buyer, in an amount equal to $110 million, subject to adjustment pursuant to Sections 1.4 and 1.5 hereof (the “Demand Note”), which shall be paid in full in immediately available funds by wire transfer immediately following delivery of the Shares (the “Cash Purchase Price”) and (ii) 200 shares of the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Buyer, which shall represent an aggregate of 20% of the common stock of Buyer outstanding as of the Closing Date. As additional consideration for the Shares, Seller shall be entitled to Contingent Additional Consideration (as defined) pursuant to Section 1.6. The sum of (x) the Cash Purchase Price, (y) the 200 shares of the common stock of Buyer and (z) the Contingent Additional Consideration is referred to herein as the “Purchase Price.”

 

Section 1.3. Closing .

 

(a) The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “Closing”) shall take place at a location agreed upon by the parties on the second business day following the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article VI hereof, or at such other time or place as to which the parties shall agree. The date on which the Closing occurs is sometimes referred to herein as the “Closing Date.”

 

(b) On the Closing Date,

 

(i) Seller shall deliver, or shall cause to be delivered, to Buyer (A) certificates representing the JAC Shares, the FCS Shares and the JAIX Shares, respectively, duly endorsed or accompanied by stock powers duly executed in blank (with any requisite transfer tax stamps affixed thereto), (B) a good standing certificate for each Railcar Subsidiary issued by the Secretary of State of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, dated within 3 business days of the Closing Date, (C) the certificate described in Section 6.3(a) substantially in the form of Exhibit A, (D) a duly executed certificate of an authorized officer of Seller, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit B, (E) the opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, dated the Closing Date, addressed to Buyer, substantially in the form of Exhibit C, (F) the duly executed resignations, dated as of the Closing Date, of each of the members of the boards of directors of each of the Railcar Subsidiaries, and (G) a proxy letter substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

 

(ii) Buyer shall deliver, or shall cause to be delivered, to Seller (A) the Demand Note, which shall have been paid in full on the Closing Date in immediately available funds by wire transfer to a bank account or bank accounts, which shall have been specified by Seller at least two business days prior to the Closing, (B) certificates representing the 200 shares of common stock of Buyer, duly issued to and registered in the name of Seller or as directed by Seller, (C) the certificate described in Section 6.2(a) substantially in the form of Exhibit E, (D) a

 

3


duly executed certificate of an authorized officer of Buyer, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit F and (E) the opinion of White and Williams LLP, dated the Closing Date, addressed to Seller, substantially in the form of Exhibit G.

 

(iii) Seller, Buyer and each of the other holders of common stock of Buyer as of the Closing Date shall enter into a shareholders’ agreement, which shall contain the terms set forth on Exhibit H (the “Shareholders’ Agreement”).

 

Section 1.4. Adjustment to Cash Purchase Price .

 

(a) At least three business days prior to Closing, Seller shall deliver to Buyer an estimated schedule of Working Capital (as herein defined) of JAC and FCS, with line items estimated in good faith as of the close of business on the Closing Date (the “Closing Schedule”). The Closing Schedule shall also include separate line items for good faith estimates of Indebtedness (“Closing Indebtedness”), the Closing Retiree Benefit Liability, the JAIX Taxes (the “Closing JAIX Taxes”) and Interim Earnings (“Closing Interim Earnings”). The Closing Schedule shall be prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles (as defined in Section 2.6).

 

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Working Capital” shall mean an amount equal to the sum of (x) the book value of Accounts Receivable (net), Inventory, Prepaid Expenses and other Current Assets of JAC and FCS, less (y) the book value of Accounts Payable, Accrued Payroll and Employee Benefits, Accrued Vacations, Accrued Warranty, Workers’ Compensation and other Current Liabilities of JAC and FCS, as set forth as line items on the Closing Schedule. For purposes of determining Working Capital, accrued federal and state income taxes shall not be included to the extent retained by Seller. Schedule 1.4(b) sets forth the same line items as of March 31, 1999.

 

(c) If Working Capital as reflected on the Closing Schedule (“Closing Working Capital”) shall be less than the sum of (x) $10 million plus (y) Closing Interim Earnings, the Cash Purchase Price shall be decreased at Closing, dollar-for-dollar, by the amount that the Closing Working Capital is less than the sum of (x) $10 million plus (y) Closing Interim Earnings. If Closing Working Capital shall be greater than the sum of (x) $10 million plus (y) Closing Interim Earnings, the Cash Purchase Price shall be increased at Closing, dollar-for-dollar, by the amount that Closing Working Capital exceeds the sum of (x) $10 million plus (y) Closing Interim Earnings.

 

(d) The Cash Purchase Price shall be decreased at Closing by an amount equal to all Indebtedness of JAC, FCS and JAC Patent and by the Indebtedness of JAIX to the extent it exceeds $9.1 million as of the Closing Date. For purposes of this Section 1.4(d) and as a line item on the Closing and Final Schedule as set forth in Section 1.5, “Indebtedness” shall mean, to the extent retained by the Railcar Subsidiaries, or any of them, as of the Closing Date, without duplication, (i) indebtedness for borrowed money (including, but not limited to the FCS IRB

 

4


Debt), (ii) any indebtedness guaranteed by JAC, FCS or JAC Patent, (iii) any indebtedness secured by a lien on the assets of JAC, FCS or JAC Patent and (iv) all interest accruing on any indebtedness described in clauses (i) through (iii) hereof.

 

(e) The Cash Purchase Price shall be decreased at Closing by an amount equal to the aggregate accrued liability of the Railcar Subsidiaries, attributable to the retiree welfare benefits due to employees of the Railcar Business with 15 or more years of service, as of the Closing Date (“Retiree Benefit Liability”), as reflected on the Closing Schedule (the “Closing Retiree Benefit Liability”). The Retiree Benefit Liability shall be calculated using an attribution period from each such employee’s date of hire to his/her date of expected retirement. As of January 1, 1999, the amount of such accrued liability was $5,685,000.

 

Section 1.5. Post-Closing Adjustments .

 

(a) Within sixty days after the Closing, Seller shall deliver to Buyer a schedule of Working Capital of JAC and FCS (“Final Working Capital”), with the same line items as set forth on the Closing Schedule as of the close of business on the Closing Date (the “Final Schedule”). The Final Schedule shall also include line items for Indebtedness (“Final Indebtedness”), the Retiree Benefit Liability (“Final Retiree Benefit Liability”), the JAIX Taxes (the “Final JAIX Taxes”), Interim Earnings (“Final Interim Earnings”) and JAIX Transfers (as hereinafter defined). The Final Schedule shall be prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles. Arthur Andersen LLP (the “Auditor”) shall audit the Final Schedule and shall provide an opinion that the Final Schedule fairly presents the line items set forth on such schedule as of the close of business on the Closing Date in accordance with the Accounting Principles. Seller and Buyer shall equally share the charges of the Auditor in performing the audit. In connection with the delivery of the Final Schedule, the Seller shall make available to the Buyer all books, records, work papers, personnel and other materials and sources used by Seller and Auditor to prepare the Final Schedule.

 

(b) Buyer may object to any of the information on the Final Schedule which impacts the determination of Working Capital, Indebtedness, Retiree Benefit Liability, JAIX Taxes, Interim Earnings or JAIX Transfers, as each such item is reflected on the Final Schedule. Any such objection must be made by delivery of a written statement of objections (stating the basis of the objections with reasonable specificity) to Seller within thirty days following delivery of the Final Schedule. If Buyer does not so object within such thirty day period, the Final Schedule as delivered to Buyer shall be binding upon the parties. In the event Buyer and Seller are unable to resolve a dispute or disagreement set forth in a written objection pursuant to this Section 1.5(b), either party may elect, by written notice to the other party (given within fifteen days after Seller’s receipt of Buyer’s objections), to have all such disputes or disagreements resolved by an accounting firm of recognized national standing acceptable to Buyer and Seller and not then employed by Buyer, Seller or any of their affiliates (the “Selected Accounting Firm”). If Buyer and Seller cannot agree upon the accounting firm to serve as the Selected Accounting Firm, Buyer and Seller shall each promptly select a firm that would qualify as the

 

5


Selected Accounting firm and such firms shall together select the Selected Accounting Firm. The Selected Accounting Firm shall issue a report resolving such disputes, which report shall constitute a final and binding resolution of the disputes or disagreements. The Selected Accounting Firm shall be instructed to use every reasonable effort to perform its services within fifteen days after receiving the Final Schedule and, in any case, as soon as practicable after such receipt. The charges for the services of the Selected Accounting Firm shall be shared equally by Buyer and Seller. At such time that any objections relating to a line item on the Final Schedule is resolved, whether by agreement of Buyer and Seller or by the Selected Accounting Firm, the Final Schedule shall be modified and amended by substituting, in the applicable line item, such amount, as resolved, for the disputed amount.

 

(c) Post-Closing adjustments as determined pursuant to the Final Schedule shall be made as set forth below:

 

(i) If Final Working Capital shall be less than Closing Working Capital, then the Cash Purchase Price shall be decreased, dollar-for-dollar, by the amount that Final Working Capital is less than Closing Working Capital. If Final Working Capital shall be greater than Closing Working Capital, then the Cash Purchase Price shall be increased, dollar-for-dollar, by the amount that Final Working Capital exceeds Closing Working Capital;

 

(ii) If the Final Indebtedness shall be less than Closing Indebtedness, then Buyer shall pay to Seller an amount equal to the difference between the Closing Indebtedness and the Final Indebtedness. If the Final Indebtedness shall be greater than Closing Indebtedness, then Seller shall pay Buyer an amount equal to the difference between the Final Indebtedness and the Closing Indebtedness;

 

(iii) If the Final Retiree Benefit Liability shall be less than Closing Retiree Benefit Liability, then the Buyer shall pay to Seller an amount equal to the difference between the amount that Final Retiree Benefit Liability is less than Closing Retiree Benefit Liability. If Final Retiree Benefit Liability shall be greater than Closing Retiree Benefit Liability, then Seller shall pay Buyer an amount equal to the difference between the Final Retiree Benefit Liability and the Closing Retiree Benefit Liability;

 

(iv) If the Final Interim Earnings shall be less than Closing Interim Earnings, then Buyer shall pay to Seller an amount equal to the difference between the Closing Interim Earnings and the Final Interim Earnings. If the Final Interim Earnings shall be greater than Closing Interim Earnings, then Seller shall pay Buyer an amount equal to the difference between the Final Interim Earnings and the Closing Interim Earnings.

 

(v) If the Final JAIX Taxes shall be less than the Closing JAIX Taxes, then Seller shall pay to Buyer an amount equal to the difference between the Closing JAIX Taxes and the Final JAIX Taxes. If the Final JAIX Taxes shall be greater than Closing JAIX Taxes,

 

6


then Buyer shall pay Seller an amount equal to the difference between the Final JAIX Taxes and the Closing JAIX Taxes.

 

(vi) Buyer shall indirectly acquire all assets (and JAIX shall retain all liabilities) held or owed by JAIX as of December 31, 1998 (or thereafter acquired or arising), except for income tax-related assets and liabilities as of December 31, 1998, together with all earnings of JAIX (net of federal and state income taxes accruing on those earnings) from December 31, 1998 through the Closing Date. To the extent that the Final Schedule indicates that any such assets shall have been transferred from JAIX to Seller or any affiliate thereof, whether by way of dividend, distribution, payment of management fees, or otherwise, prior to the Closing Date, except an amount equal to the federal and state income taxes accruing on the earnings of JAIX after December 31, 1998 (the “JAIX Taxes”), and except for income tax-related assets and liabilities as of December 31, 1998 (the “JAIX Transfers”), the Cash Purchase Price shall be decreased, dollar-for-dollar, by an amount equal to the JAIX Transfers as reflected on the Final Schedule.

 

(d) The amount of any such adjustment to the Cash Purchase Price or any payment shall be paid by Buyer or Seller, as the case may be, by wire transfer in immediately available funds within five business days following final determination of the adjustments set forth herein.

 

(e) Any adjustment paid pursuant to Section 1.5 shall bear interest at an annual rate of 8% from and including the Closing Date to, but excluding, the date of payment. Any such payment shall be treated for all tax purposes as an adjustment to the Cash Purchase Price.

 

Section 1.6. Contingent Additional Consideration .

 

(a) Upon the occurrence of any Triggering Event (as defined below), Buyer shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Seller additional consideration for the Shares in an amount in cash equal to $20 million, which shall accrete at a compound annual rate of 10% from and including the Closing Date to, but excluding, the date of payment (the “Contingent Additional Consideration”).

 

(b) Payment of the Contingent Additional Consideration (as fully accreted) shall be made, simultaneously with the closing of any Triggering Event, in immediately available funds by wire transfer to a bank account to be specified by Seller. Buyer shall not consummate any transaction that would result in a Triggering Event unless such payment of Contingent Additional Consideration is simultaneously made to Seller. The Contingent Additional Consideration shall be subject to the Subordination Agreement, which shall contain the terms set forth on Exhibit I, and to Buyer’s right of set-off pursuant to Section 8.7. The accretion specified in subsection (a) shall not apply to any finally determined amount set-off pursuant to Section 8 7 from and after the time of such final determination.

 

7


(c) As used in this Agreement, the occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute a “Triggering Event”:

 

(i) the consummation of one or more public offerings of any securities of Buyer, of any Railcar Subsidiary or of any other entity that directly or indirectly holds the Shares or any assets of the Railcar Subsidiaries, as the case may be, with the result that the aggregate net cash proceeds received by Buyer or such other entity in such offerings plus the amount of indebtedness (excluding working capital indebtedness and excluding any indebtedness which merely refinances and replaces existing indebtedness without increasing the amount thereof) incurred after the Closing by Buyer or any Railcar Subsidiary exceeds the sum of (A) the Senior Secured Debt, (B) the Senior Notes and (C) $20 million; provided , however , that such $ 20 million shall be added to the sum of (A) and (B) (to increase the threshold necessary to constitute a Triggering Event under this subsection) only if each of the following conditions are satisfied: (x) no secondary shares shall have been offered in the one or more public offerings at issue, (y) the underwriters of such one or more public offerings shall have confirmed in writing that the offering of the additional securities required to provide the aggregate net proceeds to pay the Contingent Additional Consideration would adversely affect such offering and (z) no debt shall have been incurred after the Closing by Buyer or any Railcar Subsidiary that is senior in right of payment to the Contingent Additional Consideration (excluding working capital indebtedness and excluding any indebtedness which merely refinances and replaces existing indebtedness without increasing the amount thereof);

 

(ii) (A) the sale or transfer of at least 25% of the common stock of any Railcar Subsidiary (other than JAIX, and other than mergers effective on the Closing Date as contemplated by Section 1.2 hereof) or of any other entity that directly or indirectly holds the Shares or any assets of the Railcar Subsidiaries, as the case may be, or (B) the sale or transfer of at least 25% of the common stock of Buyer held by holders other than Seller, Caravelle/CIBC or John Hancock as of the Closing Date (other than transfers among stockholders of Buyer acquiring common stock of Buyer on or before the Closing Date or transfers to family trusts or family limited partnerships for estate planning purposes);

 

(iii) the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of a majority of the assets (by merger, liquidation or otherwise) of Buyer, of the Railcar Subsidiaries (other than JAIX) or of any other entity that directly or indirectly holds the Shares or any assets of the Railcar Subsidiaries, as the case may be (other than the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition among Buyer and the Railcar Subsidiaries);

 

(iv) the earlier to occur of (A) repayment in full of the Senior Secured Debt and the Senior Notes, or any replacement thereof (other than that effected by way of a refinancing which does not increase the then existing amount of such term indebtedness, or the maximum amount of such revolving or working capital indebtedness) (a “Permitted Refinancing”) if, in connection with such refinancing, the Buyer or the Railcar Subsidiaries, or both, are

 

8


able, after using commercially reasonable efforts, to finance a sufficient amount to pay, in full, the Contingent Additional Consideration, or (B) the lapse of twelve (12) months after the repayment in full of the Senior Notes under any circumstances (other than by way of a Permitted Refinancing), provided that in any such case the Railcar Business has achieved an EBITDA of at least $30,000,000 for (x) the most recent twelve (12) months, (y) the most recent fiscal year or (z) the average of the last two (2) completed fiscal years; or

 

(v) the liquidation or dissolution of Buyer, or the institution by Buyer of any proceedings relating to insolvency or the institution against Buyer of any such proceedings, which have not been withdrawn within 60 days.

 

(d) Until the Contingent Additional Consideration has been paid to Seller, neither Buyer, any Railcar Subsidiary nor any other entity that directly or indirectly holds the Shares or any assets of the Railcar Subsidiaries, as the case may be, shall, without the prior written consent of Seller, declare or pay any dividends or distributions (other than dividends or distributions by the Railcar Subsidiaries to Buyer), or permit such payment or declaration, on its capital stock, redeem or acquire its capital stock or incur indebtedness in excess of an amount equal to the sum of (x) the then outstanding amount of the term loan under the Senior Secured Debt and, the Senior Notes (not to exceed the respective amounts at Closing) plus (y) the then amount committed under the revolving credit facility for working capital borrowings under the Senior Secured Debt, or any replacement thereof, as or may be increased in the ordinary course of business.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Representations and Warranties of Seller

 

Seller represents and warrants to Buyer as follows:

 

Section 2.1. Organization .

 

(a) Seller and each Railcar Subsidiary is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation. Seller and each Railcar Subsidiary has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business and operations as now being conducted, except where any such failure to have such power and authority would not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect (as defined below). Seller and each Railcar Subsidiary is duly qualified or licensed to do business in each jurisdiction in which the property owned, leased or operated by Seller and each Railcar Subsidiary or the nature of the business conducted by Seller and each Railcar Subsidiary makes such qualification necessary, except in any such jurisdictions where the failure, individually or in the aggregate, to be so duly qualified or licensed would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9


(b) As used in this Agreement, “Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any material adverse change in, or effect on, the financial condition, business or results of operations of the Railcar Business taken as a whole.

 

Section 2.2. Authorization . Seller has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and cause to be consummated the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by the board of directors of Seller, with no other corporate action on the part of Seller or its stockholders being necessary. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Seller and when executed and delivered by Seller will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of Seller enforceable against Seller in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and that the availability of equitable remedies may be limited by general principles of equity.

 

Section 2.3. Capital Stock . All of the shares in the capital stock of each Railcar Subsidiary are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. There are no outstanding securities convertible into, exchangeable for, or carrying the right to acquire, equity securities of the Railcar Subsidiaries or any of their subsidiaries, nor are there any subscriptions, warrants, options, rights or other arrangements or commitments (other than pursuant to this Agreement) which could obligate Seller or any Railcar Subsidiaries or their respective subsidiaries to issue or sell any shares of the capital stock of the Railcar Subsidiaries or their respective subsidiaries. Except pursuant to this Agreement, neither the Seller nor any Railcar Subsidiary (or their respective subsidiaries) is a party to, or bound by, any arrangement, instrument or order (a) relating to the transfer of any capital stock or equity securities (including in respect of preemptive rights) of any of the Railcar Subsidiaries, (b) relating to the dividend or voting rights of any capital stock or equity securities of the Railcar Subsidiaries, or (c) relating to rights to registration under the Securities Act of any capital stock or other equity securities of any of the Railcar Subsidiaries (including any shareholder’s or similar agreement).

 

Section 2.4. Railcar Subsidiaries . Except with respect to JAC Patent, Seller is the registered and beneficial owner of the Shares, which comprise all of the issued and outstanding shares in all classes of capital stock of the Railcar Subsidiaries. JAC is the registered and beneficial owner of all issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of JAC Patent (the “Patent Shares”). Except for the liens arising under the Senior Bank Facility, which such liens shall be released on or prior to the Closing, Seller has good title to the Shares, and JAC has good title to the Patent Shares, free and clear of all Liens. Upon the transfer to Buyer or a subsidiary of Buyer of the Shares, Seller will, subject to the payment of any stamp duties or other similar taxes, have transferred to Buyer or a subsidiary of Buyer good title to the Shares free and clear of all Liens, other than Liens created by Buyer, and JAC will continue to own and have good title to the Patent Shares, free and clear of all Liens, other than Liens created by Buyer. As used herein, the term “Liens” shall mean any pledge, mortgage, charge, claim, title imperfection, defect or objection, security interest, conditional or instalment sales agreement, encumbrance, easement,

 

10


encroachment, third party right or restriction of any kind other than (except with respect to the Shares) liens for current taxes not yet due or taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

 

Section 2.5. Consents and Approvals; No Violations . Except as set forth on Schedule 2.5, neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by Seller nor the consummation by Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby nor compliance by Seller with any of the provisions hereof will (a) conflict with or result in any breach of any provision of the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of Seller or any Railcar Subsidiary, (b) require any filing with, or permit, authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Authority (except where the failure to obtain such permits, authorizations, consents or approvals or to make such filings would not have a Material Adverse Effect), (c) result in a violation or breach of, or constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default (or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration) under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, license, lease, contract, agreement or other instrument or obligation to which Seller or any Railcar Subsidiary is a party or by which any of the properties or assets of the Railcar Business may be bound, (d) violate any order, writ, injunction, decree, statute, rule or regulation applicable to Seller or any Railcar Subsidiary or any of the properties or assets of the Railcar Business or (e) result in the creation or imposition of any lien, claim, charge, restriction, equity or encumbrance of any kind whatsoever upon, or give to any person other than Buyer any interest or right (including any right of termination or cancellation) in, or with respect to, any of the Shares or the assets of any Railcar Subsidiary, except in the case of (c), (d) and (e) for violations, breaches, defaults, liens, claims, charges, restrictions, equities or encumbrances which would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 2.6. Financial Statements; Undisclosed Liabilities .

 

(a) Attached as Schedule 2.6(a) are the audited combined balance sheets of the Railcar Business as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 and the related audited combined statements of income and cash flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 1998 (the “Financial Statements”). The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, except as otherwise noted therein. The Financial Statements fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position of the Railcar Business as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 and the related results of operations and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998. As used in this Agreement, “Accounting Principles” shall mean the accounting principles, practices and methods used in the preparation of the Financial Statements.

 

( b) Except as set forth on Schedule 2.6(b), none of the Railcar Subsidiaries has any liabilities or obligations (absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise) other than (i) liabilities which are reflected and reserved against on the Financial Statements, (ii) liabilities incurred since January 1, 1999 in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the Railcar Subsidiaries’ practice during the past two years, (iii) liabilities arising under any contract, (iv) liabilities

 

11


disclosed in this Agreement or in any schedule thereof, and (v) liabilities which would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 2.7. Absence of Certain Changes .

 

Except as set forth on Schedule 2.7, with respect to the Railcar Subsidiaries, since December 31, 1998 there has not been and, as of the Closing Date, there will not have been:

 

(a) any material damage, destruction, or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, adversely affecting the Railcar Subsidiaries, or their properties, assets, business or financial position;

 

(b) any cancellation of any material debts or any waiver of any material rights of value to the Railcar Subsidiaries, except in the ordinary course of business;

 

(c) any transfer of any rights in the Railcar Subsidiaries’ patents, trademarks, trade names or copyrights;

 

(d) any material increase in the compensation payable or to become payable by the Railcar Subsidiaries to any of their officers or employees (except usual and customary increases in salary) or any material change or amendment to any bonus plan for the benefit of any officers or employees to materially increase the amount of the bonus payments thereunder,

 

(e) any action which has materially increased the costs of the Railcar Subsidiaries in funding or maintaining any employee pension or retirement plans or other employee benefit plans;

 

(f) Other than scheduled capital expenditures set forth in the 1999 Budget contained in the Business Plan that has been delivered to Buyer, any single capital expenditure or commitment for capital expenditure in excess of $200,000 for additions to the Railcar Subsidiaries’ property, plant, equipment or intangible capital assets or any aggregate capital expenditures and commitments in excess of $400,000 for additions to the Railcar Subsidiaries’ property, plant, equipment or intangible capital assets for which the Railcar Subsidiaries’ will be liable at the Closing Date;

 

(g) any sale, assignment or transfer of any assets of the Railcar Subsidiaries having a net book value, as of December 31, 1998, in excess of $100,000, other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

 

(h) the entering into, creation or allowance of any new mortgages, liens or encumbrances on any assets of the Railcar Subsidiaries other than the liens and encumbrances arising in the ordinary course of business and liens and encumbrances to be removed by the Closing Date;

 

12


(i) any lease or sublease of real property or the exercise of any purchase options or rights of first refusal contained in any lease or sublease, or the termination, surrender, cancellation or assignment of any of the properties demised under any leases, or any part thereof other than in the ordinary course of business;

 

(j) except for indebtedness (other than payables arising in the ordinary course) arising under the Senior Bank Facility, the incurring of any indebtedness for borrowed money, the entering into of any commitment to borrow money, or making of any loans in respect to borrowed money to third parties, or the agreement to guaranty any obligations of third parties (other than in connection with the negotiation and collection of negotiable instruments in the ordinary course of business);

 

(k) the writing up or writing down of the value on its financial statements of any of the Railcar Subsidiaries’ assets in excess of $100,000;

 

(l) the issuance of, or the commitment by any of the Railcar Subsidiaries to issue, any shares of capital stock or other equity securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock or other equity securities of the Railcar Subsidiaries.

 

Section 2.8. Litigation .

 

(a) Except as it relates to any audit or examination of any foreign, federal, state or local Tax Returns filed by Seller on behalf of the Railcar Subsidiaries, Schedule 2.8 sets forth all (i) suits, claims, actions or proceedings pending and all court or governmental orders outstanding, or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened, and (ii) to Seller’s Knowledge, any investigation pending or threatened, against Seller or any Railcar Subsidiary or any of their respective properties, assets and business operations by or before any court or Governmental Authority or by any third parry relating to the Railcar Business, where the amount sought in damages exceeds $100,000 or the relief sought is a court order for equitable relief, other than those suits, claims, actions or proceedings relating to worker’s compensation, union grievances, discrimination claims to the extent arising out of union grievances, and similar claims arising in the ordinary course of business.

 

(b) As used in this Agreement, “Knowledge of Seller” or “Seller’s Knowledge” shall mean the actual knowledge of any of the following individuals: Thomas Begel, Andrew Weller and Kenneth Tallering.

 

Section 2.9. Compliance with Applicable Law . Except as it relates to any Benefit Plan, Taxes or Environmental Law (as each such term is defined in Sections 2.10, 2.11 and 2.12, respectively), Seller and each Railcar Subsidiary is in material compliance with applicable laws, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Railroad Business except for non-compliance that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

13


Section 2.10. Employee Benefit Plans .

 

(a) Schedule 2.10(a) lists each “employee benefit plan” (within the meaning of section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”)), maintained by Seller and relating to the Railcar Business or by the Railcar Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, multiemployer plans within the meaning of ERISA section 3(37), and pension, retirement, excess benefit, profit sharing, salary continuation, termination, health, life, disability, group insurance, vacation, stock purchase, stock option, severance, employment, change-in-control, fringe benefit, collective bargaining, bonus, incentive, deferred compensation and all other employee benefit plans, agreements, programs, policies or other arrangements, whether or not subject to ERISA, under which any employee or former employee of any Railcar Subsidiary has any present or future right to benefits or under which any Railcar Subsidiary has any present or future liability. All such plans, agreements, programs, policies and arrangements shall be collectively referred to as the “Benefit Plans”.

 

(b) As used in this Agreement, “Pension Plan” shall mean each employee pension plan as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA maintained by Seller and relating to the Railcar Business or by the Railcar Subsidiaries for its employees and in which such employees participate, and “Welfare Plan” shall mean each employee welfare plan as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA maintained by Seller and relating to the Railcar Business or by the Railcar Subsidiaries for its employees in which such employees participate. Schedule 2.10 lists each Pension Plan and Welfare Plan maintained by Seller and relating to the Railcar Business or by the Railcar Subsidiaries under which any employee or former employee of any Railcar Subsidiary has any present or future right to benefits or under which any Railcar Subsidiary has any present or future liability.

 

(c) Each Benefit Plan and Welfare Plan has been established and administered in accordance with its terms and in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and other applicable laws, rules and regulations, except for any non-compliance which would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d) As applicable with respect to each Benefit Plan and Welfare Plan, the Seller has delivered to the Buyer true and complete copies of (i) each Benefit Plan, including all amendments thereto, and in the case of an unwritten Benefit Plan, a written description thereof, (ii) all trust documents, investment management contracts, custodial agreements and insurance contracts relating thereto, (iii) the current summary plan description and each summary of material modifications thereof, (iv) the three most recent annual reports (Form 5500 and all schedules thereto) filed with the Internal Revenue Service, (v) the most recent Internal Revenue Service determination letter and each currently pending application to the Internal Revenue Service for a determination letter, (vi) the three most recent summary annual reports, actuarial reports, financial statements and trustee reports, and (vii) all records, notices and filings concerning (x) Internal Revenue Service or Department of Labor audits or investigations, (y) “prohibited transactions” within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the

 

14


Code and (z) “reportable events” within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA. To Seller’s Knowledge, the Benefit Plans are and have been maintained and administered in compliance with the requirements of ERISA and, where applicable, Section 401 of the Code. There are no accumulated funding deficiencies as defined in Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code, whether or not waived, with respect to the Benefit Plans. There is not now, nor has there been any prohibited transaction (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Sections 503 or 4975 of the Code) involving the Benefit Plans. Except as otherwise disclosed on Schedule 2.10(d), there are no pending or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened investigations or audits by governmental agencies or any claims by or on behalf of the Benefit Plans or by any employee of the Seller or the Railcar Subsidiaries alleging a breach or breaches of such plans, or fiduciary duties thereunder, or violations of other applicable federal or state law with respect to the Benefit Plans, which could result in a monetary liability, or any material non-monetary liability, on the part of the Seller or any Railcar Subsidiary under ERISA or any other law, nor, to the knowledge of Seller, is there any basis for such a claim. Neither the Seller nor any Railcar Subsidiary has any liability, withdrawal or otherwise, actual or contingent, to any “multi-employer pension plan.”

 

(e) Except as otherwise disclosed on Schedule 2.10(e):

 

(i) The Pension Plans now meet, and at all times since their inception have met, or can timely be amended to meet, the requirements for qualification under Section 401(a) of the Code, and the related trusts are now, and at all times since their inception have been, exempt from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code;

 

(ii) All Pension Plans have received determination letters from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that such Pension Plans are qualified and the related trusts are exempt from federal income taxes and no determination letter with respect to any Pension Plan has been revoked nor, to the knowledge of the Seller, is there any reason for such revocation, nor has any Pension Plan been amended since the date of its most recent determination letter in any respect which would adversely affect its qualification;

 

(iii) No Benefit Plan is now or at any time has been subject to Part 3, Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA or Title IV of ERISA. To Seller’s Knowledge, all contributions to, and payments from, any Benefit Plan which may have been required in accordance with the terms of such Benefit Plan or any related document have been timely made. All such contributions to, and payments from, any Benefit Plan, except those to be made from a trust, qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, for any period ending before the Closing Date that are not yet, but will be, required, shall be paid on or before the Closing Date;

 

(iv) Neither the Seller, nor to the knowledge of Seller, any fiduciary, trustee or administrator of any Benefit Plan, has engaged in or, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, will engage in any transaction with respect to any Benefit Plan which would subject any such Benefit Plan, the Seller, the Railcar Subsidiaries or the Buyer to a tax, penalty or liability for a “prohibited transaction” under Section 406 of ERISA or Section

 

15


4975 of the Code. None of the assets of any Benefit Plan is invested in any property constituting “employer real property” or an “employer security” within the meaning of Section 407 of ERISA;

 

(v) With respect to each Benefit Plan that is a “group health plan” within the meaning of Section 607 of ERISA and that is subject to Section 4980B of the Code, the Seller and the Railcar Subsidiaries comply in all respects with the continuation coverage requirements of the Code and ERISA;

 

(vi) No Benefit Plan provides benefits, including, without limitation, death or medical benefits, beyond termination of service or retirement other than (A) coverage mandated by law or (B) death or retirement benefits under a Benefit Plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code. Neither the Seller nor any Railcar Subsidiary, nor any predecessor thereof, has made a written or oral representation to any current or former employee promising or guaranteeing any employer paid continuation of medical, dental, life or disability coverage for any period of time beyond retirement or termination of employment; and

 

(vii) No Benefit Plan provides for the payment of “excess parachute payments” by reason of the consummation of the sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code.

 

Section 2.11. Taxes .

 

(a) Except to the extent that the inaccuracy of any of the following (or the circumstances giving rise to such inaccuracy), individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) Seller (with respect to the Railcar Business) and each of the Railcar Subsidiaries, and any consolidated, combined, unitary or aggregate group for tax purposes of which Seller or any of the Railcar Subsidiaries is or has been a member, have timely filed (giving effect to any applicable extensions) all Tax Returns required to be filed by them in the manner provided by law, which Tax Returns are true, complete and correct in all material respects and have been prepared in accordance with applicable laws, have timely paid all Taxes shown thereon to be due and, with respect to the Railcar Business and the Railcar Subsidiaries, have provided adequate reserves in their financial statements according to GAAP for any Taxes for taxable periods (or portions thereof) ending on or prior to the Closing Date that have not been paid, whether or not shown as being due on any Tax Returns and (ii) no material claim for unpaid Taxes has become a lien or encumbrance of any kind against the assets of any Railcar Subsidiary or is being asserted against Seller (in respect of the Railcar Business) or any Railcar Subsidiary except for statutory liens for Taxes not yet due.

 

(b) Except as set forth in Schedule 2.11, no adjustment relating to the Tax Returns described in paragraph (a) above has been proposed, asserted, or assessed in writing by any Tax Authority (insofar as either relates to the activities or income of the Railcar Subsidiaries or could result in liability of the Railcar Subsidiaries on the basis of joint and/or several liabilities).

 

16


(c) Except as set forth in Schedule 2.11, no audit or examination of any foreign, federal, state or local income Tax Returns or other Tax Returns filed by the Seller (with respect to the Railcar Subsidiaries) or the Railcar Subsidiaries is in progress; to Seller’s Knowledge there are no pending actions or proceedings for the assessment or collection of Taxes against Seller (with respect to the Railcar Business) or the Railcar Subsidiaries.

 

(d) Except as set forth on Schedule 2.11, no written waiver of any statute of limitations relating to Seller (with respect to the Railcar Business), or relating to the Railcar Subsidiaries has been given in writing and is in effect. Neither the Seller (with respect to the Railcar Business) nor the Railcar Subsidiaries has ever (i) filed any consent agreement under Section 341(f) of the Code, (ii) been the subject of a private letter ruling that has continuing effect, or (iii) been the subject of a closing agreement with any Tax Authority that has continuing effect.

 

(e) Except as set forth on Schedule 2.11, the Railcar Subsidiaries are not a party to any Tax Sharing Agreement.

 

(f) Except as set forth on Schedule 2.11, none of the Railcar Subsidiaries has any liability for the Taxes of any person other than the Railcar Subsidiaries (i) under Treasury Regulation §1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law), (ii) as a transferee or successor or (iii) by contract.

 

(g) Neither Seller nor any of the Railcar Subsidiaries is a “foreign person” within the meaning of Section 1445 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(h) Except as set forth on Schedule 2.11, neither Seller nor any of the Railcar Subsidiaries has received written notice from any Tax Authority claiming that any of the Railcar Subsidiaries was doing business or engaged in a trade or business in any jurisdiction in which it has not filed any applicable income or franchise Tax Returns.

 

(i) As used in this Agreement:

 

(i) “Taxes” shall mean any and all federal, state, local, foreign and other taxes of any kind, including but not limited to those on or measured by or referred to as income, gross receipts, capital, sales, use, ad valorem, franchise, profits, license, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, social security, workers’ compensation, unemployment compensation, net worth, transfer, occupation, premium, value added, real or personal property or windfall profits taxes, customs, duties or similar fees, assessments or charges of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest and any penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts imposed by any Governmental Authority.

 

17


(ii) “Tax Return” shall mean any return, report or statement required to be filed with any Governmental Authority with respect to Taxes.

 

Section 2.12. Environmental Laws and Regulations .

 

(a) To Seller’s Knowledge, neither the Seller nor any Railcar Subsidiary has received any written notice of any pending or threatened action, claim or proceeding under Environmental Laws arising out of the condition of the Premises (as defined in Section 2.25(a)) or the conduct of the Railcar Business. With respect to the Premises, or the conduct of the Railcar Business, to Seller’s Knowledge, neither the Seller nor any Railcar Subsidiary has been served with any citation or received any notice of noncompliance by the Seller or any Railcar Subsidiary with any Environmental Laws.

 

(b) To Seller’s Knowledge, based solely on the Phase 1 report dated April 23, 1999 relating to the property at Johnstown and the 1995 Phase I report and the updating letter dated April 23, 1999 relating to the property at Danville, in each case, prepared by First Environment, Inc., neither the Premises, nor to Seller’s Knowledge, any properties formerly owned, operated or leased by the Railcar Subsidiaries since October 28, 1991 is listed or proposed for listing on any list maintained by any governmental agency of sites requiring remediation.

 

(c) To Seller’s Knowledge, based solely on the Phase 1 report dated April 23, 1999 relating to the property at Johnstown and the 1995 Phase I report and the updating letter dated April 23, 1999, relating to the property at Danville, in each case, prepared by First Environment, Inc., there are no underground storage tanks, above-ground storage tanks, asbestos-containing materials or poly-chlorinated biphenyl-containing equipment located at, on or under the Premises, or to Seller’s Knowledge, at any property formerly owned, operated or leased by the Railcar Subsidiaries since October 28, 1991.

 

(d) To Seller’s Knowledge, none of the Railcar Subsidiaries has retained or assumed by contract any liability or responsibility of third parties (excluding any liability arising under or relating to operating leases) for any environmental claims or conditions.

 

(e) Except as set forth on Schedule 2.12, Seller (as it relates to the Railcar Business) and each of the Railcar Subsidiaries is in material compliance with all applicable laws and regulations relating to protection of the environment (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), except for any non-compliance which would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18


Section 2.13. Certain Fees . None of Seller or any of its affiliates has employed any financial advisor or finder or incurred any liability for any financial advisory or finders’ fees in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby that could be the responsibility of Buyer.

 

Section 2.14. Title to Assets . Except as set forth on Schedule 2.14, each Railcar Subsidiary has good and marketable title to all its assets (including, but not limited to, those set forth on the Financial Statements), except for those assets which are leased, and for which the respective Railcar Subsidiary has a valid leasehold interest. The assets of each Railcar Subsidiary are free and clear of all Liens, except for (a) those referred to in Schedule 2.14, (b) liens for current taxes not yet due and payable or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and where appropriate reserves have been established and (c) with respect to any real property, such imperfections of title, easements and encumbrances as do not materially detract from the value of the properties subject thereto or affected thereby or otherwise do not materially interfere with their present or future use in a manner consistent with present practices or impair the operation of the Railcar Business.

 

Section 2.15. All Assets Included . All non-cash assets constituting, used principally in connection with, and necessary to the conduct of, the Railcar Business are owned or leased by the Railcar Subsidiaries. None of the Railcar Subsidiaries’ tangible personal property is subject to any contract for its sale to any party other than in the ordinary course of business. None of the Railcar Subsidiaries’ tangible personal property is subject to any contract for its use by any other party.

 

Section 2.16. Contracts . Schedule 2.16 contains a list of all written agreements of the Railcar Subsidiaries: (a) for the purchase and sale of railcars in the backlog as of March 31, 1999, (b) for the purchase and sale of goods (other than agreements to purchase materials under those agreements within (a) hereof directly related to those agreements within (a) hereof) which exceed $500,000, (c) for loans, repurchases, credit accommodations, or the guarantee of the obligations of any party which exceed $100,000, excluding those to be discharged on or in connection with the Closing, or (d) restricting or purporting to restrict the Railcar Subsidiaries or any of them from entering into, or competing in, any line of business. True and correct copies of all written agreements set forth on Schedule 2.16 (except for those agreements within (a) hereof) have been delivered to Buyer. Neither Seller nor any Railcar Subsidiary has received any written notice of the existence or alleged existence of any oral agreements which, if in writing, would be included in the preceding sentence. Except as set forth on Schedule 2.16, none of the agreements described within (a) through (d) hereof require consent from or notice to another party before or upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. With respect to all such agreements described in this Section 2.16, neither Seller nor any Railcar Subsidiary has received any written notice, nor has Seller or any Railcar Subsidiary given written notice, that it or any other party to any such agreement is in material default thereunder.

 

19


Section 2.17, Patents, Trademarks, Licenses . Schedule 2.17 contains a complete list of all trademarks, service marks, tradenames, domain names, fictitious names, symbols, logos, trade dress, copyrights and patents (the “Intellectual Property”) used by the Railcar Subsidiaries in connection with the Railcar Business, and, except as set forth on Schedule 2.17, all of which are owned by the Railcar Subsidiaries, free and clear of all Liens. To Seller’s Knowledge, to the extent such Intellectual Property is not owned by the Railcar Subsidiaries, the Railcar Subsidiaries have adequate and sufficient rights, registered or unregistered, to use such Intellectual Property as currently used in the Railcar Business, free and clear of any Lien or competing rights or interests of others which would preclude or otherwise impair such use by the Railcar Subsidiaries. To the Knowledge of Seller, based on written notice, the operations of the Railcar Business as currently conducted do not infringe any trademark, trade name, copyright or patent of any third party. Neither the Seller nor the Railcar Subsidiaries have received any written claim of infringement of any trademark, trade name, copyright, patent application or patent of any third party relating to the Railcar Business.

 

Section 2.18. Customers and Suppliers . Except as set forth on Schedule 2.18, since January 1, 1999, there has been no adverse change in the business relationship of the Railcar Subsidiaries with any customer or supplier representing sales or purchases of 10% or more of the Railcar Subsidiaries’ sales or purchases, as the case may be, for the year ended December 31,1998, which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 2.19. Books and Records of the Company . To Seller’s Knowledge, the minute books and stock books of each of the Railcar Subsidiaries are complete and accurate, and contain all resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of each of the Railcar Subsidiaries, and each committee of the Board of Directors of each of the Railcar Subsidiaries, and of the shareholders of each of the Railcar Subsidiaries, from the formation date of the respective Railcar Subsidiary through the date of this Agreement.

 

Section 2.20. Accounts Receivable . The accounts receivable reflected in the Financial Statements arose from valid transactions in the ordinary course of business with unrelated third parties and represent bona fide claims against debtors for sales, services performed or other charges arising on or before the Closing Date.

 

Section 2.21. Licenses and Permits .

 

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 2.21, to Seller’s Knowledge, (i) the Railcar Business owns and holds the permits, licenses, and Governmental Authorizations (collectively, “Licenses”) which constitute all of the material Licenses required for and utilized in the ownership and operation of the Railcar Business as it is currently being conducted, which such Licenses are listed on Schedule 2.21; (ii) all material Licenses are in full force and effect and good standing; (iii) neither the Seller nor any Railcar Subsidiary has received any notice to the effect additional Licenses which would be material to the Railcar Business as it is currently being conducted are required by the Railcar Subsidiaries; (iv) no consent, waiver, approval, license or

 

20


authorization of or designation, declaration or filing with any Governmental Authority, or any third party, is required with respect to any material Licence in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any instrument contemplated hereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; (v) no modification, suspension or cancellation of any material License, or any proceeding relating thereto, is pending or, to the knowledge of the Seller, threatened with respect to any such License; and (vi) the Railcar Subsidiaries have complied in all material respects with, and each is currently in compliance in all material respects with, all statutes, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, judgments, decrees and orders, of any court or Governmental or quasi-Governmental Authority, to which any of them is subject or by which any of them is bound or which affect any material Licenses.

 

(b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will not result in a revocation or suspension of, or require the amendment of, any material License.

 

Section 2.22. Improper Payments . Except for non-cash gifts or transfers made in the ordinary course of business and not involving goods, services or items with a value of more than $1,000, to Seller’s Knowledge, neither Seller nor any Railcar Subsidiary, nor any officer, director, employee or agent of Seller or any Railcar Subsidiary, has at any time made gifts, gratuities, or payments in any other form, whether in cash, goods or services, to any persons or entities whatsoever, in payment for, or intended to encourage, or which resulted in or may have resulted in or had the effect of obtaining, encouraging or continuing the referral of persons or entities as customers of the Railcar Business, or obtaining, encouraging or extending any contractual relationship, written or oral, for any of the same; nor has the Seller or any Railcar Subsidiary or any officer, director, employee or agent of Seller or any Railcar Subsidiary, to Seller’s Knowledge, (i) entered into any arrangement, written or oral, under or pursuant to which bribes, kickbacks, rebates, payoffs or other forms of illegal or improper payments or remuneration have been or will be made, provided for or suffered, either directly, or indirectly through agents, brokers, distributors, dealers or other intermediaries, to any person or entity or (ii) made any illegal or improper contribution of monies, services or property to any political party, candidate or elected official for any purpose.

 

Section 2.23. Bethlehem Steel Agreement . The Agreement of Purchase and Sale between Bethlehem Steel Corporation and JAC, dated May 3, 1991, as first amended August 13, 1991 as second amended September 27, 1991 and as third amended October 28, 1991 (“Bethlehem Steel Agreement”), and the Supplemental Agreement between JAC and Bethlehem Steel Corporation, dated December 7, 1995 remains in full force and effect pursuant to its terms and, except for the amendments described in this Section, has not been amended or modified, nor has the Seller or any Railcar Subsidiary waived, modified or amended any material provision thereof.

 

21


Section 2.24. Labor and Employee Matters .

 

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 2.24, there are no written contracts of employment that require an annual payment or a termination payment of an amount in excess of $100,000 between any of the Railcar Subsidiaries and any of their respective employees or which govern any such employee’s employment with any Railcar Subsidiary.

 

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 2.24, to Seller’s Knowledge, neither the Railcar Subsidiaries nor any agent, representative or employee of the Railcar Subsidiaries has received any written notice of any unfair labor practice on the part of the Railcar Subsidiaries as defined in the National Labor Relations Act of 1947, as amended, and there is not now pending or threatened any charge or complaint against the Railcar Subsidiaries by the National Labor Relations Board or any representative thereof which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c) Except as set forth on Schedule 2.24(c), the Railcar Subsidiaries are not a party to or bound by any agreement with any labor organization, including any collective bargaining or similar agreement.

 

Section 2.25. Premises .

 

(a) Schedule 2.25 sets forth a complete list of all of the Railcar Subsidiaries’ owned or leased real property (the “Premises”).

 

(b) Schedule 2.25 contains copies of all title insurance policies currently held by the Railcar Subsidiaries, which such policies, to Seller’s Knowledge, remain in full force and effect.

 

Section 2.26. No Other Representations or Warranties . Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Article II, Seller makes no express or implied representation or warranty.

 

22


 

ARTICLE III

 

Representations and Warranties of Buyer

 

Buyer represents and warrants to Seller as follows:

 

Section 3.1. Organization, Existence and Authority of Buyer .

 

(a) Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware. Buyer has all requisite corporate power and authority and full legal right to enter into, execute and deliver this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder. The execution, delivery and performance by the Buyer of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by the board of directors of Buyer (including approval by the stockholders), and no other corporate action on the part of Buyer or its stockholders is necessary to authorize the consummation of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of this Agreement do not and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not:

 

(i) conflict with, or result in the breach of, any provision of the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of Buyer;

 

(ii) conflict with, result in the breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the termination, cancellation or acceleration (whether after the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both) of any right or obligation of Buyer under any mortgage, deed of trust, contract, agreement, lease, indenture, order, arbitration award, judgment or decree or other instrument to which Buyer is a party; or

 

(iii) violate or result in a breach of or constitute a default under any law to which Buyer is subject, including any Governmental Authorization, other than in the cases of clauses (ii) and (iii), any conflict, breach, termination, default, cancellation, acceleration, loss or violation which, individually or in the aggregate, would not be material.

 

(c) Except as required by the HSR Act, no consent, approval, waiver or authorization is required to be obtained by Buyer from, and no notice or filing is required to be given by Buyer to or made by Buyer with any Governmental Authority or other Person in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of this Agreement.

 

(d) This Agreement constitutes, and when executed and delivered at the Closing by Buyer will constitute, a valid and legally binding obligation of Buyer, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and that the availability of equitable remedies may be limited by general principles of equity.

 

23


Section 3.2. Financial Capability . Buyer has delivered in a form satisfactory to Seller fully executed and paid for commitment letters issued by Fleet Capital Corporation in the amount of $110 million, by Caravelle/CIBC in the amount of $12.5 million and John Hancock in the amount of $12.5 million, evidencing Buyer’s ability to pay the Purchase Price and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby

 

Section 3.3. Capital Structure .

 

(a) At Closing, Buyer will have the number of shares of capital stock authorized, the number of shares outstanding, and the amount and nature of debt set forth in Exhibit J.

 

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.3, there are no options, calls, warrants or other rights, agreements, arrangements or commitments of any character relating to the issued or unissued capital stock of Buyer or any of its subsidiaries to which Buyer or any of its subsidiaries is a party. All certificates representing the common stock of Buyer to be delivered to Seller pursuant to Section 1.3(b)(ii) shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free of preemptive (or similar) rights. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.3, there are no outstanding contractual obligations of Buyer or any of its subsidiaries to provide funds to or make any investment (in the form of a loan, capital contribution or otherwise) in any subsidiary of Buyer or any other entity which would be material to Buyer or such subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

Section 3.4. Certain Fees . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.4, neither Buyer nor any of its affiliates has employed any financial advisor or finder or incurred any liability for any financial advisory or finders’ fees in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby that will result in any liability to Seller or any Railcar Subsidiary.

 

Section 3.5. HSR . Buyer hereby represents and warrants that (x) it is a newly-formed company without a regularly prepared balance sheet, (y) it is not controlled by any other person (as the term “control” is defined in the HSR Act and the rules thereunder) and (z) at Closing, will not have assets of $10 million or more, other than the cash that will be used in connection with its performance under this Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, and to pay for all expenses incidental to its performance under this Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

Section 3.6. No Other Representations or Warranties . Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Article III, Buyer makes no express or implied representation or warranty.

 

24


 

ARTICLE IV

 

Covenants

 

Section 4.1. Consents .

 

(a) Each of Seller and Buyer shall cooperate, and use its best efforts, to give all notices and make all filings necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to obtain any required approvals of third parties. In furtherance of the foregoing, Buyer agrees to provide to third parties such assurances as to financial capability, resources and creditworthiness as may be reasonably requested by any third party whose consent or approval is sought hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall obligate or be construed to obligate either of Seller or Buyer to make any payment to any third party in order to obtain the consent or approval of such third party or to transfer any contract, license or permit in violation of its terms.

 

(b) Seller will use reasonable efforts to obtain in writing prior to the Closing the consents, authorizations, orders or approvals required of third parties (including Governmental Authorities) in connection with the rights, contracts or Licenses which, to the extent assignable, are to be assigned pursuant to this Agreement and which are not assignable without such consent_ provided, however, that the failure or inability of Seller to obtain any such consents or approvals shall not affect the obligation of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, nor shall there be any adjustment in the Purchase Price. If such consent is not obtained, Seller shall use its commercially reasonable efforts, and Seller and Buyer shall cooperate in any reasonable arrangements designed to provide Buyer with the economic and other benefits thereunder, including assigning to Buyer the right to receive such economic or other benefits and enforcing for the benefit of Buyer any and all rights of Seller against such third party arising out of the cancellation by such third party or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of Seller under this Section 4.1 shall not include any obligation to make any material payment or to incur any material out-of-pocket economic burden.

 

Section 4.2. Buyer’s Access to Information and Records .

 

(a) Buyer shall have the right to make, or cause to be made, prior to the Closing Date, during regular business hours and upon reasonable advance notice to, and subject to reasonable rules and regulations of, Seller, such investigation of the business and properties of the Railcar Subsidiaries and of their financial condition as Buyer reasonably deems necessary to familiarize itself with such matters. Such investigation shall include telephone calls and/or meetings with the Railcar Subsidiaries’ customers, subcontractors, lessors and suppliers for, among other things, the purpose of verifying that the business relationships currently maintained by the Railcar Subsidiaries with such entities are on a sound commercial basis. Seller shall, and shall cause the Railcar Subsidiaries to, assist Buyer in speaking with or meeting with the Railcar Subsidiaries’ customers and suppliers, and, at Buyer’s request, will participate in such meetings

 

25


or calls. Buyer will have access to the Railcar Subsidiaries’ non-executive employees, with the understanding that, at the election of Seller, a representative of Seller will be present at all on-site meeting with the Railcar Subsidiaries’ non-executive employees. Such investigation shall be conducted by Buyer so as not to interfere with the Railcar Subsidiaries’ normal operation of the Railcar Business and shall be so undertaken in accordance with such other procedures as may be established by Seller. In addition, Seller shall permit Buyer and its authorized representatives, including legal counsel and independent accountants, upon reasonable notice, to have full access during regular business hours to the properties, inventories, facilities, records, contracts and documents of the Railcar Subsidiaries, including, but not limited to, notes and related loan documentation, mortgages, and other security instruments, stock certificates, and all employment, stock option, bonus, severance or similar agreements, whether existing or proposed, with the Railcar Subsidiaries’ employees. Seller and the Railcar Subsidiaries and its officers will make available to Buyer complete and current copies of such of the documents and records referred to above as Buyer may from time to time reasonably request and such financial and operating data and other information on the properties of the Railcar Subsidiaries as Buyer shall from time to time reasonably request.

 

(b) The access granted under Section 4.2(a) shall also extend to any financing institution providing debt or equity financing to Buyer in connection with the transactions contemplated herein, provided that such financing institution shall have executed a confidentiality agreement containing, in substance, the terms set forth in Section 4.2(c) below.

 

(c) In the event of the termination of this Agreement, Buyer shall deliver to Seller all documents, work papers and other materials obtained from Seller, the Railcar Subsidiaries or their respective agents, employees and representatives which remain in Buyer’s possession or the possession of third parties to whom they were delivered by or on behalf of Buyer relating to the Railcar Business or the transactions contemplated hereby, whether so obtained before or after the execution hereof. Buyer shall not use any information so obtained and shall not disclose any such information to any third party, except that such restrictions shall not apply to any information which is in or comes into the public domain other than by the act or omission of Buyer, its agents, employees, or representatives, or which is required to be disclosed by court order, subpoena or other similar judicial or administrative process.

 

Section 4.3. Seller’s Access to Books and Records . The Buyer shall retain any books and records delivered to it by Seller for a period of not less than 5 years after the Closing (or such longer period as Seller may reasonably request) and throughout such period shall make the same available upon reasonable request (which includes a reasonable purpose) at all reasonable hours to Seller and its employees, agents and representatives for inspection and copying at Seller’s expense.

 

26


Section 4.4. Public Announcements . Except as may be required by law (including any requirements of the NASDAQ), no announcement of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, the Purchase Price) shall be made publicly unless agreed upon by Seller and Buyer, which such agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld. The text of any announcement shall be prepared by Seller and Buyer shall have the right to review and comment prior to its release.

 

Section 4.5. Replacement of Bank Letters of Credit . As soon as commercially practicable after the Closing, but in no event later than 10 days after the date thereof, in the event that Buyer elects to maintain the FCS IRB Debt in place, Buyer shall replace any letters of credit with respect to the Railcar Subsidiaries provided by Seller’s senior bank in the amount outstanding as of the Closing Date.

 

Section 4.6. Replacement of Workers’ Compensation Letters of Credit. As soon as commercially practicable after the Closing, but in no event later than 10 days after the date thereof, Buyer shall replace the workers’ compensation letters of credit now provided by Seller’s senior bank and the surety bonds now provided by surety companies on behalf of Seller, which such letters of credit and surety bonds (and the respective amounts thereof) are set forth on Schedule 4.6.

 

Section 4.7. Certain Tax Matters .

 

(a) Allocation of Taxes. (i) Except as provided in Section 4.7(g), Seller shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify and hold Buyer and the Railcar Subsidiaries harmless against any liability for Taxes imposed on any of the Railcar Subsidiaries for any taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date, and for the portion of any Straddle Period (as defined below) ending on the Closing Date (a “Pre-Closing Tax Period”), any taxes resulting from any valid, timely and effective election described in Section 338(h)(10) of the Code (the “Elections”) and any comparable elections under the provisions of state and local tax law (subject to any reimbursement set forth in Section 4.8), any Taxes imposed on any member of any affiliated group with which any of the Railcar Subsidiaries files or has filed a Tax Return on a consolidated or combined basis for any taxable period of such affiliated group that includes the Closing Date; and any Taxes imposed on Buyer or any Railcar Subsidiary as a result of any material breach of warranty or misrepresentation under Section 2.11 (the “Pre-Closing Taxes”); provided, however, that the amount of any such indemnification provided hereunder shall be net of any accruals and related reserves reflected on the Final Schedule. Except as provided in Section 4.7(g), Buyer shall be responsible for, and shall hold Seller harmless against, any Taxes imposed on the Railcar Subsidiaries for all taxable periods ending after the Closing Date (except with respect to a Straddle Period, in which case Buyer’s indemnity will cover only that portion of any Taxes that do not relate to a Pre-Closing Tax Period), and any liability for Taxes attributable to a breach by Buyer of its obligations solely under this Section 4.7 (the “Post-Closing Taxes”).

 

27


(ii) In the case of any taxable period that includes but does not end on the Closing Date (a “Straddle Period”), Taxes of the Railcar Subsidiaries for the Straddle Period shall be computed as if the Railcar Subsidiaries had not been included in a consolidated, combined or unitary Tax Return with Seller or any other corporation, but rather, as if the Railcar Subsidiaries had filed a consolidated, combined or unitary Tax Return as a separate affiliated group to the extent that filing in such manner would have been allowed by the applicable taxing authority if Seller had not owned any of the stock of the relevant Railcar Subsidiary or, to the extent that filing in such manner would not have been allowed by the applicable taxing authority, on an entity-by-entity basis, and otherwise consistent with past practice and shall be allocated to the Pre-Closing Tax Period using an interim-closing-of-the-books method assuming that such taxable period ended at the close of the Closing Date, except that (A) exemptions, allowances or deductions that are allowed on an annual basis shall be apportioned on a per-diem basis and (B) real property, personal property, intangibles and other similar taxes shall be allocated in accordance with the principles of Section 164(d) of the Code.

 

(iii) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Seller shall have no liability under this Agreement in respect of Taxes of the Railcar Subsidiaries which are attributable to any action of Buyer or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, the Railcar Subsidiaries) that occurs after the Closing on the Closing Date (other than actions contemplated by this Agreement including the making of the Elections and comparable elections under the provisions of state and local tax law).

 

(iv) To the extent that an indemnification obligation of one party pursuant to Section 4.7(a) may overlap with another indemnification obligation of such party pursuant to this Section 4.7(a), the party entitled to such indemnification shall be limited to only one of such indemnification payments.

 

(v) Whenever in accordance with this Section 4.7 Buyer shall be required to pay Seller an amount in respect of Post-Closing Taxes or Seller shall be required to pay Buyer an amount in respect of Pre-Closing Taxes, such payments shall be made the later of 10 days after requested or 10 days before the requesting party is required to pay the related Tax liability.

 

(b) Procedures Relating to Tax Indemnification. If a claim for Taxes, including, without limitation, notice of a pending audit, shall be made by any taxing authority in writing (a “Tax Claim”), which, if successful, might result in an indemnity payment pursuant to Section 4.7(a) hereof, the party seeking indemnification (the “Tax Indemnified Party”) shall notify the other party (the “Tax Indemnifying Party”) in writing of the Tax Claim within fifteen business days of receipt of such Tax Claim. If notice of a Tax Claim (a “Tax Notice”) is not given to the Tax Indemnifying Party within such period or in detail sufficient to apprize the Tax Indemnifying Party of the nature of the Tax Claim, the Tax Indemnifying Party shall not be liable to the Tax Indemnified Party to the extent that the Tax Indemnifying Party’s position would be prejudiced as a result thereof.

 

28


With respect to any Tax Claim which might result in an indemnity payment to a Buyer Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 4.7(a) hereof (other than a Tax Claim for a Straddle Period or a Conveyance Tax which is allocated between Seller and Buyer pursuant to Section 4.7(g) hereof or any other proceeding involving Taxes for which Buyer has an indemnification obligation pursuant to Section 4.7(a)), Seller shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such Tax Claim (including, without limitation, selection of counsel) and, without limiting the foregoing, may in its sole discretion and at its sole expense pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with any Tax Authority with respect thereto, and may, in its sole discretion, either pay the Tax Claim and sue for a refund where applicable law permits such refund suits or contest such Tax Claim in any permissible manner. In no case shall any of the Buyer Tax Indemnified Parties settle or otherwise compromise any Tax Claim referred to in the preceding sentence without Seller’s prior written consent. Seller shall keep Buyer informed in respect of all material aspects of such Tax Claims and Buyer may also participate in such proceedings at its own expense. If Seller determines that it will not contest such a Tax Claim, Seller shall so notify Buyer in timely fashion and expressly affirm its obligation to indemnify Buyer in respect of such Tax Claim. Failing such notification, Buyer shall be entitled, but shall not be required, to take actions that it reasonably deems appropriate to protect its interests. Buyer, the Railcar Subsidiaries, their affiliates and any successors thereto shall reasonably cooperate with Seller in contesting such Tax Claim, which cooperation shall include, without limitation, the retention for the period described in Section 4.7(c)(iii) and (upon Seller’s request) providing reasonable access to Seller and its representatives of records and information for Pre-Closing Tax Periods and Straddle Periods which are relevant to such Tax Claim and making employees available at reasonable times and without undue interference with the employer’s business operations to provide additional information or explanation of any material provided hereunder or to testify at proceedings relating to such Tax Claim. With respect to Tax Claims in states or localities in which the Elections were not given effect (or any comparable elections under the provisions of state and local tax law were not made), in the event that issues relating to a liability for Taxes for a Pre-Closing Tax Period are required to be dealt with in the same proceeding as separate issues relating to a liability for Taxes for a Post-Closing Tax Period, Buyer shall have the right, at its expense, to control the proceeding with respect to such Post-Closing Tax Period items. Seller and Buyer shall jointly control the resolution of any Tax Claim relating to a Straddle Period or to any Conveyance Tax the liability of which is allocated between Seller and Buyer pursuant to Section 4.7(g) hereof, and, to the extent that the parties cannot agree on the resolution of any such Tax Claim, such disagreement shall be resolved pursuant to the Tax Dispute Resolution Mechanism.

 

With respect to Tax Claims relating to Pre-Closing Taxes in states or localities in which the Elections were not given effect (or any comparable elections under the provisions of state and local tax law were not made), neither the Buyer, the Railcar Subsidiaries nor the Seller shall enter into any compromise or agree to settle any Tax Claim pursuant to any proceeding which would materially increase the other party’s liability for Taxes for such year or a subsequent year without the written consent of the other party, which consent may not be unreasonably

 

29


withheld. The Buyer, the Railcar Subsidiaries and the Seller agree to cooperate in the defense against or compromise of any claim in any such Tax Claim proceeding.

 

(c) Tax Returns, (i) Seller shall prepare or cause to be prepared and timely file or cause to be filed all required Tax Returns relating to the Railcar Subsidiaries for any taxable period which ends on or before the Closing Date. Buyer shall prepare or cause to be prepared and timely file or cause to be filed all required Tax Returns relating to the Railcar Subsidiaries for taxable periods ending after the Closing Date and all required Tax Returns for subsequent taxable periods. All such returns shall be prepared and all elections with respect to such returns shall be made, to the extent permitted by law, in a manner consistent with prior practice. Before filing any Tax Return with respect to any Straddle Period, Buyer shall provide Seller with a copy of such Tax Return at least twenty days prior to the last date for timely filing such Tax Return (giving effect to any valid extensions thereof) accompanied by a statement calculating in reasonable detail Seller’s indemnification obligation pursuant to Section 4.7(a) hereof. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Seller shall have no indemnification obligation pursuant to Section 4.7(a) hereof with respect to any Taxes covered by such Tax Return until Seller has received such Tax Return and such statement. If for any reason Seller does not agree with Buyer’s calculation of its indemnification obligation, Seller shall notify Buyer of its disagreement within ten days of receiving a copy of the Tax Return and Buyer’s calculation, and such dispute shall be resolved pursuant to the Tax Dispute Resolution Mechanism. If Seller agrees with Buyer’s calculation of its indemnification obligation, Seller shall pay to Buyer the amount of Seller’s indemnification at the time specified in Section 4.7(a)(v).

 

(ii) The Seller shall pay or cause to be paid when due and payable all Taxes with respect to the Railcar Subsidiaries for any taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date to the extent such Taxes exceed the amount, if any, accrued or reserved for such Taxes on the Final Schedule, and the Buyer shall so pay or cause to be paid Taxes for any taxable period ending after the Closing Date (subject to its right of indemnification from the Seller by the date set forth in Section 4.7(a)(v) for Taxes attributable to the portion of any Tax period that includes the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.7(a).

 

(iii) Seller, the Railcar Subsidiaries and Buyer shall reasonably cooperate, and shall cause their respective affiliates, officers, employees, agents, auditors and representatives reasonably to cooperate, in preparing and filing all Tax Returns, including maintaining and making available to each other all records necessary in connection with Taxes and in resolving all disputes and audits with respect to all taxable periods relating to Taxes. Buyer and Seller recognize that Seller Indemnified Parties will need access, from time to time, after the Closing Date, to certain accounting and Tax records and information held by the Railcar Subsidiaries to the extent such records and information pertain to events occurring prior to the Closing Date; therefore, Buyer and Seller agree that from and after the Closing Date, Seller, Buyer and the Railcar Subsidiaries (including their affiliates and successors) shall (A) retain and maintain all such records including (but not limited to) all Tax Returns, schedules and work

 

30


papers, records and other documents in its possession relating to Tax matters of the Railcar Subsidiaries for each taxable period first ending after the Closing Date and for all prior taxable periods until the later of (i) the expiration of the statute of limitations of the taxable periods to which such Tax returns and other documents relate, without regard to extensions except to the extent notified by the other party in writing of such extensions for the respective Tax periods, or (ii) six years following the due date (without extension) for such Tax Returns, and (B) allow Seller and Buyer and their agents and representatives (and agents or representatives of any of their affiliates), upon reasonable notice and at mutually convenient times to inspect, review and make copies of such records (at the expense of the party requesting the records) as Seller and Buyer may deem reasonably necessary or appropriate from time to time. Any information obtained under this Section 4.7 (c)(iii) shall be kept confidential except as may be otherwise necessary in connection with the filing of Tax Returns or claims for refund or in conducting an audit or other proceeding.

 

(iv) Any refunds or credits of Taxes of the Railcar Subsidiaries plus any interest received with respect thereto from the applicable Tax Authority for any taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date (including, without limitation, refunds or credits arising by reason of amended Tax Returns filed after the Closing Date but excluding any refund or credit included on the Final Schedule, which shall be the property of the Buyer, and if paid to the Seller, shall be promptly paid over to the Buyer) shall be for the account of Seller and shall be paid by Buyer to Seller within 10 business days after Buyer receives such refund or after the relevant Tax Return is filed in which the credit is applied against any of the Buyer Indemnified Party’s liability for Taxes. Any refunds or credits of Taxes of the Railcar Subsidiaries plus any interest received with respect thereto from the applicable taxing authority for any taxable period beginning after the Closing Date shall be for the account of Buyer. Any refunds or credits of Taxes of the Railcar Subsidiaries for any Straddle Period shall be apportioned between Seller and Buyer in the same manner as the liability for such Taxes is apportioned pursuant to Section 4.7(a).

 

At Seller’s request, Buyer shall cause the Railcar Subsidiaries and any of their successors to file for and obtain any refunds or credits to which Seller is entitled under this Section 4.7. In connection therewith, (A) Buyer shall permit Seller to control the prosecution of any such refund claim that relates to refunds or credits to which Seller is entitled under this Section 4.7 and, where deemed appropriate by Seller, shall cause the Railcar Subsidiaries and any of their successors to authorize by appropriate powers of attorney such persons as Seller shall designate to represent the Railcar Subsidiaries or any of their successors with respect to such refund claim and (B) Buyer shall cause the Railcar Subsidiaries or any of their successors to forward to Seller any such refund within 10 days after the refund is received (or reimburse Seller for any such credit within 10 Business Days after the relevant Tax Return is filed in which the credit is applied against any of the Railcar Subsidiaries’ or any of their successors’ liability for Taxes.

 

31


(d) Section 338(h)(10) Elections. With respect to the sale and acquisition of each of the Railcar Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement, (i) at least 10 days prior to the Closing Date. Seller and Buyer shall agree based on information then available on the form and content of the IRS Forms 8023 (the “Forms 8023”) on which the Elections shall be made; (ii) at or prior to the Closing, Buyer shall deliver to Seller properly executed Forms 8023 containing information then available, which Seller shall file with the Internal Revenue Service not later than five days following the Closing Date; (iii) Seller and Buyer shall jointly and timely make any elections under state or local tax law comparable to the Elections with respect to the Railcar Subsidiaries; (iv) Seller and Buyer shall, as promptly as practicable following the Closing Date, cooperate with each other to take all other actions necessary and appropriate (including filing such forms, returns, elections, schedules and other documents as may be required) otherwise to effect, perfect and preserve timely Elections in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.338(h)(10)-l (or any comparable provisions of state or local tax law) or any successor provisions; and (v) Seller and Buyer shall report the sale and acquisition, respectively, of the stock of the Railcar Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement consistent with the Elections (and any comparable elections under state or local tax laws) and shall take no position to the contrary thereto in any Tax Return, or in any proceeding before any Tax Authority or otherwise.

 

To the extent permissible by or required by law, Seller and Buyer shall cooperate in the preparation and timely filing of (i) any corrections, amendments or supplements to the Forms 8023 and (ii) any state or local forms or reports that are necessary or appropriate for purposes of complying with the requirements for making any state or local election that is comparable to the Elections. To the extent necessary for the valid filing of any such corrections, amendments, supplements, forms or reports, Seller and Buyer shall cooperate in the timely execution thereof. Any dispute between the parties with respect to any documents to be filed under this Section 4.7(d) shall be resolved pursuant to the Tax Dispute Resolution Mechanism.

 

Neither Seller nor Buyer shall, or shall permit any of their affiliates (including, without limitation, the Railcar Subsidiaries) to, take any action to modify any of the forms or reports (including any corrections, amendments or supplements thereto) that are required for the making of the Elections or any comparable elections under state or local tax law after their execution or to modify or revoke any of the Elections following the filing of the Forms 8023 by Seller without the written consent of Seller and Buyer, as the case may be.

 

In connection with the Elections, on or prior to the last day of the seventh month beginning after the month that includes the Closing Date, (i) Seller shall provide to Buyer a proposed determination of the “Modified Aggregate Deemed Sales Price” and the “Adjusted Grossed Up Basis” (each, as defined under applicable Treasury Regulations) with respect to each of the Railcar Subsidiaries, (ii) Buyer shall provide to Seller a proposed allocation of each such Modified Aggregate Deemed Sales Price and Adjusted Grossed Up Basis among the assets of the Railcar Subsidiaries, which allocations shall be made in accordance with Section 338(b) of the Code and any applicable Treasury Regulations. Within 10 days following such provision, Buyer and Seller, respectively, shall have the right to object to any such proposed determination or

 

32


proposed allocation. If a party so objects to any such determination or allocation, the parties shall resolve their dispute pursuant to the Tax Dispute Resolution Mechanism described in Section 4.7(e) hereof, provided , however , that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the parties hereto agree that for all Tax purposes the “Modified Aggregate Deemed Sales Price” and “Adjusted Grossed Up Basis” shall not include all or any portion of the Contingent Additional Consideration until the occurrence of a Triggering Event. Seller and Buyer (i) shall be bound by the determinations and the allocations determined pursuant to this paragraph consistently therewith for purposes of determining any Taxes, (ii) shall prepare and file all Tax Returns to be filed with any Tax Authority in a manner consistent with such allocations; and (iii) shall take no position inconsistent with such allocations in any Tax Return, any proceeding before any Tax Authority or otherwise. In the event that any such allocation is disputed by any Tax Authority, the party receiving notice of such dispute shall promptly notify and consult with the other party hereto concerning resolution of such dispute.

 

(e) Tax Dispute Resolution Mechanism. Wherever in this Section 4.7 it is provided that a dispute shall be resolved pursuant to the “Tax Dispute Resolution Mechanism,” the parties shall cooperate in good faith to resolve such dispute between them; but if the parties are unable to resolve such dispute such dispute shall be resolved as follows: The parties shall submit the dispute to a jointly selected “Big Five” accounting firm (the “Settlement Accountants”) for resolution, which resolution shall be final, conclusive and binding on the parties. If Buyer and Seller cannot jointly agree on the Settlement Accountants, Buyer and Seller shall each submit to their respective accountants the name of an accounting firm that does not at the time and that has not in the prior two years provided services to Seller or Buyer or any of their respective affiliates, and the Settlement Accountants shall be selected by lot from these two firms by the respective accountants of the two parties. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the fees and expenses of the Settlement Accountants in resolving a dispute relating to a proposed determination of the Modified Aggregate Deemed Sales Price and Adjusted Grossed Up Basis under Sections 4.7(d) and 4.7(g) shall be borne equally by Seller and Buyer, and the fees and expenses relating to any other dispute as to the amount of Taxes owed by either of the parties shall be paid by Buyer and Seller in proportion to each party’s respective liability for the portion of the Taxes in dispute, as determined by the Settlement Accountants.

 

(f) Survival of Tax Provisions. Any claim to be made pursuant to Section 4.7 hereof must be made before the expiration (giving effect to any valid extensions, waivers and tolling periods) of the applicable statutes of limitations relating to the Taxes at issue.

 

(g) Conveyance Taxes. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration and other such Taxes incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (collectively, “Conveyance Taxes”) shall be paid by Seller. Seller shall, at its own expense, file all necessary Tax Returns with respect to all such Conveyance Taxes, and, to the extent required by applicable law, Buyer shall, and shall cause its affiliates to, join in the execution of any such Tax Returns Prior to the filing of such Tax Returns, Seller and Buyer shall agree upon the portion of the

 

33


Modified Aggregate Deemed Sales Price to be allocated to the assets that are the subject of such Tax Returns, which allocation shall be binding for purposes of Section 4.7(d) hereof. If the parties are unable to agree on such allocation, the dispute shall be resolved pursuant to the Tax Dispute Resolution Mechanism. Seller shall use reasonable efforts to provide Buyer with copies of such Tax Returns at least twenty days prior to the last date for timely filing of such Tax Returns (giving effect to any valid extensions thereof) but in no event shall such Tax Returns be provided to Buyer less than five Business Days prior to such date. Buyer shall, within ten days of a written request therefor (which shall include evidence that such Conveyance Taxes were paid) reimburse Seller for all such Conveyance Taxes and Seller’s out-of-pocket expenses. Seller shall return any amount reimbursed by Buyer to the extent that Seller receives any refunds of any such Conveyance Taxes.

 

(h) Exclusivity. Section 4.7 hereof shall govern the retention of records of the Railcar Subsidiaries and the procedures for all indemnification claims, in each case with respect to Taxes.

 

(i) Tax Sharing Agreements. Any and all existing agreements relating to the allocation or sharing of Taxes (the “Tax Sharing Agreements”) between any of the Railcar Subsidiaries and any member of the affiliated group, within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code, of which Seller is a member (the “Seller Affiliated Group”) shall be terminated as of the Closing Date. After the Closing Date, none of the Railcar Subsidiaries or any member of Seller Affiliated Group shall have any further rights or obligations under any such Tax Sharing Agreement.

 

(j) Characterization of Indemnification Payments. Any payments made pursuant to Section 4.7 or Section 4.8 hereof shall be treated for all Tax purposes as adjustments to the Purchase Price and allocated to the relevant Railcar Subsidiary or Subsidiaries.

 

Section 4.8. Incremental Tax Resulting from the Elections . Buyer shall reimburse Seller as provided in this Section 4.8 for any incremental Taxes payable by Seller resulting from making the Elections (and any comparable elections under the provisions of state and local tax law) (the “Incremental Taxes”) with respect to the taxable year that includes (i) the Closing Date and (ii) if applicable, Seller’s receipt of the Contingent Additional Consideration, in each case, “grossed up” to reflect the taxability to Seller of the receipt of any payments pursuant to this Section 4.8. Seller shall provide to Buyer a statement (accompanied by appropriate supporting documentation) calculating in reasonable detail Buyer’s reimbursement obligation pursuant to this Section 4.8. Buyer shall have no reimbursement obligation pursuant to this Section 4.8 until Buyer has received such statement and such supporting documentation. If for any reason Buyer does not agree with Seller’s calculation of Buyer’s reimbursement obligation pursuant to this Section 4.8, Buyer shall notify Seller of its disagreement within ten days of receiving a copy of such statement and such supporting documentation, and such dispute shall be resolved pursuant to the Tax Dispute Resolution Mechanism. If Buyer agrees with Seller’s calculation of Buyer’s reimbursement obligation, Buyer shall pay to Seller the amount of Buyer’s reimbursement

 

34


obligation at the time specified in Section 4.7(a)(v). Seller shall return to Buyer any amount reimbursed by Buyer pursuant to this Section 4.8 to the extent that Seller receives any refunds of any such Incremental Taxes.

 

Section 4.9. Non-Competition .

 

(a) Seller hereby covenants and agrees that for a period of 5 years from the Closing Date, Seller shall not engage directly or indirectly anywhere in North America in the business of manufacturing, rebuilding, selling or leasing railroad freight cars and freight car kits and parts (“Competing Activities”); provided, however, that Seller may (a) invest (without otherwise participating in such business) in the stock, bonds or other securities of any business organization that is engaged in Competing Activities if (i) such stock, bonds or other securities are listed on a national or regional securities exchange or registered under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (ii) such investment in any class of such securities does not exceed 5% of the issued and outstanding shares of such class or 5% of the aggregate principal amount of such class outstanding, as the case may be, and (b) merge with any Person which has an interest in an entity conducting Competing Activities; provided, further, that if Seller is the surviving corporation in any such merger, Seller shall divest the portion of the merging entity conducting Competing Activities within one year of such merger. If any court finds that the restrictions set forth in this Section 4.9 are unreasonable, this Section 4.9 shall be interpreted to include the restrictions contained herein to the extent such restrictions are permissible under law, giving effect to this Agreement and the intent of the parties that the restrictions contained herein shall be effective to the fullest extent permissible.

 

(b) Seller acknowledges that the restrictions contained in Section 4.9(a), in view of the nature of the business activities conducted by the Railcar Subsidiaries, and in view of the transactions described herein (including the payment of the Purchase Price) are reasonable and necessary in order to protect the legitimate interests of Buyer, and that any violation thereof could result in irreparable injuries to Buyer and the Railcar Subsidiaries. Seller therefore acknowledges that in the event of a breach or threatened breach by it of the provisions of Section 4.9(a), Buyer shall be entitled to obtain from any court of competent jurisdiction appropriate injunctive relief restraining Seller from any violation of the restrictive covenant contained in Section 4.9(a).

 

Section 4.10. Discovery of Facts . If, prior to the Closing, Camillo M. Santomero, III, John Carroll, James Cirar, John Plunkard, Robert Frisch or Edward Thomas acquires actual knowledge of any information, fact or circumstance which would be required to be disclosed by Seller to avoid breach of its warranties or representations contained in this Agreement, then such person shall disclose such fact or circumstance to Seller.

 

35


Section 4.11. Conduct of the Business; Negative Covenants .

 

(a) Between the date of execution of this Agreement and the Closing Date (the “Interim Period”), neither Seller nor any Railcar Subsidiary will, except as otherwise provided herein, do or permit to be done any of the following with respect to the Railcar Business, without the prior written consent of Buyer:

 

(i) conduct the Railcar Business otherwise than in the regular and ordinary course in accordance with the same business practices previously followed by the Railcar Subsidiaries;

 

(ii) increase the amount of compensation currently being paid to any employee or agent, or enter into or provide for any new bonus arrangements with any employee or agent (except for usual and customary salary increases effected in accordance with past practice);

 

(iii) make or commit to make any expenditure for fixed assets exceeding $200,000, unless such expenditure is reflected in the 1999 Budget contained in the Business Plan that has been delivered to Buyer;

 

(iv) make any contract, commitment, or liability extending beyond thirty (30) days or enter into any other transaction, in either case other than in the ordinary course of business;

 

(v) transfer any of the Railcar Subsidiaries’ assets except the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

 

(vi) violate the terms of any material lease or contract of any Railcar Subsidiary;

 

(vii) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money, and assume, guaranty, endorse or otherwise become responsible for obligations to any other person or make loans or advances to any other person, other than consistent with past practice;

 

(viii) issue any shares of the capital stock of any Railcar Subsidiary, or any other securities or any securities convertible into shares of their capital stock or any other securities of any Railcar Subsidiary;

 

(ix) pay, or incur any obligation to pay, any dividend on any Railcar Subsidiary’s capital stock or make or incur any obligation to make any distribution or redemption with respect to any Railcar Subsidiary’s capital stock, except for dividends or distributions in the ordinary course of business;

 

36


(x) make any change to the articles of incorporation or by-laws of any of the Railcar Subsidiaries;

 

(xi) mortgage, pledge or otherwise encumber any of the Railcar Subsidiaries’ assets;

 

(xii) release or assign any indebtedness owed to the Railcar Subsidiaries or any material claims held by the Railcar Subsidiaries, except in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xiii) make any investments by purchase of capital stock or long-term debt securities or contributions to capital, or by the purchase of substantially all of the assets of any other person or entity;

 

(xiv) terminate any contract prior to the expiration thereof, or enter into any amendment of any contract other than in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xv) amend any benefit plan to increase the fringe benefits of any employee of any Railcar Subsidiary;

 

(xvi) enter into any employment agreement, or become liable for any bonus, pension, profit-sharing or incentive payment to any of its officers, directors or employees, except pursuant to presently existing plans, arrangements or agreements disclosed herein or any schedule hereto, and except in the ordinary course of business; or

 

(xvii) act with the intention of causing any representation or warranty of Seller in this Agreement to be or become untrue in any material respect.

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no provision herein shall restrict Seller from amending its Senior Bank Facility or entering into a new senior credit facility throughout the Interim Period, as long as any such senior credit facility, as of the Closing Date, and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated herein, shall not constitute a lien upon any assets of the Railcar Subsidiaries, or create any indebtedness affecting the Railcar Subsidiaries.

 

Section 4.12. Conduct of Business; Affirmative Covenants . During the Interim Period, Seller will:

 

(a) use its best efforts to preserve the Railcar Subsidiaries’ assets and business organization intact, and except as may otherwise be requested by Buyer, keep available to Buyer the services of the Railcar Subsidiaries’ present employees;

 

37


(b) pay or provide for all social security, withholding, sales and unemployment insurance taxes owed by the Railcar Subsidiaries to all applicable local, state and federal governments;

 

(c) pay wages and all other amounts, if any, to become due during the Interim Period on account of health and welfare insurance, accrued vacation and holiday pay and other fringe benefits consistent with past practice, which such practice includes the periodic accrual of such liabilities;

 

(d) maintain the present insurance coverage of the Railcar Subsidiaries’ business in effect consistent with past practice, which such practice includes the periodic accrual of such liabilities;

 

(e) duly withhold and collect all taxes and other assessments and liens which the Railcar Subsidiaries are required by law to withhold or to collect for periods ending prior to the Closing Date and either pay over such amounts to the proper Governmental Authorities or hold such amounts in segregated accounts pending payment;

 

(f) in cooperation with Buyer as required, commence all commercially reasonable action required hereunder (i) to obtain all applicable permits, licenses, certificates and other Governmental Authorizations or approvals necessary for Buyer to carry on the operations as presently conducted, and (ii) to obtain all applicable consents, approvals and agreements of, and to give all notices and make all filing with, any third parties (including, but not limited to, the Railcar Subsidiaries’ vendors and suppliers) as may be necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, by a date early enough to allow the transactions to be consummated by the Closing Date; provided , however , that neither Buyer nor Seller shall be required to agree to any unfavorable modification of any existing contract or agreement or to pay material amounts in order to obtain such consent; and

 

(g) maintain the Railcar Subsidiaries’ books and records consistent with prior practice.

 

Section 4.13. Consummation of Financing . Buyer shall use its best efforts to consummate the financing substantially on the terms set forth in Schedule 4.13.

 

Section 4.14. Assertion of Indemnification Claims . Buyer shall assert any claim for indemnification against any third party which may be liable in respect of such claim, including, without limitation, any party whose liability may arise under the Bethlehem Steel Agreement prior to asserting any such claim for indemnification against Seller.

 

38


 

ARTICLE V

 

Employment and Benefit Matters

 

Section 5.1. No Shutdown or Severance of Employment . The parties intend that the sale shall be of Railcar Subsidiaries as an ongoing business and therefore shall not constitute a permanent shutdown of Railcar Subsidiaries’ operations for purposes of entitling any of Railcar Subsidiaries’ employees or former employees to payment of pension or severance pay benefits or any other shutdown-related benefits arising on account of a shutdown under the Collective Bargaining Agreements, Pension Plans or Welfare Plans. It is understood that, as between the parties hereto, Buyer shall be responsible for and shall retain all liabilities and obligations, if any (the recitation herein of such possibility not being intended as an acknowledgment that any such liabilities or obligations do, in fact, exist or will arise), for (i) all benefits (including, without limitation, salary and benefit continuation or severance benefits) that may be payable under the Collective Bargaining Agreements, Pension Plans (with the exception of the Assumed Plans (as defined in Section 5.4(a))), or Welfare Plans to any present or former Railcar Subsidiaries’ employee as a result of such employee’s termination of employment arising on or prior to the Closing Date, and (ii) all notices, payments, fines or assessments due to any such employee pursuant to any applicable federal, state or local law or common law, statute, rule or regulation with respect to any such termination (or constructive termination) of employment with Railcar Subsidiaries on or prior to the Closing Date. The parties further intend that the sale shall not entitle present or former Railcar Subsidiaries employees who continue to be employed by the respective Railcar Subsidiary to receive a benefit from the Pension Plans or otherwise from Seller while employed by the respective Railcar Subsidiary, unless specifically permitted under the terms of the Assumed Plans.

 

Section 5.2. Employment of Railcar Subsidiaries’ Employees: Collective Bargaining Agreements: Assumption of Employment Employment-Related and Benefits Obligations . Buyer acknowledges that all employees, represented and non-represented, of Railcar Subsidiaries will remain employees of the respective Railcar Subsidiary, and no employment rights of any kind will be extinguished. As between the parties hereto, Buyer agrees to assume all current collective bargaining agreements along with all other employment obligations, written or oral, of Railcar Subsidiaries which exist prior to, on or after Closing. Further, Buyer acknowledges that upon Closing, it shall assume and be responsible for all employment, employment related and benefit obligations (except as otherwise provided in this Article V) owing to employees, former employees, or retirees of any Railcar Subsidiary as a result of employment at any time with such entity, regardless of whether such obligations arose before, on or after the Closing. Buyer shall indemnify, defend and hold Seller and any related entity harmless from any and all assertions, claims, suits, demands, or lawsuits by any individual relating to his or her benefits, employment or former employment with a Railcar Subsidiary.

 

39


Section 5.3. Buyer’s Benefit Plans . Buyer shall establish defined benefit pension plans for the Railcar Subsidiaries’ employees who participated in such plans sponsored by Railcar Subsidiaries immediately prior to the Closing Date. The defined benefit and defined contribution plans established and maintained by Buyer for the Railcar Subsidiaries’ employees, as well as Buyer’s other benefit plans or policies which use length of service as criteria, shall provide credit to employees for service with Railcar Subsidiaries prior to the Closing Date, and to the extent Railcar Subsidiaries are required to do so, Bethlehem Steel Corporation, for all purposes; provided , however , that benefits payable under any defined benefit pension plan so established or maintained by Buyer shall be offset or reduced by any pension benefits received, or which a person upon application would be eligible to receive, under the terms of Bethlehem’s and Railcar Subsidiaries’ defined benefit plans.

 

Section 5.4. Assumption of Certain Benefit Plans .

 

(a) Defined Benefit Plans . Seller agrees that effective immediately prior to the Closing Date, it shall assume sponsorship of the Johnstown America Corporation Bargaining Unit Pension Plan, the Johnstown America Corporation USWA Office & Technical Salaried Pension Plan and the Johnstown America Corporation Salaried Pension Plan (hereinafter the “Assumed Plans”), and all assets and liabilities attributable to the Assumed Plans as of the Closing Date. Buyer agrees to cooperate fully in assigning plan sponsorship and such assets and liabilities to Seller as plan sponsor. Seller shall take the necessary actions to provide that service with the Buyer will be recognized under the Assumed Plans for any person who is a participant in the Assumed Plans and employed by Buyer on the Closing Date, only for purposes of vesting and for purposes of eligibility for certain immediate voluntary pensions (i.e., normal retirement 65/5, 62/15 retirement, 30 year retirement, or 60/15 retirement), deferred vested pension, and surviving spouse benefit. Service and earnings with Buyer will not be recognized under the Assumed Plans for benefit accrual purposes. Further, service and earnings with Buyer will not be recognized under the Assumed Plans for purposes of eligibility or calculation of permanent incapacity requirements or plant shut-down benefits (i.e., Rule-of-65 retirement and 70/80 retirement), and the Assumed Plans will be frozen in all respects except as expressly provided in this Section 5.4. After the Closing Date, the Assumed Plans shall have no obligation of any kind to pay shut down benefits (Rule-of-65 retirement and 70/80 retirement), and no obligation of any kind to pay permanent incapacity benefits, unless the individual seeking permanent incapacity benefits suffered a permanent incapacity prior to the Closing Date. Calculation of benefits under the Assumed Plans will include an offset for all pension benefits received, or which a person upon application could receive, under Bethlehem Steel Corporation’s defined benefit plans.

 

(b) Salaried Defined Contribution Plan . Prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall assume sponsorship of the Savings Plan for salaried employees of Johnstown America Corporation (the “Johnstown Savings Plan”). Immediately after assuming sponsorship, Seller will spinoff from the Johnstown Savings Plan a new plan (the “New Johnstown Savings Plan”) which will contain the account balances of all Railcar Subsidiaries employees who are participants in the Johnstown Savings Plan on the date of the spinoff. The New Johnstown Savings Plan will be

 

40


identical to the Johnstown Savings Plan except that investments in JAII Stock will not be allowed, and contributions will not be made to the New Johnstown Savings Plan in JAII Stock. Accordingly, over an agreed-upon transition period following spinoff of the New Johnstown Savings Plan, participants’ accounts which are currently invested in JAII Stock shall be liquidated and participants given the option to invest the proceeds of such accounts in other investment options available under the New Johnstown Savings Plan. Immediately prior to Closing, Buyer shall assume sponsorship of the New Johnstown Savings Plan. Seller and Buyer agree to cooperate fully in assumptions of plan sponsorship and spinoff, and in performing all acts necessary to accomplish such assumptions and spinoff in an equitable manner.

 

Section 5.5. Supplemental Retirement Window Benefit . The Assumed Plans shall have no liability to pay the four hundred dollar ($400) special retirement window supplemental benefit payable to certain individuals eligible for such supplement who retire after the Closing Date. All obligations for such payment shall be borne by the Buyers’ defined benefit plans.

 

Section 5.6. Retiree Welfare Benefits . Buyer and the Railcar Subsidiaries retain all liability for retiree welfare benefits of Railcar Subsidiaries arising prior to and after the Closing Date.

 

Section 5.7. Vacation Pay . Buyer and the Railcar Subsidiaries retain all liability for vacation pay with respect to employees of Railcar Subsidiaries.

 

Section 5.8. Certain Executive Employment Agreements . Buyer agrees that, as between the parties hereto, it will assume the existing employment agreement between John Carroll and JAC and FCS, including all rights and obligations of Seller and/or JAC under and in connection with such employment agreement. Further, Buyer agrees that, as between the parties hereto, it will assume the existing employment agreements between Edward J. Whalen and Seller, including all rights and obligations of Seller under and in connection with such agreements. True and correct copies of the Carroll and Whalen employment agreements have been made available to Buyer.

 

Section 5.9. Miscellaneous . After Closing, Buyer and Seller shall each, in a timely manner, provide the other on a continuing basis at no cost to the other such information regarding former Railcar Subsidiaries’ employees who axe employed by Buyer as the other shall reasonably request in order to permit administration of benefit plans applicable to such employees.

 

41


Section 5.10. No Alteration in Bethlehem Agreement . The parties intend that the provisions of this Article V shall relate only to the rights and obligations of the Seller, the Railcar Subsidiaries and Buyer among themselves. Nothing contained herein shall, or shall be deemed to, alter, amend, modify, supplement, waive, release or discharge any rights, benefits or obligations which JAC may have, possess or be entitled to under the Bethlehem Steel Agreement or the Supplemental Agreement between JAC and Bethlehem Steel Corporation, dated December 7, 1995. In addition, Buyer shall not, without the express prior written consent of Seller, alter, amend, modify, supplement, waive, release or discharge any rights, benefits or obligations which JAC may have, possess or be entitled to under the Bethlehem Steel Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Conditions to Obligations of The Parties

 

Section 6.1. Conditions to Each Party’s Obligation . The respective obligation of each party to consummate the transactions contemplated herein is subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing of the following conditions:

 

(a) No statute, rule or regulation shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced by any court or Governmental Authority which prohibits or restricts the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(b) There shall not be in effect any judgment, order, injunction or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction enjoining the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; and

 

(c) The applicable waiting period under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated and all Governmental Authorizations required in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have been obtained or given and shall be in full force and effect (except for any such authorization or approval the failure of which to obtain would not in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect).

 

Section 6.2. Conditions to Obligations of Seller . The obligations of Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby are further subject to the satisfaction (or waiver) at or prior to the Closing of the following conditions:

 

(a) The representations and warranties of Buyer contained in Article III of this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing as if made at and as of such time, except for changes specifically permitted or contemplated hereby and except for representations which are as of a specific date, and Seller shall have received a certificate to such effect dated the Closing Date and executed by a duly authorized officer of Buyer in the form

 

42


attached as Exhibit E. For purposes of this Section 6.2(a), all qualifications in such representations and warranties relating to materiality shall be disregarded;

 

(b) Buyer shall have performed in all material respects its obligations under this Agreement required to be performed by it at or prior to the Closing pursuant to the terms hereof; and

 

(c) Seller shall have received any required consents under its Senior Bank Facility within 30 days from the date hereof.

 

Section 6.3. Conditions to Obligations of Buyer . The obligations of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby are further subject to the satisfaction (or waiver) at or prior to the Closing of the following conditions:

 

(a) The representations and warranties of Seller contained in Article II of this Agreement shall be true and correct as of the Closing as if made at and as of such time, except for changes specifically permitted or contemplated hereby, except for representations which are as of a specific date and except for such failures to be true and correct which, in each case or in the aggregate, have not had and are not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and Buyer shall have received a certificate to such effect dated the Closing Date and executed by a duly authorized officer of Seller in the form attached as Exhibit A. For purposes of this Section 6.3(a), all qualifications in such representations and warranties relating to materiality (including all Material Adverse Effect qualifications) shall be disregarded; and

 

(b) Seller shall have performed in all material respects its obligations under this Agreement required to be performed by it at or prior to the Closing pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Termination of Agreement

 

Section 7.1. Termination by Buyer or Seller. This Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:

 

(a) by mutual written consent of Seller and Buyer;

 

(b) by Seller or Buyer by giving written notice of such termination to the other party if any condition of such party’s obligations hereunder has not been satisfied or waived and the Closing shall not have occurred on or before June 30, 1999, or such other date, if any, as Seller and Buyer shall agree in writing; provided , however , that the terminating party is not in material breach of its obligations under this Agreement;

 

43


(c) by Buyer if Seller has breached any representation or warranty to the extent reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, or materially breached any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement and such breach is either not capable of being cured prior to the Closing or if such breach is capable of being cured, is not so cured prior to the Closing;

 

(d) by Seller if Buyer has materially breached any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement and such breach is either not capable of being cured prior to the Closing or if such breach is capable of being cured, is not so cured prior to the Closing;

 

(e) by either Buyer, on the one hand, or Seller, on the other hand, if there shall be in effect any Law or regulation that prohibits the consummation of the Closing or if consummation of the Closing would violate any non-appealable final order, decree or judgment of any court or Governmental Authority having competent jurisdiction;

 

(f) by Seller, within thirty days of the date hereof, if Seller shall not have received any required consents under its Senior Bank Facility, or

 

(g) by Seller if Seller receives an Acquisition Proposal (as defined below) from any person or group within 45 days from the date of this Agreement that the Board of Directors of Seller (or any special committee thereof) determines in its good faith judgment is more favorable to Seller’s shareholders than the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

 

As used in this Agreement, “Acquisition Proposal” shall mean any proposal or offer to acquire all or any substantial part of the Seller or the Railcar Business whether by merger, purchase of stock or assets, tender offer or otherwise.

 

Section 7.2. Effect of Termination; Right to Proceed. Except as set forth in Sections 4.2(c) and 9.1, in the event this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Article VII, all further obligations of Seller to Buyer, and of Buyer to Seller, under this Agreement shall terminate without further liability hereunder except that nothing herein will relieve any party from liability for any breach of this Agreement prior to such termination, including the breach giving rise to such termination.

 

44


 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Survival; Indemnification

 

Section 8.1. Survival of Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of Seller and Buyer made in this Agreement shall survive the Closing for one year from the Closing Date, except that the representation and warranty set forth in Section 2.12 shall survive the Closing for two years and except that the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 2.10 and 2.11 shall survive the Closing for the applicable statute of limitation period (“Indemnity Period”), but, except as provided in Section 7.2 hereof, shall not survive any termination of this Agreement. The parties intend to shorten the statute of limitations (and any other applicable limitation period) and agree that no claims or causes of action may be brought against Seller, Buyer or any of their directors, officers, employees, affiliates, controlling persons, agents or representatives based upon, directly or indirectly, any of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement after the Indemnity Period or any termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 8.2. Seller’s Agreement to Indemnify .

 

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, from and after the Closing, Seller shall indemnify and hold harmless Buyer and the Railcar Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees, affiliates, controlling persons, agents and representatives and their successors and assigns (collectively, the “Buyer Indemnified Parties”) from and against all liability, demands, claims, actions or causes of action, assessments, losses, damages, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (collectively but without duplication, “Buyer Damages”) asserted against or incurred by any of the Buyer Indemnified Parties as a result of, relating to or arising out of (i) a breach of any representation or warranty made by Seller contained in this Agreement or (ii) a breach of any agreement or covenant of Seller contained in this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for purposes of this Article VIII, if a representation or warranty contained in Article II hereof (except Section 2.7) which contains the term Material Adverse Effect is breached without giving effect to such term (in other words, in order to determine whether a breach of such representation or warranty has occurred for purposes of obtaining indemnification under this Article, the term Material Adverse Effect shall be deemed deleted from such representation or warranty), Buyer Damages for such a breach shall be determined without giving effect to any Material Adverse Effect standard contained therein.

 

(b) Seller’s obligations to indemnify the Buyer Indemnified Parties pursuant to Section 8.2(a) hereof are subject to the following limitations:

 

(i) no indemnification shall be made by Seller with respect to any claim under Section 8.2(a)(i), unless (A) the amount of such claim (or the aggregate amount of

 

45


related claims) exceeds $50,000 and (B) the aggregate amount of Buyer Damages under all claims exceeds an amount equal to $750,000 and, in such event, indemnification shall be made by Seller only to the extent Buyer Damages exceed in the aggregate an amount equal to $750,000, it being understood that such amount shall be a “deductible” for Seller;

 

(ii) in no event shall Seller’s aggregate obligation to indemnify Buyer Indemnified Parties under this Agreement exceed an amount equal to $10 million, provided , however , that such maximum aggregate obligation to indemnify Buyer Indemnified Parties shall be increased to an amount equal to $15 million, to the extent that; and only if, claims asserted for breach of the representation and warranty contained in Section 2.12 cause the aggregate amount of Buyer Damages to exceed $10 million. Section 8.2(b)(i) shall apply to, and in conjunction with, this Section 8.2(b)(ii);

 

(iii) the amount of any Buyer Damages shall be reduced by any amount received by a Buyer Indemnified Party with respect thereto from any other party responsible therefor. Buyer Indemnified Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to collect any amounts available from such other party alleged to have responsibility; provided , that Buyer Indemnified Parties shall not be required to take any actions they would not take in the absence of Seller’s indemnification obligation as determined in good faith by Buyer. If a Buyer Indemnified Party receives an amount from such other party with respect to Buyer Damages at any time subsequent to any indemnification provided by Seller pursuant to this Section 8.2, then such Buyer Indemnified Party shall promptly reimburse Seller for any payment made or expense incurred by Seller in connection with providing such indemnification up to the indemnification amount received by Buyer Indemnified Party, but net of any expenses incurred by such Buyer Indemnified Party in collecting such amount and net of any amounts for which the Buyer Indemnified Party was not indemnified pursuant to Section 8.2;

 

(iv) Seller shall be obligated to indemnify Buyer Indemnified Parties only for those claims giving rise to Buyer Damages as to which Buyer Indemnified Parties have given Seller written notice thereof prior to the end of the Indemnity Period in the event that the Indemnity Period applies to such Buyer Damages. Any written notice delivered by a Buyer Indemnified Party to Seller with respect to Buyer Damages shall set forth with as much specificity as is reasonably practicable the basis of the claim for Buyer Damages and, to the extent reasonably practicable, a reasonable estimate of the amount thereof; and

 

(v) neither Seller nor any of its directors, officers, employees or agents shall be liable to Buyer or to any agent, employee, affiliate or representative of Buyer for loss of profit, loss of operating time, loss of use of, or reduction in use of, the assets or operations of the Railcar Business or existing or future facilities associated therewith, or any portion thereof, increased expense of operation or maintenance, or any other special, indirect, incidental or consequential losses or damages directly or indirectly arising in any manner from or concerned with such assets, operations or facilities, Collective Bargaining Agreements, Pension Plans, Welfare Plans, this Agreement or any of the documents, instruments, agreements and writings

 

46


delivered by Seller to Buyer in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 8.3. Buyer’s Agreement to Indemnify .

 

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, from and after the Closing, Buyer and the Railcar Subsidiaries shall indemnify and hold harmless Seller and its directors, officers, employees, affiliates, controlling persons, agents and representatives and their successors and assigns (collectively, the “Seller Indemnified Parties”) from and against all liability, demands, claims, actions or causes of action, assessments, losses, damages, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (collectively but without duplication, “Seller Damages”) asserted against or incurred by any Seller Indemnified Party as a result of or arising out of (i) a breach of any representation or warranty made by Buyer contained in this Agreement, or (ii) a breach of any agreement or covenant of Buyer in this Agreement.

 

(b) Buyer’s obligations to indemnify the Seller Indemnified Parties pursuant to Section 8.3(a) hereof are subject to the following limitations:

 

(i) No indemnification shall be made by Buyer with respect to any claim under Section 8.3(a)(i), unless (a) the amount of such claim (or the aggregate amount of related claims) exceeds $50,000 and (b) the aggregate amount of Seller Damages under all claims exceeds an amount equal to $750,000 and, in such event, indemnification shall be made by Seller only to the extent Seller Damages exceed in the aggregate an amount equal to $750,000, it being understood that such amount shall be a “deductible” for Buyer;

 

(ii) In no event shall Buyer’s obligation to indemnify Seller Indemnified Parties under this Agreement exceed an amount equal to $10 million; provided , however , that the limitations set forth in Section 8.3(b)(i) and (ii) hereof shall not apply to any claim arising under Section 3.3;

 

(iii) The amount of any Seller Damages shall be reduced by any amount received by a Seller Indemnified Party with respect thereto from any other party responsible therefor. Seller Indemnified Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to collect any amounts available from such other party alleged to have responsibility; provided , that Seller Indemnified Parties shall not be required to take any actions they would not take in the absence of Buyer’s indemnification obligation as determined in good faith by Seller. If a Seller Indemnified Party receives an amount from such other party with respect to Seller Damages at any time subsequent to any indemnification provided by Buyer pursuant to this Section 8.3, then such Seller Indemnified Party shall promptly reimburse Buyer, as the case may be, for any payment made or expense incurred by Buyer in connection with providing such indemnification up to the indemnified amount received by the Seller Indemnified Party, but net of any expenses

 

47


incurred by such Seller Indemnified Party in collecting such amount and net of any amounts for which the Seller Indemnified Party was not indemnified pursuant to Section 8.3(b)(i) or (ii); and

 

(iv) Buyer shall be obligated to indemnify the Seller Indemnified Parties only for those claims giving rise to Seller Damages as to which the Seller Indemnified Parties have given Buyer written notice thereof prior to the end of the Indemnity Period in the event that the Indemnity Period applies to such Seller Damages. Any written notice delivered by a Seller Indemnified Party to Buyer with respect to Seller Damages shall set forth with as much specificity as is reasonably practicable the basis of the claim for Seller Damages and, to the extent reasonably practicable, a reasonable estimate of the amount thereof.

 

(v) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the limitations on Buyer’s obligation to indemnify the Seller Indemnified Parties provided under this Section 8.3(b) shall not apply to any liabilities arising out of, or relating to, those liabilities acquired or retained by Buyer or the Railcar Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 1.l(c)(iii).

 

Section 8.4. Indemnification Procedures .

 

(a) With respect to third party claims, all claims for indemnification by either a Seller Indemnified Party or a Buyer Indemnified Party (an “Indemnified Party”) shall be asserted and resolved as set forth in this Section 8.4(a) and (b) (and, to the extent applicable, (c)). In the event that any written claim or demand for which an indemnifying party, the Seller or the Buyer, as the case may be (an “Indemnifying Party”), may be liable to any Indemnified Party hereunder, is asserted against or sought to be collected from any Indemnified Party by a third party, such Indemnified Party shall promptly, but in no event more than 30 days following such Indemnified Party’s receipt of such claim or demand, notify the Indemnifying Party of such claim or demand (which estimate shall not be conclusive of the final amount of such claim or demand) (the “Claim Notice”); provided , however , that the Indemnified Party’s failure to provide such notice in not more than 30 days shall not preclude the Indemnified Party from being indemnified for such claim or demand, except to the extent that the failure to give timely notice results in the forfeiture of substantive defenses by and to the Indemnifying Party.

 

(b) The Indemnifying Party shall have 30 days from the personal delivery or mailing of the Claim Notice (the “Notice Period”) to notify the Indemnified Party: (i) whether or not the Indemnifying Party disputes the liability of the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party hereunder with respect to such claim or demand; and (ii) whether or not it desires to defend the Indemnified Party against such claim or demand, it being understood that the parties anticipate that the Indemnifying Party shall promptly undertake defense of such claim or demand. All costs and expenses incurred by the Indemnified Party in defending such claim or demand shall be a liability of, and shall be paid promptly upon demand by, the Indemnifying Party; provided , however , that the amount of such costs and expenses that shall be a liability of the Indemnifying Party hereunder shall be subject to the limitations set forth in this Article VIII. Except as hereinafter provided, in the event that the Indemnifying Party notifies the Indemnified

 

48


Party within the Notice Period that it desires to defend the Indemnified Party against such claim or demand, the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to defend the Indemnified Party by appropriate proceedings and shall have the sole power to direct and control such defense. If any Indemnified Party desires to participate in any such defense it may do so at its sole cost and expense. The Indemnified Party shall not settle a claim or demand for which it is indemnified by the Indemnifying Party without the written consent of the Indemnifying Party (which shall not be unreasonably withheld) unless such settlement is at its sole cost or expense. The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, settle, compromise or offer to settle or compromise any such claim or demand on a basis which would result in the imposition of a consent order, injunction or decree or which requires the payment of money by the Indemnified Party, impairs the Indemnified Party’s ability to defend future claims, requires the admission of guilt of the Indemnified Party or would otherwise restrict the future activity or conduct of the Indemnified Party. If the Indemnifying Party breaches its obligation to defend the Indemnified Party against such claim or demand, whether by failing to give the Indemnified Party timely notice as provided above or otherwise, then the amount of any such claim or demand, or, if the same be contested by the Indemnified Party, then that portion thereof as to which such defense is unsuccessful (including the reasonable costs and expenses pertaining to such defense) shall be the liability of the Indemnifying Party hereunder, subject to the limitations set forth in this Article VIII, To the extent the Indemnifying Party shall direct, control or participate in the defense or settlement of any third party claim or demand, the Indemnified Party will provide the Indemnifying Party and its counsel access, during normal business hours, to relevant business records and other documents, and shall permit them to consult with the employees and counsel of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnifying Party shall use its best efforts to defend all such claims.

 

(c) Any claim by an Indemnified Party for Buyer Damages or Seller Dam ages, as the case may be (“Damages”) on account of Damages which do not result from a third party claim shall be asserted by giving the Indemnifying Parry prompt written notice upon discovery thereof and the Indemnifying Party shall have 60 days from receipt of such direct claim to respond to such claim. The failure to provide such notice shall not preclude the Indemnified Party from being indemnified for such claim or demand.

 

(d) Characterization of Indemnification Payments . Any and all amounts of indemnification provided by the Seller or Buyer under this Article VIII (including any amounts provided by Seller pursuant to Section 8.7 hereof) shall be treated for all Tax purposes as adjustments to the Purchase Price.

 

Section 8.5. Computation of Damages Subject to Indemnification . The amount of any Damages for which indemnification is provided under this Article VIII or otherwise in this Agreement shall be computed (w) net of any insurance proceeds actually received by the Indemnified Party pursuant to an insurance policy relating to such Damages, (x) net of any Tax Benefit to the Indemnified Party relating to such Damages, (y) net of any reserves reflected on the Financial Statements relating to such Damages, and (z) net of any indemnification actually

 

49


received by the Indemnified Party from a third party (aside from the Indemnifying Party) relating to such Damages.

 

Section 8.6. Indemnification as Sole Remedy and Waiver . The indemnity provided herein shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of the Seller or Buyer with respect to any and all claims for Damages sustained, incurred or suffered directly or indirectly relating to or arising out of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. The Buyer and the Seller, on their own behalf, and on behalf of their successors and assigns, waive any and all rights, legal or equitable, to pursue any other remedies, including, without limitation, all rights under CERCLA and any comparable state law.

 

Section 8.7. Set-off Against Contingent Additional Consideration as Sole Source of Indemnification . Except for claims arising under Sections 1.5, 4.7 and 5.4, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the sole and exclusive source of indemnification for Buyer Damages provided herein shall be the right of Buyer to set-off against the Contingent Additional Consideration an amount equal to that amount of Buyer Damages as agreed to by the parties or as finally determined pursuant to Section 9.11 hereof.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Miscellaneous

 

Section 9.1. Fees and Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated herein are consummated pursuant hereto, except as otherwise provided herein, each of Seller, on the one hand, and Buyer, on the other hand, shall pay all fees and expenses incurred by, or on behalf of, such party (including, in the case of Seller, any out-of-pocket fees and expenses of the Railcar Subsidiaries) in connection with, or in anticipation of, this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; provided , however , that in the event that Seller terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.1 (g), Seller shall pay (or reimburse) Buyer all out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses paid or payable to third parties (including amounts owing to, and fees and expenses of, Buyer’s sources of financing as described on Schedule 4.13, and all accountants, attorneys and other advisors) incurred by Buyer in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby not to exceed $2.5 million if such termination occurs within 20 business days of the date hereof and $3.0 million thereafter. Seller shall make such payment or reimbursement within 30 days of such termination. In no event shall any such out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses be paid, directly or indirectly, to any officer or director of Seller or any Railcar Subsidiary.

 

50


Section 9.2. Right to Provide Information. For a period of up to 45 days following the date of this Agreement, Seller hereby reserves the right to provide any information to and engage in discussions with any person or group that the Board of Directors of Seller (or any special committee thereof) in good faith believes may make an Acquisition Proposal which is or may be more favorable to Seller’s shareholders than the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 9.3. Obligation to Disclose Information. At any time prior to Closing, upon the request of Seller, Buyer shall disclose to Seller any and all information relating to (i) all directors and officers of Buyer, including all arrangements or understandings with such directors and officers, (ii) all financing arrangements and terms, including senior debt subordinated debt and equity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (iii) all fees, costs and expenses incurred by Buyer in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 9.4. Notices . All notices, requests, demands, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and may be given by any of the following methods: (i) personal delivery; (ii) facsimile transmission; (iii) registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested; or (iv) overnight delivery service. Notices shall be sent to the appropriate party at its address or facsimile number given below (or at such other address or facsimile number for such party as shall be specified by notice given hereunder):

 

If to Buyer, to:

 

Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc.

Sarles Street

Mount Kisco, NY 10549

Attention: Camillo M. Santomero, III

(fax) (914)666-8378

 

with copies to:

 

White and Williams LLP

1800 One Liberty Place

Philadelphia, PA 19103-7395

Attention: George J. Hartnett, Esq.

(fax) (215)864-7123

 

51


If to Seller, to:

 

Johnstown America Industries, Inc.

980 North Michigan Avenue

Suite 1000

Chicago, Illinois 60611

Attention: Kenneth Tallering, Esq.

    (fax) (312) 2809-4820

 

with copies to:

 

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022-9931

Attention: Joseph A. Coco, Esq.

    (fax) (212)735-2000

 

All such notices, requests, demands, waivers and communications shall be deemed received (i) in the case of personal delivery, upon actual receipt thereof by the addressee, (ii) in the case of overnight delivery, upon receipt, (iii) in the case of mail, upon receipt of the return receipt, or (iv) in the case of a facsimile transmission, upon transmission thereof by the sender and issuance by the transmitting machine of a confirmation slip that the number of pages constituting the notice have been transmitted without error. In the case of notices sent by facsimile transmission, the sender shall contemporaneously mail or deliver a copy of the notice to the addressee at the address provided for above. However, such mailing or delivery shall in no way alter the time at which the facsimile notice is deemed received.

 

Section 9.5. Severabilit y. Should any provision of this Agreement for any reason be declared invalid or unenforceable, such decision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any of the other provisions of this Agreement, which remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect, and the application of such invalid or unenforceable provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable shall be valid and enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

Section 9.6. Binding Effect; Assignment . This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned, directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, by operation of law, by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto; provided , however , that Buyer may assign its rights and obligations hereunder to any wholly-owned subsidiary or subsidiaries of Buyer, and provided further that Buyer may grant a collateral assignment of its rights hereunder to Fleet Capital Corporation, as agent for

 

52


certain lenders, or any other commercial lender which is Buyer’s primary financial institution, to which collateral assignment Seller shall, if requested, consent.

 

Section 9.7. No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is solely for the benefit of Seller, and its successors and permitted assigns, with respect to the obligations of Buyer under this Agreement, and for the benefit of Buyer, and its successors and permitted assigns, with respect to the obligations of Seller under this Agreement, and this Agreement shall not be deemed to confer upon or give to any other third party any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, cause of action or other right.

 

Section 9.8. Headings . The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are solely for the purpose of reference, are not part of the agreement of the parties and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

Section 9.9. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Schedules, and the Exhibits and other documents referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all oral and all other prior written agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. No waiver or any term or condition of this Agreement shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument duly executed by or an behalf of the party waiving such term or condition. This Agreement may be amended, supplemented or modified only by a written instrument duly executed by or on behalf of each parry hereto. Any disclosure set forth in any Schedule hereto shall be deemed disclosed for any and all such other Schedules in respect of which such disclosure may be deemed relevant.

 

Section 9.10. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of Delaware applicable to contracts made herein.

 

Section 9.11. Arbitration . Except as provided in Sections 1.5(b), 4.7(e) and 4.9(b) hereof, any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any claim for indemnification under Article VIII hereof (“Dispute”), shall be finally settled by arbitration in accordance with the then-prevailing Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, as modified herein (the “Rules”). The place of arbitration shall be Chicago, Illinois. There shall be three arbitrators. Each of Seller and Buyer shall appoint one arbitrator. The two arbitrators so appointed shall select the chairman of the tribunal within thirty days of the appointment of the second arbitrator. If any arbitrator is not appointed within the time limits provided herein or in the Rules, such arbitrator shall be appointed by the American Arbitration Association. The arbitral tribunal is not empowered to award damages in excess of compensatory damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any right to recover punitive, exemplary or similar damages with respect to any Dispute. Any arbitration proceedings, decision or award rendered hereunder and the validity, effect and interpretation of this arbitration agreement shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9

 

53


U.S.C. §§ 1-16, and judgment upon any award may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

Section 9.12. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

ARTICLE X

 

Definitions

 

Section 10.1. Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth or as referenced below:

 

Accounting Principles ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.

 

Acquisition Proposal ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(g).

 

Adjusted Grossed Up Basis ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(d).

 

affiliates ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Persons directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with, such other Person as of the date on which, or at any time during the period for which, the determination of affiliation is being made.

 

Agreement ” shall mean this Agreement, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Assumed Plans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4(a).

 

Auditor ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5(a).

 

Benefit Plans ” shall have the meaning set forth m Section 2.10(a)

 

Bethlehem Steel Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.23.

 

Buyer ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

Buyer Damages ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(a)

 

Buyer Indemnified Parties ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(a)

 

Caravelle/CIBC ” shall mean Caravelle Investment Fund L.L.C.

 

54


Cash Purchase Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.2.

 

CERCLA ” shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1989, as amended.

 

Claim Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a).

 

Closing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3(a).

 

Closing Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3(a).

 

Closing Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4(a).

 

Closing Interim Earnings ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4(a).

 

Closing JAIX Taxes ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4(a).

 

Closing Retiree Benefit Liability ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4(e).

 

Closing Schedule ” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 1.4(a).

 

Closing Working Capital ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4(c).

 

Code ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(c).

 

Collective Bargaining Agreements ” shall mean the contract with United Steelworkers of America and the contract with United Autoworkers.

 

Competing Activities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.9(a).

 

Contingent Additional Consideration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.6.

 

Conveyance Taxes ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(g).

 

Damages ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(c).

 

deductible ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(b)(i).

 

Demand Note ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.2.

 

Dispute ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.11.

 

EBITDA ” shall mean earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization.

 

55


Elections ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(a)(i).

 

employee(s) ” shall mean any employee of a Railcar Subsidiary.

 

Environmental Laws ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(e).

 

ERISA ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a).

 

FCS ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

FCS IRB Debt ” shall mean the Loan Agreement, dated December 1, 1995, between Freight Car Services, Inc. and the City of Danville, Vermillion County, Illinois relating to City of Danville, Illinois Variable Rate Demand Industrial Revenue Bonds.

 

FCS Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(a)(ii).

 

Final Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5(a).

 

Final Interim Earnings ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5(a).

 

Final JAIX Taxes ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5(a).

 

Final Retiree Benefit Liability ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5(a).

 

Final Schedule ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5(a).

 

Final Working Capital ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5(a).

 

Financial Statements ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a).

 

foreign person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.11 (g).

 

Forms 8023 ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(d).

 

GAAP ” shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the date hereof consistently applied.

 

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any domestic or foreign national, state, provincial, municipal or other local judicial, legislative, executive, administrative or regulatory authority or any governmental or private body exercising any regulatory or tax authority.

 

56


Governmental Authorization ” shall mean all permits, approvals, licenses and authorizations required to carry on the Railcar Business as currently conducted under the applicable laws, ordinances or regulations of any Governmental Authority.

 

HSR Act ” shall mean the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.

 

Incremental Taxes ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.8.

 

Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4(d).

 

Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a).

 

Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a).

 

Indemnity Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

 

Intellectual Prop erty” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.17.

 

Interim Earnings ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(c)(ii).

 

Interim Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.11 (a).

 

JAC ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

JAC Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(a)(i).

 

JAC Patent ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

JAII Stock ” shall mean the common stock of Johnstown America Industries, Inc.

 

JAIX ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

JAIX Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(a)(iii).

 

JAIX Taxes ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5(c)(vi).

 

JAIX Transfers ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5(c)(vi).

 

John Hancock ” shall mean Hancock Mezzanine Investments LLC.

 

Johnstown Savings Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4(b).

 

Knowledge of Seller ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(b).

 

57


Law(s) ” shall mean any law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction or decree of any Governmental Authority.

 

Licenses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.21 (a).

 

Liens ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

 

Modified Aggregate Deemed Sales Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(d).

 

NASDAQ ” shall mean the National Association of Securities Dealers Association.

 

New Johnstown Savings Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4(b).

 

Notice Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(b).

 

Patent Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

 

Pension Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b).

 

Permitted Refinancing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(c)(iv).

 

Person ” shall mean and include any individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, a partnership, an association, a trust or other entity or organization.

 

Post-Closing Taxes ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(a)(i).

 

Pre-Closing Tax Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(a)(i).

 

Pre-Closing Taxes ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(a)(i).

 

Premises ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.25(a).

 

Purchase Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.2.

 

Railcar Business ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

Railcar Subsidiaries ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

Railcar Subsidiary ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

Retiree Benefit Liability ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4(e).

 

58


Rules ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.11.

 

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended

 

Selected Accounting, Firm ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5(b).

 

Seller ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

Seller Affiliated Group ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(i).

 

Seller Damages ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.3(a).

 

Seller Indemnified Parties ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.3(a).

 

Seller’s Knowledge ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(b).

 

Senior Bank Facility ” shall mean the Credit Agreement for $175,000,000, dated as of April 29, 1999, between Johnston America Industries, Inc. and Chase Manhattan Bank.

 

Senior Notes ” shall mean the Senior Notes to be purchased by Caravelle/CIBC and by John Hancock as described in the commitment letters set forth on Schedule 4.13 in the aggregate amount existing as of the Closing Date, plus any Senior Notes issued thereunder as pay-in-kind interest payments.

 

Senior Secured Debt ” shall mean the credit facility provided by Fleet Capital Corporation, as agent for certain lenders, as described in the commitment letter set forth on Schedule 4.13 in the amount committed as of the Closing Date.

 

Settlement Accountants ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(e).

 

Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 (b).

 

Shareholders’ Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3(b)(iii).

 

Straddle Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(a)(ii).

 

Subsidiary ” shall mean a Person as to which a designated Person owns directly or indirectly 50% or more of the voting equity or otherwise holds the ability to direct the management and control of the entity.

 

Subordination Agreement ” shall mean the subordination agreement among Seller, Fleet Capital Corporation, Caravelle/CIBC and John Hancock entered into in connection with the Closing.

 

59


Tax Authority ” shall mean any competent Governmental Authority responsible for the determination, assessment or collection of Taxes.

 

Tax Benefit ” shall mean any losses, deductions, credits or other Tax benefit.

 

Tax Claim ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(b).

 

Tax Dispute Resolution Mechanism ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(e).

 

Tax Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(b).

 

Tax Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(b).

 

Tax Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(b).

 

Tax Return ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1l(i)(ii).

 

Tax Sharing Agreements ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(i).

 

Taxes ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(i)(i)

 

Triggering Event ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(c).

 

UP/Strato litigation ” shall mean the litigation relating to the January 1996 derailment of a train manufactured by JAC in a matter titled Union Pacific v. Strato. JAC et al.

 

Welfare Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b).

 

Working Capital ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4(b).

 

Section 10.2. Other Terms . Other terms may be defined elsewhere in the text of this Agreement and, unless otherwise indicated, shall have such meaning throughout this Agreement.

 

Section 10.3. Other Definitional Provisions .

 

(a) The words “ hereof ”, “ herein ”, “ hereto ” and “ hereunder ” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.

 

(b) The terms defined in the singular shall have a comparable meaning when used in the plural, and vice versa.

 

60


(c) The term “ control ” shall mean, as applied to any Person, the possession directly or indirectly of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management of such Person through the ownership of voting securities or otherwise and the terms “ controlling ” and “ controlled” have the correlative meanings.

 

(d) Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation” unless the context requires otherwise.

 

61


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

JOHNSTOWN AMERICA INDUSTRIES, INC.

By:      

/s/ Andrew M. Weller

   

Name:

 

Andrew M. Weller

   

Title:

 

Executive VP & CFO

RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC.

By:      

/s/ Camillo M. Santonero

   

Name:

 

Camillo M. Santonero

   

Title:

 

President

 

62

Exhibit 2.2

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDMENT NO. 1, dated as of June 3, 1999 (this “Amendment”), by and between Johnstown America Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Seller”), and Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Buyer”), amends the Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 10 ,1999 (the “Share Purchase Agreement”), by and between Seller and Buyer.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Buyer and Seller are currently parties to the Share Purchase Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto wish to amend the Share Purchase Agreement as herein provided;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms which are used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Share Purchase Agreement.

 

2. Amendments to Share Purchase Agreement

 

(A) The first sentence of Section 1.2 of the Share Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the amount “$110” and replacing such amount with “$109”.

 

(B) The first sentence of Section 1.2 of the Share Purchase Agreement is further amended by deleting that portion of the first sentence marked with “(ii)” and replacing such portion with the following:

 

“ (ii) 2,500 shares of the Class A Voting Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Buyer, 1,000 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Buyer and 3,500 shares of Series B Non-Voting Preferred Stock of Buyer.”

 


(C) The third sentence of Section 1.2 of the Share Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting that portion of the third sentence marked with “(y)” and replacing such portion with the following:

 

“(y) 2,500 shares of the Class A Voting Common Stock of Buyer, 1,000 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock of Buyer and 3,500 shares of Series B Non-Voting Preferred Stock of Buyer.”

 

(D) Section 1.3(b)(ii) of the Share Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting that portion of the first sentence marked with “(B)” and replacing such portion with the following:

 

“(B) 2,500 shares of the Class A Voting Common Stock of Buyer, 1,000 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock of Buyer and 3,500 shares of Series B Non-Voting Preferred Stock of Buyer.”

 

(E) Section 1.3(b)(iii) of the Share Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting Section 1.3(b)(iii) in its entirety and replacing such section with the following:

 

“Section 1.3(b)(iii). Seller, Buyer and each of the other holders of capital stock of Buyer as of the Closing Date shall enter into a shareholders’ agreement, which shall contain the terms set forth on Exhibit H (the “Shareholders’ Agreement”).”

 

(F) The introductory clause of Section 1.4(a) of the Share Purchase Agreement which reads “At least three days prior to Closing” is hereby amended by replacing such clause with the following:

 

“At the Closing”

 

(G) Section 1.6(c)(ii) of the Share Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting and replacing both occurrences of the phrase “common stock” in that portion of the section marked with “(B)” with the following:

 

“capital stock”

 

2


(H) Section 2.10(c) of the Share Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following language to the beginning of the first sentence therein:

 

“Except as set forth on Schedule 2.10(c),”

 

(I) The second sentence of Section 3.3(b) of the Share Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the second sentence of Section 3.3(b) in its entirety and replacing such section with the following:

 

“All certificates representing the Class A Voting Common Stock of Buyer, all certificates representing the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock of Buyer and all certificates representing the Series B Non-Voting Preferred Stock of Buyer to be delivered to Seller pursuant to Section 1.3(b)(ii) shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free of preemptive (or similar) rights. “

 

(J) The introductory clause in Section 4.7(d) part “(i)” of the Share Purchase Agreement which states “at least 10 days prior to the Closing Date” is hereby amended by replacing such clause with the following:

 

“prior to the Closing Date”

 

(K) Insert a new Section 4.7 (k) immediately after Section 4.7(j) of the Share Purchase Agreement as follows:

 

“(k) Section 197 Election. With respect to the sale of each of the Railcar Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement and the corresponding Elections, Seller and the Railcar Subsidiaries shall timely file with the Internal Revenue Service a protective election under Section 197(f)(9)(B)(ii) of the Code (the “Section 197 Election”) and shall take all such actions necessary and appropriate (including filing such forms, returns, elections, schedules and other documents as may be required) to perfect the Section 197 Election in accordance with the provisions of the Code and applicable Treasury regulations. Seller shall report the sale of each of the Railcar Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement and the corresponding Elections consistent with the Section 197 Election and shall take no position to

 

3


the contrary thereto in any Tax Return or in any proceeding before any Tax Authority or otherwise.”

 

(L) Section 4.8 of the Share Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting Section 4.8 in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

“Section 4.8. Incremental Tax Resulting from the Elections.

 

(a) Buyer shall reimburse Seller as provided in this Section 4.8(a) for any incremental Taxes payable by Seller or any of the Railcar Subsidiaries resulting from making the Elections (and any comparable elections under the provisions of state and local tax law) (the “Incremental Taxes”) with respect to the taxable year that includes (i) the Closing Date and (ii) if applicable, Seller’s receipt of the Contingent Additional Consideration, in each case, “grossed up” to reflect the taxability to Seller of the receipt of any payments pursuant to this Section 4.8(a). Seller shall provide to Buyer a statement (accompanied by appropriate supporting documentation) calculating in reasonable detail Buyer’s reimbursement obligation pursuant to this Section 4.8(a). Buyer shall have no reimbursement obligation pursuant to this Section 4.8(a) until Buyer has received such statement and such supporting documentation. If for any reason Buyer does not agree with Seller’s calculation of Buyer’s reimbursement obligation pursuant to this Section 4.8(a), Buyer shall notify Seller of its disagreement within ten days of receiving a copy of such statement and such supporting documentation, and such dispute shall be resolved pursuant to the Tax Dispute Resolution Mechanism. If Buyer agrees with Seller’s calculation of Buyer’s reimbursement obligation, Buyer shall pay to Seller the amount of Buyer’s reimbursement obligation at the time specified in Section 4.7(a)(v). Seller shall return to Buyer any amount reimbursed by Buyer pursuant to this Section 4.8(a) to the extent that Seller receives any refunds of any such Incremental Taxes.

 

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, (i) Buyer shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify and hold Seller harmless against, any liability for Taxes imposed on Seller or any of the Railcar Subsidiaries resulting from or relating to any transfer of assets from a Railcar Subsidiary to any of its subsidiaries after May 10, 1999 and on or prior to the Closing Date, (ii) Seller and Buyer shall jointly control the resolution of any Tax Claim relating to the indemnification obligation described in subclause (i) hereof, and (iii) any indemnity payments made pursuant to this Section 4.8(b) shall be “grossed up” to reflect the taxability to Seller of the receipt of any such payments.”

 

4


(M) Insert new Sections 4.15, 4.16 and 4.17 immediately after Section 4.14 of the Share Purchase Agreement as follows:

 

“Section 4.15. Payment of Contingent Additional Consideration . Upon the occurrence of any Triggering Event, if the payment by Buyer to Seller of the Contingent Additional Consideration is restricted under the terms of the Senior Secured Debt and the Senior Notes, then Buyer shall either obtain the consent from all parties necessary to make such payment or use its best efforts to replace or refinance the Senior Secured Debt and the Senior Notes such that the payment is permitted.

 

“Section 4.16. Operating Leases . Immediately after Closing, Buyer shall use its best efforts to release Seller of its obligations and substitute Buyer under the following operating leases: (i) the Bankers Direct Leasing Agreement and (ii) the GECC Leasing Agreement.”

 

“Section 4.17. Transitional Services Agreement . Buyer shall enter into a transitional services agreement containing customary terms with Seller providing for the hourly services of Kelly Bodway based on an allocable portion of total employment cost.”

 

(N) Section 5.3 of the Share Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the first sentence in its entirety and replacing such sentence with the following language:

 

“As soon as practicable following the Closing Date, Buyer shall establish defined benefit pension plans for the Railcar Subsidiaries’ employees who participated in such plans sponsored by Railcar Subsidiaries.”

 

(O) Section 5.4(b) of the Share Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the second sentence in its entirety and replacing such sentence with the following language:

 

“As soon as practicable after assuming sponsorship of the Johnstown Savings Plan, Seller will spinoff from the Johnstown Savings Plan a new plan (the “New Johnstown Savings Plan”) which will contain the account balances of all Railcar Subsidiaries employees

 

5


who are participants in the Johnstown Savings Plan on the date of the spinoff.”

 

(P) Section 6.2 of the Share Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new subsection (d) as follows:

 

“(d) Seller shall have received the consideration provided for in that certain securities purchase agreement dated as of June 3, 1999.”

 

(Q) Insert a new definition immediately following “Rules” in the Share Purchase Agreement as follows:

 

Section 197 Election ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(k).”

 

(R) Schedule 2.5 of the Share Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by adding the items set forth on the Addition to Schedule 2.5 attached hereto.

 

(S) Schedule 2.8 of the Share Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by adding the items set forth on the Addition to Schedule 2.8 attached hereto.

 

(T) Schedule 2.10 of the Share Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by adding the items set forth on the Addition to Schedule 2.10 attached hereto.

 

(U) Schedule 2.12 of the Share Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting “none” and adding the items set forth on the Addition to Schedule 2.12 attached hereto.

 

(V) Schedule 2.14 of the Share Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting “none” and adding the items set forth on the Addition to Schedule 2.14 attached hereto.

 

(W) Schedule 2.16 of the Share Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by adding the items set forth on the Addition to Schedule 2.16 attached hereto.

 

6


(X) Schedule 2.17 of the Share Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by adding the items set forth on the Addition to Schedule 2.17 attached hereto.

 

(Y) Schedule 2.21 of the Share Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by adding the items set forth on the Addition to Schedule 2.21 attached hereto.

 

(Z) Exhibit D of the Share Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting Exhibit D in its entirety and replacing it with Exhibit D attached hereto.

 

(AA) Exhibit I of the Share Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting Exhibit I in its entirety and replacing it with Exhibit I attached hereto.

 

(BB) Exhibit J of the Share Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting Exhibit J in its entirety and replacing it with Exhibit J attached hereto.

 

3. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of Delaware applicable to contracts made herein.

 

4. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same Amendment.

 

*    *    *

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused their duly authorized officers to execute and deliver this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

JOHNSTOWN AMERICA INDUSTRIES, INC.
By:   /s/    Andrew M. Weller

Name:    

  Andrew M. Weller

Title:  

  Executive VP and CFO
RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC.
By:   /s/    Camillo M. Santomero, III

Name:    

  Camillo M. Santomero, III

Title:  

  President

 

Exhibit 2.3

 

[FORM OF]

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

 

This AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER, dated this      day of                      , 2005 (this “Agreement”), pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), between FreightCar America, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“FreightCar” or the “Merged Corporation”), and FCA Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“FCA” or the “Surviving Corporation” and together with the Merged Corporation, the “Constituent Corporations”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the Constituent Corporations desire to merge into a single corporation, as hereinafter specified;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties to this Agreement, in consideration of the mutual covenants, agreements and provisions hereinafter contained, do hereby prescribe the terms and conditions of said merger and mode of carrying the same into effect as follows:

 

1. FreightCar, pursuant to the provisions of the DGCL, shall be merged with and into FCA, which shall be the surviving corporation upon the effective date of the merger.

 

2. The Certificate of Incorporation of FCA, which is the surviving corporation, as in effect on the date of the merger provided for in this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect as the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation surviving this merger.

 

3. At the effective date of this Agreement, by virtue of the merger and without further action by the holder thereof:

 

(a) Each share of Class A voting common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Merged Corporation which shall be outstanding on the effective date of this Agreement and all rights in respect thereof shall forthwith be changed and converted into 550 shares of fully paid and non-assessable common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Surviving Corporation.

 

(b) Each share of Class B non-voting common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Merged Corporation which shall be outstanding on the effective date of this Agreement and all rights in respect thereof shall forthwith be changed and converted into 550 shares of fully paid and non-assessable common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Surviving Corporation.

 

(c) Each share of Series A voting preferred stock, par value $500 per share, of the Merged Corporation which shall be outstanding on the effective date of this Agreement and all


rights in respect thereof shall forthwith be changed and converted into one (1) share of fully paid and non-assessable Series A voting preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Surviving Corporation.

 

(d) Each share of Series B non-voting preferred stock, par value $500 per share, of the Merged Corporation which shall be outstanding on the effective date of this Agreement and all rights in respect thereof shall forthwith be changed and converted into one (1) share of fully paid and non-assessable Series B non-voting preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Surviving Corporation.

 

4. Additional terms and conditions of the merger are as follows:

 

(a) The by-laws of the Surviving Corporation as they exist on the effective date of this Agreement shall be and remain the by-laws of the Surviving Corporation until the same shall be altered, amended or repealed as therein provided.

 

(b) The directors and officers of the Merged Corporation shall continue in office as the directors and officers of the Surviving Corporation until their successors shall have been elected and qualified.

 

(c) The merger provided for herein shall become effective as of the time of filing.

 

(d) Upon the effectiveness of the merger, all property, rights, privileges, franchises, patents, trademarks, licenses, registrations and other assets of every kind and description of the Merged Corporation shall be transferred to, vested in and devolve upon the Surviving Corporation without further act or deed, and all property, rights and every other interest of the Surviving Corporation and the Merged Corporation shall be as effectively the property of the Surviving Corporation as they were of the Surviving Corporation and the Merged Corporation respectively. The Merged Corporation hereby agrees from time to time, as and when requested by the Surviving Corporation or by its successors or assigns, to execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered all such deeds and instruments and to take or cause to be taken such further or other action as the Surviving Corporation may deem necessary or desirable in order to vest in and confirm to the Surviving Corporation title to and possession of any property of the Merged Corporation acquired or to be acquired by reason of or as a result of the merger herein provided for and otherwise to carry out the intent and purposes hereof and the proper officers and directors of the Merged Corporation and the proper officers and directors of the Surviving Corporation are fully authorized in the name of the Merged Corporation or otherwise to take any and all such action.

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by each of the parties hereto by their duly authorized officers, as of the date first above written.

 

FCA ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

 


Name:    
Title:    
FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC.
By:  

 


Name:    
Title:    

 

-3-

Exhibit 3.1

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

FIRST: The name of this corporation is Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc.

 

SECOND: The Registered Office of this corporation in the State of Delaware is:

 

Corporation Trust Center

1209 Orange Street

Wilmington, DE 19801

New Castle County

 

The Registered Agent at such address is:

 

The Corporation Trust Company

 

THIRD: The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware. In general, this corporation shall possess and may exercise all of the powers and privileges granted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware or by any other law of the State of Delaware or by this Certificate of Incorporation together with any powers incidental thereto, so far as such powers and privileges are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the business or purposes of this corporation.

 

FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which this corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand Shares (1,000) with $.01 par value.

 

FIFTH: The name and mailing address of the incorporator are as follows:

 

Susan J. Kadin

White and Williams, LLP

1800 One Liberty Place

Philadelphia, PA 19103-7395

 

The name and mailing address of each person who is to serve as director until the first annual meeting of the stockholders or until his successor is elected and qualified, is as follows:

 

Camillo M. Santomero, III

Rabbit Hill

Sarles Street

Mount Kisco, NY 10549

 


SIXTH: The directors of this corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that this Sixth Article shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director:

 

  (a) For any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

  (b) For acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  (c) Under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware; or

 

  (d) For any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

Any repeal or modification to this Sixth Article by the stockholders of the corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any director of the corporation existing at the time of, or for, or with respect to, any acts or omissions occurring before such repeal or modification.

 

SEVENTH: The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

 

I, the undersigned, for the purpose of forming a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware do certify that the facts herein stated are true, and I have accordingly hereunto set my hand this 26th day of April, 1999.

 

/s/ Susan J. Kadin

Susan J. Kadin

White and Williams LLP

1800 One Liberty Place

Philadelphia, PA 19103-7395

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

BEFORE PAYMENT OF CAPITAL

OF

RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

I, the undersigned, being the sole director of Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, hereby certify as follows:

 

FIRST:

   That the name of the Corporation is Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc and the date of filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State was April 28, 1999.

SECOND:

   That Article Fourth of the Certificate of Incorporation be and it hereby is amended to read as follows:

 

The aggregate number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 400,000, divided into 100,000 shares of Class A Voting Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (“Voting Common Stock”), 100,000 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (“Non-Voting Common Stock”), 100,000 shares of Series A Voting Preferred Stock, par value $500 per share (“Voting Preferred Stock”) and 100,000 shares of Series B Non-Voting Preferred Stock, par value $500 per share (the “Non-Voting Preferred Stock”).

 

The statement of the designations, relative rights, preferences and limitations of the shares of each class is as follows:

 

1. Dividends . The holders of both the Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock, on a pari passu basis, shall be entitled to an annual dividend at the rate of seventeen percent (17%) per share, payable out of the funds legally available for such purposes before any dividends are declared upon the Voting Common Stock or the Non-Voting Common Stock or any other shares of capital stock of the Corporation ranking in liquidation junior to the Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Preferred Stock, which right to receive dividends shall be cumulative, and the holders of the Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Preferred Stock shall be entitled to no further dividends or distributions. Such dividends shall accrue and be deemed to accrue from day to day whether or not

 


declared and shall be cumulative, but no interest shall accrue on accrued but unpaid dividends. Payment of accrued dividends shall be in the discretion of the Board of Directors.

 

As long as any shares of the Voting Preferred Stock or Non-Voting Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation will not declare, pay or set aside for payment any dividends on its Voting Common Stock or Non-Voting Common Stock or any other class of preferred stock, nor declare or make any other distribution upon the Voting Common Stock or Non-Voting Common Stock, nor redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration Voting Common Stock or Non-Voting Common Stock if the Corporation has not declared and paid all the accumulated accrued but unpaid dividends on the Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock, and if the net assets of the Corporation remaining after the transaction are less than the aggregate amount of the preferences of the outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock in the assets of the Corporation upon liquidation.

 

2. Liquidation Rights . In the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, the holders of the Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock, sharing pari passu , shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its shareholders, whether from capital, surplus, or earnings, an amount not exceeding the stated par value of $500 per share plus accumulated accrued but unpaid dividends, before any distribution of the assets shall be made to the holders of the Voting Common Stock or the Non-Voting Common Stock, but shall be entitled to no further distribution. If, upon any such dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, the assets distributable among the holders of the Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock, sharing pari passu , shall be insufficient to permit payment in full to the holders of the Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock, sharing pari passu , payable in such event, the entire assets shall be distributed among the holders of the Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock ratably according to the amount of the full liquidation preference of the respective number of shares of Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Preferred Stock held by them. No consolidation or merger of the Corporation with one or more corporations, nor any sale or transfer of all or any part of the assets of the Corporation, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding-up.

 

-2-


3. Redemption . The Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock shall be redeemable at any time at the option of the Corporation at a price of $500 per share plus accumulated accrued but unpaid dividends. The Corporation may, at the option of the Board of Directors, redeem all or any part of the outstanding Voting Preferred Stock and/or the Non-Voting Preferred Stock. If less than all of the outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Preferred Stock are to be redeemed at one time, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected on a pro rata basis among the holders of Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Preferred Stock, as a group, in proportion to their holdings at the date of redemption. Notice of redemption shall be mailed at least ten (10) days and not more than sixty (60) days prior to such redemption to the holders of record of Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Preferred Stock.

 

4. Voting Rights . Except as expressly provided in this Article 4 and as otherwise required by law, voting rights shall be vested exclusively in the Voting Common Stock and in the Voting Preferred Stock, which shall vote together as a class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders (except that holders of Voting Preferred Stock shall have the right to vote together as a class on matters exclusively affecting the Preferred Stock), and shall have one vote per share, but which shall not have any cumulative Voting rights in the election of directors. The Non-Voting Common Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights; provided, however that, in the event of (i) an initial public offering and sale of any class of the Corporation’s capital stock for cash pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (ii) a Change of Control (as defined below), the Non-Voting Common Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock shall thereupon and thereafter have one vote per share and shall vote together as a class with the Voting Common Stock and Voting Preferred Stock on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, but shall not have any cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. For purposes hereof, the term “Change of Control” shall mean such time as (i) a “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) which is not a shareholder of the Corporation on June 4, 1999 becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of voting stock representing more than 70% of the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation, or (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation in one or more transactions.

 

-3-


5. Issuance of Shares . All or any part of the shares of Voting Preferred Stock, the Non-Voting Preferred Stock, the Voting Common Stock or the Non-Voting Common Stock may be issued by the Corporation from time to time and for such consideration as may be determined upon and fixed by the Board of Directors, as provided by law; provided, however, that Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Preferred Stock shall be issued only at par value.

 

THIRD:    That the corporation has not received any payment for any of its stock.
FOURTH:    That the amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of section 241 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed this certificate this 1 st day of June, 1999.

 

/s/ Camillo M. Santomero

Camillo M. Santomero, III

Director

 

-4-

Exhibit 3.3

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

BEFORE PAYMENT OF CAPITAL

OF

RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

I, the undersigned, being the sole director of Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, hereby certify as follows:

 

FIRST:    That the name of the Corporation is Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc and the date of filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State was April 28, 1999.
SECOND:    That Article Fourth of the Certificate of Incorporation was amended pursuant to the filing of a Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation before Payment of Capital on June 1, 1999.
THIRD:    That Article Fourth of the Certificate of Incorporation be and it hereby is amended to read as follows:

 

The aggregate number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 400,000, divided into 100,000 shares of Class A Voting Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (“Voting Common Stock”), 100,000 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (“Non-Voting Common Stock”), 100,000 shares of Series A Voting Preferred Stock, par value $500 per share (“Voting Preferred Stock”) and 100,000 shares of Series B Non-Voting Preferred Stock, par value $500 per share (the “Non-Voting Preferred Stock”).

 

The statement of the designations, relative rights, preferences and limitations of the shares of each class is as follows:

 

1. Dividends . The holders of both the Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock, on a pari passu basis, shall be entitled to an annual dividend at the rate of seventeen percent (17%) per share, payable out of the funds legally available for such purposes before any dividends are declared upon the Voting Common Stock or the Non-Voting Common Stock or any other shares of capital stock of the Corporation ranking in liquidation junior to the Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Preferred Stock, which right

 


to receive dividends shall be cumulative, and the holders of the Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Preferred Stock shall be entitled to no further dividends or distributions. Such dividends shall accrue and be deemed to accrue from day to day whether or not declared and shall be cumulative, but no interest shall accrue on accrued but unpaid dividends. Payment of accrued dividends shall be in the discretion of the Board of Directors.

 

As long as any shares of the Voting Preferred Stock or Non-Voting Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation will not declare, pay or set aside for payment any dividends on its Voting Common Stock or Non-Voting Common Stock or any other class of preferred stock, nor declare or make any other distribution upon the Voting Common Stock or Non-Voting Common Stock, nor redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration Voting Common Stock or Non-Voting Common Stock if the Corporation has not declared and paid all the accumulated accrued but unpaid dividends on the Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock, and if the net assets of the Corporation remaining after the transaction are less than the aggregate amount of the preferences of the outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock in the assets of the Corporation upon liquidation.

 

2. Liquidation Rights . In the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, the holders of the Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock, sharing pari passu , shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its shareholders, whether from capital, surplus, or earnings, an amount not exceeding the stated par value of $500 per share plus accumulated accrued but unpaid dividends, before any distribution of the assets shall be made to the holders of the Voting Common Stock or the Non-Voting Common Stock, but shall be entitled to no further distribution. If, upon any such dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, the assets distributable among the holders of the Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock, sharing pari passu , shall be insufficient to permit payment in full to the holders of the Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock, sharing pari passu , payable in such event, the entire assets shall be distributed among the holders of the Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock ratably according to the amount of the full liquidation preference of the respective number of shares of Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Preferred Stock held by them. No

 

-2-


consolidation or merger of the Corporation with one or more corporations, nor any sale or transfer of all or any part of the assets of the Corporation, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding-up.

 

3. Redemption . The Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock shall be redeemable at any time at the option of the Corporation at a price of $500 per share plus accumulated accrued but unpaid dividends. The Corporation may, at the option of the Board of Directors, redeem all or any part of the outstanding Voting Preferred Stock and/or the Non-Voting Preferred Stock. If less than all of the outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Preferred Stock are to be redeemed at one time, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected on a pro rata basis among the holders of Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Preferred Stock, as a group, in proportion to their holdings at the date of redemption. Notice of redemption shall be mailed at least ten (10) days and not more than sixty (60) days prior to such redemption to the holders of record of Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Preferred Stock.

 

4. Voting Rights . Except as expressly provided in this Article 4 and as otherwise required by law, voting rights shall be vested exclusively in the Voting Common Stock and in the Voting Preferred Stock, which shall vote together as a class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders (except that holders of Voting Preferred Stock shall have the right to vote together as a class on matters exclusively affecting the Preferred Stock), and shall have one vote per share, but which shall not have any cumulative Voting rights in the election of directors. The Non-Voting Common Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights; provided, however that, in the event of (i) either (A) an initial public offering and sale of any class of the Corporation’s capital stock for cash pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (B) a Change of Control (as defined below), and (ii) a sale, exchange or other disposition in an arm’s length transaction of any Non-Voting Common Stock or Non-Voting Preferred Stock, the Non-Voting Common Stock and/or the Non-Voting Preferred Stock so disposed shall thereupon and thereafter have one vote per share and shall vote together as a class with the Voting Common Stock and Voting Preferred Stock on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, but shall not have any cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. For purposes hereof, the term “Change of Control” shall mean such time as (i) a “person” or

 

-3-


“group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) which is not a shareholder of the Corporation on June 4, 1999 becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of voting stock possessing more than 45% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote, or (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation in one or more transactions.

 

5. Issuance of Shares . All or any part of the shares of Voting Preferred Stock, the Non-Voting Preferred Stock, the Voting Common Stock or the Non-Voting Common Stock may be issued by the Corporation from time to time and for such consideration as may be determined upon and fixed by the Board of Directors, as provided by law; provided, however, that Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Preferred Stock shall be issued only at par value.

 

FOURTH:    That the Corporation has not received any payment for any of its stock.
FIFTH:    That this amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 241 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed this certificate this 2 nd day of June, 1999.

 

/s/ Camillo M. Santomero

Camillo M. Santomero, III
Director

 

-4-

Exhibit 3.4

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

BEFORE PAYMENT OF CAPITAL

OF

RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

I, the undersigned, being the sole director of Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, hereby certify as follows:

 

FIRST:    That the name of the Corporation is Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc and the date of filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State was April 28, 1999.
SECOND:    That Article Fourth of the Certificate of Incorporation was amended pursuant to the filing of a Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation before Payment of Capital on June 1, 1999.
THIRD:    That Article Fourth of the Certificate of Incorporation was further amended pursuant to the filing of a Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation before payment of Capital on June 2, 1999.
FOURTH:    That Article Fourth of the Certificate of Incorporation be and it hereby is further amended to read as follows:

 

The aggregate number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 400,000, divided into 100,000 shares of Class A Voting Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (“Voting Common Stock”), 100,000 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (“Non-Voting Common Stock”), 100,000 shares of Series A Voting Preferred Stock, par value $500 per share (“Voting Preferred Stock”) and 100,000 shares of Series B Non-Voting Preferred Stock, par value $500 per share (the “Non-Voting Preferred Stock”).

 

The statement of the designations, relative rights, preferences and limitations of the shares of each class is as follows:

 

1. Dividends . The holders of both the Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock, on a pari passu basis, shall be entitled to an annual dividend at the rate of seventeen percent (17%) per share, payable out of the funds legally available for such purposes before any dividends are declared upon the Voting Common Stock or the Non-Voting Common Stock or any other shares of capital stock of the Corporation ranking in liquidation junior to the Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting

 


Preferred Stock, which right to receive dividends shall be cumulative, and the holders of the Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Preferred Stock shall be entitled to no further dividends or distributions. Such dividends shall accrue and be deemed to accrue from day to day whether or not declared and shall be cumulative, but no interest shall accrue on accrued but unpaid dividends. Payment of accrued dividends shall be in the discretion of the Board of Directors.

 

As long as any shares of the Voting Preferred Stock or Non-Voting Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation will not declare, pay or set aside for payment any dividends on its Voting Common Stock or Non-Voting Common Stock or any other class of preferred stock, nor declare or make any other distribution upon the Voting Common Stock or Non-Voting Common Stock, nor redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration Voting Common Stock or Non-Voting Common Stock if the Corporation has not declared and paid all the accumulated accrued but unpaid dividends on the Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock, and if the net assets of the Corporation remaining after the transaction are less than the aggregate amount of the preferences of the outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock in the assets of the Corporation upon liquidation.

 

2. Liquidation Rights . In the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, the holders of the Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock, sharing pari passu , shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its shareholders, whether from capital, surplus, or earnings, an amount not exceeding the stated par value of $500 per share plus accumulated accrued but unpaid dividends, before any distribution of the assets shall be made to the holders of the Voting Common Stock or the Non-Voting Common Stock, but shall be entitled to no further distribution. If, upon any such dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, the assets distributable among the holders of the Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock, sharing pari passu , shall be insufficient to permit payment in full to the holders of the Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock, sharing pari passu , payable in such event, the entire assets shall be distributed among the holders of the Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock ratably according to the amount of the full liquidation preference of the respective number of shares of Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Preferred Stock held by them. No consolidation or merger of the Corporation with one or more corporations, nor any sale or

 

-2-


transfer of all or any part of the assets of the Corporation, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding-up.

 

3. Redemption . The Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock shall be redeemable at any time at the option of the Corporation at a price of $500 per share plus accumulated accrued but unpaid dividends. The Corporation may, at the option of the Board of Directors, redeem all or any part of the outstanding Voting Preferred Stock and/or the Non-Voting Preferred Stock. If less than all of the outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Preferred Stock are to be redeemed at one time, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected on a pro rata basis among the holders of Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Preferred Stock, as a group, in proportion to their holdings at the date of redemption. Notice of redemption shall be mailed at least ten (10) days and not more than sixty (60) days prior to such redemption to the holders of record of Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Preferred Stock.

 

4. Voting Rights . Except as expressly provided in this Article 4 and as otherwise required by law, voting rights shall be vested exclusively in the Voting Common Stock and in the Voting Preferred Stock, which shall vote together as a class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders (except that holders of Voting Preferred Stock shall have the right to vote together as a class on matters exclusively affecting the Preferred Stock), and shall have one vote per share, but which shall not have any cumulative Voting rights in the election of directors. The Non-Voting Common Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights.

 

5. Issuance of Shares . All or any part of the shares of Voting Preferred Stock, the Non-Voting Preferred Stock, the Voting Common Stock or the Non-Voting Common Stock may be issued by the Corporation from time to time and for such consideration as may be determined upon and fixed by the Board of Directors, as provided by law; provided, however, that Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Preferred Stock shall be issued only at par value.

 

FIFTH:    That the Corporation has not received any payment for any of its stock.
SIXTH:    That this amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 241 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed this certificate this 3 rd day of June, 1999.

 

/s/ Camillo M. Santomero

Camillo M. Santomero, III

Director

 

-4-

     STATE OF DELAWARE
     SECRETARY OF STATE
     DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS
     FILED 02:30 PM 04/17/2001
     010187432 – 3035779

 

Exhibit 3.5

 

STATE OF DELAWARE

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

*  *  *  *  *

 

Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

FIRST: That the Board of Directors of said corporation, by the unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the Board, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation:

 

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc. be amended by changing the First Article thereof so that, as amended, said Article shall be and read as follows:

 

The name of this corporation is JAC Holdings International, Inc.

 

SECOND: That in lieu of a meeting and vote of stockholders, the holders of a majority of the Voting Common Stock and Voting Preferred Stock of said corporation have given written consent to said amendment in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

THIRD: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by John E. Carroll, Jr., its President, as of the 3rd day of April, 2001.

 

/s/ J OHN E. C ARROLL , J R .

By:

  John E. Carroll, Jr.
President

 

Exhibit 3.6

 

STATE OF DELAWARE

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

* * * * *

 

JAC Holdings International, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

FIRST: That the Board of Directors of said corporation, by the unanimous written consent of its members, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation:

 

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of JAC Holdings International, Inc. be amended by changing the First Article thereof so that, as amended, said Article shall be and read as follows:

 

The name of this corporation is FreightCar America, Inc.

 

SECOND: That in lieu of a meeting and vote of stockholders, the holders of a majority of the Voting Common Stock and Voting Preferred Stock of said corporation have given written consent to said amendment in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

THIRD: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by John E. Carroll, Jr., its President, as of the 17 day of December, 2004.

 

/s/ John E. Carroll, Jr.

By: John E. Carroll, Jr.

President

 

Exhibit 3.7

 

BY-LAWS

 

of

 

Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc.

 

ARTICLE I - OFFICES

 

1. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

 

2. The corporation may also have offices at such other places, within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time appoint or the business of the corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II - SEAL

 

The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization, and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”.

 

ARTICLE III - SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING

 

1. Meetings of the shareholders shall be held at such place or places, either within or without the State of Delaware as may from time to time be selected.

 

2. The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held on a date and at a time as may be fixed by the Board of Directors. At such annual meeting the shareholders shall elect a Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. If the annual meeting shall not be called and held during any fiscal year, any shareholder may call such meeting at any time thereafter.

 

3. The presence, in person or by proxy, of shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast on the particular matter shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of considering such matter, and, unless otherwise provided by statute, the acts, at a duly organized meeting, of the shareholders present, in person or by proxy, entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all shareholders present are entitled to cast shall be the acts of the shareholders. The shareholders present at a duly organized meeting can continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum. Adjournment or adjournments of any annual or special meeting may be taken, but any meeting at which directors are to be elected shall be adjourned only from day to day, or for such longer periods not exceeding fifteen days each, as may be directed by shareholders who are present in person or by proxy and who are entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all such shareholders would be entitled to cast at an election of directors until such directors have been elected. If a meeting cannot be organized because a quorum has not attended, those present may, except as otherwise provided by statute, adjourn the meeting to such time and place as they may determine, but in the case of any meeting called for the election of directors, those who attend the second of such adjourned meetings, although less than a quorum, shall nevertheless constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing directors.

 


4. Every shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy. Every proxy shall be executed in writing by the shareholders, or by his duly authorized attorney in fact, and filed with the Secretary of the corporation. A proxy, unless coupled with an interest, shall be revocable at will, notwithstanding any other agreement or any provision in the proxy to the contrary, but the revocation of a proxy shall not be effective until notice thereof has been given to the Secretary of the corporation. No unrevoked proxy shall be valid after eleven months from the date of its execution, unless a longer time is expressly provided therein, but in no event shall a proxy, unless coupled with an interest, be voted on after three years from the date of its execution. A proxy shall not be revoked by the death or incapacity of the maker unless before the vote is counted or the authority is exercised, written notice of such death or incapacity is given to the Secretary of the corporation. A shareholder shall not sell his vote or execute a proxy to any person for any sum of money or anything of value. A proxy coupled with an interest shall include an unrevoked proxy in favor of a creditor of a shareholder and such proxy shall be valid so long as the debt owed by him to the creditor remains unpaid. Elections for directors need not be by ballot, except upon demand made by a shareholder at the election and before the voting begins. No share shall be voted at any meeting upon which any installment is due and unpaid.

 

5. Written notice of the annual meeting shall be given to each shareholder entitled to vote thereat, at least five days prior to the meeting.

 

6. In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors may appoint judges of election, who need not be shareholders, to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. If judges of election be not so appointed, the chairman of any such meeting may, and on the request of any shareholder or his proxy shall, make such appointment at the meeting. The number of judges shall be one or three. If appointed at a meeting on the request of one or more shareholders or proxies, the majority of shares present and entitled to vote shall determine whether one or three judges are to be appointed. On request of the chairman of the meeting, or of any shareholder or his proxy, the judges shall make a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter determined by them, and execute a certificate of any fact found by them. No person who is a candidate for office shall act as a judge.

 

7. Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time by the President, or the Board of Directors, or shareholders entitled to cast at least one-fifth of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast at the particular meeting. At any time, upon written request of any person or persons who have duly called a special meeting, it shall be the duty of the Secretary to fix the date of the meeting, to be held not more than sixty days after the receipt of the request, and to give due notice thereof. If the Secretary shall neglect or refuse to fix the date of the meeting and give notice thereof, the person or persons calling the meeting may do so.

 

8. Business transacted at all special meetings shall be confined to the objects stated in the call and matters germane thereto, unless all shareholders entitled to vote are present and consent.

 

9. Written notice of a special meeting of shareholders stating the time and place and object thereof, shall be given to each shareholder entitled to vote thereat at least five days before such meeting, unless a greater period of notice is required by statute in a particular case.

 

10. The officer or agent having charge of the transfer books shall make at least five days before each meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the number of shares held by each, which list shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder at any time during usual business hours. Such list shall also be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting, and shall be subject to the inspection of any shareholder during the whole time of the meeting. The original share ledger or transfer book, or a duplicate thereof, shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such list or share ledger or transfer book, or to vote in person or by proxy, at any meeting of shareholders.

 

-2-


 

ARTICLE IV - DIRECTORS

 

1. The business of this corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors. The Board shall initially consist of one (1) member. Upon the first election of Directors by the Shareholders, the Board shall consist of six (6) members. No Director need be a resident of the State of Delaware and no Director shall be required to be a shareholder in the corporation. Each Director shall be elected by the shareholders, at the annual meeting of shareholders of the corporation, and each director shall be elected for the term of one year, and until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify.

 

2. In addition to the powers and authorities by these By-Laws expressly conferred upon them, the Board may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the shareholders.

 

3. The meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware, as a majority of the directors may from time to time appoint, or as may be designated in the notice calling the meeting.

 

4. Each newly elected Board may meet at such place and time as may be fixed by the shareholders at the meeting at which such directors are elected and no notice shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, or they may meet at such place and time as may be fixed by the consent in writing of all the directors.

 

5. Regular meetings of the Board may be held at such place as shall be determined by the Board, at least quarterly, on a schedule as determined by the Board.

 

6. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chairman of the Board on two days notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of a majority of the directors in office.

 

7. A majority of the directors in office shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the acts of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the acts of the Board of Directors. Any action which may be taken at a meeting of the directors may be taken without a meeting if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the directors and shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation.

 

8. Directors as such, shall not receive any stated salary for their services, but by resolution of the Board, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, may be allowed for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board PROVIDED, that nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

 

1. The executive officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the directors and shall be a President, Secretary, and Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also choose one or more Vice Presidents and such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as from time to time shall be prescribed by the Board. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. It shall not be necessary for the officers to be directors.

 

2. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

-3-


3. The officers of the corporation shall hold office for one year and until their successors are chosen and have qualified. Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the corporation will be served thereby.

 

4. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the Shareholders and of the Board of Directors. He shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the corporation; shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect; may execute all corporate contracts and agreements, provided that the Board of Directors may designate additional officers who are also so authorized. He shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, and the seal when so affixed shall be attested by the signature of the Secretary, unless the Board of Directors otherwise directs.

 

He shall have general supervision and direction of all the other officers and employees of the corporation and shall see that their duties are properly performed; and shall all have the general power and duties of supervision and management usually vested in the office of President of a corporation. He shall render any and all reports as may be requested by the Board of Directors.

 

5. Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the Secretary shall attend all sessions of the Board and all meetings of the shareholders and act as clerk thereof, and record all the votes of the corporation and the minutes of all its transactions in a book to be kept for the purpose; and may perform like duties for all committees of the Board of Directors when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, and under whose supervision he shall be. He shall keep in safe custody the corporate seal of the corporation, and when authorized by the Board, affix the same to any instrument requiring it.

 

6. Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall have custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation, and shall keep the moneys of the corporation in a separate account to the credit of the corporation. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and directors, at the regular meetings of the Board, or whenever they may require it, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

 

ARTICLE VI - VACANCIES

 

1. If the office of any officer or agent, one or more, becomes vacant for any reason, the Board of Directors may choose a successor or successors, who shall hold office for the unexpired term in respect of which such vacancy occurred.

 

2. Vacancies in the Board of Directors, including vacancies resulting from an increase in the number of directors, shall be filled by a majority of the remaining members of the Board though less than a quorum, and each person so elected shall be a director until his successor is elected by the shareholders, who may make such election at the next annual meeting of the shareholders or at any special meeting duly called for that purpose and held prior thereto.

 

ARTICLE VII - CORPORATE RECORDS

 

1. There shall be kept at the registered office or principal place of business of the corporation an original or duplicate record of the proceedings of the shareholders and of the directors, and the original or a copy of its

 

-4-


By-Laws, including all amendments or alterations thereto to date, certified by the Secretary of the corporation. An original or duplicate share register may also be kept at the registered office or principal place of business or at the office of a transfer agent or registrar, giving the names of the shareholders, their respective addresses and the number and classes of shares held by each.

 

2. Every shareholder shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have a right to examine, in person or by agent or attorney, during the usual hours for business for any proper purpose, the share register, books or records of account, and records of the proceedings of the shareholders and directors, and make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a shareholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent shall be the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the shareholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its principal place of business or at its registered office in the State of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE VIII - SHARE CERTIFICATES, DIVIDENDS, ETC.

 

1. The share certificates of the corporation shall be numbered and registered in the share ledger and transfer books of the corporation, as they are issued. They shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board or President and the Secretary or Treasurer and shall bear the corporate seal.

 

2. Transfers of shares shall be made on the books of the corporation upon surrender of the certificates therefor, endorsed by the person named in the certificate or by attorney, lawfully constituted in writing. No transfer shall be made which is inconsistent with law.

 

3. The Board of Directors may fix a time, not more than fifty days nor less than ten prior to the date of any meeting of shareholders, or the date fixed for the payment of any dividend or distribution, or the date for the allotment of rights, or the date when any change or conversion or exchange of shares will be made or go into effect, as a record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any such meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any such dividend or distribution, or to receive any such allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights in respect to any such change, conversion, or exchange of shares. In such case, only such shareholders as shall be shareholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to notice of, or to vote at, such meeting or to receive payment of such dividend, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after any record date fixed as aforesaid. The Board of Directors may close the books of the corporation against transfers of shares during the whole or any part of such period, and in such case, written or printed notice thereof shall be mailed at least ten days before the closing thereof to each shareholder of record at the address appearing on the records of the corporation or supplied by him to the corporation for the purpose of notice. While the stock transfer books of the corporation are closed, no transfer of shares shall be made thereon. If no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive notice of, or vote at, a shareholders’ meeting, transferees of shares which are transferred on the books of the corporation within the ten days next preceding the date of such meeting shall not be entitled to notice of or to vote at such meeting.

 

4. In the event that a share certificate shall be lost, destroyed or mutilated, a new certificate may be issued therefor upon such terms and indemnity to the corporation as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

 

5. The Board of Directors may declare and pay dividends upon the outstanding shares of the corporation, from time to time and to such extent as they deem advisable, in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by statute and the Certificate of Incorporation. No dividend shall be declared or paid which shall impair the capital of the corporation nor shall any distribution of assets be made to any stockholder unless the value of the assets of the corporation remaining after such payment or distribution is at least equal to the aggregate of its debts and liabilities, including capital.

 

-5-


6. Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of the net profits of the corporation such sum or sums as the directors, from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

ARTICLE IX - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

1. All checks or demand for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or agent or agents as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

2. The fiscal year shall begin on January 1 each year.

 

3. Whenever written notice is required to be given to any person, it may be given to such person, either personally or by sending a copy thereof through the mail, or by telegram, charges prepaid, to his address appearing on the books of the corporation, or supplied by him to the corporation for the purpose of notice. If the notice is sent by mail or by telegraph, it shall be deemed to have been given to the person entitled thereto when deposited in the United States mail or with a telegraph office for transmission to such person. Such notice shall specify the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting of shareholders, the general nature of the business to be transacted.

 

4. Whenever any written notice is required by statute, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of this corporation, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Except in the case of a special meeting of shareholders, neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of the meeting need be specified in the waiver of notice of such meeting. Attendance of a person, either in person or by proxy, at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

 

5. One or more directors or shareholders may participate in a meeting of the Board, of a committee of the Board or of the shareholders, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.

 

6. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of this corporation, any action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders or directors or of a class of shareholders may be taken without a meeting, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the shareholders or directors who would be entitled to vote at a meeting for such purpose and shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation.

 

7. Any payments made to an officer or employee of the corporation such as a salary, commission, bonus, interest, rent, travel or entertainment expense incurred by him, which shall be disallowed in whole or in part as a deductible expense by the Internal Revenue Service, shall be reimbursed by such officer or employee to the corporation to the full extent of such disallowance. It shall be the duty of the directors, as a Board, to enforce payment of each such amount disallowed. In lieu of payment by the officer or employee, subject to the determination of the directors, proportionate amounts may be withheld from his future compensation payments until the amount owed to the corporation has been recovered.

 

-6-


 

ARTICLE X - INDEMNIFICATION

 

1. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, or employee of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee and such indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in paragraph (b) hereof with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section or otherwise (hereinafter an “undertaking”).

 

2. If a claim under Section 1 of this Article is not paid in full by the corporation within sixty days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit or in a suit brought by the corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right hereunder, or by the corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden or proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified or to such advancement of expenses under this Article or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

 

3. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Certificate of Incorporation, these by-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

4. The corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any

 

-7-


expense, liability or loss, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

5. The corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses, to any agent of the corporation to the full extent of the provisions of this Article with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors, officers and employees of the corporation.

 

ARTICLE XI - ANNUAL STATEMENT

 

The Chairman of the Board and Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting a full and complete statement of the business and affairs of the corporation for the preceding year. Such statement shall be prepared and presented in whatever manner the Board of Directors shall deem advisable and need not be verified by a certified public accountant.

 

ARTICLE XII - AMENDMENTS

 

These By-Laws may be amended at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors by the vote of a majority of all the directors in office or at any annual or special meeting of shareholders by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote. Notice of any such meeting of directors or shareholders shall set forth the proposed change or a summary thereof.

 

-8-

Exhibit 3.8

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

of

FCA ACQUISITION CORP.

 

(Pursuant to Section 102 of the General

Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

 

THE UNDERSIGNED, desiring to form a corporation pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ GCL ”), hereby certifies as follows:

 

FIRST : The name of the corporation is: FCA ACQUISITION CORP. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

SECOND : The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

THIRD : The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation are to engage in, promote, and carry on any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the GCL.

 

FOURTH : The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is: (i) 50,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.01 per share and (ii) 2,500,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.01 per share.

 

FIFTH : The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator of the Corporation is A.J. Como c/o Winston & Strawn LLP, 200 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10166.

 

SIXTH : The board of directors of the Corporation shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation at any meeting at which a quorum is present by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole board of directors. Election of directors need not be by written ballot. Any director may be removed at any time with or without cause, and the vacancy resulting from such removal shall be filled, by vote of a majority of the stockholders of the Corporation at a meeting called for that purpose or by unanimous consent in writing of the stockholders.

 

SEVENTH : To the fullest extent permitted by law, no director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

 

THE UNDERSIGNED has executed this Certificate of Incorporation this 15th day of March, 2005.

 

 

 
/s/ A.J. Como

A.J. Como

Sole Incorporator

 

 

Exhibit 3.10

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

FCA ACQUISITION CORP.

 

a Delaware corporation

 

(the “Corporation”)

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1.1 Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be located at 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address shall be The Corporation Trust Company. The registered office and/or registered agent of the Corporation may be changed from time to time by action of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 1.2 Other Offices . The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

 

STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 2.1 Annual Meetings . An annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year at such date, time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, for the purpose of electing directors and conducting such other proper business as may come before the meeting.

 

Section 2.2 Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders may be called for any purpose and may be held at such date, time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in a notice of meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof. Such meetings may be called at any time by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) or the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as amended from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), stockholders of the Corporation may not call a special meeting of stockholders or require that the Board of Directors call a special meeting of stockholders. No business may be conducted at a special meeting other than the business brought before the meeting.

 

Section 2.3 Place of Meetings . The Board of Directors may designate any place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting called by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board. If no designation is made, the place of meeting shall be the principal executive office of the Corporation.

 

1


Section 2.4 Meeting . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise provided in the DGCL, the written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. All such notices shall be delivered, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary, and if mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, if any, or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

Section 2.5 Adjournments . Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or another place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record day is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 2.6 Quorum . Unless otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, at each meeting of stockholders, the presence in person or representation by proxy of the holders of the outstanding shares of capital stock representing a majority of the voting power of the Corporation, present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. For purposes of the foregoing, two or more classes or series of capital stock shall be considered a single class if the holders thereof are entitled to vote together as a single class at the meeting. When a specified item of business requires a vote by a class or series (if the Corporation shall then have outstanding shares of more than one class or series) voting as a separate class, the holders of a majority of the shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum (as to such class or series) for the purposes of considering such matters. In the absence of a quorum, the stockholders so present and represented may, by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation so present and represented, adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall attend, and the provisions of Section 2.5 of these By-Laws shall apply to each such adjournment. Shares of its own capital stock belonging on the record date for the meeting to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation to vote stock, including but not limited to its own stock, held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

 

2


Section 2.7 Organization . Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, or in his or her absence by the Chief Executive Officer, or in his or her absence by the President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairman designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such designation, by a chairman chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

Section 2.8 Voting; Proxies . Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by him or her which has voting power on the subject matter submitted to a vote at the meeting. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the corporation generally. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary or any other proper officer of the Corporation before the proxy is voted. Unless otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy at a meeting at which a quorum is present and entitled to vote on the subject matter submitted to a vote at the meeting shall be the act of the stockholders.

 

Section 2.9 Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. If no record date is fixed: (a) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; and (b) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

Section 2.10 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The Secretary or any other proper officer of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of

 

3


stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled by to examine such list or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

Section 2.11 No Action by Stockholders Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, no action may be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation pursuant to a written consent in lieu of an annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

Section 2.12 Director Nominations . Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or by any stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.12. Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting to the meeting; provided , however , that in the event less than thirty (30) days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given or made to stockholders, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made. For purposes of these By-Laws, “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

The stockholder’s notice shall set forth:

 

(a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person;

 

4


(ii) the principal occupation or employment of such person; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such person; (iv) any other information relating to such person that is required by law to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (v) such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; and

 

(b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s records; (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) relating to the nomination; (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by the Board of Directors for election as a director shall furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee.

 

If the chairman of the meeting determines, based on facts and circumstances, that a director nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman shall declare at the meeting that nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

Section 2.13 Stockholder Proposals . At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or by any stockholder of the Corporation who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.13. For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, the stockholder must deliver timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, within the same time periods set forth in Section 2.12. The stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth, as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, (a) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting and (b) the same information required as to each stockholder providing notice under Section 2.12. If the chairman of the meeting determines, based on facts and circumstances, that such business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.13, the chairman shall declare at the meeting that such business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted. Whether or not the foregoing procedures are followed, no matter which is not a proper matter for stockholder consideration shall be brought before the meeting.

 

5


ARTICLE III

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.1 General Powers . Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities expressly conferred upon it under by the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things that are not directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders by applicable law, all powers of management, direction and control of the Corporation shall be, and hereby are, vested in the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3.2 Number, Term of Office and Election .

 

(a) The number of the members of the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time solely pursuant to a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, but must consist of not fewer than three or more than fifteen directors. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term expires. No director shall be required to be a resident of the State of Delaware or a stockholder of the Corporation.

 

(b) Each director shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and duly qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

 

(c) The directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the annual meeting of the stockholders. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot except and to the extent provided in these By-Laws.

 

Section 3.3 Removal and Resignation . A director may be removed only for cause and at a meeting of stockholders called expressly for that purpose, upon the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation, stockholders may not remove any director without cause. Cause for removal shall be deemed to exist only if the

 

6


director whose removal is proposed has engaged in criminal conduct or has engaged in fraudulent or dishonest conduct or gross abuse of authority or discretion with respect to the Corporation. Any vacancy created by removal of a director shall be filled by a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors though less than a quorum. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation.

 

Section 3.4 Vacancies . Vacancies in the Board of Directors, including vacancies resulting from an increase in the number of directors, shall be filled by a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors though less than a quorum, and each person so elected by the Board of Directors shall be a director until his or her successor is elected by the stockholders at the next annual meeting of the stockholders or at any special meeting duly called for that purpose and held prior thereto.

 

Section 3.5 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such dates, times and places, within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine.

 

Section 3.6 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board or by any other member of the Board of Directors. Each special meeting shall be held at such date, time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be fixed by the person or persons calling the meeting.

 

Section 3.7 Notice of Meetings . Notice of the date, time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be delivered personally, by telephone, facsimile, telegram, electronic mail or other comparable communication equipment to each director or sent by first-class mail, charges prepaid, addressed to each director at that director’s address as it is shown on the records of the Corporation. If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is delivered personally or by telephone, facsimile, telegram, electronic mail or other comparable communication equipment, it shall be delivered at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any notice given personally or by telephone, facsimile, telegram, electronic mail or other comparable communication equipment may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director. The notice need not specify the purpose of the meeting.

 

Section 3.8 Telephonic Meetings Permitted . Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or of such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communication equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in the meeting pursuant to this Section 3.8 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 3.9 Quorum; Vote Required for Action . Unless otherwise required by law, at each meeting of the Board of Directors, the presence of a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of

 

7


Directors, unless the vote of a greater number is required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. In case at any meeting of the Board of Directors a quorum shall not be present, the members of the Board of Directors present may by majority vote to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall attend.

 

Section 3.10 Organization . Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, or in his or her absence by the Chief Executive Officer, or in his or her absence by the President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairman chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

Section 3.11 Action by Directors Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or of such committee consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee.

 

Section 3.12 Compensation of Directors . Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors, which compensation may include the reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection with meetings of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof. Nothing contained in this Section 3.12 shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COMMITTEES

 

Section 4.1 Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member of such committee at any meeting thereof.

 

Section 4.2 Power of Committees . Any committee designated by the Board of Directors, to the extent provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, but no such committee shall have the power or authority to: (i) approve or adopt any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any provision of these By-Laws.

 

Section 4.3 Committee Rules . Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board of Directors may adopt, amend and repeal rules for the conduct of its business. In the absence of a resolution by the Board of Directors or a provision in the rules of such committee to the contrary, the presence of a majority of the total number of

 

8


members of such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

 

ARTICLE V

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 5.1 Officers; Elections . The officers of the Corporation shall include, when and if designated by the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also elect one or more one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers and such other officers as it may determine. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

Section 5.2 Term of Office; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies . Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors when electing any officer, each officer shall hold office until the first meeting of the Board of Directors after the annual meeting of stockholders next succeeding his or her election, or until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation directed to the Board of Directors and the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and unless otherwise specified therein no acceptance of such resignation shall be necessary to make it effective. The Board of Directors may remove any officer with or without cause at any time. Any such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the Corporation, but the election of an officer shall not, in and of itself, create any contractual rights. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, retirement, removal or otherwise may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5.3 Powers and Duties . The officers of the Corporation shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Corporation as shall be stated in these By-Laws or in a resolution of the Board of Directors which is not inconsistent with these By-Laws and, to the extent not so stated, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5.4 Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer shall have responsibility for the management of the Corporation, including the general supervision and control of all the business and affairs of the Corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer shall, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer shall participate in long range planning for the Corporation. He or she may sign shares of the Corporation, any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments which the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed, or which are in the ordinary course of business of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer may vote, either in person or by proxy, all the shares of the capital stock of any company which the Corporation owns or is otherwise entitled to vote at any and all

 

9


meetings of the stockholders of such company and shall have the power to accept or waive notice of such meetings. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to this office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

 

Section 5.5 President . The President shall have such duties and authority as the Chief Executive Officer may determine from time to time. In the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall exercise all powers and discharge all of the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, including the general supervision and control of all the business and affairs of the Corporation. The President shall, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, preside at all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors. The President may sign any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments which the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed or which are in the ordinary course of business of the Corporation. The President may vote, either in person or by proxy, all the shares of the capital stock of any company which the Corporation owns or is otherwise entitled to vote at any and all meetings of the stockholders of such company and shall have the power to accept or waive notice of such meetings. The President shall perform all other duties commonly incident to this office and shall also perform such other duties and have such powers as the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time.

 

Section 5.6 Vice President . In the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer and the President, the functions of the Chief Executive Officer shall be performed by the Vice President who was first elected to that office and who is not then absent or disabled. Each Vice President shall have such powers and shall discharge such duties as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer or the President and may sign any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments which the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed or which are in the ordinary course of business. Each Vice President may vote, either in person or by proxy, all the shares of the capital stock of any company which the Corporation owns or is otherwise entitled to vote at any and all meetings of the stockholders of such company and shall have the power to accept or waive notice of such meetings. Each Vice President shall perform all other duties commonly incident to this office and shall also perform such other duties and have such powers as the Chief Executive Officer or the President shall designate from time to time.

 

Section 5.7 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of stockholders and directors, and all other notices required by law or by these By-Laws, and in the case of his or her absence or refusal or neglect so to do, any such notice may be given by any person thereunto directed by the Chief Executive Officer or the directors, upon whose requisition the meeting is called as provided in these By-Laws. The Secretary shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders and of the directors in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. The Secretary shall have the custody of the seal of the Corporation and shall affix the same to all instruments requiring it, when authorized by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, and attest the same. The Secretary shall have charge of the original stock books, transfer books and stock ledgers, and act as transfer agent in respect of the stock and the securities of the Corporation in the absence of designation by the Board of Directors of a

 

10


corporate transfer agent, and shall perform all of the other duties incident to the office of Secretary. The Secretary may vote, either in person or by proxy, all the shares of the capital stock of any company which the Corporation owns or is otherwise entitled to vote at any and all meetings of the stockholders of such company and shall have the power to accept or waive notice of such meetings. The Assistant Secretary shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary may, from time to time, prescribe.

 

Section 5.8 Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers . The Treasurer shall have charge of and be responsible for all funds, securities, receipts and disbursements of the Corporation, and shall deposit, or cause to be deposited, in the name of the Corporation, all moneys or other valuable effects in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as shall, from time to time, be selected by the Board of Directors. He or she shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall render to the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer and the President, whenever requested, an account of the financial condition of the Corporation. In general, he or she shall perform all the duties incident to the office of the Treasurer of a corporation and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. Each Assistant Treasurer shall, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Treasurer may, from time to time, prescribe.

 

Section 5.9 Other Officers, Assistant Officers and Agents . Officers, assistant officers and agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these By-Laws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5.10 Absence or Disability of Officers . In the case of the absence or disability of any officer of the Corporation and of any person hereby authorized to act in such officer’s place during such officer’s absence or disability, the Board of Directors may by resolution delegate the powers and duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director, or to any other person whom it may select.

 

Section 5.11 Compensation of Officers . The compensation of each officer shall be fixed by the Board of Directors and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by virtue of also being a director.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

STOCK AND DIVIDENDS

 

Section 6.1 Subscriptions for Stock . Unless otherwise provided for in the subscription agreement, subscriptions for shares all be paid in full at such time, or in such installments and at such times, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors. Any call made by the Board of

 

11


Directors for payment on subscriptions shall be uniform as to all shares of the same class or as to all shares of the same series. In case of default in the payment of any installment or call when such payment is due, the Corporation may proceed to collect the amount due in the same manner as any debt due the Corporation.

 

Section 6.2 Certificates . Every holder of one or more shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate executed by the Chief Executive Officer, President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, if any, certifying the number of shares owned by him, her or it in the Corporation. The share certificates of the Corporation shall be numbered and registered in the share ledger and transfer books of the Corporation, as they are issued. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 6.3 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates . The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

 

Section 6.4 Transfer of Shares . Transfers of shares shall be made on the books of the Corporation upon surrender of the certificates therefor, endorsed by the person named in the certificate or by attorney, lawfully constituted in writing. No transfer shall be made which is inconsistent with applicable law.

 

Section 6.5 Dividends .

 

(a) The Board of Directors may declare and pay dividends upon the outstanding shares of the Corporation, from time to time and to such extent as they deem advisable, in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by statute and the Certificate of Incorporation. No dividend shall be declared or paid which shall impair the capital of the Corporation nor shall any distribution of assets be made to any stockholder unless the value of the assets of the Corporation remaining after such payment or distribution is at least equal to the aggregate of its debts and liabilities, including capital.

 

(b) Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of the net profits of the Corporation such sum or sums as the directors, from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interests of the Corporation, and the directors may abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

12


ARTICLE VII

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 7.1 Right to Indemnification . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), against all reasonable expense, liability and loss (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators; provided , however , that, except as provided in Section 7.3 below with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 7.2 Right to Advancement of Expenses . The right to indemnification conferred in this Article VII shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided , however , that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Article VII or otherwise.

 

Section 7.3 Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit . If a claim under Section 7.1 or 7.2 above is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be thirty (30) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (a) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and

 

13


(b) any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent counsel or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

Section 7.4 Non-Exclusivity of Rights under this Article . The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article VII shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

Section 7.5 Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on its own behalf or on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss asserted against him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

 

Section 7.6 Indemnification of Employees and Agents . The Corporation may, to the extent authorized at any time or from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VII with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

Section 7.7 Merger or Consolidation . For purposes of this Article VII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this Article VII with respect to the resulting or surviving Corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

14


Section 7.8 Other Indemnification . The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or to advance expenses to any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

Section 7.9 Amendment . Any repeal or modification of this Article VII shall not change the rights of any person to indemnification with respect to any action or omission occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

CORPORATE RECORDS

 

Section 8.1 Books and Records . There shall be kept at the registered office or principal place of business of the Corporation an original or duplicate record of the proceedings of the stockholders and of the directors, and the original or a copy of these By-Laws, including all amendments or alterations thereto to date, certified by the Secretary of the Corporation. An original or duplicate share register may also be kept at the registered office or principal place of business or at the office of a transfer agent or registrar, giving the names of the stockholders, their respective addresses and the number and classes of shares held by each.

 

Section 8.2 Stockholders’ Right to Examine Books and Records . Every stockholder of the Corporation shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have a right to examine, in person or by agent or attorney, during the usual hours for business for any proper purpose, the share register, books or records of account, and records of the proceedings of the stockholders and directors, and make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent shall be the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the Corporation at its principal place of business or at its registered office in the State of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 9.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9.2 Seal . The Corporation may have a corporate seal which shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

15


Section 9.3 Waiver of Notice of Meetings of Stockholders, Directors and Committees . Whenever notice is required to be given to any person by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to giving of such notice. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

Section 9.4 Disallowed Payments . Any payments made to an officer or employee of the Corporation such as a salary, commission, bonus, interest, rent, travel or entertainment expense incurred by him or her, which shall be disallowed in whole or in part as a deductible expense by the Internal Revenue Service, shall be reimbursed by such officer or employee to the Corporation to the full extent of such disallowance. It shall be the duty of the directors, as a Board of Directors, to enforce payment of each such amount disallowed. In lieu of payment by the officer or employee, subject to the determination of the directors, proportionate amounts may be withheld from his future compensation payments until the amount owed to the Corporation has been recovered.

 

Section 9.5 Section Headings . Section headings in these By-Laws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

 

Section 9.6 Inconsistent Provisions . In the event that any provision of these By-Laws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of Certificate of Incorporation, the DGCL or any other applicable law, the provision of these By-Laws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

 

Section 9.7 Amendment of By-Laws . These By-Laws may be amended, altered, or replaced by the vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors, without a vote of the stockholders, in any manner not inconsistent with the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation. The fact that the power to adopt, amend, alter, or repeal these By-Laws has been conferred upon the board of directors shall not divest the stockholders of the same powers.

 

16

Exhibit 3.11

 

[FORM OF]

 

CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

 

OF

 

FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC.

 

INTO

 

FCA ACQUISITION CORP.

 

In accordance with Sections 253 and 103 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), FCA Acquisition Corp., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify:

 

FIRST: That the name and state of incorporation of each of the constituent corporations of the merger is as follows:

 

NAME


 

STATE OF INCORPORATION


FCA Acquisition Corp.   Delaware
FreightCar America, Inc.   Delaware

 

SECOND: That an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of                           , 2005, between the Corporation and FreightCar America, Inc., a Delaware corporation and parent of the Corporation (the “Merger Agreement”), has been approved, adopted, certified, executed and acknowledged by each of the constituent corporations in accordance with the requirements of Section 253 of the DGCL.

 

THIRD: That the Corporation is the surviving corporation of the merger, and the name of the surviving corporation of the merger is FreightCar America, Inc.

 

FOURTH: That the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as in effect immediately prior to the effective time of the merger, shall be the Certificate of Incorporation of the surviving corporation.

 

FIFTH: That the executed Merger Agreement is on file at an office of the surviving corporation, the address of which is Two North Riverside Plaza, Suite 1250, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

 

SIXTH: That a copy of the Merger Agreement will be furnished by the surviving corporation, on request and without cost, to any stockholder of any constituent corporation.

 

SEVENTH: That this Certificate of Merger shall be effective on the date of its delivery to the Secretary of State of Delaware.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Merger to be signed by its duly authorized representative on this      day of                      , 2005.

 

FCA ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

 


Name:    
Title:    

 

-2-

Exhibit 4.1

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

Shareholders’ Agreement dated as of June 3, 1999, by and among Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“RHH”), Hancock Mezzanine Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited liability company (“Hancock”), John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company, a Massachusetts life insurance corporation (“JHMLIC”), Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“Caravelle”), Johnstown America Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“JAII”), Camillo M. Santomero, III, an individual residing in New York (“Santomero”) and the individual investors listed on Exhibit “A” attached hereto, who now or hereafter become signatories to this Agreement (the “Individual Investors” - Hancock, JHMLIC, Caravelle, JAII, Santomero, and the Individual Investors are herein collectively referred to as the “Shareholders”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

RHH is authorized to issue up to 100,000 shares of Series A Voting Preferred Stock, $500 par value (the “ Voting Preferred Stock”), up to 100,000 shares of Series B Non-Voting Preferred Stock, $500 par value (the “Non-Voting Preferred Stock”—the Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock are herein collectively referred to as the “Preferred Stock”), up to 100,000 shares of Class “A” Voting common stock, $.01 par value (the “Voting Common Stock”) and up to 100,000 shares of Class “B” Non-Voting common stock, $.01 par value (the “Non-Voting Common Stock” - the Voting Common Stock and the Non-Voting Common Stock are herein collectively referred to as the “Common Stock”, and the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock are herein collectively referred to as the “Capital Stock”). The holders of the Preferred Stock possess the rights and preferences set forth on Exhibit “B” attached hereto. The holders of the Voting Preferred Stock and the Voting Common Stock, voting together as a class, are entitled to vote on all matters coming before the shareholders as provided in the DGCL (except as specifically modified herein). The Shareholders are the record and beneficial owners of all of RHH’s issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock as of the date hereof, and hold such shares as set forth on Exhibit “C” attached hereto. The parties hereto deem it in the best interest of RHH and the Shareholders to impose certain restrictions on the transferability of the shares of the Capital Stock, and to set forth their agreements with respect to certain other matters, all as hereinafter provided.

 


 

AGREEMENTS

 

The parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Composition of Board of Directors, Meetings .

 

(a) The Board of Directors (the “Board”) of RHH shall consist of six (6) individuals. Each of the Shareholders covenants and agrees that in any election of directors of RHH, they shall vote all shares of Voting Preferred Stock and all shares of Voting Common Stock of RHH owned or controlled by them in favor of a Board comprised of six (6) directors, designated as follows:

 

(i) for as long as Hancock and JHMLIC, collectively, own an aggregate of at least 1,250 shares of Common Stock (or 10% of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of the date hereof), one director shall be designated jointly by Hancock and JHMLIC;

 

(ii) for as long as Caravelle owns an aggregate of at least 1,250 shares of Common Stock (or 10% of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of the date hereof), one director shall be designated by Caravelle;

 

(iii) until the earlier to occur of (A) a Change of Control involving JAII, (B) the number of shares of Common Stock of RHH held by JAII is reduced to less than 1,250 shares (or less than 10% of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of the date hereof) or (C) a Qualified Public Offering, one director shall be designated by JAII; and

 

(iv) for so long as Santomero and the Individual Investors own an aggregate of at least 3,750 shares of Common Stock (or 30% of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of the date hereof), at least three (3) directors shall be designated by Santomero, with Santomero also being entitled to designate directors to replace those directors previously designated by Hancock, JHMLIC or Caravelle at such time as their right to designate directors hereunder terminates.

 

In the event of any vacancy in the Board of RHH occurring for any reason, each of the Shareholders covenants and agrees to vote all shares of Voting Preferred Stock and all shares of Voting Common Stock of RHH owned or controlled by such Shareholder and to otherwise use his, her or its respective best efforts to fill the vacancy in such a manner that the Board of RHH will include six (6) directors designated as set forth above. In no event shall the number of persons comprising the entire Board of RHH be increased or decreased, without the unanimous consent of all of those Shareholders entitled to designate directors. RHH agrees to use its best efforts to cause any designated candidates (as described herein) to be elected to the Board. Each director designated by JAII, Hancock and JHMLIC, Caravelle or Santomero and the Individual Investors shall be deemed to have resigned as of the date on which the right of JAII, Hancock and JHMLIC, Caravelle or Santomero and the Individual Investors, respectively, to designate directors terminates pursuant to this Section 1(a), and such vacancy shall be filled as designated by Santomero, as long as Santomero and the Individual Investors have the right to designate a director hereunder. In the event that, at any time, a Person entitled to designate more than one

 

-2-


director has not filled all director positions to which he, she or it is so entitled, those directors which have been designated and are serving on behalf of such Person shall, in the aggregate, be deemed to have the number of votes, on all matters coming before the Board, equal to that number of directors such Person is entitled to designate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at such time that JAII is no longer entitled to designate a director, in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Board of Directors shall, from and after such date, consist of five (5) directors, designated as set forth above.

 

(b) The parties hereto agree that the initial Board of Directors shall consist of six (6) directors, as follows:

 

Santomero, John E. Carroll, Jr. and James D. Cirar as the nominees of Santomero;

 

Sandeep Alva as the nominee of Hancock and JHMLIC;

 

Dean T. Criares as the nominee of Caravelle; and

 

Thomas M. Begel as the nominee of JAII.

 

(c) At the request of any of JAII, Hancock, JHMLIC, Caravelle or Santomero, respectively, each of the Shareholders covenants and agrees to vote all shares of Voting Preferred Stock and all shares of Voting Common Stock of RHH owned or controlled by such Shareholder to cause the resignation or dismissal of any of the directors designated by the requesting Shareholder.

 

(d) In addition to those matters which the DGCL or the Bylaws of RHH require be submitted to the Board, the Shareholders agree that the following actions must be submitted to the Board for authorization:

 

(i) RHH’s, or any Subsidiary thereof entering into any transaction (aside from routine employment agreements) with any of RHH’s officers, directors or any Shareholders, or any individual related by blood or marriage to any such Person or any entity in which any such Person has an interest; provided, however, that RHH, and its Subsidiaries shall be entitled to enter into management or consulting agreements with, among others, Santomero, James D. Cirar, Caravelle, Hancock and/or JHMLIC pursuant to which management fees, in an amount not to exceed $500,000 per year, (of which (A) $350,000 shall be payable to Santomero, (B) $50,000 shall be payable to James D. Cirar, (C) $50,000 shall be payable to Caravelle, and (D) $25,000 shall be payable to each of Hancock and JHMLIC, until further agreement) shall accordingly be paid and allocated among such individuals, or Affiliates thereof;

 

(ii) the authorization or execution of any agreement providing for the issuance of any debt securities or the creation, incurrence, assumption or suffering to exist any indebtedness for borrowed money by RHH, or any Subsidiary thereof;

 

(iii) the sale (whether by merger or otherwise) of all or substantially all of the capital Stock of RHH, or any Subsidiary thereof, or the sale (whether by merger or otherwise), lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of RHH, or

 

-3-


of any Subsidiary thereof, in any transaction or series of related transactions (other than sales in the ordinary course of business);

 

(iv) the acquisition by RHH, or any Subsidiary thereof, of any interest in any business (whether by a purchase of assets, purchase of stock, merger or otherwise);

 

(v) the acquisition by RHH or any Subsidiary thereof of any new facilities at which the operations of RHH, or any Subsidiaries thereof, shall be conducted;

 

(vi) capital expenditures of RHH and its Subsidiaries exceeding $5,000,000 during any twelve month period;

 

(vii) the investment, by RHH, or any Subsidiary thereof of more than $50,000 in any liquid assets, pooled investments, securities or investment funds other than any investment in (A) direct obligations of the United States or any agency thereof, or obligations guaranteed by the United States or any agency thereof, (B) commercial paper rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group and P-1 by Moody’s Investor’s Service, Inc., (C) time deposits with, including certificates of deposit issued by, any office located in the United States of any bank or trust company which is organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof and has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating at least $500,000,000 and which issues (or the parent of which issues) certificates of deposit or commercial paper with a rating described in clause (B) above, or (D) money market mutual funds with a right of redemption on a daily basis and having assets of at least $500,000,000, substantially all of which assets consist of investments of a type described in the foregoing clauses; provided, in each case that any investment referred to in clauses (A) through (C), above, matures within one year from the date of acquisition thereof by RHH or any such Subsidiary;

 

(viii) the granting of any stock ownership, stock-purchase, stock-option or similar plans or rights to officers, employees or others, except that the parties contemplate that up to 1,014 shares of Non-Voting Preferred Stock and up to 1,014 shares of Non-Voting Common Stock (constituting 7½% of RHH’s Common Stock and Preferred Stock after giving effect to the issuance of the options described herein) may be issued to employees or managers of RHH or Subsidiaries thereof so long as neither James D. Cirar nor Santomero are the recipient of such options;

 

(ix) the election of directors of any Subsidiary;

 

(x) the determination to make an initial registration of RHH’s Common Stock (or Successor Securities) under the Securities Act;

 

(xi) the selection of RHH’s independent accountants;

 

(xii) the redemption or repurchase of any shares of Capital Stock; and

 

(xiii) the liquidation, dissolution, recapitalization or reorganization of RHH in any form of transaction (including a forward or reverse merger).

 

-4-


With respect to each item set forth above to be submitted to the Board, the affirmative vote of the Hancock/JHMLIC representative, the Caravelle representative, and two Santomero representatives, shall, at a minimum, be required in order to authorize such action and, in addition, with respect to the items described in subparagraphs (i) and (viii), above, and subparagraph (iii) above if such transaction will implicate the provisions of Section 16(d) hereof, the affirmative vote of the director designated by JAII shall also be required.

 

(e) Meetings of the Board and any committee thereof shall be held at the principal offices of RHH or at such other place as may be determined by the Board or such committee. Regular meetings of the Board shall be held on such dates and at such times as shall be determined by the Board; provided that there shall be at least one meeting held during each fiscal quarter. Special meetings of the Board or any committee thereof may be called by any director on at least five days’ prior notice to the other directors (or, in the case of a special meeting of any committee of the Board, by any member thereof), which notice shall state the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is being called.

 

2. Grant of Proxy; Voting .

 

(a) Until such time as a Qualified Public Offering shall have occurred, each Individual Investor (with the exception of John E. Carroll, Jr. and James D. Cirar) hereby grants an irrevocable (except as set forth in 2(b) below) proxy (“Proxy”) to vote all of his Capital Stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to Santomero, on all matters which may properly come before the Shareholders in accordance with the DGCL. Such Proxy may be evidenced by a certificate in a form acceptable to Santomero.

 

(b) Such Proxy shall be deemed to be revoked automatically, without notice, on the earliest to occur of (i) if the percentage of RHH’s Capital Stock held by Santomero or his Permitted Transferees, in the aggregate, shall be less than seven percent (7%) of the aggregate number of shares of Capital Stock of RHH then outstanding, (ii) a Qualified Public Offering, or (iii) Santomero ceases, for any reason, to serve as a director of RHH.

 

(c) The Proxy shall be binding on each Individual Investor, his/her heirs, executors, assigns and Permitted Transferees and shall not be affected by the death or disability of the Shareholder or the transfer of his/her Capital Stock.

 

(d) On all matters coming before the Shareholders (as shareholders) for a vote, as required by the DGCL or this Agreement, Santomero, the Individual Investors and their Permitted Transferees agree that they shall all vote, with respect to each issue, unanimously as determined by the holders of a majority-in-interest of the Voting Common Stock held by Santomero, the Individual Investors and their Permitted Transferees.

 

3. Transfer of Securities .

 

(a) Restrictions on Transfer . None of the shares of Capital Stock held by any Shareholder or its Permitted Transferee may be Transferred except in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Any attempted Transfer of the shares of Capital Stock other than in accordance with this Agreement shall be null and void and RHH shall refuse to recognize any

 

-5-


such Transfer and shall not reflect on its records any change in record ownership of the Capital Stock.

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, it is understood and agreed that the following Transfers of shares of Capital Stock may be made without regard to the restrictions and requirements of Sections 3(a), 4 and 5 hereof (a “Permitted Transfer”, with the transferee in such transaction being deemed a “Permitted Transferee”):

 

(i) Santomero and each Individual Investor may Transfer any or all of the shares of Capital Stock held by such Shareholder to his spouse or children, or to trusts, limited liability companies or limited partnerships established primarily for the benefit of Santomero, such Individual Investor, his individual retirement account, his spouse and/or children and, with respect to limited partnerships, where the Shareholder, or his Affiliate, is the general partner thereof, or to individual retirement accounts or other pension plans or accounts established by, or maintained primarily for, such Shareholder;

 

(ii) a Shareholder who is not an individual may Transfer any or all of the shares of Capital Stock to an Affiliate of such Shareholder;

 

(iii) Caravelle, JHMLIC and Hancock or any Noteholder (as defined in the Purchase Agreement executed June 3, 1999 by RHH and Caravelle, Hancock and JHMLIC (the “Purchase Agreement”) may Transfer shares of Capital Stock to any transferee of all or a portion of the notes, evidencing the obligations of RHH to Caravelle, Hancock and JHMLIC, respectively, if (x) such transfer is a permitted transfer as described in the Purchase Agreement, and (y) the shares of Capital Stock are proportionate to the portion of the Notes so transferred by Caravelle, Hancock and JHMLIC or any Noteholder, respectively;

 

(iv) Santomero or any Individual Investor may Transfer shares of Capital Stock to each other;

 

(v) each Individual Investor may Transfer any shares of Capital Stock to Santomero, Santomero and the Individual Investors, or RHH in accordance with the terms of any Securities Purchase Agreement, Restricted Stock Agreement, Employment Agreement or similar agreement executed by him and RHH;

 

(vi) Caravelle, Hancock and JHMLIC may Transfer shares of Capital Stock to each other;

 

(vii) JAII may Transfer shares of Capital Stock to the individuals listed on Exhibit “E” attached hereto pursuant to the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement executed June 3, 1999 by JAII and such individuals;

 

(viii) Santomero may Transfer shares of Capital Stock to the individuals, and in the amounts, described on Exhibit “F” attached hereto, in accordance with the terms of the option letters executed this date by Santomero;

 

(ix) Santomero may transfer up to 20 shares of Voting Common Stock and up to 20 shares of Voting Preferred Stock to Maximo Blandon; and

 

-6-


(x) Santomero and the Individual Investors may Transfer shares of Capital Stock, to an Additional Individual Investor, as described in Section 16(e).

 

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, any Transfer made pursuant to this Section 3(b) shall in no way affect or revoke the Proxy granted under Section 2(a).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing Caravelle may (i) pledge Capital Stock held by Caravelle in whole or in part, to its lenders or security holders, or any trustee or agent therefore and (ii) transfer Capital Stock held by it to any entity formed for the purpose of holding the Capital Stock and/or other securities held by Caravelle.

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, no Shareholder shall Transfer one or more shares of Common Stock, or one or more shares of Preferred Stock, unless, in connection with such Transfer, an equal number of shares of the other class (i.e., Preferred Stock or Common Stock) is simultaneously transferred unless (A) the Transfer is to a Permitted Transferee, or (B) all Shareholders shall have consented, in writing, to such Transfer prior to the effective date thereof, or (C) the Transfer is a Transfer of Common Stock which occurs either in connection with, or after, a Qualified Public Offering.

 

(d) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Agreement, it is the intention of each of the parties hereto that, with respect to the Preferred Stock, each share of Preferred Stock (whether Voting Preferred Stock or a Non-Voting Preferred Stock) be valued equally for all purposes (including, but not limited to, any Transfer), and that, with respect to the Common Stock, each share of Common Stock (whether Voting Common Stock or Non-Voting Common Stock) similarly be valued equally. Accordingly, in connection with any Transfer of any Shares, if, in connection with such Transfer, both Voting and Non-Voting Common or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, is being transferred, the parties will exercise their best efforts to insure that the consideration allocated to each Share of Preferred Stock, in the case of a Transfer of Preferred Stock, whether Voting or Non-Voting, will be equal, and that the consideration allocated to each Share of Common Stock, in the case of a Transfer of the Common Stock, whether Voting or Non-Voting, will be equal.

 

4. Right of First Offer .

 

(a) Procedure for Transfer of Shares . Until such time as a Qualified Public Offering has occurred, a Shareholder who desires to Transfer some or all of the shares of Capital Stock to another Person who is not a Permitted Transferee of such Shareholder (whether or not such other Person is currently a Shareholder) must comply with the procedures contained in this Section 4. At least twenty (20) days prior to making any Transfer of any shares of Capital Stock (the “Offered Securities”) the Shareholder desiring to effect such Transfer (the “Offering Shareholder”) shall deliver a written notice (an “Offer Notice”) to the other Shareholders (the “Other Shareholders”) and to RHH. The Offer Notice shall disclose in reasonable detail the class and number of the Offered Securities proposed to be transferred, the proposed price, terms and conditions of the Transfer, and the identity of the prospective transferee(s) (if any).

 

(b) The Individual Investors and Santomero shall have the right and option to purchase (the “First Option”), exercisable within ten (10) days after the date of the

 

-7-


Offer Notice (the “First Option Period”), to purchase the Offered Securities at the price, and on the terms and conditions, set forth in the Offer Notice in proportion to their then respective holdings of Capital Stock by providing written notice of that election to the Offering Shareholder. If any Individual Investor or Santomero fails or refuses to purchase his proportionate share of Offered Securities, then those members of such group who do offer to purchase their proportionate share may proportionately purchase the balance thereof (or commit to purchase all of the balance thereof) at the price, and on the terms and conditions, set forth in the Offer Notice by providing written notice of that election to the Offering Shareholder within five (5) days after the expiration of the First Option Period (“Investor Group Option Period”).

 

-8-


(c) If all of the Offered Securities are not purchased pursuant to Section 4(b), then RHH shall have the option, exercisable within three (3) days after the expiration of the Investor Group Option Period (“Company Option Period”), to purchase all or a portion of the remaining balance of the Offered Securities at the price, and on the terms and conditions, set forth in the Offer Notice by providing written notice to the Offering Shareholder of RHH’s election to exercise its option described herein.

 

(d) If all of the Offered Securities are not purchased pursuant to Section 4(b) or 4(c) hereof, then each of JAII, Caravelle, Hancock, JHLMIC and any Other Shareholder, shall have the option, exercisable within two (2) days after the expiration of Company Option Period (the “Shareholders’ Option Period”), to purchase all or a portion of the remaining balance of the Offered Securities at the price, and on the terms and conditions, set forth in the Offer Notice in proportion to their respective holdings of shares of Capital Stock by providing written notice to the Offering Shareholder of the intent to exercise the option. If any of JAII, Caravelle, Hancock, JHLMIC and any Other Shareholder fails or refuses to purchase its proportionate share of the Offered Securities, the remaining parties so exercising their options may purchase the balance of the Offered Securities at the price, and on the terms and conditions, set forth in the Offer Notice by providing written notice of that election to the Offering Shareholder within two (2) days after the expiration of the Shareholders’ Option Period.

 

(e) The failure of any of Santomero, the Individual Investors, JAII, Caravelle, Hancock, JHLMIC or any Other Shareholder to advise the Offering Shareholder of his, her or its decision to purchase in the aggregate all the Offered Securities within the applicable Option Period shall be deemed to constitute a notification to the Offering Shareholder of a decision not to exercise the option described herein. No acceptance of the offer concerning the Offered Securities shall contain a financing or similar contingency.

 

(f) The Offering Shareholder shall have 120 days within which to determine whether to sell the Offered Securities to the Other Shareholders or to RHH, and so notify the Other Shareholders and RHH offering to purchase the Offered Securities. Failure to provide such notice shall be deemed acceptance of the offers received (if offers to purchase all Offered Securities shall have been received). If the Offering Shareholder determines not to accept the offers described herein, it shall, in connection with any subsequent Transfer, follow the procedures described in this Section 4.

 

(g) The Closing for all sales of the Offered Securities purchased under this Section 4 shall occur within thirty (30) days after the notice (or deemed notice) from the Offering Shareholder of its determination to accept the offers, or at such other time as may be mutually agreed upon by the Offering Shareholder and the Other Shareholders (or RHH) purchasing the Offered Securities, with the purchase price being paid in immediately available funds at such Closing, and with the Offering Shareholder being required to provide representations and indemnification to such purchasers only with respect to due authorization, valid execution and delivery, good title to the Offered Securities and no liens or encumbrances on such Offered Securities. The failure of the purchasers to close within the time designated for Closing shall relieve the Offering Shareholder of his, her or its obligations under this Section 4 with respect to that particular proposed Transfer and such Offering Shareholder shall be free to sell the Offered Securities to one or more third parties, whether or not to the person or persons

 

-9-


identified in the Offer Notice, at a price no less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the price per share specified in the Offer Notice and with other terms (other than the amount of consideration) no more favorable to the transferees thereof than offered to the Other Shareholders and RHH in the Offer Notice, provided that such Transfer shall be effected within one hundred eighty (180) days after the failure of the purchasers to purchase pursuant to the Offer Notice. Any Offered Securities not transferred within such one hundred eighty (180) day period shall be re-offered to the Other Shareholders and RHH under this Section 4 prior to any subsequent Transfer.

 

(h) If offers to purchase all the Offered Securities are not received by the Offering Shareholder after complying with the procedures contained in this Section 4, the Offering Shareholder (i) shall not be required to sell any of the Offered Securities to any Other Shareholder, and (ii) may, without any further notice, during a sixty (60) day period commencing on the expiration of the Shareholders’ Option Period, Transfer all (but not less than all) of the Offered Securities to one or more third parties at a price no less favorable and on terms no more favorable to the transferee than offered to the Other Shareholders and RHH in the Offer Notice.

 

5. Participation Rights .

 

(a) Until such time as a Qualified Public Offering has occurred, whenever Santomero and/or any Individual Investor, or any Permitted Transferee thereof holding, in the aggregate, ten percent (10%) or more of all shares of Capital Stock of RHH, desires to Transfer some or all of his, her or its shares of Capital Stock to a transferee other than a Permitted Transferee, and where such transferee has made an offer to purchase such shares of Capital Stock, such Shareholder (a “Transferring Shareholder”) must comply with the procedure set forth in this Section 5 (in addition to those set forth in Section 4).

 

(b) In connection with any such proposed Transfer, the Transferring Shareholders shall secure a written offer which the Transferring Shareholder desires to accept (the “Third Party Offer”). The Third Party Offer shall include:

 

(i) the identity and address of the Person making the Offer (the “Third Party Purchaser”);

 

(ii) the date of the Third Party Offer;

 

(iii) the proposed purchase price per share of Capital Stock (allocated among the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock) which must be in cash or marketable securities, and for a fixed amount (which may be payable over time);

 

(iv) the number and type of shares of Capital Stock which the Third Party desires to purchase (the “Proposed Securities”);

 

(v) a description of the representations, warranties, covenants and indemnifications which the Third Party Purchase will require of the Transferring Shareholder; and

 

(vi) all other relevant terms and conditions of the Transfer.

 

-10-


The Transferring Shareholder shall advise the Shareholders and RHH in writing of his, her or its desire to accept the Third Party Offer (the “Notice of Intent to Transfer”) and shall promptly transmit the Third Party Offer to RHH and the Other Shareholders. The Transferring Shareholder shall further advise RHH and the Other Shareholders in writing immediately upon the occurrence of any material changes to the Third Party Offer which decreases the offer price or makes any of the terms more favorable to the Third Party Purchaser (an “Amended Offer”).

 

(c) Upon receipt of a Notice of Intent to Transfer from a Transferring Shareholder, each Other Shareholder shall have the right, at his, her or its sole discretion, to Transfer some or all of his, hers or its shares of Capital Stock as part of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5 (“Participation Rights”).

 

(d) If any Shareholder elects to exercise the Participation Rights in connection with a proposed Transfer (a “Participating Shareholder”), the Transferring Shareholder and such Participating Shareholder shall be entitled to Transfer, at the same price and upon the same terms, a number of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as applicable, equal to the product of (A) a quotient determined by dividing the percentage of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as applicable, owned by the Participating Shareholder by the aggregate percentage of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock as applicable, owned by the Transferring Shareholder and all such Participating Shareholders, multiplied by (B) the number of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as applicable, to be sold in accordance with the Third-Party Offer (“Participation Formula”).

 

For Example , if (A) the Third Party Offer contemplates a sale of 150 shares of Preferred Stock, (B) the Transferor owns 30% of all shares of Preferred Stock and (C) one Participating Shareholder elects to participate and owns 20% of all shares of Preferred Stock, the Transferor would be entitled to sell 90 shares (30% ÷ 50% x 150 shares) and the participating Shareholder would be entitled to sell 60 shares (20% ÷ 50% x 150 shares).

 

(e) The Transferring Shareholder shall use its best efforts to obtain the agreement of the Third Party Purchaser to the participation of the Other Shareholders who desire to participate in the Transfer and to include in such Transfer both Voting Preferred and Non-Voting Preferred and Voting Common Stock and Non-Voting Common Stock (if the Transferring Shareholder or any Participating Shareholder seeks to Transfer Non-Voting Preferred or Non-Voting Common Stock). The Transferring Shareholder shall not Transfer any shares of Capital Stock to the Third Party Purchaser if the Third Party Purchaser (i) refuses to allow the participation of the Other Shareholders who desire to exercise their Participation Rights, or (ii) refuses to purchase the type of Preferred Stock or Common Stock owned by such Participating Shareholder.

 

-11-


(f) After compliance with this Section 5, the Transferring Shareholder and Other Shareholders who desire to participate in the Transfer, shall be permitted to Transfer the number of shares of Capital Stock specified in the Notice of Intent to Transfer to the Third Party Purchaser on terms no more advantageous than those specified in the Notice of Intent to Transfer or the Amended Offer, whichever is later, with such Participating Shareholder providing the same representations, warranties and indemnifications as the Transferring Shareholder, except that the liability of any Participating Shareholder for breach of representations or for indemnification payments will be several and not joint, will be proportionate to the percentage of Capital Stock it sells, and will be limited to any proceeds received or receivable by it arising from such sale. The number of shares of Capital Stock Transferred shall be apportioned in accordance with the Participation Formula.

 

(g) The Participation Rights are non-transferrable and cannot be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned or transferred except to a Permitted Transferee.

 

(h) Any Shareholder desiring to exercise their Participation Rights must advise the Transferring Shareholder of his election to so participate within thirty (30) days of receipt of the Notice of Intent to Transfer, provided however, that in the event that an Amended Offer is submitted, a Shareholder may withdraw his election to participate in the proposed Transfer for a period of fifteen (15) days after receipt of the Amended Offer.

 

(i) The rights granted to the Other Shareholders in Section 4 hereof shall have priority over the Participation Rights described in this Section 5, except that no Participating Shareholder exercising its Participation Rights under this Section 5 shall be required to comply with the provisions of Section 4 in connection with such sale.

 

6. Sale of RHH .

 

(a) Until such time as a Qualified Public Offering shall have occurred, if the Board (subject to Section 1(d)(iii) hereof) and the Shareholders entitled to cast a majority of votes which all Shareholders are entitled to cast approve a sale, merger or other transfer involving all or substantially all of the stock or assets of RHH on an arm’s length basis to a third party or an affiliated group of third parties who is not (a) a Shareholder, or (b) an Affiliate of a Shareholder, then the remaining Shareholders (the “Remaining Shareholders”) shall consent to and raise no objection with respect to such sale and, if such sale is structured as a sale of shares of Capital Stock (including a sale structured as a merger, whether a forward, reverse or other merger), the Remaining Shareholders will, at the option of a majority-in-interest of the Shareholders voting for such sale (or merger), agree to sell their shares of Capital Stock on the terms and conditions approved by the Board and the Shareholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes which all Shareholders are entitled to cast; provided, however, that (i) any options as to the type of consideration offered to any Other Shareholder must be offered to the Remaining Shareholders, (ii) the consideration offered for any proposed Transfer must be at least eighty percent (80%) cash or marketable securities, (iii) at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the Shareholders other than the Remaining Shareholders, shall have agreed to, and voted in favor of, such sale and there shall be no adverse tax consequences which relate or impact only the Remaining Shareholders, including JAII, if JAII is a Remaining Shareholder (as distinguished from all Shareholders) arising from such sale.

 

-12-


(b) To exercise the drag-along rights provided in this Section 6, RHH shall first give to the Remaining Shareholders a written notice (a “Drag-Along Notice”) containing (i) the name and address of the proposed transferee, and (ii) the proposed purchase price, terms of payment and other material terms and conditions of the proposed transferee’s offer. The Remaining Shareholders shall, at the option of a majority-in-interest of the Shareholders voting for such sale, thereafter be obligated, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 6, to sell to the proposed Transferee, simultaneously with the other Shareholders’ sale, its shares of Capital Stock.

 

(c) At the Closing of any sale of shares of Capital Stock pursuant to this Section 6, the Remaining Shareholders shall enter into agreements with the purchaser of the shares of Capital Stock containing terms substantially similar to the terms on which the Other Shareholders are selling their shares of Capital Stock; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Remaining Shareholders nor any of its Permitted Transferees shall be required to (i) make any representations or warranties, or provide indemnification, to any person (other than representations and related indemnification regarding the due authorization to enter and to perform the agreement of sale, the validity and enforceability of the agreement of sale, good title to the shares conveyed and regarding no liens or encumbrances on the shares so conveyed), and (ii) each of the Remaining Shareholders’ liability for breach thereof will be several and not joint, will be proportionate to the percentage of Capital Stock it sells, and will be limited to any proceeds received or receivable by it arising from such sale.

 

(d) Each Shareholder (or his, her or its transferees) shall bear their pro-rata share (based upon the percentage of shares of Capital Stock sold) of the costs of any sale of shares of Capital Stock pursuant to a sale (or merger) described in this Section 6 to the extent such costs are incurred for the benefit of all holders of shares of Capital Stock and are not otherwise paid by RHH or the acquiring party, with the understanding that RHH will pay such costs unless prohibited from doing so by the terms of the transaction. Costs incurred by Shareholders (or their transferees) on their own behalf shall not be considered costs of the transaction hereunder.

 

7. Subsequent Purchasers of Stock . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, any Transferee (including a Permitted Transferee) who shall acquire (either voluntarily or involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise) any shares of Capital Stock, shall be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement, to the same extent as the parties hereto and, prior to registration of the Transfer of any such securities on the books of RHH, any transferee shall execute an agreement with the parties hereto agreeing to be bound by such provisions, and shall thereupon be deemed a Shareholder.

 

-13-


8. Legends on Certificates; Securities Laws Restrictions .

 

(a) Prior to the occurrence of a Qualified Public Offering, each certificate representing shares of Capital Stock held by a Shareholder shall contain upon its face or upon the reverse side thereof legends to the following effect:

 

This certificate represents securities which are restricted and which are subject to the terms and conditions of a Shareholders’ Agreement dated as of June 3, 1999 by and among the Shareholders of Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc. (a copy of which is on file at the principal office of Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc.). No sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of this certificate or any of the interests or securities represented hereby shall be made except in compliance with the terms and conditions of said Agreement.

 

(b) Each certificate representing shares of Capital Stock held by a Shareholder shall contain upon its face or upon the reverse side thereof the following additional legend:

 

The Securities evidenced by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and must be held indefinitely unless they are transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act, or after receipt of an opinion of counsel satisfactory to Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc. that registration is not required or an appropriate no-action letter is received from the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(c) Each Shareholder consents to RHH making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the shares of Capital Stock in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Agreement.

 

(d) Each Shareholder agrees that, prior to any proposed Transfer of any shares of Capital Stock (other than a Transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership), unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed Transfer, the Shareholder shall give written notice to RHH of such holder’s intention to effect such Transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed Transfer in reasonable detail, and, if requested by RHH, shall be accompanied, at such Shareholder’s expense, by either (i) an unqualified written opinion of legal counsel who shall be, and whose legal opinion shall be, reasonably satisfactory to RHH, addressed to RHH, to the effect that the proposed Transfer of the Capital Stock may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, or (ii) a “no action” letter from the Commission to the effect that the Transfer of such Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon the holder of such shares of Capital Stock shall be entitled to transfer such Capital Stock in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by such Shareholder to RHH, and in accordance with the other provisions of this Agreement. Each certificate evidencing shares of Capital Stock transferred as above shall bear, except if such transfer is made pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering such shares, or under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in this Section 8(b) except that such certificate shall not bear such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Shareholder and RHH, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provision of the Securities Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Shareholder agrees that it will not request that a transfer of shares of Capital

 

-14-


Stock be made (or that the appropriate restrictive legend described in Section 8(b) be removed from the certificate evidencing shares of Capital Stock) solely in reliance on Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act, if as a result of such proposed transfer RHH would be rendered subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

 

9. Holdback Agreement . No Shareholder (or Permitted Transferee) shall effect any public sale or distribution of any shares of Capital Stock or equity securities of RHH, or Successor Securities, during the seven days prior to, and during the period provided in the underwriting agreement (not to exceed 180 days) beginning on the effective date of any underwritten public offering (except as part of such offering) unless the underwriters managing such offering otherwise agree.

 

10. Demand Registration .

 

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, if at any time after the earlier to occur of a Qualified Public Offering or May 31, 2004, RHH shall receive a written request from the C/H/J Holders of at least 25% of the class of Registrable Securities sought to be registered that were originally issued to all C/H/J Holders, or, if less, at least forty percent (40%) of the class of Registrable Securities sought to be registered then held by the C/H/J Holders, that RHH file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration for offer and sale of such and any other outstanding Registrable Securities, then RHH shall promptly notify in writing all other C/H/J Holders of such request. Within twenty (20) days after such notice has been given by RHH, any other C/H/J Holder may give written notice to RHH of its election to include its Registrable Securities in the registration. As soon as practicable after the expiration of such twenty (20) day period, RHH shall use its best efforts to cause the registration of all Registrable Securities with respect to which registration has been so requested by the C/H/J Holders. The right to demand the registration of Registrable Securities shall be exercised no more than two times by the C/H/J Holders, with the second such demand to be effected no sooner than 9 months after the registration statement resulting from the first demand shall have become effective, provided, however, that if the C/H/J Holders are unable to sell, pursuant to such two registration statements, all Registrable Securities which they sought to sell, the C/H/J Holders holding at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of such Registrable Securities may, no sooner than 12 months after the second such registration statement became effective, cause RHH to use its reasonable efforts to cause a third registration statement, covering such unsold Registrable Securities, to be filed and to become effective. The foregoing notwithstanding, the C/H/J Holders may demand that a registration statement be filed pursuant to Form S-3 any number of times if (i) the value of the shares of Registrable Securities to be so offered and sold is at least $1,000,000 and (ii) at least 9 months has elapsed since a registration statement filed as a result of a demand by the C/H/J Holders became effective.

 

(b) Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, if at any time after the first anniversary of the date on which RHH shall have first issued and sold any securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (other than on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor thereto), RHH shall receive a written request from the JAII Holders of Registrable Securities valued (based on the Exchange Price, on the date of such request) at not less than $5,000,000 in the aggregate (the “Minimum Value”) that RHH file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration for offer and sale of

 

-15-


outstanding Registrable Securities valued at no less than the Minimum Value, then RHH shall promptly notify in writing all other JAII Holders of such request. Within twenty (20) days after such notice has been given by RHH, any other JAII Holder may give written notice to RHH of its election to include its Registrable Securities in the registration. As soon as practicable after the expiration of such twenty (20) day period, RHH shall use its best efforts to cause the registration of all Registrable Securities with respect to which registration has been so requested by the JAII Holders. The right to demand the registration of Registrable Securities shall be exercised no more than two times by the JAII Holders, with the second such demand to be effected no sooner than 12 months after the registration statement resulting from the first demand shall have become effective, provided, however, that if the JAII Holders are unable to sell, pursuant to such two registration statements, all Registrable Securities which they sought to sell, they may, no soon than 12 months after the second such registration statement became effective, cause RHH to use its reasonable efforts to cause a third registration statement, covering such unsold Registrable Securities, to be filed and to become effective. All registrations demanded pursuant to Sections 10(a) and 10(b) hereof are referred to herein as “Demand Registrations”.

 

(c) Notwithstanding subsections (a) and (b) above, RHH shall not be obligated to effect any registration pursuant to this Section 10(a) or 10(b) hereof within 180 days after the effective date of any registration statement filed by RHH under the Securities Act for any offering of Common Stock (other than a registration statement filed on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor forms). In addition, RHH may postpone for up to 90 days the filing or effectiveness of a registration statement pursuant to a request under this Section if the Board of RHH (with the concurrence of the managing underwriters, if any) determines in good faith that such registration would be reasonably expected to have an adverse effect on any proposal or plan by RHH to engage in any acquisition of assets, merger, consolidation, tender offer, financing or similar transaction.

 

(d) In the event of any postponement described in subsection (c), the C/H/J Holders or the JAII Holders shall, upon written notice to RHH by a majority in interest of C/H/J Holders or JAII Holders, be entitled to withdraw such request and, if such request is withdrawn, such request shall not count as a request for registration pursuant to this section.

 

11. Piggyback Registrations .

 

(a) Right to Piggyback . Whenever RHH proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act (other than pursuant to a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar forms) and the registration form to be used may be used for the registration of Registrable Securities, whether or not for sale for its own account, RHH will give prompt written notice to all Holders of Registrable Securities of its intention to effect such a registration and will include in such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which RHH has received written requests for inclusion therein within 15 days after the receipt of RHH’s notice; provided, however, that if the registration is being effected as a result of demand registration rights granted in this Agreement, the parties making such demand shall have priority with respect to the inclusion of its shares of Registrable Securities in such registration over any Shareholder exercising Piggyback Registration rights. All registrations requested pursuant to this Section 11(a) are referred to herein as “Piggyback Registrations”

 

-16-


(b) Priority on Primary Registrations . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of RHH, and the managing underwriters advise RHH in writing (with a copy to each holder of Registrable Securities requesting registration of Registrable Securities) that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability of such offering, RHH will include in such registration (i) first, the securities RHH proposes to sell, (ii) second, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration pursuant to the Piggyback Registration rights granted herein, pro rata among the Holders of such Registrable Securities on the basis of the number of shares that each holder has requested to be included in such registration, and (iii) third, other securities requested to be included in such registration.

 

12. Registration Procedures . Whenever the Holders of Registrable Securities have requested that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this Agreement, RHH will use its reasonable efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto RHH will as expeditiously as possible:

 

(a) prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and thereafter use its reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective (provided that before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, RHH will furnish to the counsel selected by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to the review of such counsel);

 

(b) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period of either (i) not less than 120 days (subject to extension pursuant to Section 15(b)) or, if such registration statement relates to an underwritten offering, such longer period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriters a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer or (ii) such shorter period as will terminate when all of the securities covered by such registration statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement (but in any event not before the expiration of any longer period required under the Securities Act), and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement until such time as all of such securities have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in the registration statement;

 

(c) furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus) and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller;

 

-17-


(d) use its best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests or, in the alternative, to obtain exemptions from the registration requirements of such securities laws and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller; provided , however , that RHH will not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subparagraph, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (iii) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

 

(e) notify each seller of such Registrable Securities, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, upon discovery that, or upon the discovery of the happening of any event as a result of which, the prospectus included in such registration statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, and, at the request of any such seller, RHH will prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made;

 

(f) cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by RHH are then listed and, if not so listed, to be listed on a national securities exchange or over-the-counter market such as the NASD automated quotation system and, if listed on the NASD automated quotation system, use its best efforts to secure designation of all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement as a NASDAQ “national market system security” within the meaning of Rule 11Aa2-1 of the Commission or, failing that, to secure NASDAQ authorization for such Registrable Securities and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to arrange for at least two market makers to register as such with respect to such Registrable Securities with the NASD;

 

(g) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

 

(h) enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form) and take all such other actions as the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including, without limitation, effecting a stock split or a combination of shares);

 

(i) subject to complying with such confidentiality requirements as RHH may reasonably impose, and subject to the requirements of the federal and state securities laws, the rules of the NASD and the rules of any securities exchange on which RHH’s securities are traded, make available for inspection by any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and

 

-18-


properties of RHH, and cause RHH’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement;

 

(j) otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve months beginning with the first day of RHH’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

 

(k) permit any holder of Registrable Securities which holder, in its reasonable judgment, might be deemed to be an underwriter or a controlling person of RHH, to participate in the preparation of such registration or comparable statement and to require the insertion therein of material, furnished to RHH in writing, which in the reasonable judgment of such holder and its counsel should be included;

 

(l) in the event of the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any Registrable Securities included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction, RHH will use its reasonable best efforts promptly to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

 

(m) obtain a comfort letter, dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), signed by RHH’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by comfort letters as the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold reasonably request; and

 

(n) provide a legal opinion of RHH’s outside counsel addressed to each holder (in form or substance satisfactory to each such holder and its counsel) of Registrable Securities included in such registration, dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), with respect to the registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included therein (including the preliminary prospectus) and such other documents relating thereto in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by legal opinions of such nature, provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall prohibit RHH from abandoning or discontinuing its efforts to register its securities, unless such registration is being effected in accordance with the provisions of Section 10(a) or 10(b).

 

13. Registration Expenses . RHH will (i) pay all expenses incident to RHH’s performance of or compliance with Sections 10, 11 and 12 of this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, listing fees, printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, and fees and disbursements of counsel for RHH and its independent certified public accountants, and underwriters’ fees and expenses (excluding discounts and commissions, which shall be paid by

 

-19-


the holders selling the Registrable Securities) and all other Persons retained by RHH (all such expenses being collectively referred to herein as “Registration Expenses”).

 

14. Indemnification.

 

(a) RHH agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by law, each holder of Registrable Securities, its officers and directors and each Person who controls such holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, to which such holder or any such director or officer or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained (A) in any registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or (B) in any application or other document or communication (in this Section 14 collectively called an “application”) executed by or on behalf of RHH or based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of RHH or based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of RHH filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify any securities covered by such registration statement under the “blue sky” or securities laws thereof, or (ii) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and RHH will reimburse such holder and each such director, officer and controlling person for any legal or any other expenses incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, liability, action or proceeding; provided , however , that RHH will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) or expense arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or omission made in such registration statement, any such prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any application, in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information prepared and furnished to RHH by such holder expressly for use therein or by such holder’s failure to deliver a copy of the prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto after RHH has furnished such holder with a sufficient number of copies of the same. In connection with an underwritten offering, RHH will indemnify such underwriters, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the holders of Registrable Securities.

 

(b) In connection with any registration statement in which a holder of Registrable Securities is participating, each such holder will furnish to RHH in writing such information and affidavits as RHH reasonably requests for use in connection with any such registration statement or prospectus and, to the extent permitted by law, will indemnify and hold harmless RHH, its directors and officers and each other Person who controls RHH (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, to which RHH or any such director or officer or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, to the extent that such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) result from (i) any untrue statement of material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or in any application, (ii) any omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but

 

-20-


only in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is made in such registration statement, any such prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any application, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information prepared and furnished to RHH by such holder expressly for use therein, or (iii) the failure by such holder of Registrable Securities to deliver a prospectus to the extent required under the Securities Act.

 

(c) Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder will (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim will not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any required local counsel) for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim.

 

(d) The indemnification provided for under this Agreement will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such indemnified party and will survive the transfer of securities. RHH or the holders of Registrable Securities also agrees to make such provisions, as are reasonably requested by any indemnified party, for contribution to such party in the event RHH’s or the holders of Registrable Securities indemnification is unavailable for any reason.

 

15. Participation in Underwritten Registrations.

 

(a) No Person may participate in any registration hereunder which is underwritten unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by RHH (including, without limitation, pursuant to the terms of any over-allotment or “green shoe” option requested by the managing underwriter(s), except that no holder of Registrable Securities will be required to sell more than the number of Registrable Securities that such holder has requested RHH to include in any registration), (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements; provided that no holder of Registrable Securities included in any underwritten registration will be required to make any representations or warranties to RHH or the underwriters other than representations and warranties regarding such holder and such holder’s intended method of distribution, due and valid execution of any agreements relating to such offering, and good title to, and no liens or encumbrances on, any Registrable Securities to be sold in such registration, (iii) timely furnishes to RHH and/or the underwriters managing such registration, all information regarding such holder, the Registrable Securities held by such holder and its intended method of distribution of such Registrable Securities as RHH or such

 

-21-


underwriters reasonably request, and (iv) agrees (and such holder hereby agrees) to notify RHH and/or any underwriter managing such registration of any untrue statement of material fact contained in the prospectus in connection with such registration or any omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is made in such prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information prepared and furnished to RHH by such holder expressly for use therein.

 

(b) Each Person that is participating in any Registration hereunder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from RHH of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 12(e) above, such Person will forthwith discontinue the disposition of its Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement until such Person’s receipt of the copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus as contemplated by such Section 12(e). In the event RHH will give any such notice, the applicable time period mentioned in Section 12(b) during which a Registration Statement is to remain effective will be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to this Section 15(b) to and including the date when each seller of a Registrable Security covered by such registration statement will have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 12(e).

 

16. Additional Covenants.

 

(a) Issuance for Fair Value . RHH will, from and after the date hereof, issue Preferred Stock or Common Stock only for “fair equivalent value,” as shall be determined in good faith by the Board (subject to Section 1(d) hereof) from time to time; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall prevent the Board from issuing for nominal value, or other value less than “fair equivalent value”, options, warrants or other similar rights to officers, directors or other employees of RHH or any Subsidiary thereof in an amount not to exceed 937.5 shares of Preferred Stock (comprising 7½% of the amount of the Preferred Stock outstanding on the date hereof) and 937.5 shares of Common Stock (comprising 7½% of the amount of the Common Stock outstanding on the date hereof), as long as neither Santomero nor James D. Cirar is the beneficiary of any such options, warrants or other similar rights and as long as all existing Shareholders are equally diluted as a result of the issuance of any Preferred Stock or Common Stock of RHH upon the exercise of such options, warrants or other similar rights or the issuance of any related Shares.

 

(b) Preemptive Rights . Subject to the provisions of Section 16(a) hereof, in the event that, prior to the occurrence of a Qualified Public Offering, RHH seeks to sell shares of Capital Stock (consisting of one share of Preferred Stock and one share of Common Stock as a “Unit”) in a private or similar non-public placement, each Shareholder shall be entitled to acquire, at the proposed offering price of such Units, that number of Units equal to the aggregate number of Units proposed to be so offered multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Capital Stock (both Common and Preferred) owned by each respective Shareholder and, without duplication, their Permitted Transferees and the denominator of which shall be the aggregate number of shares of Capital Stock (both Common and Preferred) owned by all Shareholders and, without duplication, their Permitted Transferees. In connection with any proposed issuance of such Units, RHH will give prior notice as soon as

 

-22-


possible, but in any event at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice, of its intention to effect such issuance to each Shareholder, specifying in such notice the number of Units to be sold, and the proposed offering price per Unit. Each Shareholder shall have the right, exercisable within ten (10) days after receipt of such notice, to elect to purchase up to the maximum number of Units to which such Shareholder is entitled to acquire hereunder with such purchase being effected by such Shareholder’s payment to RHH, on or before the 20 th day after such notice, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, an amount equal to the number of Units to be purchased by such Shareholder, multiplied by the offering price per Unit, against delivery of certificates evidencing the number of shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock so acquired, which will be issued in the name of such Shareholder. To the extent any Units proposed to be sold in such private placement shall not have been subscribed to by an existing Shareholder, RHH shall be free thereafter to sell such Units by way of a private placement, or similar offering, at an offering price per Unit not less than that set forth in the notice to the Shareholders. Until the occurrence of a Qualified Public Offering, or until the redemption of all shares of Preferred Stock, RHH shall only issue shares of its Capital Stock in Units.

 

(c) Informational Deliveries . To the extent RHH is required to deliver or provide information, financial, operational or otherwise, to Caravelle, JHMLIC and Hancock, whether as a result of covenants contained in a Note Purchase Agreement, or otherwise, it shall simultaneously deliver or provide such information to JAII.

 

(d) Sale Prior to May 31, 2001 . The Shareholders agree that, in the event of a sale of RHH (whether by merger or otherwise), or of all or substantially all of the assets or Subsidiaries of RHH and the subsequent liquidation or dissolution thereof, and if such transaction is completed on or before May 31, 2001, then Hancock, JHMLIC and Caravelle, and, without duplication, their Permitted Transferees, shall each be entitled to receive, out of the proceeds of such sale or liquidation, and as a result of their ownership of shares of Capital Stock, an aggregate amount equal to (A), in the case of Caravelle, the greater of (w) the product of $11,000,000 multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Capital Stock (both Common and Preferred) held by Caravelle (and its Permitted Transferees), on the date such sale or liquidation is effected, and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Capital Stock (both Common and Preferred) held by Caravelle (and its Permitted Transferees), on the date hereof, or (x) their pro-rata share (based on shares of Capital Stock (both Common and Preferred) then held) of the net sale or liquidation proceeds received in such transaction, and (B) in the case of each of Hancock and JHMLIC, the greater of (y) the product of $5,500,000 multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Capital Stock (both Common and Preferred) held by each of Hancock and JHMLIC (and their Permitted Transferees), respectively, on the date such sale or liquidation is effected, and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Capital Stock (both Common and Preferred) held by each of Hancock and JHMLIC (and their Permitted Transferees), respectively, on the date hereof or (z) their pro-rata share (based on shares of Capital Stock (both Common and Preferred) then held) of the net sale or liquidation proceeds received in such transaction. The amount described herein shall be paid prior to, or concurrently with any distribution being made to any other Shareholder of RHH as a result of such sale or liquidation. To the extent any sale or liquidation of RHH results in consideration other than cash consideration, the fair market value of such non-cash consideration shall be established by the Board of RHH, in good faith, and such valuation shall be binding on Caravelle, JHMLIC and Hancock for purposes of this Section 16(d).

 

-23-


(e) Option Over JAII Stock . In the event of a Change of Control Involving JAII, then Santomero and the Individual Investors, or their nominee or assignee, will have the option to acquire from JAII, or any Permitted Transferee, either (x) 2,500 shares of the Preferred Stock and 2,500 shares of the Common Stock held by JAII, or any Permitted Transferee (which constitutes all of the shares of Capital Stock of RHH held by JAII on the date hereof), or (y) 1,250 shares of Preferred Stock and 1,250 shares of Common Stock held by JAII, or any Permitted Transferee (which constitutes 50% of the shares of Capital Stock of RHH held by JAII on the date hereof) or (z) all shares of Preferred Stock and all shares of Common Stock then held by JAII, or any Permitted Transferee, at a price equal to the then Fair Market Value per share thereof. The option granted pursuant to this Section will be exercisable at any time within ninety (90) days after such Change of Control Involving JAII, by delivery of a written notice to JAII to that effect, with the closing of the purchase and sale of the shares of Capital Stock so acquired hereunder to take place within sixty (60) days after the exercise of such option or, if later, within ten (10) days of the establishment of the Fair Market Value of the Capital Stock. Any written notice exercising the option described in this Section shall be executed by Santomero and delivered to JAII, and shall indicate the number of shares of Capital Stock to be acquired. On the closing date (which shall be fixed by mutual agreement between Santomero and JAII), JAII will deliver to Santomero, on his own behalf or on behalf of himself and the Individual Investors, certificates representing the shares so acquired, duly endorsed for transfer, against payment of the purchase price. Forty percent (40%) of the aggregate purchase price shall be paid in cash concurrently with the delivery of such shares, the balance of such Purchase Price shall be paid by delivery of the purchaser’s note, in the form of Exhibit “D” attached hereto with the blanks filled in, to be executed and delivered by the buying person or entity (the “Purchase Note”). The Purchase Note shall provide that the principal amount thereof shall be paid on the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the date thereof, shall bear interest at the rate of 10% per annum, with interest payable annually on the anniversary date of the execution of the Note, and shall be secured by a pledge of all shares of Capital Stock then acquired. Further, the Purchase Note shall provide that (i) in the event of a Change of Control Involving RHH, the Purchase Note will then be due and payable in full, and (ii) in the event that Santomero or any Individual Investor, or any Permitted Transferee thereof shall sell any shares of Capital Stock of RHH, all net proceeds received by the maker of the Purchase Note as a result of such sale shall be applied as a prepayment of the Purchase Note (to the extent of the amount then owing). All shares of Capital Stock acquired by Santomero and the Other Investors under this Section shall be allocated among them as they shall agree, or, failing agreement, pro-rata based on the shares of Capital Stock held by any acquiring Person hereunder; provided, however, that Santomero may, at his discretion, designate one or more individuals (not then an Individual Investor) to whom up to 625 shares of Preferred Stock and 625 shares of Common Stock acquired from JAII hereunder shall be transferred (an “Additional Investor”) for the consideration described in this subsection, with which designation the Individual Investors shall agree and, as a result, the number of shares to be received by the Individual Investors under this Section 16(e) shall be reduced pro-rata. Upon receipt of such shares, the Additional Investor shall be deemed an Individual Investor. In connection with such sale, JAII shall provide representations and indemnification only with respect to the due authorization and valid Transfer of the shares, good title to, and no liens or encumbrances affecting the shares so transferred.

 

(f) Sale of RHH in Certain Circumstances . In the event that John Carroll’s employment relationship with RHH and all Subsidiaries thereof is terminated for any

 

-24-


reason so that he is not a senior executive officer actively involved in day to day affairs of RHH and a director of RHH, Santomero will be granted ninety (90) days after such event to demonstrate to Caravelle, JHMLIC and Hancock that arrangements, suitable to Hancock, JHMLIC and Caravelle, in their absolute discretion, have been made with respect to the ongoing management of RHH and its Subsidiaries. In the event that Hancock, JHMLIC and Caravelle determine in their absolute discretion that suitable substitute arrangements have not been made, Caravelle, JHMLIC and Hancock, acting jointly, may instruct the Board of RHH to endeavor to effect a sale of RHH, or all or substantially all of its assets and, upon receipt of such notice, the Board shall use their reasonable best efforts in order to consummate a transaction resulting in the sale (by merger or otherwise) of RHH or all or substantially all of its assets and the subsequent liquidation of RHH as promptly as they then deem prudent consistent with their obligations to all of the Shareholders, and consistent with effecting such sale in a commercially reasonable manner; provided, however, that in lieu of effecting such sale, Santomero and the Individual Investors, or RHH, shall have the option, exercisable by written notice delivered to Caravelle, JHMLIC and Hancock within thirty (30) days of the Board’s receipt of such instruction, to purchase all (but not less than all) of the shares of Capital Stock then held by Caravelle, JHMLIC and Hancock at a price equal to the greater of (i) the pro-rata portion of any bona fide third party offer and (ii) the Fair Market Value thereof. The closing of the purchase and sale resulting from the exercise of the option described herein shall occur on a date no later than thirty (30) days after such exercise (or, if later, within ten (10) days of the establishment of the Fair Market Value of such Capital Stock), at which the parties exercising the options shall pay to Caravelle, JHMLIC and Hancock, respectively, the Fair Market Value of their shares of Capital Stock in cash, against delivery of such shares, duly endorsed for Transfer. In connection with such Transfer, Hancock, JHMLIC and Caravelle shall make representations, and provide indemnification, with respect to its due authorization to Transfer the Shares, the validity and enforceability of the Transfer, their good title to the Shares, and no liens or encumbrances affecting such Shares. The Shares so transferred shall be allocated among Santomero, the Individual Investors and RHH as they shall agree or, failing agreement, shall be allocated among Santomero and the Individual Investors exercising the option described herein pro-rata according to their then holdings of the Capital Stock.

 

17. Definitions . Capitalized terms set forth below shall have the following meanings. Certain other capitalized terms may be defined elsewhere in the text of this Agreement and, unless otherwise indicated, shall have such meaning throughout this Agreement:

 

“Affiliate” of a Person means any other Person directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person. The term “control” shall mean, as applied to any Person, the possession directly or indirectly of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management of such Person through the ownership of voting securities or otherwise and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have the correlative meanings.

 

“Board” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section      .

 

C/H/J Holder” means either Caravelle, Hancock or JHLMIC, and any Permitted Transferee thereof holding Registrable Securities.

 

-25-


“Change of Control Involving JAII” shall mean such time as (i) a “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of voting stock representing more than 50.1% of the outstanding voting securities of JAII, or (ii) individuals who, on the date hereof, constitute the board of directors of JAII (together with any new directors whose election by the board of directors or whose nomination for election by JAII’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the members of the board of directors of JAII then in office who either were members of the board of directors of JAII on the date hereof or whose election or nomination for election as previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of JAII then in office, or (iii) the sale of all or substantially all of the operating assets of JAII in one or more transactions.

 

“Change of Control Involving RHH” shall mean such time as Santomero and the Individual Investors, in the aggregate, shall transfer to a third party (including, but not limited to, JAII, Hancock, JHMLIC or Caravelle, but not including Santomero, any Individual Investor, or any Additional Individual Investor) 50.1% or more of the shares of Capital Stock held by Santomero and the Individual Investors as of the date hereof.

 

Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor federal agency administering the Securities Act.

 

Common Stock has the meanings ascribed to such term in the Background to the Agreement.

 

“DGCL” means the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same may hereafter be amended from time to time.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and all rules, regulations and orders issued thereunder, as any of the same may be amended.

 

Fair Market Value” means the Fair Market Value of RHH’s Preferred Stock and Common Stock with all shares of Preferred Stock (whether Voting or Non-Voting) to be valued equally, and all shares of Common Stock (whether Voting or Non-Voting) to be valued equally; provided, however, that the Fair Market Value of the Preferred Stock shall not, in any event, exceed the par value thereof, together with all dividends thereon to the extent accrued and accumulated (but not paid) as of the date any evaluation is made. Upon the occurrence of any event requiring a determination of Fair Market Value, RHH, Santomero and any other Shareholder then immediately affected by such determination shall endeavor to agree upon the same. If they cannot so agree within fifteen (15) days after such event, then the Fair Market Value of the Preferred Stock and of the Common Stock will be determined by a nationally recognized investment banking firm chosen by RHH and reasonably acceptable to each of the other Shareholders immediately affected or, if there is a dispute as to the selection of such investment banking firm, chosen by the American Arbitration Association in New York, upon application of any Shareholder then immediately affected by such determination. All affected Shareholders shall be afforded adequate opportunities to discuss the valuation with the

 

-26-


investment bankers. The expense of such valuation shall be borne by RHH and shall be valid for 90 days following its issuance.

 

Holders” means the C/H/J Holders, the JAII Holders, and any other Shareholder, or Permitted Transferee thereof, holding Registrable Securities.

 

“JAII Holder means JAII, or any Permitted Transferee thereof holding Registrable Securities.

 

Majority of Requesting Holders” means Requesting Holders who hold a majority of the Registrable Securities with respect to which registration is being sought hereunder.

 

Person” means any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or other entity.

 

“Preferred Stock” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Background to this Agreement.

 

Qualified Public Offering ” means an initial public offering and sale of Common Stock of RHH for cash pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

 

The terms register” , registered” and registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement by the Commission.

 

Registrable Securities means (i) any Common Stock, (ii) any common stock or other equity securities of RHH issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) by way of stock dividend, stock conversion or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization and (iii) any Successor Securities thereof, all to the extent held by a Shareholder, or any Permitted Transferee thereof.

 

Requesting Holders” means, with respect to a particular registration, all Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities hereunder.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933 and all rules, regulations and orders issued thereunder, as any of the same may be amended from time to time.

 

“Subsidiary” means any Person, eighty percent (80%) or more of the Voting Securities of which are owned by another Person.

 

“Successor Securities” means any securities of RHH or any successor Person (by merger, consolidation, operation of law or otherwise) which shall have been issued in exchange for the Common Stock or into which the Common Stock shall have been converted (by reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or otherwise).

 

-27-


“Transfer” means with respect to any share of Capital Stock, any sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of such share of Capital Stock, whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law.

 

18. Miscellaneous .

 

(a) Amendment and Waiver . Except as otherwise provided herein, no modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective against RHH or the Shareholders unless such modification, amendment or waiver is approved in writing by the party affected thereby. The failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

 

(b) Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.

 

(c) Entire Agreement . Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this document embodies the complete agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

 

(d) Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the respective successors, personal representatives and assigns of the parties hereto whether or not so expressed.

 

(e) Reorganization, etc . The provisions of this Agreement shall apply, mutatis mutandi to any shares or other securities resulting from any stock split or reverse split, stock dividend, reclassification, subdivision, consolidation or reorganization of any shares or other securities of RHH and to any shares or other securities of RHH or of any successor company which may be received by any of the parties hereto by virtue of their respective ownership of any shares of Capital Stock of RHH.

 

(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile shall be equally as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement, but the failure to deliver a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement shall not effect the delivery, enforceability or binding effect of this Agreement.

 

-28-


(g) Remedies . RHH and the Shareholders shall be entitled to enforce their rights under this Agreement specifically to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that RHH and any Shareholder may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief (without posting a bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent any violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(h) Notices . All notices, demands or other communication to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered personally to the recipient, sent to the recipient by reputable express courier service (charges prepaid) or mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to RHH at the address indicated below and to any other recipient at the address indicated on the signature pages hereto and to any subsequent holder of shares of Capital Stock subject to this Agreement at such address as indicated by RHH’s records, or at such address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. RHH’s address is:

 

Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc.

Sarles Street

Rabbit Hill

Mount Kisco, NY 10549

 

(i) Governing Law . All questions concerning the relative rights of RHH and its Shareholders and the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

 

(j) Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Shareholders Agreement on the day and year first above written.

 

Attest:

     

RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC.

    [Illegible]            
                /s/    R ABBIT H ILL H OLDINGS , I NC .

 

(signatures continued on page 33)

 

-29-


 

(signatures continued from page 32)

 

Attest:

     

HANCOCK MEZZANINE PARTNERS, L.P.

           

By:

 

Hancock Mezzanine Investments, LLC,

its General Partner

               

By:

 

John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance

Company, as Investment Manager

[Illegible]                  

/s/ John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company, as Investment Manager

           

Address:

   
                         
                         

Attest:

     

JOHN HANCOCK MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

[Illegible]

 

         

/s/ John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company

           

Address:

   
                         
                         

Attest:

     

CARAVELLE INVESTMENT FUND, L.L.C.

           

By:

 

Caravelle Advisors, L.L.C., its Investment

Manager and Attorney-in-Fact

[Illegible]

 

             

/s/ Caravelle Advisors, LLC,

           

Address:

 

425 Lexington Ave.

                       

NY, NY 10017

                         

 

(signatures continued on page 34)

 

-30-


 

(signatures continued from page 33)

 

Attest:

     

JOHNSTOWN AMERICA INDUSTRIES, INC.

[Illegible]

 

          /s/ Johnstown America Industries, Inc.
            Address:    
                 
                 

Witness:

       

[Illegible]

 

     

/s/ Camillo M. Santomero, III

       

CAMILLO M. SANTOMERO, III

        Address:  

Rabbit Hill

               

Sarles St.

               

Mt. Kisio, NY 10549

Witness:

       

[Illegible]

 

     

/s/ John E. Carroll, Jr.

       

JOHN E. CARROLL, JR.

            Address:  

619 S. Park Avenue

               

Hillsdale, IL 60521

                 

Witness:

       

[Illegible]

 

     

/s/ James D. Cirar

       

JAMES D. CIRAR

            Address:  

4855 Cider Hill Drive

               

Rochester, Michigan 48306

                 

 

(signatures continued on page 35)

 

-31-


 

(signatures continued from page 34)

 

Witness:

       

[Illegible]

 

     

/s/ Denise Santomero

       

DENISE SANTOMERO

            Address:  

Rabbit Hill

               

Sarles Street

               

Mt. Kisco NY 10549

Witness:

       

[Illegible]

 

     

/s/ Robert P. Frisch

       

ROBERT P. FRISCH

            Address:  

29 Quarry Lane

               

Bedford, NY 10506

                 

Witness:

       

[Illegible]

 

     

/s/ Edward L. Thomas

       

EDWARD L. THOMAS

            Address:  

5 Columbus Ave.

               

Greenwich, CT 06830

                 

Witness:

       

[Illegible]

 

     

/s/ Edward J. Whalen

       

EDWARD WHALEN

            Address:  

6516 N. Spokane Ave.

               

Chicago, IL 60646

                 

 

(signatures continued on page 36)

 

-32-


 

(signatures continued from page 35)

 

Witness:

       

[Illegible]

     

/s/ Arnold S. Hoffman

       

ARNOLD S. HOFFMAN

            Address:  

1464 Montra Road

               

Rydal, PA 19046

                 

Witness:

       

[Illegible]

 

     

/s/ Gregory S. Young

       

GREGORY S. YOUNG

            Address:  

22050 Regrant Rd.

               

Cupertino, CA 95014

                 

Witness:

       

[Illegible]

 

     

/s/ John W. Plunkard

       

JOHN W. PLUNKARD

            Address:    
                 
                 

Witness:

       

[Illegible]

 

     

/s/ Bruce E. Rueppel, Jr.

       

BRUCE E. RUEPPEL, JR.

            Address:  

429 Hobart Ave.

               

San Mateo, CA 94402

               

415-445-6546

 

(signatures continued on page 37)

 

-33-


 

(signatures continued from page 36)

 

Witness:

       

[Illegible]

     

/s/    Jon Schneider

       

JON SCHNEIDER

            Address:  

Jon Schneider

                71 Cranberry St. # 2
                Brooklyn, NY 11201

Witness:

       

[Illegible]

     

/s/    Maximo Blandon

       

MAXIMO BLANDON

            Address:   90 Smith Ridge Rd.
                New Canaan, CT 06840
                 

 

-34-


 

LIST OF INDIVIDUAL INVESTORS

 

John E. Carroll, Jr.

 

James D. Cirar

 

Denise Santomero

 

Robert P. Frisch

 

Edward L. Thomas

 

Edward Whelan

 

Hoffman Investment Company

 

Gregory S. Young

 

John W. Plunkard

 

Bruce E. Rueppel, Jr.

 

Jon Schneider

 

Maximo Blandon*

 

* Mr. Blandon will, in all likelihood, acquire 20 shares from Mr. Santomero before June 30, 1999.

 

EXHIBIT “A”

 

-35-


FOURTH:    The aggregate number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 400,000, divided into 100,000 shares of Class A Voting Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (“Voting Common Stock”), 100,000 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (“Non-Voting Common Stock”), 100,000 shares of Series A Voting Preferred Stock, par value $500 per share (“Voting Preferred Stock”) and 100,000 shares of Series B Non-Voting Preferred Stock, par value $500 per share (the “Non-Voting Preferred Stock”).
    

The statement of the designations, relative rights, preferences and limitations of the shares of each class is as follows:

     1. Dividends . The holders of both the Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock, on a pari passu basis, shall be entitled to an annual dividend at the rate of seventeen percent (17%) per share, payable out of the funds legally available for such purposes before any dividends are declared upon the Voting Common Stock or the Non-Voting Common Stock or any other shares of capital stock of the Corporation ranking in liquidation junior to the Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Preferred Stock, which right to receive dividends shall be cumulative, and the holders of the Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Preferred Stock shall be entitled to no further dividends or distributions. Such dividends shall accrue and be deemed to accrue from day to day whether or not declared and shall be cumulative, but no interest shall accrue on accrued but unpaid dividends. Payment of accrued dividends shall be in the discretion of the Board of Directors.
    

As long as any shares of the Voting Preferred Stock or Non-Voting Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation will not declare, pay or set aside for payment any dividends on its Voting Common Stock or Non-Voting Common Stock or any other class of preferred stock, nor declare or make any other distribution upon the Voting Common Stock or Non-Voting Common Stock, nor redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire for

 

EXHIBIT “B”

 

-36-


    consideration Voting Common Stock or Non-Voting Common Stock if the Corporation has not declared and paid all the accumulated accrued but unpaid dividends on the Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock, and if the net assets of the Corporation remaining after the transaction are less than the aggregate amount of the preferences of the outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock in the assets of the Corporation upon liquidation.
   

2. Liquidation Rights . In the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, the holders of the Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock, sharing pari passu , shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its shareholders, whether from capital, surplus, or earnings, an amount not exceeding the stated par value of $500 per share plus accumulated accrued but unpaid dividends, before any distribution of the assets shall be made to the holders of the Voting Common Stock or the Non-Voting Common Stock, but shall be entitled to no further distribution. If, upon any such dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, the assets distributable among the holders of the Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock, sharing pari passu , shall be insufficient to permit payment in full to the holders of the Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock, sharing pari passu , payable in such event, the entire assets shall be distributed among the holders of the Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock ratably according to the amount of the full liquidation preference of the respective number of shares of Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Preferred Stock held by them. No consolidation or merger of the Corporation with one or more corporations, nor any sale or transfer of all or any part of the assets of the Corporation, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding-up.

   

3. Redemption . The Voting Preferred Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock shall be redeemable at any time at the option of the Corporation at a price of $500 per share plus accumulated accrued but unpaid dividends. The Corporation may, at the option of the Board of Directors, redeem all or any part of the outstanding Voting Preferred Stock and/or the Non-Voting Preferred Stock. If less than all of the outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Preferred Stock are to be redeemed at one time, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected on a pro rata basis among the holders of Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Preferred Stock, as a group, in proportion to their holdings at the date of redemption. Notice of redemption shall be

 

-37-


    mailed at least ten (10) days and not more than sixty (60) days prior to such redemption to the holders of record of Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Preferred Stock.
   

4. Voting Rights . Except as expressly provided in this Article 4 and as otherwise required by law, voting rights shall be vested exclusively in the Voting Common Stock and in the Voting Preferred Stock, which shall vote together as a class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders (except that holders of Voting Preferred Stock shall have the right to vote together as a class on matters exclusively affecting the Preferred Stock), and shall have one vote per share, but which shall not have any cumulative Voting rights in the election of directors. The Non-Voting Common Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights.

   

5. Issuance of Shares . All or any part of the shares of Voting Preferred Stock, the Non-Voting Preferred Stock, the Voting Common Stock or the Non-Voting Common Stock may be issued by the Corporation from time to time and for such consideration as may be determined upon and fixed by the Board of Directors, as provided by law; provided, however, that Voting Preferred Stock and Non-Voting Preferred Stock shall be issued only at par value.

 

-38-


 

LIST OF ALL SHAREHOLDERS

AND SHARES HELD BY EACH

 

Name of Shareholder


   No. of Shares
Common


  No. of Shares
Preferred


Johnstown America Industries, Inc.

   2,500 (Voting)   2,500 (Non-Voting)

Hancock Mezzanine Investments LLC

   1,250 (Voting)   1,250 (Voting)

John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Co.

   1,250 (Voting)   1,250 (Voting)

Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C.

   2,500 (Voting)   2,500 (Voting)

JAII**

   1,000 (Non-Voting
Common)
  1,000 (Non-Voting
Preferred)

Camillo M. Santomero, III

   2,125 (Voting)   2,125 (Voting)

John E. Carroll, Jr.

   1,000 (Voting)   1,000 (Voting)

James D. Cirar

   600 (Voting)   600 (Voting)

Denise Santomero*

   200 (Non-Voting)   200 (Non-Voting)

Robert P. Frisch*

   250 (Non-Voting)   250 (Non-Voting)

Edward L. Thomas*

   250 (Non-Voting)   250 (Non-Voting)

Edward Whelan*

   250 (Non-Voting)   250 (Non-Voting)

Hoffman Investment Company

   100 (Voting)   100 (Voting)

Gregory S. Young

   100 (Voting)   100 (Voting)

John W. Plunkard*

   50 (Non-Voting)   50 (Non-Voting)

Bruce E. Rueppel, Jr.

   50 (Voting)   50 (Voting)

Jon Schneider

   25 (Voting)   25 (Voting)

 

* To be acquired through JAII

 

** To be sold by JAII to investors marked with *. JAII will hold these shares for a moment.

 

EXHIBIT “C”

 

-39-


 

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$                                             , 2000

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                      (“Maker”) promises to the pay to the order of Johnstown America Industries, Inc. (the “Payee”) the principal sum of $                      , on or before                      (fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the execution of the Note) and to pay interest on the outstanding principal balance hereof at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum, with such interest payments to commence on the first anniversary of the date hereof and to continue on the same day of each year thereafter until the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the date hereof, when the entire unpaid principal balance hereof, together with all accrued but theretofore unpaid interest, shall be due and payable.

 

Maker shall have the privilege to prepay the principal balance hereof, together with all accrued interest thereon, in whole or in part, without penalty or additional payment.

 

All payments to be made hereunder shall be payable in lawful currency of the United States and made to the Payee at                      , or such other place as the Payee hereof shall hereafter designate.

 

Upon the happening of one of the following, which shall constitute an event or events of default hereunder, the then outstanding principal balance hereof, and all other amounts owing hereunder, shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or notice:

 

(a) the failure of Maker to pay Payee any sum due hereunder within ten (10) days after the due date thereof;

 

(b) the institution of proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code (Title 11 of the United States Code), as now or hereafter in effect, or any similar federal or state insolvency statute by or against Maker and, with respect to proceedings instituted against the Maker, the failure of Maker to cause the dismissal or termination thereof within ninety (90) days;

 

(c) the occurrence of a Change of Control Involving RHH (as such term is defined in that certain Shareholders’ Agreement dated June      , 1999 among, inter alia , Payee, Santomero, and the Individual Investors (as defined therein) (the “Agreement”).

 

If an event of default hereunder occurs and is continuing, Payee may, by notice to Maker, declare the entire unpaid principal balance hereof and all accrued interest hereon to be,

 

EXHIBIT “D”

 

-40-


and such principal and interest shall thereupon become, immediately due and payable, without any presentment for payment, demand, protest, notice of protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived. If Maker shall fail to pay any amount owing hereunder when due, Payee may exercise any right, power or remedy permitted by law or as set forth herein against Maker.

 

In addition, in the event that Santomero or any Individual Investors sells any shares of capital stock of RHH, all net proceeds arising from such sale and received by Maker as a result of such sale shall be applied as a mandatory prepayment of the accrued but theretofore unpaid interest, and, to the extent of any remainder, the principal amount of this Note.

 

No course of dealing on the part of the Payee, nor any delay or failure on the part of the Payee to exercise any right, shall operate as a waiver of such right or otherwise prejudice the Payee’s rights, powers and remedies. The rights, powers and remedies of the Payee, permitted by law or contract or as stated herein, shall be cumulative and concurrent and may be exercised or otherwise pursued by the Payee singly, successively, or together against Maker at the sole discretion of Payee; and the failure to exercise any such right, power or remedy shall in no event be construed as a waiver or release of the same. Payee shall not by any act or omission or commission be deemed to waive any of Payee’s rights, powers or remedies hereunder unless such waiver be in writing and signed by Payee, and then only to the extent specifically set forth therein; and a waiver of one event shall not be construed as continuing or as bar to or waiver of such right, power or remedy on a subsequent event.

 

If any provision of this Note or the application thereof is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof shall not be affected thereby, and each provision of this Note shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

The Maker agrees to pay on demand, in addition to the amounts of principal and interest evidenced by this Note, all costs and expenses of the Payee in connection with the enforcement of this Note, including the fees and out-of-pocket expenses of Payee’s counsel.

 

Except where the context otherwise requires, the term Payee shall be deemed to include any subsequent holder of this Note.

 

All notices, consents, approvals, demands, requests, extensions, waivers and other communications required by or permitted under this Note shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when hand delivered or when mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid, return

 

-41-


receipt requested, directed as follows, unless and until notice of change of address is delivered or sent by any party to the other parties as provided herein:

 

If to Maker:   

_____________________________

    

_____________________________

    

_____________________________

If to Payee:   

_____________________________

    

_____________________________

    

_____________________________

 

This Note may not be changed orally, but only by an agreement in writing signed by Maker and the Payee. This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights and remedies of the Maker and Payee hereunder shall be governed thereby. This Note is issued pursuant to, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Agreement. All capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the same meaning as assigned to them in the Agreement, unless otherwise specifically noted.

 

The obligations evidenced by this Note are secured by a Pledge Agreement, and the securities described therein, executed this date by the Maker, to which reference is made for certain additional rights of the Payee.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Maker has executed this Note on the date and year first above written, and hereby acknowledges receipt of a true, correct and complete copy hereof.

 

 
By:    
   

Name:

   

Title:

 

-42-


 

LIST OF JAII TRANSFEREES

 

Denise Santomero

 

Robert P. Frisch

 

Edward L. Thomas

 

Edward Whelan

 

John W. Plunkard

 

EXHIBIT “E”

 

-43-


 

LIST OF MANAGEMENT OPTION HOLDERS

 

Mark L. Saylor

   -    125,000 “Units”     

Mark J. Duray

   -    100,000 “Units”     

Frank C. Bernatt

   -    75,000 “Units”     

Kelly L. Bodway

   -    50,000 “Units”     

Kenneth Bridges

   -    15,000 “Units”     

 

A Unit consists of one share of Non-Voting Preferred Stock and one share of Non-Voting Common Stock.

 

EXHIBIT “F”

 

-44-

Exhibit 4.2

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of February 15, 2001 by and among Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“RHH”), Hancock Mezzanine Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited liability company (“Hancock”), John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company, a Massachusetts life insurance corporation (“JHMLIC”), Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“Caravelle”), Transportation Technologies Industries, Inc., formerly Johnstown America Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“TTII”), Camillo M. Santomero, III, an individual residing in New York (“Santomero”), Transportation Investment Partners, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“TIP” and, together with Caravelle and Santomero, collectively, in such capacity, the “CAC Purchasers”) and the Individual Investors listed on Exhibit “A” attached hereto, who now or hereafter become signatories to this Amendment Agreement (the “Individual Investors” - Hancock, JHMLIC, Caravelle, TTII, Santomero, TIP, the Individual Investors and any other person now or hereafter executing this Agreement are herein collectively referred to as the “Shareholders”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

The parties hereto (with the exception of TIP) are all parties to a certain Shareholders’ Agreement dated June 3, 1999 (the “Shareholders’ Agreement”). By letter dated January 30, 2001, TTII has notified the Shareholders that it desires to Transfer 2,500 shares of Non-Voting Preferred Stock and 2,500 shares of Voting Common Stock (collectively, the “TTII Shares”), as required by Section 4(a) of the Shareholders’ Agreement. In connection with such proposed Transfer of the TTII Shares, and to clarify or amend certain other matters relating to the Shareholders’ Agreement, the parties hereto desire to amend, modify and supplement the Shareholders’ Agreement, all on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 


 

AGREEMENTS

 

The parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Section 1(a)(iii) of the Shareholders’ Agreement shall be amended by deleting the language found therein in its entirety, and by substituting therefor the following:

 

  (iii) “for as long as TIP or TTII and/or any of their respective Permitted Transferees owns an aggregate of at least 1,250 shares of Common Stock (or ten percent (10%) of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of the date hereof), one director shall be designated by TIP or any Permitted Transferee of TIP to which TIP shall have assigned, in writing, its rights to designate such director.”

 

2. Each reference in the Shareholders’ Agreement to JAII shall, from and after the date hereof, mean TTII (for as long as TTII is a Shareholder) and/or its Permitted Transferees; provided that for purposes of Section 1 of the Shareholders’ Agreement, for so long as TIP shall be entitled to designate a director pursuant to Section 1(a)(iii) of the Shareholders’ Agreement, all references in Section 1 to JAII shall mean TIP. Further, in Section 1(b) of the Shareholders’ Agreement, the reference to “Thomas M. Begel as the nominee of JAII” shall be deleted and replaced by “Jay Bloom as the nominee of TIP”.

 

3. Section 1(d)(viii) of the Shareholders’ Agreement shall be amended by deleting the language found therein in its entirety, and by substituting therefor the following:

 

“(viii) the granting of any stock ownership, stock purchase, stock option or similar plans or rights to directors, officers, employees or others, except that the parties contemplate that up to 1,014 shares of Non-Voting Preferred Stock or Voting Preferred Stock (as the Board shall elect), and up to 1,014 shares of Non-Voting Common Stock, or Voting Common Stock (as the Board shall elect) constituting 7½% of RHH’s Common Stock and Preferred Stock after giving effect to the issuance of the options described herein, may be issued to directors, officers, employees or managers of RHH or Subsidiaries thereof;”

 

-2-


4. The last paragraph of Section 1(d) of the Shareholders’ Agreement shall be amended by deleting the language found therein in its entirety, and by substituting therefor the following:

 

“With respect to each item set forth above to be submitted to the Board, and, with respect to (viii) above, if any such options to be issued to directors, officers, employees or managers of RHH or subsidiaries thereof are to be issued to Santomero or to James D. Cirar, the affirmative vote of the Hancock/JHMLIC representative, the Caravelle representative and two Santomero representatives shall, at a minimum, be required in order to authorize such action. In addition, with respect to the items described in subparagraphs (i) and (viii) above, (with respect to (viii), only to the extent not issued to directors, officers, employees or managers of RHH or subsidiaries thereof), and subparagraph (iii) above if such transactions will implicate the provisions of Section 16(d) hereof, the affirmative vote of the director designated by JAII shall also be required.”

 

5. Section 3(b)(ii) of the Shareholders’ Agreement shall be amended by deleting the language found therein in its entirety, and by substituting therefor the following:

 

“A Shareholder who is not an individual may Transfer any or all of the shares of Capital Stock to an Affiliate (which, for purposes of TIP, shall include Trimaran and each Trimaran Affiliate) of such Shareholder.

 

-3-


6. Section 3(b)(vi) of the Shareholders’ Agreement shall be amended by deleting the language found therein in its entirety, and by substituting therefor the following:

 

“Caravelle, Hancock, JHMLIC and TIP, and each of their Permitted Transferees, may transfer shares of Capital Stock to each other, and to each of their respective Permitted Transferees.”

 

7. Section 3(b) of the Shareholders’ Agreement shall be amended by deleting the “.” at the end of subsection 3(b)(x), and by substituting therefor “; and”, and, further, by adding a new subsection thereto, designated subsection (xi), which shall read as follows:

 

“(xi) JAII may Transfer shares of Capital Stock to the CAC Purchasers, and each of the CAC Purchasers (and their Permitted Transferees) may transfer shares of Capital Stock to TTII.

 

8. Section 16(a) of the Shareholders’ Agreement shall be amended by deleting the language found therein in its entirety, and by substituting therefor the following:

 

“(a) Issuance for Fair Value . RHH will, from and after the date hereof, issue Preferred Stock or Common Stock only for “fair equivalent value,” as shall be determined in good faith by the Board (subject to Section 1(d) hereof) from time to time; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall prevent the Board from issuing for nominal value, or other value less than “fair equivalent value”, options, warrants or other similar rights to officers, directors or other employees of RHH or any Subsidiary thereof in an amount not to exceed 1,014 shares of Preferred Stock (constituting 7½% of the amount of the Preferred Stock, after giving effect to the issuance of the options described herein) and 1,014 shares of Common Stock (constituting 7½% of the amount of the Common Stock, after giving effect to the issuance of the options described herein), as long as all existing Shareholders are equally diluted as a result of the issuance of any Preferred Stock or Common Stock of RHH upon the exercise of such options, warrants or other similar rights or the issuance of any related Shares, except only such unequal dilution as may result from the exercise of such options, warrants or other similar rights or the issuance of any related Shares by or to a Shareholder.

 

9. Section 16(e) of the Shareholders’ Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety.

 

10. Section 17 of the Shareholders’ Agreement shall be modified by adding the following definitions:

 

“Trimaran” means Trimaran Fund II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

-4-


“Trimaran Affiliates” means each Affiliate of Trimaran and each investor in the Trimaran investment program.

 

In addition, the definition C/H/J Holder shall be amended by deleting the language found therein in its entirety, and by substituting therefor the following:

 

“C/H/J Holder means either Caravelle, Hancock, JHMLIC or TIP, and any Permitted Transferee thereof holding Registrable Securities.”

 

Finally, the definition of Change of Control Involving JAII shall be deleted in its entirety.

 

11. Section 18(a) shall be amended by deleting the language found therein in its entirety, and by substituting therefor the following:

 

“Except as otherwise provided herein, no modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective against RHH or the Shareholders unless such modification, amendment or waiver is approved in writing by Shareholders holding at least 85% of the Capital Stock; provided that no such modification, amendment or waiver that has a materially disproportionate adverse affect on any Shareholder(s) shall be effective against such Shareholder(s) unless approved in writing by the Shareholder(s) so affected.”

 

12. From and after the Permitted Transfer of shares of Capital Stock owned by TTII to TIP, TIP hereby joins in the Shareholders’ Agreement as if an original party thereto, and hereby agrees to be bound by, and subject to, all the covenants, terms and provisions thereof, including, but not limited to, those relating to JAII, and shall be deemed a Shareholder for all purposes under the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

13. Except as expressly set forth herein, all other terms and conditions of the Shareholders’ Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

 

14. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken

 

-5-


together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile shall be equally as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement, but the failure to deliver a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement shall not affect the delivery, enforceability or binding effect of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon each Shareholder executing this Agreement when executed by such Shareholder, and by RHH.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment No. 1 to the Shareholders’ Agreement on the day and year first above written.

 

Attest:

     

RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC.

[Illegible]       By  

/s/ John E. Carroll Jr.

               

Name: John E. Carroll Jr.

               

Title: President

Attest:

     

HANCOCK MEZZANINE PARTNERS, L.P.

        By:   Hancock Mezzanine Investments, LLC,
               

its General Partner

        By:  

John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company,

as Investment Manager

[Illegible]       By   /s/ Steven M. Ray
               

Name: Steven M. Ray

               

Title: Managing Director

        Address:    
                     
                     

Attest:

      JOHN HANCOCK MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
[Illegible]       By   /s/ Steven M. Ray
               

Name: Steven M. Ray

               

Title: Managing Director

        Address:  

200 Clarendon Street

                   

Boston, MA 02117

                     

 

-6-


Attest:

      CARAVELLE INVESTMENT FUND, L.L.C.
        By:   Caravelle Advisors, L.L.C., its Investment Manager and Attorney-in-Fact

[Illegible]

          /s/    Caravelle Advisors, L.L.C.
                 
                 
        Address:    
                     
                     

 

-7-


Attest:

      TRANSPORTATION TECHNOLOGIES INDUSTRIES, INC. (formerly Johnstown America Industries, Inc.)

[Illegible]

      /s/ Transportation Technologies Industries, Inc.
                 
        Address:    
                     
                     

Witness:

       

[Illegible]

      /s/ Camillo M. Santomero, III
           

CAMILLO M. SANTOMERO, III

        Address:    
                     
                     

Attest:

     

US BANCORP TRUST CO.

FBO JOHN E . CARROLL, JR.

IRA DATED 6/11/99

[Illegible]

      By   /s/ Nicholas E. Dobias Jr.
               

Name: Nicholas E. Dobias Jr.

               

Title:   Vice President

        Address:  

216 Franklin St.

                   

Johnstown, PA 15907-0520

                     

Witness:

       

[Illegible]

      /s/ John E. Carroll, Jr.
           

JOHN E. CARROLL, JR.

        Address:  

17 John Street

                   

Johnstown, PA 15907

                     

 

-8-


Witness:

       
[Illegible]       /s/ James D. Cirar
           

JAMES D. CIRAR

        Address:  

4855 Cedar Hill Dr.

                   

Rochester, MI 48306

                     

Attest:

      DELAWARE CHARTER & GUARANTEE COMPANY, TRUSTEE FBO JAMES D. CIRAR IRA ROLLOVER

[Illegible]

      By   /s/ James D. Cirar
               

Name: James D. Cirar

               

Title:

        Address:   4855 Cedar Hill Dr.
                   

Rochester, MI 48306

                     

Witness:

       

/s/ Camillo Santomero

      /s/ Denise Santomero
           

DENISE SANTOMERO

        Address:    
                     
                     

Witness:

       

[Illegible]

      /s/ Robert P. Frisch
           

ROBERT P. FRISCH

        Address:   29 Quarry Lane
                   

Bedford, NY 10506

                     

Witness:

       

[Illegible]

      /s/ Edward L. Thomas
           

EDWARD L. THOMAS

        Address:   5 Columbus Ave.
                   

Greenwich, CT 06830

                     

 

-9-


Witness:

       

[Illegible]

      /s/ Edward J. Whalen
           

EDWARD J. WHALEN

        Address:   6516 N. Spokane Ave.
                   

Chicago, IL 60646

                     

Attest:

      HOFFMAN INVESTMENT COMPANY

[Illegible]

      By   /s/ Arnold S. Hoffman
               

Name: Arnold S. Hoffman

               

Title: Managing Partner

        Address:   1464 Huntar Rd.
                   

Rydal, PA 19046

                     

Witness:

       

[Illegible]

      /s/ Gregory S. Young
           

GREGORY S. YOUNG

        Address:   22050 Regnant Rd.
                   

Cupertino, CA 95014

                     

Witness:

       

[Illegible]

      /s/ W. John Plunkard
           

W. JOHN PLUNKARD

        Address:   1740 Banyan Drive
                   

Johnstown, PA 15904

                     

Witness:

       

[Illegible]

      /s/ Bruce E. Rueppel, Jr.
           

BRUCE E. RUEPPEL, JR.

        Address:   429 Hobart Ave.
                   

San Mateo, CA 94402

                     

 

-10-


Witness:

       

[Illegible]

      /s/ Jon Schneider
           

JON SCHNEIDER

        Address:   71 Cranberry St.
                   

Brooklyn, NY 11201

                     

Witness:

       

[Illegible]

      /s/ Maximo J. Blandon
           

MAXIMO J. BLANDON

        Address:   c/o MSDW
                   

1585 Broadway LB

                   

c/o MKG Pouch

                   

New York, NY 10036-8293

Witness:

       

[Illegible]

      /s/ Kelly L. Bodway
           

KELLY L. BODWAY

        Address:    
                     
                     

Witness:

       

[Illegible]

      /s/ Mark L. Saylor
           

MARK L. SAYLOR

        Address:   160 Saylor Lane
                   

Davidsville, PA 15928

                     

Attest:

      US BANCORP TRUST AND FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY FBO FRANK C. BERNATT IRA

[Illegible]

      By   /s/    Nicholas E. Debics, Jr.
               

Name: Nicholas E. Debics, Jr.

               

Title: Vice President

        Address:   216 Franklin St.
                   

Johnstown, PA 15902-0520

                     

 

-11-


Witness:

       

[Illegible]

      /s/    Mark J. Duray
           

MARK J. DURAY

        Address:   418 Old Farm Lane
                   

Johnstown, PA 15904

                     

Witness:

       

[Illegible]

      /s/    Kenneth Bridges
           

KENNETH BRIDGES

        Address:   12711 S. Maple Road
                   

Covington, IN 47932

                     

Attest:

      TRANSPORTATION INVESTMENT PARTNERS L.L.C.

[Illegible]

          /s/    Transportation Investment Partners L.L.C.
                 
                 

 

-12-


 

INDIVIDUAL INVESTORS

 

JOHN E .CARROLL, JR.*

JAMES D. CIRAR*

DENISE SANTOMERO

ROBERT P. FRISCH

EDWARD L. THOMAS

EDWARD J. WHALEN

HOFFMAN INVESTMENT COMPANY

GREGORY S. YOUNG

W. JOHN PLUNKARD

BRUCE E. RUEPPEL, JR.

JON SCHNEIDER

MAXIMO J. BLANDON

KELLY L. BODWAY

MARK L. SAYLOR

FRANK C. BERNATT*

MARK J. DURAY

KENNETH BRIDGES

 

* These individuals may have invested through an IRA account.

 

EXHIBIT “A”

 

-13-

Exhibit 5.1

 

[LETTERHEAD OF WINSTON & STRAWN LLP]

 

 

March 16, 2005

 

FreightCar America, Inc.

FCA Acquisition Corp.

Two North Riverside Plaza

Suite 1250

Chicago, Illinois 60606

 

  Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel for FreightCar America, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Parent”), and FCA Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent (the “Company”), in connection with the preparation and filing of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Registration Statement relates to the registration of the offer and sale by the Company and certain selling stockholders (the “Offering”) of up to 6,900,000 shares (the “Shares”) of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), including (i) 5,100,000 shares (the “Primary Shares”) of Common Stock that may be offered by the Company pursuant to the Registration Statement, (ii) 900,000 shares of Common Stock that may be offered by certain selling stockholders pursuant to the Registration Statement and (iii) 900,000 shares of Common Stock that may be offered by certain selling stockholders to cover over-allotments pursuant to the Registration Statement. Immediately prior to the Offering, the Parent plans to merge (the “Merger”) with and into the Company, pursuant to the terms of an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) whereby (i) all of the Parent’s issued and outstanding shares of Class A voting common stock, $0.01 par value, and Class B non-voting common stock, $0.01 par value, will be exchanged for shares of a single class of the Common Stock of the Company and (ii) all of the Parent’s issued and outstanding shares of Series A voting preferred stock, $0.01 par value, and Series B non-voting preferred stock, $0.01 par value, will be exchanged for shares of the Company’s Series A voting preferred stock and Series B non-voting preferred stock, respectively, on a one-for-one basis. Simultaneously with the Merger, the Company, which will be the surviving corporation in the Merger, plans to change its name to “FreightCar America, Inc.”


FreightCar America, Inc.

FCA Acquisition Corp.

March 16, 2005

Page 2

 

This opinion letter is being furnished in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act.

 

In rendering the opinion set forth below, we have examined and relied upon such certificates, corporate records, agreements, instruments and other documents that we considered necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinion, including (i) the Registration Statement, (ii) the Merger Agreement the form of which is filed as Exhibit 3.10, (iii) the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, (iv) the form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, and (v) the form of By-laws of the Company. In our examination, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents. As to any facts material to this opinion that we did not independently establish or verify, we have relied upon oral or written statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Parent, the Company and others.

 

Based upon the foregoing and subject to the assumptions, qualifications and limitations set forth herein, we are of the opinion that, when (a) the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company has been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, (b) the Merger and the Merger Agreement have been approved by the required vote of the board of directors and stockholders of the Parent, respectively, and (c) a certificate of merger of the Parent with and into the Company has been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the Primary Shares will have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of the Company and, when duly delivered against payment therefor as contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement the form of which will be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

The foregoing opinion is limited to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. We express no opinion with respect to any other laws, statutes, regulations or ordinances.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not concede that we are experts within the meaning of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder or that this consent is required by Section 7 of the Securities Act.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

/s/ Winston & Strawn LLP

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT FOR JOHN E. CARROLL, JR.

 

THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made effective as of December 17, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), between FreightCar America, Inc. (formerly known as JAC Holdings International, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and John E. Carroll, Jr. (the “Executive”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company and its subsidiaries are engaged in the business of designing, manufacturing and selling railroad freight cars (such business hereinafter referred to as the “Business”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Executive, as a result of training, expertise and personal application over the years, has acquired and will continue to acquire considerable and unique expertise and knowledge which are of substantial value to the Company in the conduct, management and operation of its Business; and

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) considers it desirable to prepare for and make an initial public offering of the common stock of the Company (an “IPO”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that appropriate steps should be taken to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the Company’s management, including the Executive, to the successful completion of an IPO and to their assigned duties without distraction in the face of potentially disturbing circumstances arising from the possibility of a Change in Control; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to substitute and replace this Agreement for the Employment Agreement between the parties hereto dated June 2, 2002 (the “Prior Employment Agreement”);

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the continued employment of the Executive by the Company and the benefits to be derived by the Executive hereunder, and of the Executive’s agreement to continued employment by the Company as provided herein, the parties mutually agree as follows:

 

1. Employment; Prior Employment Agreement . The Company hereby agrees to continue to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to continue to serve the Company, on the terms and conditions set forth herein. On the Effective Date, this Agreement shall replace the Prior Employment Agreement.

 

2. Employment, Position and Duties . The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to serve the Company as its President and Chief Executive Officer and as an officer of such of the Company’s subsidiaries (if any) as shall be reasonably requested by the Company, and the Executive shall have such responsibilities, duties and authority as are customarily associated with such offices. The Executive shall report to the Company’s Board of Directors. The terms of Executive’s employment shall be as set forth herein. The Executive shall devote substantially all of his time to the performance of his duties

 


hereunder. The Executive shall devote his best efforts to the successful completion of the IPO, including participation in the “road show” leading up to the IPO.

 

3. Term . The employment of the Executive by the Company pursuant to this Agreement will commence as of December 17, 2004 (the “Effective Date”) and shall terminate on December 31, 2006; provided, however, that this Agreement, shall remain in effect from year to year thereafter unless, not less than ninety (90) days prior to the then termination of the term of this Agreement, either the Executive or the Company shall deliver to the other written notice of his or its intention not to continue in effect this Agreement, in which case this Agreement shall terminate as of December 31 of the year in which such notice is given (the “Term”).

 

4. Place of Performance . In connection with the Executive’s employment by the Company, the Executive shall be based at the Company’s offices in Johnstown, PA or Chicago, IL, as the Executive shall elect, except for required travel on the Company’s business.

 

5. Compensation and Related Matters . As compensation and consideration for the performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties, responsibilities and covenants pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will pay the Executive and the Executive agrees to accept in full payment for such performance the amounts and benefits set forth below:

 

(a) Salary . Commencing on the execution of this Agreement, the Company shall pay to the Executive an annual base salary at the rate of $550,000 per year, such salary to be paid in substantially equal installments no less frequently than monthly. Such annual base salary may be increased from time to time at the discretion of the Boards of Directors of the Company.

 

(b) Bonus . For the period from the Effective Date through the date of the termination of this Agreement, the Executive shall receive a bonus (the “Bonus”) equal to one percent (1%) of the Company’s operating earnings before taxes, interest, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) for each calendar year ending in such period. The Bonus shall be payable within ninety (90) days following the end of each calendar year during the Term or the date of termination of this Agreement, as applicable, each such payment to be made with respect to the period (each a “Measuring Period”) (i) from the beginning of the applicable calendar year, to (ii) the earlier of (A) the end of such calendar year during the Term or (B) the date of termination of this Agreement. The calculation of any portion of the Bonus payable by the Company hereunder shall be based upon the EBITDA of Holdings earned during the applicable Measuring Period.

 

(c) Retention Bonus . The Company shall pay the Executive a lump sum cash bonus of (i) $250,000 if the Executive remains continuously employed with the Company until April 1, 2005, and if the Company is listed on the NASDAQ National Market System on that date, and (ii) $250,000 if the Executive satisfies the terms of clause (i) and remains continuously employed with the Company until the earlier of October 1, 2005 or completion of a follow-on offering of the Company’s common stock; provided, however, that if a Change in Control (as defined below) occurs before the earlier of October 1, 2005 or completion of a follow-on offering of the Company’s common stock, the

 

- 2 -


Company will pay the Executive the $250,000 lump sum cash bonus under this clause (ii) upon the Change in Control.

 

(d) Expenses . The Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable travel and entertainment expenses or other out-of-pocket business expenses incurred by the Executive during the Term in fulfilling the Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder, including all expenses of travel and living expenses while away from home on business or at the request of and in the service of the Company, provided that such expenses are incurred and accounted for in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Company.

 

(e) Other Benefits . The Executive shall be entitled to participate in or receive benefits under any employee benefit plan, arrangement or perquisite made available by the Company at any time during his employment hereunder to its executive employees (collectively the “Benefit Plans”), including without limitation each retirement, thrift and profit sharing plan, group life insurance and accident plan, medical and dental insurance plans, and disability plan, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans, arrangements and perquisites; provided , however , that changes may be made to a plan in which executives of the Company participate, including termination of any such plan, arrangement or perquisite, if such changes do not result in a proportionately greater reduction in the rights of or benefits to the Executive as compared with any other executive of the Company or is required by law or a technical change.

 

(f) Vacations . During his employment hereunder, the Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation in each calendar year, determined in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy. The Executive shall also be entitled to all paid holidays and personal days given by the Company to its executive employees.

 

(g) Car . During his employment hereunder, the Company shall provide for the Executive a car for his use in Johnstown, PA consistent with the type of car provided to other executives of the Company.

 

(h) Country Club . During his employment hereunder, the Company shall pay membership and basic dues for the Executive at the Sunnehanna Country Club.

 

Any payments or benefits payable to the Executive under this Section 5 in respect of any year during which the Executive is employed by the Company for less than the entire such year shall, unless otherwise provided herein (including without limitation the Bonus payable to the Executive hereunder) or in the applicable plan or arrangement, be prorated in accordance with the number of days in such year during which he is so employed.

 

6. Termination . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder under the following circumstances:

 

(a) Death . The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.

 

- 3 -


(b) Disability . If, in the written opinion of a qualified physician selected by the Company, the Executive shall become unable to perform his duties hereunder with reasonable accommodation due to physical or mental illness that continues for three months, the Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder.

 

(c) Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall have “Cause” to terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder upon (x) the willful and continuous neglect or refusal to perform the Executive’s duties or responsibilities, or the willful taking of actions (or willful failures to take actions) which materially harm the Company in any manner or impair the Executive’s ability to perform his duties or responsibilities which in each case continues after being brought to the attention of the Executive (other than any such failure resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness); (y) any act by the Executive which constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his duties hereunder, or the arrest, indictment and/or conviction of the Executive for any felony or a misdemeanor involving property of the Company or (z) a material breach by the Executive of his obligations hereunder.

 

7. Compensation Upon Termination, Death or During Disability .

 

(a) Death . If the Executive’s employment is terminated by his death, the Company shall within ninety days following the date of the Executive’s death, (i) pay any salary due to the Executive through the date of his death and any unreimbursed expenses and (ii) pay to the Executive’s legal representative any death benefits provided under any Benefit Plan in accordance with their terms, and the Company shall, thereafter, have no further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.

 

(b) Disability . During any period that the Executive fails to perform his duties hereunder as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Executive shall continue to receive his full base salary and other benefits at the rate then in effect for such period (offset by any payments to the Executive received pursuant to disability benefit plans maintained by the Company) until his employment is terminated, and upon such termination, and the Company shall, thereafter, have no further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.

 

(c) Cause or By Executive Other than for Good Reason . If the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Executive for other than Good Reason, the Company shall pay the Executive his salary through the date of termination and any unreimbursed expenses, and the Company shall, thereafter, have no further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean, without the Executive’s express written consent, the occurrence of any of the following circumstances: (1) a Company Change in Control pursuant to which the buyer does not either assume this Agreement or otherwise agree to employ the Executive at or after the acquisition date on terms substantially comparable in the aggregate to this Agreement, or (2) unless such circumstances are fully corrected within 60 days after written notice thereof (A) a permanent material diminution in the Executive’s position, duties, responsibilities (including reporting responsibilities) or

 

- 4 -


authority or any substantive assumption of the Executive’s duties, responsibilities or authority by any member of the Board without the Executive’s knowledge (except during periods when the Executive is unable to perform all or substantially all of the Executive’s duties and/or responsibilities on account of the Executive’s illness (either physical or mental) or other incapacity) or (B) a failure by the Company to pay the Executive’s salary or bonus as provided herein or a material elimination or reduction of the Executive’s participation in any Benefit Plans generally available to employees at the Executive’s level, except as otherwise permitted herein.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if the conditions set forth in any one of the following paragraphs shall have been satisfied:

 

(i) any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including any securities beneficially owned by such Person that were acquired directly from the Company or its affiliates) representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

 

(ii) the shareholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than (A) a merger or consolidation that would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity), in combination with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, at least 65% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (B) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person acquires more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

 

(c) the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the Company’s assets.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). For purposes of this Agreement, “Person” shall have the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used herein; however, a Person shall not include (A) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (B) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (C) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (D) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

 

- 5 -


(d) Breach By Company or By Executive for Good Reason . If (A) in breach of this Agreement, the Company shall terminate the Executive’s employment or (B) the Executive shall terminate his employment for Good Reason, then the Company shall provide the following payments and benefits:

 

(i) the Company shall pay the Executive his full Base Salary through the date of termination at the rate in effect at the time notice of termination is given and all other unpaid amounts, if any, to which the Executive is entitled as of the date of termination including (A) any expenses owed pursuant to Section 5(d) (which amounts shall be paid in a lump sum within 10 days of such date of termination), (B) any unpaid accrued vacation, and (C) amounts under any compensation or benefit plan or program of the Company, at the time such payments are payable to the Executive under the terms of such plan in light of the circumstances in which such termination occurred;

 

(ii) in lieu of any further Base Salary payments to the Executive for periods subsequent to the date of termination, the Company shall pay to the Executive within ten days of the date of termination, a lump sum amount equal to the product of (A) the sum of (1) the Executive’s annual Base Salary rate in effect as of the date notice of termination is given and (2) the greatest of (I) the Executive’s guaranteed annual bonus (if any) with respect to the fiscal year in which the date of termination occurs, (II) the target annual bonus which may become payable to the Executive with respect to the fiscal year in which the date of termination occurs, (III) the annual bonus payments made to the Executive with respect to the fiscal year immediately prior to the fiscal year in which the date of termination occurs and (IV) the average of the annual bonus payments made to the Executive with respect to the three fiscal years immediately prior to the fiscal year in which the date of termination occurs (or such shorter period as the Executive has been employed by the Company) multiplied by (B) the number three; and

 

(iii) the Company shall at its own cost continue the participation of the Executive for a period of three years, in all medical, life and other employee welfare benefit plans and programs in which the Executive was entitled to participate immediately prior to the date of termination provided that the Executive’s continued participation is provided under the general terms and provisions of such plans and programs as in effect on the date of such Termination. In the event that the Executive’s participation in any such plan or program is barred, the Company shall arrange to provide the Executive with benefits substantially similar to those which the Executive would otherwise have been entitled to receive under such plans and programs from which his continued participation is barred. The Company shall continue to make available coverage under its medical insurance plan to (A) the Executive until the date the Executive is eligible for Medicare, and (B) the Executive’s spouse (determined as of the Effective Date) until the date the Executive’s spouse is eligible for Medicare; provided that the Company shall pay the full cost of such coverage.

 

- 6 -


(e) The obligations of the Company to make payments and provide benefits under this Section 7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

8. Covenant Not to Compete . The Executive acknowledges that, as a key management employee, the Executive will be involved, on a high level, in the development, implementation and management of the Company’ strategies and plans, including those which involve the Company’ finances, research, marketing, planning, operations, industrial relations and acquisitions. By virtue of the Executive’s unique and sensitive position and special background, employment of the Executive by a competitor of the Company represents a serious competitive danger to the Company, and the use of the Executive’s talent and knowledge and information about the Company’s business, strategies and plans can and would constitute a valuable competitive advantage over the Company. In view of the foregoing, the Executive covenants and agrees that, if the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason whatsoever, then, for a period of two years after the date of termination, the Executive will not engage or be engaged, in any capacity, directly or indirectly, including but not limited to as an employee, agent, consultant, manager, executive, owner or stockholder (except as a passive investor holding less than a 5% equity interest in any enterprise) in any business entity engaged in competition with any business conducted by the Company on the date of termination anywhere in North America.

 

The covenant not to compete contained in this Section 7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

If any court determines that the covenant not to compete contained in this Section 7, or any part hereof, is unenforceable because of the duration or geographic scope of such provision, such court shall have the power to reduce the duration or scope of such provision, as the case may be, to as close to the terms hereof as shall be enforceable and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable.

 

9. Confidentiality . The Executive recognizes that he will have access to confidential information, trade secrets, proprietary methods and other data which are the property of and integral to the operations and success of the Company and therefore agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 9, which both the Company and the Executive agree and acknowledge to be reasonable and to be necessary to the Company. In recognition of this fact, the Executive agrees that the Executive will not disclose any such trade secrets or confidential or proprietary information (except (i) information which becomes publicly available without violation of this Agreement, (ii) information which the Executive did not know and could not have known was confidential and was disclosed to the Executive in violation of any other person’s confidentiality obligations and (iii) disclosure required in connection with any legal process (after giving the Company the opportunity to dispute such requirement)) to any person, firm, corporation, association or other entity, for any reason or purpose whatsoever, nor shall the Executive make use of any such information for the benefit of any person, firm, corporation or other entity, except the Company. The Executive’s obligation to keep all of such information confidential shall be in effect without limitation as to time.

 

- 7 -


10. Miscellaneous .

 

(a) Representations of the Executive . The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that this Agreement when executed by the Executive will not conflict with any other agreement or obligation of the Executive and that the Executive is not bound by any agreement with any third party which would prohibit the Executive from his involvement with the Company or result in any liability to the Executive or to the Company.

 

(b) Binding Agreement . This Agreement and all rights of the Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive should die while any amounts would still be payable to him hereunder if he had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s devisee, legatee, or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to the Executive’s estate.

 

(c) Notice . Notices, demands and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered, if delivered personally, or (unless otherwise specified) mailed by United States certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and when received if delivered otherwise, addressed as follows:

 

If to the Executive:

 

John E. Carroll, Jr.

1040 North Lake Shore Drive

Apt. 32D

Chicago, IL 60611

 

If to the Company:

 

c/o FreightCar America, Inc.

Two North Riverside Plaza

Chicago, IL 60606

Attention: Chairman of the Board

 

or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

 

(d) Amendments, Waivers, Governing Law, Validity, Counterparts and Entire Agreement . No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by the Executive and such officers of the Company as maybe specifically designated by the Board. No waiver by either party hereto (the Company on one hand, and the Executive,

 

- 8 -


on the other hand) at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to its conflicts of law principles. The invalidity or enforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and supersedes all prior agreements (including without limitation the Prior Employment Agreement), promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by any officer, employee or representative of any party hereto; and any prior agreement of the parties hereto respect of the subject matter contained herein (including without limitation the Prior Agreement) is hereby terminated and canceled.

 

(e) Injunctive Relief . The Executive agrees that in addition to any other remedy provided at law or in equity or in this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to a temporary restraining order and both preliminary and permanent injunctions restraining Executive from violating any provision of Sections 8 and 9 of this Agreement.

 

(f) Consent to Jurisdiction and Forum; Legal Fees and Costs . The Company and the Executive hereby expressly and irrevocably agree that any action, whether at law or in equity, arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the Executive’s employment by the Company shall only be brought in a federal or state court located in Chicago, Illinois. The Executive hereby irrevocably consents to personal jurisdiction in such court and to accept service of process in accordance with the provisions of such court. In connection with any dispute arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the Executive’s employment by the Company, each party (the Company on one hand, and the Executive on the other hand) shall be responsible for its, their or his own legal fees and expenses and all court costs shall be shared equally by the Company on one hand, and the Executive, on the other hand, unless the court apportions such legal fees or court costs in a different manner.

 

(g) Withholding . All payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to applicable withholding taxes, if any, and any amount so withheld shall be deemed to have been paid to the Executive for purposes of amounts due to the Executive under this Agreement.

 

(h) Removal from any Boards and Positions . If the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason under this Agreement, he shall be deemed to resign (i) if a member, from the Board or board of directors of any affiliate or any other board to which he has been appointed or nominated by or on behalf of the Company and (ii) from any position with the Company or any affiliate, including, but not limited to, as an officer of the Company or any of its affiliates.

 

- 9 -


(i) Insurance; Indemnification . During the Term and through at least the fifth anniversary of the Executive’s termination of employment from the Company, the Company agrees to maintain the Executive as an insured party on all directors’ and officers’ insurance maintained by the Company for the benefit of its directors and officers on at least the same basis as all other covered individuals and provide the Executive with at least the same corporate indemnification as its officers.

 

(j) Voluntary Agreement . The Executive and the Company represent and agree that each has reviewed all aspects of this Agreement, has carefully read and fully understands all provisions of this Agreement, and is voluntarily entering into this Agreement. Each party represents and agrees that such party has had the opportunity to review any and all aspects of this Agreement, with the legal, tax and other advisor and advisors of such party’s choice before executing this Agreement, and have been fully advised as to same. This Agreement has been fully and freely negotiated by the parties hereto, shall be considered as having been drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and shall be interpreted and construed as if so drafted, without construction in favor of or against any party on account of its or his participation in the drafting hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date and year first above written.

 

FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC.        
By:  

/s/ Camillo M. Santomero

         

/s/ John E. Carroll, Jr.

   

   Chairman of the Board

                  John E. Carroll, Jr.

 

- 10 -

Exhibit 10.1.1

 

AMENDMENT OF

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT FOR JOHN E. CARROLL, JR.

 

WHEREAS, FreightCar America, Inc. (formerly known as JAC Holdings International, Inc.) (the “Company”) and John E. Carroll, Jr. (the “Executive”) entered into an Employment Agreement effective as of December 17, 2004 (the “Employment Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive now consider it desirable to amend the Employment Agreement effective immediately;

 

NOW THEREFORE, pursuant to Section 10(d) of the Employment Agreement and in consideration of the continued employment of the Executive by the Company and the benefits to be derived by the Executive under the Employment Agreement, the parties mutually agree to amend the Employment Agreement, by substituting the following for Section 5(c) of the Employment Agreement, effective immediately:

 

“(c) Retention Bonus . The Company shall pay the Executive a lump sum cash bonus of (i) $250,000 if the Executive remains continuously employed with the Company until May 1, 2005, and if the Company is listed on the NASDAQ National Market System on that date, and (ii) $250,000 if the Executive satisfies the terms of clause (i) and remains continuously employed with the Company until the earlier of November 1, 2005 or completion of a follow-on offering of the Company’s common stock; provided, however, that if a Change in Control (as defined below) occurs before the earlier of November 1, 2005 or completion of a follow-on offering of the Company’s common stock, the Company will pay the Executive the $250,000 lump sum cash bonus under this clause (ii) upon the Change in Control.”

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on this 11th day of March 2005.

 

 

FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC.        
By:       /s/ Camillo Santomero           /s/ John E. Carroll, Jr.
        Chairman of the Board               John E. Carroll, Jr.

Exhibit 10.2

 

November 22, 2004

 

Mr. Kevin P. Bagby

1457 Hunting Hollow Drive Hudson, OH 44236

 

Dear Kevin,

 

We are very pleased to offer you the Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Secretary positions with JAC Holdings International, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”). Your start date is November 22, 2004. This position will be located in Johnstown, PA. This offer is contingent upon the results of your post-offer drug screening and physical examination, to be completed within 30 days of the commencement of your employment.

 

Your initial starting salary will be $250,000.00 annually. You will be eligible to participate in the Company’s salaried management bonus program starting January 1, 2005, with a target annual bonus of 40% of annual base salary. As of your start date you will be eligible to participate in all Company benefit plans, as outlined in JAC’s Salaried Employee Guide. You will be eligible for three weeks of vacation per year (pro-rated for 2004), increased in accordance with standard Company practice.

 

Stock Options. Subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors, you will be granted an option to purchase sixty-eight (68) shares of the Company’s common stock and preferred stock, as a unit (which is one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Company’s stock on a fully-diluted basis). The exercise price will be $0.01 per share. The stock options will become vested on the earlier of the first anniversary of your employment date or completion of an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. The option will be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable stock option agreement.

 

If the Company (or a successor) terminates your employment without Cause (as defined below) in the first 12 months of this letter agreement, you will be entitled to 12 months of base salary and benefits continuation. If the Company (or a successor) terminates your employment without Cause after the first 12 months of this letter agreement, you will be entitled to 24 months of base salary and benefits continuation. If the Company (or a successor) terminates your employment without Cause, within 24 months of a change in control, your options will become fully vested immediately.

 

You will perform the duties customarily attributed to the offices of Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary. You will report to the Company’s President and to the Chairman of the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. Your responsibilities will include financial reporting and control, tax compliance and planning, investor relations, financial planning and analysis, internal auditing, and treasury management. Financial reporting and control includes responsibility for (a) internal financial reporting to the Company’s Board of Directors, management and other stakeholders, (b) development and maintenance of financial policies and procedures, (c) external financial


Mr. Kevin P. Bagby

November 22, 2004

Page 2

 

reporting to the SEC, government agencies, stock exchanges, financial institutions, customers, suppliers, and others, (d) general accounting and cost accounting, (e) appointment of and maintaining the relationship with external auditors. Financial planning and analysis includes financial modeling, annual business planning (preparation of detailed income statements, balance sheets and cash flow budgets by month), monthly and quarterly business performance analyses, capital investment analyses, and review and concurrence with risk management and pension programs. Treasury management includes daily cash management, capital structure planning and analysis, hedging activity, and maintaining the Company’s relationships with banks, institutional lenders, and others providing financing to the Company.

 

The Company will reimburse you for travel between your current residence and the Company’s Johnstown offices, and temporary housing in the Johnstown area during your employment. During your employment, the Company also will reimburse you for the initiation fee and dues for Sunnehanna Country Club or, in the alternative, reimburse you for the annual dues at your current country club. If you desire to fully relocate from your current residence to the Johnstown area, the Company will reimburse you for relocation expenses according to its standard practice.

 

Employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company will be “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. Any contrary representations that may have been made to you are superseded by this offer. This is the full and complete agreement between you and the Company. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by you and the Company’s President and authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

All forms of compensation referred to in this letter are subject to reduction to reflect withholding for applicable income, payroll and other taxes.

 

As a key management employee, you will be involved, on a high level, in the development, implementation and management of the Company’s strategies and plans, including those that involve the Company’s finances, research, marketing, planning, operations, industrial relations and acquisitions, and you will have access to confidential information, trade secrets, proprietary methods and other data that are the property of and integral to the operations and success of the Company (“Confidential Information”). You will not disclose any Confidential Information to any person, firm, corporation, association or other entity, for any reason or purpose whatsoever, nor shall you make use of any such information for the benefit of any person, firm, corporation or other entity except the Company. You also covenant and agree that if your employment is terminated then, for a period of one year after termination (the “Non-Compete Period”), you will not engage or be engaged, in any capacity, directly or indirectly, including but not limited to, as an employee, agent, consultant, manager, executive,

 


Mr. Kevin P. Bagby

November 22, 2004

Page 3

 

owner or stockholder (except as a passive investor holding less than a 5% equity interest in any enterprise) in any business entity anywhere in North America that is engaged in direct competition with any business of the Company (a “Competitor”). You also agree that, during the Non-Compete Period, you will not solicit any employee of the Company to leave such employment and join or become affiliated with any business that is, during the Non-Compete Period, a Competitor. The provisions of this paragraph will survive termination of this letter agreement.

 

You represent to the Company that you: (1) are not a party to any contract that would preclude you from accepting this position, and (2) have no reason to believe that accepting this position would inevitably result in a disclosure of any confidential information of any prior employer.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall have “Cause” to terminate your employment hereunder upon: (i) the willful and continuous neglect or refusal to perform your duties or responsibilities, or the willful taking of actions (or willful failure to take actions) that materially impair your ability to perform your duties or responsibilities, and which in each case continues after being brought to your attention (other than any such failure resulting from your incapacity due to physical or mental illness or any such actual or anticipated failure; or (ii) any act by you that constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of your duties hereunder, the violation of the code of ethics adopted by the Company pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or your conviction for any felony, in each case that is materially and manifestly injurious to the Company and that is brought to your attention in writing not more than thirty days from the date of its discovery by the Company. For purposes of this paragraph, no act, or failure to act, on your part shall be considered “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by you not in good faith or without reasonable belief that your action or omission was in the best interest of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause without (1) reasonable written notice specifying in detail the specific reasons for the Company’s intention to terminate for Cause, (2) an opportunity for you, together with your counsel, to be heard before the Company’s Board of Directors, and (3) with respect to actions or inaction specified in clause (i) above, a reasonable opportunity for you to cure the action or inaction specified by the Company.

 

Please sign a copy of this letter and return to me as soon as possible. If you should have any questions about the benefits or new employee information, please let me know.

 

Kevin, we look forward to working with you and we believe you will make an excellent addition to our team.

 

Sincerely,

 


Mr. Kevin P. Bagby

November 22, 2004

Page 4

 

John E. Carroll, Jr.

President, JAC Holdings International, Inc.

 

Accepted By:

 

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

Date: December 21, 2004

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

December 21, 2004

 

Mr. Kevin P. Bagby

1457 Hunting Hollow Drive

Hudson, OH 44236

 

Dear Kevin,

 

Reference is made to our letter agreement, dated as of November 22, 2004 (the “Original Letter Agreement”), setting forth the terms and conditions of your employment as Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Secretary of FreightCar America, Inc. (formerly known as JAC Holdings International, Inc.) and its subsidiaries (the “Company”).

 

This letter agreement confirms our mutual understanding that the third paragraph of the Original Letter Agreement is revised to delete the following sentence in its entirety: “The stock options will become vested on the earlier of the first anniversary of your employment date or completion of an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock.” The foregoing sentence in the Original Letter Agreement shall be replaced by the following sentence: “The stock options will be vested on the day immediately following the date of the applicable stock option agreement.”

 

Except as expressly amended hereby, the Original Letter Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

 

Please confirm your acceptance and agreement of the terms and conditions set forth herein by executing this letter agreement below and returning the same to us.

 

Sincerely,
   

John E. Carroll, Jr.

President, FreightCar America, Inc.

Accepted By:

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

Kevin P. Bagby

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT FOR EDWARD J. WHALEN

 

THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made effective as of December 20, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), between FreightCar America, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Edward J. Whalen (the “Executive”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company and its subsidiaries are engaged in the business of designing, manufacturing and selling railroad freight cars (such business hereinafter referred to as the “Business”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Executive, as a result of training, expertise and personal application over the years, has acquired and will continue to acquire considerable and unique expertise and knowledge which are of substantial value to the Company in the conduct, management and operation of its Business; and

 

WHEREAS, the Executive currently serves as Senior Vice President, Marketing and Sales of the Company and as an officer of certain of the Company’s subsidiaries, and the Company desires to continue the employment and service of the Executive in such capacities and is willing to provide the Executive with certain benefits in the event of the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company considers it essential to the best interests of its shareholders to foster the continuous employment of key management personnel; and

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that appropriate steps should be taken to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the Company’s management, including the Executive, to their assigned duties without distraction in the face of potentially disturbing circumstances arising from the possibility of a Change in Control; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to substitute and replace this Agreement for the Employment Agreement between the parties hereto dated January 1, 1997 (the “Prior Employment Agreement”);

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the continued employment of the Executive by the Company and the benefits to be derived by the Executive hereunder, and of the Executive’s agreement to continued employment by the Company as provided herein, the parties mutually agree as follows:

 

1. Employment; Prior Employment Agreement . The Company hereby agrees to continue to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to continue to serve the Company, on the terms and conditions set forth herein. On the Effective Date, this Agreement shall replace the Prior Employment Agreement.

 

2. Term . The employment of the Executive by the Company pursuant to this Agreement will continue as of the Effective Date and shall expire on the third anniversary of the Effective Date (the “Term”), unless extended, as set forth below, or otherwise terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement; provided , however , that commencing on the first anniversary from the Effective Date and on each anniversary thereafter, the Term of this

 


Agreement shall automatically be extended for one additional year unless, not later than 90 days prior to such anniversary, the Executive or the Company shall have given notice in writing that he or it does not wish to extend this Agreement; and provided further , if a Change in Control (as defined below) shall have occurred during the Term, this Agreement shall continue in effect and the Term shall be extended until at least the later of the second anniversary of such Change in Control or, if such Change in Control shall be caused by the shareholder approval of a merger or consolidation described in (b) below, the second anniversary of the consummation of such merger or consolidation.

 

A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if the conditions set forth in any one of the following paragraphs shall have been satisfied:

 

(a) any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including any securities beneficially owned by such Person that were acquired directly from the Company or its affiliates) representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

 

(b) the shareholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than (i) a merger or consolidation that would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity), in combination with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, at least 65% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (ii) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person acquires more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

 

(c) the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the Company’s assets.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). For purposes of this Agreement, “Person” shall have the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used herein; however, a Person shall not include (A) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (B) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (C) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (D) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

 

3. Position and Duties . The Executive shall serve as the Company’s Senior Vice President, Marketing and Sales and as an officer of such of the Company’s subsidiaries as the Company shall reasonably request, and shall have such responsibilities, duties and authority as are customarily associated with such offices, including but not limited to, those he may have as

 

- 2 -


of the date hereof. The Executive shall devote such time to the performance of his duties as is necessary to satisfactorily perform his responsibilities and duties.

 

4. Place of Performance . In connection with the Executive’s employment by the Company, the Executive shall be based at the offices of the Company in Chicago, Illinois, except for required travel on the Company’s business to the extent consistent with Company practices prior to the date hereof.

 

5. Compensation and Related Matters . As compensation and consideration for the performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties, responsibilities and covenants pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will pay the Executive and the Executive agrees to accept in full payment for such performance the amounts and benefits set forth below.

 

(a) Base Salary . During the period of the Executive’s employment hereunder, the Company shall pay to the Executive an annual base salary (“Base Salary”) at a rate of $271,000, such Base Salary to be paid in substantially equal installments no less frequently than monthly. The Board, or such committee of the Board as is responsible for setting the compensation of senior executive officers, shall review the Executive’s performance and Base Salary annually, and determine whether to adjust the Executive’s Base Salary on a prospective basis. Such adjusted annual salary then shall become the Executive’s “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement. The Executive’s annual Base Salary shall not be reduced after any increase, without the Executive’s consent.

 

Compensation of the Executive by Base Salary payments shall not be deemed exclusive and shall not prevent the Executive from participating in any other compensation or benefit plan of the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates. The payment of Base Salary shall not in any way limit or reduce any other obligation of the Company hereunder or under any other compensation or benefit plan or agreement under which the Executive is entitled to receive payments or other benefits from the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates, and no other compensation, benefit or payment hereunder or under any other compensation or benefit plan or agreement under which the Executive is entitled to receive payments or other benefits from the Company shall in any way limit or reduce the obligation of the Company to pay the Executive’s Base Salary hereunder.

 

(b) Bonus . During the term of the Executive’s employment hereunder, the Executive shall participate in all management incentive plans made generally available to executives of the Company in comparable positions (the “Bonus Plans”). Subject to this Agreement and to the rules and regulations governing the Bonus Plans that are communicated in writing to the Executive from time to time, the Executive agrees that the actual award of any cash bonus pursuant to a Bonus Plan may, pursuant to the terms of such plan, be subject to the achievement of certain financial goals by the Company and/or certain personal performance goals established for the Executive with respect to any period for which a cash bonus may be paid pursuant to a Bonus Plan.

 

(c) Expenses . During the Term of the Executive’s employment hereunder, the Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable travel and entertainment expenses or other out-of-pocket business expenses incurred by the

 

- 3 -


Executive during the Term in fulfilling the Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder, including all expenses of travel and living while away from home on business or at the request of and in the service of the Company, provided that such expenses are incurred and accounted for in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Company.

 

(d) Benefits and Perquisites . During the Term of the Executive’s employment hereunder, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in or receive benefits under any employee benefit plan, arrangement or perquisite made available by the Company at any time during his employment hereunder to its executive employees (collectively the “Benefit Plans”), including without limitation each qualified or non-qualified retirement, thrift or profit sharing plan, group life insurance and accident plan, medical and dental insurance plans, and disability plan, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans, arrangements and perquisites; provided , however , that the Company may change a plan in which executives of the Company participate, including termination of any such plan, arrangement or perquisite, if it does not result in a proportionately greater reduction in the rights of or benefits to the Executive as compared with any other executive of the Company or is required by law or a technical change. Nothing paid to the Executive under any plan, arrangement or perquisite presently in effect or made available in the future shall be deemed to be in lieu of the Base Salary payable to the Executive pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 5. Any payments or benefits payable to the Executive under this Section 5 in respect of any year during which the Executive is employed by the Company for less than the entire such year shall, unless otherwise provided in the applicable plan or arrangement, be prorated in accordance with the number of days in such year during which he is so employed.

 

(e) Vacations . During his employment hereunder, the Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation in each calendar year, determined in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy. The Executive shall also be entitled to all paid holidays and personal days given by the Company to its executive employees.

 

6. Termination . The Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated under the following circumstances:

 

(a) Death . The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.

 

(b) Disability . If, in the written opinion of a qualified physician selected by the Company, the Executive shall become unable to perform his duties hereunder with reasonable accommodation due to physical or mental illness that continues for one year, the Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder.

 

- 4 -


(c) Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall have “Cause” to terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder upon:

 

(i) the willful and continuous neglect or refusal to perform the Executive’s duties or responsibilities, or the willful taking of actions (or willful failure to take actions) that materially impair the Executive’s ability to perform his duties or responsibilities, and which in each case continues after being brought to the attention of the Executive (other than any such failure resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness or any such actual or anticipated failure after the issuance of a Notice of Termination (as defined in subsection (e) hereof); or

 

(ii) any act by the Executive that constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his duties hereunder, the violation of the code of ethics adopted by the Company pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or the conviction of the Executive for any felony, in each case that is materially and manifestly injurious to the Company and that is brought to the attention of the Executive in writing not more than thirty days from the date of its discovery by the Company.

 

For purposes of this subsection (c), no act, or failure to act, on the Executive’s part shall be considered “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by him not in good faith or without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interest of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause without (1) reasonable written notice to the Executive specifying in detail the specific reasons for the Company’s intention to terminate for Cause, (2) an opportunity for the Executive, together with his counsel, to be heard before the Company’s Board of Directors, (3) with respect to actions or inaction specified in paragraph (i) above, a reasonable opportunity for the Executive to cure the action or inaction specified by the Company, and (4) delivery to the Executive of a Notice of Termination, as defined in subsection (e) hereof.

 

(d) Good Reason . The Executive may terminate his employment hereunder for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean, without the Executive’s express written consent, the occurrence of any of the following circumstances, unless such circumstances are fully corrected prior to the Date of Termination (as defined in subsection (f) of this Section 6) specified in the Notice of Termination (as defined in subsection (e) of this Section 6) given in respect thereof: (A) a material change in the Executive’s position, duties, responsibilities (including reporting responsibilities) or authority (except during periods when the Executive is unable to perform all or substantially all of the Executive’s duties and/or responsibilities on account of the Executive’s illness (either physical or mental) or other incapacity), which, in the Executive’s reasonable judgment, represent an adverse change, (B) a reduction in either the Executive’s Base Salary or level of participation in any Bonus Plans for which he is eligible under Section 5(b) hereof, (C) an elimination or reduction of the Executive’s participation in any Benefit Plans generally available to employees at the Executive’s level, except as otherwise permitted herein, (D) failure to provide facilities or services that are suitable as determined by the Board to the Executive’s position and adequate for the performance of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities, including the failure to maintain the Chicago office without the prior written consent of the Executive or (E) any

 

- 5 -


purported termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment which is not effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination satisfying the requirements of subsection (e) of this Section 6 (and for purposes of this Agreement no such purported termination shall be effective). The Executive’s right to terminate employment pursuant to this subsection shall not be affected by the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness.

 

(e) Notice of Termination . Any termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company or by the Executive (other than a termination pursuant to subsection (a) hereof) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 12. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice that indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated.

 

(f) Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” shall mean (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to subsection (a) above, the date of his death, (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to subsection (b) above, thirty days after Notice of Termination is given (provided that the Executive shall not have returned to the full-time performance of the Executive’s duties during such thirty day period), (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to subsection (c) or (d) above, the date specified in the Notice of Termination which, in the case of a termination for Cause shall be the date such Notice of Termination is given (or such later date as provided therein), and in the case of a termination for Good Reason shall not be less than twenty (20) nor more than thirty (30) days from the date such Notice of Termination is given, or (iv) if the Executive terminates his employment and fails to provide written notice to the Company of such termination, the date of such termination; provided , however , that if within fifteen (15) days after any Notice of Termination is given or, if later, prior to the Date of Termination (as determined without regard to this proviso), the party receiving such Notice of Termination notifies the other party that a dispute exists concerning the termination, then the Date of Termination shall be the date on which the dispute is finally determined, either by mutual written agreement of the parties, by a binding arbitration award or by a final judgment, order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction (which is not appealable or with respect to which the time for appeal therefrom has expired and no appeal has been perfected); and provided , further , that the Date of Termination shall be extended by a notice of dispute only if such notice is given in good faith and the party giving such notice pursues the resolution of such dispute with reasonable diligence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the dispute is resolved in favor of the Company, the Date of Termination shall not be deemed to have been extended for purposes of this Agreement. If the Date of Termination is extended by a notice of dispute, the rights and the obligations of the parties upon a final determination shall be governed by the terms of this Agreement, regardless of whether the Agreement otherwise remains in effect on the date of such final determination. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute, the Company will continue to pay to the Executive his full compensation in effect when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given (including, but not limited to, Base Salary) and continue the Executive as a participant in all compensation, benefit and insurance plans in which the Executive was participating when

 

- 6 -


the notice giving rise to the dispute was given and the Executive shall, at the Company’s request, continue to perform his obligations hereunder, in each case, until the dispute is finally resolved in accordance with this subsection.

 

If the Company elects not to have the Executive continue to perform his obligations hereunder during the pendency of such dispute, and the Company prevails in such dispute, then the Executive shall promptly return to the Company any monies (or the value of any benefits) received with respect to service performed by him after the originally stated Date of Termination to which the Executive would not have been otherwise entitled.

 

7. Compensation Upon Termination, Death or During Disability . Upon the Executive’s employment termination, the Executive will be entitled to payments and benefits under only one of the following paragraphs. The obligations of the Company to make payments and provide benefits under this Section 7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement. The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Section 7 by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Section 7 be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by the Executive to the Company, or otherwise.

 

(a) During any period that the Executive fails to perform his duties hereunder as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Executive shall continue to receive his full Base Salary and other benefits at the rate then in effect for such period (offset by any payments to the Executive received pursuant to disability benefit plans maintained by the Company) until his employment is terminated pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and upon such termination, the Company shall pay all other unpaid amounts, if any, to which the Executive is entitled as of such Date of Termination, including (i) any expenses owed pursuant to Section 5(c) (which amounts shall be paid in a lump sum within 10 days of such Date of Termination), (ii) all Base Salary accrued and unpaid as of the Date of Termination, (iii) any unpaid accrued vacation, and (iv) amounts under any compensation or benefit plan or program of the Company, at the time, if any, such payments are payable to the Executive under the terms of such plan in light of the circumstances in which such termination occurred, and the Company shall, thereafter, have no further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.

 

(b) If the Executive’s employment is terminated by his death, the Company shall within ten days following the date of the Executive’s death, (i) pay any amounts due to the Executive under Section 5 through the date of his death and (ii) pay to the Executive’s legal representative (A) any death benefits provided under any Benefit Plan in accordance with their terms and (B) all other unpaid amounts, if any, to which the Executive is entitled as of the Date of Termination, including any expenses owed pursuant to Section 5(c) (which amounts shall be paid in a lump sum within 10 days of such Date of Termination), all Base Salary accrued and unpaid as of the Date of Termination, any unpaid accrued vacation, and amounts under any compensation or benefit plan or program of the Company, at the time, if any, such payments are payable to the Executive under the terms of such plan in light of the circumstances in which such

 

- 7 -


termination occurred, and the Company shall, thereafter, have no further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.

 

(c) If the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Executive for other than Good Reason, the Company shall pay the Executive his full Base Salary through the Date of Termination at the rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given and all other unpaid amounts, if any, to which the Executive is entitled as of the Date of Termination, including (i) any expenses owed pursuant to Section 5(c) (which amounts shall be paid in a lump sum within 10 days of such Date of Termination), (ii) all Base Salary accrued and unpaid as of the Date of Termination, (iii) any unpaid accrued vacation, and (iv) amounts under any compensation or benefit plan or program of the Company in effect at the time, if any such payments are payable to the Executive under the terms of such plan in light of the circumstances in which such termination occurred, and the Company shall, thereafter, have no further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.

 

(d) Subject to Section 8 hereof, if (A) in breach of this Agreement, the Company shall terminate the Executive’s employment (it being understood that a purported termination pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof or Section 6(c) hereof that is disputed and finally determined not to have been proper shall be a termination by the Company in breach of this Agreement) or (B) the Executive shall terminate his employment for Good Reason, then the Company shall provide the following payments and benefits (collectively, the “Severance Payments”):

 

(i) the Company shall pay the Executive his full Base Salary through the Date of Termination at the rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given and all other unpaid amounts, if any, to which the Executive is entitled as of the Date of Termination including (A) any expenses owed pursuant to Section 5(c) (which amounts shall be paid in a lump sum within 10 days of such Date of Termination), (B) any unpaid accrued vacation, and (C) amounts under any compensation or benefit plan or program of the Company, at the time such payments are payable to the Executive under the terms of such plan in light of the circumstances in which such termination occurred; and

 

(ii) in lieu of any further Base Salary payments to the Executive for periods subsequent to the Date of Termination, the Company shall pay to the Executive within ten days of the Date of Termination, a lump sum amount equal to the product of (1) the sum of (a) the Executive’s annual Base Salary rate in effect as of the date Notice of Termination is given and (b) the greatest of (i) the Executive’s guaranteed annual bonus (if any) with respect to the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs, (ii) the target annual bonus which may become payable to the Executive with respect to the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs, (iii) the annual bonus payments made to the Executive with respect to the fiscal year immediately prior to the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs and (iv) the average of the annual bonus payments made to the Executive with respect to the three fiscal years immediately prior to the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs (or such shorter period as

 

- 8 -


the Executive has been employed by the Company) multiplied by (2) the number three; and

 

(iii) notwithstanding any provision of the Company’s annual incentive plans, the Company shall pay to the Executive a lump sum amount, in cash, within 5 business days of the Date of Termination, equal to the sum of (a) any annual incentive compensation that has been allocated or awarded to the Executive for the completed fiscal year preceding the Date of Termination but has not yet been paid (pursuant to clause (i) above or otherwise), and (b) the difference between (1) a pro rata portion to the Date of Termination of the value of any annual contingent incentive compensation award to the Executive for an uncompleted fiscal year calculated by multiplying the applicable target bonus thereunder by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the number of days the Executive was employed during such fiscal year and the denominator of which shall be 365, and (2) the amount of any annual incentive compensation award the Company has already paid to the Executive for the uncompleted fiscal year; and

 

(iv) the Company shall at its own cost continue the participation of the Executive for a period of three years, in all medical, life and other employee “welfare” benefit plans and programs in which the Executive was entitled to participate immediately prior to the Date of Termination provided that the Executive’s continued participation is provided under the general terms and provisions of such plans and programs as in effect on the date of such Termination. In the event that the Executive’s participation in any such plan or program is barred, the Company shall arrange to provide the Executive with benefits substantially similar to those which the Executive would otherwise have been entitled to receive under such plans and programs from which his continued participation is barred; and

 

(v) if the Company shall fulfill its obligations to the Executive pursuant to this Section 7(d) then the Company shall, thereafter, have no further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.

 

(e) Unless the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, the Company shall continue to make available coverage under its medical insurance plan to the Executive until the Executive is eligible for Medicare, provided the Executive shall be required to pay the full cost of such coverage at then-applicable COBRA rate;

 

8. Treatment of Parachute Payments . In the event that any payment, benefit or distribution by or on behalf of the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any additional payments required under this Section) (the “Payments”) is determined to be an “excess parachute payment” pursuant to Code Section 280G or any successor or substitute provision of the Code, with the effect that the Executive is liable for the payment of the excise tax described in Code Section 4999 or any successor or substitute provision of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then the Company shall pay to the Executive an additional amount (the “Gross-Up Payment”) such that the net amount retained by Executive,

 

- 9 -


after deduction of any Excise Tax on the Total Payments and any federal, state and local income and employment taxes and Excise Tax on the Gross-Up Payment, shall be equal to the Total Payments.

 

(a) All determinations required to be made under this Section, and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by the certified public accounting firm used for auditing purposes by the Company immediately prior to the Executive’s employment termination (the “Accounting Firm”), which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive. The Company shall pay all fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive, except as provided in paragraph (b) below.

 

(b) As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) or other agency will claim that a greater or lesser Excise Tax is due. In the event that the Excise Tax is finally determined to be less than the amount taken into account hereunder in calculating the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive shall repay to the Company, at the time that the amount of such reduction in Excise Tax is finally determined, the portion of the Gross-Up Payment attributable to such reduction (plus that portion of the Gross-Up Payment attributable to the Excise Tax and federal, state and local income and employment taxes imposed on the Gross-Up Payment being repaid by the Executive to the extent that such repayment results in a reduction in Excise Tax and/or a federal, state or local income or employment tax deduction) plus interest on the amount of such repayment at 120% of the rate provided in Code Section 1274(b)(2)(B). In the event that the Excise Tax is determined to exceed the amount taken into account hereunder in calculating the Gross-Up Payment (including by reason of any payment the existence or amount of which cannot be determined at the time of the Gross-Up Payment), the Company shall make an additional Gross-Up Payment in respect of such excess (plus any interest, penalties or additions payable by the Executive with respect to such excess) at the time that the amount of such excess is finally determined. The Executive and the Company shall each reasonably cooperate with the other in connection with any administrative or judicial proceedings concerning the existence or amount of liability for Excise Tax with respect to the Total Payments. The Company shall pay all fees and expenses of the Executive relating to a claim by the IRS or other agency.

 

9. Covenant Not to Compete .

 

(a) Covenant Not to Compete . The Executive acknowledges that, as a key management employee, the Executive will be involved, on a high level, in the development, implementation and management of the Company’s strategies and plans, including those which involve the Company’s finances, research, marketing, planning, operations, industrial relations and acquisitions, and that he will have access to Confidential Information, as defined in Section 10. By virtue of the Executive’s unique and sensitive position and special background, employment of the Executive by a competitor of the Company represents a serious competitive danger to the Company, and

 

- 10 -


the use of the Executive’s talent and knowledge and information about the Company’s business, strategies and plans can and would constitute a valuable competitive advantage over the Company. In view of the foregoing, the Executive covenants and agrees that, if the Executive’s employment is terminated (i) by the Company in breach of this Agreement, (ii) pursuant to an event constituting Good Reason or (iii) under any other circumstances, then, for a period of one year in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) of this sentence, and for a period of two years in the case of clause (iii) of this sentence, after the Date of Termination (the “Non-Compete Period”), the Executive will not engage or be engaged, in any capacity, directly or indirectly, including but not limited to, as an employee, agent, consultant, manager, executive, owner or stockholder (except as a passive investor holding less than a 5% equity interest in any enterprise) in any business entity anywhere in North America that is engaged in direct competition with any business of the Company on the Date of Termination which had revenues of ten percent (10%) or more of the Company’s consolidated revenues for the four most completed fiscal quarters (a business meeting this requirement shall be referred to as a “Competitor”).

 

If any court determines that the covenant not to compete contained in this Section 9, or any part hereof, is unenforceable, such court shall have the power to reduce the duration or scope of such provision, or make any other changes, provided that such changes are as close to the terms hereof as possible and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable.

 

(b) Non-Solicitation of Employees . Executive agrees that, during the Non-Compete Period, he shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, solicit any current employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any individual who becomes an employee at or before the Date of Termination, to leave such employment and join or become affiliated with any business that is, during the Non-Compete Period, a Competitor.

 

(c) Survival of Non-Compete Terms . The provisions set forth in this Section 9 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

10. Confidentiality . The Executive recognizes that he will have access to confidential information, trade secrets, proprietary methods and other data which are the property of and integral to the operations and success of Company (“Confidential Information”) and therefore agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 10, which both Company and Executive agree and acknowledge to be reasonable and to be necessary to the Company. In recognition of this fact, the Executive agrees that the Executive will not disclose any Confidential Information (except (i) information which becomes publicly available without violation of this Agreement, (ii) information which the Executive did not know and should not have known was disclosed to the Executive in violation of any other person’s confidentiality obligation and (iii) disclosure required in connection with any legal process (after giving the Company the opportunity to dispute such requirement)) to any person, firm, corporation, association or other entity, for any reason or purpose whatsoever, nor shall the Executive make use of any such information for the benefit of any person, firm, corporation or other entity except the Company. The Executive’s obligation to keep all of such information confidential shall be in effect during and for a period of two years after the Date of Termination; provided, however, that the Executive will keep confidential and will not disclose any trade secret or similar information protected under law as

 

- 11 -


intangible property (subject to the same exceptions set forth in the parenthetical clause above) for so long as such protection under law is extended.

 

11. Binding Agreement . This Agreement and all rights of the Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive should die while any amounts would still be payable to him hereunder if he had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s devisee, legatee, or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to the Executive’s estate. Any successor or acquiror of the Company shall assume this Agreement.

 

12. Notice . Notices, demands and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered, if delivered personally, or (unless, otherwise specified) mailed by United States certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and when received if delivered otherwise, addressed as follows:

 

If to the Executive:

 

Edward J. Whalen

FreightCar America, Inc.

Two North Riverside Plaza, Suite 1250

Chicago, Illinois 60606

 

If to the Company:

 

FreightCar America, Inc.

Two North Riverside Plaza

Suite 1250

Chicago, Illinois 60606

Attn: President

 

or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

 

13. General Provisions . No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by the Executive and such officer of the Company as may be specifically designated by the Board. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party that are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to its conflicts of law principles.

 

- 12 -


14. Validity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

15. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

16. Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and supersedes all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by any officer, employee or representative of any party hereto; and any prior agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein is hereby terminated and cancelled.

 

17. Irreparable Harm . The Executive acknowledges that: (i) the Executive’s compliance with this Agreement is necessary to preserve and protect the proprietary rights, Confidential Information and the goodwill of the Company and its subsidiaries as going concerns; (ii) any failure by the Executive to comply with the provisions of this Agreement will result in irreparable and continuing injury for which there will be no adequate remedy at law; and (iii) in the event that the Executive should fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to such other relief as may be proper, to all types of equitable relief (including, but not limited to, the issuance of an injunction and/or temporary restraining order preventing Executive from violating any provision of Sections 9 and 10 of this Agreement) as may be necessary to cause the Executive to comply with this Agreement, to restore to the Company its property, and to make the Company whole.

 

18. Consent to Jurisdiction and Forum; Legal Fees and Costs . The Company and the Executive hereby expressly and irrevocably agree that any action, whether at law or in equity, arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the Executive’s employment by the Company shall only be brought in a federal or state court located in Chicago, Illinois. The Executive hereby irrevocably consents to personal jurisdiction in such court and to accept service of process in accordance with the provisions of such court. In connection with any dispute arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the Executive’s employment by the Company, each party shall be responsible for its or his own legal fees and expenses and all court costs shall be shared equally by the Company and the Executive unless the court apportions such legal fees or court costs in a different manner.

 

19. Withholding . All payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to applicable withholding taxes, if any, and any amount so withheld shall be deemed to have been paid to the Executive for purposes of amounts due to the Executive under this Agreement.

 

20. Removal from any Boards and Positions . If the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason under this Agreement, he shall be deemed to resign (i) if a member, from the Board or board of directors of any affiliate or any other board to which he has been appointed or nominated by or on behalf of the Company and (ii) from any position with the

 

- 13 -


Company or any affiliate, including, but not limited to, as an officer of the Company or any of its affiliates.

 

21. Insurance; Indemnification . During the Term and through at least the fifth anniversary of the Executive’s termination of employment from the Company, the Company agrees to maintain the Executive as an insured party on all directors’ and officers’ insurance maintained by the Company for the benefit of its directors and officers on at least the same basis as all other covered individuals and provide the Executive with at least the same corporate indemnification as its officers.

 

22. Voluntary Agreement . The Executive and the Company represent and agree that each has reviewed all aspects of this Agreement, has carefully read and fully understands all provisions of this Agreement, and is voluntarily entering into this Agreement. Each party represents and agrees that such party has had the opportunity to review any and all aspects of this Agreement, with the legal, tax and other advisor and advisors of such party’s choice before executing this Agreement, and have been fully advised as to same. This Agreement has been fully and freely negotiated by the parties hereto, shall be considered as having been drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and shall be interpreted and construed as if so drafted, without construction in favor of or against any party on account of its or his participation in the drafting hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date and year first above written.

 

        FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC.

/s/ Edward J. Whalen

           

Edward J. Whalen

           
       

By:

 

/s/ John E. Carroll, Jr.

       

    Name: John E. Carroll, Jr.

       

    Title: President

 

- 14 -

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT FOR GLEN T. KARAN

 

THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made effective as of December 20, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), between FreightCar America, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Glen T. Karan (the “Executive”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company and its subsidiaries are engaged in the business of designing, manufacturing and selling railroad freight cars (such business hereinafter referred to as the “Business”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Executive, as a result of training, expertise and personal application over the years, has acquired and will continue to acquire considerable and unique expertise and knowledge which are of substantial value to the Company in the conduct, management and operation of its Business; and

 

WHEREAS, the Executive currently serves as the Vice President, Planning and Administration of the Company and as an officer of certain of the Company’s subsidiaries, and the Company desires to continue the employment and service of the Executive in such capacities and is willing to provide the Executive with certain benefits in the event of the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company considers it essential to the best interests of its shareholders to foster the continuous employment of key management personnel; and

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) considers it desirable to prepare for and make an initial public offering of the common stock of the Company (an “IPO”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that appropriate steps should be taken to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the Company’s management, including the Executive, to the successful completion of an IPO;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the continued employment of the Executive by the Company and the benefits to be derived by the Executive hereunder, and of the Executive’s agreement to continued employment by the Company as provided herein, the parties mutually agree as follows:

 

1. Employment . The Company hereby agrees to continue to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to continue to serve the Company, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

2. Term . The employment of the Executive by the Company pursuant to this Agreement will continue as of the Effective Date and shall expire on the third anniversary of the Effective Date (the “Term”), unless extended, as set forth below, or otherwise terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement; provided , however , that commencing on the first anniversary from the Effective Date and on each anniversary thereafter, the Term of this Agreement shall automatically be extended for one additional year unless, not later than 90 days prior to such anniversary, the Executive or the Company shall have given notice in writing that he or it does not wish to extend this Agreement; and provided further , if a Change in Control (as

 


defined below) shall have occurred during the Term, this Agreement shall continue in effect and the Term shall be extended until at least the later of the second anniversary of such Change in Control or, if such Change in Control shall be caused by the shareholder approval of a merger or consolidation described in (b) below, the second anniversary of the consummation of such merger or consolidation.

 

A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if the conditions set forth in any one of the following paragraphs shall have been satisfied:

 

(a) any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its affiliates) representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

 

(b) the shareholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than (i) a merger or consolidation that would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity), in combination with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, at least 65% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (ii) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person acquires more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the Company’s assets.

 

(c) For purposes of this Agreement, “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

 

(d) For purposes of this Agreement, “Person” shall have the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used herein; however, a Person shall not include (i) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (iv) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

 

3. Position and Duties . The Executive shall serve as the Vice President, Planning and Administration of the Company and as an officer of such of the Company’s subsidiaries as the Company shall reasonably request, and shall have such responsibilities, duties and authority as are customarily associated with such offices. Specifically, the Executive shall be responsible for Johnstown office administration, Company-wide salaried employee administration, human

 

- 2 -


resources, employee benefits, union contract administration including pension trusts, strategic and business planning, insurance programs and risk management. The Executive shall report to the Company’s President.

 

4. Place of Performance . In connection with the Executive’s employment by the Company, the Executive shall be based at the offices of the Company in Johnstown, Pennsylvania, except for required travel on the Company’s business to the extent consistent with Company practices prior to the date hereof.

 

5. Compensation and Related Matters . As compensation and consideration for the performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties, responsibilities and covenants pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will pay the Executive and the Executive agrees to accept in full payment for such performance the amounts and benefits set forth below.

 

(a) Base Salary . During the period beginning August 1, 2004, and continuing through the Executive’s employment hereunder, the Company shall pay to the Executive an annual base salary (“Base Salary”) at a rate of $200,000, such Base Salary to be paid in substantially equal installments no less frequently than monthly. The President, or such committee of the Board as is responsible for setting the compensation of senior executive officers, shall review the Executive’s performance and Base Salary annually, and determine whether to adjust the Executive’s Base Salary on a prospective basis. Such adjusted annual salary then shall become the Executive’s “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement. The Executive’s annual Base Salary shall not be reduced after any increase, without the Executive’s consent.

 

Compensation of the Executive by Base Salary payments shall not be deemed exclusive and shall not prevent the Executive from participating in any other compensation or benefit plan of the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates. The payment of Base Salary shall not in any way limit or reduce any other obligation of the Company hereunder or under any other compensation or benefit plan or agreement under which the Executive is entitled to receive payments or other benefits from the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates, and no other compensation, benefit or payment hereunder or under any other compensation or benefit plan or agreement under which the Executive is entitled to receive payments or other benefits from the Company shall in any way limit or reduce the obligation of the Company to pay the Executive’s Base Salary hereunder.

 

(b) Bonus . During the term of the Executive’s employment hereunder, the Executive shall participate in all management incentive plans made generally available to executives of the Company in comparable positions (the “Bonus Plans”). Subject to this Agreement and to the rules and regulations governing the Bonus Plans that are communicated in writing to the Executive from time to time, the Executive agrees that the actual award of any cash bonus pursuant to a Bonus Plan may, pursuant to the terms of such plan, be subject to the achievement of certain financial goals by the Company and/or certain personal performance goals established for the Executive with respect to any period for which a cash bonus may be paid pursuant to a Bonus Plan. The Company also shall pay the Executive a bonus of $150,000, within 5 business days of, and contingent upon, his execution of this Agreement.

 

- 3 -


(c) Equity Compensation . The Company has granted the Executive the option to purchase sixty-eight (68) shares of the Company’s common stock and preferred stock, as a unit (which is one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Company’s stock on a fully-diluted basis) pursuant to the terms of the applicable stock option agreement (the “Option”). Upon the exercise of the Option, the Company shall reimburse the Executive (or his estate in the event of exercise after the Executive’s death) for the lesser of (i) $115,000, or (ii) the full amount of federal, state and other taxes payable by the Executive (or his estate) solely as a result of his exercise of the Option.

 

(d) Expenses . During the Term of the Executive’s employment hereunder, the Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable travel and entertainment expenses or other out-of-pocket business expenses incurred by the Executive during the Term in fulfilling the Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder, including all expenses of travel and living while away from home on business or at the request of and in the service of the Company, provided that such expenses are incurred and accounted for in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Company.

 

(e) Benefits and Perquisites . During the Term of the Executive’s employment hereunder, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in or receive benefits under any employee benefit plan, arrangement or perquisite made available by the Company at any time during his employment hereunder to its executive employees (collectively the “Benefit Plans”), including without limitation each qualified or non-qualified retirement, thrift or profit sharing plan, group life insurance and accident plan, medical and dental insurance plans, and disability plan, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans, arrangements and perquisites; provided , however , that the Company may change a plan in which executives of the Company participate, including termination of any such plan, arrangement or perquisite, if it does not result in a proportionately greater reduction in the rights of or benefits to the Executive as compared with any other executive of the Company or is required by law or a technical change. Nothing paid to the Executive under any plan, arrangement or perquisite presently in effect or made available in the future shall be deemed to be in lieu of the Base Salary payable to the Executive pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 5. Any payments or benefits payable to the Executive under this Section 5 in respect of any year during which the Executive is employed by the Company for less than the entire such year shall, unless otherwise provided in the applicable plan or arrangement, be prorated in accordance with the number of days in such year during which he is so employed.

 

(f) Vacations . During his employment hereunder, the Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation in each calendar year, determined in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy. The Executive shall also be entitled to all paid holidays and personal days given by the Company to its executive employees.

 

- 4 -


6. Termination . The Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated under the following circumstances:

 

(a) Death . The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.

 

(b) Disability . If, in the written opinion of a qualified physician selected by the Company, the Executive shall become unable to perform his duties hereunder with reasonable accommodation due to physical or mental illness that continues for one year, the Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder.

 

(c) Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall have “Cause” to terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder upon:

 

(i) the willful and continuous neglect or refusal to perform the Executive’s duties or responsibilities, or the willful taking of actions (or willful failure to take actions) that materially impair the Executive’s ability to perform his duties or responsibilities, and which in each case continues after being brought to the attention of the Executive (other than any such failure resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness or any such actual or anticipated failure after the issuance of a Notice of Termination (as defined in subsection (f) hereof); or

 

(ii) any act by the Executive that constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his duties hereunder, the violation of the code of ethics adopted by the Company pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or the conviction of the Executive for any felony, in each case that is materially and manifestly injurious to the Company and that is brought to the attention of the Executive in writing not more than thirty days from the date of its discovery by the Company.

 

For purposes of this subsection (c), no act, or failure to act, on the Executive’s part shall be considered “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by him not in good faith or without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interest of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause without (1) reasonable written notice to the Executive specifying in detail the specific reasons for the Company’s intention to terminate for Cause, (2) an opportunity for the Executive, together with his counsel, to be heard before the Company’s Board of Directors, (3) with respect to actions or inaction specified in paragraph (i) above, a reasonable opportunity for the Executive to cure the action or inaction specified by the Company, and (4) delivery to the Executive of a Notice of Termination, as defined in subsection (g) hereof.

 

(d) Good Reason . The Executive may terminate his employment hereunder for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean, without the Executive’s express written consent, the occurrence of any of the following circumstances, unless such circumstances are fully corrected prior to the Date of Termination (as defined in subsection (g) of this Section 6) specified in the Notice of Termination (as defined in subsection (f) of this Section 6) given in respect thereof: (i) a material change in the Executive’s position, duties, responsibilities (including reporting

 

- 5 -


responsibilities) or authority (except during periods when the Executive is unable to perform all or substantially all of the Executive’s duties and/or responsibilities on account of the Executive’s illness (either physical or mental) or other incapacity), which, in the Executive’s reasonable judgment, represent an adverse change, (ii) a reduction in either the Executive’s Base Salary or level of participation in any Bonus Plans for which he is eligible under Section 5(b) hereof, (iii) an elimination or reduction of the Executive’s participation in any Benefit Plans generally available to employees at the Executive’s level, except as otherwise permitted herein, (iv) any purported termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment which is not effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination satisfying the requirements of subsection (f) of this Section 6 (and for purposes of this Agreement no such purported termination shall be effective), or (v) the Company gives the Executive written notice under Section 2 that it does not wish to extend the Agreement. The Executive’s right to terminate employment pursuant to this subsection shall not be affected by the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness.

 

(e) One Year Anniversary . At any time after the one year anniversary of the Effective Date, the Executive may voluntarily terminate his employment hereunder on a date specified in the Notice of Termination which must be at least ninety (90) days after the later of the Notice of Termination and the one year anniversary of the Effective Date.

 

(f) Notice of Termination . Any termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company or by the Executive (other than a termination pursuant to subsection (a) hereof) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 11. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice that indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated.

 

(g) Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” shall mean (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to subsection (a) above, the date of his death, (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to subsection (b) above, thirty days after Notice of Termination is given (provided that the Executive shall not have returned to the full-time performance of the Executive’s duties during such thirty day period), (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to subsection (c) or (d) above, the date specified in the Notice of Termination which, in the case of a termination for Cause shall be the date such Notice of Termination is given (or such later date as provided therein), and in the case of a termination for Good Reason shall not be less than twenty (20) nor more than thirty (30) days from the date such Notice of Termination is given, (iv) if the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to subsection (e) above, the date specified in the Notice of Termination, which must be at least ninety (90) days after the later of the Notice of Termination and the one year anniversary of the Effective Date, or (v) if the Executive terminates his employment and fails to provide written notice to the Company of such termination, the date of such termination; provided , however , that if within fifteen (15) days after any Notice of Termination is given or, if later, prior to the Date of Termination (as determined without

 

- 6 -


regard to this proviso), the party receiving such Notice of Termination notifies the other party that a dispute exists concerning the termination, then the Date of Termination shall be the date on which the dispute is finally determined, either by mutual written agreement of the parties, by a binding arbitration award or by a final judgment, order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction (which is not appealable or with respect to which the time for appeal therefrom has expired and no appeal has been perfected); and provided , further , that the Date of Termination shall be extended by a notice of dispute only if such notice is given in good faith and the party giving such notice pursues the resolution of such dispute with reasonable diligence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the dispute is resolved in favor of the Company, the Date of Termination shall not be deemed to have been extended for purposes of this Agreement. If the Date of Termination is extended by a notice of dispute, the rights and the obligations of the parties upon a final determination shall be governed by the terms of this Agreement, regardless of whether the Agreement otherwise remains in effect on the date of such final determination. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute, the Company will continue to pay to the Executive his full compensation in effect when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given (including, but not limited to, Base Salary) and continue the Executive as a participant in all compensation, benefit and insurance plans in which the Executive was participating when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given and the Executive shall, at the Company’s request, continue to perform his obligations hereunder, in each case, until the dispute is finally resolved in accordance with this subsection.

 

If the Company elects not to have the Executive continue to perform his obligations hereunder during the pendency of such dispute, and the Company prevails in such dispute, then the Executive shall promptly return to the Company any monies (or the value of any benefits) received with respect to service performed by him after the originally stated Date of Termination to which the Executive would not have been otherwise entitled.

 

7. Compensation Upon Termination, Death or During Disability . Upon the Executive’s employment termination, the Executive will be entitled to payments and benefits under only one of the following paragraphs. The obligations of the Company to make payments and provide benefits under this Section 7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement. The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Section 7 by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Section 7 be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by the Executive to the Company, or otherwise.

 

(a) During any period that the Executive fails to perform his duties hereunder as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Executive shall continue to receive his full Base Salary and other benefits at the rate then in effect for such period (offset by any payments to the Executive received pursuant to disability benefit plans maintained by the Company) until his employment is terminated pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and upon such termination, the Company shall pay all other unpaid amounts, if any, to which the Executive is entitled as of such Date of Termination, including (i) any expenses owed pursuant to Section 5(c) (which amounts shall be paid in a lump sum

 

- 7 -


within 10 days of such Date of Termination), (ii) all Base Salary accrued and unpaid as of the Date of Termination, (iii) any unpaid accrued vacation, (iv) amounts under any compensation or benefit plan or program of the Company, at the time, if any, such payments are payable to the Executive under the terms of such plan in light of the circumstances in which such termination occurred, and (v) a pro rated bonus amount determined by multiplying the target annual bonus set for the Executive with respect to the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs by a fraction that is the number of days the Executive worked in the fiscal year over 365, and the Company shall, thereafter, have no further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.

 

(b) If the Executive’s employment is terminated by his death, the Company shall within ten days following the date of the Executive’s death, (i) pay any amounts due to the Executive under Section 5 through the date of his death and (ii) pay to the Executive’s legal representative (A) any death benefits provided under any Benefit Plan in accordance with their terms and (B) all other unpaid amounts, if any, to which the Executive is entitled as of the Date of Termination, including any expenses owed pursuant to Section 5(c) (which amounts shall be paid in a lump sum within 10 days of such Date of Termination), all Base Salary accrued and unpaid as of the Date of Termination, any unpaid accrued vacation, amounts under any compensation or benefit plan or program of the Company, at the time, if any, such payments are payable to the Executive under the terms of such plan in light of the circumstances in which such termination occurred, and a pro rated bonus amount determined by multiplying the target annual bonus set for the Executive with respect to the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs by a fraction that is the number of days the Executive worked in the fiscal year over 365, and the Company shall, thereafter, have no further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.

 

(c) If the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Executive for other than Good Reason, the Company shall pay the Executive his full Base Salary through the Date of Termination at the rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given and all other unpaid amounts, if any, to which the Executive is entitled as of the Date of Termination, including (i) any expenses owed pursuant to Section 5(c) (which amounts shall be paid in a lump sum within 10 days of such Date of Termination), (ii) all Base Salary accrued and unpaid as of the Date of Termination, (iii) any unpaid accrued vacation, and (iv) amounts under any compensation or benefit plan or program of the Company, at the time, if any, such payments are payable to the Executive under the terms of such plan in light of the circumstances in which such termination occurred, and the Company shall, thereafter, have no further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.

 

- 8 -


(d) If (A) in breach of this Agreement, the Company shall terminate the Executive’s employment (it being understood that a purported termination pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof or Section 6(c) hereof that is disputed and finally determined not to have been proper shall be a termination by the Company in breach of this Agreement) or (B) the Executive shall terminate his employment for Good Reason, then the Company shall provide the following payments and benefits (collectively, the “Severance Payments”):

 

(i) the Company shall pay the Executive his full Base Salary through the Date of Termination at the rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given and all other unpaid amounts, if any, to which the Executive is entitled as of the Date of Termination including (A) any expenses owed pursuant to Section 5(c) (which amounts shall be paid in a lump sum within 10 days of such Date of Termination), (B) any unpaid accrued vacation, and (C) amounts under any compensation or benefit plan or program of the Company, at the time such payments are payable to the Executive under the terms of such plan in light of the circumstances in which such termination occurred; and

 

(ii) in lieu of any further Base Salary payments to the Executive for periods subsequent to the Date of Termination, the Company shall pay to the Executive within ten days of the Date of Termination, a lump sum amount equal to the product of (1) the sum of (a) the Executive’s annual Base Salary rate in effect as of the date Notice of Termination is given and (b) the greatest of (i) the Executive’s guaranteed annual bonus (if any) with respect to the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs, (ii) the target annual bonus which may become payable to the Executive with respect to the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs, (iii) the annual bonus payments made to the Executive with respect to the fiscal year immediately prior to the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs and (iv) the average of the annual bonus payments made to the Executive with respect to the three fiscal years immediately prior to the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs (or such shorter period as the Executive has been employed by the Company) multiplied by (2) the number three; and

 

(iii) notwithstanding any provision of the Company’s annual incentive plans, the Company shall pay to the Executive a lump sum amount, in cash, within 5 business days of the Date of Termination, equal to the sum of (a) any annual incentive compensation that has been allocated or awarded to the Executive for the completed fiscal year preceding the Date of Termination but has not yet been paid (pursuant to clause (i) above or otherwise), and (b) the difference between (1) a pro rata portion to the Date of Termination of the value of any annual contingent incentive compensation award to the Executive for an uncompleted fiscal year calculated by multiplying the applicable target bonus thereunder by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the number of days the Executive was employed during such fiscal year and the denominator of which shall be 365, and (2) the amount of any annual incentive compensation award the Company has already paid to the Executive for the uncompleted fiscal year; and

 

(iv) the Company shall at its own cost continue the participation of the Executive for a period of three years, in all medical, life and other employee “welfare” benefit plans and programs in which the Executive was entitled to participate immediately prior to the Date of Termination provided that the Executive’s continued participation is provided under the general terms and provisions of such plans and programs as in effect on the date of such Termination. In the event that the Executive’s participation in any such plan or

 

- 9 -


program is barred, the Company shall arrange to provide the Executive with benefits substantially similar to those which the Executive would otherwise have been entitled to receive under such plans and programs from which his continued participation is barred;

 

(v) the Company shall pay the Executive a cash amount equal to the present value of the additional pension benefit the Executive would have accrued under the Company’s qualified defined benefit pension plan of the Company had remained employed with the Company for an additional three years of service; and

 

(vi) if the Company shall fulfill its obligations to the Executive pursuant to this Section 7(d) then the Company shall, thereafter, have no further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.

 

(e) At any time after the one year anniversary of the Effective Date and in accordance with Section 6(e) and (g), the Executive may voluntarily terminate his employment with the Company upon ninety (90) days written notice, and the Company will:

 

(i) Continue paying the Executive’s Base Salary until the second anniversary of the Date of Termination;

 

(ii) Pay the Executive the greatest of (A) the Executive’s guaranteed annual bonus (if any) with respect to the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs, (B) the target annual bonus which may become payable to the Executive with respect to the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs, (C) the annual bonus payments made to the Executive with respect to the fiscal year immediately prior to the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs, or (D) the average of the annual bonus payments made to the Executive with respect to the three fiscal years immediately prior to the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs (or such shorter period as the Executive has been employed by the Company), multiplied by two; and

 

(iii) Pay the Executive his full Base Salary through the Date of Termination at the rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given and all other unpaid amounts, if any, to which the Executive is entitled as of the Date of Termination, including (A) any expenses owed pursuant to Section 5(c) (which amounts shall be paid in a lump sum within 10 days of such Date of Termination), (B) all Base Salary accrued and unpaid as of the Date of Termination, (C) any unpaid accrued vacation, and (D) amounts under any compensation or benefit plan or program of the Company, at the time, if any, such payments are payable to the Executive under the terms of such plan in light of the circumstances in which such termination occurred, and the Company shall, thereafter, have no further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.

 

- 10 -


8. Covenant Not to Compete .

 

(a) Covenant Not to Compete . The Executive acknowledges that, as a key management employee, the Executive will be involved, on a high level, in the development, implementation and management of the Company’s strategies and plans, including those which involve the Company’s finances, research, marketing, planning, operations, industrial relations and acquisitions, and that he will have access to Confidential Information, as defined in Section 9. By virtue of the Executive’s unique and sensitive position and special background, employment of the Executive by a competitor of the Company represents a serious competitive danger to the Company, and the use of the Executive’s talent and knowledge and information about the Company’s business, strategies and plans can and would constitute a valuable competitive advantage over the Company. In view of the foregoing, the Executive covenants and agrees that, if the Executive’s employment is terminated (i) by the Company in breach of this Agreement, (ii) pursuant to an event constituting Good Reason or (iii) under any other circumstances, then, for a period of one year in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) of this sentence, and for a period of two years in the case of clause (iii) of this sentence, after the Date of Termination (the “Non-Compete Period”), the Executive will not engage or be engaged, in any capacity, directly or indirectly, including but not limited to, as an employee, agent, consultant, manager, executive, owner or stockholder (except as a passive investor holding less than a 5% equity interest in any enterprise) in any business entity anywhere in North America that is engaged in direct competition with any business of the Company on the Date of Termination which had revenues of ten percent (10%) or more of the Company’s consolidated revenues for the four most completed fiscal quarters (a business meeting this requirement shall be referred to as a “Competitor”).

 

If any court determines that the covenant not to compete contained in this Section 8, or any part hereof, is unenforceable, such court shall have the power to reduce the duration or scope of such provision, or make any other changes, provided that such changes are as close to the terms hereof as possible and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable.

 

(b) Non-Solicitation of Employees . Executive agrees that, during the Non-Compete Period, he shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, solicit any current employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any individual who becomes an employee at or before the Date of Termination, to leave such employment and join or become affiliated with any business that is, during the Non-Compete Period, a Competitor.

 

(c) Survival of Non-Compete Terms . The provisions set forth in this Section 8 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

9. Confidentiality . The Executive recognizes that he will have access to confidential information, trade secrets, proprietary methods and other data which are the property of and integral to the operations and success of Company (“Confidential Information”) and therefore agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 9, which both Company and Executive agree and acknowledge to be reasonable and to be necessary to the Company. In recognition of this fact, the Executive agrees that the Executive will not disclose any Confidential Information

 

- 11 -


(except (i) information which becomes publicly available without violation of this Agreement, (ii) information which the Executive did not know and should not have known was disclosed to the Executive in violation of any other person’s confidentiality obligation and (iii) disclosure required in connection with any legal process (after giving the Company the opportunity to dispute such requirement)) to any person, firm, corporation, association or other entity, for any reason or purpose whatsoever, nor shall the Executive make use of any such information for the benefit of any person, firm, corporation or other entity except the Company. The Executive’s obligation to keep all of such information confidential shall be in effect during and for a period of two years after the Date of Termination; provided, however, that the Executive will keep confidential and will not disclose any trade secret or similar information protected under law as intangible property (subject to the same exceptions set forth in the parenthetical clause above) for so long as such protection under law is extended.

 

10. Binding Agreement . This Agreement and all rights of the Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive should die while any amounts would still be payable to him hereunder if he had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s devisee, legatee, or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to the Executive’s estate. Any successor or acquiror of the Company shall assume this Agreement.

 

11. Notice . Notices, demands and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered, if delivered personally, or (unless, otherwise specified) mailed by United States certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and when received if delivered otherwise, addressed as follows:

 

If to the Executive:

 

Glen T. Karan

322 Dickinson Street

Johnstown, PA 15901

 

If to the Company:

 

FreightCar America, Inc.

Two North Riverside Plaza

Suite 1250

Chicago, IL 60606

Attn: President

 

or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

 

12. General Provisions . No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by the Executive and such officer of the Company as may be specifically designated by the Board. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or

 

- 12 -


compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party that are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to its conflicts of law principles.

 

13. Validity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

15. Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and supersedes all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by any officer, employee or representative of any party hereto; and any prior agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein is hereby terminated and cancelled.

 

16. Irreparable Harm . The Executive acknowledges that: (i) the Executive’s compliance with this Agreement is necessary to preserve and protect the proprietary rights, Confidential Information and the goodwill of the Company and its subsidiaries as going concerns; (ii) any failure by the Executive to comply with the provisions of this Agreement will result in irreparable and continuing injury for which there will be no adequate remedy at law; and (iii) in the event that the Executive should fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to such other relief as may be proper, to all types of equitable relief (including, but not limited to, the issuance of an injunction and/or temporary restraining order preventing Executive from violating any provision of Sections 8 and 9 of this Agreement) as may be necessary to cause the Executive to comply with this Agreement, to restore to the Company its property, and to make the Company whole.

 

17. Consent to Jurisdiction and Forum; Legal Fees and Costs . The Company and the Executive hereby expressly and irrevocably agree that any action, whether at law or in equity, arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the Executive’s employment by the Company shall only be brought in a federal or state court located in Chicago, Illinois. The Executive hereby irrevocably consents to personal jurisdiction in such court and to accept service of process in accordance with the provisions of such court. In connection with any dispute arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the Executive’s employment by the Company, each party shall be responsible for its or his own legal fees and expenses and all court costs shall be shared equally by the Company and the Executive unless the court apportions such legal fees or court costs in a different manner.

 

18. Withholding . All payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to applicable withholding taxes, if any, and any amount so withheld shall be

 

- 13 -


deemed to have been paid to the Executive for purposes of amounts due to the Executive under this Agreement.

 

19. Removal from any Boards and Positions . If the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason under this Agreement, he shall be deemed to resign (i) if a member, from the Board or board of directors of any affiliate or any other board to which he has been appointed or nominated by or on behalf of the Company and (ii) from any position with the Company or any affiliate, including, but not limited to, as an officer of the Company or any of its affiliates.

 

20. Insurance; Indemnification . During the Term and through at least the fifth anniversary of the Executive’s termination of employment from the Company, the Company agrees to maintain the Executive as an insured party on all directors’ and officers’ insurance maintained by the Company for the benefit of its directors and officers on at least the same basis as all other covered individuals and provide the Executive with at least the same corporate indemnification as its officers.

 

21. Voluntary Agreement . The Executive and the Company represent and agree that each has reviewed all aspects of this Agreement, has carefully read and fully understands all provisions of this Agreement, and is voluntarily entering into this Agreement. Each party represents and agrees that such party has had the opportunity to review any and all aspects of this Agreement, with the legal, tax and other advisor and advisors of such party’s choice before executing this Agreement, and have been fully advised as to same. This Agreement has been fully and freely negotiated by the parties hereto, shall be considered as having been drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and shall be interpreted and construed as if so drafted, without construction in favor of or against any party on account of its or his participation in the drafting hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date and year first above written.

 

        FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC.

/s/ Glen T. Karan

      By:  

/s/ John E. Carroll, Jr.

        Glen T. Karan          

Name:

 

John E. Carroll, Jr.

               

Title:

 

President

 

- 14 -

EXHIBIT 10.6

 

[FORM OF]

FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC.

2005 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1. Purposes .

 

The purposes of the 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan are to advance the interests of FreightCar America, Inc. and its shareholders by providing a means to attract, retain, and motivate employees, consultants and directors of the Company (as defined below), its subsidiaries and affiliates, to provide for competitive compensation opportunities, to encourage long term service, to recognize individual contributions and reward achievement of performance goals, and to promote the creation of long term value for stockholders by aligning the interests of such persons with those of stockholders.

 

2. Definitions .

 

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

 

(a) “Affiliate” means any entity other than the Company and its Subsidiaries that is designated by the Board or the Committee as a participating employer under the Plan; provided , however , that the Company directly or indirectly owns at least 20% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of such entity or at least 20% of the ownership interests in such entity.

 

(b) “Award” means any Option, SAR, Restricted Share, Restricted Share Unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, Dividend Equivalent, or Other Share-Based Award granted to an Eligible Person under the Plan.

 

(c) “Award Agreement” means any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document evidencing an Award.

 

(d) “Beneficiary” means the person, persons, trust or trusts which have been designated by an Eligible Person in his or her most recent written beneficiary designation filed with the Company to receive the benefits specified under this Plan upon the death of the Eligible Person, or, if there is no designated Beneficiary or surviving designated Beneficiary, then the person, persons, trust or trusts entitled by will or the laws of descent and distribution to receive such benefits.

 

(e) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(f) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. References to any provision of the Code shall be deemed to include successor provisions thereto and regulations thereunder.

 

(g) “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, or such other Board committee (which may include the entire Board) as may be designated by the Board to administer the Plan; provided , however , that, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the

 


Committee shall consist of two or more directors of the Company, each of whom is a “nonemployee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, to the extent applicable, and each of whom is an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent applicable; provided , further , that the mere fact that the Committee shall fail to qualify under either of the foregoing requirements shall not invalidate any Award made by the Committee which Award is otherwise validly made under the Plan.

 

(h) “Company” means FreightCar America, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware, or any successor corporation.

 

(i) “Director” means a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate.

 

(j) “Dividend Equivalent” means a right, granted under Section 5(g), to receive cash, Shares, or other property equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of Shares. Dividend Equivalents may be awarded on a free-standing basis or in connection with another Award, and may be paid currently or on a deferred basis.

 

(k) “Effective Date” means                      , 2005.

 

(l) “Eligible Person” means (i) an employee or consultant of the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate, including any director who is an employee, or (ii) a Director. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, an Award may be granted to an employee, consultant or Director, in connection with his or her hiring or retention prior to the date the employee, consultant or Director first performs services for the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate; provided , however , that any such Award shall not become vested or exercisable prior to the date the employee, consultant or Director first performs such services.

 

(m) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time. References to any provision of the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include successor provisions thereto and regulations thereunder.

 

(n) “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to Shares or other property, the fair market value of such Shares or other property determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Committee. If the Shares are listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in good faith, the Fair Market Value of Shares shall mean the mean between the high and low selling prices per Share on the date (or, if the Shares were not traded on that day, the next preceding day that the Shares were traded) on the principal exchange or market system on which the Shares are traded, as such prices are officially quoted on such exchange.

 

(o) “ISO” means any Option intended to be and designated as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(p) “NQSO” means any Option that is not an ISO.

 

(q) “Option” means a right, granted under Section 5(b), to purchase Shares.

 

- 2 -


(r) “Other Share-Based Award” means a right, granted under Section 5(h), that relates to is valued by reference to Shares.

 

(s) “Participant” means an Eligible Person who has been granted an Award under the Plan.

 

(t) “Performance Share” means a performance share granted under Section 5(f).

 

(u) “Performance Unit” means a performance unit granted under Section 5(f).

 

(v) “Plan” means this 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan.

 

(w) “Restricted Shares” means an Award of Shares under Section 5(d) that may be subject to certain restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture.

 

(x) “Restricted Share Unit” means a right, granted under Section 5(e), to receive Shares or cash at the end of a specified deferral period.

 

(y) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3, as from time to time in effect and applicable to the Plan and Participants, promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

(z) “SAR” or “Share Appreciation Right” means the right, granted under Section 5(c), to be paid an amount measured by the difference between the exercise price of the right and the Fair Market Value of Shares on the date of exercise of the right, with payment to be made in cash, Shares, or property as specified in the Award or determined by the Committee.

 

(aa) “Shares” means common stock, $.01 par value per share, of the Company, and such other securities as may be substituted for Shares pursuant to Section 4(c) hereof.

 

(bb) “Subsidiary” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations (other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain) owns shares possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in the chain.

 

(cc) “Termination of Service” means the termination of the Participant’s employment, consulting services or directorship with the Company, its Subsidiaries and its Affiliates, as the case may be. A Participant employed by a Subsidiary of the Company or one of its Affiliates shall also be deemed to incur a Termination of Service if the Subsidiary of the Company or Affiliate ceases to be such a Subsidiary or an Affiliate, as the case may be, and the Participant does not immediately thereafter become an employee or director of, or a consultant to, the Company, another Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate. As determined by the Committee, temporary absences from employment because of illness, vacation or leave of absence and transfers among the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates may not be considered a Termination of Service.

 

- 3 -


3. Administration .

 

(a) Authority of the Committee . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, and the Committee shall have full and final authority to take the following actions, in each case subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan:

 

(i) to select Eligible Persons to whom Awards may be granted;

 

(ii) to designate Affiliates;

 

(iii) to determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Eligible Person;

 

(iv) to determine the type and number of Awards to be granted, the number of Shares to which an Award may relate, the terms and conditions of any Award granted under the Plan (including, but not limited to, any exercise price, grant price, or purchase price, any restriction or condition, any schedule for lapse of restrictions or conditions relating to transferability or forfeiture, exercisability, or settlement of an Award, and waiver or accelerations thereof, and waivers of performance conditions relating to an Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Committee shall determine), and all other matters to be determined in connection with an Award;

 

(v) to determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an Award may be settled, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid, in cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, exchanged, or surrendered;

 

(vi) to determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property payable with respect to an Award will be deferred either automatically, at the election of the Committee, or at the election of the Eligible Person;

 

(vii) to prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Eligible Person;

 

(viii) to adopt, amend, suspend, waive, and rescind such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;

 

(ix) to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan and to construe and interpret the Plan and any Award, rules and regulations, Award Agreement, or other instrument hereunder;

 

(x) to accelerate the exercisability or vesting of all or any portion of any Award or to extend the period during which an Award is exercisable;

 

(xi) to interpret the Plan and specify any additional requirements as it deems necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code;

 

- 4 -


(xii) to determine whether uncertificated Shares may be used in satisfying Awards and otherwise in connection with the Plan; and

 

(xiii) to make all other decisions and determinations as may be required under the terms of the Plan or as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

 

(b) Manner of Exercise of Committee Authority . The Committee shall have sole discretion in exercising its authority under the Plan. Any action of the Committee with respect to the Plan shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, including the Company, Subsidiaries, Affiliates, Eligible Persons, any person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Eligible Person, and shareholders. The express grant of any specific power to the Committee, and the taking of any action by the Committee, shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee. The Committee may delegate to other members of the Board or officers or managers of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate the authority, subject to such terms as the Committee shall determine, to perform administrative functions and, with respect to Awards granted to persons not subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, to perform such other functions as the Committee may determine, to the extent permitted under Rule 16b-3 (if applicable) and applicable law.

 

(c) Limitation of Liability . Each member of the Committee shall be entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to him or her by any officer or other employee of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, the Company’s independent certified public accountants, or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan. No member of the Committee, and no officer or employee of the Company acting on behalf of the Committee, shall be personally liable for any action, determination, or interpretation taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and all members of the Committee and any officer or employee of the Company acting on their behalf shall, to the extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by the Company with respect to any such action, determination, or interpretation.

 

(d) Limitation on Committee’s Discretion . Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, in the case of any Award which provides that it is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, the Committee shall have no discretion to increase the amount of compensation payable under the Award to the extent such an increase would cause the Award to lose its qualification as such performance-based compensation.

 

(e) Option or SAR Repricing . The Committee is authorized to reprice outstanding Options and SARs, including without limitation by lowering their exercise price or exchanging them for other Options or SARs with lower exercise prices; provided , however , that, without the consent of a Participant, no such repricing may materially and adversely affect the rights of the Participant under any Option or SAR theretofore granted to him or her.

 

- 5 -


4. Shares Subject to the Plan .

 

(a) Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(c) hereof, the total number of Shares reserved for issuance in connection with Awards under the Plan shall be 659,616 Shares. No Award may be granted if the number of Shares to which such Award relates, when added to the number of Shares previously issued under the Plan, exceeds the number of Shares reserved under the preceding sentence. If any Awards are forfeited, canceled, terminated, exchanged or surrendered or such Award is settled in cash or otherwise terminates without a distribution of Shares to the Participant, or if any Shares are delivered by attestation to, or withheld by, the Company in connection with the exercise of an Award or payment of taxes, any Shares counted against the number of Shares reserved and available under the Plan with respect to such Award shall, to the extent of any such forfeiture, settlement, termination, cancellation, exchange, surrender, attestation or withholding shall again be available for Awards under the Plan. Upon the exercise of any Award granted in tandem with any other Awards, such related Awards shall be canceled to the extent of the number of Shares as to which the Award is exercised.

 

(b) Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(c) hereof, the maximum number of Shares (i) with respect to which Options or SARs may be granted during any one calendar year to any one Eligible Person under this Plan shall be 329,808 Shares, and (ii) with respect to Performance Shares, Performance Units, Restricted Shares or Restricted Share Units intended to qualify as performance-based compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code shall be the equivalent of 329,808 Shares during any one calendar year to any one Eligible Person under this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued or transferred to Eligible Persons as Incentive Stock Options is 659,616 Shares, and the maximum number of Shares that may be transferred to Participants as Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units and other Share Based Awards is 329,808 Shares.

 

(c) In the event that the Committee shall determine that any dividend in Shares, recapitalization, Share split, reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or share exchange, or other similar corporate transaction or event, affects the Shares such that an adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of Eligible Persons under the Plan, then the Committee shall make such equitable changes or adjustments as it deems appropriate and, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number and kind of shares which may thereafter be issued under the Plan, (ii) the number and kind of shares, other securities or other consideration issued or issuable in respect of outstanding Awards, and (iii) the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price relating to any Award; provided , however , in each case that, with respect to ISOs, such adjustment shall be made in accordance with Section 424(a) of the Code, unless the Committee determines otherwise. In addition, the Committee is authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria and performance objectives, if any, included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or non-recurring events (including, without limitation, events described in the preceding sentence) affecting the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or the financial statements of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles; provided , however , that, if an Award provides that it is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, the Committee shall not have discretion to increase the amount of compensation payable under the Award to the extent such an increase would cause the Award to lose its qualification as performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

 

- 6 -


(d) Any Shares distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares or treasury Shares including Shares acquired by purchase in the open market or in private transactions.

 

5. Specific Terms of Awards .

 

(a) General . Awards may be granted on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5. In addition, the Committee may impose on any Award or the exercise thereof, at the date of grant or thereafter (subject to Section 9(d)), such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine, including terms regarding forfeiture of Awards or continued exercisability of Awards in the event of Termination of Service by the Eligible Person.

 

(b) Options . The Committee is authorized to grant Options, which may be NQSOs or ISOs, to Eligible Persons on the following terms and conditions:

 

(i) Exercise Price . The exercise price per Share purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Committee. The Committee may, without limitation, set an exercise price that is based upon achievement of performance criteria if deemed appropriate by the Committee.

 

(ii) Option Term . The term of each Option shall be determined by the Committee.

 

(iii) Time and Method of Exercise . The Committee shall determine at the date of grant or thereafter the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part (including, without limitation, upon achievement of performance criteria if deemed appropriate by the Committee), the methods by which such exercise price may be paid or deemed to be paid (including, without limitation, broker-assisted exercise arrangements), the form of such payment (including, without limitation, cash, Shares or other property), and the methods by which Shares will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Eligible Persons; provided , however , that, unless the Committee determines otherwise, in no event may any portion of the exercise price be paid with Shares acquired either under an Award granted pursuant to this Plan, upon exercise of a stock option granted under another Company plan or as a stock bonus or other stock award granted under another Company plan unless, in any such case, the Shares were acquired and vested more than six months in advance of the date of exercise.

 

(iv) ISOs . The terms of any ISO granted under the Plan shall comply in all respects with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code, including but not limited to the requirements that (1) ISOs may only be granted to employees of the Company or a Subsidiary, (2) the amount of the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares (determined at the time of grant of the Option) with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by an ISO holder during any calendar year (under all such plans of his or her employer corporation and its parent and subsidiary corporations) shall not exceed $100,000 or such other amount as is specified in the Code, and (3) the ISO shall be

 

- 7 -


granted within ten years from the earlier of the date of adoption or shareholder approval of the Plan.

 

(c) SARs . The Committee is authorized to grant SARs (Share Appreciation Rights) to Eligible Persons on the following terms and conditions:

 

(i) Right to Payment . A SAR shall confer on the Eligible Person to whom it is granted a right to receive with respect to each Share subject thereto the excess of (1) the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of exercise (or, if the Committee shall so determine in the case of any such right, the Fair Market Value of one Share at any time during a specified period before or after the date of exercise) over (2) the exercise price per Share of the SAR as determined by the Committee as of the date of grant of the SAR (which, in the case of a SAR granted in tandem with an Option, shall be equal to the exercise price of the underlying Option).

 

(ii) Other Terms . The Committee shall determine, at the time of grant or thereafter, the time or times at which a SAR may be exercised in whole or in part, the method of exercise, method of settlement, form of consideration payable in settlement, method by which Shares will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Eligible Persons, whether or not a SAR shall be in tandem with any other Award, and any other terms and conditions of any SAR. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, a SAR (1) granted in tandem with an NQSO may be granted at the time of grant of the related NQSO or at any time thereafter and (2) granted in tandem with an ISO may only be granted at the time of grant of the related ISO.

 

(d) Restricted Shares . The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Shares to Eligible Persons on the following terms and conditions:

 

(i) Issuance and Restrictions . Restricted Shares shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions, if any, as the Committee may impose at the date of grant or thereafter, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances (including, without limitation, upon achievement of performance criteria if deemed appropriate by the Committee), in such installments, or otherwise, as the Committee may determine. Except to the extent restricted under the Award Agreement relating to the Restricted Shares, an Eligible Person granted Restricted Shares shall have all of the rights of a shareholder including, without limitation, the right to vote Restricted Shares and the right to receive dividends thereon.

 

(ii) Forfeiture . Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, at the date of grant or thereafter, upon Termination of Service during the applicable restriction period, Restricted Shares and any accrued but unpaid dividends or Dividend Equivalents that are at that time subject to restrictions shall be forfeited; provided , however , that the Committee may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Shares will be waived in whole or in part in the event of Termination of

 

- 8 -


Service resulting from specified causes, and the Committee may in other cases waive in whole or in part the forfeiture of Restricted Shares.

 

(iii) Certificates for Shares . Restricted Shares granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates representing Restricted Shares are registered in the name of the Eligible Person, such certificates shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Shares, the Company shall retain physical possession of the certificate and the Participant shall deliver a stock power to the Company, endorsed in blank, relating to the Restricted Shares

 

(iv) Dividends . Dividends paid on Restricted Shares shall be either paid at the dividend payment date, or deferred for payment to such date as determined by the Committee, in cash or in unrestricted Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends. Shares distributed in connection with a Share split or dividend in Shares, and other property distributed as a dividend, shall be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Shares with respect to which such Shares or other property has been distributed.

 

(e) Restricted Share Units . The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Share Units to Eligible Persons, subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(i) Award and Restrictions . Delivery of Shares will occur upon expiration of the deferral period specified for Restricted Share Units by the Committee (or, if permitted by the Committee, as elected by the Eligible Person). In addition, Restricted Share Units shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose, if any (including, without limitation, the achievement of performance criteria if deemed appropriate by the Committee), at the date of grant or thereafter, which restrictions may lapse at the expiration of the deferral period or at earlier or later specified times, separately or in combination, in installments or otherwise, as the Committee may determine.

 

(ii) Forfeiture . Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at date of grant or thereafter, upon Termination of Service during the applicable deferral period or portion thereof to which forfeiture conditions apply (as provided in the Award Agreement evidencing the Restricted Share Units), or upon failure to satisfy any other conditions precedent to the delivery of Shares or cash to which such Restricted Share Units relate, all Restricted Share Units that are at that time subject to deferral or restriction shall be forfeited; provided , however , that the Committee may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Share Units will be waived in whole or in part in the event of Termination of Service resulting from specified causes, and the Committee may in other cases waive in whole or in part the forfeiture of Restricted Share Units.

 

(iii) Dividend Equivalents . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at date of grant, Dividend Equivalents on the specified number of Shares covered by a Restricted Share Unit shall be either (A) paid with respect to such Restricted Share Unit

 

- 9 -


at the dividend payment date in cash or in unrestricted Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends, or (B) deferred with respect to such Restricted Share Unit and the amount or value thereof automatically deemed reinvested in additional Restricted Share Units or other Awards, as the Committee shall determine or permit the Participant to elect.

 

(f) Performance Shares and Performance Units . The Committee is authorized to grant Performance Shares or Performance Units or both to Eligible Persons on the following terms and conditions:

 

(i) Performance Period . The Committee shall determine a performance period (the “Performance Period”) and shall determine the performance objectives for grants of Performance Shares and Performance Units. Performance objectives may vary from Eligible Person to Eligible Person and shall be based upon the performance criteria as the Committee may deem appropriate. The performance objectives may be determined by reference to the performance of the Company, or of a Subsidiary or Affiliate, or of a division or unit of any of the foregoing. Performance Periods may overlap and Eligible Persons may participate simultaneously with respect to Performance Shares and Performance Units for which different Performance Periods are prescribed.

 

(ii) Award Value . At the beginning of a Performance Period, the Committee shall determine for each Eligible Person or group of Eligible Persons with respect to that Performance Period the range of number of Shares, if any, in the case of Performance Shares, and the range of dollar values, if any, in the case of Performance Units, which may be fixed or may vary in accordance with such performance or other criteria specified by the Committee, which shall be paid to an Eligible Person as an Award if the relevant measure of Company performance for the Performance Period is met.

 

(iii) Significant Events . If during the course of a Performance Period there shall occur significant events as determined by the Committee which the Committee expects to have a substantial effect on a performance objective during such period, the Committee may revise such objective; provided , however , that, if an Award provides that it is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, the Committee shall not have any discretion to increase the amount of compensation payable under the Award to the extent such an increase would cause the Award to lose its qualification as performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

 

(iv) Forfeiture . Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, at the date of grant or thereafter, upon Termination of Service during the applicable Performance Period, Performance Shares and Performance Units for which the Performance Period was prescribed shall be forfeited; provided , however , that the Committee may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Agreement, or may determine in an individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Performance Shares and Performance Units will be waived in whole or in part in the event of Termination of Service resulting

 

- 10 -


from specified causes, and the Committee may in other cases waive in whole or in part the forfeiture of Performance Shares and Performance Units.

 

(v) Payment . Each Performance Share or Performance Unit may be paid in whole Shares, or cash, or a combination of Shares and cash either as a lump sum payment or in installments, all as the Committee shall determine at the time of grant of the Performance Share or Performance Unit , commencing as soon as practicable after the end of the relevant Performance Period.

 

(g) Dividend Equivalents . The Committee is authorized to grant Dividend Equivalents to Eligible Persons. The Committee may provide, at the date of grant or thereafter, that Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or distributed when accrued or shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Shares, or other investment vehicles as the Committee may specify; provided , however , that Dividend Equivalents (other than freestanding Dividend Equivalents) shall be subject to all conditions and restrictions of the underlying Awards to which they relate.

 

(h) Other Share-Based Awards . The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Eligible Persons such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Shares, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan, including, without limitation, unrestricted shares awarded purely as a “bonus” and not subject to any restrictions or conditions, other rights convertible or exchangeable into Shares, purchase rights for Shares, Awards with value and payment contingent upon performance of the Company or any other factors designated by the Committee, and Awards valued by reference to the performance of specified Subsidiaries or Affiliates. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards at date of grant or thereafter. Shares delivered pursuant to an Award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section 5(h) shall be purchased for such consideration, paid for at such times, by such methods, and in such forms, including, without limitation, cash, Shares, notes or other property, as the Committee shall determine. Cash awards, as an element of or supplement to any other Award under the Plan, shall also be authorized pursuant to this Section 5(h).

 

6. Certain Provisions Applicable to Awards .

 

(a) Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem and Substitute Awards . Awards granted under the Plan may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted to Eligible Persons either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in exchange or substitution for, any other Award granted under the Plan or any award granted under any other plan or agreement of the Company, any Subsidiary or Affiliate, or any business entity to be acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, or any other right of an Eligible Person to receive payment from the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate. Awards may be granted in addition to or in tandem with such other Awards or awards, and may be granted either as of the same time as or a different time from the grant of such other Awards or awards. The per Share exercise price of any Option, grant price of any SAR, or purchase price of any other Award conferring a right to purchase Shares which is granted in connection with the substitution of awards granted under any other plan or agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or any business entity to be acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, shall be determined by the Committee, in its discretion.

 

- 11 -


(b) Term of Awards . The term of each Award granted to an Eligible Person shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee; provided , however , that in no event shall the term of any ISO or a SAR granted in tandem therewith exceed a period of ten years from the date of its grant (or such shorter period as may be applicable under Section 422 of the Code).

 

(c) Form of Payment Under Awards . Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, payments to be made by the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate upon the grant, maturation, or exercise of an Award may be made in such forms as the Committee shall determine at the date of grant, including, without limitation, cash, Shares, notes or other property, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis. The Committee may make rules relating to installment or deferred payments with respect to Awards, including the rate of interest to be credited with respect to such payments, and the Committee may require deferral of payment under an Award if, in the sole judgment of the Committee, it may be necessary in order to avoid nondeductibility of the payment under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(d) Nontransferability . Unless otherwise set forth by the Committee in an Award Agreement, Awards shall not be transferable by an Eligible Person except by will or the laws of descent and distribution (except pursuant to a Beneficiary designation) and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of an Eligible Person only by such Eligible Person or his or her guardian or legal representative. An Eligible Person’s rights under the Plan may not be pledged, mortgaged, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered, and shall not be subject to claims of the Eligible Person’s creditors.

 

(e) Other Conditions . The Committee may, by way of the Award Agreements or otherwise, establish such other terms, conditions, restrictions and/or limitations, if any, of any Award, provided they are not inconsistent with the Plan.

 

7. Performance Awards .

 

(a) Performance Awards Granted to Covered Employees . If the Committee determines that an Award (other than an Option or SAR) to be granted to an Eligible Person should qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code, the grant, vesting, exercise and/or settlement of such Award (each, a “Performance Award”) shall be contingent upon achievement of preestablished performance goals and other terms set forth in this Section 7(a).

 

(i) Performance Goals Generally . The performance goals for such Performance Awards shall consist of one or more business criteria and a targeted level or levels of performance with respect to each of such criteria, as specified by the Committee consistent with this Section 7(a). The performance goals shall be objective and shall otherwise meet the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code and regulations thereunder (including Treasury Regulation 1.162-27 and successor regulations thereto), including the requirement that the level or levels of performance targeted by the Committee result in the achievement of performance goals being “substantially uncertain.” The Committee may determine that such Performance Awards shall be

 

- 12 -


granted, vested, exercised and/or settled upon achievement of any one performance goal or that two or more of the performance goals must be achieved as a condition to grant, vesting, exercise and/or settlement of such Performance Awards. Performance goals may differ for Performance Awards granted to any one Participant or to different Participants.

 

(ii) Business Criteria . One or more of the following business criteria for the Company, on a consolidated basis, and/or for specified Subsidiaries or Affiliates or other business units or lines of business of the Company shall be used by the Committee in establishing performance goals for such Performance Awards: (1) earnings per share (basic or fully diluted); (2) revenues; (3) earnings, before or after taxes, from operations (generally or specified operations), or before or after interest expense, depreciation, amortization, incentives, or extraordinary or special items; (4) cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on investment (discounted or otherwise), net cash provided by operations, or cash flow in excess of cost of capital; (5) return on net assets, return on assets, return on investment, return on capital, return on equity; (6) economic value added; (7) operating margin or operating expense; (8) net income; (9) Share price or total stockholder return; and (10) strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified market penetration, geographic business expansion goals, cost targets, customer satisfaction, supervision of litigation and information technology, and goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures of Subsidiaries, Affiliates or joint ventures. The targeted level or levels of performance with respect to such business criteria may be established at such levels and in such terms as the Committee may determine, in its discretion, including in absolute terms, as a goal relative to performance in prior periods, or as a goal compared to the performance of one or more comparable companies or an index covering multiple companies.

 

(iii) Performance Period; Timing for Establishing Performance Goals; Per-Person Limit . Achievement of performance goals in respect of such Performance Awards shall be measured over a performance period, as specified by the Committee. A performance goal shall be established not later than the earlier of (A) 90 days after the beginning of any performance period applicable to such Performance Award or (B) the time 25% of such performance period has elapsed. In all cases, the maximum Performance Award of any Participant shall be subject to the limitation set forth in Section 4(b).

 

(iv) Settlement of Performance Awards; Other Terms . Settlement of such Performance Awards shall be in cash, Shares, other Awards or other property, in the discretion of the Committee. The Committee may, in its discretion, reduce the amount of a settlement otherwise to be made in connection with such Performance Awards, but may not exercise discretion to increase any such amount payable to the Participant in respect of a Performance Award subject to this Section 7(a). Any settlement which changes the form of payment from that originally specified shall be implemented in a manner such that the Performance Award and other related Awards do not, solely for that reason, fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code. The Committee shall specify the circumstances in which such Performance Awards shall be paid or forfeited in the event of Termination of Service of the Participant

 

- 13 -


or other event (including a Change of Control) prior to the end of a performance period or settlement of such Performance Awards.

 

(b) Written Determinations . Determinations by the Committee as to the establishment of performance goals, the amount potentially payable in respect of Performance Awards, the level of actual achievement of the specified performance goals relating to Performance Awards and the amount of any final Performance Award shall be recorded in writing in the case of Performance Awards intended to qualify under Section 162(m) of the Code. Specifically, the Committee shall certify in writing, in a manner conforming to applicable regulations under Section 162(m), prior to settlement of each such Award, that the performance objective relating to the Performance Award and other material terms of the Award upon which settlement of the Award was conditioned have been satisfied.

 

8. Change of Control Provisions .

 

(a) Acceleration of Exercisability and Lapse of Restrictions . Unless otherwise provided by the Committee at the time of the Award grant, in the event of a Change of Control, all outstanding Awards pursuant to which the Participant may have rights the exercise of which is restricted or limited, shall become fully exercisable at the time of the Change of Control, and all restrictions or limitations (including risks of forfeiture and deferrals) on outstanding Awards subject to restrictions or limitations under the Plan shall lapse, and all performance criteria and other conditions to payment of Awards under which payments of cash, Shares or other property are subject to conditions shall be deemed to be achieved or fulfilled and shall be waived by the Company at the time of the Change of Control.

 

(b) Definitions of Certain Terms . For purposes of this Section 8, the following definitions, in addition to those set forth in Section 2, shall apply:

 

(i) “Change of Control” means and shall be deemed to have occurred if the conditions set forth in any one of the following paragraphs shall have been satisfied:

 

(a) Change in Ownership. A change in the ownership of the Company is deemed to occur on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in subsection (ii) below), acquires ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company. However, if any one person or more than one person acting as a group, is considered to own more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company, the acquisition of additional stock by the same person or persons is not considered to cause a change in the ownership of the corporation. An increase in the percentage of stock owned by any one person, or persons acting as a group, as a result of a transaction in which the Company acquires its stock in exchange for property will be treated as an acquisition of stock for purposes of this section. This section applies only when there is a transfer or issuance of stock of the Company and the stock remains outstanding after the transaction.

 

- 14 -


(b) Change in Effective Control . Change in the effective control of the Company occurs on the date that either (1) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as described in subsection (ii) below), acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Company possessing 35 percent or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; or (2) a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. If any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, is considered to effectively control the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same person or persons is not considered to cause a change in the effective control of the Company.

 

(c) Sale of a Substantial Portion of Assets . A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets occurs on the date that any one person or persons acting as a group acquire (or have acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40 percent of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For this purpose, gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. A transfer of assets to an entity that is controlled by the shareholders of the Company immediately after the transfer, or a transfer of assets by the Company to any of the following, are not considered to be a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets for purposes of this paragraph: (1) a shareholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to its stock; (2) an entity, 50 percent or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company; (3) a person, or more than one person acting as a group, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50 percent or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company; or (4) an entity, at least 50 percent of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a person described in clause (3). For purposes of this paragraph (c) and except as otherwise provided, a person’s status is determined immediately after the transfer of the assets. For example, a transfer to a corporation in which the Company has no ownership interest before the transaction, but which is a majority-owned subsidiary of the Company after the transaction is not treated as a change in the ownership of the assets of the Company.

 

(ii) Persons will not be considered to be acting as a group solely because they purchase or own stock of the Company at the same time, or as a result of the same public offering. However, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company. If a person, including an entity, owns stock in the Company and another corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation,

 

- 15 -


purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar transaction with the Company, such shareholder is considered to be acting as a group with other shareholders of the other corporation only with respect to their ownership interest in that corporation prior to the transaction.

 

(iii) “Person” shall have the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used herein; however, a Person shall not include (i) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (iv) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the stock of the Company.

 

9. General Provisions .

 

(a) Compliance with Legal and Trading Requirements . The Plan, the granting and exercising of Awards thereunder, and the other obligations of the Company under the Plan and any Award Agreement, shall be subject to all applicable federal, state and foreign laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any stock exchange, regulatory or governmental agency as may be required. The Company, in its discretion, may postpone the issuance or delivery of Shares under any Award until completion of such stock exchange or market system listing or registration or qualification of such Shares or other required action under any state, federal or foreign law, rule or regulation as the Company may consider appropriate, and may require any Participant to make such representations and furnish such information as it may consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of Shares in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations. No provisions of the Plan shall be interpreted or construed to obligate the Company to register any Shares under federal, state or foreign law. The Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to such other restrictions on transfer as determined by the Committee.

 

(b) No Right to Continued Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any action taken thereunder shall be construed as giving any employee, consultant or director the right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates to terminate any employee’s, consultant’s or director’s employment or service at any time.

 

(c) Taxes . The Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate is authorized to withhold from any Award granted, any payment relating to an Award under the Plan, including from a distribution of Shares, or any payroll or other payment to an Eligible Person, amounts of withholding and other taxes due in connection with any transaction involving an Award, and to take such other action as the Committee may deem advisable to enable the Company and Eligible Persons to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Award. This authority shall include authority to withhold or receive Shares or other property and to make cash payments in respect thereof in satisfaction of an Eligible Person’s tax obligations; provided , however , that the amount of tax withholding to be

 

- 16 -


satisfied by withholding Shares shall be limited to the minimum amount of taxes, including employment taxes, required to be withheld under applicable Federal, state and local law.

 

(d) Changes to the Plan and Awards . The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or the Committee’s authority to grant Awards under the Plan without the consent of shareholders of the Company or Participants, except that (i) any such amendment or alteration shall be subject to shareholder approval to the extent such shareholder approval is required under the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares may then be listed or quoted and (ii) any such amendment or alteration as it applies to ISOs shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s shareholders to the extent such shareholder approval is required under Section 422 of the Code; provided , however , that, without the consent of an affected Participant, no amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation, or termination of the Plan may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under any Award theretofore granted to him or her. The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate, any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retrospectively; provided , however , that, without the consent of a Participant, no amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination of any Award may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under any Award theretofore granted to him or her.

 

(e) No Rights to Awards; No Shareholder Rights . No Eligible Person or employee shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Eligible Persons and employees. No Award shall confer on any Eligible Person any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company unless and until Shares are duly issued or transferred to the Eligible Person in accordance with the terms of the Award.

 

(f) Unfunded Status of Awards . The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company; provided , however , that the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or make other arrangements to meet the Company’s obligations under the Plan to deliver cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property pursuant to any Award, which trusts or other arrangements shall be consistent with the “unfunded” status of the Plan unless the Committee otherwise determines with the consent of each affected Participant.

 

(g) Nonexclusivity of the Plan . Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor its submission to the shareholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of options and other awards otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

 

(h) Not Compensation for Benefit Plans . No Award payable under this Plan shall be deemed salary or compensation for the purpose of computing benefits under any benefit plan or other arrangement of the Company for the benefit of its employees, consultants or directors unless the Company shall determine otherwise.

 

- 17 -


(i) No Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award. The Committee shall determine whether cash, other Awards, or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

 

(j) Successors . All obligations of the Company under the Plan or any Award Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of the successor results from a direct or indirect purchase of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company or both, or a merger, consolidation or otherwise.

 

(k) Governing Law . The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan, any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and any Award Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of Delaware without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws thereof.

 

(l) Effective Date; Plan Termination . The Plan shall become effective as of                      , 2005 (the “Effective Date”). The Plan shall terminate as to future awards on the date which is ten (10) years after the Effective Date.

 

(m) Titles and Headings . The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only. In the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.

 

- 18 -


 

(Sample Form of)

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into this        day of                              , 2005 by and between FreightCar America, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [                    ] (the “ Option Holder ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Option Holder has been designated by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Committee ”) to participate in the 2005 Long Term Incentive and Share Award Plan (the “ Plan ”) (capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Plan);

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the Company and the Option Holder agree as follows:

 

1. Grant . Pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, all of the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference unless otherwise provided herein, the Company hereby grants to the Option Holder an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase [         ] shares of the Company’s common stock (the “ Common Stock ”). The Option is granted as of                              , 2005 (the “ Date of Grant ”), and such grant is subject to all of the terms and conditions herein and to all of the terms and the conditions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall govern. The Option is intended to be non-qualified, and is not intended to be an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

2. Exercise Price . The exercise price of the shares subject to the Option shall be equal to the per share price at the time of the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering, subject to adjustment as provided in the Plan.

 

3. Term of Option . The Option may, subject to the vesting and termination provisions of paragraphs 4 and 5 below, be exercised only during the period commencing on the Date of Grant and continuing until the close of business on tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant (the “ Option Period ”). At the end of the Option Period, the Option shall terminate, unless sooner terminated pursuant to paragraph 5 below.

 

4. Vesting . The Option Holder’s right to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Option has vested. Subject to subparagraph 7 below, the Option shall vest and become exercisable upon the following schedule (provided the Option Holder remains in the employ of the Company on the applicable vesting date):

 

(a) one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to the Option vest on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant;

 

(b) an additional one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to the Option vest on the second anniversary of the Date of Grant; and

 


(c) the final one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to the Option vest on the third anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

(d) In addition, the Option shall vest and become exercisable upon a termination by the Company without Cause (as defined in Appendix A) or a termination by the Option Holder for Good Reason (as defined in Appendix A). 1

 

5. Termination of Employment . If the employment of the Option Holder terminates for any reason other than a Qualifying Termination (as defined below) during the Option Period, the Option shall immediately terminate. If the employment of the Option Holder terminates by reason of a Qualifying Termination during the Option Period, the Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it was exercisable on the date of the Option Holder’s termination of employment and shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the date of the Option Holder’s termination of employment or (ii) the end of the Option Period. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Qualifying Termination ” shall mean a termination of the Option Holder’s employment by reason of the Option Holder’s death, Disability (as defined in Appendix A) or Retirement (as defined in Appendix A), a termination by the Company without Cause (as defined in Appendix A) or a termination by the Option Holder for Good Reason (as defined in Appendix A). 2

 

6. Exercise of Option . In order to exercise the Option, the Option Holder shall submit to the Secretary of the Company an instrument in writing specifying the number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which the Option is being exercised, accompanied by payment, in a manner acceptable to the Committee, of the exercise price of the shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised. Shares shall then be issued by the Company and a share certificate delivered to the Option Holder; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to issue any Shares hereunder if the issuance of such Shares would violate the provisions of any applicable law.

 

7. Conditions . The Option Holder will not have any of the rights of a shareholder with respect to Shares until the Company has issued or transferred such Shares to the Option Holder after the exercise of the Option. As a condition to the Company’s obligation to issue or transfer Shares to the Option Holder after the exercise of the Option, the Option Holder shall have paid in full for the Shares as to which he or she exercised the Option.

 

8. Change of Control . In the event of a Change of Control (as defined in the Plan), the Option shall become fully vested and exercisable.

 


1 This provision related to “Cause” and “Good Reason” shall not be included in the option agreements of Option Holders who are not party to employment agreements with the Company.

 

2 For Option Holders who do not have employment agreements defining these terms, a “Qualifying Termination” shall be limited to a termination of the Option Holder’s employment by reason of the Option Holder’s death or Termination of Service (as defined in the Plan).

 

- 2 -


9. Non-Transferable . The Option may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, except by will or the laws of descent.

 

10. No Obligation to Exercise . Neither the Option Holder nor any permissible transferee is or will be obligated by the grant of the Option to exercise it.

 

11. References . References herein to rights and obligations of the Option Holder shall apply, where appropriate, to the Option Holder’s legal representative or guardian without regard to whether specific reference to such legal representative or guardian is contained in a particular provision of this Agreement or the Plan.

 

12. Taxes . The Option Holder shall be responsible for all taxes required to be paid under applicable tax laws with respect to the Option.

 

13. Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains all the understandings between the parties hereto pertaining to the matters referred to herein, and supersedes all undertakings and agreements, whether oral or in writing, previously entered into by them with respect thereto. The Option Holder represents that, in executing this Agreement, he does not rely and has not relied upon any representation or statement not set forth herein made by the Company with regard to the subject matter, bases or effect of this Agreement or otherwise.

 

14. Amendment or Modification, Waiver . No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is agreed to in writing, and is signed by both the Option Holder and a duly authorized officer of the Company. No waiver by any party hereto of any breach by another party hereto of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of a similar or dissimilar condition or provision at the same time, any prior time or any subsequent time.

 

15. Notices . Any notice to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given hereunder when delivered personally, sent by courier or telecopy or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed to the party concerned at the address indicated below or to such other address as such party may subsequently give notice of hereunder in writing:

 

To Option Holder at:

 

[                                ]

c/o FreightCar America, Inc.

Two North Riverside Plaza

Suite 1250

Chicago, IL 60606

 

To the Company at:

 

FreightCar America, Inc.

Two North Riverside Plaza

Suite 1250

Chicago, IL 60606

Attention: Secretary

 

- 3 -


Any notice delivered personally or by courier under this paragraph (m) shall be deemed given on the date delivered and any notice sent by telecopy or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date telecopied or mailed.

 

16. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any party or circumstances shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid and unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement or the application of such provision to such person or circumstances other than those to which it is so determined to be invalid and unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision hereof shall be validated and shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

17. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

 

18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date and year set forth above.

 

FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC.       OPTION HOLDER:
By:                

Title:

               

Name:

         

Name:

 

[                                                                 ]

 

- 4 -


 

APPENDIX A 3

 

For purposes of this Agreement:

 

1. “Disability” means that, in the written opinion of a qualified physician selected by the Company, the Option Holder shall become unable to perform his duties hereunder due to physical or mental illness that continues for one year.

 

2. “Cause” means

 

  (i) the willful and continuous neglect or refusal to perform the Option Holder’s duties or responsibilities, or the willful taking of actions (or willful failures to take actions) that materially impair the Option Holder’s ability to perform his duties or responsibilities that in each case continues after being communicated in writing to the Option Holder (other than any such failure resulting from the Option Holder’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness or any such actual or anticipated failure after the issuance of a written notice of termination of the Option Holder’s employment by the Company; or

 

  (ii) any act by the Option Holder that constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his duties hereunder, or the conviction of the Option Holder for any felony, in each case which is materially and manifestly injurious to the Company and which is brought to the attention of the Option Holder in writing not more than thirty days from the date of its discovery by the Company or the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”).

 

For purposes of this definition, no act, or failure to act, on the Option Holder’s part shall be considered “willful,” unless done, or omitted to be done, by him not in good faith

 


3 The definitions of the terms “ Disability ,” “ Cause ,” and “ Good Reason ” in this Appendix A may differ for Option Holders (a) other than Begel, Weller, Cirar, Mueller and Tallering and (ii) who are party to an employment agreement with the Company, depending on the definitions of such terms in each Option Holder’s respective employment agreement. The definitions of the terms “ Disability ,” “ Cause ,” and “ Good Reason ” in this Appendix A shall not be included in the option agreements of Option Holders who are not party to employment agreements with the Company.

 

A-1


or without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interest of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon the direction or instruction of the Board pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company shall be presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, in good faith and in the best interests of the Company absent knowledge by the Option Holder the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option Holder shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause without (1) written notice to the Option Holder specifying in detail the specific reasons for the Company’s intention to terminate for Cause, (2) an opportunity for the Option Holder, together with his counsel, to be heard before the Board, (3) with respect to actions or inaction specified in paragraph (i) above, a reasonable opportunity for the Option Holder to cure the action or inaction specified by the Company and (4) delivery to the Option Holder of a written notice of termination of the Option Holder’s employment by the Company.

 

3. “Good Reason” means, without the Option Holder’s express written consent, the occurrence of any of the following circumstances unless such circumstances are fully corrected prior to the date of termination of employment (which date shall not be less than twenty (20) nor more than thirty (30) days from the date of the issuance of a written notice of termination of the Option Holder’s employment by the Company) specified in such written notice of termination given in respect thereof: (A) a material change in the Option Holder’s position, duties, responsibilities (including reporting responsibilities) or authority (except during periods when the Option Holder is unable to perform all or substantially all of the Option Holder’s duties and/or responsibilities on account of the Option Holder’s illness (either physical or mental) or other incapacity), which, in the Option Holder’s reasonable judgment, represent an adverse change, (B) a reduction in either the Option Holder’s annual rate of base salary or level of participation in any bonus plans for which he is eligible, (C) failure to provide facilities or services that are suitable as determined by the Board to the Option Holder’s position and adequate for the performance of the Option Holder’s duties and responsibilities, including the failure to maintain the Chicago office (or comparable office facilities so long as the Option Holder does not have to relocate outside the city of Chicago, Illinois), without the prior written consent of the Option Holder, (D) any purported termination by the Company of the Option Holder’s employment that is not effected pursuant to a written notice of termination of the Option Holder’s employment by the Company or (E) failure of any successor (by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to become liable for the performance of the Option Holder’s employment agreement with the Company by assumption or by operation of law or otherwise. The Option Holder’s right to terminate employment pursuant to this definition shall not be affected by the Option Holder’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness.

 

4. “Retirement” shall have the same meaning ascribed to such term in the corporate policy and/or relevant document of the Option Holder’s employment entity.

 

A-2

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

DEFERRED FINANCING FEE AGREEMENT

 

DEFERRED FINANCING FEE AGREEMENT, dated as of June 3, 1999 among RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“Caravelle”).

 

Caravelle has purchased $12.5 million of the Company’s 15% Senior Notes due 2006, as well as 1,250 shares of each of the Company’s Class A Common Stock (the “Common Stock”) and Series A Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock and the Common Stock, the “Equity Securities”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Deferred Financing Fees . In consideration of the purchase of the Equity Securities by Caravelle, the Company agrees to pay to Caravelle a deferred financing fee in the amount of $50,000 per annum accruing from the date hereof, pay able in advance on January 1 of each year; provided that for calendar year 1999 the deferred financing fee shall be payable on the date of this Agreement and shall be in the amount of $29,160. Once any amount of the deferred financing fee has been paid it shall not be returnable under any circumstances, including upon any termination of this Agreement by any party hereto.

 

Section 2. Indemnity; No Liability . In consideration of the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Caravelle, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify, exonerate and hold each of Caravelle and its affiliates, and each of their respective partners, shareholders, affiliates, directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees and agents and each of the partners, shareholders, affiliates, directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees and agents of each of the foregoing (collectively, the “Indemnitees”) free and harmless from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, losses, liabilities and damages, and expenses in connection therewith, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements (collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”), incurred by the Indemnitees or any of them as a result of, or arising out of, or relating to the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or existence of this Agreement or the

 


transactions contemplated hereby or thereby except for any such Indemnified Liabilities arising solely on account of such In-demnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, and if and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unenforceable for any reason, the Company hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities which is permissible under applicable law. None of the Indemnitees shall be liable to the Company or any of its affiliates for any act or omission suffered or taken by such Indemnitee that does not constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

Section 3. Governing Law: Submission to Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles.

 

Section 4. Termination . This Agreement will terminate automatically when Caravelle shall own less than 1,250 shares of Common Stock. The provisions of Section 2 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

- 2 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date first written above.

 

RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC.
By:    
   

Name:

   

Title:

 

CARAVELLE INVESTMENT FUND, L.L.C.
By: Caravelle Advisors, L.L.C, its Investment Manager and Attorney-in-Fact
By:    
   

Name:

   

Title:

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date first written above.

 

RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC.
    /s/    Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc.
     
     

 

CARAVELLE INVESTMENT FUND, L.L.C.
By: Caravelle Advisors, L.L.C., its Investment Manager and Attorney-in-Fact
By:  

/s/    Douglas A. Padillo

   

Name:  Douglas A. Padillo

   

Title:    Director

 

Exhibit 10.7.1

 

AMENDMENT TO

DEFERRED FINANCING FEE AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT TO DEFERRED FINANCING FEE AGREEMENT, dated as of March 7, 2005 (this “ Amendment ”), is entered into by and between FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC. (formerly known as Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (“ FCA ”), and CARAVELLE INVESTMENT FUND, L.L.C. (“ Caravelle ”).

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, FCA and Caravelle are parties to that certain Deferred Financing Agreement, dated as of June 3, 1999 (the “ Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS, FCA and Caravelle desire to amend certain provisions in the Agreement relating to the termination of the Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions . All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

 

2. Amendment . The Agreement is hereby amended by replacing Section 4 of the Agreement in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“Section 4. Termination . This Agreement will terminate automatically upon the earlier of (a) the date on which Caravelle shall own less than 1,250 shares of Common Stock (other than due to a recapitalization of the Company, whether by reclassification, merger, reorganization or otherwise) or (b) an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock and the payment of a termination fee of $100,000 to Caravelle, which amount shall be payable promptly following the completion of such initial public offering. The provisions of Section 2 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.”

 

3. No Further Amendments . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. Each party agrees to be bound by all of the terms of the Agreement, as amended hereby.

 

4. Miscellaneous . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby


Name:

  Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

  Chief Financial Officer

CARAVELLE INVESTMENT FUND, L.L.C.

By:

 

/s/ Jay Bloom


Name:

 

Jay Bloom

Title:

   

Exhibit 10.8

 

MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT, dated as of June 3, 1999 among RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Hancock Mezzanine Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Hancock”).

 

The Company desires for Hancock to provide certain ongoing management and advisory services to the Company, and Hancock is willing to provide such services subject to the terms and conditions contained herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Services . During the term of this Agreement, Hancock shall provide such advisory and management services to the Company and its subsidiaries as the Board of Directors of the Company shall reasonably request and Hancock shall agree to provide from time to time. The Company agrees, that Hancock shall have the right, but not the obligation, to act as advisor to the Company and its subsidiaries with respect to significant business transactions. Such services shall be performed at Hancock’s offices or at such other locations as Hancock shall reasonably determine.

 

Section 2. Compensation . In consideration of the services previously provided and to be provided in accordance with Section 1, the Company agrees to pay to Hancock an annual management fee of $25,000 accruing from the date hereof, payable annually in advance on January 1 of each year; provided that for calendar year 1999 the management fee shall be payable on the date of this Agreement and shall be in the amount of $14,850. Once any management fee has been paid it shall not be returnable under any circumstances, including upon any termination of this Agreement by any party hereto.

 

Section 3. Reimbursement . Hancock and its affiliates shall be entitled to reimbursement of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including travel expenses) incurred in connection with the performance of this Agreement (other than salary expenses and associated overhead charges). The Company agrees to pay such amounts promptly upon request therefor.

 

Section 4. Indemnity; No Liability . In consideration of the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Hancock, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify, exonerate and

 


hold each of Hancock and its affiliates, and each of their respective partners, shareholders, affiliates, directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees and agents and each of the partners, shareholders, affiliates, directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees and agents of each of the foregoing (collectively, the “Indemnitees”) free and harmless from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, losses, liabilities and damages, and expenses in connection therewith, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements (collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”), incurred by the Indemnitees or any of them as a result of, or arising out of, or relating to the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or existence of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby except for any such Indemnified Liabilities arising solely on account of such Indemnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, and if and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unenforceable for any reason, the Company hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities which is permissible under applicable law. None of the Indemnitees shall be liable to the Company or any of its affiliates for any act or omission suffered or taken by such Indemnitee that does not constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

Section 5. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles.

 

Section 6. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated by Hancock at any time by written notice to the Company. In addition, this Agreement will terminate automatically concurrently with the termination of Hancock’s right to appoint a member of the Company’s board of directors. The provisions of Sections 3 and 4 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date first written above.

 

RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC.
By:    
   

Name:

   

Title:

HANCOCK MEZZANINE PARTNERS, L.P.
By: Hancock Mezzanine Investments LLC, its General Partner
By: John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company, as Investment Manager
By:    
   

Name:

   

Title:

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date first written above.

 

RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC.

   

/s/    Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc.

     
     

HANCOCK MEZZANINE PARTNERS, L.P.

By: Hancock Mezzanine Investments LLC, its General Partner
By: John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company, as Investment Manager

By:

 

/s/    Sandeep Alva

   

Name:

 

Sandeep Alva

   

Title:

 

President

 

Exhibit 10.8.1

 

AMENDMENT TO

MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT TO MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT, dated as of March 7, 2005 (this “ Amendment ”), is entered into by and between FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC. (formerly known as Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and HANCOCK MEZZANINE PARTNERS L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Hancock ”).

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Hancock are parties to that certain Management Services Agreement, dated as of June 3, 1999 (the “ Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Hancock desire to amend certain provisions in the Agreement relating to the termination of the Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions . All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

 

2. Amendment . The Agreement is hereby amended by replacing Section 6 of the Agreement in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“Section 4. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated by Hancock at any time by written notice to the Company. In addition, this Agreement will terminate automatically upon the termination of Hancock’s right to appoint a member of the Company’s board of directors (the “Termination of Designation Right”); provided , however , that if an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock (the “IPO”) shall have occurred prior to the Termination of Designation Right, this Agreement shall terminate automatically upon the payment of a termination fee of $50,000 to Hancock, which amount shall be payable promptly following the completion of the IPO. The provisions of Sections 3 and 4 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.”

 

3. No Further Amendments . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. Each party agrees to be bound by all of the terms of the Agreement, as amended hereby.

 

4. Miscellaneous . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby


Name:

  Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

  Chief Financial Officer

HANCOCK MEZZANINE PARTNERS L.P.

By:

 

/s/ Scott A. McFetridge


Name:

  Scott A. McFetridge

Title:

  Vice President

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT, dated as of June 3, 1999 among RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company a Massachusetts life insurance company (“John Hancock”).

 

The Company desires for John Hancock to provide certain ongoing management and advisory services to the Company, and John Hancock is willing to provide such services subject to the terms and conditions contained herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Services . During the term of this Agreement, John Hancock shall provide such advisory and management services to the Company and its subsidiaries as the Board of Directors of the Company shall reasonably request and John Hancock shall agree to provide from time to time. The Company agrees, that John Hancock shall have the right, but not the obligation, to act as advisor to the Company and its subsidiaries with respect to significant business transactions. Such services shall be performed at John Hancock’s offices or at such other locations as John Hancock shall reasonably determine.

 

Section 2. Compensation . In consideration of the services previously provided and to be provided in accordance with Section 1, the Company agrees to pay to John Hancock an annual management fee, of $25,000 accruing from the date hereof, payable annually in advance on January 1 of each year; provided that for calendar year 1999 the management fee shall be payable on the date of this Agreement and shall be in the amount of $14,580. Once any management fee has been paid it shall not be returnable under any circumstances, including upon any termination of this Agreement by any party hereto.

 

Section 3. Reimbursement . John Hancock and its affiliates shall be entitled to reimbursement of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including travel expenses) incurred in connection with the performance of this Agreement (other than salary expenses and associated overhead charges). The Company agrees to pay such amounts promptly upon request therefor.

 

Section 4. Indemnity; No Liability . In consideration of the execution and delivery of this Agreement by John Hancock, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify, exonerate and

 


hold each of John Hancock and its affiliates, and each of their respective partners, shareholders, affiliates, directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees and agents and each of the partners, shareholders, affiliates, directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees and agents of each of the foregoing (collectively, the “Indemnitees”) free and harmless from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, losses, liabilities and damages, and expenses in connection therewith, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements (collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”), incurred by the Indemnitees or any of them as a result of, or arising out of, or relating to the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or existence of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby except for any such Indemnified Liabilities arising solely on account of such In-demnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, and if and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unenforceable for any reason, the Company hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities which is permissible under applicable law. None of the Indemnitees shall be liable to the Company or any of its affiliates for any act or omission suffered or taken by such Indemnitee that does not constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

Section 5. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles.

 

Section 6. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated by John Hancock at any time by written notice to the Company. In addition, this Agreement will terminate automatically concurrently with the termination of John Hancock’s right to appoint a member of the Company’s board of directors. The provisions of Sections 3 and 4 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date first written above.

 

RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC.
By:    
   

Name:

   
   

Title:

   
JOHN HANCOCK MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:    
   

Name:

   
   

Title:

   

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date first written above.

 

RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC.
    /s/    Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc.
         
JOHN HANCOCK MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:   /s/    Sandeep Alva
   

Name:

 

Sandeep Alva

   

Title:

 

Second Vice President

 

Exhibit 10.9.1

 

AMENDMENT TO

MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT TO MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT, dated as of March 5, 2005 (this “ Amendment ”), is entered into by and between FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC. (formerly known as Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (formerly known as John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company), a Massachusetts life insurance company (“ John Hancock ”).

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, the Company and John Hancock are parties to that certain Management Services Agreement, dated as of June 3, 1999 (the “ Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and John Hancock desire to amend certain provisions in the Agreement relating to the termination of the Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions . All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

 

2. Amendment . The Agreement is hereby amended by replacing Section 6 of the Agreement in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“Section 4. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated by John Hancock at any time by written notice to the Company. In addition, this Agreement will terminate automatically upon the termination of John Hancock’s right to appoint a member of the Company’s board of directors (the “Termination of Designation Right”); provided , however , that if an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock (the “IPO”) shall have occurred prior to the Termination of Designation Right, this Agreement shall terminate automatically upon the payment of a termination fee of $50,000 to John Hancock, which amount shall be payable promptly following the completion of the IPO. The provisions of Sections 3 and 4 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.”

 

3. No Further Amendments . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. Each party agrees to be bound by all of the terms of the Agreement, as amended hereby.

 

4. Miscellaneous . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby


Name:

  Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

  Chief Financial Officer

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:

 

/s/ Scott A. McFetridge


Name:

  Scott A. McFetridge

Title:

  Managing Director

Exhibit 10.10

 

RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC.

Rabbit Hill

Sarles Street

Mount Kisco, NY 10549

 

June 3, 1999

 

Mr. James D. Cirar

c/o TMB Industries

980 North Michigan Avenue ,

Suite 1100

Chicago, IL 60611

 

  RE: C onsulting Agreement

 

Dear Mr. Cirar:

 

This letter will serve to confirm the consulting arrangement between Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc. (“RHH”), Johnstown America Corporation (“JAC”), Freight Car Services, Inc. (“FCS”), JAC Patent Company (“Patent”), and JAIX Leasing Company (“JAIX” - collectively, JAC, FCS, Patent and JAIX are referred to herein as the “Company” or the “Companies”), pursuant to which you will render, as requested, certain consulting services to RHH and the Companies and, in addition, will serve, as requested, as a member of the Board of Directors of RHH.

 

Beginning on the date hereof, and continuing until such time as RHH elects to terminate this Agreement, you will, as requested, consult with and advise the Board of RHH, the Board of each of the Companies, and senior management of the Companies on all matters relating to the business of RHH and the Companies. You will attend and participate in such senior management meetings as we shall, from time to time, request, and shall otherwise be available to act as a consultant for RHH and the Companies (the “Consulting Services”).

 

In connection with rendering such Consulting Services, you shall devote your best efforts to perform your duties faithfully and in a diligent and efficient matter. You shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty to RHH and each Company. The performance of your Consulting Services shall take place via telephone, correspondence or in personal conferences, as we shall reasonably request. The manner in which the Consulting Services are to be performed, and the specific hours to be worked by you shall be determined by RHH in its reasonable discretion, and we will rely on you to work as many hours as are reasonably necessary to

 


fulfill your obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that neither you nor we, anticipate that you will be required to spend more than 10 hours per month in connection with your Consulting Services, absent substantial problems at, or special circumstances involving, RHH or the Companies.

 

In consideration of the Consulting Services you are to provide hereunder, RHH will pay to you consulting fees at the rate of $50,000 per year, payable monthly, or at such other times as RHH and you shall mutually agree. In addition, RHH or the Companies shall reimburse you for all reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by you in performing your duties hereunder, subject to RHH’s prior approval, upon presentation of expense reports in form and format reasonably satisfactory to RHH, and supported by satisfactory documentation.

 

Each of RHH and you hereby agree that you are an independent contractor, solely responsible for the manner and form in which you perform the Consulting Services, and nothing contained herein shall be construed as creating an employer/employee, master/servant, principal/agent, partnership, joint venture or other similar type of arrangement. You agree that you will not take any action on behalf of RHH or the Companies without specific instructions from, and the prior approval of, RHH and the Companies, and that you do not have any right or power in any manner to bind or commit RHH or any Company to any contract or other obligation with any third party except upon specific prior written approval of RHH and such Company. Neither RHH nor any Company shall provide fringe benefits, including health insurance benefits, paid vacation or any other employee benefits, for your benefit. Neither RHH nor any Company shall be liable for withholding and remitting to proper state, federal or local agencies any income tax withholding, FICA tax withholding or similar amounts applicable to the consideration paid to you, or paying any other similar costs, fees, taxes or contributions associated with the relationship between RHH and the Companies, on the one hand, and you, on the other. You shall indemnify and hold RHH and each Company harmless against and for the payment of any such taxes, costs, fees or contributions.

 

You acknowledge that you are personally bound by the provisions of Section 9 of the Securities Purchase, Repurchase and Non-Compete Agreement dated June 2, 1999, (“Non-Compete Agreement”) and hereby agree to the application of such provisions, including the provisions enforcing the restrictive covenants contained therein in Section 11 of such Agreement.

 

This Agreement may be terminated by RHH at any time by written notice to you that it is the determination of the Board of RHH that it is in the best interests of RHH and the Companies to terminate this Agreement. This Agreement shall terminate automatically upon your death or disability. The term “disability” shall mean “permanent and total disability”, as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. You may terminate this Agreement at any time by providing thirty (30) days written notice to RHH. We anticipate that you will provide the Consulting Services described herein through June 2,

 

-2-


2004, and accordingly the aggregate amount to be paid hereunder will equal $250,000. If RHH elects to terminate this Agreement, and if you have not then breached this Agreement or contravened the provisions of the Non-Compete Agreement, RHH will pay to you the balance of the fee for the Consulting Services (i.e. - the then unpaid portion of $250,000) within 30 days of such termination. If, however, RHH terminates this Agreement because of your breach of the terms hereof, your death or disability, your voluntary termination of the Agreement, or your breach of the provisions of the Non-Compete Agreement, RHH will be obligated to pay you only that portion of the fee described herein which accrued through the date of such termination. Moreover, if RHH has paid you the fee accruing for that period of time after termination, and thereafter you breach the terms of the Non-Compete Agreement, you shall pay to RHH, immediately upon demand, that portion of such consulting fee which relates to post-termination payments.

 

If any provision of this Agreement shall be found by any arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the parties hereby waive such provision to the extent that it is found to be invalid or unenforceable and to the extent that to do so would not deprive one of the parties of the substantial benefit of its bargain. Such provision shall, to the extent allowable by law in the preceding sentence, be modified by such arbitrator or court so that it becomes enforceable and, as modified, shall be enforced as any other provision hereof, all the other provisions continuing in full force and effect.

 

Your obligations under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of RHH and the Companies, and their successors and assigns, and shall be binding upon you and your legal representatives, heirs and permitted assigns. RHH shall have the right to assign, transfer or convey this Agreement to its affiliated companies, successor entities or assignees or transferees of substantially all of the RHH’s, or any of the Companies’, business activities. This Agreement, being personal in nature to you, may not be assigned by you without RHH’s prior written consent.

 

All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, or if transmitted by facsimile, confirmed in writing within twenty-four (24) hours of such facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed to be duly given (i) when delivered, if delivered by hand, or by a nationally-recognized overnight delivery service, (ii) when transmitted, if delivered by facsimile, or (iii) three days after mailing, if mailed certified or registered first-class mail, postage prepaid, properly addressed to the party entitled to receive such notice at the address stated below:

 

If to RHH:    Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc.
     Sarles Street
    

Mount Kisco, NY 10549

Telecopy No.: (914) 666-8378

 

-3-


and to:   

Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc.

c/o Johnstown America Corporation

17 Johns Street

Johnstown, PA 15901

Attention: President

Telecopy No.: (814) 533-5010

With a copy to:   

White and Williams LLP

1800 One Liberty Place

Philadelphia, PA 19103

Attention: George J. Hartnett, Esquire

Telecopy No: (215) 864-7123

If to Consultant:   

Mr. James D. Cirar

P.O. Box 1197

Rochester Hills, Mich - 48308

 

or to such other address as the parties may from time to time designate in writing.

 

This Agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law’s of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

 

This Agreement (and any documents referred to herein) contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

If the foregoing correctly reflects your understanding of our agreement, we ask that you acknowledge that fact by signing the copy of this letter agreement enclosed herewith, and returning it to me.

 

Very truly yours,

RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Camillo M. Santomero

   

Camillo M. Santomero, III

   

Director

 

Received, acknowledged and accepted, with the intent to be legally bound.

 

/s/ James D. Cirar

James D. Cirar

 

-4-

Exhibit 10.10.1

 

FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC.

Two North Riverside Plaza

Suite 1250

Chicago, Illinois 60606

 

March 7, 2005

 

Mr. James D. Cirar

c/o TMB Industries

980 Michigan Avenue

Suite 1000

Chicago, IL 60611

 

RE:    Consulting Agreement

 

Dear Mr. Cirar:

 

This letter (this “ Amendment ”) will serve to confirm the following amendment to that certain letter agreement (the “ Consulting Agreement ”), dated June 3, 1999, between you and FreightCar America, Inc. (formerly known as Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc. and JAC International Holdings, Inc.).

 

1. Definitions . All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Consulting Agreement.

 

2. Amendment . The Consulting Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the seventh paragraph of the Consulting Agreement in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“Prior to the completion of any initial public offering of RHH’s common stock (an “ IPO ”), this Agreement may be terminated: (1) by RHH at any time by written notice to you that it is the determination of the Board of RHH that it is in the best interest of RHH and the Companies to terminate this Agreement, and (2) automatically, upon your death or disability. The term “disability” shall mean “permanent and total disability”, as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Following the completion of any IPO, this Agreement may be terminated: (1) by RHH at any time by written notice to you that it is the determination of the Board of RHH that it is in the best interest of RHH and the Companies to terminate this Agreement and upon RHH’s payment to you of $150,000, net of any amounts paid to you as consulting fees under this Agreement between the completion of the IPO and the termination date, (2) automatically, following RHH’s payment to you of $50,000 per year for three years following the completion of the IPO, and (3) automatically, upon any merger or consolidation of RHH with or into any other business entity (other than


a merger or consolidation or sale of assets between RHH and its subsidiary) or any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of RHH to any party (other than a subsidiary of RHH) following the completion of the IPO and RHH’s payment to you of $150,000, net of any amounts paid to you as consulting fees under this Agreement between the completion of the IPO and the termination date. You may terminate this Agreement at any time by providing thirty (30) days’ written notice to RHH.”

 

3. No Further Amendments . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Consulting Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. Each party agrees to be bound by all of the terms of the Consulting Agreement, as amended hereby.

 

4. Miscellaneous . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

If the foregoing correctly reflects your understanding of our agreement, we ask that you acknowledge that fact by signing a copy of this Amendment and returning it to us.

 

Very truly yours,

FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby


Name:

  Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

  Chief Financial Officer

 

Received, acknowledged and accepted, with the intent to be legally bound.

 

/s/ James D. Cirar


James D. Cirar

 

Exhibit 10.11

 

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Management Agreement is made as of the 3 rd day of June, 1999, by and among RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“RHH”), RABBIT HILL INTERMEDCO, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Intermedco”) RABBIT HILL OPERATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Operations”), JOHNSTOWN AMERICA CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“JAC”), FREIGHT CAR SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“FCS”), JAIX LEASING COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“JAIX”) and JAC PATENT COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“Patent” - JAC, FCS, JAIX and Patent are herein referred to as the “Companies”, and each as a “Company”, and the Companies, RHH, Intermedco and Operations are herein referred to as the “Contracting Parties”) and CAMILLO M. SANTOMERO, III, an individual (the “Manager”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

A. RHH owns all the capital stock of Intermedco, which owns all the capital stock of Operations, which owns all the capital stock of JAC, FCS and JAIX. JAC owns all the capital stock of Patent.

 

B. The Companies are engaged in the business of developing, manufacturing, selling, distributing and leasing railcars and related products and may in the future be engaged in additional lines of business (collectively, the “Business”).

 

C. To insure that RHH, Intermedco, Operations and the Companies are managed prudently and efficiently, the Contracting Parties desire to retain the Manager to assist with the supervision and management of the Business of the Contracting Parties, and to provide general management oversight, financial consultation and such other services as RHH, Intermedco, Operations and the Companies may request from time to time.

 

AGREEMENT

 

In consideration of the foregoing background and of the mutual covenants, conditions, and promises contained herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

 

1. Management . RHH, Intermedco, Operations and each of the Companies, jointly and severally, hereby retain the Manager, and the Manager hereby agrees, to assist the Contracting Parties by providing them with general oversight and supervision of each of them and their Business. In furtherance thereof, and upon request, the Manager (i) shall provide

 


input and direction to the creation and implementation of long-range corporate and strategic plans, (ii) shall periodically review the general financial operation and performance of the Business, and (iii) shall evaluate different strategies for capitalization of the Business. From time to time, the Manager shall report to the Board of Directors of each of the Contracting Parties on his activities, and, upon request, shall prepare a written report to each of the Contracting Parties (collectively, “Management Services”).

 

2. Compensation of Manager; Subordination . In consideration of the Management Services provided hereunder, RHH, Intermedco, Operations and the Companies hereby agree to pay to the Manager a base fee equal, in the aggregate, to Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($350,000.00) per year (“Annual Base Fee”), payable in twelve (12) equal consecutive monthly installments, within five (5) days after the first day of each month. The Manager may direct the Contracting Parties to pay the Annual Base Fee to an entity owned or controlled by the Manager, with which direction the Contracting Parties shall comply.

 

3. Expenses .

 

3.1 The Contracting Parties shall reimburse the Manager for all reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses or disbursements incurred by the Manager in connection with the discharge of his duties hereunder, including, but not limited to, all reasonable and necessary travel and lodging expenses; provided however, that such expenses shall not include the maintenance of an office or administrative support services.

 

3.2 The Manager shall submit expense reports to RHH on a monthly basis, together with such documentation as may be required by RHH’s policy with regard to expense reports.

 

4. Term .

 

4.1 Unless sooner terminated as provided in Section 4.2, this Agreement shall commence on the date first above written (the “Commencement Date”) and shall remain in effect for a term of five (5) years, and, unless terminated by ninety (90) days written notice from one party to the other prior to the termination of the then current term, shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter.

 

4.2 This Agreement may be terminated under the following circumstances:

 

(a) by the Manager on sixty (60) days written notice;

 

(b) by either RHH or the Manager on ten (10) days written notice in the event of a Default by the other party;

 

-2-


(c) by RHH upon ten (10) days written notice in the event that the Manager becomes so disabled as to be unable to render services hereunder;

 

(d) automatically, in the event of the death of the Manager; or

 

(e) by RHH, in the event all or substantially all of its stock or assets are sold in one transaction or in a series of related transactions.

 

4.3 Termination of this Agreement shall not affect the rights and responsibilities which may have arisen or accrued prior to the date of termination.

 

5. Warranties and Covenants .

 

5.1 The Contracting Parties hereby represent and warrant to the Manager as follows: (i) each of the Contracting Parties is a Delaware corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has full power and authority to conduct its business and to delegate to the Manager the responsibilities delegated hereunder; and (ii) this Agreement has been duly authorized by the Board of Directors of each of the Contracting Parties, and the execution hereof and the performance by the Contracting Parties hereunder does not and will not violate any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or by-laws of any of the Contracting Parties, or any statute, regulation, court or administrative order or any agreement, contract or lease to which any of the Contracting Parties is a party, and there are no third parties who must consent to the execution of this Agreement by any of the Contracting Parties.

 

5.2 During the term of this Agreement, each of the Contracting Parties covenants and agrees that it will do the following: (i) to the extent consistent with the delegation of duties and responsibilities to the Manager hereunder, assist the Manager in all matters contemplated herein, so that the terms of this Agreement can be effected; (ii) promptly given written notice to the Manager of the occurrence of any event which would cause any representation or warranty in Section 5.1. to be untrue at any time, or which would constitute a Default hereunder; (iii) maintain its corporate existence and comply with all applicable statutes, rules and regulations with respect thereto.

 

5.3 At the expiration or termination of this Agreement, the Manager agree to return all material and assets loaned to the Manager by the Contracting Parties or purchased by the Contracting Parties for use by the Manager.

 

-3-


6. Default .

 

6.1 The occurrence of one or more of the following events after the Commencement Date shall constitute a default by or relating to the Contracting Parties (“Company Default”) hereunder:

 

(a) Any of the Contracting Parties becoming insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they mature, or filing a voluntary petition or suffering any involuntary petition to be filed against it under any provisions of any State or federal bankruptcy or insolvency statute, or making an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or applying for or permitting the appointment of a receiver for its assets;

 

(b) Any of the Contracting Parties’ failure to pay the Annual Base Fee or any other amount owing to the Manager hereunder when due; or

 

(c) If any representation or warranty made in connection with this Agreement becomes false or erroneous in any material respect, or if any of the Contracting Parties shall breach any term of this Agreement.

 

6.2 The occurrence of one or more of the following events after the Commencement Date shall constitute a default by or relating to the Manager (“Manager Default”) hereunder:

 

(a) The Manager’s becoming insolvent or unable to pay his debts as they mature, or filing a voluntary petition or suffering any involuntary petition to be filed against him under any provisions of any state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency statute, or making an assignment for the benefit of his creditors, or applying for or permitting the appointment of a receiver for his assets; or

 

(b) The Manager’s failure to discharge substantially his responsibilities hereunder, and the continuance of such failure after Manager shall have received written notice thereof from the Company, and a reasonable opportunity to cure such failure.

 

6.3 (a) Upon the occurrence of a Company Default hereunder, if the Manager elects to terminate his responsibilities hereunder, the Manager shall be entitled to collect, and the Contracting Parties shall pay to the Manager, immediately upon demand, an amount equal to all damages suffered by Manager as a result of such breach; or

 

(b) Upon the occurrence of a Manager Default hereunder, RHH may, at its option, terminate the Manager’s responsibilities hereunder, whereupon the Contracting Parties’ obligation to pay the Annual Base Fee, to the extent accruing after the date of termination, shall cease.

 

7. Miscellaneous .

 

7.1 At the termination of this Agreement, whether or not at the end of the term hereof, the Manager shall cooperate with the Contracting Parties to effect an orderly transition of the responsibilities of the Manager hereunder to the Contracting Parties or their designee.

 

- 4 -


7.2 The Contracting Parties acknowledge that the Manager is not obligated to limit himself to the management of the Contracting Parties, or any of their affiliates, and acknowledges that the Manager may render similar services to other companies, some of which may be competitors of the Contracting Parties.

 

7.3 Any failure by either the Contracting Parties or the Manager to exercise any right hereunder shall not be construed as a waiver of the right to exercise the same or any other right at any time, or from time to time thereafter.

 

7.4 If any provision of this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction in which it is sought to be enforced, such invalidity and unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof and it shall be construed as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted.

 

7.5 This Agreement, including this Section 7.5 may be amended only in writing executed by all of the parties hereto.

 

7.6 All agreements, warranties and covenants made by the Contracting Parties and the Manager herein shall continue as long as this Agreement shall remain in effect.

 

7.7 Section headings are for reference purposes only and shall not be utilized in the interpretation of the Agreement.

 

7.8 Any notice required under this Agreement to be sent by one party to the other shall be personally delivered or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, or by nationally recognized overnight delivery service, postage or fees prepaid, to the following addresses:

 

     If to the Contracting    Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc.
    

Parties:

   Rabbit Hill
Sarles Street
Mount Kisco, NY 10549
Attention: President
Telecopy No.: (914) 666-8378
     And to:   

Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc.

c/o Johnstown America Corporation
17 Johns Street
Johnstown, PA 15901
Attention: President
Telecopy No.: (814) 533-5010

 

- 5 -


     If to Manager:    Mr. Camillo M. Santomero, III
Rabbit Hill
Sarles Street
Mount Kisco, NY 10540
Telecopy No.: (914) 666-8378
     With a copy to:    George J. Hartnett, Esquire
White and Williams LLP
1800 One Liberty Place
Philadelphia, PA 19103

 

The aforementioned addresses may be changed upon written notice to all parties.

 

7.9 This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute one agreement.

 

7.10 This Agreement shall not create any rights, or confer any benefits, upon any persons or entities not a party hereto.

 

7.11 This Agreement is personal to the parties and, except as set forth in Section 2 hereof, may not be assigned or otherwise transferred except that any of the Contracting Parties may assign its rights to an affiliate, provided, however, that in such event, the Contracting Parties shall remain liable for its obligations hereunder.

 

7.12 This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

Executed as of the date first above written.

 

RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC
   

/s/    Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc.

     
     

 

(signatures continued on page 7)

 

- 6 -


(signatures continued from page 6)

 

RABBIT HILL OPERATIONS, INC.

/s/ Rabbit Hill Operations, Inc.

     
     

 

RABBIT HILL INTERMEDCO, INC.

/s/ Rabbit Hill Intermedco, Inc.

     
     

 

JOHNSTOWN AMERICA CORPORATION

/s/ Johnstown America Corporation

     
     

 

FREIGHT CAR SERVICES, INC.

/s/ Freight Car Services, Inc.

     
     

 

JAIX LEASING COMPANY

/s/ JAIX Leasing Company

     
     

 

JAC PATENT COMPANY

/s/ JAC Patent Company

     
     

/s/ Camillo M. Santomero, III

CAMILLO M. SANTOMERO, III

 

- 7 -

Exhibit 10.11.1

 

AMENDMENT TO

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT TO MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of March 7, 2005 (this “ Amendment ”), is entered into by and among FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC. (formerly known as Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc. and JAC International Holdings, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (“ FCA ”), JAC Intermedco, Inc. (formerly known as Rabbit Hill Intermedco, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (“ Intermedco ”), JAC Operations, Inc. (formerly known as Rabbit Hill Operations, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (“ Operations ”), Johnstown America Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ JAC ”), Freight Car Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ FCS ”), JAIX Leasing Company, a Delaware corporation (“ JAIX ”), JAC Patent Company, a Delaware corporation (“ Patent ”), and CAMILLO M. SANTOMERO, III, an individual (the “ Manager ”).

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, FCA, Intermedco, Operations, JAC, FCS, JAIX, Patent and the Manager are parties to that certain Management Agreement, dated as of June 3, 1999 (the “ Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS, FCA, Intermedco, Operations, JAC, FCS, JAIX, Patent and the Manager desire to amend certain provisions in the Agreement relating to the termination of the Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions . All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

 

2. Amendment . The Agreement is hereby amended by replacing Section 6 of the Agreement in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“Section 4.2. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated under the following circumstances:

 

(a) by the Manager on sixty (60) days written notice;

 

(b) by either RHH or the Manager on ten (10) days written notice in the event of a Default by the other party;

 

(c) by RHH upon ten (10) days written notice in the event that the Manager become so disabled as to be unable to render services hereunder;

 

(d) automatically, in the event of the death of the Manager;

 

(e) by RHH, in the event all or substantially all of its stock or assets are sold in one transaction or in a series of related transactions; or


(f) automatically, upon an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock and the payment by the Company of a termination fee of $700,000 to the Manager, which amount shall be payable promptly following the completion of such initial public offering.”

 

3. No Further Amendments . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. Each party agrees to be bound by all of the terms of the Agreement, as amended hereby.

 

4. Miscellaneous . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby


Name:

  Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

  Chief Financial Officer

JAC INTERMEDCO, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby


Name:

  Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

  Chief Financial Officer

JAC OPERATIONS, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby


Name:

  Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

  Chief Financial Officer

JOHNSTOWN AMERICA CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby


Name:

  Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

  Chief Financial Officer


FREIGHT CAR SERVICES, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby


Name:

  Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

  Chief Financial Officer

JAIX LEASING COMPANY

By:

 

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby


Name:

  Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

  Chief Financial Officer

JAC PATENT COMPANY

By:

 

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby


Name:

  Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

  Chief Financial Officer

/s/ Camillo M. Santomero, III


CAMILLO M. SANTOMERO, III

Exhibit 10.12

 

MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

This Management Services Agreement is made as of the 3 rd day of June, 1999, by and among RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“RHH”), RABBIT HILL INTERMEDCO, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Intermedco”), RABBIT HILL OPERATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Operations”), JOHNSTOWN AMERICA CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“JAC”), FREIGHT CAR SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“FCS”), JAIX LEASING COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“JAIX”) and JAC PATENT COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“Patent” -JAC, FCS, JAIX and Patent are herein referred to as the “Companies”, and each as a “Company”, and the Companies, Intermedco and Operations are herein referred to as the “Contracting Parties”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

A. RHH owns all the capital stock of Intermedco, which own all the capital stock of Operations, which owns all the capital stock of JAC, FCS and JAIX. JAC owns all the capital stock of Patent.

 

B. The Companies are engaged in the business of developing, manufacturing, selling, distributing and leasing railcars and related products and may in the future be engaged in additional lines of business (collectively, the “Business”).

 

C. To insure that Intermedco, Operations and the Companies are managed prudently and efficiently, the Contracting Parties desire to retain RHH to assist with the supervision and management of the Business of the Contracting Parties, to provide general management oversight and financial consultation, and such other services with respect to which the Contracting Parties and RHH shall mutually agree from time to time.

 

AGREEMENT

 

In consideration of the foregoing background and of the mutual covenants, conditions, and promises contained herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

 

1. Management . Intermedco, Operations and each of the Companies, jointly and severally, hereby retain RHH, and RHH hereby agrees, to assist the Contracting Parties by providing them with general oversight and supervision of each of them and their Business, and to provide such additional services as shall, from time to time, be established by mutual agreement between RHH and the Contracting Parties. In furtherance thereof, and upon

 


request, RHH (i) shall provide input and direction to the creation and implementation of long-range corporate and strategic plans, (ii) shall periodically review the general financial operation and performance of the Companies, and (iii) shall evaluate different strategies for capitalization of the Companies. From time to time, RHH shall report to the Board of Directors of each of the Contracting Parties on its activities, and, upon request, shall prepare a written report to each of the Contracting Parties (collectively, “Management Services”).

 

2. Compensation of Manager; Subordination . In consideration of the Management Services provided hereunder, the Contracting Parties, jointly and severally hereby agree to pay to RHH a management fee equal, in the aggregate, to Three Hundred and Fifty Thousand Dollars ($350,000.00) per year (the “Management Fee”), payable in four (4) equal consecutive quarterly installments, within fifteen (15) days after the first day of each calendar quarter; provided, however, that to the extent the Contracting Parties, or any of them, shall have paid to Camillo M. Santomero, III, (“Santomero”), or his designee, all or any portion of the Annual Base Fee as described in that certain management agreement executed this date by the Contracting Parties, or some of them, and Santomero, then the Contracting Parties shall receive a credit hereunder, with respect to the calendar quarter to which such payment made to Santomero relates, in an amount equal to the amount so paid to Santomero. To the extent any portion of the Management Fee is not paid when due, the unpaid portion shall bear interest at the rate of fifteen percent (15%) per annum, compounded from the date owing through the date paid.

 

3. Term .

 

3.1 Unless sooner terminated as provided in Section 3.2, this Agreement shall commence on the date first above written (the “Commencement Date”) and shall remain in effect for a term of eight (8) years, and, unless terminated by ninety (90) days written notice from one party to the other prior to the termination of the then current term, shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter.

 

3.2 This Agreement may be terminated under the following circumstances:

 

(a) by RHH on sixty (60) days written notice; or

 

(b) by either RHH or the Contracting Parties on ten (10) days written notice in the event of a Default by the other party;

 

3.3 Termination of this Agreement shall not affect the rights and responsibilities which may have arisen or accrued prior to the date of termination.

 

- 2 -


4. Warranties and Covenants .

 

 

4.1 The Contracting Parties hereby represent and warrant to RHH as follows: (i) each of the Contracting Parties is a Delaware corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has full power and authority to conduct its business and to delegate to RHH the responsibilities delegated hereunder; and (ii) this Agreement has been duly authorized by the Board of Directors of each of the Contracting Parties, and the execution hereof and the performance by the Contracting Parties hereunder does not and will not violate any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or by-laws of any of the Contracting Parties, or any statute, regulation, court or administrative order or any agreement, contract or lease to which any of the Contracting Parties is a party, and there are no third parties who must consent to the execution of this Agreement by any of the Contracting Parties.

 

4.2 During the term of this Agreement, each of the Contracting Parties covenants and agrees that it will do the following: (i) to the extent consistent with the delegation of duties and responsibilities to RHH hereunder, assist RHH in all matters contemplated herein, so that the terms of this Agreement can be effected; (ii) promptly given written notice to RHH of the occurrence of any event which would cause any representation or warranty in Section 4.1. to be untrue at any time, or which would constitute a Default hereunder; (iii) maintain its corporate existence and comply with all applicable statutes, rules and regulations with respect thereto.

 

5. Default .

 

5.1 The occurrence of one or more of the following events after the Commencement Date shall constitute a default by or relating to the Contracting Parties (“Company Default”) hereunder:

 

(a) Any of the Contracting Parties becoming insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they mature, or filing a voluntary petition or suffering any involuntary petition to be filed against it under any provisions of any State or federal bankruptcy or insolvency statute, or making an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or applying for or permitting the appointment of a receiver for its assets;

 

(b) Any of the Contracting Parties’ failure to pay the Management Fee or any other amount owing to RHH hereunder when due; or

 

(c) If any representation or warranty made in connection with this Agreement becomes false or erroneous in any material respect, or if any of the Contracting Parties shall breach any term of this Agreement.

 

- 3 -


5.2 The occurrence of one or more of the following events after the Commencement Date shall constitute a default by or relating to RHH (“RHH Default”) hereunder:

 

(a) RHH’s becoming insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they mature, or filing a voluntary petition or suffering any involuntary petition to be filed against it under any provisions of any state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency statute, or making an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or applying for or permitting the appointment of a receiver for its assets; or

 

(b) RHH’s failure to discharge substantially its responsibilities hereunder, and the continuance of such failure after RHH shall have received written notice thereof from the Company, and a reasonable opportunity to cure such failure.

 

5.3 (a) Upon the occurrence of a Company Default hereunder, if RHH elects to terminate its responsibilities hereunder, RHH shall be entitled to collect, and the Contracting Parties shall pay to RHH, immediately upon demand, an amount equal to all damages suffered by RHH as a result of such breach; or

 

(b) Upon the occurrence of an RHH Default hereunder, the Contracting Parties may, at their option, terminate RHH’s responsibilities hereunder, whereupon the Contracting Parties’ obligation to pay the Management Fee, to the extent accruing after the date of termination, shall cease.

 

6. Miscellaneous

 

6.1 At the termination of this Agreement, whether or not at the end of the term hereof, RHH shall cooperate with the Contracting Parties to effect an orderly transition of the responsibilities of RHH hereunder to the Contracting Parties or their designee.

 

6.2 The Contracting Parties acknowledge that RHH is not obligated to limit itself to the management of the Contracting Parties, or any of their affiliates, and acknowledges that RHH may render similar services to other companies, some of which may be competitors of the Contracting Parties.

 

6.3 Any failure by either the Contracting Parties or RHH to exercise any right hereunder shall not be construed as a waiver of the right to exercise the same or any other right at any time, or from time to time thereafter.

 

6.4 If any provision of this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction in which it is sought to be enforced, such invalidity and unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof and it shall be construed as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted.

 

- 4 -


6.5 This Agreement, including this Section 6.5 may be amended only in writing executed by all of the parties hereto.

 

6.6 All agreements, warranties and covenants made by the Contracting Parties and RHH herein shall continue as long as this Agreement shall remain in effect.

 

6.7 Section headings are for reference purposes only and shall not be utilized in the interpretation of the Agreement.

 

6.8 Any notice required under this Agreement to be sent by one party to the other shall be personally delivered or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, or by nationally recognized overnight delivery service, postage or fees prepaid, to the following addresses:

 

If to the Contracting Parties:   

Rabbit Hill Operations, Inc.

c/o Johnstown America Corporation

17 Johns Street

Johnstown, PA 15901

Attention: President

Telecopy No.: (814) 533-5010

If to RHH:   

Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc.

Rabbit Hill

Sarles Street

Mount Kisco, NY 10540

Telecopy No.: (914) 666-8378

Attention: Mr. Camillo M. Santomero, III

With a copy to:   

George J. Hartnett, Esquire

White and Williams LLP

1800 One Liberty Place

Philadelphia, PA 19103

Telecopy No.: (215) 864-7123

 

The aforementioned addresses may be changed upon written notice to all parties.

 

6.9 This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute one agreement.

 

6.10 This Agreement shall not create any rights, or confer any benefits, upon any persons or entities not a party hereto.

 

6.11 This Agreement is personal to the parties and, except as set forth in Section 2 hereof, may not be assigned or otherwise transferred except that any of the

 

- 5 -


Contracting Parties or RHH may assign its rights to an affiliate, provided, however, that in such event, the Assignor shall remain liable for its obligations hereunder.

 

6.12 This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

Executed as of the date first above written.

 

RABBIT HILL HOLDING, INC.

/s/ Rabbit Hill Holding, Inc

     
     

RABBIT HILL OPERATIONS, INC.

/s/ Rabbit Hill Operations, Inc.

     
     

RABBIT HILL INTERMEDCO, INC.

/s/ Rabbit Hill Intermedco, Inc.

     
     

JOHNSTOWN AMERICA CORPORATION

/s/ Johnstown America Corporation

     
     

 

(signatures continued on page 7)

 

- 6 -


(signatures continued from page 6)

 

FREIGHT CAR SERVICES, INC.

   

/s/    Freight Car Services, Inc.

   

Name:

   

Title:

JAIX LEASING COMPANY

   

/s/    Jaix Leasing Company

   

Name:

   

Title:

JAC PATENT COMPANY

   

/s/    Jac Patent Company

   

Name:

   

Title:

 

- 7 -

Exhibit 10.12.1

 

AMENDMENT TO

MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT TO MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT, dated as of March 7, 2005 (this “ Amendment ”), is entered into by and among FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC. (formerly known as Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc. and JAC International Holdings, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (“ FCA ”), JAC Intermedco, Inc. (formerly known as Rabbit Hill Intermedco, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (“ Intermedco ”), JAC Operations, Inc. (formerly known as Rabbit Hill Operations, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (“ Operations ”), Johnstown America Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ JAC ”), Freight Car Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ FCS ”), JAIX Leasing Company, a Delaware corporation (“ JAIX ”), and JAC Patent Company, a Delaware corporation (“ Patent ”).

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, FCA, Intermedco, Operations, JAC, FCS, JAIX and Patent are parties to that certain Management Services Agreement, dated as of June 3, 1999 (the “ Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS, FCA, Intermedco, Operations, JAC, FCS, JAIX and Patent desire to amend certain provisions in the Agreement relating to the termination of the Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions . All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

 

2. Amendment . The Agreement is hereby amended by replacing Section 3.2 of the Agreement in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“Section 3.2. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated under the following circumstances:

 

(a) by RRH on sixty (60) days written notice;

 

(b) by either RHH or the Contracting Parties on ten (10) days written notice in the event of a Default by the other party; or

 

(c) automatically, upon the termination of the Management Agreement, dated as of June 3, 1999, by and among RHH, the Contracting Parties and Santomero.”

 

3. No Further Amendments . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. Each party agrees to be bound by all of the terms of the Agreement, as amended hereby.


4. Miscellaneous . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby


Name:

  Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

  Chief Financial Officer

JAC INTERMEDCO, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby


Name:

  Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

  Chief Financial Officer

JAC OPERATIONS, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby


Name:

  Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

  Chief Financial Officer

JOHNSTOWN AMERICA CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby


Name:

  Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

  Chief Financial Officer


FREIGHT CAR SERVICES, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby


Name:

  Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

  Chief Financial Officer

JAIX LEASING COMPANY

By:

 

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby


Name:

  Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

  Chief Financial Officer

JAC PATENT COMPANY

By:

 

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby


Name:

  Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

  Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 10.13

 


 

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

among

 

Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc., as Issuer

 

and

 

Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C.,

Hancock Mezzanine Partners L.P. and

John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

Dated as of June 3, 1999

 

Relating to:

 

$25,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of

15% Senior Notes due 2006

 

5,000 Shares of Series A Preferred Stock, $500 par value

5,000 Shares of Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

                  Page

RECITALS

   1
             SECTION 1     
             DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS     
    1.01.        Definitions    2
    1.02.        Computation of Time Periods    24
    1.03.        Accounting Terms    24
             SECTION 2     
             AUTHORIZATION, ISSUANCE AND SALE OF SECURITIES     
    2.02.        Sale; Purchaser Fee; Allocation of Purchase Price    25
    2.03.        Closing    25
             SECTION 3     
             CONDITIONS TO CLOSING     
    3.01.        Representations and Warranties    26
    3.02.        Performance; No Default Under Other Agreements    26
    3.03.        Compliance Certificates    26
             (a)  Officers’ Certificate    26
             (b)  Secretary’s Certificate    27
    3.04.        Opinions of Counsel    27
    3.05.        Changes in Corporate Structure    27
    3.06.        Credit Agreement    27
    3.07.        No Adverse Events    27
    3.08.        Financial Information    28
    3.09.        Proceedings and Documents    28
    3.10.        Purchase Permitted by Applicable Law, etc.    28
    3.11.        Consummation of the Other Transactions; Transaction Documents in Force and Effect; Information    28

 


    3.12.    No Violation; No Legal Constraints; Consents, Authorizations and Filings, etc.    29
         SECTION 4     
         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY     
    4.01.    Due Incorporation; Power and Authority    30
    4.02.    Capitalization    30
    4.03.    Subsidiaries    32
    4.04.    Due Authorization, Execution and Delivery    32
         (a)  Agreement    32
         (b)  Notes    32
         (c)  Shareholders’ Agreement    33
         (d)  Subordination Agreements    33
         (e)  Other Transaction Documents    33
    4.05.    Non-Contravention; Authorizations and Approvals    33
    4.06.    Financial Statements    34
    4.07.    Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities or Events    35
    4.08.    No Actions or Proceedings    35
    4.09.    Title to Properties    35
    4.10.    Intellectual Property Rights    36
    4.11.    Taxes    36
    4.12.    Employee Benefit Plans    37
    4.13.    Private Offering; No Integration or General Solicitation    38
    4.14.    Eligibility for Resale Under Rule 144A    39
    4.15.    Status Under Certain Statutes    39
    4.16.    Insurance    39
    4.17.    Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations    39
    4.18.    Existing Indebtedness; Future Liens    40
    4.19.    Compliance with Laws; Permits; Environmental Matters    40
    4.20.    Solvency    41
    4.21.    Affiliate Transactions    41
    4.22.    Material Contracts    42
    4.23.    No Changes to Applicable Law    42
    4.24.    Indebtedness    42
    4.25.    Fees    42
    4.26.    Brokerage Fees    42
    4.27.    Documents and Procedures    42
    4.28.    Absence of Labor Dispute    43

 

-3-


    4.29.    No Unrelated Liabilities    43
    4.30.    Incorporation of Share Purchase Agreement Representations and Warranties    43
         SECTION 5     
         REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASERS     
    5.01.    Purchase for Investment    43
         SECTION 6     
         COVENANTS TO PROVIDE INFORMATION     
    6.01.    Future Reports to Holders    44
         (a)  Monthly Statements    44
         (b)  Quarterly Statements    45
         (c)  Annual Statements    45
         (d)  Officers’ Certificates    46
         (e)  Auditors’ Reports    47
         (f)  Other Information; Projections    47
         (g)  Notice of Default or Event of Default    47
         (h)  Additional Information to Holders of Other Indebtedness    47
         (i)  Changes to Indebtedness    48
         (j)  Original Issue Discount Information    48
         SECTION 7     
         OTHER AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS     
    7.01.    Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest    48
    7.02.    Preservation of Corporate Existence and Franchises    48
    7.03.    Maintenance of Properties    49
    7.04.    Taxes    49
         (a)  Payment of Taxes    49
         (b)  Tax Returns    50
         (c)  Contest Provisions    50
    7.05.    Books, Records and Access    50
    7.06.    Compliance with Law    50
    7.07.    Insurance    51
    7.08.    Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control    51

 

-4-


    7.09.    Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds    52
    7.10.    Further Assurances    54
    7.11.    Additional Company Information    54
    7.12.    No Integration    54
    7.13.    Restriction on Repurchases    55
    7.14.    Financial Covenants    55
         (a)  Money Borrowed to EBITDA    55
         (b)  Fixed Charge Coverage    56
         (c)  Interest Coverage    56
         (d)  Minimum EBITDA    56
    7.15.    Redemption of Notes from Excess Cash Flow    56
    7.16.    Mandatory Redemption of Notes    57
         SECTION 8     
         NEGATIVE COVENANTS     
    8.01.    Stay, Extension and Usury Laws    57
    8.02.    Restricted Payments; Investments    57
    8.03.    Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries    58
    8.04.    Incurrence of Indebtedness    59
    8.05.    Asset Sales    61
    8.06.    Transactions with Affiliates    62
    8.07.    Limitation on Liens    63
    8.08.    Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Capital Stock of Subsidiaries    64
    8.09.    Payments for Consents    64
    8.10.    Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets    64
    8.11.    Successor Company Substituted    65
    8.12.    Capital Expenditures; Rentals; Management Services Agreement    66
    8.13.    Conduct of Business    66
    8.14.    Limitation on Tax Consolidation    66
    8.15.    Public Disclosures    67
         SECTION 9     
         THE NOTES     
    9.01.    Form and Execution    67
    9.02.    Terms of the Notes    67
         (a)  Stated Maturity    67

 

-5-


         (b)  Interest    67
    9.03.    Denominations    68
    9.04.    Form of Legend for the Notes    68
    9.05.    Payments and Computations    68
    9.06.    Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange    69
         (a)  Security Register    69
         (b)  Registration of Transfer    69
         (c)  Exchange    69
         (d)  Effect of Registration of Transfer or Exchange    69
         (e)  Requirements; Charges    70
         (f)  Certain Limitations    70
    9.07.    Transfer Restrictions    70
    9.08.    Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes    72
    9.09.    Persons Deemed Owners    72
    9.10.    Cancellation    73
    9.11.    Home Office Payment    73
         SECTION 10     
         EVENTS OF DEFAULT     
    10.01.    Events of Default    73
    10.02.    Remedies    75
    10.03.    Waiver of Past Defaults    76
         SECTION 11     
         REDEMPTION     
    11.01.    Right of Redemption    77
    11.02.    Partial Redemptions    77
    11.03.    Notice of Redemption    77
    11.04.    Deposit of Redemption Price    78
    11.05.    Notes Payable on Redemption Date    78
    11.06.    Notes Redeemed in Part    78
         SECTION 12     
         [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]     

 

-6-


         SECTION 13     
         EXPENSES, INDEMNIFICATION, AND TERMINATION     
    13.01.    Expenses    79
    13.02.    Indemnification    79
    13.03.    Survival    80
    13.04.    Termination; Liabilities    81
         SECTION 14     
         MISCELLANEOUS     
    14.01.    Notices    81
    14.02.    Benefit of Agreement; Assignments and Participations    82
    14.03.    No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative    82
    14.04.    Amendments, Waivers and Consents    83
    14.05.    Counterparts    83
    14.06.    Reproduction    83
    14.07.    Headings    84
    14.08.    Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Venue    84
    14.09.    Severability    85
    14.10.    Entirety    85
    14.11.    Survival of Representations and Warranties    85
    14.12.    Incorporation    85

 

EXHIBITS

                

Exhibit A

 

-

           Form of Note

Exhibit B

 

-

           Form of Shareholders’ Agreement

Exhibit C

 

-

           Form of Fleet Distribution Agreement

 

SCHEDULES

Schedule A - Information Relating to Purchasers

 

-7-


PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of June 3, 1999, by and among Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C. (“ Caravelle ”), Hancock Mezzanine Partners L.P. (“ Hancock ”) and John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company (“ JHMLIC ” and each of Caravelle, Hancock and JHMLIC a “ Purchaser ” and, collectively, the “ Purchasers ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into the Share Purchase Agreement dated as of May 10, 1999 (the “ Share Purchase Agreement ”) with Johnstown America Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Johnstown ”), pursuant to which the Company will acquire Johnstown America Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ JAC ”), Freight Car Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Freight Car ”), JAIX Leasing Company, a Delaware corporation (“ JAIX Leasing ”), and JAC Patent Company (a wholly owned subsidiary of JAC), a Delaware corporation (“ JAC Patent ”), each a Subsidiary of Johnstown (each a “ Railcar Subsidiary ” and, collectively, the “ Railcar Subsidiaries ”) and which together comprise the railroad freight car manufacturing, rebuilding, repair, sale and leasing businesses of Johnstown (the “ Railcar Business ”).

 

WHEREAS, JAC and Freight Car will enter into a $110 million credit facility, dated June 3, 1999 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), by and among the Company, its Subsidiaries and Fleet Capital Corporation (“ Fleet ”), as agent for itself and for the various financial institutions named therein or which hereafter become a party thereto (together with Fleet, collectively, the “ Lenders ”) and as a Lender, which will provide for a revolving credit facility in favor of the borrowers named therein of up to $55 million (of which not less than $35 million will be drawn at the Closing Time (as defined herein)) and a term loan facility in favor of the borrowers named therein of $55 million.

 

WHEREAS, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company has agreed to sell to the Purchasers, and the Purchasers, acting severally and not jointly, have agreed to purchase from the Company, an aggregate of (i) $25 million aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 15% Senior Notes due 2006 in the form of Exhibit A hereto (together with any PIK Notes, the “ Notes ”), (ii) 5,000 shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, $500 par value per share (the “ Preferred Shares ”), and (iii) 5,000 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (the “ Common Shares ” and, together with the Preferred Shares, the “ Shares ”).

 


WHEREAS, the holders of Shares from time to time will be entitled to the benefits of the Shareholders’ Agreement, dated the date hereof (the “ Shareholders’ Agreement ”), by and among the Company, the Purchasers and the other shareholders of the Company in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

 

WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the creation and issuance of the Notes and the Shares, as applicable, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Agreement, the Notes (when issued and delivered hereunder), the Shares and the Shareholders’ Agreement valid and binding obligations of the Company in accordance with their respective terms have been done.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1

 

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

 

1.01. Definitions . As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings specified herein unless the context otherwise requires:

 

Accredited Investor ” means any Person that is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act.

 

Acquired Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with any other Person or which is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person and, in each case, whether or not incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Subsidiary or such merger, consolidation or acquisition.

 

Additional Company Information ” is defined in Section 7.11.

 

Additional Equity Contribution ” means the purchase of Common Stock of the Company by each of the other shareholders of the Company a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement pursuant to the subscription agreements relating thereto.

 

-2-


Adjusted Net Earnings From Operations ” of any Person with respect to any fiscal period, means the net earnings (or loss) after provision for income taxes for such fiscal period of such Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as reflected on the consolidated financial statements of such Person and its Subsidiaries (in the case of the Company as supplied to the Holders pursuant to Section 6.01 of this Agreement), but excluding:

 

(i) any gain or loss arising from the sale of capital assets;

 

(ii) any gain arising from any write-up of assets;

 

(iii) earnings or losses of any Subsidiary of such Person accrued prior to the date it became a Subsidiary;

 

(iv) earnings or losses of any corporation or another Person, substantially all the assets of which have been acquired in any manner by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, realized by such corporation or Person prior to the date of such acquisition;

 

(v) net earnings of any business entity (other than a Subsidiary of such Person) in which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest unless such net earnings shall have actually been received by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries in the form of cash distributions;

 

(vi) any portion of the net earnings of any Subsidiary of such Person which for any reason is unavailable for payment of dividends to such Person except to the extent permitted by Section 8.03 hereof;

 

(vii) the earnings or losses of any Person to which any assets of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries shall have been sold, transferred or disposed of, or into which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries shall have merged, or been a party to any consolidation or other form of reorganization, prior to the date of such transaction;

 

(viii) any gain arising from the acquisition of any securities of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries; and

 

(ix) any gain or non-cash loss arising from extraordinary or non-recurring items.

 

Affiliate ” of any a Person means any other Person: (i) which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under

 

-3-


common control with, a Person; (ii) which beneficially owns or holds 10% or more of any class of the Voting Stock of a Person; or (iii) 10% or more of the Voting Stock (or in the case of a Person which is not a corporation, 10% or more of the equity interest) of which is beneficially owned or held by a Person or a Subsidiary of a Person.

 

Affiliate Transaction ” is defined in Section 8.06.

 

Agreement ” is defined in Section 14.04.

 

Applicable Law ” means all applicable laws, statutes, treaties, rules, codes (including building codes), ordinances, regulations, certificates, orders and licenses of, and interpretations by, any Governmental Authority and judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs, permits, orders or like governmental action of any Governmental Authority (including any Environmental Law and any laws pertaining to health or safety) applicable to the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or operations.

 

Asset Sale ” means any sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition (including, without limitation, by way of merger, consolidation or sale and leaseback transaction) (collectively, a “ transfer ”), directly or indirectly, in one or a series of related transactions, of: (i) any Capital Stock of any Subsidiary; (ii) all or substantially all of the properties and assets of any division or line of business of the Company or its Subsidiaries; or (iii) any other properties or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary other than in the ordinary course of business. For the purposes of this definition, the term “Asset Sale” shall not include any transfer of properties and assets (a) that is governed by the provisions described under Section 8.10; provided, however, that any transaction consummated in compliance with Section 8.10 involving a transfer of less than all of the properties or assets of the Company shall be deemed to be an Asset Sale of the assets and properties that are not so transferred in such transaction, (b) that is by the Company to any Wholly Owned Subsidiary, or by any Subsidiary to the Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (c) that is of obsolete equipment in the ordinary course of business or (d) the Fair Market Value of which in the aggregate does not exceed $500,000.

 

Asset Sale Offer ” is defined in Section 7.09(a).

 

Asset Sale Offer Payment Date ” is defined in Section 7.09(b).

 

Audit Date ” means the date of the audited financial information provided pursuant to Section 4.06 hereof.

 

-4-


Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11 of the United States Code or any similar federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law for the relief of debtors.

 

Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, or any authorized committee of such Board of Directors.

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

 

Capital Expenditures ” means expenditures made or liabilities incurred by the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the acquisition of any fixed assets or improvements, replacements, substitutions or additions thereto which have a useful life of more than one year, including the total principal portion of Capitalized Lease Obligations.

 

Capital Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated and whether or not voting) of corporate stock, partnership or limited liability company interests or any other participation, right or other interest in the nature of an equity interest in such Person including, without limitation, Common Stock and Preferred Stock of such Person, or any option, warrant or other security convertible into any of the foregoing.

 

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means any Indebtedness represented by the principal portion of obligations under a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP.

 

Caravelle ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Cash Equivalents ” means those items described in clauses (vi) and (vii) of the definition of Permitted Investment.

 

Cash Flow ” for any fiscal period, means (i) Adjusted Net Earnings From Operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period, plus (ii) depreciation and amortization expenses of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Cash Interest Expense ” shall mean, for any fiscal period (provided that if any such fiscal period includes the Closing Time, such fiscal period shall be measured from the Closing Time through the last day of such fiscal period), (a) the sum of (x) total cash interest expense (including that attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations) paid by the Company’s Subsidiaries for such period with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of the

 

-5-


Company’s Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers acceptance financing and net costs under interest rate protection agreements) to the extent such net costs are allocable to such period in accordance with GAAP plus (y) management fees paid during such period by the Company’s Subsidiaries to the Company to fund interest payable on the Notes minus (b) total cash interest income of the Company’s Subsidiaries for such period.

 

CERCLA ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended from time to time, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq.

 

CERCLIS ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System maintained by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events (whether or not approved by the Board of Directors of the Company): (i) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than Permitted Holders, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a Person shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of a greater percentage of the total voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock of the Company than is then held by the Santomero Investors or as to which the Santomero Investors have the right to vote by proxy or otherwise; (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose election to such board or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of 66-2/3 % of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such Board of Directors then in office; (iii) the Company consolidates with or merges with or into any Person or sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its assets to any Person, or any corporation consolidates with or merges into or with the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is changed into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is not changed or exchanged at all (except to the extent necessary solely to reflect a change in the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company) or where (A) the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is changed into or exchanged for Voting Stock of the surviving corporation which is not Redeemable Capital Stock, (B) no “person” or “group”, other than Permitted Holders, owns immediately after such transaction, directly or indirectly, a greater percentage of the total

 

-6-


voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock of the surviving corporation than is then held by the Santomero Investors or as to which the Santomero Investors have the right to vote by proxy or otherwise and (C) the holders of the Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, not less than a majority of the total voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee corporation immediately after such transaction; or (iv) any order, judgment or decree shall be entered against the Company decreeing the dissolution or split-up of the Company and such order shall remain undischarged or unstayed for a period in excess of 60 days.

 

Change of Control Offer ” is defined in Section 7.08(a).

 

Change of Control Payment ” is defined in Section 7.08(a).

 

Change of Control Payment Date ” is defined in Section 7.08(b).

 

CIT Facility ” means the Purchase Agreement dated as of June 10, 1997 between JAIX Leasing and CIT Group/Equipment Financing, Inc., as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Class A Common Stock ” means the Class A Voting Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company.

 

Class B Common Stock ” means the Class B Nonvoting Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company.

 

Closing Time ” is defined in Section 2.03.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act or, if at any time after the execution of this Agreement such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Exchange Act, the body performing such duties at such time.

 

Common Shares ” shall have the meaning provided in the third recital to this Agreement.

 

Common Stock ” of any Person means all Capital Stock of such Person, that is generally entitled to:

 

(1) vote in the election of directors of such Person, or

 

-7-


(2) if such Person is not a corporation, vote or otherwise participate in the selection of the governing body, partners, managers or others that will control the management and policies of such Person, and

 

(3) provided, that, in the case of the Company the Class B Common Stock shall constitute Common Stock for the purpose of this Agreement.

 

Company ” shall have the meaning assigned in the preamble to this Agreement and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

Company Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 4.06(a).

 

Company Parry ” is defined in Section 4.04(e).

 

Company Reports ” is defined in Section 4.06(b).

 

Competitor ” means any Person primarily engaged in the business of manufacturing, rebuilding, repairing, selling or leasing railroad freight cars; provided, however, in no event will any commercial lender, insurance company, investment fund or other institutional investor be deemed to be a Competitor.

 

Consolidated ” or “ consolidated ” (including the correlative term “ consolidating ”) or on a “ consolidated basis ”, when used with reference to any financial term in this Agreement (but not when used with respect to any Tax Return or tax liability), means the aggregate for two or more Persons of the amounts signified by such term for all such Persons, with intercompany items eliminated and, with respect to net income or earnings, after eliminating the portion of net income or earnings properly attributable to minority interests, if any, in the capital stock of any such Person or attributable to shares of preferred stock of any such Person not owned by any other such Person, in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” shall mean, for any period, with respect to the period then ended, the ratio of (i) (A) EBITDA of the Company’s Subsidiaries for such period minus (B) non-financed Capital Expenditures of the Company’s Subsidiaries during such period to (ii) (A) Cash Interest Expense of the Company’s Subsidiaries during such period plus (B) the sum of the aggregate of payments of regularly scheduled principal with respect to Indebtedness for Money Borrowed (including, without limitation, in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations) during such period by the Company’s Subsidiaries plus (C) cash income taxes actually paid by the Company’s Subsidiaries during such period plus (D) tax distributions made by the Company’s Subsidiaries to the Company during such period.

 

-8-


Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio ” for any period, means the ratio of (A) EBITDA to (B) Consolidated Interest Expense.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, for any period, the Cash Interest Expense (net of cash interest income) of the Company’s Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis during such period determined in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, and shall in any event include, without limitation, interest on Capitalized Lease Obligations and shall exclude original issue discount amortization to the extent it is required to be included in accordance with GAAP.

 

Contingent Additional Consideration ” has the meaning provided to such term in the Share Purchase Agreement.

 

Contract ” is defined in Section 4.05.

 

Controlling Person ” is defined in Section 13.02(a).

 

Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement as defined in the second recital to this Agreement, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, modified, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time.

 

Custodian ” is defined in Section 10.01.

 

Default ” means any event, act or condition that is, or with the giving of notice, lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

 

Disclosure Schedule ” means all numbered Schedules to this Agreement.

 

EBITDA ” with respect to any fiscal period, means the sum of Adjusted Net Earnings From Operations before interest expense, management fees paid by the Company’s Subsidiaries to the Company to fund cash payments of interest on the Notes (to the extent permitted by the Fleet Distribution Agreement), taxes, depreciation and amortization for said period as determined in accordance with GAAP of the Company’s Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

Enforceability Exceptions ” means, with respect to any specified obligation, any limitations on the enforceability of such obligation due to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights or general equity principles.

 

-9-


Environmental Action ” means (a) any action, suit, written demand, written claim, written notice of non-compliance or violation, written notice of liability or potential liability, investigation, proceeding, consent order or consent agreement relating to any Environmental Law, any Permit or Hazardous Material, including, without limitation, (i) by any Governmental Authority for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages and (ii) by any Governmental Authority or third party for damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief and (b) any investigation, monitoring, removal or remediation activities undertaken by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, whether or not such activities are carried out voluntarily.

 

Environmental Law ” means any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, ordinance, rule, regulation, code, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree or judicial or written agency interpretation, policy or guidance that has the force and effect of law relating to pollution or protection of the environment, public health and safety or natural resources, including, without limitation, those relating to the use, handling, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal, release or discharge of Hazardous Materials, including, without limitation, CERCLA; RCRA; the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq.; the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq.; the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. § 7401 et seq.; the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. § 3803 et seq.; the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, 33 U.S.C. § 2701 et seq.; the Emergency Planning and the Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986, 42 U.S.C. § 11001 et seq.; the Hazardous Material Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. § 1801 et seq.; and the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. § 651 et seq.; and any state and local or foreign counterparts or equivalents, in each case as amended from time to time.

 

Equity Investee ” is defined in Section 4.03.

 

Equity Repurchase Event ” means the repurchase by the Company of all of the Shares sold pursuant to this Agreement in the manner contemplated by Section 16(d) of the Shareholders’ Agreement which yields aggregate proceeds to the Purchasers of not less than $22 million.

 

ERISA ” is defined in Section 4.12(a).

 

ERISA Affiliate ” is defined in Section 4.12(b).

 

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 10.01.

 

Excess Cash Flow ” with respect to any fiscal period means Cash Flow minus mandatory principal payments with respect to Indebtedness for Money Borrowed (other

 

-10-


than (i) revolving credit borrowings and (ii) Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) for such period minus non-financed Capital Expenditures actually made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries during such period plus the increase in deferred tax liabilities of the Company’s Subsidiaries from the first day of such period to the last day of such period minus the decrease in deferred tax liabilities of the Company’s Subsidiaries from the first day of such period to the last day of such period.

 

Excess Proceeds ” is defined in Section 8.05.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder.

 

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction, for cash, between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy. Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company or the applicable Subsidiary of the Company acting in good faith evidenced by a board resolution thereof delivered to the Noteholders.

 

FCS MergerSub ” means FCS MergerSub, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

Fiscal Quarter ” means each quarterly accounting period during any Fiscal Year.

 

Fiscal Year ” means a fifty-two (52) week accounting period; provided that once every seven (7) calendar years, the term “Fiscal Year” shall mean a fifty-three (53) week accounting period.

 

Fleet ” shall have the meaning provided in the second recital to this Agreement.

 

Fleet Distribution Agreement ” means the Distribution Agreement dated as of June 3, 1999, among Fleet Capital Corporation, as Agent, the Company and the Purchasers in the form of Exhibit C hereto, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Freight Car ” shall have the meaning provided in the first recital to this Agreement.

 

GAAP ” means, at any date of determination, generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States which are applicable at the date of determination and which are consistently applied for all applicable periods.

 

-11-


Governmental Authority ” means (a) the government of the United States or any State or other political subdivision thereof, (b) any government or political subdivision of any other jurisdiction in which the Company or any Subsidiary conducts all or any pan of its business, or which asserts jurisdiction over any properties of the Company or any Subsidiary or (c) any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to any such government.

 

guarantee ” means, as applied to any obligation, (i) a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner, of any part or all of such obligation and (ii) an agreement, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, the practical effect of which is to assure in any way the payment or performance (or payment of damages in the event of non-performance) of all or any part of such obligation, including, without limiting the foregoing, the payment of amounts drawn down by letters of credit. A guarantee shall include, without limitation, any agreement to maintain or preserve any other Person’s financial condition or to cause any other Person to achieve certain levels of operating results.

 

Hancock ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Hazardous Materials ” means (a) any petroleum or petroleum products, radioactive materials, asbestos in any form that is or is reasonably expected to become friable, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, dielectric fluid containing levels of polychlorinated biphenyls, and radon gas; (b) any chemicals, materials or substances defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous waste,” “hazardous materials,” “extremely hazardous substances,” “restricted hazardous waste,” “toxic substances,” “toxic pollutants,” “contaminants,” or “pollutants,” or words of similar import, under any applicable Environmental Law; and (c) any other chemical, material or substance, exposure to which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any governmental authority under Environmental Laws.

 

Holder ” means any Noteholder or any registered holder of the Shares.

 

incur ” is defined in Section 8.04.

 

Indebtedness ” as applied to a Person means, without duplication,

 

(i) all Money Borrowed.

 

(ii) all obligations of other Persons which such Person has guaranteed,

 

(iii) all reimbursement obligations in connection with letters of credit or letter of credit guarantees issued for the account of such Person,

 

-12-


(iv) in the case of the Company, the obligations represented by the Notes.

 

(v) obligations secured by a lien to which the property or assets owned or held by such Person are subject, whether or not the obligation or obligations secured thereby shall have been assumed.

 

(vi) Redeemable Capital Stock of such Person or any Subsidiary thereof, and

 

(vii) obligations of any such Person under any hedging obligations applicable to any of the foregoing (if and to the extent such hedging obligations would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP).

 

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation; provided that

 

1) the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount is the principal amount of such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness at such time as determined in conformity with GAAP, and

 

2) Indebtedness shall not include any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes.

 

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 13.02.

 

Institutional Investor ” means (a) any original Purchaser of a Note and any transferee that is an Affiliate of any original Purchaser, (b) any holder of a Note holding more than 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and (c) any bank, trust company, savings and loan association or other financial institution, any pension plan, any investment company or investment fund, any insurance company, any broker or dealer, or any other similar financial institution or entity, regardless of legal form organized under the laws of the United States or a State thereof, with capital and surplus in excess of $50,000,000.

 

Intellectual Property ” means (a) all inventions and discoveries (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice), all improvements thereto, and all patents, patent applications and patent disclosures, together with all reissuances, continuations, continuations-in-part, revisions, extensions and reexaminations thereof, (b)

 

-13-


all trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, trade names and corporate names, together with all translations, adaptations, derivations and combinations thereof and including all goodwill associated therewith, (c) all copyrightable works, all copyrights and all applications, registrations and renewals in connection therewith, (d) all broadcast rights, (e) all mask works and all applications, registrations and renewals in connection therewith, (f) all know-how, trade secrets and confidential business information, whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice (including ideas, research and development, know-how, formulas, compositions and manufacturing and production process and techniques, technical data, designs, drawings, specifications, customer and supplier lists, pricing and cost information and business and marketing plans and proposals), (g) all computer software (including data and related documentation), (h) all other proprietary rights, (i) all copies and tangible embodiments thereof (in whatever form or medium) and (j) all licenses and agreements in connection therewith.

 

Interest Payment Date ” is defined in Exhibit A.

 

Investment ” means, with respect to any Person, any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of credit (including by means of a guarantee) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others or otherwise), or any purchase or acquisition by such Person of any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of Indebtedness issued by any other Person and all other items that would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. Investments shall exclude extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices. If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, the Company no longer owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock of such Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of.

 

IRB Documentation ” means (a) the Trust Indenture by and between the City of Danville, Illinois and NBD Bank, as Trustee relating to $5,300,000 City of Danville, Illinois Variable Rate Demand Industrial Development Revenue Bonds (Freight Car Services, Inc. Project), Series 1995, dated as of December 1, 1995, (b) the Loan Agreement by and between the City of Danville, Vermilion County, IL and Freight Car Services, Inc., dated as of December 1, 1995, and (c) all agreements, instruments and documents related to the foregoing.

 

JAC ” means Johnstown America Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

 

-14-


JAC MergerSub ” means JAC MergerSub, Inc. a Delaware corporation.

 

JAC Patent ” means JAC Patent, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

JAII Subordination Agreement ” means the Subordination Agreement among the Purchasers, the Company and Johnstown, relating to the Contingent Additional Consideration (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement).

 

JAIX Leasing ” means JAIX Leasing, Inc. a Delaware corporation

 

JAIX MergerSub ” means JAIX MergerSub, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

JHMLIC ” shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Johnstown ” shall have the meaning assigned in the first recital of this Agreement.

 

Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If any payment date in respect of the Notes is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

 

Lien ” means any mortgage or deed of trust, charge, pledge, lien (statutory or other), privilege, security interest, hypothecation, cessation and transfer, lease of real property, assignment for security, claim, deposit arrangement, or preference or priority or other encumbrance upon or with respect to any property of any kind (including any conditional sale, capital lease or other title retention agreement, any leases in the nature thereof, and any agreement to give any security interest), whether real, personal or mixed, movable or immovable, now owned or hereafter acquired. A Person shall be deemed to own subject to a Lien any property which it has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement.

 

Management Services Agreement ” means the Management Services Agreement dated as of June 3, 1999 between the Company and each of its Subsidiaries, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, management, operations, affairs, condition (financial or otherwise), assets, property, prospects or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b)

 

-15-


the ability of the Company or any Subsidiary to perform any of its material obligations under any of the Transaction Documents, or (c) the validity or enforceability of any Transaction Document.

 

Maturity ”, when used with respect to any Note, means the date on which the principal of such Note becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise (including in connection with any offer to purchase that this Agreement requires the Company to make).

 

Money Borrowed ” means, without duplication, (i) Indebtedness arising from the lending of money by any Person to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) Indebtedness, whether or not in any such case arising from the lending by any Person of money to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (A) which is represented by notes payable or drafts accepted that evidence extensions of credit, (B) which constitutes obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, or (C) upon which interest charges are customarily paid (other than accounts payable and other trade payables and similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business) or that was issued or assumed as full or partial payment for Property; (iii) Indebtedness that constitutes a Capitalized Lease Obligation; (iv) reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit or guarantees thereof; and (v) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under any guarantee of obligations that would constitute Indebtedness for Money Borrowed under clauses (i) through (iii) hereof, if owed directly by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Nationsbanc Facility ” means the Term Loan Agreement dated as of June 14, 1996, between NationsBanc Leasing Corporation of North Carolina and JAIX Leasing, together with all agreements related thereto, as amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time.

 

Net Cash Proceeds ” means with respect to any Asset Sale by any Person, the proceeds thereof (without duplication in respect of all Asset Sales) in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (except to the extent that such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Company or any Subsidiary) net of (i) brokerage commissions and other reasonable fees and expenses (including fees and expenses of legal counsel and investment bankers) related to such Asset Sale, (ii) provisions for all taxes payable as a result of such Asset Sale, (iii) payments made to retire Indebtedness where payment of such Indebtedness is secured by the assets or properties the subject of such Asset Sale, (iv) amounts required to be paid to any Person (other than the Company or any Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in or having a Lien on the assets subject to the Asset Sale and (v) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Subsidiary, as the

 

-16-


case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale (provided that the amount of any such reserves shall be deemed to constitute Net Cash Proceeds at the time such reserves shall have been released or are not otherwise required to be retained as a reserve).

 

Noteholder ” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Security Register.

 

Notes ” has the meaning specified in the third recital to this Agreement.

 

NPL ” means the National Priorities List under CERCLA.

 

Obligations ” means any principal, premium, interest and other liabilities payable by the Company under or in respect of this Agreement or the Notes.

 

Offer Amount ” is defined in Section 7.09(b).

 

Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, the President, Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of such Person.

 

Officers’ Certificate ” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer or any Treasurer of such Person that shall comply with applicable provisions of this Agreement.

 

outstanding ”, when used with respect to the Notes, means, as of the date of determination, all Notes theretofore executed and delivered under this Agreement, except:

 

(i) Notes theretofore cancelled by the Company or delivered to the Company for cancellation;

 

(ii) Notes for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore set aside by the Company with a third party in trust for the holders of such Notes; provided that if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given as provided in this Agreement; and

 

(iii) Notes which have been paid pursuant to Section 9.08 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been executed and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, other than any such Notes in respect of which there shall have

 

-17-


been presented to the Company proof satisfactory to it that such Notes are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Notes are valid obligations of the Company;

 

provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Required Holders the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.

 

Payment Condition ” is defined in Exhibit A.

 

Payment Default ” is defined in Section 10.01 (f).

 

Pension Plan ” is defined in Section 4.12(b).

 

Permits ” means all licenses, permits, certificates of need, approvals and authorizations from all Governmental Authorities required to lawfully conduct a business as presently conducted, except those, the failure of which to have would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Permitted Fees ” means fees payable (i) to Camillo M. Santomero, III in an amount not in excess of $350,000 per Fiscal Year for management services provided by Mr. Santomero to the Company and its Subsidiaries; (ii) to James Cirar in an amount not in excess of $50,000 per Fiscal Year for consulting services provided by Mr. Cirar to the Company; (iii) to Hancock in an amount not in excess of $25,000 per Fiscal Year for management services provided by Hancock to the Company; (iv) to Caravelle in an amount not in excess of $50,000 per Fiscal Year for deferred financing fees in accordance with the purchase of the Shares; (v) to JHMLIC in an amount not in excess of $25,000 per Fiscal Year for management services provided by JHMLIC to the Company.

 

Permitted Holders ” means each of Caravelle, Hancock and JHMLIC, any Affiliate of the foregoing and any investment fund managed by any of the foregoing.

 

-18-


Permitted Investment ” means:

 

(i) Investments by the Company in any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company or by any Subsidiary of the Company in the Company or in any other Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(ii) rights to payment arising from the sale or lease of goods and services in the ordinary course of business of any by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(iii) Investments (including debt obligations and capital stock) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(iv) deposit accounts maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(v) loans or other advances for salary, bonuses and other employee advances, travel advances, prepaid expenses, trade credit, advances against commissions and other similar advances in the ordinary course of business;

 

(vi) loans or other advances of money to any Person and other loans by the Company’s Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed $250,000 at any one time outstanding;

 

(vii) Investments in direct obligations of the United States of America, or any agency thereof or obligations guaranteed by the United States of America, provided that such obligations mature within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

 

(viii) Investments in certificates of deposit maturing within one year from the date of acquisition issued by a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having capital surplus and undivided profits aggregating at least $100,000,000; and

 

(ix) Investments in commercial paper given the highest rating by a national credit rating agency and maturing not more than 270 days from the date of creation thereof.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

-19-


PIK Note ” is defined in Exhibit A .

 

Plan ” is defined in Section 4.12(a).

 

Predecessor Note ” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note.

 

Preferred Shares ” shall have the meaning provided in the third recital to this Agreement.

 

Preferred Stock ” means any Capital Stock of a Person, however designated, which entitles the holder thereof to a preference with respect to dividends, distributions or liquidation proceeds of such Person over the holders of other Capital Stock issued by such Person.

 

principal amount ” means, when used with respect to any particular Note, the principal amount of such Note at its Stated Maturity.

 

property ” means any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.

 

PUHCA ” is defined in Section 4.15.

 

Purchase Money Indebtedness ” means and includes (i) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) for the payment of all or any part of the purchase price of any fixed assets, (ii) any Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred at the time of or within 10 days prior to or after the acquisition of any fixed assets for the purpose of financing all or any pan of the purchase price thereof, and (iii) any renewals, extensions or refinancing thereof, but not any increases in the principal amounts thereof outstanding at the time.

 

Purchase Money Lien ” means a Lien upon fixed assets which secures Purchase Money Indebtedness, but only if such Lien shall at all times be confined solely to the fixed assets the purchase price of which was financed through the incurrence of the Purchase Money Indebtedness secured by such Lien including Liens securing Capitalized Lease Obligations.

 

Purchase Price ” is defined in Section 2.02.

 

Purchasers ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

-20-


Qualified Institutional Buyer ” means any Person that is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A.

 

Railcar Business ” shall have the meaning assigned in first recital of this Agreement.

 

Railcar Subsidiary ” shall have the meaning assigned in the first recital of this Agreement.

 

Railcar Subsidiary Mergers ” means the merger of JAC MergerSub into JAC, FCS MergerSub into Freight Car and JAIX MergerSub into JAIX Leasing.

 

Redeemable Capital Stock ” means any class or series of Capital Stock to the extent that, either by its terms, by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or exchangeable, or by contract or otherwise, is or upon the happening of an event or passage of time would be required to be redeemed prior to any Stated Maturity of the principal of the Notes or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof at any time prior to such Stated Maturity, or is convertible into or exchangeable for debt securities at any time prior to such Stated Maturity.

 

Redemption Date ”, when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Redemption Price ”, when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Regular Record Date ” is defined in Section 9.05.

 

Regulation S ” means Regulation S under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as it may be amended from time to time.

 

Required Holders ” means Noteholders holding more than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes.

 

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as it may be amended from time to time.

 

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as it may be amended from time to time.

 

sale ” is defined in Section 9.07(a).

 

-21-


Santomero Investor ” means any of (i) Camillo M. Santomero, III, (ii) any spouse or lineal descendant of Camillo Santomero and (iii) any trust, family limited partnership or limited liability company, the sole members, partners or beneficiaries thereof are persons described in clauses (i) and (ii).

 

Securities Act ” mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder.

 

Security ” means any of the Notes or the Shares.

 

Security Register ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 10.06(a).

 

Series A Preferred Stock ” means the Series A Voting Preferred Stock, $500 par value, of the Company.

 

Series B Preferred Stock ” means the Series B Nonvoting Preferred Stock, $500 par value, of the Company.

 

Share Purchase Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned in the first recital of this Agreement.

 

Shareholders’ Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned in the fifth recital to this Agreement.

 

Shares ” shall have the meaning assigned in the third recital of this Agreement.

 

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof.

 

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person as of the date of any determination, that on such date (a) such Person is able to pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the normal course of business, (b) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature, and (c) such Person is not engaged in a business or a transaction, and does not expect to engage in a business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to current and anticipated future capital requirements and current and anticipated future business conduct and the prevailing practice in the industry in which such Person is engaged. In computing the amount of contingent liabilities at any time, such liabilities shall be computed as the amount which, in light of the facts and circumstances

 

-22-


existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

 

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any Note or any installment of interest thereon, the dates specified in such Note as the fixed date on which the principal of such Note or such installment of interest is due and payable, and when used with respect to any other Indebtedness, means the date specified in the instrument governing such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the principal of such Indebtedness or any installment of interest is due and payable.

 

Subordination Agreements ” means, collectively, the JAII Subordination Agreement and the Fleet Distribution Agreement.

 

Subsequent Purchaser ” is defined in Section 4.13(a).

 

Subsidiar y” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any corporation of which the outstanding shares of Voting Capital Stock having at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person, or (b) any other Person of which at least a majority of the shares of voting Capital Stock are at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such first named Person.

 

Tax Returns ” means all reports and returns required to be filed on or before the Closing Time with respect to the Taxes of the Company and its Subsidiaries including, without limitation, consolidated federal income tax returns of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

Taxes ” means all federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts, windfall profits, severance, property, production, sales, use, license, excise, franchise, estimated, employment, withholding or similar taxes imposed on the income, properties or operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries or for which the Company or any Subsidiary is otherwise liable (jointly and severally, by contract, as a transferee or successor or otherwise), together with any interest, additions or penalties with respect thereto and any interest in respect of such additions or penalties.

 

TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect at the Closing Time.

 

Transaction Documents ” means collectively, this Agreement, the Shareholders’ Agreement, the Notes, the Subordination Agreements, the Shares, the Credit

 

-23-


Agreement and all certificates, instruments, financial and other statements and other documents made or delivered in connection herewith and therewith.

 

Transactions ” means the transactions provided for in, or contemplated by, the Transaction Documents.

 

United States ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation S.

 

Voting Stock ” means any class or classes of Capital Stock pursuant to which the holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority of the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of any Person (irrespective of whether or not, at the time, stock of any other class or classes shall have, or might have, voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency).

 

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary, all of the outstanding voting securities (other than directors’ qualifying shares) of which are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.

 

1.02. Computation of Time Periods . For purposes of computation of periods of time hereunder, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding.”

 

1.03. Accounting Terms . Accounting terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings provided, and be construed, in accordance with GAAP.

 

SECTION 2

 

AUTHORIZATION, ISSUANCE AND SALE OF SECURITIES

 

2.01. Authorization of Issue . The Company has authorized the issue and sale of (i) $25 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes for original issuance hereunder and up to an additional $27,2038 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be issued as PIK Notes, each Note to be in the form of Exhibit A hereto, (ii) 5,000 Preferred Shares, and (iii) 5,000 Common Shares.

 

-24-


2.02. Sale; Purchaser Fee; Allocation of Purchase Price .

 

(a) On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Purchaser, and each Purchaser, acting severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, the aggregate principal amount of Notes and the aggregate number of Shares, in each case, as set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Purchaser. Each Purchaser agrees that it shall pay aggregate consideration of $1,000 for each aggregate of (i) $1,000 in principal amount of Notes, (ii) 0.20 (two-tenths) Common Shares and (iii) 0.20 (two-tenths) Preferred Shares (the “ Purchase Price ”).

 

(b) The Company shall pay to each Purchaser a purchase fee equal to two percent (2%) of the aggregate Purchase Price paid to the Company by each Purchaser for all Securities purchased by such Purchaser as set forth on Schedule A hereto. Payment of such purchase fee shall occur at the time of issuance and sale of the Notes and Shares to the Purchasers. The Company hereby authorizes each Purchaser to withhold from the aggregate Purchase Price to be paid by such Purchaser an amount equal to such purchase fee.

 

(c) For purposes of the Code and the related Treasury regulations, the Company and the Purchasers agree that the issue prices for the purchased Securities shall be allocated to (i) each 1,000 principal amount of Note to the extent of $780, (ii) each 0.20 (two-tenths) Common Shares to the extent of $100 and (iii) each 0.20 (two-tenths) Preferred Shares to the extent of $100.

 

2.03. Closing . The purchase and sale of Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall occur at the offices of White and Williams LLP, 1800 One Liberty Place, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-7395, at 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on June 3, 1999, or such other time as shall be agreed upon by the Purchasers and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called the “ Closing Time ”). At the Closing Time, the Company will deliver to each Purchaser certificates for the Securities to be purchased by such Purchaser at the Closing Time, in such denominations (in the case of the Notes any integral multiple of $1,000 principal amount) as such Purchaser may request, dated the Closing Time and registered in such Purchaser’s name, against payment by such Purchaser to the Company or to its order by wire transfer of immediately available funds in the amount of the Purchase Price to be paid by such Purchaser therefor to such bank account or accounts as the Company may request in writing at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Time.

 

-25-


SECTION 3

 

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

 

Each Purchaser’s several obligation to purchase and pay for the Securities to be purchased by it at the Closing Time is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by each Purchaser prior to or at the Closing Time of each of the conditions specified below in this Section 3:

 

3.01. Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement and in each of the other Transaction Documents shall be true and correct when made and at and as of the Closing Time as if made on and as of the Closing Time (unless expressly stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such earlier date and, in any such case, there shall not have occurred since such date and prior to the Closing Time any developments with respect to the subject matter of any such representation and warranty which would have a Material Adverse Effect as determined by the Purchasers in their reasonable judgment).

 

3.02. Performance; No Default Under Other Agreements . The Company and its Subsidiaries, to the extent parties hereto or thereto, shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents required to be performed or complied with by any of them prior to or at the Closing Time, and after giving effect to the issue and sale of the Securities and the other Transactions (and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated by Section 4.17 hereof and the other Transaction Documents) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and no default or event of default shall have occurred and be continuing under any of the other Transaction Documents.

 

3.03. Compliance Certificates .

 

(a) Officers’ Certificate . The Company shall have delivered to the Purchasers an Officers’ Certificate, dated the Closing Time, in the form of Exhibit 3.03(a) hereto, certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 3.01, 3.02, 3.05, 3.06, 3.07, 3.08, 3.10, 3.11 and 3.12 have been fulfilled.

 

(b) Secretary’s Certificate . The Company shall have delivered to the Purchasers a certificate in the form of Exhibit 3.03(b) hereto certifying as to the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws and resolutions attached thereto, the incumbency and

 

-26-


signatures of certain officers of the Company, and other corporate proceedings of the Company relating to the authorization, execution and delivery of the Securities, this Agreement, the Shareholders’ Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Company is a party.

 

3.04. Opinions of Counsel . Such Purchaser shall have received the favorable opinions in form and substance satisfactory to it, dated the Closing Time, from (i) White and Williams LLP, counsel for the Company, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit 3.04(a)(i) and as to such other matters as such Purchaser may reasonably request, (ii) Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for Johnstown, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit 3.04(a)(ii) and as to such other matters as such Purchaser may reasonably request, and (iii) Cahill Gordon & Reindel, the Purchasers’ special counsel in connection with such transactions, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit 3.04(a)(iii) .

 

3.05. Changes in Corporate Structure . Other than the Railcar Subsidiary Mergers, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any of the Railcar Subsidiaries shall have changed their respective jurisdiction of incorporation or been a party to any merger or consolidation or succeeded to all or any substantial part of the liabilities of any other Person at any time following the Audit Date and there shall have occurred no event which constitutes a Change of Control of the Company and the Company shall not have entered into any agreement or understanding which, if consummated, would constitute a Change of Control of the Company.

 

3.06. Credit Agreement . At the Closing Time, the Credit Agreement shall have been entered into and shall provide for (i) revolving credit borrowings of not less than $55 million, of which at least $35 million shall be available at the Closing Time, and (ii) term loan borrowings of not less than $55 million, which shall be provided to the Company at the Closing Time.

 

3.07. No Adverse Events . (i) None of the Company, the Railcar Subsidiaries nor any of their respective Subsidiaries shall have sustained since the Audit Date any loss or interference with its business with an impact in excess of $250,000, from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, and (ii) since the Audit Date there shall not have been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company, the Railcar Subsidiaries or any of their Subsidiaries or any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the business, management, operations, affairs, condition (financial or otherwise), assets, property, prospects or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

-27-


3.08. Financial Information . Such Purchaser shall have received a pro forma consolidated balance sheet for the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Time after giving effect to the Transactions, including the issuance of the Securities and the use of the proceeds thereof, which have been certified by the chief financial officer of the Company and which are in form and substance satisfactory to such Purchaser.

 

3.09. Proceedings and Documents . All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and all documents and instruments incident to such transactions and the terms thereof, shall be reasonably satisfactory to such Purchaser and such Purchasers’ special counsel, and such Purchaser and the Purchasers’ special counsel shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as it or they may reasonably request.

 

3.10. Purchase Permitted by Applicable Law, etc. At the Closing Time, such Purchaser’s purchase of the Securities shall (a) be permitted by the laws and regulations of each jurisdiction to which it is subject, (b) not violate any Applicable Law (including, without limitation, Regulation U, T or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and (c) not subject such Purchaser to any tax, penalty or liability under or pursuant to any Applicable Law, which Applicable Law was not in effect on the date hereof.

 

3.11. Consummation of the Other Transactions; Transaction Documents in Force and Effect; Information .

 

(a) The Company shall have received proceeds from the Additional Equity Contributions of not less than $5 million.

 

(b) Each Certificate of Merger with respect to the Railcar Subsidiary Mergers shall have been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and shall have become effective.

 

(c) The Purchasers shall have received true and correct copies of all Transaction Documents and (i) such documents (A) shall have been duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto, (B) shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchasers and (C) shall be valid and legally binding obligations of the parties thereto enforceable against each of them in accordance with its respective terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions, (ii) there shall have been no material amendments, alterations, modifications or waivers of any provision thereof since the date of this Agreement.

 

-28-


(d) All information furnished by the Company and its representatives to the Purchasers on or prior to the Closing Time with respect to the business, management, operations, affairs, condition (financial or otherwise), assets, property, prospects or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be accurate and complete in all material respects.

 

(e) The Company shall have filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the certificate of designation relating to the Preferred Shares, and such certificate of designation shall be valid and in full force and effect.

 

3.12. No Violation; No Legal Constraints; Consents, Authorizations and Filings, etc .

 

(a) The consummation by the Company and its Subsidiaries of the Transactions shall not contravene, violate or conflict with any Applicable Law, except for violations which, individually or in the aggregate, do not and would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b) All consents, authorizations and filings, if any, required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by each of the Company and its Subsidiaries of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party shall have been obtained or made and shall be in full force and effect, except for such consents, authorizations and filings the failure of which to obtain or make, individually or in the aggregate, do not and would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c) There shall be no inquiry, injunction, restraining order, action, suit or proceeding pending or entered or any statute or rule proposed, enacted or promulgated by any Governmental Authority or any other Person which, in the opinion of the Purchasers, (i) individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or which seeks to enjoin or seek damages against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of the Purchasers as a result of the Transactions, including the issuance of the Securities, or (ii) relates to any of the Transactions and has or will have a material adverse effect on any Purchaser or (iii) alleges liability on the part of any Purchaser in connection with this Agreement, any other Transaction Documents or the Trans actions or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or (iv) would bar the issuance of the Securities or the use of the proceeds thereof in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

 

-29-


SECTION 4

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

 

The Company represents and warrants to the Purchasers as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Time that:

 

4.01. Due Incorporation; Power and Authority . The Company and each of its Subsidiaries (a) is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, (b) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, other than any failures to so qualify or to be in good standing which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not have a Material Adverse Effect, (c) has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its businesses as they are currently conducted, and (d) has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

 

4.02. Capitalization . As of the date of this Agreement the authorized Capital Stock of the Company consists of 100,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 100,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, 100,000 shares of Class A Common Stock and 100,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, of which shares were issued and outstanding as follows:

 

Name of Shareholder


  

No. of
Common Shares


  

No. of
Preferred Shares


Johnstown America Industries, Inc.

   2,500 (Class A)    2,500

Hancock Mezzanine Investments LLC

   1,250 (Class A)    1,250 (Series A)

John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Co.

   1,250 (Class A)    1,250 (Series A)

Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C.

   2,500 (Class A)    2,500 (Series A)

Camillo M. Santomero, III

   2,125 (Class A)    2,125 (Series A)

John E. Carroll, Jr.

   1,000 (Class A)    1,000 (Series A)

James D. Cirar

   600 (Class A)    600 (Series A)

Denise Santomero*

   200 (Class B)    200 (Series B)

Robert P. Frisch*

   250 (Class B)    250 (Series B)

 

-30-


Edward L. Thomas*

   250 (Class B)    250 (Series B)

Edward Whelan*

   250 (Class B)    250 (Series B)

Arnold S. Hoffman

   100 (Class A)    100 (Series A)

Gregory S. Young

   100 (Class A)    100 (Series A)

John W. Plunkard*

   50 (Non-Voting)    50 (Non-Voting)

Bruce E. Rueppel, Jr.

   50 (Class A)    50 (Series A)

Jon Schneider

   25 (Class A)    25 (Series A)

 

* To be acquired through Johnstown

 

No shares of any class of the Capital Stock of the Company were held by the Company in its treasury or by the Company’s Subsidiaries. Since the date of this Agreement, the Company (i) has not issued any shares of any class of its Capital Stock and (ii) has not split, combined or reclassified any of its shares of any class of its Capital Stock. All the issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock (including the Shares) have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and are free of preemptive rights. There are no securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that are convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and no options, warrants, calls, subscriptions, convertible securities, or other rights, agreements or commitments which obligate the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to issue, transfer or sell any shares of Capital Stock of, or other interests in, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. There are no outstanding obligations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any awards or options outstanding under any stock option plans or agreements or any other outstanding stock-related awards. After the Closing Time, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries will have any obligation to issue, transfer or sell any shares of Capital Stock of the Company or its Subsidiaries. Except as set forth in the Shareholders’ Agreement, there are no voting trusts or other agreements or understandings to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party with respect to the holding, voting or disposing of Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. As of the date hereof, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any outstanding bonds, debentures, notes or other obligations or other securities (other than the Series A Preferred Stock and the Class A Common Stock) that entitle the holders thereof to vote with the stockholders of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on any matter or which are convertible into or exercisable for securities having such a right to vote.

 

-31-


4.03. Subsidiaries . Schedule 4.03 correctly states as of the Closing Time (a) the name of each of the Company’s Subsidiaries and any other Person whose Capital Stock are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company (each, an “ Equity Investee ”). (b) the name of each holder of each class of outstanding Capital Stock or other securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Equity Investee and the nature and number of such securities held by such holder, and (c) the number of authorized, issued and treasury shares of each Subsidiary of the Company and each Equity Investee. The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any Capital Stock or other interest or investment (whether equity or debt) in any Person other than the Capital Stock of its Subsidiaries and Equity Investees listed on Schedule 4.03 . Each issued and outstanding share of Capital Stock of each Subsidiary and Equity Investee of the Company (a) has been duly authorized and validly issued and is fully paid and nonassessable and free of preemptive rights and (b) except for any Capital Stock of any Equity Investee not owned directly of indirectly by the Company as shown on Schedule 4.03 , is owned by the Company, directly or through Subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or claim, other than the liens established under the Credit Agreement.

 

4.04. Due Authorization, Execution and Delivery .

 

(a) Agreement . This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.

 

(b) Notes . The Notes to be purchased by the Purchasers from the Company are in the form contemplated by this Agreement, have been duly authorized for issuance and sale pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company at the Closing Time as provided herein, will have been duly executed, issued and delivered by the Company, and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against it in accordance with their terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.

 

(c) Shareholders’ Agreement . The Shareholders’ Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.

 

(d) Subordination Agreements . The Subordination Agreements have each been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.

 

-32-


(e) Other Transaction Documents . Each Transaction Document (other than those referred to in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this Section 4.04) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party (each such party, a “ Company Party ”) (i) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each Company Party and (ii) constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of each Company Party, enforceable against such Company Party in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.

 

4.05. Non-Contravention; Authorizations and Approvals . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.05 , neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or comparable constituent or governing documents) or (ii) in default (or, with the giving of notice, lapse of time or both, would be in default) under any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, license, franchise, Permit, lease, contract or other agreement, instrument, commitment or obligation to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its properties or assets is bound (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement), or under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its properties or assets is entitled to a benefit (each, a “ Contract ”), except for any such defaults that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.05 , none of (a) the execution and delivery by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, (b) the performance by any of them of their respective obligations thereunder, (c) the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby or (d) the issuance and delivery of the Securities hereunder will: (i) violate, conflict with or result in a breach of any provisions of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or comparable constituent or governing documents) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) violate, conflict with, result in a breach of any provision of, constitute a default (or an event which, with notice, lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under, result in the termination or in a right of termination of, accelerate the performance required by or benefit obtainable under, result in the triggering of any payment or other obligations (including any repurchase or repayment obligations) pursuant to, result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under, or result in their being declared void, voidable, subject to withdrawal, or without further binding effect, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any Contract, except for any such violations, conflicts, breaches, defaults, accelerations, terminations or other matters which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) require any consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration, filing or registration with, any Governmental Authority, except for those consents, approvals, authorizations, declarations, filings or registrations which have been obtained or made or the failure of which to obtain or make, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and could not reasonably be

 

-33-


expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or (iv) violate any Applicable Laws applicable to the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, except for violations which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.06. Financial Statements . The Company has delivered to the Purchasers (collectively, the “ Company Financial Statements ”) (i) complete and correct copies of the audited combined balance sheet of the Railcar Subsidiaries as of December 31. 1998 and 1997 and the related audited combined statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each year in the three year period ending December 31, 1998, including the footnotes thereto, certified by the Company’s independent certified public accountants, (ii) complete and correct copies of the unaudited combined pro forma balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of March 31, 1999, and the unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 1998. Each of the Company Financial Statements is attached hereto as Exhibit 4.06 . Each of the combined balance sheets contained in the Company Financial Statements fairly presents the combined financial position of the Railcar Subsidiaries as of its date and each of the combined statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows included in the Company Financial Statements fairly presents the combined results of operations and income, retained earnings and stockholders’ equity or cash flows, as the case may be, of the Railcar Subsidiaries for the periods to which they relate (subject, in the case of any unaudited interim financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments that will not be material in amount or effect), in each case in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved, except as noted therein. The pro forma financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries contained in the Company Financial Statements fairly present the combined financial position of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date and for the periods to which they relate, in each case after giving effect to the Transactions, have been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines with respect to pro forma financial statements and have been properly compiled on the bases described therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the Transactions. All projections provided by the Company to the Purchasers in connection with the Transactions have been prepared in good faith based on assumptions believed by management of the Company to be reasonable.

 

4.07. Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities or Events .

 

(a) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.07(a) , neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any liabilities or obligations, whether accrued, contingent or otherwise, that are required to be reflected or reserved against in the consolidated balance sheet included in the Company Financial Statements that are not so reflected or reserved.

 

-34-


(b) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.07(b) , (i) there has been no change in the business, management, operations, affairs, condition (financial or otherwise), assets, property, prospects or results of operations of the Company or its Subsidiaries except for changes that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had or could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) there are no facts known to the Company that have had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that have not been set forth herein or in the Disclosure Schedule.

 

4.08. No Actions or Proceedings . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.08 , there are no legal or governmental actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any of their respective directors or officers (in their capacities as such) or any of their respective properties or assets which, individually or in the aggregate, has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or to prohibit, delay or materially restrict the consummation of any of the Transactions or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents. To the knowledge of the Company, no Governmental Authority has notified the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of an intention to conduct any audit, investigation or other review with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except for those investigations or reviews which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had or would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.09. Title to Properties . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.09 , each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has (a) good and marketable title to and fee simple ownership of, or a valid and subsisting leasehold interest in, all of its real property, and (b) good title to, or a valid and subsisting leasehold interest in, all of its equipment and other personal property, in each case free and clear of all Liens, except Liens permitted by Section 8.07. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries have paid or discharged, or reserved for, all lawful claims which, if unpaid, might become a Lien (other than a Lien permitted by Section 8.07) against any property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

4.10. Intellectual Property Rights . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.10 , each of the Company and its Subsidiaries owns or possesses all Intellectual Property reasonably necessary to conduct its businesses as now conducted, except where the expiration or loss of any of such Intellectual Property, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the best knowledge of the Company, (a) there is no infringement of, or conflict with, such Intellectual Property by any third party and (b) the conduct of their businesses as currently conducted do not infringe or conflict with any Intellectual Property of any third party, in each case other than any such infringements or conflicts which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had or could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-35-


4.11. Taxes . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.11 :

 

(a) all Tax Returns that are required to be filed at or before the Closing Time by or with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, have been or will be timely filed at or before the Closing Time, and all such Tax Returns are or will be true and complete in all material respects;

 

(b) all Taxes of the Company and each Subsidiary have been or will be timely paid in full;

 

(c) adequate provision has been made for the payment of Taxes for which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may be liable for the periods ending after the Closing Time that are not yet due and payable;

 

(d) there have been no deficiencies asserted or assessments made against the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of Taxes;

 

(e) no issues that have been raised by the relevant taxing authority in connection with the examination of any of the Tax Returns referred to in clause (a) are currently pending;

 

(f) no waivers of statutes of limitation have been given by or requested with respect to any Taxes of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(g) none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries will be required, as a result of (i) a change in accounting method to include any adjustment under Section 481 (c) of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law) in taxable income for any Tax period ending at or after the Closing Time, or (ii) any “closing agreement” as described in Section 7121 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax law), to include any item of income in or exclude any item of deduction from any Tax period ending at or after the Closing Time;

 

(h) there are no Liens on any of the assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that arose in connection with any failure (or alleged failure) to pay any Tax;

 

(i) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has ever been a member of an affiliated, combined, consolidated or unitary Tax group for purposes of filing any Tax Return;

 

(j) no closing agreements, private letter rulings, technical advance memoranda or similar agreement or rulings have been entered into or issued by any taxing authority with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

-36-


(k) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has made any consent under Section 341 of the Code with respect to the Company or any such Subsidiary; and

 

(1) all interest on debt issued by the Company pursuant to this Agreement (including original issue discount if any) will be deductible in full, as such interest accrues, by the Company for federal income tax purposes.

 

4.12. Employee Benefit Plans .

 

(a) There has been no failure by any employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), which is maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries contributes (each a “ Plan ”) to comply with the applicable requirements of ERISA and the Code other than any such failures that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no material pending or, to the knowledge of the Company threatened, litigation relating to the Plans.

 

(b) No liability under Subtitle C or D of Title IV of ERISA has been or is expected to be incurred by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any ongoing, frozen or terminated “single-employer plan,” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, currently or formerly maintained by any of them, or the single-employer plan of any entity which is considered one employer with the Company under Section 4001 of ERISA or Section 414 of the Code (an “ ERISA Affiliate ”). Neither the Company, any of its Subsidiaries nor any ERISA Affiliate has contributed to a “multiemployer pension plan,” within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA, at any time on or after September 26, 1980. No notice of a “reportable event,” within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA for which the 30-day reporting requirement has not been waived, has been required to be filed for any Plan which is an “employee pension benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA (“ Pension Plan ”) or by any ERISA Affiliate within the 12-month period ending on the date hereof.

 

(c) Neither any Pension Plan nor any single-employer plan of an ERISA Affiliate has an “accumulated funding deficiency” (whether or not waived) within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA and no ERISA Affiliate has an outstanding funding waiver. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has provided, or is required to provide, security to any Pension Plan or to any single-employer plan of an ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) of the Code.

 

(d) Under each Pension Plan which is a single-employer plan, as of the last day of the most recent plan year ended prior to the date hereof, the actuarially determined

 

-37-


present value of all “benefit liabilities,” within the meaning of Section 400l(a)(16) of ERISA (as determined on the basis of the actuarial assumptions contained in the Plan’s most recent actuarial valuation), did not exceed the then current value of the assets of such Plan, and there has been no material change in the financial condition of such Plan since the last day of the most recent plan year.

 

(e) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any obligations for retiree health and life benefits under any Plan, except as required by applicable law or as set forth on Schedule 4.12(e) . The Company or the Subsidiaries, as applicable, may amend or terminate any such Plan at any time without incurring any liability thereunder.

 

4.13. Private Offering; No Integration or General Solicitation .

 

(a) Subject to compliance by the Purchasers with the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5 hereof and with the procedures set forth in Section 9 hereof, it is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Securities to the Purchasers and to any Person to whom any Purchaser sells any of such Securities (each, a “ Subsequent Purchaser ”) in the manner contemplated by this Agreement to register the Securities under the Securities Act, or, to qualify an indenture relating to the Notes under the TIA.

 

(b) The Company has not, directly or indirectly, offered, sold or solicited any offer to buy and will not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell or solicit any offer to buy, any security of a type or in a manner which would be integrated with the sale of the Securities and require the Securities to be registered under the Securities Act. None of the Company, its Affiliates or any person acting on its or any of their behalf (other than the Purchasers, as to whom the Company makes no representation or warranty) has engaged or will engage in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Rule 502(c) under the Securities Act) in connection with the offering of the Securities.

 

4.14. Eligibility for Resale Under Rule 144A . The Securities are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A and will not, at the Closing Time, be of the same class as securities listed on a national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Exchange Act or quoted on a U.S. automated interdealer quotation system.

 

4.15. Status Under Certain Statutes . Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is or, after receipt of payment for the Securities and the consummation of the other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, will be (a) subject to regulation under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended (“ PUHCA ”), the Federal Power Act or the Interstate Commerce Act, each as amended, (b) an “investment company” registered or required to be registered under the Investment

 

-38-


Company Act of 1940, as amended, or controlled by such a company, or (c) a “holding company,” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company,” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or of a “subsidiary” or a “holding company,” within the meaning of PUHCA.

 

4.16. Insurance . Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries are insured by financially sound institutions with policies in such amounts and with such deductibles and covering such risks as are generally deemed adequate for their businesses including, but not limited to, policies covering real and personal property owned or leased by the Company and its Subsidiaries against theft, damage, destruction and acts of vandalism.

 

4.17. Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations . The Company will apply the proceeds from the sale of the Securities together with the proceeds from the Additional Equity Contribution and initial borrowings under the Credit Agreement solely to acquire the Railcar Subsidiaries as provided for in the Share Purchase Agreement and to pay related fees and expenses. No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of buying or carrying any margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U, or for the purpose of buying or carrying or trading in any securities. Margin stock does not constitute more than 5% of the value of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the Company has no present intention that margin stock will constitute more than 5% of the value of such assets. As used in this Section, the terms “margin stock” and “purpose of buying or carrying” shall have the meanings assigned to them in Regulation U.

 

4.18. Existing Indebtedness; Future Liens . Schedule 4.18 sets forth a complete and correct list of all Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries that will be outstanding immediately prior to and immediately after the consummation of the Transactions. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company is in default, and no waiver of default is currently in effect, in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary and no event or condition exists with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that would permit (or that with notice, lapse of time or both, would permit) any Person to cause such Indebtedness to become due and payable before its Stated Maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has agreed or consented to cause or permit in the future (upon the happening of a contingency or otherwise) any of its property or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to be subject to a Lien that would be prohibited by this Agreement if incurred after the first issuance of Notes.

 

4.19. Compliance with Laws; Permits; Environmental Matters . Except as provided in Schedule 4.19 , (a) each of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries has

 

-39-


complied, and is in compliance, in all material respects with all Applicable Laws and has all Permits material to, and necessary in, the conduct of its business as currently conducted and all such Permits are in full force and effect, (b) no violations have been recorded in respect of any such Permits, and no proceeding is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened to revoke or limit any Permit, except for violations and proceedings which, individually or in the aggregate, have not and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (c) all past Environmental Actions have been resolved without ongoing obligations or costs, and no circumstances exist that could (i) form the basis of an Environmental Action against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their properties or (ii) cause any such properties to be subject to any restrictions on ownership, occupancy, use or transferability under any Environmental Law, (d) (i) none of the properties currently or, to the knowledge of the Company, formerly owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is listed or proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list or is adjacent to any such property, (ii) there are no and, to the knowledge of the Company, never have been any underground or aboveground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any property currently owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the best knowledge of the Company, on any property formerly owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material on any property currently owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and (iv) Hazardous Materials have not been released, discharged or disposed of on any property currently or, to the best knowledge of the Company, formerly owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and (e) all Hazardous Materials transported to or from any property currently or, to the best knowledge of the Company, formerly owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries have been disposed of in a manner not expected to result in any liability to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Schedule 4.19 sets forth a list of all such Permits and the expiration dates thereof.

 

4.20. Solvency . The Company and its Subsidiaries are, and after giving effect to the Transactions will be, Solvent.

 

4.21. Affiliate Transactions . Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.21 or, with respect to transactions occurring at or after the Closing Time, as permitted by Section 8.06 hereof: (a) there is no Indebtedness between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any officer, stockholder, director or Affiliate (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of the Company, on the other, (b) no such officer, stockholder, director or Affiliate provides or causes to be provided any assets, services or facilities to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which, individually or in the aggregate, are material to

 

-40-


the business, management, operations, affairs, condition (financial or otherwise), assets, property, prospects or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, (c) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries provides or causes to be provided any assets, services, or facilities to any such officer, stockholder, director or Affiliate which, individually or in the aggregate, are material to the business, management, operations, affairs, condition (financial or otherwise), assets, property, prospects or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, (d) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, any investment in or issued by any such officer, director or Affiliate, and (e) no such officer, stockholder, director or Affiliate has any direct or indirect ownership interest in any Person with which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries competes or has a business relationship.

 

4.22. Material Contracts . To the best of our knowledge, after due inquiry, Schedule 4.22 contains a true, correct and complete list of all material contracts in effect at the Closing Time. Except as described on Schedule 4.22 , as of the Closing Time each such contract is in full force and effect and no material defaults enforceable against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries currently exist thereunder. The Company and its Subsidiaries have not received notice from any party to any such contract stating that it intends to terminate or amend such contract.

 

4.23. No Changes to Applicable Law . To the best knowledge of the Company, no changes to Applicable Law affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries have occurred or are currently pending or threatened, in each case other than those which have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.24. Indebtedness . At the Closing Time, after consummation of the Transactions, the consolidated Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries will not exceed $145.0 million.

 

4.25. Fees . All fees and other expenses directly or indirectly payable to Camillo M. Santomero, III or any of his Affiliates in connection with the consummation of the Transactions by the Company, Johnstown or any of its Subsidiaries are disclosed in Schedule 4.25 .

 

4.26. Brokerage Fees . Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.26 , neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has paid, or is obligated to pay, to any Person any brokerage or finder’s fees in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or by any other Transaction Documents.

 

4.27. Documents and Procedures . Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.27 , the agreements, instruments and documents used and the procedures followed by the

 

-41-


Company and its Subsidiaries in the conduct of their business are sufficient to effect the transactions purported to be effected by such agreements, instruments and documents and to perfect the Liens or security interests purported to be created by such agreements, instruments and documents, except for failures to effect such transactions or perfect such security interests which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.28. Absence of Labor Dispute . Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.28 , no labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries exists or, to the best knowledge of the Company, is imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees, principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which, in any case, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.29. No Unrelated Liabilities . As of the Closing Time, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries will have any liability unrelated to the business or operations conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has made, and will not prior to the Closing Time make, any payment with respect to any such liability.

 

4.30. Incorporation of Share Purchase Agreement Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties of Johnstown made in the Share Purchase Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement with the same force and effect as though included in this Agreement and, except as disclosed in Schedule 4.30 , to the best knowledge of the Company, each of such representations and warranties is true and correct as of the date or dates on which it is given pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement and is true and correct as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Time.

 

-42-


SECTION 5

 

REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASERS

 

Each Purchaser severally and not jointly represents and warrants to the Company as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Time as follows:

 

5.01. Purchase for Investment.

 

(a) Such Purchaser is acquiring the Securities for its own account, for investment and not with a view to any distribution thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

(b) Such Purchaser understands that (i) the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and are being issued by the Company in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (ii) the Securities may not be offered or sold except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

 

(c) Such Purchaser further understands that the exemption from registration afforded by Rule 144 (the provisions of which are known to such Purchaser) promulgated under the Securities Act depends on the satisfaction of various conditions, and that, if applicable, Rule 144 may afford the basis for sales only in limited amounts.

 

(d) Such Purchaser did not employ any broker or finder in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.

 

(e) Such Purchaser is an Accredited Investor.

 

SECTION 6

 

COVENANTS TO PROVIDE INFORMATION

 

The Company covenants and agrees with each Purchaser that until the principal amount of (and premium, if any, on) all the Notes, and all interest and other obligations hereunder in respect thereof, shall have been paid in full, and while any Shares shall remain outstanding:

 

6.01. Future Reports to Holders . The Company shall deliver to each Purchaser (for so long as such Purchaser holds any Securities) and each Holder:

 

(a) Monthly Statements . As soon as available but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, duplicate copies of:

 

(i) consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such month, and

 

-43-


(ii) consolidated and consolidating statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such month and for the portion of the fiscal year ending with such month,

 

in each case setting forth in comparative form the figures for the corresponding periods in the prior fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP applicable to periodic financial statements generally, and fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial position of the Persons being reported on and their results of operations and cash flows, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end adjustments that will not be material in amount or effect, and accompanied by a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Company to the foregoing effect.

 

(b) Quarterly Statements . As soon as available, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each quarter, duplicate copies of:

 

(i) consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter, and

 

(ii) consolidated and consolidating statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries, for such quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year ending with such quarter,

 

in each case setting forth in comparative form the figures for the corresponding periods in the prior fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP applicable to periodic financial statements generally, and fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial position of the Persons being reported on and their results of operations and cash flows, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end adjustments that will not be material in amount or effect, and accompanied by a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Company to the foregoing effect; provided, however, with respect to holders of Shares only, if the Company is then subject to the reporting requirements under Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the delivery by the Company to each holder of Shares of a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q or any successor form within the time periods above described shall satisfy the requirements of this Section 6.01(b).

 

(c) Annual Statements . As soon as available, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, duplicate copies of:

 

(i) consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such year, and

 

-44-


(ii) consolidated and consolidating statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such year,

 

in each case setting forth in comparative form the figures for the prior fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP, fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial position of the Persons being reported on and their results of operations and cash flows, and accompanied by:

 

(A) an opinion thereon of independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing, which opinion (i) shall state that such financial statements (other than consolidating statements) present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Persons being reported upon and their results of operations and cash flows and have been prepared in conformity with GAAP, and that the examination of such accountants in connection with such financial statements (other than consolidating statements) has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards in the United States, and that such audit provides a reasonable basis for such opinion in the circumstances, and (ii) shall not contain a “going concern” or like qualification, or any exception or other qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, and

 

(B) a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Company stating that such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applicable to periodic financial statements generally and fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position of the Persons being reported on and their results of operations and cash flows,

 

provided, however, with respect to holders of Shares only, if the Company is then subject to the reporting requirements under Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the delivery by the Company to such holder of Shares of an Annual Report on Form 10-K or any successor form within the time periods above described shall satisfy the requirements of this Section 6.01(c).

 

(d) Officers’ Certificates . Concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in subsections (a) through (c) of this Section 6.01, an Officers’ Certificate (of which one of the signatories shall be the chief financial officer of the Company) (i) stating that, to the best of such Officers’ knowledge after due inquiry, each of the Company and its respective Subsidiaries has observed or performed all of its covenants and other agreements, and satisfied every condition, contained in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to be observed, performed or satisfied by it, and in the case of the certificate delivered to the Purchasers and the Noteholders, that such Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified in such Officers’ Certificate,

 

-45-


and (ii) in the case of the certificate delivered to the Purchasers and the Noteholders, showing in detail as of the end of the related fiscal period the figures and calculations supporting such statement in respect of Sections 7.14, 7.15, 8.02, 8.04, 8.05, 8.06 and 8.12 of this Agreement.

 

(e) Auditors’ Reports . Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all final reports submitted to the Company or to any of its Subsidiaries by independent certified public accountants in connection with each annual, interim or special audit of the books of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries made by such accountants, including, without limitation, any final comment letter submitted by such accountants to management in connection with their annual audit.

 

(f) Other Information; Projections .

 

(i) Promptly upon their becoming available, copies of all financial statements, reports, notices and proxy statements sent to its securityholders or made available generally by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and all regular and periodic reports and all registration statements and final prospectuses, if any, filed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with any securities exchange or with the Commission or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its functions and, promptly upon request, such additional financial and other information as any Purchaser and any other Holder may from time to time reasonably request.

 

(ii) Except in the case of holders of Shares at such time when the Company is subject to the majority requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, prior to the end of each fiscal year, consolidated and consolidating balance sheets, statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flow of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the upcoming fiscal year and each month therein.

 

(g) Notice of Default or Event of Default . Promptly, but in any event within three (3) Business Days, after any officer of the Company becomes aware of the existence of any Default or Event of Default or that any Person has given any notice or taken any other action with respect to a claimed Default or Event of Default, a written notice thereof to the Purchasers and the Noteholders specifying the nature and existence thereof and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

(h) Additional Information to Holders of Other Indebtedness . Simultaneously with the furnishing of such information to any other holder of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (i) copies of all other financial statements, reports or

 

-46-


projections with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries which are broader in scope or on a more frequent basis than the Company is required to provide under this Agreement and (ii) copies of all studies, reviews, reports or assessments relating to environmental matters that reveal circumstances, events or other matters that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(i) Changes to Indebtedness . At least 10 days prior thereto, written notice to the Purchasers and the Noteholders of any proposed extension, renewal, refinancing or modification of any indebtedness exceeding $250,000 of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(j) Original Issue Discount Information . All original issue discount information relating to the Notes as may be required by applicable law.

 

(k) No later than each Interest Payment Date on which interest is to be paid in cash in accordance with the terms of the Notes, an Officers ’ Certificate stating the source or sources of funds to be used to make such cash interest payment and that such payment is then permitted to be made in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 7

 

OTHER AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

The Company further covenants and agrees with each Purchaser that until the principal amount of (and premium, if any, on) all the Notes, and all interest and other obligations hereunder in respect thereof, shall have been paid in full:

 

7.01. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest . The Company shall duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any, on) and all interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Agreement.

 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal (including post-petition interest on a proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law), and interest on overdue interest, to the extent lawful, at the rate specified in the Notes.

 

7.02. Preservation of Corporate Existence and Franchises . Subject to Section 8 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (a) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company

 

-47-


or any such Subsidiary and (b) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries if (i) the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and (ii) the loss thereof would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.03. Maintenance of Properties . The Company shall cause all properties used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any of its Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order in accordance with industry standards and supplied with all necessary equipment and shall cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prevent the Company from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of such properties if (i) the Board of Directors determines that such discontinuance is desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of any Subsidiary and (ii) such discontinuance could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and would not be adverse in any material respect to any Noteholder.

 

7.04. Taxes .

 

(a) Payment of Taxes . The Company shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (i) all Taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and (ii) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon the property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such Tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings provided that appropriate reserves therefor are established in the Company’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP.

 

(b) Tax Returns . The Company and its Subsidiaries shall timely file or cause to be filed when due all Tax Returns that are required to be filed by or with respect to the Company for taxable years ending after the Closing Time and shall timely pay any Taxes due in respect of such Tax Returns.

 

-48-


(c) Contest Provisions . The Company shall promptly notify the Holders in writing upon receipt by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates of notice of any pending or threatened federal, state, local or foreign income or franchise Tax audits or assessments which may materially affect the Tax liabilities of the Company.

 

7.05. Books, Records an d Access . The Company and its Subsidiaries shall keep complete and accurate books and records of their transactions in accordance with good accounting practices on the basis of GAAP applied on a consistent basis (including the establishment and maintenance of appropriate reserves). To the extent reasonably required in connection with any resale of the Notes, and upon reasonable notice, the Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, subject to compliance with Applicable Laws and confidentiality obligations to third parties, give each Purchaser and any Holder that (i) holds not less than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and (ii) is not a Competitor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in any material respect, (and, in each case, any sales or placement agent or underwriter participating in such resale) and their authorized representatives reasonable access during normal business hours to all contracts, books, records, personnel, offices and other facilities and properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries and their legal advisors, accountants and, to the extent available to the Company after the Company uses reasonable efforts to obtain them, the accountants’ work papers, permit each Purchaser and such Holder (and any such sales or placement agent or underwriter) to make such copies and inspections thereof as such Purchaser or such Holder may reasonably request and furnish each Purchaser and such Holder (and any such sales or placement agent or underwriter) with such financial and operating data and other information with respect to the business and properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries as such Purchaser or such Holder (and any such sales or placement agent or underwriter) may from time to time reasonably request. Any such visits will be at the expense of such Purchaser or such Holder. Each Purchaser and Holder agrees to enter into a confidentiality agreement concerning the subject matter described in this Section 7.05 with the Company in form and substance reasonably acceptable to each party thereto.

 

7.06. Compliance with Law . The Company shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all Applicable Laws and shall obtain and maintain, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to obtain and maintain, all Permits necessary to the ownership of their respective properties or to the conduct of their respective businesses, in each case to the extent necessary to ensure that any such non-compliance with Applicable Law or any failure to obtain or maintain such Permits, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.07. Insurance . The Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance with respect to their

 

-49-


respective properties and business against such casualties and contingencies, of such types, on such terms and in such amounts (including deductibles, co-insurance and self-insurance, if adequate reserves are maintained with respect thereto) as is customary in the case of entities of established reputations engaged in the same or a similar business and similarly situated.

 

7.08. Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control .

 

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall make an offer (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Noteholder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Noteholder’s Notes at an offer price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof as of the Change of Control Payment Date, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Change of Control Payment Date (the “ Change of Control Payment ”). The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-l under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control, and the Company shall not be in violation of this Agreement by reason of any act required by such rule or other applicable law.

 

(b) On the date of the occurrence of any Change of Control, the Company shall send, by overnight courier, a notice to each Noteholder stating:

 

(i) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 7.08 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment;

 

(ii) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be at least seven but no more than 10 days from the date on which the Company mails notice of the Change of Control (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);

 

(iii) that any Notes not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

 

(iv) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(v) that Noteholders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, to the Company or its designated agent for such purpose at the address

 

-50-


specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(vi) that Noteholders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company or its designated agent for such purpose receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Noteholder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Noteholder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and

 

(vii) that Noteholders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof.

 

(c) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, (i) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (ii) mail to each Noteholder so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes plus all accrued and unpaid interest to the Change of Control Payment Date, and (iii) execute and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Noteholder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided, however, that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof.

 

7.09. Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds .

 

(a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 8.05 hereof, the Company shall be required to commence an offer to all Noteholders to purchase Notes (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), it shall follow the procedures specified in this Section 7.09.

 

(b) Within five days following each date on which the Company’s obligation to make an Asset Sale Offer is triggered, the Company shall send, by overnight courier, a notice to each Noteholder stating:

 

(i) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 7.09 and Section 8.05;

 

(ii) that the Company shall purchase the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 8.05 (the “ Offer Amount ”), the purchase price per Note and the purchase date, which shall be at least seven but no

 

-51-


more than 30 days from the date on which the Company mails notice of the Asset Sale Offer (the “ Asset Sale Offer Payment Date ”);

 

(iii) that any Notes not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

 

(iv) that, unless the Company defaults in payment of the Offer Amount on the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date;

 

(v) that Noteholders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, to the Company or its designated agent for such purpose at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date;

 

(vi) that Noteholders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company or its designated agent for such purpose receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Noteholder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Noteholder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased;

 

(vii) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Noteholders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased); and

 

(viii) that Noteholders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof.

 

On the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, (i) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer up to the principal amount of Notes equal to the Offer Amount, or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, (ii) mail to each Noteholder so tendered the purchase price for such Notes,

 

-52-


plus all accrued and unpaid interest to the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, (iii) execute and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Noteholder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any, and (iv) deliver to the Noteholders an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 7.09.

 

The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer, and the Company shall not be in violation of this Agreement by reason of any act required by such rule or other applicable law.

 

7.10. Further Assurances . The Company shall, upon the request of the Noteholders, execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the provisions of this Agreement.

 

7.11. Additional Company Information . For the benefit of holders and beneficial owners from time to time of Notes, the Company shall, upon the request of any such Holder, furnish, at its expense, to Holders and beneficial owners of Notes and prospective purchasers of such securities information (“ Additional Company Information ”) satisfying the requirements of subsection (d)(4) of Rule 144A.

 

7.12. No Integration . The Company agrees that it shall not and (to the extent within its control) it shall cause its Affiliates not to make any offer or sale of securities of any class of the Company if, as a result of the doctrine of “integration” referred to in Rule 502 under the Securities Act, such offer or sale would render invalid (for the purpose of the sale of the Securities by the Company to the Purchasers) any applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 4(2) thereof.

 

7.13. Restriction on Repurchases . Until the expiration of two years after the original issuance of the Notes, the Company shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, purchase or agree to purchase or otherwise acquire any Notes which are “restricted securities” (as such term is defined under Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act), whether as beneficial owner or otherwise unless, immediately upon any such purchase, the Company or any Affiliate shall cause such Notes to be canceled or shall not resell such Notes until the expiration of such period.

 

-53-


7.14. Financial Covenants .

 

(a) Money Borrowed to EBITDA . The Company’s Subsidiaries shall maintain a ratio of (i) outstanding Money Borrowed to (ii) EBITDA with respect to the four (4) Fiscal Quarters then ended on such date of not more than the ratio shown below opposite the period corresponding thereto:

 

Period


   Ratio

Closing Time through and including September 30, 1999

   3.25:1.0

October 1, 1999 through and including December 31, 1999

   3.10:1.0

January 1, 2000 through and including March 31, 2000

   3.00:1.0

April 1, 2000 through and including December 31, 2000

   2.75:1.0

January 1, 2001 through and including December 31, 2001

   2.10:1.0

January 1, 2002 and thereafter

   1.60:1.0

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, EBITDA under clause (ii) above (a) for the period commencing on the Closing Time through and including September 30, 1999 shall be calculated using EBITDA of the Company’s Subsidiaries for the four Fiscal Quarters ended March 31, 1999; (b) for the period commencing on October 1, 1999 through and including December 31, 1999 shall be calculated using EBITDA of the Company’s Subsidiaries for the period of June 1, 1999 through and including September 30, 1999 times three; (c) for the period commencing on January 1, 2000 through and including March 31, 2000 shall be calculated using EBITDA of the Company’s Subsidiaries for the period of June 1, 1999 through and including December 31, 1999 times 1.714; and (d) for the period commencing on April 1, 2000 through and including June 30, 2000 shall be calculated using EBITDA of the Company’s Subsidiaries for the period of June 1, 1999 through and including March 31, 2000 times 1.2.

 

(b) Fixed Charge Coverag e. The Company’s Subsidiaries shall maintain a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio at the end of each Fiscal Quarter with respect to the four (4) Fiscal Quarters then ended (other than with respect to the Fiscal Quarters ending September 30, 1999 and December 31, 1999, the ratio with respect to which shall be calculated for the period commencing at the Closing Time and ending on the last day of the applicable Fiscal Quarter end) of not less than 1.10:1.0.

 

(c) Interest Coverag e. The Company’s Subsidiaries shall maintain a Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio at the end of each Fiscal Quarter with respect to the four (4) Fiscal Quarters then ended (other than with respect to the Fiscal Quarters ending September 30, 1999 and December 31, 1999, the Interest Coverage Ratio with respect to which shall be calculated for the period commencing at the Closing Time and ending on the last day of the applicable Fiscal Quarter end) of not less than 3.75:1.0.

 

-54-


(d) Minimum EBITDA . The Company’s Subsidiaries shall maintain a level of EBITDA at the end of each Fiscal Quarter during the periods set forth below with respect to the four (4) Fiscal Quarters then ended (other than with respect to the Fiscal Quarters ending September 30, 1999, March 31, 1999 and December 31, 1999, the level of EBITDA with respect to which shall be calculated for the period commencing at the Closing Time and ending on the last day of the applicable Fiscal Quarter end) of not less than the amount shown below opposite the date corresponding thereto:

 

Period


   Amount

Closing Time through September 30, 1999

   $ 11,250,000

Closing Time through December 31, 1999

   $ 18,000,000

Closing Time through March 31, 2000

   $ 18,000,000

June 30, 2000 and at the end of each Fiscal Quarter thereafter

   $ 18,000,000

 

7.15. Redemption of Notes from Excess Cash Flow . Commencing with the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 1999, the Company shall use 75% of Excess Cash Flow of the Company and its Subsidiaries as follows: (i) first, to repay Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, and (ii) second, to redeem the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be redeemed with such Excess Cash Flow at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date. The repayment date of any Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and the Redemption Date in respect of the Notes shall be the date upon which the Company delivers to the Noteholders the financial statement required by Section 6.01(c) but in no event shall any such repayment date or Redemption Date be later than 90 days from the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year.

 

7.16. Mandatory Redemption of Notes . On September 1, 2004, the Company shall redeem the principal amount outstanding of Notes equal to the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of PIK Notes issued (including without limitation all PIK Notes issued as interest on PIK Notes) to and including September 1, 2004 in respect of such $1,000 in principal amount of Note and (ii) $80 per $1,000 principal amount of Notes outstanding. Any such redemption shall be made on a pro rata basis at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount of the Notes so redeemed.

 

-55-


SECTION 8

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

The Company hereby covenants and agrees with each Purchaser that until the principal amount of (and premium, if any, on) all the Notes, and all interest and other obligations hereunder in respect thereof, shall have been paid in full:

 

8.01. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws . The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law or other law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of its obligations under the Notes or this Agreement, and the Company hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Noteholders, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

8.02. Restricted Payments; Investments . The Company shall not and shall not cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

 

(1) declare or pay any dividend or any other distribution or payment on Capital Stock of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or make any payment to the direct or indirect holders (in their capacities as such) of Capital Stock of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (other than (a) dividends or distributions payable solely in Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Capital Stock), and (b) in the case of Subsidiaries of the Company, dividends or distributions payable to the Company or to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company),

 

(2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Capital Stock owned by the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company, excluding Redeemable Capital Stock) or any options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock,

 

(3) make any principal payment on, or purchase, defease, repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to any scheduled maturity,

 

-56-


scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Indebtedness which is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and

 

(4) make any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

8.03. Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary of the Company to:

 

(1) (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(i) on its Capital Stock, or

 

(ii) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or

 

(b) repay any Indebtedness or any other obligation owed to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(2) make loans or advances or capital contributions to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or

 

(3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,

 

except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(1) encumbrances or restrictions existing at the Closing Time to the extent and in the manner such encumbrances and restrictions are in effect at the Closing Time,

 

(2) this Agreement and the Notes,

 

(3) applicable law,

 

(4) any instrument governing Acquired Indebtedness, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person (including any Subsidiary of the Person), so acquired,

 

-57-


(5) customary non-assignment provisions in leases or other agreements entered in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices,

 

(6) customary restrictions in security agreements or mortgages securing Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary to the extent such restrictions restrict the transfer of the property subject to such security agreements and mortgages,

 

(7) customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary, or

 

(8) the Credit Agreement; provided that such encumbrances and restrictions are no more restrictive than those contained in the terms of the Credit Agreement as in effect at the Closing Time.

 

8.04. Incurrence of Indebtedness . The Company shall not and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume, or suffer to exist (collectively “ incur ”) any Indebtedness; provided that the Company’s Subsidiaries (and not the Company, other than in the case of the Notes as provided in clause (2) below) may incur the following Indebtedness:

 

(1) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the Company arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $110 million at any time outstanding less any mandatory prepayment actually made thereunder (to the extent, in the case of payments of revolving credit borrowings, that the corresponding commitments have been permanently reduced) or scheduled payments actually made thereunder;

 

(2) Indebtedness under the Notes;

 

(3) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the Company not covered by any other clause of this Section 8.04 which is outstanding at the Closing Time after giving effect to the Transactions;

 

(4) Indebtedness of any Wholly Owned Subsidiary to the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary;

 

(5) accounts payable of any Subsidiary of the Company to trade creditors and current operating expenses of any Subsidiary of the Company (other than for Money Borrowed), which are not aged more than 90 days from billing date or more than 30 days from the due date, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business and paid within such time period unless consented to by the applicable creditors

 

-58-


or unless the same are being actively contested in good faith and by appropriate and lawful proceedings; and each applicable Subsidiary shall have set aside such reserves, if any, with respect thereto as are required by GAAP and deemed adequate by such Subsidiary and its independent accountants;

 

(6) obligations of any Subsidiary of the Company to pay Rentals permitted by Section 8.12(b);

 

(7) Purchase Money Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the Company to the extent the incurrence thereof does not result in a breach of Section 8.12(a) hereof;

 

(8) contingent liabilities of any Subsidiary of the Company arising out of endorsements of checks and other negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business;

 

(9) guarantees made in the ordinary course of business by any Subsidiary of the Company of obligations of any other Subsidiary of the Company outstanding at any time not in excess of an aggregate of $250,000;

 

(10) Indebtedness incurred for Capital Expenditures permitted under Section 8.12(a) hereof;

 

(11) Indebtedness under the IRB Documentation, not to exceed $5,500,000;

 

(12) Indebtedness of JAIX under the CIT Facility not to exceed a maximum principal amount of $2,200,000 and the Nationsbanc Facility not to exceed a maxi mum principal amount of $9,000,000 less, in each case, any mandatory prepayments or scheduled payments made thereunder; and

 

(13) Indebtedness not included in paragraphs (1) through (12) above which does not exceed at any time, in the aggregate, the sum of $250,000 at any one time outstanding.

 

8.05. Asset Sales . (a) The Company shall not, and shall not cause or permit any Subsidiary of the Company to, directly or indirectly, consummate an Asset Sale; unless (i) at least 80% of the consideration from such Asset Sale is received in cash and (ii) the Company or such Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares or assets subject to such Asset Sale; provided, however, that the amount of (x) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet) of the Company or any Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to any arrangement releasing the

 

-59-


Company or such Subsidiary from further liability and (y) any notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Subsidiary from such transferee that are immediately converted by the Company or such Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision.

 

(b) Within 270 days after the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company may apply such Net Cash Proceeds (i) to the extent required pursuant to the terms thereof, to reduce Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or (ii) to the acquisition of a controlling interest in another business, the making of a capital expenditure or the acquisition of other long term assets, in each case, to be used or useful in any business of the Company permitted under Section 8.14. Pending the final application of any such Net Cash Proceeds under clause (ii) above, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or otherwise invest such Net Cash Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Agreement. Any Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the first sentence of this paragraph shall be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds ”. When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $5.0 million, the Company shall make an Asset Sale Offer pursuant to Section 7.09 hereof to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 7.09 hereof. To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Noteholders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Company shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of such offer to purchase, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

 

8.06. Transactions with Affiliates . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or suffer to exist any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, the sale, purchase, exchange or lease of assets, property or services) with any Affiliate (each an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) or extend, renew, waive or otherwise modify the terms of any Affiliate Transaction entered into prior to the Closing Time unless:

 

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is between or among the Company and one or more of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries; or

 

(2) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are fair and reasonable to the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are at least as favorable as the terms which could be obtained by the

 

-60-


Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, in a comparable transaction made on an arm’s length basis between unaffiliated parties.

 

In any Affiliate Transaction (or any series of related Affiliate Transactions which are similar or part of a common plan) involving an amount or having a Fair Market Value in excess of $5 million which is not permitted under clause (1) above, the Company must obtain a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (2) above and shall deliver promptly to each Noteholder an Officers’ Certificate certifying as to the Company’s compliance with this covenant and attaching thereto a copy of such resolution.

 

The foregoing provisions will not apply to:

 

(1) reasonable fees and compensation paid to and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors or employees of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors or senior management,

 

(2) any agreement as in effect as of the Closing Time or any amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment thereto) in any replacement agreement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not more disadvantageous to the Noteholder in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Closing Time,

 

(3) the payment of the Permitted Fees, or

 

(4) payments made to Johnstown in respect of amounts due under (other than relating to the Contingent Additional Consideration) the terms of the Share Purchase Agreement as in effect at the Closing Time.

 

8.07. Limitation on Liens . The Company shall not and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to create or suffer to exist, any Lien upon any of its Property, income or profits, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:

 

(1) Liens securing Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement;

 

(2) Liens for Taxes (excluding any Lien imposed pursuant to any of the provisions of ERISA) not yet due, or being contested in good faith through appropriate proceedings diligently conducted;

 

(3) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, repairman’s or other Liens arising in the ordinary course of business by operation of law or regulation, but only

 

-61-


if payment in respect of any such Lien is not at the time required or if such payment is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, and such Liens do not in the aggregate, materially detract from the value of any material Property or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s business:

 

(4) Purchase Money Liens securing Purchase Money Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.04 hereof;

 

(5) pledges or deposits in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation;

 

(6) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, insurance contracts, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(7) with respect to real Property, easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, covenants, minor exceptions to title and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and

 

(8) such other Liens as appear on Schedule 4.09 hereto.

 

8.08. Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Capital Stock of Subsidiaries . The Company shall not, and shall not cause or permit any Subsidiary of the Company to, transfer, convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Company to any Person (other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company), unless (i) such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition is of all the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary and (ii) the Net Cash Proceeds from such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition are applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.05 hereof; provided, however, that this clause shall not apply to any pledge of Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Company securing Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement.

 

8.09. Payments for Consents . Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Noteholder in consideration for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this

 

-62-


Agreement or the Notes unless such consideration is concurrently offered to be paid or is concurrently paid to all Noteholders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

 

8.10. Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets . The Company shall not and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to consolidate with, merge with or into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in one transaction or a series of related transactions), to any Person (except for any of Subsidiary to Subsidiary or Subsidiary to Company) unless:

 

(1) the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall be the continuing Person, or the Person (if other than the Company or such Subsidiary) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, is merged or to which the properties and assets of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, are sold, assigned, transferred, leased, conveyed or otherwise disposed of shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by a supplemental agreement, executed and delivered to the Noteholders, in form satisfactory to the Noteholders, all of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, the Notes, and the Obligations thereunder shall remain in full force and effect; and

 

(2) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

The foregoing provisions shall not apply to any merger or consolidation or of any Subsidiary of the Company into the Company, or another Subsidiary of the Company.

 

In connection with any consolidation, merger or transfer of assets contemplated by this provision, the Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Noteholders, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Noteholders, an Officers’ Certificate stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and the supplemental agreement in respect thereto comply with this provision and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction or transactions have been complied with.

 

For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company, shall be

 

-63-


deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

 

8.11. Successor Company Substituted . Upon any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company into, any other Person or any transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole in one or more related transactions in accordance with Section 8.10, the successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Agreement and the Notes with the same effect as if such successor Company had been named as the Company herein, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Company shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Agreement and the Notes.

 

8.12. Capital Expenditures; Rentals; Management Services Agreement .

 

(a) The Company shall not make any Capital Expenditures and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to make Capital Expenditures (including, without limitation by way of capitalized leases) which, in the aggregate, exceed (a) $3,000,000 from the Closing Time through and including December 31, 1999 and (b) $5,000,000 during any subsequent Fiscal Year of the Company.

 

(b) The Company shall not become, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to become, a lessee under any operating lease (other than a lease under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is lessor) of Property other than in the case of any Subsidiary of the Company if the aggregate Rentals payable during any current or future period of 12 consecutive months under the lease in question and all other leases under which any Subsidiary of the Company is then lessee would exceed $350,000. The term “Rentals” means, as of the date of determination, all payments which the lessee is required to make by the terms of any lease.

 

(c) The Company shall not amend, modify, terminate, suspend or in any manner waive the benefit of or fail to enforce its rights under any provision of the Management Services Agreement affecting the payment obligations of the other parties to the Company in any manner which may be disadvantageous to any Noteholder without prior written consent of the Required Holders.

 

8.13. Conduct of Business . The Company and its Subsidiaries shall not engage in any businesses which are not the same, similar, related or ancillary to the businesses in which the Company and its Subsidiaries are engaged in at the Closing Time after giving effect to the Transactions.

 

-64-


8.14. Limitation on Tax Consolidation . The Company shall not and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to become a party to a consolidated Federal income tax return (or any combined, unitary, or similar state, local or foreign income or franchise tax return) with any Person other than the Company and its Subsidiaries if as a result thereof, as of any date, the aggregate amount of Federal income taxes (or state, local or foreign income or franchise taxes) which the Company and its Subsidiaries have then or theretofore paid or become obligated to pay (determined on a cumulative basis, taking into account net benefits received by the Company and its Subsidiaries and also giving effect to amounts payable under any applicable indemnity agreement from any other party to such consolidated, combined, unitary or similar returns) exceeds the amount which the Company and its Subsidiaries would have been required to pay pursuant to a consolidated, combined, unitary or similar tax return solely of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

8.15. Public Disclosures . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, disclose the name or identity of any Holder as an investor in the Company in any press release or other public announcement or in any document or material filed with any governmental entity, unless such disclosure is required by applicable law or governmental regulations or by order of a court of competent jurisdiction, in which case prior to making such disclosure the Company shall give written notice to such Holder describing in reasonable detail the proposed content of such disclosure and shall permit such Holder to review and comment upon the form and substance of such disclosure.

 

SECTION 9

 

THE NOTES

 

9.01. Form and Execution . The Notes shall be in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its President or one of its Vice Presidents, under its corporate seal reproduced thereon attested by its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries. The signature of any of these officers on the Notes may be manual or facsimile.

 

Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such offices at the date of such Notes.

 

-65-


9.02. Terms of the Notes . The terms of the Notes shall be as set forth in Exhibit A . Without limiting the foregoing:

 

(a) Stated Maturity . The Stated Maturity of the principal of Notes shall be as provided in Exhibit A .

 

(b) Interest . The Notes will bear interest on their principal amount and overdue interest as provided in Exhibit A .

 

9.03. Denominations . The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons and only in denominations of U.S. $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

 

9.04. Form of Legend for the Notes .

 

(a) Unless otherwise permitted by Section 9.07, every Note issued and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THE SECURITY REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), OR QUALIFIED UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT WHILE A REGISTRATION STATEMENT IS IN EFFECT OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF JUNE 3, 1999 (THE “ PURCHASE AGREEMENT ”), AMONG RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC. (THE “ COMPANY ”) AND THE PURCHASERS NAMED THEREIN. A COPY OF SUCH PURCHASE AGREEMENT IS AVAILABLE AT THE OFFICES OF THE COMPANY.

 

FOR PURPOSES OF SECTIONS 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, AND THE RULES AND REGULATIONS THEREUNDER, THIS NOTE IS BEING ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT; FOR EACH $1,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE, (1) THE ISSUE PRICE IS $780; (2) THE AMOUNT OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT IS $1,648.96; (3) THE ISSUE DATE IS JUNE 3, 1999; AND (4) THE YIELD TO MATURITY IS 19.54%, (COMPOUNDED QUARTERLY).

 

-66-


9.05. Payments and Computations . All payments of interest on the Notes shall be paid to the persons in whose names such Notes are registered on the Security Register at the close of business on the date fifteen days prior to the related Interest Payment Date (the “ Regular Record Date ”) and all payments of principal on the Notes shall be paid to the persons in whose names such Notes are registered on the applicable Redemption Date or at Maturity, as applicable. Principal on any Note shall be payable only against surrender therefor, while payments of interest on Notes shall be made, in accordance with this Agreement and subject to applicable laws and regulations, by check mailed on or before the due date for such payment to the person entitled thereto at such person’s address appearing on the Security Register or, by wire transfer to such account as any Noteholder shall designate by written instructions received by the Company no less than 15 days prior to any applicable Interest Payment Date, which wire instruction shall continue in effect until such time as the Noteholder otherwise notifies the Company or such Holder no longer is the registered owner of such Note or Notes.

 

Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

9.06. Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange .

 

(a) Security Register . The Company shall maintain a register (the “ Security Register ”) for the registration or transfer of the Notes. The name and address of the Holder of each Note, records of any transfers of the Notes and the name and address of any transferee of a Note shall be entered in the Security Register and the Company shall, promptly upon receipt thereof, update the Security Register to reflect all information received from a Noteholder. There shall be no more than one Holder for each Note, including all beneficial interests therein.

 

(b) Registration of Transfer . Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Company, the Company shall execute and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes, of any authorized denominations and like aggregate principal amount.

 

(c) Exchange . At the option of the Noteholder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes, of any authorized denominations and of like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute and deliver the Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

 

(d) Effect of Registration of Transfer or Exchange . All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer of exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company,

 

-67-


evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Agreement, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

(e) Requirements; Charges . Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Company) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company duly executed, by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing. No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 8.11 not involving any transfer.

 

(f) Certain Limitations . If the Notes are to be redeemed in part, the Company shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of any such Notes selected for redemption under Section 11.02 and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

9.07. Transfer Restrictions .

 

(a) No Note may be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of (any such sale, transfer or other disposition is herein referred to as a “ sale ”), except in compliance with this Section 9.07.

 

(b) A Noteholder may sell Notes to a transferee that is an Accredited Investor or a Qualified Institutional Buyer; provided, however, that each of the following conditions is satisfied:

 

(i) such Noteholder or transferee represents that it is acquiring the Note or Notes for its own account and that it is not acquiring such Note or Notes with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution thereof (within the meaning of the Securities Act) that would be in violation of the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof, but subject, nevertheless, to the disposition of its property being at all times within its control; and

 

(ii) such transferee agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 9.07 with respect to any resale of the Notes.

 

-68-


(c) A Noteholder may sell its Notes to a transferee in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act; provided, however, that each of the following conditions is satisfied:

 

(i) the offer of Notes is not made to a person in the United States;

 

(ii) either:

 

(A) at the time the buy order is originated, the transferee is outside the United States or the Noteholder and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believes that the transferee is outside the United States, or

 

(B) the transaction is executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither the Noteholder nor any person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States;

 

(iii) no directed selling efforts are made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, as applicable; and

 

(iv) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

(d) In the event of a proposed exercise or sale that does not qualify under either Section 9.07(b) or 9.07(c) above, a Noteholder may sell its Notes only if:

 

(i) such Noteholder gives written notice to the Company of its intention to exercise or effect such sale, which notice (A) shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed transaction in reasonable detail and (B) shall designate the counsel for such Noteholder, which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company;

 

(ii) counsel for the Noteholder shall render an opinion, to the effect that such proposed sale may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; and

 

(iii) such Noteholder or transferee complies with Sections 9.07(b)(i) and 9.07(b)(ii).

 

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Noteholder may (i) pledge Notes held by such Noteholder, in whole or in part, to its lenders or noteholders, or any trustee or

 

-69-


agent therefor and (ii) transfer Notes held by such Noteholder to any entity formed solely for the purpose of holding the Notes and/or other securities held by such Noteholder.

 

9.08. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes . If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Company, the Company shall execute and deliver in exchange therefor a new Note of the same principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

If there shall be delivered to the Company (a) evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, provided that in the case of a Purchaser, notice from such Purchaser shall be deemed satisfactory, and (b) such security or indemnity as may be required by the Company to save each of it and any agent harmless, provided that in the case of any Purchaser, such Purchaser’s unsecured agreement of indemnity shall be deemed satisfactory, then, in the absence of notice that such Note has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of a like principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or will, within 30 days, become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.

 

Upon the issuance of any new Note pursuant to this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses connected therewith.

 

Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Agreement equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

 

9.09. Persons Deemed Owners . Prior to due presentment of a Note for registration of transfer, the Company and any agent of the Company may treat the Person in whose name such Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever,

 

-70-


whether or not such Note be overdue and neither the Company nor any agent of the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

9.10. Cancellation . All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Company, be delivered to the Company and shall be promptly canceled by it. The Company shall cancel any Notes previously issued and delivered hereunder which the Company may have reacquired.

 

9.11. Home Office Payment . So long as any Purchaser or its nominee shall be the holder of any Note, and notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement or such Note to the contrary, the Company will pay all sums becoming due on such Note for principal, premium, if any, and interest by such method and at such address as such Purchaser shall have from time to time specified to the Company in writing for such purpose, without the presentation or surrender of such Note or the making of any notation thereon, except that upon written request of the Company made concurrently with or reasonably promptly after payment or prepayment in full of any Note, such Purchaser shall surrender such Note for cancellation reasonably promptly after any such request, to the Company at its principal executive office. Prior to any sale or other disposition of any Note held by such Purchaser or its nominee such Purchaser will, at its election, either endorse thereon the amount of principal paid thereon and the last date to which interest has been paid thereon or surrender such Note to the Company in exchange for a new Note or Notes pursuant to Section 9.06. The Company will afford the benefits of this Section 9.11 to any Institutional Investor that is the direct or indirect transferee of any Note purchased by such Purchaser under this Agreement and that has made the same agreement relating to such Note as such Purchaser made in this Section 9.11.

 

SECTION 10

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

10.01. Events of Default . An Event of Default shall exist upon the occurrence of any of the following specified events (each an “ Event of Default ”):

 

(a) the Company defaults in the payment when due of interest on the Notes and such default continues for a period of 5 days;

 

(b) the Company defaults in the payment when due of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when the same becomes due and payable at its Maturity;

 

-71-


(c) the Company fails to comply with any of the provisions of Section 7.08, 7.09, 7.14, 7.15, 7.16 or 8.02 through 8.15, inclusive, hereof;

 

(d) the Company or any Subsidiary fails to observe or perform any other covenant, or other agreement in this Agreement or the Notes and such failure continues for a period of 30 days after written notice has been given to the Company or any Subsidiary by any Noteholder;

 

(e) any representation, warranty, certification or statement made or deemed to have been made by or on behalf of the Company or by any officer of the Company in respect of any Transaction Document or in any statement or certificate at any time given by or on behalf of the Company or by any officer of the Company in writing pursuant hereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall be false in any material respect on the date as of which made;

 

(f) a default occurs under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Agreement, which default (i) constitutes a failure to pay any portion of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on such Indebtedness when due and payable after the expiration of any applicable grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default and which default shall not have been cured or waived within 60 days of the expiration of such grace period (a “ Payment Default ”) or (ii) shall have resulted in such Indebtedness being accelerated or otherwise becoming or being declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $2.0 million or more;

 

(g) a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money are entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and such judgment or judgments remain unpaid and undischarged for a period (during which execution shall not be effectively stayed) of 60 days, provided that the aggregate of all such undischarged judgments exceeds $2.0 million; or

 

(h) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

 

(i) commences a voluntary case or proceeding,

 

-72-


(ii) consents to the entry of a decree or order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding or to the commencement of any case or proceeding against it,

 

(iii) consents to the filing of a petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a Custodian of it or for all or any substantial parts of its property,

 

(iv) makes or consents to the making of a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors,

 

(v) generally is not paying, or admits in writing that it is not able to pay, its debts as they become due, or

 

(i) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: () is for relief against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case or proceeding; () appoints a Custodian of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or any substantial part of the property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or approves as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of any of the foregoing; or () orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or adjudges any of them a bankrupt or insolvent; and, in each case, any such order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 45 consecutive days.

 

The term “ Custodian ” means any custodian, receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

10.02. Remedies . If an Event of Default pursuant to Section 10.01(c) through 10.01(g) occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Noteholders of more than 50% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may declare the principal amount of all the Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company, and upon any such declaration such principal amount and any accrued interest shall become immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default pursuant to Sections 10.01(a) or 10.01(b) occurs and is continuing, then in every such case any Noteholder may declare the principal amount of its Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company, and upon any such declaration such principal amount and any accrued interest shall become immediately due and payable. For

 

-73-


the avoidance of doubt, if any Payment Default or acceleration that constitutes an Event of Default under Section 10.01(f) shall have occurred and prior to any acceleration under this Section 10.02 such Payment Default shall have been cured or waived or such acceleration shall have been rescinded, then from and after such cure, waiver or rescission, such Event of Default shall no longer be deemed to be continuing. If an Event of Default specified in Section 10.01(h) or Section 10.01(i) occurs and is continuing, the principal amount of and any accrued interest on the outstanding Notes shall automatically, and without any declaration or other action on the part of any Noteholder, become immediately due and payable.

 

At any time after such a declaration of acceleration has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained, the Noteholders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Company, may rescind and annual such declaration and its consequences if:

 

(a) the Company has paid a sum sufficient to pay:

 

(i) all overdue interest on all Notes;

 

(ii) the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Notes which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration (including any Notes required to have been purchased pursuant to an offer to purchase that the Company is required to make hereunder) and any interest thereon at the rate borne by the Notes; and

 

(iii) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest at the rate provided therefor in the Notes; and

 

(b) all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal amount of Notes and interest thereon which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 10.03.

 

10.03. Waiver of Past Defaults . The Required Holders may on behalf of the Noteholders of all the Notes waive any past default hereunder and its consequences, except a default:

 

(a) in the payment of the principal (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note (including any Note which is required to have been purchased pursuant to an offer to purchase that the Company is required to make hereunder), or

 

-74-


(b) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Section 14.04 cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected.

 

Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Agreement; provided, however, no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

SECTION 11

 

REDEMPTION

 

11.01. Right of Redemption . The Notes may be redeemed at the election, of the Company at such times, in such amounts and at the Redemption Prices (together with any applicable accrued interest to the Redemption Date) specified in the form of Note attached as Exhibit A hereto.

 

11.02. Partial Redemptions . In case the Company elects to redeem less than all of the Notes, the Company shall redeem the Notes pro rata from each Noteholder. For all purposes of this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of any Notes redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Notes which has been or is to be redeemed.

 

11.03. Notice of Redemption . Notice of redemption shall be given by overnight courier, sent not less than 15 nor more than 30 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Noteholder to be redeemed, at his address appearing in the Security Register.

 

All notices of redemption shall state:

 

(a) the Redemption Date,

 

(b) the Redemption Price,

 

(c) if less than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the portion of each Note to be redeemed,

 

-75-


(d) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Note to be redeemed and that interest thereon will cease to accrue on and after said date, and

 

(e) the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price.

 

Notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company and at the expense of the Company.

 

11.04. Deposit of Redemption Price . Prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall segregate and hold in trust an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and (except if the Redemption Date shall be an Interest Payment Date) any applicable accrued interest on, all the Notes which are to be redeemed on that date.

 

11.05. Notes Payable on Redemption Date . If notice of redemption shall have been given as provided above, the Notes so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified, and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and any applicable accrued interest) such Notes shall not bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Note for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Note shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with any applicable accrued interest to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Noteholders of such Notes, or one or more Predecessor Notes, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of this Agreement.

 

If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate provided by the Note.

 

11.06. Notes Redeemed in Part . Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at the principal offices of the Company (with, if the Company so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company duly executed by, the Noteholder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute and deliver to the Noteholder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Noteholder, in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered.

 

-76-


SECTION 12

 

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

SECTION 13

 

EXPENSES, INDEMNIFICATION, AND TERMINATION

 

13.01. Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Company will pay all costs and expenses (including reasonable and documented attorneys’ and accountants’ fees and disbursements) incurred by the Purchasers or any holder of a Security in connection with the Transactions and in connection with any amendments, waivers or consents under or in respect of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or the Securities (whether or not such amendment, waiver or consent becomes effective), including, without limitation: (a) the Purchasers’ reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the Purchasers’ examinations and appraisals of the Company’s properties, books and records, (b) the costs and expenses incurred in enforcing, defending or declaring (or determining whether or how to enforce, defend or declare) any rights or remedies under this Agreement, the Transaction Documents or the Securities or in responding to any subpoena or other legal process or informal investigative demand issued in connection with this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or the Securities, or by reason of being a holder of any Securities, (c) the costs and expenses, including reasonable and documented consultants’ and advisors’ fees, incurred in connection with the insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or in connection with any work-out or restructuring of the transactions contemplated hereby, by the other Transaction Documents or by the Securities. The Company will pay, and will save the Purchasers and each other holder of a Security harmless from, all claims in respect of any fees, costs or expenses if any, of brokers and finders in relation to the Transactions.

 

13.02. Indemnification . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Purchaser, (ii) each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) each Purchaser (any of the Persons referred to in this clause (ii) being referred to herein as a “ Controlling Person ”) and (iii) the respective officers, directors, managing directors, stockholders, partners, employees, representatives, trustees, fiduciaries, and agents of each Purchaser or any such Controlling Person (any such Person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii), an “ Indemnified Person ”) against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such

 

-77-


Indemnified Person may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) in whole or in part upon any inaccuracy in any of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein, (ii) in whole or in part upon any failure of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder or under Applicable Law, (iii) the failure of any of the consolidated balance sheets included in the Company Financial Statements (including the related notes and schedules) to fairly represent the consolidated financial position of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of its date, or failure of any of the consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows included in the Company Financial Statements (including any related notes and schedules) to fairly represent the results of operations and income, retained earning and stockholders’ equity or cash flows, as the case may be, of the Company, the Railcar Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries for the periods set forth therein, in each case in accordance with GAAP consistently applied during the periods involved, except as may be noted therein and subject in the case of any interim financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments that are not material in amount or effect, (iv) any change in the financial condition, operations, business, properties or prospects of the Company, the Railcar Subsidiaries or any of their respective Subsidiaries during the period from the Audit Date to the Closing Time, inclusive, that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been disclosed in writing to the Purchasers, or (v) the Transactions or the Purchasers’ financing thereof, and will reimburse each such Indemnified Person for any legal and other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claims as such expenses are incurred. The indemnity agreement set forth in this Section 13.02 shall be in addition to any liabilities that the Company may otherwise have.

 

13.03. Survival . The obligations of the Company under this Section 13 will survive the payment or transfer of any Security, the enforcement, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement and the termination of this Agreement.

 

13.04. Termination; Li abilities .

 

(a) The Purchasers may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Company, at any time at or prior to the Closing Time (i) if there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the Audit Date, any material adverse change in the business, management, operations, affairs, condition (financial or otherwise) assets, property, prospects or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the Railcar Subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a

 

-78-


prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Purchasers, impracticable to resell the any Security or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading generally on the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange or in the Nasdaq National Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by such system or by order of the Commission, the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or any other governmental authority, or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.

 

(b) If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section 13.04, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 13.01 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 13.02, 13.03, 14.08 and 14.11 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 14

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

14.01. Notices . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications shall have been duly given and shall be effective (a) when delivered, (b) when transmitted via telecopy (or other facsimile device) to the number set out below if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), (c) the day following the day on which the same has been delivered prepaid to a reputable national overnight air courier service or (d) the third Business Day following the day on which the same is sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, in each case to the respective parties at the address set forth below, or at such other address as such party may specify by written notice to the other party hereto:

 

(i) if to a Purchaser or its nominee, to the Purchaser or its nominee at the address specified for such communications in Schedule A , with a copy to Cahill Gordon & Reindel, 80 Pine Street, New York, New York 10005-1702, attention: Roger Meltzer, Esq., or at such other address as the Purchaser or its nominee shall have specified to the Company in writing;

 

(ii) if to any other Holder, to such Holder at the address of such Holder appearing in the Security Register or such other address as such other holder shall have specified to the Company in writing; or

 

-79-


(iii) if to the Company, at 75 Johns Street, Johnstown, Pennsylvania 15901, attention: Chief Financial Officer, with a copy to White and Williams LLP, 1800 One Liberty Place, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19102, attention: George J. Hartnett, Esq., or at such other address as the Company shall have specified to the holder of each Note in writing.

 

14.02. Benefit of Agreement; Assignments and Participations . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all covenants, agreements and other provisions contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by their respective successors and assigns (including, without limitation, any subsequent holder of a Security) whether so expressed or not; provided, however, that the Company may not assign and transfer any of its rights or obligations without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto and each such holder.

 

Nothing in this Agreement or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person other than the parties hereto, their successors and assigns and the holders from time to time of the Securities any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement.

 

14.03. No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . No failure or delay on the part of any party hereto or any Holder in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder or under the Securities and no course of dealing between the Company and any other party or Holder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder or under the Securities preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder or thereunder. The rights and remedies provided herein and in the Securities are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which the parties or Holders would otherwise have. No notice to or demand on the Company in any case shall entitle the Company to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of the other parties hereto or the Holders to any other or further action in any circumstances without notice or demand.

 

14.04. Amendments, Waivers and Consents . This Agreement may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively) with (and only with) the written consent of the Company and the Required Holders (or, if prior to the Closing Time, Purchasers who have agreed to purchase a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes); provided, however, that no such amendment or waiver may, without the prior written consent of the Holder of each Note then outstanding and affected thereby (or each Purchaser if prior to the Closing Time) (i) subject any Holder to any additional obligation, (ii) reduce the principal of (or premium, if

 

-80-


any) or rate of interest on any Note, (iii) postpone the date fixed for any payment of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note, (iv) change the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes the Holders of which shall be required to consent or take any other action under this Section 14.04 or any other provision of this Agreement or (v) amend or waive the provisions of (a) Section 7.08 following the occurrence of a Change of Control or (b) Section 7.09 or 8.05 following the maturity at the Company’s obligation to make an Asset Sale Offer and in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b), any of the definitions used in such Sections. No amendment or waiver of this Agreement will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant, agreement, Default or Event of Default not expressly amended or waived or thereby impair any right consequent thereon. As used herein, the term this “ Agreement ” and references thereto shall mean this Agreement as it may from time to time be amended or supplemented.

 

14.05. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one such counterpart. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.

 

14.06. Reproduction . This Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and all documents relating, hereto and thereto, including, without limitation, (a) consents, waivers and modifications that may hereafter be executed, (b) documents received by the Purchasers at the Closing Time (except the Notes themselves), and (c) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished in connection herewith, may be reproduced by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, microcard, miniature photographic or other similar process and any original document so reproduced may be destroyed. The Company agrees and stipulates that, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made in the regular course of business) and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence. This Section 14.06 shall not prohibit the Company, any other party hereto or any Holder from contesting any such reproduction to the same extent that it could contest the original, or from introducing evidence to demonstrate the inaccuracy of any such reproduction.

 

14.07. Headings . The headings of the sections and subsections hereof are provided for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

 

-81-


14.08. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Venue .

 

(a) THIS AGREEMENT AND THE NOTES SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, EXCLUDING CHOICE-OF-LAW PRINCIPLES OF THE LAW OF SUCH STATE THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN SUCH STATE.

 

(b) If any action, proceeding or litigation shall be brought by any Purchaser or any Holder in order to enforce any right or remedy under this Agreement or any of the Securities, the Company hereby consents and will submit, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to submit, to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction sitting within the area comprising the Southern District of New York on the date of this Agreement. The Company hereby irrevocably waive any objection, including, but not limited to, any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of forum non conveni ens, which it may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action, proceeding or litigation in such jurisdiction. The Company further agrees that it shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to, bring any action, proceeding or litigation arising out of this Agreement, the Securities or any other Transaction Document in any state or federal court other than any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction sitting within the area comprising the Southern District of New York on the date of this Agreement.

 

(c) Nothing herein shall affect the right of any holder of a Note to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against the Company in any other jurisdiction. If service of process is made on a designated agent it should be made by either (i) personal delivery or (ii) mailing a copy of summons and complaint to the agent via registered or certified mail, return receipt requested.

 

(d) THE COMPANY HEREBY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE SECURITIES.

 

14.09. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be fully severable to the extent of such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability and the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect and shall be construed without giving effect to the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions.

 

-82-


14.10. Entirety . This Agreement together with the other Transaction Documents represents the entire agreement of the parties hereto and thereto, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, if any, relating to the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated herein or therein.

 

14.11. Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties and covenants and indemnities made by the Company herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the issuance and transfer of all or any portion of the Securities and the payment of principal of the Notes and any other obligations hereunder, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of the Purchasers or any other holder that is Affiliated with the Purchasers. All statements contained in any certificate delivered by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed representations and warranties of the Company under this Agreement.

 

14.12. Incorporation . All Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto are incorporated as part of this Agreement as if fully set forth herein.

 

-83-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC.
By:    
   

Name:

   

Title:

 

CARAVELLE INVESTMENT FUND, L.L.C.

By:   Caravelle Advisors, L.L.C. its Investment Manager and Attorney-in-Fact
By:    
   

Name:

   
   

Title:

  Director

 

HANCOCK MEZZANINE PARTNERS L.P.

By:

  Hancock Mezzanine Investments LLC, its General Partner

By:

  John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company, as Investment Manager

By:

   
   

Name:

  Sandeep Alva
   

Title:

  President

 

JOHN HANCOCK MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:

   
   

Name:

  Sandeep Alva
   

Title:

  Second Vice President

 

 

Exhibit 10.14

 

EXHIBIT A

 

[ FORM OF NOTE ]

 

THE SECURITY REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), OR QUALIFIED UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT WHILE A REGISTRATION STATEMENT IS IN EFFECT OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF JUNE 3, 1999 (THE “ PURCHASE AGREEMENT ”), AMONG RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC. (THE “ COMPANY ”) AND THE PURCHASERS NAMED THEREIN. A COPY OF SUCH PURCHASE AGREEMENT IS AVAILABLE AT THE OFFICES OF THE COMPANY.

 

FOR PURPOSES OF SECTIONS 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, AND THE RULES AND REGULATIONS THEREUNDER, THIS SECURITY IS BEING ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT; FOR EACH $1,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS SECURITY, (1) THE ISSUE PRICE IS $780; (2) THE AMOUNT OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT IS $1,648.96; (3) THE ISSUE DATE IS JUNE 3, 1999; AND (4) THE YIELD TO MATURITY IS 19.54%, (COMPOUNDED QUARTERLY).

 

15% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2006

 

No.                 

  $                 

 

Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of Delaware (herein called the “ Company ”, which term includes any successor Person under the Purchase Agreement), for value received, hereby promises to pay to, or registered assigns, the principal sum of Dollars on June 1, 2006 (the “ Stated Maturity Date ”), and to pay interest thereon from June 3, 1999 or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly in arrears on March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1 in each year commencing September 1, 1999 (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”) at the rate of 15% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid; provided, however, that on each such Interest Payment Date occurring prior

 

A-1


to September 1, 2004, the Company may, at its option and in its sole discretion, in lieu of the payment in whole or in part of interest due on this Note, pay interest on this Note through the issuance of additional Notes (each a “PIK Note”) in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of interest that would be payable with respect to this Note, if such interest were paid in cash, unless the Payment Conditions as defined in the Fleet Distribution Agreement as such agreement is in effect at the Closing Time are satisfied (in which case such interest payment shall be payable only in cash and not with PIK Notes). To the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, any principal of, or premium or installment of interest on, this Note which is overdue shall bear interest at the rate of 2% per annum in excess of the rate of interest then borne by the Notes from the date such amounts are due until they are paid, and such interest shall be payable on the next Interest Payment Date.

 

All interest payable, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Purchase Agreement, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more, Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the “ Regular Record Date ” for such interest, which shall be the fifteenth calendar day (whether or not a Business Day) immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Note is issued after a Regular Record Date and prior to an Interest Payment Date, the record date for such Interest Payment Date shall be the original issue date of such Note.

 

Principal on this Note shall be payable only against surrender therefor, while payments of interest on this Note shall be made, in accordance with the Purchase Agreement and subject to applicable laws and regulations, by check mailed on or before the due date for such payment to the person entitled thereto at such person’s address appearing on the Security Register or, by wire transfer to such account as any Holder shall designate by written instructions received by the Company no less than 15 days prior to any applicable Interest Payment Date, which wire instruction shall continue in effect until such time as the Holder otherwise notifies the Company or such Holder no longer is the registered owner of this Note.

 

Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

A-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

 

Dated:

 

       

RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC.

[Seal]

       
            By:    
               

Name:

               

Title:

 

Attest:
   

Title:

 

A-3


 

[Form of Reverse of Note]

 

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Company designated as its 15% Senior Notes due 2006 (herein called the “ Notes ”), limited in aggregate principal amount to $52.2038 million (including up to $27.2038 million in aggregate principal amount of PIK Notes) issued and to be issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 1999 (herein called the “ Purchase Agreement ”), among the Company and the Purchasers named therein, to which Purchase Agreement and all amendments thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company and the Holders and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, issued and delivered.

 

The Notes are subject to redemption, upon not less than 15 nor more than 30 days’ notice by overnight courier, as a whole or in part, (i) on and after June 1, 2000 but prior to June 1, 2001 if the Equity Repurchase Event shall have been consummated and (ii) at any time on or after June 1, 2001 at the election of the Company, in each case at 100% of the principal amount, together in the case of any such redemption with accrued interest to the Redemption Date, but interest installments whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to such Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of such Notes, of record at the close of business on the relevant record dates referred to on the face hereof, all as provided in the Purchase Agreement.

 

The Company shall also be required to redeem (i) Notes with Excess Cash Flow as provided for in Section 7.15 of the Purchase Agreement and (ii) Notes as provided in Section 7.16 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the Notes shall be redeemed pro rata from each Holder.

 

The Notes do not have the benefit of any sinking fund obligations.

 

In the event of redemption or purchase pursuant to an offer to purchase this Note in part only, a new Note or Notes for the unredeemed or unpurchased portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.

 

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of all the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Purchase Agreement. Upon payment of (i) the principal so declared due and payable and any overdue installment of interest, (ii) any overdue principal and premium payable upon redemption or repurchase of this Note, and (iii) as provided on the face hereof, interest on

 

A-4


any overdue principal of, and any premium and interest on, this Note (in each case to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable), all of the Company’s obligations in respect of the payment of the principal of, and interest on, this Note shall terminate.

 

The Purchase Agreement provides that, subject to certain conditions, if (i) certain Excess Proceeds are available to the Company as a result of Asset Sales or (ii) a Change of Control occurs, the Company shall be required to make an offer to purchase all or a specified portion of the Notes as provided for in the Purchase Agreement.

 

The Purchase Agreement permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and certain rights of the Holders under the Purchase Agreement at any time by the Company with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding. The Purchase Agreement also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Agreement and certain past defaults under the Agreement and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

 

As provided in the Purchase Agreement and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable in the Security Register, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the principal offices of the Company, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

 

The Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. As provided in the Purchase Agreement and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

 

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

 

A-5


Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company and any agent of the Company may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Purchase Agreement.

 

THIS NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, EXCLUDING CHOICE-OF-LAW PRINCIPLES OF THE LAW OF SUCH STATE THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN SUCH STATE.

 

A-6


 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased in its entirety by the Company pursuant to Section 7.08 or 7.09 of the Agreement, check the box:

 

¨

 

If you want to elect to have only a part of the principal amount of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 7.08 or 7.09 of the Agreement, state the portion of such amount: $                      .

 

Dated:

     

Your Signature:    ____________________________________

          (Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)
        Signature Guarantee:
         
        (Signature must be guaranteed by a financial institution that is a member of the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“ STAMP ”), the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (“ SEMP ”), the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. Medallion Signature Program (“ MSP ”) or such other signature guarantee program as may be determined by the Security Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, SEMP or MSP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.)

 

A-7

 

Exhibit 10.15

 

WAIVER AND AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS WAIVER AND AMENDMENT NO. 1 (this “ Amendments ”) is dated as of September 11, 2003 (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”) to the Purchase Agreement dated as of June 3, 1999 (the “ Purchase Agreements ”) by and among JAC Holdings International, Inc. (for-merry known as Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc.); a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C. (“ Caravelle ”), Hancock Mezzanine Partners L.P. (“ Hancock ”) and John Hancock Life Insurance Company (formerly known as John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company) (“ JHMLIC ” and each of Caravelle, Hancock and JHMLIC a “ Purchaser ” and, collectively, the “ Purchasers ”). Unless otherwise provided herein, capitalized terms used but not defined hereto shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Purchasers have entered into a Purchase Agreement relating to the issuance by the Company of, among other things, $25.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its 15% Senior Notes due 2006 (together with any PIK Notes, the “ Notes ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Subsidiaries of the Company will enter into a $20.0 million revolving credit facility (the “ Revolving Facility ”), dated the date hereof, by and among Johnstown America Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Freight Car Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation, JAC Operations, Inc. a Delaware corporation, and JAIX Leasing Company, a Delaware corporation (each a “ Co-Borrower ”, and collectively, the “ Borrowers ”), and LaSalle Bank National Association (“ LaSalle ”) and guaranteed by the guarantors named therein;

 

WHEREAS, the Subsidiaries of the Company anticipate entering into a $9.0 million term loan facility (the “ Proposed Term Loan Agreement ”), within 45 days of the date hereof, by and among the Borrowers and General Electric Capital Corporation (“ GE ”) and guaranteed by the guarantors named therein;

 

WHEREAS, at the request of LaSalle and GE, the Company and the Purchasers desire to amend certain terms of the Purchase Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Purchasers have agreed upon the terms and conditions referred to below;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the recitals and covenants set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Purchasers agree as follows:

 


1. Amendment to Purchase Agreement . Unless specifically defined or redefined in this Section 1, capitalized terms used in this Section 1 shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Purchase Agreement Upon the date hereof, the Purchase Agreement and each outstanding Note is hereby amended as follows:

 

1.1. Section 1 is amended (a) to amend and restate in their entirety, the following definitions:

 

Change of Control ” means any event, circumstance or occurrence that results in (a) John E. Carroll, Jr. (i) ceasing to be Chairman and CEO of the Co-Borrowers or (ii) not being the owner of at least six percent (6%) of all issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company entitled to vote or otherwise not having operating control of the Co-Borrowers; (b) Caravelle not being the owner of at least twenty percent (20%) of all issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company entitled to vote or otherwise not having operating control of the Co-Borrowers; (c) Hancock and JHMLIC, together, not being the owners of at least eighteen percent (18%) of all issued and outstanding Capital stock of the Company entitled to vote or otherwise not having operating control of the Co-Borrowers, (d) Santomero Investors, not being the owner of at least eighteen percent (18%) of all issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company entitled to vote or otherwise not having operating control of the Co-Borrowers; or (e) Transportation Investment Partners, L.L.C. not being the owner of at least thirteen percent (13%) of all issued and outstanding capital stock of JAC Holdings entitled to vote or otherwise not having operating control of the Co-Borrowers; provided, however, that as long as Caravelle, Hancock, JHMLIC, Santomero Investors, and Transportation Investment Partners, L.L.C. collectively retain at least fifty percent (50%) of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote which such entities held as of the Amendment Effective Date, then no Change of Control shall occur as a result of any transfer of capital stock among those Persons who own capital stock of the Company as of the Amendment Effective Date.

 

Credit Agreement ” means the Revolving Facility and the Proposed Term Loan Agreement, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, modified, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time.

 

JAII Subordination Agreement ” means the Subordination Agreement among the Purchasers, the Company, Caravelle, Transportation Investment Partners, L.L.C. and Camillo D. Santomero III, relating to the Contingent Additional Consideration (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement).

 

Subordination Agreements ” means, collectively, the JAII Subordination Agreement and the New Subordination Agreements.

 

and (b) to add the following definitions:

 

Amendment Effective Date ” means September 11, 2003.

 

Borrowers ” means, collectively, each of the Co-Borrowers.

 

Co-Borrowers ” means each of Johnstown America Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Freight Car Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation, JAC Operations, Inc. a Delaware corporation, and JAIX Leasing Company, a Delaware corporation.

 

-2-


Company ” means JAC Holdings International, Inc. (formerly known as Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc.), a Delaware corporation.

 

GE ” means General Electric Capital Corporation.

 

GE Subordination Agreement ” means the Subordination Agreement to be entered into in connection with the Proposed Term Loan Agreement, among GE, the Company, the Purchasers, Camillo M. Santomero III, James D. Cirar and Transportation Investment Partners, L.L.C. and acknowledged by the Borrowers, JAC Intermedco and JAC Patent, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

JAC Intermedco ” means JAC Intermedco, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

LaSalle ” means LaSalle Bank National Association,

 

LaSalle Subordination Agreement ” means the Subordination Agreement dated as of the Amendment Effective Date, among LaSalle, the Company, the Purchasers, Camillo M. Santomero III, James D. Cirar and Transportation Investment Partners, L.L.C. and acknowledged by the Borrowers, JAC Intermedco and JAC Patent, in the form of Exhibit D hereto, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

New Subordination Agreements ” means, together, the GE Subordination Agreement and the LaSalle Subordination Agreement.

 

Proposed Term Loan Agreement ” means the $9.0 million term loan credit facility which the Borrowers anticipate executing with General Electric Capital Corporation and guaranteed by the Company, JAC Intermedco and JAC Patent, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, modified, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time.

 

Revolving Facility ” means the $20.0 million revolving credit facility, dated September 11, 2003, by and among the Borrowers and LaSalle Bank National Association and guaranteed by the Company, JAC Intermedco and JAC Patent, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, modified, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time.

 

1.2. Section 7.14 is amended to amend and restate such section in its entirety to read as follows:

 

7.14 Financial Covenants . Notwithstanding Section 1 hereof, capitalized terms used in this Section 7.14 shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Revolving Facility (as in effect on the Amendment Effective Date) and the financial covenants contained in this Section 7.14 shall be calculated in manner consistent with the Revolving Facility (as in effect on the Amendment Effective Date).

 

-3-


(a) Money Borrowed to EBITDA . As of each Covenant Computation Date, the Co-Borrowers shall maintain the Leverage Ratio of the Consolidated Group at not more than 2.85 to 1.00.

 

(b) Fixed Charge Coverage . As of each Covenant Computation Date, the Co-Borrowers shall maintain the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Consolidated Group at not less than 1.05 to 1.00.

 

(c) Interest Coverage . As of each Covenant Computation Date, the Co-Borrowers shall maintain, the Interest Coverage Ratio of the Consolidated Group at not less than 3.5 to 1.00.

 

(d) Minimum EBITDA . As of each Covenant Computation Date, the Co-Borrowers shall achieve minimum EBITDA ( plus expenses and/or settlement costs, without duplication, of up to $5,000,000 in the aggregate related to the Pending Employment Litigation) for the Consolidated Group of not less than $6,500,000.

 

Notwithstanding that the Revolving Facility may be terminated or amended, modified, revised, assigned or refinanced from time to time, capitalized terms used in this Section 7.14 shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Revolving Facility and the financial covenants contained in this Section 7.14 shall be calculated in manner consistent with the Revolving Facility, in each case, as the Revolving Facility is in effect on the Amendment Effective Date.

 

1.3. Section 7.15 is amended to amend and restate such section in its entirety to read as follows:

 

7.15 Redemption of Notes from Excess Cash Flow . Commencing with the Fiscal Year ending December 31,2003, the Company shall: (i) to the fullest extent required under any Credit Agreement, use “Excess Cash Flow” (as such term or any analogous term is defined under such Credit Agreement) to repay Indebtedness under such Credit Agreement and (ii) during such time as no obligations (including any outstanding letters of credit) are outstanding under any Credit Agreement, use 75% of Excess Cash Flow (as defined herein) of the Company and its Subsidiaries to redeem the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be redeemed with such Excess Cash Flow at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date. The Redemption Date in respect of the Notes shall be the date upon which the Company delivers to the Noteholders the financial statement required by Section 6.01(c) but in no event shall any such Redemption Date be later than 90 days from the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year.

 

-4-


1.4. Section 7.16 is amended to amend and restate such section in its entirety to read as follows:

 

7.16 Mandatory Redemption of Notes . On September 1, 2004, the Company shall, to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement and the New Subordination Agreements, redeem the principal amount outstanding of Notes equal to the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of PIK Notes issued (including without limitation all PIK Notes issued as interest on PIK Notes) to and including September 1, 2004 in respect of such $1,000 in principal amount of Notes (to the extent not previously redeemed) and (ii) $80 per $1,000 principal amount of Notes outstanding; provided, however, if such redemption shall be prohibited by the Credit Agreement or the New Subordination Agreements, the mandatory redemption provided for in this Section 7.14 shall be deemed waived by the Holders of the Notes until such mandatory redemption is no longer prohibited by the Credit Agreement and the New Subordination Agreements, at which time the Company shall, to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement and the New Subordination Agreements, redeem (x) the principal amount outstanding of Notes equal to the sum of clauses (i) and (ii) above and (y) the principal amount of any additional issued and outstanding PIK Notes (including without limitation all PIK Notes issued as interest on PIK Notes).

 

1.5. Section 8.03(8) is amended to amend and restate the proviso as follows:

 

provided that such encumbrances and restrictions are no more restrictive than those contained in the terms of the Revolving Facility as in effect on the Amendment Effective Date or the Proposed Term Loan Agreement as in effect on the date of original execution.

 

1.6. Section 8.04 is amended (a) to amend and restate the proviso in the first sentence thereof as follows:

 

provided that the Company’s Subsidiaries (and not the Company, other than in the case of (i) the guarantee by the Company of the obligations arising in connection with Indebtedness incurred by any Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to clause (1) below and (ii) the Notes as provided in clause (2) below) may incur the following Indebtedness:

 

and (b) to amend and restate clause (1) in its entirety to read as follows:

 

(1) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the Company arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50.0 million at any time outstanding less any mandatory prepayment actually made thereunder (to the extent, in the case of payments of revolving credit borrowings, that the corresponding commitments have been permanently reduced) or scheduled payments actually made thereunder;

 

1.7. Section 8.12(b) is amended to replace “$350,000” at the end of the last sentence thereof, with “$1,500,000”.

 

-5-


1.8. Exhibit A is amended (a) to amend the Form of Note such that all references to the maturity of the Notes or the Stated Maturity thereof shall mean March 31, 2007; provided that if (i) the Proposed Term Loan Agreement is entered into by the Borrowers and (ii) Section 4 of this Amendment is complied with, in each case, on or prior to the 45th day following the Amendment Effective Date, then the maturity of the Notes and the Stated Maturity thereof shall mean June 30, 2008;

 

(b) to insert in the first sentence of the Form of Note after the words “per annum” and before the “,” the following clause;

 

through June 30, 2006 and thereafter at a rate of 17% per annum;

 

and (c) to amend and restate the proviso in the first paragraph of the Form of Note in it entirety to read as follows:

 

provided, however, that on each such Interest Payment Date, the Company may, at its option and in its sole discretion, in lieu of the payment in whole or in part of interest due on this Note, pay interest on this Note through the issuance of additional Notes (each a “PIK Note”) in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of interest that would be payable with respect to this Note, if such interest were paid in cash, provided, further, that such PIK Notes shall only be issued to the extent such cash payment is then prohibited under the terms of the Credit Agreement or the New Subordination Agreements, otherwise such interest payment shall be payable in cash and not with PIK Notes.

 

2. Waiver and Consent . The Purchasers hereby (a) waive (i) any Default or Event of Default of the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to the Purchase Agreement that has occurred on or prior to the date hereof; (ii) the 10 days notice provision in Section 6.01(i) of the Purchase Agreement required in connection with the original execution of the Revolving Facility and the Proposed Term Loan Agreement; and (iii) the 15 days notice provision in Section 11.03 of the Purchase Agreement required in connection with the redemption of Notes in accordance with Section 4 of this Agreement; provided, however, with respect to clauses (ii) and (iii) above, the Company shall remain required to deliver such notices to each Purchaser and each Holder of Notes; and (b) consent to the payment by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of (i) an advisory fee up to $250,000 to Trimaran Fund Management, L.L.C.; and (ii) a structuring fee up to $125,000 in the aggregate to Hancock and/or JHMLIC, in each case, in connection with the entering into this Amendment, the Revolving Facility and the Proposed Term Loan Agreement.

 

3. Effect of Amendments . Each of the amendments contained in Section 1 shall be deemed to also be an amendment to each of the outstanding Notes.

 

4. Covenants of the Company . The Company hereby covenants and agrees with each Purchaser and each Holder of Notes to cause the Borrowers, immediately upon the closing of the Proposed Term Loan Agreement, to distribute the net proceeds thereof to the Company and the Company shall redeem the principal amount outstanding of Notes equal to the amount of the net proceeds received by the Borrowers from the Proposed Term Loan Agreement.

 

-6-


5. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company hereby represents and warrants to each Purchaser and to each Holder of Notes that:

 

(a) the Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the related agreements entered into on the date hereof;

 

(b) this Agreement and the related agreements entered into on the date hereof have each been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions;

 

(c) none of (i) the execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement or the related agreements entered into on the date hereof, (ii) the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder or thereunder, or (iii) the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will: (A) violate, conflict with or result in a breach of any provisions of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or comparable constituent or governing documents) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (B) violate, conflict with, result in a breach of any provision of, constitute a default (or an event which, with notice, lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under, result in the termination or in a right of termination of, accelerate the performance required by or benefit obtainable under, result in the triggering of any payment or other obligations (including any repurchase or repayment obligations) pursuant to, result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under, or result in there being declared void, voidable, subject to withdrawal, or without further binding effect, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any Contract, except for any such violations, conflicts, breaches, defaults, accelerations, terminations or other matters which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (C) require any consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration, filing or registration with, any Governmental Authority, except for those consents, approvals, authorizations, declarations, filings or registrations which have been obtained or made or the failure of which to obtain or make, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or (D) violate any Applicable Laws applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, except for violations which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(d) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and

 

(e) all of the representations and warranties of the Company in the Purchase Agreement are true and complete in all material respects on and as of the date hereof as if made on the date hereof (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date) and all such representations and warranties are hereby incorporated by reference herein as if set forth herein in full.

 

-7-


6. Representations and Warranties of the Purchasers . Each Purchaser, as to itself only, hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (i) such Purchaser purchased and is the holder of the aggregate principal amount of Notes as set forth on Schedule A to the Purchase Agreement (including the PIK Notes issued in connection therewith) and such Purchaser has not transferred any such Notes; (ii) such Purchaser has the requisite corporate or other organizational power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Amendment and the related agreements entered into on the date hereof, and (iii) each person who, on behalf of such Purchaser, executes a counterpart to this Amendment is a duly elected, appointed or authorized officer or authorized signatory of such Purchaser.

 

7. Conditions to Effectiveness . The provisions of this Amendment shall become effective as of the Amendment Effective Date upon receipt by the Purchasers of executed counterparts of this Amendment signed on behalf of the Company by September 11, 2003 and satisfaction of the following additional conditions precedent:

 

7.1. Each Purchaser shall have received duly executed signature pages to this Amendment from the Company, the other Purchasers and the other parties thereto, if any;

 

7.2. Each Purchaser shall have received from the Company a schedule describing each of the Defaults and Events of Defaults that the Purchasers shall have waived pursuant to clause (a)(i) of Section 2 of this Amendment, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Purchasers; provided, however, nothing required in this Section 7.2 shall limit the extent or applicability of the waiver set forth in Section 2(a)(i) hereof;

 

7.3. Each of the conditions precedent in the Revolving Facility to fund the initial Advances (as defined in the Revolving Facility) shall have been satisfied or waived as provided therein and the Revolving Facility shall have become effective;

 

7.4. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred; and

 

7.5. The Company shall have reimbursed the Purchasers for the reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred by or owing to it, including, without limitation, those identified on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

8. Scope of Amendment . Except as specifically agreed hereby, the Notes and the Purchase Agreement shall remain unchanged. It is declared and agreed by each of the parties hereto that each of the Notes and the Purchase Agreement, subject to this Amendment, shall continue, in full force and effect, and that this Amendment and the Purchase Agreement shall be read as and shall constitute one document. The agreements entered into hereby shall be binding on any successor in interest to the parties hereto as if any such successor were a party hereto.

 

9. Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement. Faxed signatures shall be binding for all purposes.

 

-8-


10. Governing Law . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, EXCLUDING CHOICE-OF-LAW PRINCIPLES OF THE LAW OF SUCH STATE THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN SUCH STATE.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

-9-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

JAC HOLDINGS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

By:

  /s/ G LEN T. K ARAN
   

Name:

  Glen T. Karan
   

Title:

  VP - Finance

CARAVELLE INVESTMENT FUND, L.L.C.

By:

  Trimaran Advisors, L.L.C., its Investment Manager and Attorney-in-Fact

By:

  /s/ D AVID M ILLISON
        Trimaran Advisors, L.L.C.
   

Name:

  David Millison
   

Title:

  Managing Director

HANCOCK MEZZANINE PARTNERS L.P.

By:

  Hancock Mezzanine Investments LLC, its General Partner

By:

  John Hancock Life Insurance Company, as Investment Manager

By:

  /s/ S COTT A. M C F ETRIDGE
   

Name:

  Scott A. McFetridge
   

Title:

  Managing Director

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:

  /s/ S. M ARK R AY
   

Name:

  S. Mark Ray
   

Title:

  Senior Managing Director

 


EXHIBIT A

 

Certain Reimbursable Expenses

 

Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP

   $ 71,029.54

 

Ex A-1

 

Exhibit 10.16

 

THE SECURITY REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), OR QUALIFIED UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT WHILE A REGISTRATION STATEMENT IS IN EFFECT OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF JUNE 3, 1999, AS AMENDED (THE “ PURCHASE AGREEMENT ”), AMONG JAC HOLDINGS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (FORMERLY KNOWN AS RABBIT HILL HOLDINGS, INC.) (THE “ COMPANY ”) AND THE PURCHASERS NAMED THEREIN. A COPY OF SUCH PURCHASE AGREEMENT IS AVAILABLE AT THE OFFICES OF THE COMPANY.

 

FOR PURPOSES OF SECTIONS 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, AND THE RULES AND REGULATIONS THEREUNDER, THIS SECURITY IS BEING ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT; FOR EACH $1,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS SECURITY, (1) THE ISSUE PRICE IS $780; (2) THE AMOUNT OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT IS $1,648.96; (3) THE ISSUE DATE IS JUNE 3, 1999; AND (4) THE YIELD TO MATURITY IS 19.52% (COMPOUNDED QUARTERLY).

 

THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT, DATED SEPTEMBER 11, 2003, AMONG THE COMPANY, THE PAYEE AND LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS THE BANK, PURSUANT TO WHICH THE COMPANY MAY BE PROHIBITED FROM MAKING, AND THE PAYEE MAY BE PROHIBITED FROM RECEIVING AND RETAINING, PAYMENTS ON ACCOUNT OF THE INDEBTEDNESS EVIDENCED HEREBY.

 

THIS NOTE IS SUBORDINATED TO THE “SENIOR DEBT” (AS DEFINED IN THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT REFERRED TO BELOW) IN THE MANNER AND TO THE EXTENT SET FORTH IN THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT DATED AS OF OCTOBER 17, 2003 BY AND BETWEEN CARAVELLE INVESTMENT FUND, L.L.C., HANCOCK MEZZANINE PARTNERS, L.P., JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, CAMILLO M. SANTOMERO, III, JAMES D. CIRAR, TRANSPORTATION INVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.L.C., THE COMPANY AND GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION TO WHICH REFERENCE IS MADE FOR THE TERMS OF SUCH SUBORDINATION AND FOR LIMITATIONS ON ENFORCEMENT OF THE PROVISIONS HEREOF AND OF RETENTION OF PAYMENTS RECEIVED HEREUNDER.

 

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ISSUED ON OCTOBER 22, 2003 IN REPLACEMENT OF, AND AS A SUCCESSOR TO, THE NOTE ISSUED ON JUNE 3, 1999 IN THE ORIGINAL AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF $                     (THE “ ORIGINAL NOTE ”). THIS NOTE REFLECTS PIK NOTES IN THE AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF $                     WHICH HAVE BEEN ISSUED AS OF SEPTEMBER 1, 2003 IN RESPECT OF THE ORIGINAL NOTE LESS $                     IN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SUCH PIK NOTES WHICH HAVE BEEN REDEEMED BY THE COMPANY ON THE DATE HEREOF.

 


PPN:

 

15% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2008

 

No.

  

$[Illegible]

 

JAC Holdings International, Inc. (formerly known as Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc.), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of Delaware (herein called the “Company”, which term includes any successor Person under the Purchase Agreement), for value received, hereby promises to pay to                     , or registered assigns, the principal sum of                      on June 30, 2008 (the “ Stated Maturity Date ”), and to pay interest thereon from June 3, 1999 or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly in arrears on March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1 in each year commencing September 1,1999 (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”) at the rate of 15% per annum through June 30, 2006 and thereafter at a rate of 17% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid; provided, however , that on each such Interest Payment Date, the Company may, at its option and in its sole discretion, in lieu of the payment in whole or in part of interest due on this Note, pay interest on this Note through the issuance of additional Notes (each a “ PIK Note in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of interest that would be payable with respect to this Note, if such interest were paid in cash, provided, further, that such PIK Notes shall only be issued to the extent such cash payment is then prohibited under the terms of the Credit Agreement or the New Subordination Agreements, otherwise such interest payment shall be payable in cash and not with PIK Notes, To the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, any principal of, or premium or installment of interest on, this Note which is overdue shall bear interest at the rate of 2% per annum in excess of the rate of interest then borne by the Notes from the date such amounts are due until they are paid, and such interest shall be payable on the next Interest Payment Date.

 

All interest payable, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Purchase Agreement, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the “ Regular Record Date ” for such interest, which shall be the fifteenth calendar day (whether or not a Business Day) immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Note is issued after a Regular Record Date and prior to an Interest Payment Date, the record date for such Interest Payment Date shall be the original issue date of such Note.

 

Principal on this Note shall be payable only against surrender therefor, while payments of interest on this Note shall be made, in accordance with the Purchase Agreement and subject to applicable laws and regulations, by check mailed on or before the due date for such payment to the person entitled thereto at such person’s address appearing on the Security Register or, by wire transfer to such account as any Holder shall designate by written instructions received by the Company no less than 15 days prior to any applicable Interest Payment Date, which wire instruction shall continue in effect until such time as the Holder otherwise notifies the Company or such Holder no longer is the registered owner of this Note.

 

-2-


Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

 

Dated: October 22, 2003

 

       

JAC HOLDINGS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

[Seal]

       
            By:   /s/ Glen T. Karan
               

Name:

  Glen T. Karan
               

Title:

  V.P. - Finance

 

Attest:
/s/    Controller

Title:

  Controller

 


 

Reverse of Note

 

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Company designated as its 15% Senior Notes due 2008 (herein called the “ Notes ”), limited in aggregate principal amount to $80,377,664.89 (including up to $42,669,927.57 in aggregate principal amount of PIK Notes) issued and to be issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 1999, as amended (herein called the “ Purchase Agreement ”), among the Company and the Purchasers named therein, to which Purchase Agreement and all amendments thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company and the Holders and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, issued and delivered.

 

The Notes are subject to redemption, upon not less than 15 nor more than 30 days’ notice by overnight courier, as a whole or in part, (i) on and after June 1, 2000 but prior to June 1, 2001 if the Equity Repurchase Event shall have been consummated and (ii) at any time on or after June 1, 2001 at the election of the Company, in each case at 100% of the principal amount, together in the case of any such redemption with accrued interest to the Redemption Date, but interest installments whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to such Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of such Notes, of record at the close of business on the relevant record dates referred to on the face hereof, all as provided in the Purchase Agreement.

 

The Company shall also be required to redeem (i) Notes with Excess Cash Flow as provided for in Section 7.15 of the Purchase Agreement and (ii) Notes as provided in Section 7.16 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the Notes shall be redeemed pro rata from each Holder.

 

The Notes do not have the benefit of any sinking fund obligations.

 

In the event of redemption or purchase pursuant to an offer to purchase this Note in part only, a new Note or Notes for the unredeemed or unpurchased portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.

 

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of all the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Purchase Agreement. Upon payment of (i) the principal so declared due and payable and any overdue installment of interest, (ii) any overdue principal and premium payable upon redemption or repurchase of this Note, and (iii) as provided on the face hereof, interest on any overdue principal of, and any premium and interest on, this Note (in each case to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable), all of the Company’s obligations in respect of the payment of the principal of, and interest on, this Note shall terminate.

 

The Purchase Agreement provides that, subject to certain conditions, if (i) certain Excess Proceeds are available to the Company as a result of Asset Sales or (ii) a Change of Control

 

-5-


occurs, the Company shall be required to make an offer to purchase all or a specified portion of the Notes as provided for in the Purchase Agreement.

 

The Purchase Agreement permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and certain rights of the Holders under the Purchase Agreement at any time by the Company with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding. The Purchase Agreement also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Agreement and certain past defaults under the Agreement and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

 

As provided in the Purchase Agreement and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable in the Security Register, Upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the principal offices of the Company, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company duly executed by, the Holder hereof or this attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

 

The Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. As provided in the Purchase Agreement and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

 

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

 

Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company and any agent of the Company may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Purchase Agreement.

 

THIS NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, EXCLUDING CHOICE-OF-LAW PRINCIPLES OF THE LAW OF SUCH STATE THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN SUCH STATE.

 

-6-

Exhibit 10.17

 

EXECUTION COPY

 


 

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

TRANSPORTATION TECHNOLOGIES INDUSTRIES, INC.

 

and the

 

PURCHASERS

 

named herein

 

Dated as of February 20, 2001

 

Relating to:

 

465,116 Shares of Common Stock, $.01 Par Value

New Equity Warrants to purchase 100,000 Shares of Common Stock, $.01 Par Value

New Equity Contingent Warrants to purchase 465,116 Shares of Common Stock, $.01 Par Value

Contingent Additional Consideration

2,500 Shares of Class A Common Stock, Par Value $.01 Per Share,

of Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc.

2,500 Shares of Series B Non-Voting Preferred Stock, Par Value

$500.00 Per Share, of Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc.

Conversion Option to purchase 697,674 Shares of Common Stock, $.01 Par Value

Conversion Contingent Option to purchase 697,674 Shares of Common Stock, $.01 Par Value

 



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

RECITALS

   1
SECTION 1.     
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS     

1.01.

  

Definitions

   3

1.02.

  

Accounting Terms

   12
SECTION 2.     
AUTHORIZATION, ISSUANCE AND SALE OF SECURITIES AND SALE OF ASSETS     

2.01.

  

Authorization of Issue

   12

2.02.

  

Sales

   12

2.03.

  

Closing

   13
SECTION 3.     
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING     

3.01.

  

Representations and Warranties

   14

3.02.

  

Performance; No Default Under Other Agreements

   14

3.03.

  

Compliance Certificates

   14

3.04.

  

Solvency Certificate.

   15

3.05.

  

Opinions of Counsel

   15

3.06.

  

Changes in Corporate Structure

   15

3.07.

  

No Adverse Events

   15

3.08.

  

Financial Information; Capital Structure

   15

3.09.

  

Proceedings and Documents

   16

3.10.

  

Purchase Permitted by Applicable Law, Etc.

   16

3.11.

  

Transaction Documents in Force and Effect; Information

   16

3.12.

  

No Violation; No Legal Constraints; Consents, Authorizations and Filings, Etc.

   16

3.13.

  

Fairness Opinion

   17

3.14.

  

Consummation of Transactions

   18

3.15.

  

Minimum EBITDA

   18

3.16.

  

Due Diligence

   18

3.17.

  

RHH Credit Agreement Waiver

   18

 

(i)


SECTION 4.     
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY     

4.01.

  

Due Incorporation; Power and Authority

   18

4.02.

  

Capitalization

   18

4.03.

  

Subsidiaries

   19

4.04.

  

Due Authorization, Execution and Delivery

   20

4.05.

  

CAC

   21

4.06.

  

RHH Shares

   22

4.07.

  

Non-Contravention; Authorizations and Approvals

   23

4.08.

  

Company Financial Statements

   24

4.09.

  

Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities or Events

   25

4.10.

  

No Actions or Proceedings

   25

4.11.

  

Title to Properties

   25

4.12.

  

Intellectual Property Rights

   26

4.13.

  

Taxes

   26

4.14.

  

Employee Benefit Plans

   27

4.15.

  

Private Offering; No Integration or General Solicitation

   28

4.16.

  

Eligibility for Resale Under Rule 144A

   29

4.17.

  

Status Under Certain Statutes

   29

4.18.

  

Insurance

   29

4.19.

  

Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations

   29

4.20.

  

Existing Indebtedness; Future Liens

   29

4.21.

  

Compliance with Laws; Permits; Environmental Matters

   30

4.22.

  

Solvency

   30

4.23.

  

Affiliate Transactions

   30

4.24.

  

Material Contracts

   31

4.25.

  

Brokerage Fees

   31

4.26.

  

Absence of Labor Dispute

   31

4.27.

  

Representations and Warranties Relating to RHH

   31
SECTION 5.     
REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASERS     

5.01.

  

Purchase for Investment

   33

5.02.

  

Investment Experience

   34

5.03.

  

Current Ownership; No Stockholder Agreements

   34

5.04.

  

Binding Agreements

   34
SECTION 6.     
COVENANTS     

6.01.

  

Further Assurances

   34

6.02.

  

Additional Company Information; Monthly Financial Statements

   34

 

(ii)


6.03.

  

Cooperation in Litigation; Enforcement of Rights

   35

6.04.

  

Taxes

   35

6.05.

  

Share Purchase Agreement

   35

6.06.

  

Amended Stockholders Agreement

   36

6.07.

  

No Integration

   36

6.08.

  

Restriction on Repurchases

   36

6.09.

  

Basic Documents

   36
SECTION 7.     
TRANSFER OF NEW EQUITY SECURITIES     

7.01.

  

Form of Legend for the New Equity Securities

   36

7.02.

  

Transfer Restrictions

   37
SECTION 8.     
EXPENSES, INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION, AND TERMINATION     

8.01.

  

Expenses

   38

8.02.

  

Indemnification

   39

8.03.

  

Notifications and Other Indemnification Procedures

   39

8.04.

  

Survival

   40

8.05.

  

Termination

   40
SECTION 9.     
MISCELLANEOUS     

9.01.

  

Notices

   41

9.02.

  

Benefit of Agreement; Assignments and Participations

   42

9.03.

  

No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative

   42

9.04.

  

Amendments, Waivers and Consents

   42

9.05.

  

Counterparts

   42

9.06.

  

Reproduction

   42

9.07.

  

Headings

   43

9.08.

  

Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Venue

   43

9.09.

  

Severability

   44

9.10.

  

Entirety

   44

9.11.

  

Survival of Representations and Warranties

   44

9.12.

  

Incorporation

   44

9.13.

  

Interpretation

   44

 

(iii)


EXHIBITS         
Exhibit A   -    Form of Conversion Option Agreement
Exhibit B   -    Form of New Equity Warrant Agreement
Exhibit C   -    Form of Contingent Warrant Agreement
Exhibit D   -    Form of Stockholders Agreement Amendment
Exhibit E   -    Form of Management Option Agreement
Exhibit F   -    Form of Senior Lender Consent
Exhibit G   -    Form of Bridge Note Consent and Agreement
Exhibit H   -    Form of Incremental Bridge Warrant Agreement
Exhibit I   -    Form of RHH Credit Agreement Waiver
Exhibit J   -    Form of RHH Consent and Agreement
Exhibit K   -    Form of RHH Shareholders’ Amendment
Exhibit L   -    Form of Preferred Holder Consent
Exhibit M   -    Form of Registration Rights and Stockholders Agreement
Exhibit 3.03(a)   -    Form of Officers’ Certificate
Exhibit 3.03(b)   -    Form of Secretary’s Certificate
Exhibit 3.04   -    Solvency Certificate
Exhibit 3.05(a)   -    Form of Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
Exhibit 3.05(b)   -    Form of Opinion of Kenneth M. Tallering
Exhibit 3.05(c)   -    Form of Opinion of Willkie Farr & Gallagher

 

SCHEDULES     
Schedule A - Purchasers
Schedule 3.15 - Calculation of EBITDA
Schedule 4.02 - Capitalization
Schedule 4.03 - Company Subsidiaries
Schedule 4.05(e) - CAC Relevant Documents
Schedule 4.06(e) - RHH Shares Relevant Documents
Schedule 4.07 - Authorizations and Approvals
Schedule 4.09(a) - Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities
Schedule 4.09(b) - Absence of Undisclosed Events
Schedule 4.10 - No Actions or Proceedings
Schedule 4.11- Title to Properties
Schedule 4.12 - Intellectual Property Rights
Schedule 4.13 - Taxes
Schedule 4.14(e) - Employee Benefit Plans
Schedule 4.20 - Indebtedness
Schedule 4.21 - Compliance with Laws; Permits; Environmental Matters
Schedule 4.23 - Affiliate Transactions
Schedule 4.24 - Material Contracts
Schedule 4.25 - Brokerage Fees
Schedule 4.26 - Absence of Labor Dispute

 

(iv)


 

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of February 20, 2001, by and among Transportation Technologies Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the purchasers listed on Schedule A hereto, (each a “ Purchaser ” and, collectively, the “ Purchasers ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, on May 10, 1999, the Company (formerly known as Johnstown America Industries, Inc. (“ JAII ”)) and Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ RHH ”), entered into a Share Purchase Agreement (as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of June 3, 1999, the “ Share Purchase Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 1.6 of the Share Purchase Agreement, the Company is entitled to receive, subject to the terms of the Share Purchase Agreement, Contingent Additional Consideration (as such term is defined in the Share Purchase Agreement; hereinafter referred to as “ CAC ”) payments upon the occurrence of one or more Triggering Events (as such term is defined in the Share Purchase Agreement);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Share Purchase Agreement, the Company acquired (i) 2,500 shares of the Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of RHH (the “ RHH Common Shares ”) and (ii) 2,500 shares of the Series B Non-Voting Preferred Stock, par value $500.00 per share, of RHH (the “ RHH Preferred Shares ” and, collectively with the RHH Common Shares, the “ RHH Shares ” and, collectively with the CAC, the “ RHH Assets”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company has authorized the sale of the RHH Assets, the grant of an option (the “ Conversion Option ”) to purchase up to an aggregate of 697,674 shares (the “ Conversion Option Shares ”) of the Company’s common stock, $.01 par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and warrants (the “ Conversion Contingent Warrants ”) to purchase up to an aggregate of 697,674 shares (the “ Conversion Contingent Warrant Shares ”) of Common Stock pursuant to the Contingent Warrant Agreement, on the terms and conditions set forth in a Conversion Option Agreement among the Company and the Purchasers named therein, to be dated as of the day of the Closing Time, and in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Conversion Option Agreement ”), the sale of an aggregate of 465,116 shares (the “ Common Shares ”) of Common Stock, and warrants (the “ New Equity Warrants ”) to purchase an aggregate of 100,000 shares (the “ New Equity Warrant Shares ”) of Common Stock and warrants (the “ New Equity Contingent Warrants ” and, together with the Common Shares and the New Equity Warrants, the “ New Equity Securities ”) to purchase up to an aggregate of 465,116 shares (the “ New Equity Contingent Warrant Shares ”) of Common Stock (the RHH Assets, the Conversion Option, the Common Shares, the New Equity Warrants and the New Equity Contingent Warrants, being the “ Assets ”);

 

WHEREAS, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company desires to sell, transfer and assign all of its right, title and interest in the Assets to the Purchasers as set forth on Schedule A hereto;

 


WHEREAS, in connection with the purchase and sale of the aforesaid New Equity Warrants and New Equity Contingent Warrants, the Company and certain of the Purchasers will enter into a New Equity Warrant Agreement, to be dated as of the day of the Closing Time (as defined below), and in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto (the “ New Equity Warrant Agreement ”), and a Contingent Warrant Agreement, to be dated as of the day of the Closing Time, and in the form attached as Exhibit C hereto (the “ Contingent Warrant Agreement ”) which Contingent Warrant Agreement sets forth, among other things, the conditions under which the New Equity Contingent Warrants are exercisable;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the purchase and sale of the shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Agreement, the Conversion Option, the New Equity Warrants and the New Equity Contingent Warrants, the Company, certain of the Purchasers and certain of the Company’s stockholders intend to enter into an amendment, to be dated February 28, 2001, and in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto (the “ Stockholders Agreement Amendment ”), to the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of March 9, 2000 (the “ Original Stockholders Agreement ” and, such Original Stockholders Agreement, as amended by the Stockholders Agreement Amendment, being herein referred to as the “ Amended Stockholders Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, certain of the Purchasers desire to grant to certain parties an option to purchase shares of Common Stock under the circumstances provided for in a Management Option Agreement among the Purchasers and the parties listed therein, to be dated as of the day of the Closing Time, and in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “ Management Option Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company, First Union National Bank, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce and other financial institutions party thereto intend to enter into an amendment, to be dated as of the day of the Closing Time, and in the form attached as Exhibit F hereto, (the “ Senior Lender Consent ”), to the Company’s Credit Agreement, (as defined in the Contingent Warrant Agreement, the “ Original Credit Facility ” and, such Original Credit Facility, as amended by the Senior Lender Consent, being herein referred to as the “ Amended Credit Facility ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company and holders of its bridge notes (the “ Bridge Notes ”) have entered into an agreement, dated as of the date hereof, and in the form attached as Exhibit G hereto (the “ Bridge Note Consent and Agreement ”), to amend, as of the Closing Time, the Bridge Notes (including all Bridge Notes not held by such holders) and pursuant to which, among other things, the Company has agreed, under certain circumstances, to issue warrants (the “ Incremental Bridge Warrants ”) to the holders of the Bridge Notes to purchase up to an aggregate of 200,656 shares of Common Stock pursuant to a warrant agreement, to be dated as of the day of the Closing Time, and in the form attached as Exhibit H hereto (the “ Incremental Bridge Warrant Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Agreement, the New Equity Warrant Agreement, the Contingent Warrant Agreement, the Conversion Option Agreement, the Amended Stockholders Agreement and the Management Option Agreement valid and binding obligations of the Company and the Purchasers, as applicable, in accordance with their respective terms, have been done.

 

2


All of the transactions contemplated by the foregoing recitals are collectively referred to herein as the “ Transactions ”.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.

 

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

 

1.01. Definitions . As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings specified herein unless the context otherwise requires:

 

Accredited Investor ” means any Person that is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act.

 

Affiliate ” means with respect to any specified Person any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. Each of Transportation Investment Partners L.L.C., Trimaran Investment Fund II, L.L.C. and each investor in the Trimaran program shall be deemed to be an “Affiliate” of the other. Except in respect of Section 4.05(e), none of the Purchasers (or any of their Affiliates) shall be deemed to be Affiliates of the Company.

 

Amended Credit Facility ” is defined in the ninth recital to this Agreement.

 

Amended Stockholders Agreement ” is defined in the seventh recital to this Agreement.

 

Applicable Law ” means all applicable laws, statutes, treaties, rules, codes (including building codes), ordinances, regulations, certificates, orders and licenses of, and interpretations by, any Governmental Authority and judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs, permits, orders or like governmental action of any Governmental Authority (including any Environmental Law and any laws pertaining to health or safety) applicable to any of (a) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective property or operations or (b) any Purchaser, in each case, as the context indicates.

 

Assets ” is defined in the fourth recital to this Agreement.

 

Basic Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the New Equity Warrant Agreement, the Contingent Warrant Agreement, the Conversion Option Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement Amendment, the Management Option Agreement, the RHH Consent and Agreement and the RHH Shareholders Amendment, and all certificates, instruments, financial and other statements and other documents made or delivered in connection herewith and therewith.

 

3


Board of Directors ” means, with respect to any Person, the Board of Directors of such Person, or any authorized committee of such Board of Directors.

 

Bridge Note Consent and Agreement ” means that certain Limited and Conditional Waiver and Consent and Agreement, dated the date hereof, and relating to the Bridge Note Purchase Agreement among the Company and the Bridge Note Purchasers, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I .

 

Bridge Notes ” is defined in the tenth recital to this Agreement.

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

 

CAC ” is defined in the second recital to this Agreement.

 

CAC Relevant Documents ” is defined in Section 4.05(e).

 

Capital Stock ” means (a) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated and whether or not voting) of corporate stock, including each class of common stock and preferred stock of such Person; (b) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation, any and all partnership, membership or other equity interests of such Person; and (c) any rights, warrants or options, exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, any of the foregoing.

 

CERCLA ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended from time to time, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq.

 

CERCLIS ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System maintained by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

 

Change of Control ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Certificate of Designations relating to the Company’s 14  1 / 2 % Senior Redeemable Preferred Stock.

 

Closing Time ” is defined in Section 2.04.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act or, if at any time after the execution of this Agreement such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Exchange Act, the body performing such duties at such time.

 

Common Shares ” is defined in the fourth recital to this Agreement.

 

Common Stock ” is defined in the fourth recital to this Agreement.

 

4


Company ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement and includes its successors and permitted assigns.

 

Company Audit Date ” means December 31, 1999.

 

Company Equity Investee ” is defined in Section 4.03.

 

Company Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 4.08.

 

Company Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 8.02(b).

 

Company Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Company to perform any of its material obligations under any of the Transaction Documents, or (c) the validity or enforceability of any Transaction Document.

 

Company Preferred Stock ” is defined in Section 4.02.

 

Conversion Contingent Warrants ” is defined in the fourth recital to this Agreement.

 

Contingent Warrant Agreement ” is defined in the sixth recital to this Agreement.

 

Contract ” is defined in Section 4.07.

 

Controlling Person ” is defined in Section 8.02(a).

 

Conversion Option ” is defined in the fourth recital to this Agreement.

 

Conversion Option Agreement ” is defined in the fourth recital to this Agreement.

 

Conversion Option Shares ” is defined in the fourth recital to this Agreement.

 

Credit Agreement ” is defined in the ninth recital to this Agreement.

 

Disclosure Schedule ” means all numbered Schedules to this Agreement.

 

Distribution Agreement ” means the Distribution Agreement dated as of June 3, 1999 among Fleet Capital Corporation, as agent, RHH and the Company.

 

Enforceability Exceptions ” means, with respect to any specified obligation, any limitations on the enforceability of such obligation due to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights or general equity principles (other than, in any such case, any federal or state laws relating to fraudulent transfers).

 

Environmental Action ” means (a) any action, suit, written demand, written claim, written notice of non-compliance or violation, written notice of liability or potential

 

5


liability, investigation, proceeding, consent order or consent agreement relating to any Environmental Law, any Permit or Hazardous Material, including, without limitation, (i) by any Governmental Authority for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages and (ii) by any Governmental Authority or third party for damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief, and (b) any investigation, monitoring, removal or remediation activities undertaken by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, whether or not such activities are carried out voluntarily.

 

Environmental Law ” means any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, ordinance, rule, regulation, code, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree or judicial or written agency interpretation, policy or guidance that has the force and effect of law relating to pollution or protection of the environment, public health and safety or natural resources, including, without limitation, those relating to the use, handling, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal, release or discharge of Hazardous Materials, including, without limitation, CERCLA; RCRA; the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq.; the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq.; the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. § 7401 et seq.; the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. § 3803 et seq.; the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, 33 U.S.C. § 2701 et seq.; the Emergency Planning and the Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986, 42 U.S.C. § 11001 et seq.; the Hazardous Material Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. § 1801 et seq.; and the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. § 651 et seq.; and any state and local or foreign counterparts or equivalents, in each case as amended from time to time.

 

ERISA ” is defined in Section 4.14(a).

 

ERISA Affiliate ” is defined in Section 4.14(b).

 

Excess Amount ” is defined in Section 2.02(a).

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder.

 

GAAP ” means, at any date of determination, generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States which are applicable at the date of determination and which are consistently applied for all applicable periods.

 

Governmental Authority ” means (a) the government of the United States or any State or other political subdivision thereof, (b) any government or political subdivision of any other jurisdiction in which (i) the Company or any Subsidiary, or (ii) any Purchaser, in each case, as the context indicates, conducts all or any part of its business, or which asserts jurisdiction over any properties of the Company or any Subsidiary or (c) any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to any such government.

 

Hazardous Materials ” means (a) any petroleum or petroleum products, radioactive materials, asbestos in any form that is or is reasonably expected to become friable, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, dielectric fluid containing levels of polychlorinated biphenyls, and radon gas; (b) any chemicals, materials or substances defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous waste,” “hazardous materials,” “extremely

 

6


hazardous substances,” “restricted hazardous waste,” “toxic substances,” “toxic pollutants,” “contaminants,” or “pollutants,” or words of similar import, under any applicable Environmental Law; and (c) any other chemical, material or substance, exposure to which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any Governmental Authority under Environmental Laws.

 

Holder ” means a Person holding Assets and, in the case of Assets (other than the CAC and Conversion Option) in whose name Assets are registered on the security register therefor.

 

Incremental Bridge Warrant ” is defined in the tenth recital to this Agreement.

 

Incremental Bridge Warrant Agreement ” is defined in the tenth recital to this Agreement.

 

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 8.03.

 

Intellectual Property ” means (a) all inventions and discoveries (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice), all improvements thereto, and all patents, patent applications and patent disclosures, together with all reissuances, continuations, continuations-in-part, revisions, extensions and reexaminations thereof, (b) all trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, trade names and corporate names, together with all translations, adaptations, derivations and combinations thereof and including all goodwill associated therewith, (c) all copyrightable works, all copyrights and all applications, registrations and renewals in connection therewith, (d) all broadcast rights, (e) all mask works and all applications, registrations and renewals in connection therewith, (f) all know-how, trade secrets and confidential business information, whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice (including ideas, research and development, know-how, formulas, compositions and manufacturing and production process and techniques, technical data, designs, drawings, specifications, customer and supplier lists, pricing and cost information and business and marketing plans and proposals), (g) all computer software (including data and related documentation), (h) all other proprietary rights, (i) all copies and tangible embodiments thereof (in whatever form or medium) and (j) all licenses and agreements in connection therewith.

 

JAII ” is defined in the first recital to this Agreement.

 

Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by Applicable Law to remain closed.

 

Lien ” means, with respect to any property or assets of any Person, any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, security interest, lien, charge, easement, encumbrance, preference, priority, or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever on or with respect to such property or assets (including without limitation, any capitalized lease obligation, conditional sales, or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

 

Management Option Agreement ” is defined in the eighth recital to this Agreement.

 

7


March 9, 2000 Warrants ” is defined in Section 4.02.

 

Material Adverse Change ” is defined in Section 8.05(a).

 

Material Contracts ” means any agreements, contracts or arrangements between the Company or its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any third parties, on the other, that are material to the business, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

New Equity Contingent Warrants ” is defined in the fourth recital to this Agreement.

 

New Equity Contingent Warrant Shares ” is defined in the fourth recital to this Agreement.

 

New Equity Securities ” is defined in the fourth recital to this Agreement.

 

New Equity Warrant Agreement ” is defined in the sixth recital to this Agreement.

 

New Equity Warrants ” is defined in the fourth recital to this Agreement.

 

New Equity Warrant Shares ” is defined in the fourth recital to this Agreement.

 

NPL ” means the National Priorities List under CERCLA.

 

Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or the General Counsel of such Person.

 

Officers’ Certificate ” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by two Officers of such Person.

 

Original Credit Facility ” is defined in the ninth recital to this Agreement.

 

Original Stockholders Agreement ” is defined in the seventh recital to this Agreement.

 

Pension Plan ” is defined in Section 4.14(b).

 

Permits ” means all licenses, permits, certificates of need, approvals and authorizations from all Governmental Authorities required to lawfully conduct a business as presently conducted.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, estate, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Plan ” is defined in Section 4.14(a).

 

8


Preferred Holder Consent ” means that certain Consent and Agreement dated as of the date hereof, among the Company and certain holders of the outstanding Company Preferred Stock, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit L .

 

Property ” means any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.

 

PUHCA ” is defined in Section 4.17.

 

Purchase Price ” is defined in Section 2.02.

 

Purchaser Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 8.02(a).

 

Purchasers ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Qualified Institutional Buyer ” means any Person that is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A.

 

Rabbi Trust Agreement ” is defined in Section 4.02

 

Registration Rights and Stockholders Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Common Stock Registration Rights and Stockholders Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2001, by and among the Company, the holders of the Bridge Notes and members of the Key Equity Group (as defined therein), substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit M.

 

Regulation S ” means Regulation S under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as it may be amended from time to time.

 

Required Holders ” means Holders holding more than 50% of the outstanding Assets.

 

RHH ” is defined in the first recital to this Agreement.

 

RHH Assets ” is defined in the third recital to this Agreement.

 

RHH Audit Date ” means December 31, 1999.

 

RHH Common Shares ” is defined in the third recital to this Agreement.

 

RHH Consent and Agreement ” means that certain Consent and Agreement to be dated as of the date hereof, among RHH, the Company and certain of the Purchasers, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J .

 

RHH Credit Agreement Waiver ” means a waiver of certain terms of the Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 3, 1999, by and among Fleet Capital Corporation, as agent, the lenders party thereto and certain subsidiaries of RHH, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I .

 

9


RHH Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 4.27(d).

 

RHH Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of RHH and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the RHH to perform any of its material obligations under any of the Transaction Documents to which it may be a party, or (c) the validity or enforceability of any Transaction Document.

 

RHH Preferred Shares ” is defined in the third recital to this Agreement.

 

RHH Shareholder ” means the shareholders of RHH party to the RHH Shareholders Agreement.

 

RHH Shareholders’ Agreement ” means the Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of June 3, 1999, among RHH, Johnstown America Industries, Inc., Camillo M. Santomero, III and the other individual investors party thereto as the same may be amended from time to time (including without limitation by the RHH Shareholders’ Amendment).

 

RHH Shareholders’ Amendment ” means the First Amendment to Shareholders’ Agreement dated as of the date hereof among RHH, the RHH Shareholders and certain of the Purchasers, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit K .

 

RHH Shares ” is defined in the third recital to this Agreement.

 

RHH Shares Relevant Documents ” is defined in Section 4.06(e).

 

RHH Transfer Excess Amount ” is defined in Section 2.02(b).

 

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as it may be amended from time to time.

 

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as it may be amended from time to time.

 

sale ” is defined in Section 8.02(a).

 

Schedules ” means each of the schedules attached hereto.

 

Securities Act ” mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder.

 

Senior Lender Consent ” means that certain Consent and Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Company and the agents and lenders leaders party to the Senior Credit Facility, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F .

 

Share Purchase Agreement ” is defined in the first recital to this Agreement.

 

10


Significant Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person that satisfies the criteria for a “significant subsidiary” set forth in Rule 1.02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, as such Rule is in effect at the Closing Time.

 

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person as of the date of any determination, that on such date (a) such Person is able to pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the normal course of business, (b) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature, and (c) such Person is not engaged in a business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to current and anticipated future capital requirements and current and anticipated future business conduct and the prevailing practice in the industry in which such Person is engaged. In computing the amount of contingent liabilities at any time, such liabilities shall be computed as the amount which, in light of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

 

Stockholders Agreement Amendment ” is defined in the seventh recital to this Agreement.

 

Subordination Agreement ” means the Subordination Agreement, dated as of June 3, 1999, among JAII and certain other parties thereto.

 

Subsequent Purchaser ” is defined in Section 4.15(a).

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any corporation of which the outstanding shares of Voting Stock having at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person, or (b) any other Person of which at least a majority of the shares of Voting Stock are at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such first named Person.

 

Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means (a) all federal, state, local or foreign taxes, charges, fees, imposts, levies or other assessments, including, without limitation, all net income, alternative minimum, gross receipts, capital, sales, use, ad valorem, value added, transfer, franchise, profits, inventory, capital stock, license, withholding, payroll, employment, social security, unemployment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, property and estimated taxes, customs duties, fees, assessments and charges of any kind whatsoever, (b) all interest, penalties, fines, additions to tax or other additional amounts imposed by any taxing authority in connection with any item described in clause (a) and (c) all transferee, successor, joint and several or contractual liability (including, without limitation, liability pursuant to Treas. Reg. § 1.1502-6 (or any similar state, local or foreign provision)) in respect of any items described in clause (a) or (b).

 

Tax Returns ” means all reports, returns and statements with respect to the Taxes of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, including, without limitation, consolidated federal income tax returns of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, as applicable.

 

Transaction Documents ” means, collectively, the Basic Documents, the Senior Lender Consent, the Bridge Note Consent and Agreement, the Incremental Bridge Warrant

 

11


Agreement, the Incremental Bridge Warrants, the RHH Credit Agreement Waiver, the Registration Rights and Stockholders Agreement, the Preferred Holder Consent and all documents, instruments and agreements related to the Transactions.

 

Transactions ” is defined immediately following the recitals to this Agreement.

 

United States ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation S.

 

Voting Stock ” means any class or classes of Capital Stock pursuant to which the holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority of the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of any Person (irrespective of whether or not, at the time, stock of any other class or classes shall have, or might have, voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency).

 

1.02. Accounting Terms . Accounting terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings provided by, and be construed in accordance with, GAAP.

 

SECTION 2.

 

AUTHORIZATION, ISSUANCE AND

SALE OF SECURITIES AND SALE OF ASSETS

 

2.01. Authorization of Issue . The Company has authorized the issue and sale of 465,116 shares of Common Stock, New Equity Warrants to purchase 100,000 shares of Common Stock, New Equity Contingent Warrants to purchase up to 465,116 shares of Common Stock, and the Conversion Option to purchase up to 697,674 shares of Common Stock and Conversion Contingent Warrants to purchase up to 697,674 shares of Common Stock, and has authorized the sale of the CAC and the RHH Shares.

 

2.02. Sales . (a) On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, at the Closing Time, the Company agrees to sell, convey, transfer and assign to each Purchaser, and each Purchaser, acting severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, the aggregate Assets set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Purchaser for the purchase price set opposite its name (as to any Asset or Purchaser, the “ Purchase Price ”).

 

The Purchase Price paid by certain Purchasers shall be subject to adjustment as provided for in this paragraph. In the event that any Purchaser shall consummate any sale or transfer of any of the RHH Assets purchased by such Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement (other than any sale or transfer (x) to any of such Purchaser’s Affiliates, (y) to any other Purchaser of RHH Assets or any of its Affiliates and (z) which occurs as a result of an exercise of the Conversion Option), (i) to RHH or to any RHH Shareholder, at any time prior to the six month anniversary of the Closing Time, then, to the extent, and only to the extent, that the net proceeds (net of any commissions, fees, discounts, transfer taxes and any other transaction costs (excluding commissions, fees, discounts and other costs paid to any of such Purchasers or their respective Affiliates) but not net of any income taxes payable by such Purchaser as a result of such sale or transfer) received by such Purchaser with respect to such sale or transfer exceeds the product of the percentage of the RHH Assets so sold and $17,500,000 (the amount of such

 

12


excess, the “ RHH Transfer Excess Amount ”), such Purchaser shall pay to the Company as additional consideration for the purchase of the Assets an amount equal to twenty percent (20%) of the RHH Transfer Excess Amount, and (ii) to any Person, at any time prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Time (provided that if such Person is RHH and/or an RHH Shareholder, clause (i) and not this clause (ii) shall be controlling if such sale or transfer shall occur prior to the six month anniversary of the Closing Time), then, to the extent, and only to the extent, that the net proceeds (net of any commissions, fees, discounts, transfer taxes and any other transaction costs but not net of any income taxes payable by such Purchaser as a result of such sale or transfer) received by such Purchaser with respect to such sale or transfer exceeds the product of the percentage of the RHH Assets so sold and $20,000,000 (the amount of such excess, the “ Excess Amount ”), such Purchaser shall pay to the Company as additional consideration for the purchase of the Assets an amount equal to twenty percent (20%) of the Excess Amount. The applicable Purchasers shall provide to the Company true and complete copies of all documentation relating to any sale or transfer of any of the Assets. For purposes of this paragraph, the Company and the Purchasers subject thereto agree that the $17,500,000 and $20,000,000 amounts set forth herein shall be allocated as follows: (i) 70% to the CAC, (ii) 19.33% to the RHH Common Shares and (iii) 10.67% to the RHH Preferred Shares. To the extent Purchasers transfer RHH Assets in a transaction subject to this paragraph, such that the Assets so transferred are of a ratio such that for each RHH Common Share so transferred, one RHH Preferred Share and .04% of the CAC is transferred (such share amounts to be adjusted for any subdivisions, combinations or recapitalizations of Capital Stock), the purchase price for such Assets shall not be disaggregated among the RHH Common Shares, RHH Preferred Shares and the portion of the CAC so transferred.

 

(b) At the Closing Time, the Company hereby also shall assign to the Purchasers (as set forth in Schedule A) all the rights held by (but none of the obligations of) the Company with respect to the CAC and the RHH Shares under the terms of the Share Purchase Agreement. These rights with respect to the Share Purchase Agreement, the CAC and the RHH Shares shall include, but not be limited to, all rights to indemnification provided in the Share Purchase Agreement with respect to the CAC and the RHH Shares and all rights for breach of contract, fraud, or other remedies at law or in equity available to the Company as a result of its entry into the Share Purchase Agreement and its purchase of the CAC and the RHH Shares. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Purchasers shall not acquire any liability of the Company created under the terms or provisions of the Share Purchase Agreement or as a result of the Company’s purchase of the CAC and the RHH Shares, including, without limitation, the right of RHH to offset amounts which may be payable in respect of the CAC as a result of the operation of the set-off provisions described in the third and fourth sentences of Section 1.6(b) of the Share Purchase Agreement and the indemnity and set-off provisions of Section 8.7 of the Share Purchase Agreement.

 

2.03. Closing . The purchase and sale of the Assets pursuant to this Agreement shall occur at the offices of Willkie Farr & Gallagher, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019, at 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on February 28, 2001, or such other time as shall be agreed upon by TIP and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called the “ Closing Time ”). At the Closing Time, the Company will deliver or assign (as provided in Section 2.02(b)) to the Purchasers the Assets to be purchased by such Purchaser as set forth in Schedule A, (in the case of securities) in such denominations as such Purchaser may

 

13


request, dated the Closing Time and registered in such Purchaser’s name, against payment by such Purchaser to the Company or to its order by wire transfer of immediately available funds in the amount of the Purchase Price to be paid by such Purchaser therefor to such bank account or accounts as the Company may request in writing at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Time.

 

SECTION 3.

 

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

 

Each Purchaser’s several obligation to purchase and pay for the Assets to be purchased by it at the Closing Time is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by each Purchaser prior to or at the Closing Time of each of the conditions specified below in this Section 3:

 

3.01. Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein that are qualified by reference to a Company Material Adverse Effect or an RHH Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct when made and as of the Closing Time as if made at the Closing Time (except for representations and warranties made as of a specified date, which need be true and correct only as of the specified date) and all other representations and warranties of the Company shall be true and correct when made and as of the Closing Time as if made as of the Closing Time (except for representations and warranties made as of a specified date, which need be true and correct only as of the specified date), except for such inaccuracies as are not reasonably likely to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Company Material Adverse Effect or an RHH Material Adverse Effect.

 

3.02. Performance; No Default Under Other Agreements . The Company shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents (to the extent party thereto) required to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing Time, and after giving effect to the issue and sale of the Assets and the other Transactions (and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated by Section 4.19 hereof and the other Transaction Documents) no default or event of default shall have occurred and be continuing under any of the other Transaction Documents or any material agreement governing indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

3.03. Compliance Certificates .

 

(a) Officers’ Certificate . The Company shall have delivered to the Purchasers an Officers’ Certificate (one of the signatories of which shall be the Chief Financial Officer of the Company), dated the Closing Time, in the form of Exhibit 3.03(a) hereto, certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 3.01, 3.02, 3.06, 3.07, 3.08, 3.09, 3.10, 3.11 and 3.12 have been fulfilled.

 

(b) Secretary’s Certificate . The Company shall have delivered to the Purchasers a certificate in the form of Exhibit 3.03(b) hereto certifying as to the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws and resolutions attached thereto, the incumbency and signatures of certain officers of the Company, and other corporate proceedings of the Company

 

14


relating to the authorization, execution and delivery of the Assets, this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which the Company is a party.

 

3.04. Solvency Certificate . The Purchasers shall have received a Solvency Certificate (one of the signatories of which shall be the Chief Financial Officer of the Company), dated the Closing Time, in the form of Exhibit 3.04 hereto, certifying as to the financial condition, solvency and related matters of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, after giving effect to the Transactions, including, without limitation, the sale of the Assets to the Purchasers.

 

3.05. Opinions of Counsel . Such Purchaser shall have received the favorable opinions in form and substance satisfactory to it, dated the Closing Time, from (a) Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for the Company, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit 3.05(a), (b) Kenneth M. Tallering, General Counsel of the Company, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit 3.05(b), and (c) Willkie Farr & Gallagher, the Purchasers’ special counsel in connection with such transactions, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit 3.05(c).

 

3.06. Changes in Corporate Structure . Neither the Company nor RHH shall have changed its jurisdiction of incorporation or been a party to any merger or consolidation or succeeded to all or any substantial part of the liabilities of any other Person at any time following the Company Audit Date and there shall have occurred no event which constitutes a Change of Control of the Company and the Company shall not have entered into any agreement or understanding which, if consummated, would constitute a Change of Control of the Company, other than as contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

 

3.07. No Adverse Events . (a) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries nor RHH or any of its Subsidiaries shall have sustained since the Company Audit Date any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, and (b) except as contemplated by the Transaction Documents, since the Company Audit Date there shall not have been any material adverse change in the Capital Stock or long-term debt of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or RHH or any of its Subsidiaries or any change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the business, property, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole or RHH or any of its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as the case may be.

 

3.08. Financial Information: Capital Structure . (a) Such Purchaser shall have received pro forma consolidated balance sheets for the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Time after giving effect to the Transactions, including the issuance of the New Equity Securities, the sale of the Assets and the use of the proceeds thereof, which have been certified by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company and which are in form and substance satisfactory to such Purchaser.

 

(b) The pro forma consolidated capital structure of the Company, after giving effect to the Transactions (including all adjustments permitted by Regulation S-X under the

 

15


Securities Act), shall be consistent in all material respects with the projections provided by the Company to the Purchasers on February 1, 2001, as prepared for the Company’s senior bank lenders, and the capital structure contemplated herein.

 

(c) Such Purchaser shall be reasonably satisfied, based on communications with the management of the Company and the Company’s independent certified accountants, that the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2000 and the related audited consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the year then ended, including the footnotes thereto, certified by the Company’s independent certified public accountants, in such Purchaser’s reasonable judgment, will be consistent in all material respects with the unaudited Company Financial Statements for the same period which were previously delivered by the Company to such Purchaser.

 

3.09. Proceedings and Documents . All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and all documents and instruments incident to such transactions and the terms thereof, shall be reasonably satisfactory to such Purchaser and such Purchaser’s special counsel, and such Purchaser and such Purchaser’s special counsel shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as it or they may reasonably request.

 

3.10. Purchase Permitted by Applicable Law. Etc . At the Closing Time, such Purchaser’s purchase of the Assets shall (a) be permitted by the laws and regulations of each jurisdiction to which it is subject and (b) not violate any Applicable Law (including, without limitation, Regulation U, T or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System).

 

3.11. Transaction Documents in Force and Effect; Information .

 

(a) Transaction Documents . Such Purchaser shall have received true and correct copies of all Transaction Documents and (i) each such document (A) shall have been duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto (other than by such Purchaser), (B) shall be in form and substance identical to the form of such agreement attached as an Exhibit hereto and (C) shall be valid and legally binding obligations of the parties thereto (other than such Purchaser) enforceable against each of them in accordance with its respective terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions and (ii) there shall have been no material amendments, alterations, modifications or waivers of any provision thereof since the date of this Agreement.

 

(b) Accuracy of Information . All information furnished by the Company to the Purchasers related to the Transactions on or prior to the Closing Time with respect to the business, management, operations, affairs, condition (financial or otherwise), assets, property, prospects or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries or RHH and its Subsidiaries shall be accurate and complete in all material respects.

 

3.12. No Violation; No Legal Constraints; Consents, Authorizations and Filings, Etc .

 

(a) The consummation by the Company of the Transactions shall not contravene, violate or conflict with any Applicable Law, except for violations which,

 

16


individually or in the aggregate, do not and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect or an RHH Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b) All waivers, consents, authorizations and filings, if any, required to be made or obtained at or prior to the Closing Time in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Company (and each other party thereto (other than such Purchaser)) of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party shall have been obtained or made and shall be in full force and effect, except for such consents, authorizations and filings the failure to obtain or make which, individually or in the aggregate, does not and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect or an RHH Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company and the Purchasers shall have received:

 

(i) the RHH Consent and Agreement duly executed and delivered by each party thereto (other than, in the case of any Purchaser, such Purchaser, if applicable);

 

(ii) the RHH Shareholders’ Amendment duly executed and delivered by each party thereto (other than, in the case of any Purchaser, such Purchaser, if applicable);

 

(iii) the Bridge Note Consent and Agreement duly executed and delivered by each party thereto (other than, in the case of any Purchaser, such Purchaser, if applicable);

 

(iv) the Preferred Holder Consent duly executed and delivered by each party thereto (other than, in the case of any Purchaser, such Purchaser, if applicable); and

 

(v) the Senior Lender Consent duly executed and delivered by each party thereto (other than, in the case of any Purchaser, such Purchaser, if applicable).

 

(c) There shall be no inquiry, injunction, restraining order, action, suit or proceeding pending or entered or any statute or rule proposed, enacted or promulgated by any Governmental Authority or any other Person which, in the reasonable opinion of such Purchaser, (i) individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect or an RHH Material Adverse Effect or, except as disclosed in Schedule 4.10 , which seeks to enjoin or seek damages against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or RHH or any of its Subsidiaries or any of the Purchasers as a result of the Transactions, including the issuance of the New Equity Securities, (ii) relates to any of the Transactions and has or will have a material adverse effect on any Purchaser, (iii) alleges liability on the part of any Purchaser in connection with this Agreement, any other Transaction Documents or the Transactions or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or (iv) would bar the issuance of the New Equity Securities, the transfer of the Assets or the use of the proceeds thereof in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

 

3.13. Fairness Opinion . Such Purchaser shall have received the favorable opinion in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it, dated the Closing Time, from Peter J. Solomon & Co. relating to the fairness from a financial point of view of the consideration to be paid by the Purchasers for the purchase of the RHH Assets.

 

17


3.14. Consummation of Transactions . Each of the Purchasers (other than such Purchaser) shall have purchased the Assets listed next to its name on Schedule A hereto at the Closing Time.

 

3.15. Minimum EBITDA . Such Purchaser shall be reasonably satisfied that consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a basis consistent with Schedule 3.15 ) of the Company for its most recent four full fiscal quarter period shall equal at least $59 million, and the Company shall provide support for such calculation of a nature that is reasonably satisfactory to each Purchaser.

 

3.16. Due Diligence . Such Purchaser shall have, prior to the Closing Time, completed a due diligence examination of the Company, RHH and their respective Subsidiaries and the results of such examination shall be reasonably satisfactory to such Purchaser.

 

3.17. RHH Credit Agreement Waiver . Such Purchaser shall have received true and correct copies of the RHH Credit Agreement Waiver and such document (A) shall have been duly executed and delivered by each of the parties thereto, (B) shall be in form and substance acceptable to such Purchaser and (C) shall be valid and legally binding obligations of the parties thereto enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.

 

SECTION 4.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

 

(a) Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to the Purchasers as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Time that:

 

4.01. Due Incorporation; Power and Authority . The Company and each of its Subsidiaries (a) is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, (b) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, other than any failures to so qualify or to be in good standing which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, (c) has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its material properties and to conduct its businesses as they are currently conducted, and (d) has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its material obligations under each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

 

4.02. Capitalization . As of the date of this Agreement, but before giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby, the authorized Capital Stock of the Company consists solely of (i) 20,000,000 shares of its Common Stock, of which 1,395,348 shares are issued and outstanding and (ii) 400,000 shares of its preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (the “ Company Preferred Stock ”), of which 78,080 shares are issued and outstanding. No shares of any class of the Capital Stock of the Company were held by the Company in its treasury or by the Company’s Subsidiaries. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.02 , since the Company Audit Date, the Company (i) has not issued any shares of any class of its Capital Stock (except as

 

18


contemplated by this Agreement) and (ii) has not split, combined or reclassified any of its shares of any class of its Capital Stock. All the issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock of the Company (including the New Equity Securities) have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and are free of preemptive rights. The Common Shares have been duly authorized and upon issuance pursuant to the terms of this Agreement will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of preemptive rights. Other than the warrants (the “ March 9, 2000 Warrants ”) issued pursuant to the warrant agreement, dated as of March 9, 2000, between Transportation Acquisition I Corp. and First Union Bank, as warrant agent and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 9, 2000, there are no securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that are convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, shares of any Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and no options, warrants, calls, subscriptions, convertible securities, or other rights, agreements or commitments which obligate the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to issue, transfer or sell any shares of Capital Stock of, or other interests in, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Except under the Original Stockholders Agreement (but only prior to the Closing Time) and under the Benefit Trust Agreement, dated as of March 9, 2000, between the Company and First Union National Bank, as Trustee, (the “ Rabbi Trust Agreement ”), there are no outstanding obligations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any awards or options outstanding under any stock option plans or agreements or any other outstanding stock-related awards. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.02 , after the Closing Time, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries will have any obligation, to issue, transfer or sell any shares of Capital Stock of the Company or its Subsidiaries. Except as set forth in the Amended Stockholders Agreement and the Rabbi Trust Agreement, there are no voting trusts or other agreements or understandings to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party with respect to the holding, voting or disposing of Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. As of the date hereof, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any outstanding bonds, debentures, notes or other obligations or other securities (other than the Common Stock, the March 9, 2000 Warrants and the Company Preferred Stock) that entitle the holders thereof to vote with the stockholders of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on any matter or which are convertible into or exercisable for securities having such a right to vote.

 

4.03. Subsidiaries . Schedule 4.03 correctly states as of the Closing Time (i) the name of each of the Company’s Subsidiaries and any other Person whose Capital Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company (each, a “ Company Equity Investee ”), (ii) the name of each holder of each class of outstanding Capital Stock or other securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Company Equity Investee and the nature and number of such securities held by such holder, and (iii) the number of authorized, issued and treasury shares of each Subsidiary of the Company and each Company Equity Investee. The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any Capital Stock or other interest or investment (whether equity or debt) in any Person other than the Capital Stock of its Subsidiaries and Company Equity Investees listed on Schedule 4.03 . Each issued and outstanding share of Capital Stock of each Significant Subsidiary of the Company (i) has been duly authorized and validly issued and is fully paid and nonassessable and free of preemptive rights and (ii) except for any Capital Stock of any Company Equity Investee not owned directly or indirectly by the Company as shown on Schedule 4.03 , is owned by the Company, directly or through

 

19


Subsidiaries, free and clear of any Liens, other than the Liens established under the Amended Credit Facility.

 

4.04. Due Authorization. Execution and Delivery .

 

(a) Agreement . This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.

 

(b) Amended Stockholders Agreement . The Amended Stockholders Agreement has been duly authorized by the Company, and, at the Closing Time, will be duly executed and delivered by the Company and will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.

 

(c) New Equity Warrants and New Equity Warrant Shares . The New Equity Warrants have been duly authorized for issuance pursuant to the New Equity Warrant Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company, will have been duly executed, issued and delivered by the Company, and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against it in accordance with their terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions. When issued in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in the New Equity Warrant Agreement, upon exercise of the New Equity Warrants, the New Equity Warrant Shares will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights. The New Equity Warrant Shares have been duly reserved for issuance in accordance with the terms of the New Equity Warrants and the New Equity Warrant Agreement.

 

(d) New Equity Warrant Agreement . The New Equity Warrant Agreement has been duly authorized by the Company, and, at the Closing Time, will be duly executed and delivered by the Company and will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.

 

(e) New Equity Contingent Warrants and New Equity Contingent Warrant Shares . The New Equity Contingent Warrants have been duly authorized for issuance pursuant to the Contingent Warrant Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company, will have been duly executed, issued and delivered by the Company, and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against it in accordance with their terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions. When issued in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in the Contingent Warrant Agreement, upon exercise of the New Equity Contingent Warrants, the New Equity Contingent Warrant Shares will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights. The New Equity Contingent Warrant Shares have been duly reserved for issuance in accordance with the terms of the New Equity Contingent Warrants and the Contingent Warrant Agreement.

 

20


(f) Contingent Warrant Agreement . The Contingent Warrant Agreement has been duly authorized by the Company, and, at the Closing Time, will be duly executed and delivered by the Company and will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.

 

(g) Conversion Contingent Warrants and Conversion Contingent Warrant Shares . The Conversion Contingent Warrants have been duly authorized for issuance pursuant to the Contingent Warrant Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company, will have been duly executed, issued and delivered by the Company, and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against it in accordance with their terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions. When issued in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in the Contingent Warrant Agreement, upon exercise of the Conversion Contingent Warrants, the Conversion Contingent Warrant Shares will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights. The Conversion Contingent Warrant Shares have been duly reserved for issuance in accordance with the terms of the Conversion Contingent Warrants and the Contingent Warrant Agreement.

 

(h) Conversion Option Shares . When issued in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in the Conversion Option Agreement, upon exercise of the Conversion Option, the Conversion Option Shares will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights. The Conversion Option Shares have been duly reserved for issuance in accordance with the terms of the Conversion Option Agreement.

 

(i) Conversion Option Agreement . The Conversion Option Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.

 

(j) Senior Lender Consent . The Senior Lender Consent has been duly authorized by the Company, and, at the Closing Time, will be duly executed and delivered by the Company and will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.

 

(k) Other Transaction Documents . The Company has duly authorized, executed and delivered each Transaction Document (other than those referred to in paragraphs (a) through (k) of this Section 4.04) to which it is a party and each such Transaction Document constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.

 

4.05. CAC .

 

(a) The Company is the sole beneficial owner of the CAC acting solely on its own behalf and for its own account, and not as agent or broker, in selling the CAC to the Purchasers.

 

21


(b) The Company has all requisite power and authority to sell the CAC to the Purchasers as provided herein, and the sale of the CAC by the Company has been duly authorized by Company. Upon transfer of the CAC by the Company to the Purchasers pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Purchasers shall acquire all of the right, title and interest in the CAC free and clear of any Liens (other than any Liens arising from the Purchasers’ ownership of the CAC).

 

(c) (i) No default by the Company or, to the actual knowledge of the Company, by RHH has occurred and is continuing under the Share Purchase Agreement and (ii) no event or condition has occurred or exists which with notice or lapse of time, or both, might be deemed a default by the Company or, to the actual knowledge of the Company, by RHH under the Share Purchase Agreement. The Company has not received any payments from RHH or any other Person in respect of the CAC.

 

(d) The Share Purchase Agreement was duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and, to the actual knowledge of the Company, RHH, and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company and, to the actual knowledge of the Company, RHH, enforceable against the Company and, to the actual knowledge of the Company, RHH in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.

 

(e) The Company acquired the CAC directly from RHH on June 3, 1999, pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement. The Company has continuously owned the CAC since the date of its inception pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement. The Company has delivered to Purchasers true, complete and correct copies of all of the certificates, instruments, documents, agreements and understandings that relate to the CAC or to the Company’s or RHH’s respective rights or obligations (in the case of RHH, to which the Company is a party or of which the Company has actual knowledge) in respect of the CAC (all such certificates, instruments, documents, agreements and understandings are listed on Schedule 4.05(e) hereto (the “ CAC Relevant Documents ”)); there have been no amendments or waivers entered into in connection with the CAC Relevant Documents, except as disclosed in the CAC Relevant Documents.

 

(f) The Company has (i) provided all notices (or obtained waivers in respect thereof) and (ii) obtained all consents and approvals (or obtained waivers in respect thereof), as are required under the CAC Relevant Documents in order to fully vest in Purchasers all of the Company’s right, title and interest in, to and under the CAC.

 

4.06. RHH Shares .

 

(a) The Company is the sole beneficial owner of the RHH Shares acting solely on its own behalf and for its own account, and not as agent or broker, in selling the RHH Shares to the Purchasers.

 

(b) The Company has all requisite power and authority to sell the RHH Shares to the Purchasers as provided herein, and the sale of the RHH Shares by the Company has been duly authorized by Company. Upon transfer of the RHH Shares by the Company to the

 

22


Purchasers pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Purchasers shall acquire good, valid and marketable title to the RHH Shares free and clear of any Liens or other restrictions.

 

(c) To the actual knowledge of the Company, all the RHH Shares were duly authorized and validly issued, are outstanding and fully paid and non-assessable and were issued free and clear of any Liens or preemptive rights. The Company has not received any dividends, distributions or other payments from RHH or any other Person in respect of the RHH Shares.

 

(d) To the actual knowledge of the Company, the RHH Shareholders’ Agreement was duly authorized, executed and delivered by RHH and each other party thereto and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of RHH and each other party thereto and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of RHH and each other party thereto, enforceable against RHH and each other party thereto in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.

 

(e) The Company acquired the RHH Shares directly from RHH on June 3, 1999, pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement. The Company has continuously owned the RHH Shares since the date of their issuance and sale to the Company pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement. The Company has delivered to the Purchasers true, correct and complete copies of copies of all of the certificates, instruments, documents, agreements and understandings relating to the Company’s ownership of the RHH Shares (all such certificates, instruments, documents, agreements and understandings are listed on Schedule 4.06(e) (the “ RHH Shares Relevant Documents ”)); there have been no amendments or waivers entered into in connection with the RHH Shares Relevant Documents, except as disclosed in the RHH Shares Relevant Documents.

 

(f) The Company has (i) provided all notices (or obtained waivers in respect thereof) and (ii) obtained all consents and approvals (or obtained waivers in respect thereof), as are required in order to fully vest in Purchasers all of the Company’s right, title and interest in, to and under the RHH Shares.

 

4.07. Non-Contravention; Authorizations and Approvals . None of the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or comparable constituent or governing documents) or (ii) except as set forth in Schedule 4.07 (such exceptions not to apply at the Closing Time), is in default (or, with the giving of notice, lapse of time or both, would be in default) under any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, license, franchise, Permit, lease, contract or other agreement, instrument, commitment or obligation to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets is bound (including, without limitation, the Company’s existing credit facility), or under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets is entitled to a benefit (each, a “ Contract ”), except for any such defaults that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. None of (a) the execution and delivery by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, (b) the performance by any of them of their respective obligations thereunder, (c) the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby or (d) the issuance, delivery or transfer of the Assets hereunder will: (i) violate, conflict with or result in a breach of any provisions of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or comparable

 

23


constituent or governing documents) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) violate, conflict with, result in a breach of any provision of, constitute a default (or an event which, with notice, lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under, result in the termination or in a right of termination of, accelerate the performance required by or benefit obtainable under, result in the triggering of any payment or other obligations (including any repurchase or repayment obligations) pursuant to, result in the creation of any Lien, claim or other encumbrance upon any of the properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under, or result in there being declared void, voidable, subject to withdrawal, or without further binding effect, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any Contract, except for any such violations, conflicts, breaches, defaults, accelerations, terminations or other matters which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect; (iii) except as set forth in Schedule 4.07 (but only prior to the Closing Time), require any consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration, filing or registration with, any Governmental Authority, except for those consents, approvals, authorizations, declarations, filings or registrations which have been obtained or made or the failure of which to obtain or make, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect; or (iv) violate any Applicable Laws applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, except for violations which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonable be expect to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.08. Company Financial Statements . The Company has delivered to the Purchasers (collectively, the “ Company Financial Statements ”) (i) complete and correct copies of the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2000 and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the year then ended, the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1999 and 1998 and the related audited consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the years then ended, including the footnotes thereto, certified by the Company’s independent certified public accountants, and (ii) complete and correct copies of the unaudited consolidated pro forma balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2000, and the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations the year ended December 31, 2000. Each of the balance sheets (other than the pro forma balance sheets) contained in the Company Financial Statements fairly presents the consolidated financial position of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of its date and each of the consolidated statements of income included in the Company Financial Statements fairly presents the consolidated results of operations and income, retained earnings and stockholders’ equity or cash flows, as the case may be, of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the periods to which they relate, in each case in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved, except as noted therein. The pro forma financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries contained in the Company Financial Statements fairly present the consolidated financial position of the Company and its Subsidiaries, in each case, as of the date and for the periods to which they relate, in each case after giving effect to the Transactions, have been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines with respect to pro forma financial statements and have been properly compiled on the bases described therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the Transactions. All projections provided by the Company to the Purchasers on February 1, 2001, as prepared for the Company’s senior bank lenders, have been

 

24


prepared in good faith based on assumptions believed by management of the Company to be reasonable (it being understood that such projections are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the Company’s control and that no assurance can be given that such projections will be realized).

 

4.09. Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities or Events .

 

(a) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.09(a ), none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has any liabilities or obligations, whether accrued, contingent or otherwise, except for (i) liabilities and obligations in the respective amounts reflected or reserved against in the consolidated balance sheet as of the Company Audit Date included in the Company Financial Statements, (ii) borrowings under the Company’s existing revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business, (iii) liabilities and obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business since the Company Audit Date which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect and (iv) liabilities and obligations under the Transaction Documents.

 

(b) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.09(b) , (i) since the Company Audit Date there has been no change in the business, property, assets, condition (financial or otherwise), or results of operations of the Company or its Subsidiaries except for changes that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had or would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect and (ii) there are no facts known to the Company that have had or would reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect that have not been set forth herein or in the Disclosure Schedule.

 

4.10. No Actions or Proceedings . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.10 , there are no legal or governmental actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any of their respective directors or officers (in their capacities as such) or any of their respective properties or assets which, individually or in the aggregate, have had or would reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect or would prohibit, delay or materially restrict the consummation of any of the Transactions or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents. To the best knowledge of the Company, no Governmental Authority has notified the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of an intention to conduct any audit, investigation or other review with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except for those investigations or reviews which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had or would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.11. Title to Properties . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.11 , each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has (a) good and marketable title to and fee simple ownership of, or a valid and subsisting leasehold interest in, all of its real property, and (b) good title to, or a valid and subsisting leasehold interest in, all of its equipment and other personal property, in each case free and clear of all Liens (other than (i) Liens permitted under the terms of the Company’s existing credit facility (ii) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not due or which are being contested in good faith and subject to the establishment of appropriate reserves therefor or (iii) Liens related to Taxes not yet due or

 

25


payable or which are being contested in good faith, in each case which do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially detract from the value or impair the present use or operation of, or access to, the property subject thereto). Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has paid or discharged, or reserved for, all lawful claims or encumbrances which, if unpaid, might become a Lien (other than Liens described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence) against any property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

4.12. Intellectual Property Rights . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.12 , each of the Company and its Subsidiaries owns or possesses all Intellectual Property reasonably necessary to conduct its businesses as now conducted, except where the expiration or loss of any of such Intellectual Property, individually or in the aggregate, has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. To the best knowledge of the Company, (a) there is no infringement of, or conflict with, such Intellectual Property by any third party and (b) the conduct of the businesses of the Company and its Subsidiaries as currently conducted does not infringe or conflict with any Intellectual Property of any third party, in each case other than any such infringements or conflicts which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had or would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.13. Taxes . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.13 and except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect:

 

(a) all Tax Returns that are required to be filed at or before the Closing Time by or with respect the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, have been or will be timely filed at or before the Closing Time, and all such Tax Returns are or will be true and complete in all material respects;

 

(b) all Taxes shown to be due on the Tax Returns referred to in clause (a) and all other Taxes due and payable through to the Closing Time have been or will be timely paid in full;

 

(c) adequate provision has been made for the payment of Taxes for which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may be liable with respect to periods ending on or prior to the Closing Time that are not due and payable until after the Closing Time;

 

(d) the Tax Returns referred to in clause (a) have been examined by the Internal Revenue Service or the appropriate state, local or foreign taxing authority or the period for assessment of the Taxes in respect of which such Tax Returns were required to be filed has expired;

 

(e) all deficiencies asserted or assessments made as a result of such examinations have been paid in full or are being contested in good faith and have been adequately reserved for in accordance with GAAP;

 

(f) no examination or audit of any of the Tax Returns referred to in clause (a) is in progress or is currently pending;

 

(g) no waivers of statutes of limitation have been given by or requested with respect to any Taxes of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

26


(h) none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has been required, as a result of (i) a change in accounting method to include any adjustment under Section 481 (c) of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law) in taxable income for any Tax period ending at or after the Closing Time, or (ii) any “closing agreement” as described in Section 7121 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax law), to include any item of income in or exclude any item of deduction from any Tax period ending at or after the Closing Time;

 

(i) there are no Liens, other than Liens for Taxes not yet due and payable, on any of the assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that arose in connection with any failure (or alleged failure) to pay any Tax;

 

(j) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has ever been a member of an affiliated, combined, consolidated or unitary Tax group for purposes of filing any Tax Return;

 

(k) no closing agreements, private letter rulings, technical advance memoranda or similar agreement or rulings have been entered into or issued by any taxing authority with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(l) none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any predecessors to any of such entities has made any consent under Section 341 of the Code with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(m) there are no Tax sharing or indemnity agreements or arrangements to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party;

 

(n) none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has made an election under Section 341(f) of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law);

 

(o) none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a “United States real property holding corporation,” within the meaning of Section 897 of the Code.

 

4.14. Employee Benefit Plans .

 

(a) There has been no failure by any employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), which is maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries contributes (each a “ Plan ”) to comply with the applicable requirements of ERISA and the Code other than any such failures that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. There is no material pending or, to the knowledge of the Company threatened, litigation relating to the Plans. None of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has engaged in a transaction with respect to any Plan that, assuming the taxable period of such transaction expired as of the date hereof, could subject the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to a tax or penalty imposed by either Section 4975 of the Code or Section 502(i) of ERISA other than those that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

27


(b) No liability under Subtitle C or D of Title IV of ERISA has been or is expected to be incurred by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any ongoing, frozen or terminated “single-employer plan,” within the meaning of Section 4001 (a)(15) of ERISA, currently or formerly maintained by any of them, or the single-employer plan of any entity which is considered one employer with the Company under Section 4001 of ERISA or Section 414 of the Code (an “ ERISA A ffiliate”). None of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate has contributed to a “multiemployer plan,” within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA, at any time on or after September 26, 1980. No notice of a “reportable event,” within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA for which the 30-day reporting requirement has not been waived, has been required to be filed for any Plan which is an “employee pension benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA (“ Pension Plan ”) or by any ERISA Affiliate within the 12-month period ending on the date hereof.

 

(c) Neither any Pension Plan nor any single-employer plan of an ERISA Affiliate has an “accumulated funding deficiency” (whether or not waived) within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA and no ERISA Affiliate has an outstanding funding waiver. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has provided, or is required to provide, security to any Pension Plan or to any single-employer plan of an ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Section 401 (a)(29) of the Code.

 

(d) Under each Pension Plan which is a single-employer plan, as of the last day of the most recent plan year ended prior to the date hereof, the actuarially determined present value of all “benefit liabilities,” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA (as determined on the basis of the actuarial assumptions contained in the Plan’s most recent actuarial valuation), did not exceed the then current value of the assets of such Plan, and there has been no material change in the financial condition of such Plan since the last day of the most recent plan year.

 

(e) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any obligations for retiree health and life benefits under any Plan, except as required by applicable law or as set forth on Schedule 4.14(e) . The Company or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, may amend or terminate any such Plan at any time without incurring any liability thereunder.

 

4.15. Private Offering; No Integration or General Solicitation .

 

(a) Subject to compliance by the Purchasers with the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5 hereof and with the procedures set forth in Section 7 hereof, it is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the New Equity Securities or RHH Shares to the applicable Purchasers and to any Person to whom any such Purchaser sells any of such securities (each, a “ Subsequent Purchaser ”) in the manner contemplated by this Agreement to register such securities under the Securities Act.

 

(b) The Company has not, directly or indirectly, offered, sold or solicited any offer to buy and will not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell or solicit any offer to buy, any security of a type or in a manner which would be integrated with the sale of the New Equity Securities or RHH Shares and require such securities to be registered under the Securities Act. None of the Company, its Affiliates or any Person acting on its or any of their behalf (other than the

 

28


Purchasers, as to whom the Company makes no representation or warranty) has engaged or will engage in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Rule 502(c) under the Securities Act) in connection with the offering of the New Equity Securities or RHH Shares. Notwithstanding the definition of the term “Affiliate” in Section 1.01, for purposes of this Section 4.15 (b), the Purchasers (and any of their Affiliates) shall be deemed to be Affiliates of the Company.

 

4.16. Eligibility for Resale Under Rule 144A . The New Equity Securities and RHH Shares are each eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A and will not, at the Closing Time, be of the same class as securities listed on a national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Exchange Act or quoted on a U.S. automated interdealer quotation system.

 

4.17. Status Under Certain Statutes . None of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is or, after receipt of payment for the Assets and the consummation of the other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, will be (a) subject to regulation under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended (“ PUHCA ”), the Federal Power Act or the Interstate Commerce Act, each as amended, (b) an “investment company” registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or controlled by such a company, or (c) a “holding company,” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company,” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or of a “subsidiary” of a “holding company,” within the meaning of PUHCA.

 

4.18. Insurance . Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries are insured by financially sound institutions with policies in such amounts and with such deductibles and covering such risks as are generally deemed adequate for their businesses including, but not limited to, policies covering real and personal property owned or leased by the Company and its Subsidiaries against theft, damage, destruction and acts of vandalism, except where the failure to have such insurance, individually or in the aggregate, has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.19. Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations . The Company will apply the proceeds from the sale of the Assets to refinancing existing indebtedness of the Company and to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith.

 

4.20. Existing Indebtedness; Future Liens . The Company and its Subsidiaries have no indebtedness, and after the consummation of the Transactions will have no indebtedness, other than as set forth in Schedule 4.20 . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.20 , neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default, and no waiver of default is currently in effect, in the payment of the principal of or interest on any indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary and no event or condition exists with respect to any indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that would permit (or that with notice, lapse of time or both, would permit) any Person to cause such indebtedness to become due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has agreed or consented to cause or permit in the future (upon the happening of a contingency or otherwise) any of its material property or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to be subject to a Lien that would be prohibited by the Transaction Documents.

 

29


4.21. Compliance with Laws; Permits; Environmental Matters . Except as provided in Schedule 4.21 and except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, (a) each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has complied during the past three years, and is in compliance, in all material respects with all Applicable Laws and has all Permits material to, and necessary in, the conduct of its business as currently conducted and all such Permits are in full force and effect, (b) no violations have been recorded in respect of any such Permits, and no proceeding is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened to revoke or limit any Permit, (c) all past Environmental Actions have been resolved without current obligations or costs, and to the Company’s knowledge no circumstances exist that could reasonably be expected to (i) form the basis of an Environmental Action against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or to the Company’s knowledge any of their respective properties or (ii) cause any such properties to be subject to any restrictions on ownership, occupancy, use or transferability under any Environmental Law, (d) (i) none of the properties currently or, to the best knowledge of the Company, formerly owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is listed or proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list, (ii) to the best knowledge of the Company, there are no and never have been any underground or aboveground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated or disposed on any property currently owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or on any property formerly owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material requiring removal or encapsulation on any property currently owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and (iv) Hazardous Materials have not been released, discharged or disposed of on any property currently or, to the best knowledge of the Company, formerly owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and (e) all Hazardous Materials transported to or from any property currently or, to the best knowledge of the Company, formerly owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries have been disposed of in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws. The parties acknowledge that, as to environmental matters, the representation and warranty in this Section 4.21 shall be deemed made as of March 9, 2000, and the Closing Time, and, in that respect, the Company may supplement Schedule 4.21 by delivering to each Purchaser such supplement in writing prior to the Closing Time, such supplement to apply only to this representation and warranty (as given at the Closing Time) in respect of environmental matters and to be reasonably acceptable to each Purchaser.

 

4.22. Solvency . The Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are, and after giving effect to the Transactions will be, Solvent.

 

4.23. Affiliate Transactions . Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.23 : (a) there is no material indebtedness between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any officer, stockholder, director or Affiliate (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of the Company, on the other, (b) no such officer, stockholder, director or Affiliate provides or causes to be provided any assets, services or facilities to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which, individually or in the aggregate, are material to the business, property, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (c) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries provides or causes to be provided any assets, services, or facilities to any such officer, stockholder, director or Affiliate which,

 

30


individually or in the aggregate, are material to the business, property, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (d) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, any material investment in or issued by any such officer, director or Affiliate, and (e) no such officer, stockholder, director or Affiliate has any direct or indirect ownership interest in any Person with which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries competes or has a business relationship which is material to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (excluding for purposes of this clause (e) investments in publicly held companies of which such officer, stockholder, director or Affiliate holds less than one percent of the voting stock).

 

4.24. Material Contracts . Except as described on Schedule 4.24 , as of the Closing Time each Material Contract is in full force and effect and no material defaults enforceable against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries currently exist thereunder. To the best knowledge of the Company, no party to any Material Contract has notified the Company that it intends to terminate such Material Contract.

 

4.25. Brokerage Fees . Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.25 , neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has paid, or is obligated to pay, to any Person any brokerage or finder’s fees in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or by any other Transaction Documents.

 

4.26. Absence of Labor Dispute . Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.26 , no labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries exists or, to the best knowledge of the Company, is imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent strike, work stoppage, lock out or slowdown by the employees, principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which, in any case, would reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.27. Representations and Warranties Relating to RHH .

 

(a) Due Incorporation; Power and Authority . To the actual knowledge of the Company, RHH and each of its Subsidiaries (i) has been duly incorporated or otherwise formed, is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, (ii) is duly qualified as a foreign entity to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, other than any failures to so qualify or to be in good standing which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have an RHH Material Adverse Effect, and (iii) has all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its material properties and to conduct its businesses as they are currently conducted.

 

(b) Capitalization . To the actual knowledge of the Company, the authorized Capital Stock of RHH consists solely of (i) 100,000 shares of its Class A Voting Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of which 11,160 shares are issued and outstanding, (ii) 100,000 shares of its Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of which 1,340 shares are issued and outstanding, (iii) 100,000 shares of its Series A Voting Preferred Stock, par value $500.00 per share, of which 8,660 shares are issued and outstanding and (iv) 100,000 shares of

 

31


its Series B Non-Voting Preferred Stock, par value $500.00 per share, of which 3,840 shares are issued and outstanding.

 

(c) RHH Consent and Agreement . To the actual knowledge of the Company, the RHH Consent and Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by RHH and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of RHH, enforceable against RHH in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.

 

(d) RHH Financial Statements . The Company has delivered to the Purchasers (collectively, the “ RHH Financial Statements ”) (i) complete and correct copies of the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of RHH and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2000 and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the year then ended, and (ii) the audited consolidated balance sheets of RHH and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1999 and 1998 and the related audited consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the years then ended, including the footnotes thereto, certified by RHH’s independent certified public accountants. To the actual knowledge of the Company, each of the balance sheets contained in the RHH Financial Statements fairly presents the consolidated financial position of RHH and its Subsidiaries as of its date and each of the consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows included in the RHH Financial Statements fairly presents the consolidated results of operations and income, retained earnings and stockholders’ equity or cash flows, as the case may be, of RHH and its Subsidiaries for the periods to which they relate, in each case in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved, except as noted therein.

 

(e) Absence of Undisclosed RHH Liabilities or Events .

 

(i) To the actual knowledge of the Company, none of RHH or any of its Subsidiaries has any liabilities or obligations, whether accrued, contingent or otherwise, except for (i) liabilities and obligations in the respective amounts reflected or reserved against in the consolidated balance sheet as of the RHH Audit Date included in the RHH Financial Statements, (ii) borrowings under RHH’s existing revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business and (iii) liabilities and obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business since the RHH Audit Date which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have an RHH Material Adverse Effect.

 

(ii) (A) To the actual knowledge of the Company, since the RHH Audit Date there has been no change in the business, property, assets, condition (financial or otherwise), or results of operations of RHH or its Subsidiaries except for changes that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had or would not reasonably be expected to have an RHH Material Adverse Effect and (B) there are no facts actually known to the Company that have had or would have an RHH Material Adverse Effect.

 

(f) Non-Contravention; Authorizations and Approvals . To the actual knowledge of the Company, the consummation of the sale of the Assets to the Purchasers and the execution and performance of each of the Transaction Documents to which RHH is a party will not: (i) violate, conflict with or result in a breach of any provisions of the certificate of

 

32


incorporation or bylaws (or comparable constituent or governing documents) of RHH or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) violate, conflict with, result in a breach of any provision of, constitute a default (or an event which, with notice, lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under, result in the termination or in a right of termination of, accelerate the performance required by or benefit obtainable under, result in the triggering of any payment or other obligations (including any repurchase or repayment obligations) pursuant to, result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties of RHH or any of its Subsidiaries under, or result in their being declared void, voidable, subject to withdrawal, or without further binding effect, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any material note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, license, franchise, Permit, lease, contract or other agreement, instrument, commitment or obligation to which RHH or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which RHH or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, as the case may be, is bound, or under which RHH or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, as the case may be, is entitled to benefit, (iii) require any consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration, filing or registration with, any Governmental Authority or any third party, except for those consents, approvals, authorizations, declarations, filings or registrations which have been obtained or made; or (iv) violate any Applicable Laws applicable to RHH or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets.

 

(g) To the Company’s actual knowledge, the Company has no reason to believe that any of the representations and warranties given by RHH in the Share Purchase Agreement are incorrect in any material respect.

 

SECTION 5.

 

REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASERS

 

Each Purchaser severally and not jointly represents and warrants to the Company as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Time as follows:

 

5.01. Purchase for Investment .

 

(a) Such Purchaser is acquiring the New Equity Securities and the RHH Shares, as applicable, for its own account, for investment and not with a view to any distribution thereof in violation of applicable securities laws.

 

(b) Such Purchaser understands that (i) the New Equity Securities and the RHH Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and are being issued by the Company in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (ii) the New Equity Securities and the RHH Shares may not be offered or sold except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

 

(c) Such Purchaser further understands that the exemption from registration afforded by Rule 144 (the provisions of which are known to such Purchaser) promulgated under the Securities Act depends on the satisfaction of various conditions, and that, if applicable, Rule 144 may afford the basis for sales only in limited amounts.

 

33


(d) Such Purchaser did not employ any broker or finder in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.

 

(e) Such Purchaser is an Accredited Investor.

 

5.02. Investment Experience . Such Purchaser’s financial condition and investments are such that it is in a position to hold the New Equity Securities and the RHH Shares, as applicable, for an indefinite period, bear the economic risks of the investment and withstand the complete loss of the investment. Each Purchaser has extensive knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and has the capability to evaluate the merits and risks of such securities to be purchased hereby.

 

5.03. Current Ownership; No Stockholder Agreements . Other than as contemplated by or disclosed in the Stockholders Agreement, such Purchaser has not entered into any agreements, arrangements or understandings relating to the voting or disposition of the New Equity Securities or the RHH Shares.

 

5.04. Binding Agreements . This Agreement and each Transaction Document to which it is a party constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of such Purchaser, enforceable against such Purchaser in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.

 

SECTION 6.

 

COVENANTS

 

6.01. Further Assurances . (a) Each party shall, upon the reasonable request of another party hereto, execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(b) The Company will not provide any holder of the CAC or the RHH Shares with any benefits or rights relating to such Person’s ownership of CAC and/or RHH Shares, as the case may be, without providing each other holder of CAC and/or RHH Shares with the same benefits and/or rights and on the same terms as provided to each other holder.

 

6.02. Additional Company Information; Monthly Financial Statements .

 

(a) For the benefit of holders and beneficial owners from time to time of the Assets, the Company shall, upon the request of any such Holder, furnish, at its expense, to Holders and beneficial owners of the New Equity Securities and prospective purchasers of such New Equity Securities information satisfying the requirements of subsection (d)(4) of Rule 144A.

 

(b) As soon as available but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each month the Company will provide each Purchaser that is a holder of New Equity Securities, duplicate copies of:

 

(i) consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such month, and

 

34


(ii) consolidated and consolidating statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such month and for the portion of the fiscal year ending with such month, in each case setting forth in comparative form the figures for the corresponding periods in the prior fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP applicable to periodic financial statements generally.

 

6.03. Cooperation in Litigation; Enforcement of Rights .

 

(a) Each party shall fully cooperate in all reasonable respects with the others in the defense or prosecution of any litigation or proceeding already instituted or which may be instituted hereafter or after the Closing Time which relates to the Assets (other than litigation between any Purchaser and/or its Affiliates or assignees, on the one hand, and the Company and/or its Affiliates or assignees, on the other hand, arising out of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement).

 

(b) If the applicable Purchasers are for any reason unable to assert or otherwise enforce directly against RHH any of the rights under the Share Purchase Agreement assigned to the Purchasers, the Company agrees to promptly so assert and enforce such rights on behalf of such Purchasers and in accordance with such Purchasers’ directions upon receipt of (1) a written request to that effect from any such Purchaser, and (2) an undertaking from such Purchaser to indemnify the Company for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Company in any such activities undertaken at the request of such Purchasers.

 

6.04. Taxes . All Taxes attributable to the sale of the Assets by the Company to the Purchasers as contemplated by this Agreement will be paid by the Company. Neither the Purchasers nor the Company makes any representations regarding the Tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or by the other Transaction Documents.

 

6.05. Share Purchase Agreement .

 

(a) The Company shall not amend, modify or waive any provision of the Share Purchase Agreement or enter into any agreement in respect thereof which may directly or indirectly adversely affect the rights of any Purchaser in the CAC without the prior written consent of each such Purchaser and each subsequent holder of the CAC, which consent may be withheld by each such Purchaser and such subsequent holder in its sole discretion.

 

(b) The Company shall not amend, modify or waive any provision of the Subordination Agreement or the Distribution Agreement or enter into any agreement in respect thereof which may directly or indirectly adversely affect the rights of any Purchaser in the CAC, without the prior written consent of each such Purchaser and each subsequent holder of the CAC, which consent may be withheld by each such Purchaser and such subsequent holder in its sole discretion.

 

35


6.06. Amended Stockholders Agreement . The Company shall comply with all provisions and obligations of the Amended Stockholders Agreement and shall comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws in connection therewith.

 

6.07. No Integration . The Company agrees that it shall not and (to the extent within its control) it shall cause its Affiliates not to make any offer or sale of securities of any class of the Company if, as a result of the doctrine of “integration” referred to in Rule 502 under the Securities Act, such offer or sale would render invalid (for the purpose of (a) the sale of the New Equity Securities or RHH Shares by the Company to the Purchasers, (b) the resale of such securities by the Purchasers to Subsequent Purchasers or (c) the resale of such securities by such Subsequent Purchasers to others) any applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 4(2) thereof or by Rule 144A or Regulation S thereunder or otherwise.

 

6.08. Restriction on Repurchases . Until the expiration of one year after the original issuance of the New Equity Securities, the Company shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, purchase or agree to purchase or otherwise acquire any such securities which are “restricted securities” (as such term is defined under Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act), whether as beneficial owner or otherwise unless, immediately upon any such purchase, the Company or any Affiliate shall cause such securities to be canceled or shall not resell such securities until the expiration of such period. Notwithstanding the definition of the term “Affiliate” in Section 1.01, for purposes of this Section 6.08, the Purchasers (and any of their Affiliates) shall be deemed to be Affiliates of the Company.

 

6.09. Basic Documents . Each party hereto (other than such Purchaser) shall, at or before the Closing Time, execute and deliver to each other applicable party hereto each Transaction Document to which it is to be a party, as contemplated hereby.

 

SECTION 7.

 

TRANSFER OF NEW EQUITY SECURITIES

 

7.01. Form of Legend for the New Equity Securities . Unless otherwise permitted by Section 7.02, every New Equity Security issued and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THE SECURITY REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), OR QUALIFIED UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT WHILE A REGISTRATION STATEMENT IS IN EFFECT OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF

 

36


THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 20, 2001 (THE “ PURCHASE AGREEMENT ”), AMONG TRANSPORTATION TECHNOLOGIES INDUSTRIES, INC. (THE “ COMPANY ”) AND THE PURCHASERS NAMED THEREIN. A COPY OF SUCH PURCHASE AGREEMENT IS AVAILABLE AT THE OFFICES OF THE COMPANY.

 

7.02. Transfer Restrictions .

 

(a) No New Equity Security may be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of (any such sale, transfer or other disposition is herein referred to as a “ sale ”), except in compliance with this Section 7.02. A Holder may sell New Equity Securities to a transferee, provided that such transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of (i) the Amended Stockholders Agreement, and (ii) in the event such transferee purchases such an amount of Common Stock from the transferring Holder so that the transferring Holder would no longer be able to fulfill its obligations under the Management Option Agreement, the Management Option Agreement, in each case for so long as such agreements are in effect.

 

(b) A Holder may sell any New Equity Security to a transferee that is an Accredited Investor or a Qualified Institutional Buyer; provided, however, that such Holder give prior written notice to the Company of its intention to sell such security and that each of the following conditions is satisfied:

 

(i) such Holder or transferee represents that it is acquiring such security for its own account and that it is not acquiring such security with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution thereof (within the meaning of the Securities Act) that would be in violation of the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof, but subject, nevertheless, to the disposition of its property being at all times within its control; and

 

(ii) such transferee agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 7.02 with respect to any resale of such securities.

 

(c) A Holder may sell its New Equity Securities to a transferee in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act; provided, however, that each of the following conditions is satisfied:

 

(i) the offer of such securities is not made to a Person in the United States;

 

(ii) either:

 

(A) at the time the buy order is originated, the transferee is outside the United States or the Holder and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believes that the transferee is outside the United States, or

 

(B) the transaction is executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither the Holder nor any

 

37


Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States;

 

(iii) no directed selling efforts are made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, as applicable; and

 

(iv) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

(d) In the event of a proposed exercise or sale that does not qualify under either Section 7.02(b) or 7.02(c) above, a Holder may sell its New Equity Securities only if:

 

(i) such Holder gives written notice to the Company of its intention to exercise or effect such sale, which notice (A) shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed transaction in reasonable detail and (B) shall designate the counsel for such Holder, which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company;

 

(ii) counsel for the Holder shall render an opinion, to the effect that such proposed sale may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; and

 

(iii) such Holder or transferee complies with Sections 7.02(b)(i) and 7.02(b)(ii).

 

SECTION 8.

 

EXPENSES, INDEMNIFICATION AND

CONTRIBUTION, AND TERMINATION

 

8.01. Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Company will pay all costs and expenses (including reasonable and documented attorneys’ and accountants’ fees and disbursements) incurred by the Purchasers or any holder of an Asset in connection with the preparation of the Basic Documents and in connection with any amendments, waivers or consents under or in respect of this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or the Assets (whether or not such amendment, waiver or consent becomes effective), including, without limitation: (a) the Purchasers’ reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the Purchasers’ examinations and appraisals of the Company’s and RHH’s properties, books and records, (b) the costs and expenses incurred in enforcing, defending or declaring (or determining whether or how to enforce, defend or declare) any rights or remedies under this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or the Assets or in responding to any subpoena or other legal process or informal investigative demand issued in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or the Assets, or by reason of being a holder of any Assets and (c) the costs and expenses, including reasonable and documented consultants’ and advisors’ fees, incurred in connection with the insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or in connection with any work-out or restructuring of the transactions contemplated hereby, by the other Basic Documents

 

38


or by the Assets. The Company will pay, and will save the Purchasers and each other holder of an Asset harmless from, all claims in respect of any fees, costs or expenses if any, of brokers and finders in relation to the Transactions.

 

8.02. Indemnification .

 

(a) Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Purchaser, (ii) each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any such Person referred to in clause (i) (any of the Persons referred to in this clause (ii) being referred to herein as a “ Controlling Person ”) and (iii) the respective officers, directors, managing directors, stockholders, partners, employees, representatives, trustees, fiduciaries, and agents of any Person referred to in clause (i) or any such Controlling Person (any such Person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii), a “ Purchaser Indemnified Person ”) against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Purchaser Indemnified Person may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) in whole or in part any inaccuracy in any of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein or (ii) in whole or in part any failure of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder and will reimburse each such Purchaser Indemnified Person for any legal and other expenses incurred by such Purchaser Indemnified Person in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claims as such expenses are incurred. The indemnity agreement set forth in this Section 8.02(a) shall be in addition to any liabilities that the Company may otherwise have.

 

(b) Indemnification by the Purchasers . Each Purchaser agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless (i) the Company, (ii) each Controlling Person of the Company and (iii) the respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents of the Company or any such Controlling Person (any such Person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii), a “ Company Indemnified Person ”) against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Company Indemnified Person may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based, in whole or in part, upon any inaccuracy in any of the representations and warranties of such Purchaser or the failure of such Purchaser to perform its obligations hereunder; and will reimburse the Company Indemnified Persons for any legal and other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company Indemnified Persons in connection with investigating or defending any such actions or claims as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the liability of any Purchaser pursuant to this Section 8.02(b) shall not exceed the cash purchase price paid or payable by such Purchaser for all Assets purchased or to be purchased pursuant to this Agreement. The indemnity agreement set forth in this Section 8.02(b) shall be in addition to any liabilities that each Purchaser may otherwise have.

 

8.03. Notifications and Other Indemnification Procedures . Promptly after receipt by a Purchaser Indemnified Person or a Company Indemnified person (each, an “Indemnified Person”) of notice of the commencement of any action, such Indemnified Person shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under Section 8.02(a) or 8.02(b), as applicable, notify such indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof, but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it

 

39


from any liability which it may have to any Indemnified Person otherwise than under Section 8.02(a) or 8.02(b), as applicable, or to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a proximate result of such failure. In case any such action is brought against any Indemnified Person and it shall notify an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall elect within 30 days after receiving any such notification jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such Indemnified Person (who shall not, except with the consent of the Indemnified Person, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified Person of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such Indemnified Person under such paragraph for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such Indemnified Person, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnified person shall have been advised by counsel that representation of the Indemnified Person by counsel provided by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential conflicting interests between the indemnifying party and the Indemnified Person, including situations in which there are one or more legal defenses available to the Indemnified Person that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, (ii) the indemnifying party shall have authorized in writing the employment of counsel for the Indemnified Person at the expense of the indemnifying party or (iii) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense or retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; provided, however, that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one such action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar actions or proceedings arising out of the same general allegations, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys at any time for all Indemnified Persons, except to the extent that local counsel, in addition to their regular counsel, is required in order to effectively defend against such action or proceeding. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Person is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the Indemnified Person from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

 

8.04. Survival . Subject to Section 9.11, the obligations of the Company under this Section 8 will survive the payment or transfer of any Security, the enforcement, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement and the termination of this Agreement.

 

8.05. Termination .

 

(a) The Purchasers may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Company, at any time at or prior to the Closing Time (i) if there has been since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the Company Audit Date, a material adverse change in the rights or remedies

 

40


of the Purchasers, or the ability of the Company to perform its obligations to the Purchasers, or in the business, property, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (a “ Material Adverse Change ”); (ii) if trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange or Ontario Stock Exchange shall have been suspended; minimum or maximum prices shall have been established on any such exchange; (iii) if a banking moratorium shall have been declared by New York or United States authorities; or (iv) if there shall have been (A) an outbreak or escalation of material hostilities between the United States and any foreign power or (B) an outbreak or escalation of any other material insurrection or armed conflict involving the United States or any other national or international calamity or emergency or (C) any material change or disruption in the general financial banking or capital markets of the United States which, in each case, in the reasonable judgment of the Purchasers would materially and adversely affect or impair the ability to sell or place the Assets.

 

(b) Liabilities . If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section 8.05, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 8.01 hereof, and provided further that Sections 8.01, 8.02, 8.03, 8.04, 9.08 and 9.11 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 9.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.01. Notices . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications shall have been duly given and shall be effective (a) when delivered, (b) when transmitted via telecopy (or other facsimile device) if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), (c) the day following the day on which the same has been delivered prepaid to a reputable national overnight air courier service (other than the United States postal service) or (d) the seventh Business Day following the day on which the same is sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, in each case to the respective parties at the address set forth below, or at such other address as such party may specify by written notice to the other party hereto:

 

(i) if to a Purchaser or its nominee, to the Purchaser or its nominee at the address specified for such communications in Schedule A , with a copy to Willkie Farr & Gallagher, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019-6099, attention: Laurence D. Weltman, Esq. and to Cahill Gordon & Reindel, 80 Pine Street, New York, New York 10005-1702, attention: Roger Meltzer, Esq., or at such other address as the Purchaser or its nominee shall have specified to the Company in writing; or

 

(ii) if to any other holder of Assets, to such holder at the address of such holder appearing in the security register or such other address as such other holder shall have specified to the Company in writing; or

 

(iii) if to the Company, to Transportation Technologies Industries, Inc., 980 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 1000, Chicago, Illinois 60611, attention: Thomas M. Begel, with a copy to Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Four Times Square,

 

41


New York, New York 10036, attention: Joseph A. Coco, Esq., or at such other address as the Company shall have specified to each holder of Assets in writing.

 

9.02. Benefit of Agreement; Assignments and Participations . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all covenants, agreements and other provisions contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by their respective successors and assigns (including, without limitation, any subsequent holder of an Asset) whether so expressed or not; provided, however, that the Company may not assign and transfer any of its rights or obligations without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto and each such subsequent holder.

 

Except as provided in Section 8.02, nothing in this Agreement or in the Assets, express or implied, shall give to any Person other than the parties hereto, their successors and assigns and the holders from time to time of the Assets any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement.

 

9.03. No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . No failure or delay on the part of any party hereto or any holder of Assets in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder or under the Assets and no course of dealing between the Company and any other party or holder of Assets shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder or under the Assets preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder or thereunder. The rights and remedies provided herein and in the Assets are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which the parties or holders of Assets would otherwise have. No notice to or demand on the Company in any case shall entitle the Company to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of the other parties hereto or the holders of Assets to any other or further action in any circumstances without notice or demand.

 

9.04. Amendments, Waivers and Consents . This Agreement may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively) with (and only with) the written consent of the Company and the Purchasers. No amendment or waiver of this Agreement will extend to or affect any obligation or agreement not expressly amended or waived or thereby impair any right consequent thereon. As used herein, the term this “ Agreement ” and references thereto shall mean this Agreement as it may from time to time be amended or supplemented.

 

9.05. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one such counterpart. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.

 

9.06. Reproduction . This Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and all documents relating, hereto and thereto, including, without limitation, (a) consents, waivers and modifications that may hereafter be executed, (b) documents received by the Purchasers and the

 

42


Company at the Closing Time (except certificates representing the New Equity Securities or the RHH Shares), and (c) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished in connection herewith, may be reproduced by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, microcard, miniature photographic or other similar process and any original document so reproduced may be destroyed. The Purchasers and the Company agree and stipulate that, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made in the regular course of business) and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence. This Section 9.06 shall not prohibit the Purchasers, the Company, any other party hereto or any holder of Assets from contesting any such reproduction to the same extent that it could contest the original, or from introducing evidence to demonstrate the inaccuracy of any such reproduction.

 

9.07. Headings . The headings of the sections and subsections hereof are provided for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

 

9.08. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Venue .

 

(a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, EXCLUDING CHOICE-OF-LAW PRINCIPLES OF THE LAW OF SUCH STATE THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN SUCH STATE.

 

(b) If any action, proceeding or litigation shall be brought by any party hereto or any holder of Assets in order to enforce any right or remedy under this Agreement or any of the Assets, the Purchasers and the Company hereby consent and will submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction sitting within the area comprising the Southern District of New York on the date of this Agreement. THE PURCHASERS AND THE COMPANY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS , WHICH THEY MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY SUCH ACTION, PROCEEDING OR LITIGATION IN SUCH JURISDICTION. THE PURCHASERS AND THE COMPANY FURTHER AGREE NOT TO BRING ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE ASSETS OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OTHER THAN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION SITTING WITHIN THE AREA COMPRISING THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK ON THE DATE OF THIS AGREEMENT.

 

(c) The Purchasers and the Company hereby irrevocably designate CT Corporation System at an address in New York City designated at the Closing Time as the designee, appointee and agent of the Purchasers and the Company to receive, for and on behalf of such party, service of process in such jurisdiction in any action, proceeding or litigation with

 

43


respect to this Agreement, the Assets or any of the other Transaction Documents. It is understood that a copy of such process served on such agent will be promptly forwarded by mail to the applicable party at its address set forth in Schedule A , but the failure of the Purchaser or the Company to have received such copy shall not affect in any way the service of such process. The Purchasers and the Company further irrevocably consent to the service of process of any of the aforementioned courts in any such action, proceeding or litigation by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the Purchasers or the Company or at its said address, such service to become effective thirty (30) days after such mailing.

 

(d) Nothing herein shall affect the right of any holder of an Asset to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against the Company in any other jurisdiction. If service of process is made on a designated agent it should be made by either (i) personal delivery or (ii) mailing a copy of summons and complaint to the agent via registered or certified mail, return receipt requested.

 

(e) THE PURCHASERS AND THE COMPANY HEREBY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OF THE SECURITIES.

 

9.09. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be fully severable to the extent of such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability and the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect and shall be construed without giving effect to the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions.

 

9.10. Entirety . This Agreement together with the other Transaction Documents represents the entire agreement of the parties hereto and thereto, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, if any, relating to the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated herein or therein.

 

9.11. Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties and covenants and indemnities made by the Company herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the issuance and transfer of all or any portion of the Assets and the payment of the Assets and any other obligations hereunder, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of the Purchasers or any other Holder that is Affiliated with the Purchasers. All statements contained in any certificate delivered by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed representations and warranties of the Company under this Agreement.

 

9.12. Incorporation . All Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto are incorporated as part of this Agreement as if fully set forth herein.

 

9.13. Interpretation . The provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with the fair meanings, and not strictly for or against either party, regardless of which party may have drafted this Agreement or any specific provision hereof.

 

44


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

TRANSPORTATION TECHNOLOGIES INDUSTRIES, INC.

/s/ Transportation Technologies Industries, Inc.

     
     
TRANSPORTATION INVESTMENT PARTNERS L.L.C.

/s/ Transportation Investment Partners LLC

     
     
CARAVELLE INVESTMENT FUND, L.L.C.
By: Caravelle Advisors, L.L.C. its Investment
Manager and Attorney-in-Fact

/s/ Caravelle Investment Fund, LLC

     
     
C+H ENTERPRISES GROUP, INC.
By:   /s/ Fred Culbreath
   

Name: Fred Culbreath

   

Title: Partner

/s/ Thomas M. Begel
Thomas M. Begel
/s/ Camillo M. Santomero III
Camillo M. Santomero III

 

45


 

CARAVELLE INVESTMENT FUND, L.L.C.

By: Caravelle Advisors, L.L.C., its Investment Manager and Attorney-in-Fact

/s/ Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C.
         
         

 

C+H ENTERPRISES GROUP, INC.

By:   /s/ Fred Culbreath
   

Name:

  Fred Culbreath
   

Title:

  Partner

 

/s/ Thomas M. Begel
Thomas M. Begel
/s/ Camillo M. Santomero III
Camillo M. Santomero III
/s/ Andrew M. Weller
Andrew M. Weller
/s/ James D. Cirar
James D. Cirar
/s/ Kenneth M. Tallering
Kenneth M. Tallering
/s/ Timothy A. Masek
Timothy A. Masek

 


 

/s/ John Wilkinson     
John Wilkinson
/s/ Robert C. Jackson     
Robert C. Jackson
/s/ Donald C. Mueller     
Donald C. Mueller
/s/ Lee Swafford     
Lee Swafford
/s/ Kelly Bodway     
Kelly Bodway
/s/ David W. Riesmeyer     
David W. Riesmeyer
/s/ Brent Williams     
Brent Williams
/s/ Jeffrey Elmer     
Jeffrey Elmer
/s/ Adam Gottlieb     
Adam Gottlieb

 

Exhibit 10.18

 

EXECUTION COPY

 


 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

by and among

JOHNSTOWN AMERICA CORPORATION,

FREIGHT CAR SERVICES, INC.,

JAC OPERATIONS, INC.

and

JAIX LEASING COMPANY,

as Co-Borrowers

 

and

 

LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as the Bank

 


 

Dated September 11, 2003

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

   1

S ECTION 1.1. D EFINITIONS

   1

ARTICLE II CREDIT FACILITY

   20

S ECTION 2.1 C OMMITMENT AS TO R EVOLVING F ACILITY

   20

S ECTION 2.2 P ROCEDURES FOR B ORROWING U NDER THE R EVOLVING F ACILITY

   20

S ECTION 2.3. C ONVERTING F LOATING R ATE F UNDINGS TO E URODOLLAR F UNDINGS ; P ROCEDURES

   21

S ECTION 2.4. P ROCEDURES AT E ND OF AN I NTEREST P ERIOD

   21

S ECTION 2.5. S ETTING AND N OTICE OF R ATES

   21

S ECTION 2.6. C OMMITMENT TO I SSUE L ETTERS OF C REDIT

   22

S ECTION 2.7. I NTEREST ON N OTE

   26

S ECTION 2.8. O BLIGATION TO R EPAY A DVANCES ; R EPRESENTATIONS

   27

S ECTION 2.9. N OTE ; A MORTIZATION

   27

S ECTION 2.10. I NTEREST D UE D ATES

   27

S ECTION 2.11. C OMPUTATION OF I NTEREST AND F EES

   27

S ECTION 2.12. F EES

   27

S ECTION 2.13. U SE OF P ROCEEDS

   28

S ECTION 2.14. V OLUNTARY R EDUCTION OR T ERMINATION OF THE R EVOLVING C OMMITMENT ; P REPAYMENTS

   28

S ECTION 2.15. P AYMENTS

   29

S ECTION 2.16. T AXES

   30

S ECTION 2.17. I NCREASED C OSTS ; C APITAL A DEQUACY ; F UNDING E XCEPTIONS

   31

S ECTION 2.18. F UNDING L OSSES

   34

S ECTION 2.19. R IGHT OF B ANK TO F UND THROUGH O THER O FFICES

   34

S ECTION 2.20. D ISCRETION OF B ANK AS TO M ANNER OF F UNDING

   35

S ECTION 2.21. C ONCLUSIVENESS OF S TATEMENTS ; S URVIVAL OF P ROVISIONS

   35

ARTICLE III CONDITIONS OF LENDING

   35

S ECTION 3.1. C ONDITIONS P RECEDENT TO THE I NITIAL A DVANCE

   35

S ECTION 3.2. C ONDITIONS P RECEDENT TO A LL A DVANCES

   37

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

   37

S ECTION 4.1. L EGAL E XISTENCE AND P OWER ; N AME ; C HIEF E XECUTIVE O FFICE

   37

S ECTION 4.2. A UTHORIZATION FOR B ORROWINGS AND L ETTERS OF C REDIT ; N O C ONFLICT AS TO L AW OR A GREEMENTS

   38

S ECTION 4.3. L EGAL A GREEMENTS

   39

S ECTION 4.4. S UBSIDIARIES

   39

S ECTION 4.5. F INANCIAL C ONDITION ; N O A DVERSE C HANGE

   39

S ECTION 4.6. L ITIGATION

   39

S ECTION 4.7. R EGULATION U

   39

S ECTION 4.8. T AXES

   39

 


S ECTION 4.9. T ITLES AND L IENS

   40

S ECTION 4.10. P LANS

   40

S ECTION 4.11. D EFAULT

   40

S ECTION 4.12. E NVIRONMENTAL C OMPLIANCE

   40

S ECTION 4.13. S UBMISSIONS TO B ANK

   41

S ECTION 4.14. F INANCIAL S OLVENCY

   41

S ECTION 4.15. I NFORMATION R EGARDING R EAL E STATE

   42

S ECTION 4.16. I NTELLECTUAL P ROPERTY R IGHTS

   42

ARTICLE V AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE CO-BORROWERS

   43

S ECTION 5.1. R EPORTING R EQUIREMENTS

   43

S ECTION 5.2. B OOKS AND R ECORDS ; I NSPECTION AND E XAMINATION

   46

S ECTION 5.3. C OMPLIANCE WITH L AWS

   46

S ECTION 5.4. P AYMENT OF T AXES AND O THER C LAIMS

   46

S ECTION 5.5. M AINTENANCE OF P ROPERTIES

   46

S ECTION 5.6. I NSURANCE

   47

S ECTION 5.7. P RESERVATION OF L EGAL E XISTENCE

   47

S ECTION 5.8. C REATION OF N EW C REDIT P ARTIES AND S UBSIDIARIES

   47

S ECTION 5.9. M INIMUM EBITDA

   47

S ECTION 5.12. M AXIMUM L EVERAGE R ATIO

   48

S ECTION 5.13. L ANDLORD W AIVERS

   48

ARTICLE VI NEGATIVE COVENANTS

   48

S ECTION 6.1. L IENS

   48

S ECTION 6.2. I NDEBTEDNESS

   50

S ECTION 6.3. G UARANTIES

   50

S ECTION 6.4. I NVESTMENTS

   51

S ECTION 6.5. R ESTRICTED P AYMENTS

   51

S ECTION 6.6. R ESTRICTIONS ON S ALE AND I SSUANCE OF S UBSIDIARY S TOCK

   52

S ECTION 6.7. T RANSACTIONS W ITH A FFILIATES

   52

S ECTION 6.8. S ALE OR T RANSFER OF A SSETS ; S USPENSION OF B USINESS O PERATIONS

   52

S ECTION 6.9. C ONSOLIDATION AND M ERGER ; A SSET A CQUISITIONS

   53

S ECTION 6.10. S ALE AND L EASEBACK

   53

S ECTION 6.11. R ESTRICTIONS ON N ATURE OF B USINESS

   53

S ECTION 6.12. A CCOUNTING

   53

S ECTION 6.13. C APITAL E XPENDITURES

   53

S ECTION 6.14. H AZARDOUS S UBSTANCES

   53

ARTICLE VII EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

   54

S ECTION 7.1. E VENTS OF D EFAULT

   54

S ECTION 7.2. R IGHTS AND R EMEDIES

   56

ARTICLE VIII MISCELLANEOUS

   57

S ECTION 8.1. N O W AIVER ; C UMULATIVE R EMEDIES

   57

S ECTION 8.2. A MENDMENTS , R EQUESTED W AIVERS , E TC .

   57

 

ii


S ECTION 8.3. A DDRESSES FOR N OTICES , E TC .

   58

S ECTION 8.4. C OSTS AND E XPENSES

   58

S ECTION 8.5. I NDEMNITY

   58

S ECTION 8.6. E XECUTION IN C OUNTERPARTS

   59

S ECTION 8.7. G OVERNING L AW ; J URISDICTION ; W AIVER OF J URY T RIAL

   59

S ECTION 8 8. I NTEGRATION ; I NCONSISTENCY

   60

S ECTION 8.9. A GREEMENT E FFECTIVENESS

   60

S ECTION 8.10. A DVICE FROM I NDEPENDENT C OUNSEL

   60

S ECTION 8.11. J UDICIAL I NTERPRETATION

   61

S ECTION 8.12. B INDING E FFECT ; N O A SSIGNMENT BY C O -B ORROWERS

   61

S ECTION 8.13. S EVERABILITY OF P ROVISIONS

   61

S ECTION 8.14. H EADINGS

   61

S ECTION 8.15 C OUNTERPARTS

   61

 

iii


EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

 

EXHIBIT A

   Borrowing Base Certificate

EXHIBIT B

   Revolving Note

EXHIBIT C

   Notice of Borrowing under Revolving Facility

EXHIBIT D

   Notice of Conversion

EXHIBIT E

   Notice of Rollover

EXHIBIT F

   Certificate of Officer as to Annual Financial Statements

EXHIBIT G

   Certificate of Officer as to Quarterly Financial Statements

Schedule 4.1

   Doing Business Names; Business Locations

Schedule 4.4

   Subsidiaries

Schedule 4.6

   Litigation

Schedule 4.10

   ERISA Plans

Schedule 4.12

   Environmental Matters

Schedule 4.15

   Information Regarding Real Estate

Schedule 4.16

   Intellectual Property

Schedule 6.1

   Outstanding Liens

Schedule 6.2

   Outstanding Indebtedness

Schedule 6.3

   Outstanding Guaranties

 

iv


 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This Credit Agreement (“Credit Agreement”) is dated as of September 11, 2003, by and among JOHNSTOWN AMERICA CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation, FREIGHT CAR SERVICES, INC. , a Delaware corporation, JAC OPERATIONS, INC. , a Delaware corporation, and JAIX LEASING COMPANY , a Delaware corporation (each a “Co-Borrower”, and collectively the “Co-Borrowers”), and LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , a national banking association (the “Bank”).

 

BACKGROUND INFORMATION

 

The Co-Borrowers have requested that the Bank extend a revolving credit facility to the Co-Borrowers.

 

The Bank is willing to extend the requested credit facility to the Co-Borrowers pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

ACCORDINGLY, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Co-Borrowers and the Bank hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions

 

Section 1.1. Definitions . For all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a) the terms defined in the preamble have the meanings therein assigned to them;

 

(b) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article, and include the plural as well as the singular; and

 

(c) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Accounts” means the aggregate unpaid obligations of customers and other account debtors of the Co-Borrowers arising out of the sale of goods or the rendition of services by the Co-Borrowers on an open account or deferred payment basis.

 

“Advance” means a loan of funds by the Bank to the Co-Borrowers under the Revolving Facility.

 


“Affiliate” or “Affiliates” means any Person controlled by, controlling or under common control with the subject Person, including (without limitation) any Subsidiary of the subject Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; provided , however , that the term “Affiliate” shall in no event include the Bank.

 

“Agreement” means this Credit Agreement and all exhibits, amendments and supplements hereto and modifications hereof.

 

“Bank” has the meaning specified in the preamble .

 

“Borrowing” means a borrowing by the Co-Borrowers under the Revolving Facility, consisting of the aggregate of all Advances made by the Bank to the Co-Borrowers pursuant to a request under Section 2.2 .

 

“Borrowing Base” means, at any time, the lesser of:

 

(a) the Revolving Commitment, or

 

(b) the sum of:

 

(i) 85% of all Eligible Accounts and Eligible Foreign Accounts;

 

(ii) 70% of all Eligible Finished Inventory;

 

(iii) 60% of all Eligible Semi-Finished Inventory; and

 

(iv) 100% of the Cash Collateral;

 

in any case, computed in accordance with the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate submitted to, and accepted by, the Bank.

 

“Borrowing Base Certificate” means a certificate in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , duly completed and certified by the Co-Borrowers, pursuant to which the Co-Borrowers set forth their Accounts, Eligible Accounts, Eligible Finished Inventory and Eligible Semi-Finished Inventory and the applicable Borrowing Base as of a particular date.

 

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday on which national banks are required to be open for business in Chicago, Illinois and, in addition, if such day relates to a Eurodollar Funding or fixing of a Eurodollar Rate, a day on which dealings in U.S. dollar deposits are carried on in the London interbank eurodollar market.

 

“Capital Adequacy Rule” has the meaning specified in Section 2.17(b)(ii) .

 

2


“Capital Adequacy Rule Change” has the meaning specified in Section 2.17(b)(iii) .

 

“Capital Expenditures” means the cost of any real property, plant and equipment, and any other fixed asset or improvement, or replacement, substitution or addition thereto which is required by GAAP to be included in or reflected as property, plant and equipment or similar fixed assets on the balance sheet of a Person, having useful life of more man one (1) year, or any other payment which is otherwise required to be capitalized, including as a cost the aggregate amount of expenses, charges, goods exchanged or services rendered or payments due or arising in connection with the direct or indirect acquisition of such assets or improvements, replacements, substitutions or additions by way of increased product or service charges or offset items or barter exchange or in connection with Capital Leases, and the entire principal amount of any Debt assumed or incurred in connection therewith, in each case without duplication; provided , however , that Capital Expenditures shall not include expenditures made in connection with the replacement, substitution or restoration of assets to the extent financed (i) from insurance proceeds (or other similar recoveries) paid on account of the loss of or damage to the assets being replaced or restored or (ii) with awards of compensation arising from the taking by eminent domain or condemnation of the assets being replaced.

 

“Capital Expenditures Threshold” means $5,000,000, unless such amount is adjusted pursuant the written consent of the Bank, in which event “Capital Expenditure Threshold” shall mean such adjusted amount.

 

“Capital Lease” means, with respect to any Person, any lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) any real or personal property of such Person that, in conformity with GAAP, is accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of such Person.

 

“Capital Lease Payments” of any Person means, with respect to the applicable Covenant Computation Period, the total expenditures by such Person in respect of Capital Leases during such period, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Caravelle” means Caravelle Investment Fund, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

“Caravelle Deferred Financing Fee Agreement” means that Caravelle Deferred Financing Fee Agreement by and between Caravelle and JAC Holdings, dated as of June 3, 1999.

 

“Carroll” means John E. Carroll, Jr., an individual.

 

“Cash Collateral” means the cash or cash equivalents pledged by the Co-Borrowers to the Bank pursuant to the terms of the Securities Account Pledge Agreement.

 

3


“Cash Taxes” means taxes funded using the Consolidated Group’s cash not financed by the Bank.

 

“Change of Control” means any event, circumstance or occurrence that results in (a) Carroll (i) ceasing to be Chairman and CEO of the Co-Borrowers or (ii) not being the owner of at least six percent (6%) of all issued and outstanding capital stock of JAC Holdings entitled to vote or otherwise not having operating control of the Co-Borrowers; (b) Caravelle not being the owner of at least twenty percent (20%) of all issued and outstanding capital stock of JAC Holdings entitled to vote or otherwise not having operating control of the Co-Borrowers; (c) Hancock not being the owner of at least eighteen percent (18%) of all issued and outstanding capital stock of JAC Holdings entitled to vote or otherwise not having operating control of the Co-Borrowers, (d) the Santomero Investor not being the owner of at least eighteen percent (18%) of all issued and outstanding capital stock of JAC Holdings entitled to vote or otherwise not having operating control of the Co-Borrowers; or (e) Transportation Investment Partners, L.L.C. not being the owner of at least thirteen percent (13%) of all issued and outstanding capital stock of JAC Holdings entitled to vote or otherwise not having operating control of the Co-Borrowers; provided , however , that as long as Caravelle, Hancock, the Santomero Investor, and Transportation Investment Partners, L.L.C. collectively retain at least fifty percent (50%) of the capital stock of JAC Holdings entitled to vote which such entities held as of the Closing Date, then no Change of Control shall occur as a result of any transfer of capital stock among those Persons who own capital stock of JAC Holdings as of the Closing Date.

 

“Cirar Consulting Agreement” means that Cirar Consulting Agreement by and between James Cirar, JAC Holdings, the Co-Borrowers and JAC Patent, dated as of June 3, 1999.

 

“Closing Date” means the date of this Agreement.

 

“Co-Borrowers” has the meaning specified in the preamble .

 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

“Collateral” means all personal property of each Credit Party in which the Bank has been granted a security interest or lien pursuant to any Security Document, together with all substitutions and replacements for and products and proceeds of any of the foregoing.

 

“Commitment Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.12(b) .

 

“Consolidated Group” means JAC Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, each Co-Borrower and each Guarantor.

 

“Covenant Computation Date” means the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Co-Borrowers, commencing on September 30, 2003. Compliance with the Financial Covenants will be determined as follows: (a) quarterly testing of the Financial Covenants

 

4


(other than the minimum EBITDA in Section 5.9 and the leverage ratio in Section 5.12 ) based on actual performance of the Consolidated Group for the fiscal quarter then-ended and (b) with respect to determining compliance with Section 5.9 and Section 5.12 , EBITDA shall be cumulative EBITDA for the Covenant Computation Period.

 

“Covenant Computation Period” means the four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters immediately preceding and ending on a Covenant Computation Date.

 

“Credit Party” or “Credit Parties” means the Co-Borrowers or a Guarantor, or all of them collectively, as the context may require, including without limitation each additional Person which becomes a Guarantor after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5.8 hereof.

 

“Debt” of any Person means., without duplication (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, except trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business, (d) all obligations of such Person as lessee under Capital Leases which have been or should be recorded as liabilities on a balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, (e) all indebtedness secured by a lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such indebtedness has been assumed by such Person, (f) all indebtedness and other obligations of others guaranteed by such Person, (g) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price for goods or services, whether or not delivered or accepted (i.e., take-or-pay and similar obligations), excluding trade accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business, (h) all net obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap program or any similar agreement, arrangement or undertaking relating to fluctuations in interest rates, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, with respect to the face amount of letters of credit (whether or not drawn) and bankers’ acceptances issued for the account of such Person, and (j) all obligations of such Person to advance funds to, or purchase assets, property or services from, any other Person in order to maintain the financial condition of such Person.

 

“Default” means an event that, with giving of notice or passage of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

“Default Rate” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.7(c) .

 

“EBITDA” of any Person means, with respect to the applicable Covenant Computation Period, the sum of such Person’s (a) pre-tax net income, (b) net Interest Expense and (c) depreciation, depletion, and amortization of tangible and intangible assets, before (i) income from discontinued operations, (ii) minority interests, and (iii) extraordinary gains and losses, in each case for such period, computed and calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Eligible Accounts” means all unpaid Accounts arising from a bona fide sale of Inventory or the rendition of services by the Co-Borrowers in the ordinary course of

 

5


business on usual and ordinary terms, evidenced by an invoice and net of any applied or unapplied credits or other allowance (with any such unapplied credits or other allowances being applied to the most current Account of the Co-Borrowers); provided , however , that the following shall in no event be deemed Eligible Accounts:

 

(a) that portion of Accounts over ninety (90) days past invoice date or sixty (60) days past the specified due date;

 

(b) Accounts owed by any unit of government, whether foreign or domestic, unless such Account is a U.S. Government obligation and the Bank’s pledge and assignment of such Account has been confirmed by duly acknowledged and accepted documents complying with the Assignment of Claims Act which have been delivered to and approved by the Bank;

 

(c) that portion of Accounts that are conditional, disputed or subject to a known claim of offset or a contra account or with respect to which a defense, counterclaim, right to discount or deduction has been asserted;

 

(d) Accounts which are owed by an account debtor whose principal corporate office is located outside the United States or Canada;

 

(e) Accounts owed by an account debtor that is the subject of dissolution, liquidation, bankruptcy proceedings or has gone out of business;

 

(f) Accounts owed by an Affiliate of the Co-Borrowers and Accounts with account debtors with whom any Co-Borrower is obligated with respect to goods sold or services rendered by such account party;

 

(g) Accounts not subject to a duly perfected security interest in favor of the Bank or which are subject to any lien, security interest or claim in favor of any Person other than the Bank or GE Capital;

 

(h) that portion of Accounts that has been restructured, extended, amended or modified as a result of an account debtor’s inability to pay;

 

(i) that portion of Accounts relating to Eligible Finished Inventory;

 

(j) that portion of Accounts constituting a finance charge, service charge or interest; and

 

(k) Accounts owed by an account debtor, regardless of whether otherwise eligible, if twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the total amount due under Accounts from such account debtor is ineligible under clauses (a), (c) or (h) above.

 

“Eligible Finished Inventory” means Inventory consisting of Finished Railcars, at the selling price as determined in accordance with the applicable sales contract;

 

6


provided , however , that the following shall in no event be deemed Eligible Finished Inventory:

 

(a) Inventory that is (i) in transit; (ii) located at any warehouse or leased premises with respect to which the Bank has not received an acceptable warehouseman or landlord release and waiver or other similar documentation acceptable to the Bank; (iii) located outside of the United States; (iv) covered by any negotiable or non-negotiable warehouse receipt, bill of lading or other document of title; or (v) on consignment to or from any other Person or subject to any bailment of any kind or description;

 

(b) Inventory older than 365 days;

 

(c) Inventory that, in the commercially reasonable judgment of the Bank, is or has become unmerchantable, unmarketable, spoiled, damaged, obsolete or otherwise unfit for sale;

 

(d) Inventory constituting Eligible Semi-Finished Inventory;

 

(e) Inventory which is not owned by the Co-Borrowers free and clear of all liens, claims and rights of others (including any rights of reclamation or equitable claims), is subject to a security interest in favor of any Person other than the Bank or GE Capital, or in which the Bank does not have a valid and perfected first priority security interest;

 

(f) Inventory which constitutes “bill and hold” goods, except to the extent the Account arising from such “bill and hold” sale is not otherwise included as an Eligible Account; and

 

(g) Otherwise Eligible Finished Inventory for which a landlord/warehouseman lien waiver has not been delivered as required in Section 5.13 .

 

“Eligible Foreign Accounts” means an otherwise Eligible Account except that such Account is due and owing by an Account debtor located outside the United States or Canada; but excluding any Accounts having any of the following characteristics:

 

(a) That portion of Accounts not yet earned by the final delivery of goods or rendition of services, as applicable, by the Co-Borrowers to the customer;

 

(b) That portion of Accounts for which an invoice has not been sent to the applicable account debtor;

 

(c) Accounts owed by any unit of government;

 

(d) That portion of Accounts that constitutes advertising, finance charges, service charges or sales or excise taxes;

 

7


(e) That portion of Accounts owed by any one Account debtor located outside the United States that would permit Advances supported by such Account debtor’s Accounts to exceed $500,000 if such Account debtor is rated BBB-minus or better by Standard and Poors, or is controlled by entities rated BBB-minus or better by Standard and Poors;

 

(f) Accounts denominated in any currency other than United States dollars, Canadian dollars, Swiss francs, Japanese yen, United Kingdom pounds sterling or European Union Euros;

 

(g) Accounts owed by debtors located in countries not acceptable to the Lender in its sole discretion; or

 

(h) Accounts otherwise deemed unacceptable to the Lender in its sole discretion.

 

“Eligible Semi-Finished Inventory” means Inventory consisting of railcars and railcar kits being manufactured as a result of or pursuant to purchase orders issued by Persons other than Affiliates of the Co-Borrowers, at the lower of cost or market value as determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that the following shall in no event be deemed Eligible Semi-Finished Inventory:

 

(a) Inventory that is (i) in transit; (ii) located at any warehouse or leased premises with respect to which the Bank has not received an acceptable warehouseman or landlord release and waiver or other similar documentation acceptable to the Bank; (iii) located outside of the United States; (iv) covered by any negotiable or non-negotiable warehouse receipt, bill of lading or other document of title; or (v) on consignment to or from any other Person or subject to any bailment of any kind or description;

 

(b) Inventory older than 365 days;

 

(c) Inventory that, in the commercially reasonable judgment of the Bank, is or has become unmerchantable, unmarketable, spoiled, damaged, obsolete or otherwise unfit for sale;

 

(d) Inventory which is not owned by the Co-Borrowers free and clear of all liens, claims and rights of others (including any rights of reclamation or equitable claims), is subject to a security interest in favor of any Person other than the Bank or GE Capital or in which the Bank does not have a valid and perfected first priority security interest;

 

(e) Inventory which constitutes “bill and hold” goods, except to the extent the Account arising from such “bill and hold” sale is not otherwise included as an Eligible Account;

 

8


(f) Otherwise Eligible Semi-Finished Inventory for which a landlord/warehouseman lien waiver has not been delivered as required in Section 5.13 ; and

 

(g) Railcars being manufactured without purchase orders.

 

“Environmental Laws” has the meaning specified in Section 4.12 .

 

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

“ERISA Affiliate” means, with respect to a Credit Party, any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is, along with such Credit Party, a member of a controlled group of corporations or a controlled group of trades or businesses, as described in sections 414(b) and 414(c), respectively, of the Code.

 

“Eurodollar Advance” means any Advance which bears interest at a rate determined by reference to a Eurodollar Rate.

 

“Eurodollar Base Rate” means, with respect to an Interest Period, the LIBOR Index Rate or if the LIBOR Index Rate cannot be determined, the rate per annum equal to the rate (rounded up if necessary to the nearest one one-hundredth of one percent (1/100%)) determined by the Bank in accordance with Section 2.5 to be a rate at which U.S. dollar deposits are offered to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for funds to be made available on the first day of such Interest Period and maturing at the end of such Interest Period.

 

“Eurodollar Funding” means any Funding which bears interest at a rate determined by reference to a Eurodollar Rate, including Eurodollar Advances.

 

“Eurodollar Rate” means, with respect to an Interest Period, the rate obtained by adding (a) the applicable Margin to (b) the rate obtained by dividing (i) the applicable Eurodollar Base Rate by (ii) a percentage equal to one (1.00) minus the applicable percentage (expressed as a decimal) prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor thereto) for determining the maximum reserve requirements applicable to Eurodollar fundings (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D) or any other maximum reserve requirements applicable to a member bank of the Federal Reserve System with respect to such eurodollar fundings.

 

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 7.1 .

 

“Financial Covenants” means the covenants contained in Sections 5.9 through 5.12 and 6.13 .

 

9


“Finished Railcars” means railcars for which production of the railcars has been completed, a customer has accepted the railcars, and the railcars have not been shipped or invoiced to the customer.

 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” of the Consolidated Group means, with respect to any Covenant Computation Date, the ratio (a) of the Consolidated Group’s EBITDA plus expenses and/or settlement costs, without duplication, of up to $5,000,000 in the aggregate related to the Pending Employment Litigation and minus the sum of the Consolidated Group’s (i) Capital Expenditures (net of Capital Expenditures made using the Consolidated Group’s cash not financed by the Bank or another lender) and (ii) Cash Taxes, to (b) the sum of the Consolidated Group’s (i) net Interest Expense, (ii) Holding Company Note Payments to the extent such payments exceed the Minimum Account Balance under the Securities Account Pledge Agreement and only to the extent such Holding Company Note Payments are permitted under this Agreement, the GE Capital Loan Agreement, the Holding Company Subordination Agreement, and the subordination granted GE Capital in connection with the GE Capital Loan Agreement, (iii) GE Capital Loan Agreement Payments, (iv) Capital Lease Payments, and (v) debt service on any Debt permitted under Section 6.2. The one-time payment of $9,000,000 to be made from proceeds of the GE Capital Loan Agreement concurrently with the execution of such agreement shall not be included in the calculation of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

 

“Floating Rate” means an annual rate at all times equal to the sum of (a) the Prime Rate and (b) the applicable Margin, which Floating Rate shall change when and as the Prime Rate changes.

 

“Floating Rate Advance” means any Advance which bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the Floating Rate.

 

“Floating Rate Funding” means any Funding which bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the Floating Rate, including Floating Rate Advances.

 

“Funded Debt” of any Person means all Debt of the Consolidated Group not constituting Subordinated Debt, but excluding any Debt arising hereunder which is secured by the Cash Collateral.

 

“Funding” means a designated portion of outstanding principal indebtedness evidenced by the Note which bears interest at a rate determined by reference to a particular Eurodollar Rate or Floating Rate, as the case may be.

 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time applied on a basis consistent with the accounting practices applied in the financial statements referred to in Section 4.5 .

 

“GE Capital” means General Electric Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

 

10


“GE Capital Loan Agreement” means the Credit Agreement which the Co-Borrowers anticipate executing with GE Capital within 45 days of the Closing Date.

 

“GE Capital Loan Agreement Payments” means any payments made pursuant to the terms of the GE Capital Loan Agreement.

 

“Guarantor” or “Guarantors” means, as the context shall require, JAC Patent, JAC Holdings, and JAC Intermedco, together with each and every additional Person which shall execute and deliver a Guaranty for the benefit of the Bank pursuant to Section 5.8 hereof.

 

“Guaranty” or “Guaranties” means a guaranty of a Guarantor made in favor of the Bank guarantying payment of all Obligations, or all of them collectively, as the context may require, and all amendments and supplements thereto and modifications thereof.

 

“Hancock” means, collectively, Hancock Mezzanine Partners L.P. and Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company.

 

“Hancock Management Agreements” means those management services agreements by and between Hancock and JAC Holdings, dated as of June 3, 1999.

 

“Hazardous Substance” means any asbestos, urea-formaldehyde, polychlorinated biphenyls, nuclear fuel or material, chemical waste, radioactive material, explosives, known carcinogens, petroleum products and by-products and other dangerous, toxic or hazardous pollutants, contaminants, chemicals, materials or substances listed or identified in, or regulated by, any Environmental Laws.

 

“Holding Company Note Payments” means those payments made pursuant to the Holding Company Notes.

 

“Holding Company Notes” means those notes issued by Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc., in favor of Caravelle and Hancock, dated as of June 3, 1999, and bought by Caravelle, Hancock Mezzanine Partners and Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company.

 

“Holding Company Subordination Agreement” means Subordination Agreement dated as of September 11, 2003, by and Among the Bank, JAC Holdings, Caravelle, Hancock, Transportation Investment Partners, L.L.C., James Cirar and Camillo M. Santomero, III.

 

“Holding Management Agreement” means that certain Management Services Agreement between JAC Holding, JAC Intermedco, the Co-Borrowers, and JAC Patent dated as of June 3, 1999.

 

“Indemnitees” has the meaning specified in Section 8.5 .

 

“Intellectual Property Rights” means all actual or prospective rights arising in connection with any intellectual property or other proprietary rights, including all rights

 

11


arising in connection with copyrights, patents, service marks, trade dress, trade secrets, trademarks, trade names or mask works.

 

“Interest Coverage Ratio” of the Consolidated Group means, with respect to any Covenant Computation Date, the ratio of the Consolidated Group’s (a) EBITDA plus expenses and/or settlement costs, without duplication, of up to $5,000,000 in the aggregate related to the Pending Employment Litigation and minus Capital Expenditures (net of Capital Expenditures made using the Consolidated Group’s cash not financed by the Bank or another lender) minus Cash Taxes, to (b) Interest Expense.

 

“Interest Expense” of the Consolidated Group means, with respect to the applicable Covenant Computation Period, the total gross interest expense on all Debt of the Consolidated Group during such period and shall in any event include, without limitation and without duplication, (a) cash interest expense less cash interest income on all Debt, (b) the amortization of Debt discounts, (c) the amortization of all fees payable in connection with the incurrence of Debt to the extent included in interest expense, (d) that portion of any Capital Lease Payment which would constitute imputed interest as determined in accordance with GAAP and (e) all fees and charges with respect to letters of credit issued for the account of the Consolidated Group.

 

‘Interest Period” means, relative to any Eurodollar Funding, the period beginning on (and including) the date on which such Eurodollar Funding is made, or continued as, or converted into, a Eurodollar Funding pursuant to Sections 2.2 , 2.3 or 2.4 and shall end on (but exclude) the day which numerically corresponds to such date one (1), two (2), or three (3) months thereafter (or, if such month has no numerically corresponding day, on the last Business Day of such month), as the Co-Borrowers may select in their relevant notice pursuant to Sections 2.2 , 2.3 , or 2.4; provided , however , that:

 

(a) no more than five (5) different Interest Periods may be outstanding at any one time with respect to the Revolving Facility;

 

(b) if an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall end on the next following Business Day (unless such next following Business Day is the first Business Day of a month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day);

 

(c) no Interest Period applicable to a Funding for the Revolving Facility may end later than the applicable Maturity Date for the Revolving Facility; and

 

“Inventory” means all inventory of the Co-Borrowers, as that term is defined in the UCC, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whether consisting of finished or unfinished goods, processed or unprocessed products, inputs, parts or components, supplies or materials, whether acquired, held or furnished for sale, for lease or under service contracts or for manufacture or processing, and wherever located.

 

12


“JAC Holdings” means JAC Holdings International, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

“JAC Intermedco” means JAC Intermedco, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

“JAC Patent” means JAC Patent Company, a Delaware corporation.

 

“Letter of Credit” has the meaning specified in Section 2.6 .

 

“Letter of Credit Amount” means the sum of (a) the aggregate remaining available amount of all issued and outstanding Letters of Credit, and (b) amounts drawn under Letters of Credit for which the Letter of Credit Bank has not been reimbursed with proceeds of a Borrowing or otherwise.

 

“Letter of Credit Bank” means the Bank (or, as applicable, one of its affiliates), in its separate capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit for the account of the Co-Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.6 .

 

“Letter of Credit Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.6(b) .

 

“Letter of Credit Sublimit” means twelve million dollars ($ 12,000,000).

 

“Level I Status” means a period of time during which the Leverage Ratio of the Consolidated Group is greater than 2.50 to 1,00.

 

“Level II Status” means a period of time during which the Leverage Ratio of the Consolidated Group is greater than 2.00 to 1.00, but less than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00.

 

“Level III Status” means a period of time during which the Leverage Ratio of the Consolidated Group is greater than 1.50 to 1.00, but less than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00.

 

“Level IV Status” means a period of time during which the Leverage Ratio of the Consolidated Group is greater than 1.00 to 1.00, but less than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00.

 

“Level V Status” means a period of time during which the Leverage Ratio of the Consolidated Group is equal to or less than 1.00 to 1.00.

 

“Leverage Ratio” of the Consolidated Group means, with respect to any Covenant Computation Date, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Group’s Funded Debt, to (b) the Consolidated Group’s EBITDA plus expenses and/or settlement costs, without duplication, of up to $5,000,000 in the aggregate related to the Pending Employment Litigation; provided , however , that for purposes of determining Status, no expenses and/or settlement costs related to the Pending Employment Litigation shall be added to the Consolidated Group’s EBITDA.

 

“LIBOR Index Rate” means relative to any Interest Period, the rate per annum determined by the Bank as of approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on the date two (2)

 

13


Business Days before the commencement of such Interest Period by reference to the British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rates for deposits in dollars offered on the London interbank dollar market for a period corresponding to the term of such Interest Period and in an amount comparable to the aggregate amount of the relevant Funding (as set forth by the Bloomberg Information Service or any successor thereto or any other service selected by the Bank that has been nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as an authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates).

 

“Licensed Intellectual Property” has the meaning specified in Section 4.16(b) .

 

“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, the Note, the Guaranties, each and every application or other agreement pursuant to which a Letter of Credit is issued and the Security Documents.

 

“Local Time” means the local time of day in Chicago, Illinois.

 

“Management Fee Payment” means any management fees or other payments payable by the Co-Borrowers or JAC Holdings pursuant to the terms of (i) the Santomero Management Agreement, (ii) the Cirar Consulting Agreement, (iii) the Hancock Management Agreements, (iv) the Caravelle Deferred Financing Fee Agreement, or (v) the Holding Management Agreement.

 

“Margin” means, with respect to computation of the applicable interest rate on Fundings under the Revolving Facility, or the Letter of Credit Fee, as the case may be, the applicable increment set forth and described in the table below, established as of the last day of each fiscal quarter according to the then applicable Status; provided, however, that any adjustment in the applicable Margin shall not become effective until the first calendar day of the first month immediately following receipt by the Bank of financial statements relating to the last day of such fiscal quarter pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof. If financial statements of the Consolidated Group necessary to establish the appropriate Margin hereunder are not received by the Bank on or prior to the date required pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, the applicable Margin shall be determined as if Level I Status were in effect and such Level I Status shall remain in effect until such time as the required financial statements are received:

 

STATUS


   EURO DOLLAR
RATE MARGIN


    FLOATING RATE
MARGIN


    LETTER OF
CREDIT
FEE
MARGIN


 

Level I Status

   4.00 %   1.25 %   4.00 %

Level II Status

   3.50 %   1.00 %   3.50 %

Level III Status

   3.25 %   0.75 %   3.25 %

Level IV Status

   2.75 %   0.50 %   2.75 %

Level V Status

   2.50 %   0.25 %   2.50 %

 

14


provided , however , that for the period commencing on the Closing Date and continuing to the date the Bank receives the Consolidated Group’s financial statements and related officer’s certificates specified in Section 5.1(b) demonstrating the financial performance of the Consolidated Group for the fiscal month ending September 30, 2003, the applicable Margins shall be determined as if Level III Status were in effect, regardless of the Leverage Ratio of the Consolidated Group for such period; provided , further , with respect to computation of the applicable interest rate on Fundings under the Revolving Facility or the Letter of Credit Fee, as the case may be, during any period in which the Consolidated Group maintains Cash Collateral pursuant to the terms of the Securities Account Pledge Agreement, the Margin for all Prime Rate Advances and Letter of Credit Advances up to an amount equal to the Cash Collateral shall be the applicable Margin as determined above, minus (i) 0.25% with respect to the Prime Rate Margin, or (ii) 0.75% with respect to the Letter of Credit Fee Margin.

 

“Master Letter of Credit Agreement” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.6(a) .

 

“Material Adverse Effect” means, with respect to any event or circumstance, a material adverse effect on:

 

(a) the business, financial condition, operations or prospects of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole;

 

(b) the ability of a Credit Party to perform its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party;

 

(c) the validity, enforceability or collectibility of any Loan Document; or

 

(d) the status, existence, perfection, priority or enforceability of any lien or security interest granted pursuant to any Security Document.

 

“Maturity Date” means September 11, 2006.

 

15


“Mortgage” or “Mortgages” means each mortgage or deed of trust, as the case may be, from the appropriate Credit Party owning real property described in Schedule 4.15 , pursuant to which such Credit Party grants the Bank, a mortgage lien on such real property and related improvements to secure payment of the Obligations, or all such Mortgages collectively, as the context may require, and all amendments and supplements thereto and modifications thereof.

 

“Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan (as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA) to which any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or is obligated to contribute.

 

“Note” means the Revolving Note.

 

“Obligations” means each and every Debt, liability and other obligation of every type and description arising under or in connection with any of the Loan Documents which any Credit Party may now or at any time hereafter owe to the Bank, whether such debt, liability or obligation now exists or is hereafter created or incurred, whether it is direct or indirect, due or to become due, absolute or contingent, primary or secondary, liquidated or unliquidated, or sole, joint, several or joint and several, and including specifically, but not limited to, the Letter of Credit Amount, and all indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Co-Borrowers arising under or evidenced by the Note.

 

“Off-the-shelf Software” has the meaning specified in Section 4.16(b) .

 

“Outstanding Obligations” means, as of the date of determination, the outstanding principal amount of all Obligations.

 

“Owned Intellectual Property” has the meaning specified in Section 4.16(a) .

 

“Payee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.16 .

 

“Payment Conditions” shall mean (a) no Default or Event of Default shall be in existence or shall occur as a result of the proposed payment on the Holding Company Notes and (b) the following tests are met: (i) the Co-Borrowers are in compliance with the minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio requirements set forth in Section 5.11 for the two Covenant Computation Dates immediately preceding the date of such proposed payment of the Holding Company Notes; (ii) the Co-Borrowers are in compliance with the minimum EBITDA requirements set forth in Section 5.9 for the four quarters immediately preceding the date of the proposed payment of the Holding Company Notes; and (iii) availability under the Credit Agreement shall equal or exceed $15,000,000 on the date of (and after giving effect to) the proposed payment of the Holding Company Notes. The determination of compliance with the foregoing shall be made by the Bank in its good faith judgment based upon information furnished by the Co-Borrowers and in form and substance acceptable to the Bank and such other information as the Bank shall request.

 

16


“Pending Employment Litigation” means (i) litigation or administrative proceedings related to unfair labor claims of the United Steelworkers of America against the Co-Borrowers before the National Labor Relations Board related to expiration of the Co-Borrowers collective bargaining agreement in October 2001; (ii) the case captioned United Steelworkers of America, Geraldine Deemer and Daryl Shetler v. Johnstown America Corporation, No. 02806, commenced in the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania, and any appeals arising from and related to such case, and (iii) USWA, Reggie Britt, et. al v. Johnstown America Corp., Inc., No. 03-1298, commenced in the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania, and any appeals arising from and related to such case.

 

“Pension Plan” means a pension plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) maintained for employees of any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate and covered by Title IV of ERISA.

 

“Permitted Distribution” means any distribution or dividend necessary (i) to make a Holding Company Note Payment permitted in accordance with the terms of the Holding Company Subordination Agreement or (ii) to make a Management Fee Payment permitted in accordance with the terms of the Holding Company Subordination Agreement.

 

“Permitted Liens” has the meaning specified in Section 6.1 .

 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

“Plan” means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) maintained for employees of any Credit Party or ERISA Affiliate.

 

“Prime Rate” means, for any day, the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by the Bank as its “prime rate” (whether or not such rate is actually charged by the Bank), or if the Bank ceases to announce such a rate so designated, any similar successor rate designated by the Bank in its reasonable discretion. Any change in the Prime Rate announced by the Bank shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

 

“Reportable Event” means a reportable event (as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA), other than an event for which the 30-day notice requirement under ERISA has been waived in regulations issued by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

 

“Return” has the meaning specified in Section 2.17(b)(i) .

 

“Revolving Advance” means a loan of funds by the Bank to the Co-Borrowers under the Revolving Facility, including both Floating Rate Advances and Eurodollar Advances made thereunder.

 

17


“Revolving Commitment” shall mean twenty million dollars ($20,000,000), being the maximum amount of the Revolving Commitment of the Bank, unless such amount is adjusted pursuant to Section 2.14(a) , in which event it means the amount to which said amount is adjusted pursuant thereto, or as the context may require, the obligation of the Bank to make Revolving Advances and provide for issuance of Letters of Credit, as contemplated in Sections 2.1 and 2.6.

 

“Revolving Commitment Termination Date” means the earlier of (a) the Maturity Date with respect to the Revolving Facility or (b) the date on which the Revolving Commitment is terminated pursuant to Section 7.2 or reduced to zero pursuant to Section 2.14(a) .

 

“Revolving Facility” means the revolving credit facility being made available to the Co-Borrowers by the Bank pursuant to Section 2.1 .

 

“Revolving Facility Outstanding Amount” means, as of the date of determination, the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Advances, and (b) the Letter of Credit Amount.

 

“Revolving Note” means a promissory note of the Co-Borrowers payable to a Bank in the amount of the Bank’s Revolving Commitment, in substantially the. form of Exhibit B (as such promissory note may be amended, extended or otherwise modified from time to time), evidencing the aggregate indebtedness of the Co-Borrowers to the Bank, and also means each promissory note accepted by the Bank from time to time in substitution therefor or in renewal thereof.

 

“Santomero Investor” means any of (i) Camillo M. Santomero III, (ii) any spouse or lineal descendant of Camillo M. Santomero, and (iii) any trust, family limited partnership or limited liability company, the sole members, partners or beneficiaries thereof are persons described in clauses (i) and (ii).

 

“Santomero Management Agreement” means that Santomero Management Agreement by and among Camillo M. Santomero, III, JAC Holdings, JAC Intermedco, JAC Patent, and the Co-Borrowers, dated as of June 3,1999.

 

“Securities Account Pledge Agreement” means the Securities Account Pledge Agreement of the Co-Borrowers’ in favor of the Bank, dated as of even date herewith.

 

“Security Agreement” or “Security Agreements” means the security agreement of a Credit Party for the benefit of the Bank pursuant to which such Credit Party grants the Bank a security interest in substantially all the personal property of such Credit Party to secure payment of the Obligations, or all of them collectively, as the context may require, and all amendments and supplements thereto and modifications thereof.

 

“Security Documents” means each Security Agreement, Securities Account Pledge Agreement, Mortgage, Trademark and Patent Security Agreement and each and every

 

18


additional agreement entered into by any Credit Party for the benefit of the Bank to secure payment of the Obligations or otherwise relating to any Collateral.

 

“Status” means the financial condition of the Consolidated Group determined in accordance with the definitions of “Level I Status,” “Level II Status,” “Level III Status,” “Level IV Status,” and “Level V Status.”

 

“Subordinated Debt” means all indebtedness, if any (including principal, interest and fees thereon), subordinated to payment of the Obligations pursuant to a Subordination Agreement.

 

“Subordination Agreement” or “Subordination Agreements” means any agreement (in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank) executed and delivered by a holder of Subordinated Debt in favor of the Bank pursuant to which such holder subordinates payment of the Subordinated Debt held by it to payment of the Obligations, or all of them collectively, as the context may require, and all amendments and supplements thereto and modifications thereof.

 

“Subsidiary” of a Person means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding equity or membership interests or shares of capital stock having general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect a majority of the board of directors (or other governing body) of such entity, (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock or membership interests of any other class or classes shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person, by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or by one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

“Taxes” has the meaning specified in Section 2.16 .

 

“Trademark and Patent Security Agreement” or “Trademark and Patent Security Agreements” means a separate security agreement of a Credit Party for the benefit of the Bank pursuant to which such Credit Party grants the Bank a security interest in all trademarks now or hereafter held by such Credit Party to secure payment of the Obligations, or all of them collectively, as the context may require, and all amendments and supplements thereto and modifications thereof.

 

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the state designated in Section 8.7(a) as the state whose laws shall govern this Agreement, or in any other state whose laws are held to govern this Agreement or any portion hereof.

 

19


 

ARTICLE II

 

CREDIT FACILITY

 

Section 2.1 Commitment as to Revolving Facility . The Bank hereby agrees, on the terms and subject to the conditions herein set forth, including specifically satisfaction of all conditions set forth in Section 3.2 hereof, to make Revolving Advances to the Co-Borrowers from time to time during the period from the date hereof to and including the Revolving Commitment Termination Date, in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the Revolving Commitment; provided , however , that the Bank shall not be required to fund any such Borrowing if, after giving effect to such Borrowing, the Revolving Facility Outstanding Amount would exceed the Borrowing Base. Within the above limits, the Co-Borrowers may obtain Revolving Advances, prepay Revolving Advances in accordance with the terms hereof and reborrow Revolving Advances in accordance with the applicable terms and conditions of this Article II.

 

Section 2.2 Procedures for Borrowing Under the Revolving Facility . A request for a Revolving Advance shall be made or shall be deemed to be made, each in the following manner: the Borrower requesting such Revolving Advance shall give the Bank same day notice, no later than 1:00 P.M., Local Time, for such day, of its request for a Revolving Advance as a Floating Rate Advance and at least three (3) Business Days prior notice of its request for a Revolving Advance as a Eurodollar Advance, in which notice such Borrower shall specify the amount of the proposed borrowing and the proposed borrowing date; provided, however, that no such request may be made at a time when there exists a Default or Event of Default. In the event that a Borrower maintains a controlled disbursement account at the Bank, each check presented for payment against such controlled disbursement account and any other charge or request for payment against such controlled disbursement account shall constitute a request for a Revolving Advance as a Floating Rate Advance. As an accommodation to Borrowers, the Bank may permit telephone requests for Revolving Advances and electronic transmittal of instructions, authorizations, agreements or reports to the Bank by the Co-Borrower specifically directs the Bank in writing not to accept or act upon telephonic or electronic communications from such Co-Borrower, the Bank shall have no liability to the Co-Borrowers for any loss or damage suffered by a Co-Borrower as a result of the Bank’s honoring of any requests, execution of any instructions, authorizations or agreements or reliance on any reports communicated to it telephonically or electronically and purporting to have been sent to the Bank by a Co-Borrower and the Bank shall have no duty to verify the origin of any such communication or the authority of the Person sending it.

 

Each Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes the Bank to disburse the proceeds of each Revolving Advance requested by such Co-Borrower, or deemed to be requested by such Borrower, as follows: Subject to satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Article III, the proceeds of each Revolving Advance requested under the Section 2.2 shall be disbursed by the Bank in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds, in the case of the initial borrowing, in accordance with the terms of the written disbursement letter from such Co-Borrower, and in the case of each

 

20


subsequent borrowing, by wire transfer or Automated Clearing House (ACH) transfer to such bank account as may be agreed upon by such Co-Borrower and the Bank from time to time, or elsewhere if pursuant to a written direction from such Co-Borrower.

 

Section 2.3. Converting Floating Rate Fundings to Eurodollar Fundings; Procedures . So long as no Default or Event of Default shall exist, the Co-Borrowers may convert all or any part of any outstanding Floating Rate Funding under the Revolving Facility into a Eurodollar Funding by giving notice to the Bank of such conversion not later than 11:00 a.m., Local Time, on a Business Day which is at least three (3) Business Days prior to the date of the requested conversion. Each such notice shall be irrevocable, shall be effective upon receipt by the Bank, shall be in writing or by telephone or telecopy transmission, to be confirmed in writing by the Co-Borrowers if so requested by the Bank (in the form of Exhibit D) , shall specify the date and amount of such conversion, the total amount of the Funding to be so converted and the Interest Period therefor. Each conversion of a Funding shall be on a Business Day, and the aggregate amount of each such conversion of a Floating Rate Funding to a Eurodollar Funding shall be in an amount equal to $1,000,000 or a higher integral multiple of $1,000,000.

 

Section 2.4. Procedures at End of an Interest Period . Unless the Co-Borrowers request a new Eurodollar Funding in accordance with the procedures set forth below, or prepays the principal of an outstanding Eurodollar Funding at the expiration of an Interest Period, the Bank shall automatically and without request of the Co-Borrowers convert each Eurodollar Funding to a Floating Rate Funding on the last day of the relevant Interest Period. So long as no Default or Event of Default shall exist, the Co-Borrowers may cause all or any part of any outstanding Eurodollar Funding to continue to bear interest at a Eurodollar Rate after the end of the then applicable Interest Period by notifying the Bank not later than 11:00 a.m., Local Time, on a Business Day which is at least three (3) Business Days prior to the first day of the new Interest Period. Each such notice shall be in writing or by telephone or telecopy transmission, to be confirmed in writing by the Co-Borrowers if so requested by the Bank (in the form of Exhibit E ), shall be irrevocable, effective when received by the Bank, and shall specify the first day of the applicable Interest Period, the amount of the expiring Eurodollar Funding to be continued and the Interest Period therefor. Each new Interest Period shall begin on a Business Day and the amount of each Funding bearing a new Eurodollar Rate shall be in an amount equal to $1,000,000 or a higher integral multiple of $1,000,000.

 

Section 2.5. Setting and Notice of Rates . The applicable Eurodollar Rate for each Interest Period shall be determined by the Bank on the second Business Day prior to the beginning of such Interest Period, whereupon notice thereof (which may be by telephone) shall be given by the Bank to the Co-Borrowers. Each such determination of the applicable Eurodollar Rate shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties hereto, in the absence of demonstrable error. The Bank, upon written request of the Co-Borrowers, shall deliver to the Co-Borrowers a statement showing the computations used by the Bank in determining the applicable Eurodollar Rate hereunder.

 

21


Section 2.6. Commitment to Issue Letters of Credit . The Letter of Credit Bank agrees, from the date hereof to and including the Revolving Commitment Termination Date, to issue one or more letters of credit for the account of the Co-Borrowers, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth below:

 

(a) Each letter of credit issued pursuant to this Section 2.6, shall be referred to herein as a “Letter of Credit.” No Letter of Credit shall be issued by the Letter of Credit Bank if, after giving effect to the issuance of such Letter of Credit (i) the Letter of Credit Amount would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit or (ii) the Revolving Facility Outstanding Amount would exceed the Borrowing Base. The expiration date of any Letter of Credit shall not be later than the earlier of (A) one year after the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit, or (B) twenty-five (25) days prior to the Revolving Commitment Termination Date. The Co-Borrowers may renew any Letter of Credit with a one year tenor for additional one year periods upon five (5) days prior written notice to the Letter of Credit Bank, so long as the expiry date thereof complies with the preceding sentence upon such renewal. Each Letter of Credit will be issued under and pursuant to the terms and conditions of a Master Letter of Credit Agreement by and between the Co-Borrowers and the Letter of Credit Bank (the “Master Letter of Credit Agreement”) governing all Letters of Credit to be issued hereunder, and upon no less than five (5) Business Days’ prior written application from the Co-Borrowers to the Letter of Credit Bank as contemplated therein. The application requesting issuance of a Letter of Credit shall be on the Letter of Credit Bank’s standard form or such other form as may be agreed to by the Letter of Credit Bank and the Co-Borrowers. In the event that any of the terms of such application are inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall govern. The Letter of Credit Bank shall not be obligated to issue a Letter of Credit unless on the date of issuance all of the conditions precedent specified in Section 3.2 shall have been satisfied as fully as if the issuance of such Letter of Credit were a Revolving Advance.

 

(b) The Co-Borrowers agree to pay to the Bank, a commission with respect to each Letter of Credit (herein, the “Letter of Credit Fee”) computed as the product of (i) an annual rate equal to the applicable Margin for Letters of Credit in effect on the date payment of the Letter of Credit Fee becomes due and payable hereunder, and (ii) the face amount of the applicable Letter of Credit outstanding from time to time. The Letter of Credit Fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each calendar quarter, or upon such other terms as may be agreed upon by the Co-Borrowers and the Bank at the time of issuance of any such Letter of Credit; provided , however , that from and after the occurrence of an Event of Default and continuing thereafter until such Event of Default shall be remedied to the written satisfaction of the Bank, the applicable Letter of Credit Fee payable hereunder with respect to each Letter of Credit shall be equal to the sum of the product of (i) the sum of (1) the Margin otherwise in effect with respect to such Letter of Credit, and (ii) the face amount of the applicable Letter of Credit outstanding from time to time. If any Letter of Credit Fee so paid is greater than the amount that actually accrues (as a

 

22


result of cancellation of the Letter of Credit prior to the end of its stated term), the Co-Borrowers shall be entitled to a credit for the amount of any such Letter of Credit Fee not earned.

 

(c) Upon issuance of a Letter of Credit hereunder, and without any further notice to the Bank, the Bank shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Letter of Credit Bank an undivided participating interest in the Letter of Credit Bank’s risk and obligation under such Letter of Credit and in the obligation of the Letter of Credit Bank to honor drafts thereunder, and in the amount of any drawing thereunder, and in all rights of the Letter of Credit Bank to obtain reimbursement from the Co-Borrowers in the amount of such drawing, and all other rights of the Letter of Credit Bank with respect thereto, in an amount equal to the product of (i) the maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit and the amount of any drawing thereunder, respectively and (ii) the Revolving Facility. Whenever a draft submitted under a Letter of Credit is paid by the Letter of Credit Bank, the Letter of Credit Bank shall so notify the Bank and shall request immediate reimbursement from the Co-Borrowers for the amount of the draft. If sufficient funds are not immediately paid to the Bank by the Co-Borrowers, the Co-Borrowers shall be deemed to have requested a Borrowing under the Revolving Facility pursuant to Section 2.2 and the Bank shall be notified of such request in accordance with Section 2.2 and shall fund such request for a Borrowing as Floating Rate Advances (in accordance with their respective Percentages) for purposes of reimbursing the Letter of Credit Bank for the amount of such draft so paid by the Letter of Credit Bank (less any amounts realized by the Letter of Credit Bank pursuant to the second sentence of this Section 2.6(c)) . If for any reason or under any circumstance (including, without limitation, the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the conditions set forth in Section 3.2 ) the Bank does not make such Revolving Advances as contemplated above and the Co-Borrowers do not otherwise reimburse the Letter of Credit Bank for the amount of the draft so paid by the Letter of Credit Bank, the Co-Borrowers shall nonetheless be obligated to reimburse the amount of the draft to the Letter of Credit Bank, with interest upon such amount at the Default Rate from and after the date such draft is paid by the Letter of Credit Bank until the amount thereof is repaid to the Letter of Credit Bank in full. If the Letter of Credit Bank shall not have obtained reimbursement for any drawing under a Letter of Credit (whether from the Co-Borrowers or as proceeds of a Borrowing), upon demand of the Bank, the Bank shall immediately advance the amount to the Letter of Credit Bank and shall be entitled to interest on such participating interest at the Default Rate until reimbursed in full by the Co-Borrowers.

 

(d) The Bank and the Co-Borrowers agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Bank shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft and certificates expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such

 

23


document. The Letter of Credit Bank shall not be liable to the Bank for: (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Bank; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document executed in connection with a Letter of Credit.

 

(e) The Co-Borrowers hereby assume all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Co-Borrowers’ pursuing such rights and remedies as they may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. The Letter of Credit Bank shall not be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (vii) of subsection (f) below. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing: (i) the Letter of Credit Bank may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary; and (ii) the Letter of Credit Bank shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

 

(f) The obligation of the Co-Borrowers under this Agreement to reimburse the Letter of Credit Bank for a drawing under a Letter of Credit shall be unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

 

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement, the Master Letter of Credit Agreement or any letter of credit application;

 

(ii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the obligations of the Co-Borrowers in respect of any Letter of Credit or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from any letter of credit application;

 

(iii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right that the Co-Borrowers may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the Letter of Credit Bank or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or any unrelated transaction;

 

(iv) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under any Letter of Credit;

 

24


(v) any payment by the Letter of Credit Bank under any Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of any Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the Letter of Credit Bank under any Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any insolvency proceeding;

 

(vi) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any other guarantee, for all or any of the obligations of the Co-Borrowers in respect of any Letter of Credit; or

 

(vii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Co-Borrowers or a guarantor.

 

(g) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.6 to the contrary, including particularly subsections (e) and (f) above, the Co-Borrowers may have a claim against the Letter of Credit Bank and the Letter of Credit Bank may be liable to the Co-Borrowers, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Co-Borrowers which the Co-Borrowers prove were caused by the Letter of Credit Bank’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or the willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to the Letter of Credit Bank by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit.

 

(h) The Co-Borrowers shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless each Indemnitee from and against all losses, liabilities, claims, damages, judgments, costs and expenses, including but not limited to all reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses, incurred by the Indemnitees or imposed upon the Indemnitees at any time by reason of the issuance, demand for honor or honor of any Letter of Credit or the enforcement, protection or collection of the Letter of Credit Bank’s claims against the Co-Borrowers under this Section 2.6 or by reason of any act or omission of any Indemnitee in connection with any of the foregoing; provided , however , that such indemnification shall not extend to losses, liabilities, claims, damages, judgments, costs and expenses to the extent arising from any act or omission of an Indemnitee which constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

(i) The Co-Borrowers hereby agree to pay to the Letter of Credit Bank, on demand, all administrative fees charged by the Letter of Credit Bank in the ordinary course of business in connection with the issuance of letters of credit, honoring of drafts under letters of credit, amendments thereto, transfers thereof and all other

 

25


activity with respect to letters of credit, at the then current rates established by the Letter of Credit Bank from time to time for such services rendered on behalf of customers of the Letter of Credit Bank generally.

 

Section 2.7. Interest on Note . The Co-Borrowers hereby agree to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Note for the period commencing on the date of this Agreement until the unpaid principal amount thereof is paid in full, in accordance with the following:

 

(a) Floating Rate Fundings . Subject to subsection (c) below, while any outstanding principal of a Note constitutes a Floating Rate Funding, the outstanding principal balance thereof shall bear interest at an annual rate at all times equal to the Floating Rate applicable to such Floating Rate Funding.

 

(b) Eurodollar Fundings . Subject to subsection (c) below, while any outstanding principal of the Note constitutes a Eurodollar Funding, the outstanding principal balance thereof shall bear interest for the applicable Interest Period at an annual rate equal to the Eurodollar Rate established with respect such Eurodollar Funding in accordance with Section 2.2 , 2.3 or 2.4 hereof.

 

(c) Default Rate . From and after the occurrence of an Event of Default and continuing thereafter until such Event of Default shall be remedied to the written satisfaction of the Bank, the outstanding principal balance of the Note shall bear interest, until paid in full, at a rate equal to the sum of (i) the interest rate otherwise in effect with respect to such outstanding principal and (ii) two percent (2%). In addition, any unreimbursed amounts payable under Section 2.6 and all fees, indemnification obligations and other Obligations not paid when due hereunder shall bear interest, until paid in full, at an annual rate equal to the sum of (i) the Floating Rate (with the then applicable Revolving Facility Margin) and (ii) two percent (2%) (each rate described in this subsection (c) herein a “Default Rate”).

 

(d) Savings Clause . Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.7 to the contrary, at no time shall the Co-Borrowers be obligated or required to pay interest on any Obligation at a rate which could subject the Bank to either civil or criminal liability as a result of being in excess of the maximum interest rate which the Co-Borrowers are permitted by applicable law. If, under the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the Co-Borrowers are at any time required or obligated to pay interest on any Obligation at a rate in excess of such maximum rate, the Floating Rate, Eurodollar Rate or Default Rate, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be immediately reduced to such maximum rate and all previous payments in excess of the maximum rate shall be deemed to have been payments in reduction of principal and not on account of any interest thereon due hereunder. All sums paid or agreed to be paid to the Bank for the use, forbearance or detention of any Obligation, shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized, prorated, allocated and spread throughout the full stated term of the Obligation to which such payment applies until

 

26


payment in fall so that the rate or amount of interest on account of any such Obligation does not exceed the maximum lawful rate of interest from time to time in effect and applicable to such Obligation for so long as the Obligation is outstanding.

 

Section 2.8. Obligation to Repay Advances; Representations . The Co-Borrowers shall be obligated to repay all Advances under this Article II notwithstanding the failure of the Bank to receive any written request therefor or written confirmation thereof and notwithstanding the fact that the person requesting the same was not in fact authorized to do so. Any request for a Borrowing under the Revolving Facility, whether written, telephonic, telecopy or otherwise, shall be deemed to be a representation by the Co-Borrowers that (a) the amount of the requested Borrowing, when added to the Revolving Facility Outstanding Amount, as applicable, would not cause the Revolving Facility Outstanding Amount to exceed the Borrowing Base, and (b) the statements set forth in Section 3.2 are correct as of the time of the request.

 

Section 2.9. Note; Amortization . All Revolving Advances made by the Bank hereunder shall be evidenced by and repayable in accordance with the Note issued by the Co-Borrowers to the Bank. The aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Note shall bear interest at the applicable Floating Rate unless a Eurodollar Rate shall become applicable thereto pursuant to Sections 2.2 , 2.3 or 2.4 , and shall be payable on the Maturity Date with respect thereto or earlier in accordance with Section 7.2 .

 

Section 2.10. Interest Due Dates . Accrued interest on each Eurodollar Funding shall be payable on the last day of the Interest Period relating to such Eurodollar Funding; provided , however , that if any Interest Period is longer than three (3) months, interest shall be payable in arrears (3) three months, or a whole multiple thereof, after the first day of such Interest Period and on the last day of the Interest Period. Accrued interest on each Floating Rate Funding shall be payable monthly in arrears on the last day of each month and at maturity.

 

Section 2.11. Computation of Interest and Fees . Interest accruing on the Note and on the unreimbursed portion of any Letter of Credit Amount, all Letter of Credit Fees, Commitment Fees and other fees described in Section 2.12 shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of three hundred sixty (360) days.

 

Section 2.12. Fees . The Co-Borrowers hereby agree to pay the following fees to the Bank in accordance with the following:

 

(a) Origination and Structuring Fees. The Co-Borrowers agree to pay (i) to the Bank, for the sole and exclusive account of the Bank, the one-time arrangement and origination fees payable to the Bank of two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000).

 

(b) Commitment Fee . The Co-Borrowers agree to pay to the Bank, an ongoing commitment fee (the “Commitment Fee”) computed as the product of an annual rate equal to (i) if the Bank has made Advances (A) in an amount equal to or less than 50% of the Revolving Commitment, 0,50% or (B) in amount greater than

 

27


50% of the Revolving Commitment, 0.35%, and (ii) the daily average amount by which (A) the sum of the Revolving Commitment exceeds (B) the Revolving Facility Outstanding Amount from the Closing Date to and including the Revolving Commitment Termination Date, payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter. Any such Commitment Fee remaining unpaid on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date shall be due and payable on such date.

 

(c) Audit Fees . The Co-Borrowers agree to pay to the Bank, on written demand, reasonable fees charged by the Bank in connection with any audits or inspections by the Bank (or by the employees, agents, consultants or auditors of the Bank) of any Collateral or the operations or businesses of any Credit Party, together with actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in conducting any such audit or inspection; provided , however , that until the occurrence of an Event of Default the Co-Borrowers shall not be obligated to reimburse the Bank for more than two (2) such audits or inspections conducted by the Bank during any fiscal year of the Co-Borrowers.

 

Section 2.13. Use of Proceeds . Proceeds of the initial Borrowing under the Revolving Facility shall be used by the Co-Borrowers for working capital purposes and general corporate purposes.

 

Section 2.14. Voluntary Reduction or Termination of the Revolving Commitment; Prepayments .

 

(a) Reduction or Termination of Revolving Commitment . The Co-Borrowers, from time to time upon not less than thirty (30) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Bank, may permanently reduce the Revolving Commitment; provided , however , that no such reduction shall reduce the Revolving Commitment to an amount less than the Revolving Facility Outstanding Amount. Any such voluntary reduction shall be in an aggregate amount equal to $2,000,000 or a higher integral multiple of $1,000,000. The Co-Borrowers at any time prior to the Revolving Commitment Termination Date may terminate the Revolving Commitment by (i) providing to the Bank not less than thirty (30) Business Days’ prior written notice of their intention to so terminate the Revolving Commitment and (ii) making payment in full of the Note and all other monetary Obligations and terminating, or making a cash deposit with respect to, all outstanding Letters of Credit.

 

(b) Prepayments . If the Revolving Facility Outstanding Amount shall at any time exceed the Borrowing Base, the Co-Borrowers shall immediately prepay the Revolving Advances in an amount equal to such excess, without notice or demand by the Bank. The Co-Borrowers from time to time may voluntarily prepay the Note in whole or in part. In the event of either mandatory prepayment or voluntary prepayment hereunder (i) any prepayment of the Revolving Facility shall be applied against outstanding Advances of the Bank, (ii) each prepayment of the Note shall be made to the Bank not later than 2:00 p.m. Local Time, on a Business Day, and funds

 

28


received after that hour shall be deemed to have been received by the Bank on the next following Business Day, (iii) each partial prepayment of Fundings which, at the time of such prepayment, bear interest at a Eurodollar Rate shall be accompanied by accrued interest on such partial prepayment through the date of prepayment and additional compensation calculated in accordance with Section 2.18 , (iv) each partial prepayment of Fundings with respect to the Revolving Facility which, at the time of such prepayment, bear interest at a Eurodollar Rate, shall be in an aggregate amount equal to the applicable minimum Funding amount specified in Section 2.4 for the Revolving Facility and, after application of any such prepayment, shall not result in a Eurodollar Funding remaining outstanding in an amount less than such minimum Funding amount, and (v) each partial prepayment of Fundings with respect to the Revolving Facility which, at the time of such prepayment, bear interest at a Floating Rate, shall be in an aggregate amount equal to $2,000,000 or a higher integral multiple of $1,000,000, unless (in either case) the aggregate outstanding balance of the Note under the Revolving Facility being prepaid is less than the minimum Funding amount, in which event any such prepayment may be in such lesser amount.

 

Section 2.15. Payments .

 

(a) Making of Payments . All payments of principal of and interest due with respect to the Revolving Facility shall be made to the Bank. All payments of fees pursuant to Section 2.12 shall be made to the Bank for the account of the Bank, as specified in Section 2.12 . All payments on account of the Revolving Facility shall be made to the Bank at its office in Chicago, Illinois not later than 2:00 p.m. Local Time, on the date due, in immediately available funds, and funds received after that hour shall be deemed to have been received on the next following Business Day. The Co-Borrowers hereby authorize the Bank to charge the Co-Borrowers’ demand deposit account maintained with the Bank for the amount of any Obligation on its due date, but the Bank’s failure to so charge any such account shall in no way affect the obligation of the Co-Borrowers to make any such payment. All payments under Section 2.16 , 2.17 or 2.18 shall be made by the Co-Borrowers directly to the Bank entitled thereto.

 

(b) Setoff . The Co-Borrowers agree that the Bank shall have all rights of setoff and bankers’ lien provided by applicable law, and in addition thereto, the Co-Borrowers agree that if at any time any Obligation is due and owing by the Co-Borrowers under this Agreement to the Bank at a time when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing hereunder, the Bank may apply any and all balances, credits, and deposits, accounts or moneys of the Co-Borrowers then or thereafter in the possession of the Bank (excluding, however, any trust or escrow accounts held by the Co-Borrowers for the benefit of any third party) to the payment thereof.

 

(c) Due Date Extension . Subject to subsection (b) of the definition of “Interest Period” with respect to Eurodollar Fundings, if any payment of principal of or interest on any Funding or any fees payable hereunder falls due on a day which is

 

29


not a Business Day, then such due date shall be extended to the next following Business Day, and (in the case of principal) additional interest shall accrue and be payable for the period of such extension.

 

(d) A pplication of Payments . Except as otherwise provided herein, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing hereunder, each payment received from the Co-Borrowers shall be applied to such Obligation as the Co-Borrowers shall specify by notice to be received by the Bank on or before the date of such payment, or in the absence of such notice, as the Bank shall determine in its discretion.

 

Section 2.16. Taxes . All payments made by the Co-Borrowers to the Bank (herein any “Payee”) under or in connection with this Agreement or the Note shall be made without any setoff or other counterclaim, and shall be free and clear of and without deduction for or on account of any present or future taxes now or hereafter imposed by any governmental or other authority, except to the extent that any such deduction or withholding is compelled by law. As used herein, the term “Taxes” shall include all income, excise and other taxes of whatever nature (other than taxes generally assessed on the overall net income of a Payee by the government or other authority of the country, state or political subdivision in which such Payee is incorporated or in which the office through which such Payee is acting is located) as well as all levies, imposts, duties, charges, or fees of whatever nature. “Taxes” shall not include, however, any foreign withholding taxes or similar deductions imposed solely as a result of the Bank’s election to fund an Advance through a foreign office of the Bank. If any Co-Borrower is notified that it is compelled by law to make any deductions or withholdings on account of any Taxes (including any foreign withholding) it will:

 

(a) pay to the relevant authorities the full amount required to be so withheld or deducted;

 

(b) pay such additional amounts (including, without limitation, any penalties, interest or expenses) as may be necessary in order that the net amount received by the Payee after such deductions or withholdings (including any required deduction or withholding on such additional amounts) shall equal the amount the Payee would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made; and

 

(c) promptly forward to the Bank (for delivery to the appropriate Payee) an official receipt or other documentation satisfactory to the Bank evidencing such payment to such authorities.

 

The amount that any Co-Borrower shall be required to pay to any Payee pursuant to the foregoing clause (b) shall be reduced, to the extent permitted by applicable law, by the amount of any offsetting tax benefit which such Payee receives as the result of the Co-Borrowers’ payment to the relevant authorities as reasonably determined by such Payee; provided , however, that if such Payee shall subsequently determine that it has lost the benefit of all or a portion of such tax benefit, the Co-Borrower shall promptly remit to such Payee

 

30


the amount certified by such Payee to be the amount necessary to restore such Payee to the position it would have been in if no payment had been made pursuant to this sentence. If any Taxes otherwise payable by any of the Co-Borrowers pursuant to the foregoing are directly asserted against a Payee, such Payee may pay such taxes, and that Co-Borrowers promptly shall reimburse such Payee to the full extent otherwise required under this Section 2.16 . The obligations of the Co-Borrowers under this Section 2.16 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 2.17. Increased Costs; Capital Adequacy; Funding Exceptions .

 

(a) Increased Costs on Eurodollar Advances . If Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or after the date of this Agreement the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change in any existing law, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by a Bank with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency, shall:

 

(i) subject the Bank to or cause the withdrawal or termination of any exemption previously granted to the Bank with respect to, any tax, duty or other charge with respect to its Eurodollar Fundings or its obligation to make Eurodollar Fundings, or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to the Bank of the principal of or interest under this Agreement in respect of its Eurodollar Fundings or its obligation to make Eurodollar Fundings (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of the Bank imposed by the jurisdictions in which the Bank’s principal executive office is located); or

 

(ii) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including, without limitation, any reserve imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, but excluding any reserve included in the determination of interest rates pursuant to Section 2.5) , special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, the Bank; or

 

(iii) impose on the Bank any other condition affecting its making, maintaining or funding of its Eurodollar Fundings or its obligation to make Eurodollar Fundings;

 

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to the affected Bank of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Funding, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by the Bank under this Agreement or under the Note with respect to a Eurodollar Funding, then the Bank will notify the Co-Borrowers of such increased cost and within fifteen (15) days after demand by the Bank (which demand shall be accompanied by a statement setting forth the basis of such demand) the Co-Borrowers shall pay to the Bank such additional amount or amounts as will

 

31


compensate the Bank for such increased cost or such reduction; provided , however , that no such increased cost or such reduction shall be payable by the Co-Borrowers for any period longer than ninety (90) days prior to the date on which notice thereof is delivered to the Co-Borrowers. The Bank will promptly notify the Co-Borrowers of any event of which it has knowledge, occurring after the date hereof, which will entitle the Bank to compensation pursuant to this Section 2.17 . If the Co-Borrowers receive notice from the Bank of any event which will entitle such Bank to compensation pursuant to this Section 2.17 , the Co-Borrowers may prepay any then outstanding Eurodollar Fundings or notify the Bank that any pending request for a Eurodollar Funding shall be deemed to be a request for a Floating Rate Funding, in each case subject to the provisions of Section 2.18 .

 

(b) Capital Adequacy . If the Bank determines at any time that the Bank’s Return has been reduced as a result of any Capital Adequacy Rule Change, the Bank may require the Co-Borrowers to pay to the Bank the amount necessary to restore the Bank’s Return to what it would have been had there been no Capital Adequacy Rule Change. For purposes of this Section 2.17(b) , the following definitions shall apply:

 

(i) “Return”, for any calendar quarter or shorter period, means the percentage determined by dividing (A) the sum of interest and ongoing fees earned by the Bank under this Agreement during such period by (B) the average capital the Bank is required to maintain during such period as a result of its being a party to this Agreement, as determined by the Bank based upon its total capital requirements and a reasonable attribution formula that takes account of the Capital Adequacy Rules then in effect. Return may be calculated for the Bank for each calendar quarter and for the shorter period between the end of a calendar quarter and the date of termination in whole of this Agreement.

 

(ii) “Capital Adequacy Rule” means any generally applicable law, rule, regulation or guideline regarding capital adequacy that applies to the Bank, or the interpretation thereof by any governmental or regulatory authority. Capital Adequacy Rules include rules requiring financial institutions to maintain total capital in amounts based upon percentages of outstanding loans, binding loan commitments and letters of credit.

 

(iii) “Capital Adequacy Rule Change” means any generally applicable change in any Capital Adequacy Rule occurring after the date of this Agreement, but does not include any changes in applicable requirements that at the date hereof are scheduled to take place under the existing Capital Adequacy Rules or any increases in the capital that the Bank is required to maintain to the extent that the increases are required due to a regulatory authority’s assessment of the Bank’s financial condition.

 

32


The initial notice sent by the Bank shall be sent as promptly as practicable after the Bank learns that its Return has been reduced, shall include a demand for payment of the amount necessary to restore the Bank’s Return for the quarter in which the notice is sent, and shall state in reasonable detail the cause for the reduction in the Bank’s Return and the Bank’s calculation of the amount of such reduction; provided , however , that no such increased cost or such reduction shall be payable by the Co-Borrowers for any period longer than ninety (90) days prior to the date on which notice thereof is delivered to the Co-Borrowers. Thereafter, the Bank may send a new notice during each calendar quarter setting forth the calculation of the reduced Return for that quarter and including a demand for payment of the amount necessary to restore the Bank’s Return for that quarter. The Bank’s calculation in any such notice shall be conclusive and binding absent demonstrable error.

 

(c) Basis for Determining Interest Rate Inadequate or Unfair . If with respect to any Interest Period:

 

(i) the Bank determines that deposits in U.S. dollars (in the applicable amounts) are not being offered in the London interbank eurodollar market for such Interest Period; or

 

(ii) the Bank determines that by reason of circumstances affecting the London interbank eurodollar market adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable Eurodollar Rate; or

 

(iii) the Bank determines that the Eurodollar Rate as determined by the Bank will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to the Bank of maintaining or funding a Eurodollar Funding for such Interest Period, or that the making or funding of Eurodollar Fundings has become impracticable as a result of an event occurring after the date of this Agreement which in the opinion of the Bank materially affects such Eurodollar Fundings;

 

then the Bank shall promptly notify the affected parties and (A) in the event of any occurrence described in the foregoing clause (i) the Co-Borrowers shall enter into good faith negotiations with the Bank in order to determine an alternate method to determine the Eurodollar Rate for the Bank, and during the pendancy of such negotiations with the Bank, the Bank shall be under no obligation to make any new Eurodollar Fundings, and (B) in the event of any occurrence described in the foregoing clauses (ii) or (iii), for so long as such circumstances shall continue, the Bank shall not be under any obligation to make any new Eurodollar Fundings.

 

(d) Illegality . In the event that any change in (including the adoption of any new) applicable laws or regulations, or any change in the interpretation of applicable laws or regulations by any governmental authority, central bank, comparable agency or any other regulatory body charged with the interpretation, implementation or administration thereof, or compliance by the Bank with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority,

 

33


central bank, comparable agency or other regulatory body, should make it or, in the good faith judgment of the Bank, shall raise a substantial question as to whether it is unlawful for the Bank to make, maintain or fund Eurodollar Fundings, then (i) the Bank shall promptly notify the Co-Borrowers, (ii) the obligation of the Bank to make, maintain or convert into Eurodollar Fundings shall, upon the effectiveness of such event, be suspended for the duration of such unlawfulness, and (iii) for the duration of such unlawfulness, any notice by the Co-Borrowers pursuant to Sections 2.2 , 2.3 or 2.4 requesting the Bank to make or convert into Eurodollar Fundings shall be construed as a request to make or to continue making Floating Rate Fundings.

 

(e) Procedures to Mitigate . If circumstances arise in respect of the Bank which would or would upon the giving of notice result in any liability of the Co-Borrowers under this Section 2.17 then, without in any way limiting, reducing or otherwise qualifying the Co-Borrowers’ obligations under this Section 2.17 , the Bank shall promptly, upon becoming aware of the same, notify Co-Borrowers thereof and shall, in consultation with the Co-Borrowers and to the extent that it can do so without, in its reasonable judgment, disadvantaging itself, take such reasonable steps as may be available to it to mitigate the effects of such circumstances (including, without limitation, the designation of an alternate office or the transfer of its Eurodollar Fundings to another office).

 

Section 2.18. Funding Losses . The Co-Borrowers hereby agree that upon demand by the Bank (which demand shall be accompanied by a statement setting forth the basis for the calculations of the amount being claimed) the Co-Borrowers will indemnify the Bank against any loss or expense which the Bank may have sustained or incurred (including, without limitation, any net loss or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by the Bank to fund or maintain Eurodollar Fundings) or which the Bank may be deemed to have sustained or incurred, as reasonably determined by the Bank, (i) as a consequence of any failure by the Co-Borrowers to make any payment when due of any amount due hereunder in connection with any Eurodollar Fundings, (ii) due to any failure of the Co-Borrowers to borrow or convert any Eurodollar Fundings on a date specified therefor in a notice thereof or (iii) due to any payment or prepayment of any Eurodollar Funding on a date other than the last day of the applicable Interest Period for such Eurodollar Funding. For this purpose, all notices under Sections 2.2 , 2.3 and 2.4 shall be deemed to be irrevocable.

 

Section 2.19. Right of Bank to Fund through Other Offices . The Bank, if it so elects, may fulfill its agreements hereunder with respect to any Eurodollar Funding by causing a foreign branch or affiliate of the Bank to make such Eurodollar Funding; provided , that in such event the obligation of the Co-Borrowers to repay such Eurodollar Funding shall nevertheless be to the Bank and the Eurodollar Funding shall be deemed held by the Bank for the account of the branch or affiliate.

 

Section 2.20. Discretion of Bank as to Manner of Funding . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall be entitled to fund and

 

34


maintain all or any part of its Eurodollar Fundings in any manner it deems fit, it being understood, however, that for the purposes of this Agreement (specifically including, without limitation, Section 2.18 hereof) all determinations hereunder shall be made as if the Bank had actually funded and maintained each Eurodollar Funding during each Interest Period for such Eurodollar Funding through the purchase of deposits having a maturity corresponding to such Interest Period and bearing an interest rate equal to the appropriate Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period.

 

Section 2.21. Conclusiveness of Statements; Survival of Provisions. Determinations and statements of the Bank pursuant to Section 2.16, 2.17, or 2.18 shall be conclusive absent demonstrable error. The Bank may use reasonable averaging and attribution methods in determining compensation pursuant to such Sections 2.16, 2.17 or 2.18 and the provisions of Sections 2.16 , 2.17 and 2.18 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE III

 

CONDITIONS OF LENDING

 

Section 3.1. Conditions Precedent to the Initial Advance . The obligation of the Bank to fund the initial Advances or issue any Letter of Credit is subject to the condition precedent that the Bank shall have received the following, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank:

 

(a) The Note, properly executed on behalf of the Co-Borrowers.

 

(b) The Guaranties, properly executed on behalf of the appropriate Guarantor.

 

(c) The Security Documents (other than the Mortgages), properly executed on behalf of the appropriate Credit Party, together with:

 

(i) financing statements with respect to each Credit Party to be filed in all jurisdictions which, in the opinion of the Bank, are reasonably necessary to perfect the security interests created by the Security Documents, to the extent such security interests can be perfected by filing; and

 

(ii) current searches of appropriate filing offices in each state (and county, to the extent relevant) in which a Credit Party has an office or otherwise conducts business (including, without limitation, patent and trademark offices, secretaries of state and county recorders) showing that no state or federal tax liens have been filed and remain in effect against any Credit Party, and that no financing statements or other notifications or filings have been filed and remain in effect against any Credit Party, other than those for which the Bank has received an appropriate release, termination or satisfaction or those permitted in accordance with Section 6.1 .

 

35


(d) Evidence of all insurance required by the terms of any Loan Document, together with appropriate certificates and loss payable endorsements showing the Bank as additional insured and loss payee thereunder.

 

(e) Evidence that all actions which, in the opinion of the Bank, are reasonably necessary to perfect and protect the security interests created by the Security Documents have been taken.

 

(f) Copies of the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws (or other comparable organizational documents) of each Credit Party, certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of such Credit Party as being true and correct copies thereof.

 

(g) A certificate of good standing for each Credit Party, dated not more than thirty (30) days prior to the date hereof, and evidence satisfactory to the Bank that each Credit Party is qualified to conduct its business in each state where it presently conducts such business if failure to obtain any such qualification or licensing would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(h) A signed copy of a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of each Credit Party which shall certify the names of the officers of such Credit Party authorized to sign the Loan Documents to which such Credit Party is a party and the other documents or certificates to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement, including (as to the Co-Borrowers) requests for Advances and Eurodollar Fundings, together with the true signatures of such officers. The Bank may conclusively rely on such certificates until it shall receive a further certificate of the Secretary of an Assistant Secretary of a Credit Party canceling or amending the prior certificate and submitting the signatures of the officers named in such further certificate.

 

(i) A Borrowing Base Certificate as of a date not more than ten (10) days prior to the Closing Date.

 

(j) Collateral audit reports in all respects satisfactory to the Bank.

 

(k) The following financial information: (i) audited financial statements for the period ednded December 31, 2002 for the Consolidated Group (as of such date), (ii) interim financial statements of the Consolidated Group for the period from December 31, 2002 through July 31, 2003; and (iii) a business plan for the Co-Borrowers’ 2003 fiscal year, including a written analysis of the business and prospects for the Consolidated Group for such year and for each year thereafter through the Co-Borrowers’ fiscal year end, 2006, together with financial projections for the period commencing December 31, 2002, and ending on January 1, 2007, prepared by management of the Co-Borrowers, together with a summary of key assumptions utilized by management in the preparation of such projections.

 

(l) The Securities Account Pledge Agreement, properly executed on behalf of the Co-Borrowers.

 

36


(m) Holding Company Subordination Agreement.

 

(n) A signed copy of an opinion of counsel for each Credit Party addressed to the Bank.

 

(o) Availability of at least three million dollars ($3,000,000) under the Revolving Commitment at Closing.

 

(p) Payment of all fees and expenses then due and payable pursuant to Sections 2.12 and 8.4 hereof.

 

Section 3.2. Conditions Precedent to All Advances . The obligation of the Bank to make each Advance or issue a Letter of Credit shall be subject to the further conditions precedent that on such date:

 

(a) the representations and warranties contained in Article IV hereof are correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Advance or Letter of Credit as though made on and as of such date;

 

(b) no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such Advance or Letter of Credit, which constitutes a Default or an Event of Default; and

 

(c) there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition or prospects of any Credit Party since the date of the financial statements described in Section 4.5 .

 

ARTICLE IV

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

The Co-Borrowers represent and warrant to the Bank as follows:

 

Section 4.1. Legal Existence and Power; Name; Chief Executive Office . Each Credit Party is a legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its respective state of organization, and is duly licensed or qualified to transact business in all jurisdictions where the character of the property owned or leased or the nature of the business transacted by it makes such licensing or qualification necessary and where failure to obtain such licensing or qualification would have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Credit Party has all requisite power and authority, corporate or otherwise, to conduct its business, to own its properties and to execute and deliver, and to perform all of its obligations under, the Loan Documents to which it is a party. Within the last twelve (12) months, each Credit Party has done business solely under the names set forth in Schedule 4.1 . The state of organization and the chief executive office and principal place of business of each Credit Party are designated as such in Schedule 4.1 , each other place of

 

37


business of each Credit Party is located at the address set forth in Schedule 4.1 and all records relating to their respective businesses are kept at those locations.

 

Section 4.2. Authorization for Borrowings and Letters of Credit; No Conflict as to Law or Agreements . The execution, delivery and performance by each Credit Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and the Letters of Credit and Advances from time to time obtained hereunder, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not (a) require any consent or approval which has not been obtained prior to the date hereof, (b) require any authorization, content or approval by, or registration, declaration or filing (other than filing of financing statements as contemplated hereunder) with, or notice to, any governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, or any third party, except such authorization, consent, approval, registration, declaration, filing or notice as has been obtained, accomplished or given prior to the date hereof, (c) violate any provision of any law, rule or regulation (including, without limitation, Regulations T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) or of any order, writ, injunction or decree presently in effect having applicability to a Credit Party or of the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents of a Credit Party, (d) result in a breach of or constitute a default under any indenture or loan or credit agreement or any other material agreement, lease or instrument to which any Credit Party is a party or by which it or its properties may be bound or affected, or (e) result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance of any nature upon or with respect to any of the properties now owned or hereafter acquired by an Credit Party (other than as required hereunder in favor of the Bank).

 

Section 4.3. Legal Agreements . Each of the Loan Documents constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations and agreements of the Credit Party which is a party thereto, enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance its terms, except to the extent that enforcement thereof may be limited by an applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws now or hereafter in effect affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

 

Section 4.4. Subsidiaries . All Subsidiaries of each Credit Party (both direct and indirect) are set forth and described in the organizational chart in Schedule 4.4 .

 

Section 4.5. Financial Condition; No Adverse Change . The Co-Borrowers have heretofore furnished to the Bank audited financial statements of the Consolidated Group for its fiscal year ended December 30, 2002, and unaudited financial statements of the Consolidated Group for the year-to-date period ended July 31, 2003, and those financial statements fairly present the financial condition of the Consolidated Group on the dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended (subject to year-end audit adjustments) and were prepared in accordance with GAAP. Since the date of the financial statements described above, there has not occurred any event or circumstance that would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

38


Section 4.6. Litigation . There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the respective knowledge of the Credit Parties, threatened against or affecting any Credit Party or the properties of any Credit Party before any court or governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, which, if determined adversely to such Person, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth and described in Schedule 4.6 .

 

Section 4.7. Regulation U . No Credit Party has engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), and no part of the proceeds of any Advance will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

 

Section 4.8. Taxes . To their respective knowledge, each Credit Party has paid or caused to be paid to the proper authorities when due all federal, state and local taxes required to be withheld by it. Each Credit Party has filed all federal, state and local tax returns which to the knowledge of the officers of such Credit Party, are required to be filed, and each Credit Party has paid or caused to be paid to the respective taxing authorities all taxes as shown on said returns or on any assessment received by it to the extent such taxes have become due, except for any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested by an Credit Party in good faith and by proper proceedings and for which such Credit Party shall have set aside adequate reserves.

 

Section 4.9. Titles and Liens . A Credit Party has good and absolute title to all properties and assets reflected in the latest balance sheet referred to in Section 4.5 , free and clear of all mortgages, security interests, liens and encumbrances, except for (a) mortgages, security interests and liens permitted by Section 6.1 , and (b) covenants, restrictions, rights, easements and minor irregularities in title which do not (i) materially interfere with the business or operations of any Credit Party as presently conducted and (ii) materially impair the value of the property to which they attach. In addition, no financing statement naming any Credit Party as debtor is on file in any office except to perfect only security interests permitted by Section 6.1 .

 

Section 4.10. Plans . Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.10 , none of the Co-Borrowers, any other Credit Party or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates (i) maintains or has maintained any Pension Plan, (ii) contributes or has contributed to any Multiemployer Plan or (iii) provides or has provided post-retirement medical or insurance benefits with respect to employees or former employees (other than benefits required under Section 601 of ERISA, Section 4980B of the Code or applicable state law). None of the Co-Borrowers, any other Credit Party or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has received any notice or has any knowledge to the effect that it is not in full compliance with any of the requirements of ERISA, the Code or applicable state law with respect to any Plan. No Reportable Event exists in connection with any Pension Plan. Each Plan which is intended to qualify under the Code is so qualified, and no fact or circumstance exists which may have an adverse effect on the Plan’s tax-qualified status. None of the Co-Borrowers, any other Credit Party or any of

 

39


their respective ERISA Affiliates has (i) any accumulated funding deficiency (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code) under any Plan, whether or not waived, (ii) any liability under Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA for any withdrawal, partial withdrawal, reorganization or other event under any Multiemployer Plan or (iii) any liability or knowledge of any facts or circumstances which could result in any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor or any participant in connection with any Plan (other than routine claims for benefits under the Plan).

 

Section 4.11. Default . Each Credit Party is in compliance with all provisions of all agreements, instruments, decrees and orders to which it is a party or by which it or its property is bound or affected, the breach or default of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.12. Environmental Compliance . Each Credit Party has obtained all permits, licenses and other authorizations which are required under federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to emissions, discharges, releases of pollutants, contaminants, hazardous or toxic materials, or wastes into ambient air, surface water, ground water or land, or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of pollutants, contaminants or hazardous or toxic materials or wastes (“Environmental Laws”) at their respective facilities or in connection with the operation of its facilities. Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.12 , each Credit Party and all activities of each Credit Party, at its facilities comply with all material Environmental Laws and with all terms and conditions of any required permits, licenses and authorizations applicable to such Person with respect thereto. Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.12 , each Credit Party is in compliance with all limitations, restrictions, conditions, standards, prohibitions, requirements, obligations, schedules and timetables contained in Environmental Laws or contained in any plan, order, decree, judgment or notice of which such Credit Party is aware and with respect to which noncompliance would have a Material Adverse Effect Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.12 , no Credit Party is aware of, nor has any Credit Party received notice of, any events, conditions, circumstances, activities, practices, incidents, actions or plans which may interfere with or prevent continued compliance with, or which may give rise to any liability under, any Environmental Laws.

 

Section 4.13. Submissions to Bank . All financial and other information provided to the Bank by or on behalf of any Credit Party in connection with the Co-Borrowers’ request for the credit facilities contemplated hereby is true and correct in all material respects and, as to projections, valuations or pro forma financial statements, present a good faith opinion as of the date made as to such projections, valuations and pro forma condition and results.

 

40


Section 4.14. Financial Solvency . Both before and after giving effect to all of the loans, guaranties and other financial accommodations contemplated herein, each Credit Party:

 

(a) was not and will not be insolvent, as that term is used and defined in Section 101(32) of the United States Bankruptcy Code and Section 2 of the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act;

 

(b) does not have unreasonably small capital and is not engaged or about to engage in a business or a transaction for which any remaining assets of such Credit Party are unreasonably small;

 

(c) does not, by executing, delivering or performing its obligations under the Loan Documents or by taking any action with respect thereto, intend to, nor believe that it will, incur debts beyond its ability to pay them as they mature;

 

(d) does not, by executing, delivering or performing its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party or by taking any action with respect thereto, intend to hinder, delay or defraud either its present or future creditors; and

 

(e) does not contemplate filing a petition in bankruptcy or for an arrangement or reorganization or similar proceeding under any law any jurisdiction or country, and, to the best knowledge of such Credit Party, is not the subject of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings or similar proceedings under any law of any jurisdiction or country threatened or pending against such Credit Party;

 

provided , however , that for purposes of the foregoing representation relating to a Guarantor, no Guaranty executed by a Guarantor shall be deemed a liability of such Guarantor,

 

Section 4.15 Information Regarding Real Estate . Set forth and described in Schedule 4.15 is a true and accurate description of each parcel of real estate owned or leased by a Credit Party and which is not otherwise truly and accurately described in any Mortgage or other Security Document.

 

Section 4.16 Intellectual Property Rights .

 

(a) Owned Intellectual Property . Schedule 4.16 is a complete list of all patents, applications for patents, trademarks, applications for trademarks, service marks, applications for service marks, mask works, trade dress and copyrights for which any Credit Party is the registered owner (the “Owned Intellectual Property”). Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.16 , (i) a Credit Party owns the Owned Intellectual Property free and clear of all restrictions (including covenants not to sue a third party), court orders, injunctions, decrees, writs or liens, whether by written agreement or otherwise, (ii) no Person other than a Credit Party owns or has been granted any right in the Owned Intellectual Property, (iii) all Owned Intellectual Property is valid, subsisting and enforceable and (iv) each Credit Party has taken all commercially reasonable action necessary to maintain and protect the Owned Intellectual Property owned by it.

 

41


(b) Intellectual Property Rights Licensed from Others . Schedule 4.16 is a complete list of all agreements under which any Credit Party has licensed Intellectual Property Rights from another Person (“Licensed Intellectual Property”) other than readily available, non-negotiated licenses of computer software and other intellectual property used solely for performing accounting, word processing and similar administrative tasks (“Off-the-shelf Software”) and a summary of any ongoing payments the applicable Credit Party is obligated to make with respect thereto. Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.16 and in written agreements copies of which have been given to the Bank, each Credit Party’s licenses to use the Licensed Intellectual Property are free and clear of all restrictions, liens, court orders, injunctions, decrees, or writs, whether by written agreement or otherwise. Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.16 , no Credit Party is obligated or under any liability whatsoever to make any payments of a material nature by way of royalties, fees or otherwise to any owner of, licensor of, or other claimant to, any Intellectual Property Rights.

 

(c) Infringement . Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.16 , no Credit Party has any knowledge of, and has not received any written claim or notice alleging, any infringement of another Person’s Intellectual Property Rights (including any written claim that a Credit Party must license or refrain from using the Intellectual Property Rights of any third party) nor, to the knowledge of any Credit Party, is there any threatened claim or any reasonable basis for any such claim.

 

ARTICLE V

 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE CO-BORROWERS

 

So long as the Note or Letter of Credit shall remain unpaid or outstanding or any Revolving Commitment shall be outstanding, the Co-Borrowers will comply with the following requirements, unless the Bank shall otherwise consent in writing:

 

Section 5.1. Reporting Requirements . The Co-Borrowers will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Bank each of the following, which shall be in form and detail reasonably acceptable to the Bank:

 

(a) as soon as available, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Co-Borrowers, audited annual financial statements of the Consolidated Group with the unqualified opinion of independent certified public accountants selected by the Consolidated Group and acceptable to the Bank, which annual financial statements shall include the balance sheets of the Consolidated Group as at the end of such fiscal year and the related statements of income, retained earnings and cash flows of the Consolidated Group for the fiscal year then ended, prepared on a consolidating and consolidated basis, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with (i) a report signed, by such accountants stating that in making the investigations necessary for said opinion they obtained no knowledge, except as specifically stated, of any Default or Event of

 

42


Default hereunder and all relevant facts in reasonable detail to evidence, and the computations as to, whether or not the Co-Borrowers are in compliance with the Financial Covenants; and (ii) a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Co-Borrowers, substantially in the form of Exhibit F , stating that such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and whether or not such officer has knowledge of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder and, if so, stating in reasonable detail the facts with respect thereto, and a budget for the current fiscal year and financial projections for the current fiscal year and for the immediately succeeding fiscal year;

 

(b) as soon as available and in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal month of the Co-Borrowers, an unaudited/interim balance sheet and statement of income, cash flow and retained earnings of the Consolidated Group as at the end of and for such fiscal month and for the year-to-date period then ended, prepared on a consolidating and consolidated basis, in reasonable detail and stating in comparative form the budget of the Consolidated Group for such fiscal month and for the year-to-date period then ended and the figures for the corresponding date and periods in the previous year, all prepared in accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end audit adjustments;

 

(c) as soon as available and in any event within twenty (20) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Co-Borrowers, a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Co-Borrowers, substantially in the form of Exhibit G , stating (i) that such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end audit adjustments, (ii) whether or not such officer has knowledge of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder not theretofore reported and remedied and, if so, stating in reasonable detail the facts with respect thereto, and (iii) all relevant facts in reasonable detail to evidence, and the computations as to (A) the applicable Status for purposes of establishing the appropriate Margins and (B) whether or not the Co-Borrowers are in compliance with the Financial Covenants;

 

(d) within fifteen (15) days after the end of each month, a properly completed and executed Borrowing Base Certificate as at the end of such month;

 

(e) not later than January 31 of each fiscal year of the Co-Borrowers, the projected balance sheets, income statements, Capital Expenditures budget, and cash flow statements for the Consolidated Group for each month of such year, each in reasonable detail, representing the good faith projections of the Co-Borrowers for each such month, and certified by the Co-Borrowers’ chief financial officer as being the most accurate projections available and identical to the projections used by the Co-Borrowers for internal planning purposes, together with such supporting schedules and information as the Bank from time to time may reasonably request;

 

(f) as soon as available and in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal month of the Co-Borrowers, any and all receivables schedules,

 

43


collection, agings of accounts receivable and accounts payable, inventory reports and such other material reports, records or information as the Bank from time to time may reasonably request;

 

(g) as soon as available and in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal month of the Co-Borrowers, an account statement with respect to the Account (as defined in the Securities Account Pledge Agreement) from the institution holding such Account;

 

(h) immediately after the commencement thereof, notice in writing of all uninsured litigation and of all proceedings before any governmental or regulatory agency affecting any Credit Party of the type described in Section 4.6 or which (i) seek a monetary recovery against any Credit Party in excess of $250,000 or (ii) if determined adversely to any Credit Party, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(i) as promptly as practicable (but in any event not later than five (5) Business Days) after an officer of the Co-Borrowers obtains knowledge of the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default hereunder, notice of such occurrence, together with a detailed statement by a responsible officer of the Co-Borrowers setting forth the steps being taken by the Co-Borrowers to cure the effect of such Default or Event of Default;

 

(j) as promptly as practicable, and in any event within thirty (30) days after the Co-Borrowers know or have reason to know that any Reportable Event with respect to any Pension Plan has occurred, the Co-Borrowers will deliver to the Bank a statement of the Co-Borrowers’ (or, as applicable, other Credit Party’s) chief financial officer setting forth details as to such Reportable Event and the action which the Co-Borrowers (or, as applicable, other Credit Party) propose to take with respect thereto, together with a copy of the notice of such Reportable Event to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation;

 

(k) as promptly as practicable, and in any event within ten (10) days after any Credit Party fails to make any quarterly contribution required with respect to any Pension Plan under Section 412(m) of the Code, the Co-Borrowers will deliver to the Bank a statement of the Co-Borrowers’ (or, as applicable, other Credit Party’s) chief financial officer setting forth details as to such failure and the action which the Co-Borrowers (or, as applicable, other Credit Party) propose to take with respect thereto, together with a copy of any notice of such failure required to be provided to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation;

 

(l) as promptly as practicable, and in any event with ten (10) days after the Co-Borrowers know or have reason to know that the Co-Borrowers or any other Credit Party have or are reasonably expected to have any liability under Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA for any withdrawal, partial withdrawal, reorganization or other event under any Multiemployer Plan, the Co-Borrowers will deliver to the Bank a

 

44


statement of the Co-Borrowers’ (or, as applicable, other Credit Party’s) chief financial officer setting forth details as to such liability and the action which Co-Borrowers (or, as applicable, other Credit Party) propose to take with respect thereto;

 

(m) promptly upon obtaining knowledge thereof, notice of the violation by any Credit Party of any law, rule or regulation, the non-compliance with which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(n) promptly upon their distribution, copies of all financial statements, reports, proxy statements and other communications which the Co-Borrowers shall have sent to its stockholders;

 

(o) promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of all regular and periodic financial reports which the Co-Borrowers shall file with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any national securities exchange; and

 

(p) not later than December 31 of each year, updated certificates of insurance in each case demonstrating coverage for all tangible Collateral and showing the Bank as additional insured, loss payee and otherwise satisfying all requirements specified in any Loan Document.

 

Section 5.2. Books and Records; Inspection and Examination . The Co-Borrowers will keep, and will cause each other Credit Party to keep, accurate books of record and account for itself pertaining to its business and financial condition and such other matters as the Bank may from time to time request in which true and complete entries will be made in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and, upon request of and reasonable notice by the Bank, will permit any officer, employee, attorney or accountant for the Bank to audit, review, make extracts from or copy any and all corporate and financial books and records of any Credit Party at all reasonable times during ordinary business hours, to send and discuss with account debtors and other obligors requests for verification of amounts owed to any Credit Party, and to discuss the affairs of any Credit Party with any of its directors, officers, employees or agents. The Co-Borrowers will permit the Bank or its employees, accountants, attorneys or agents, to examine and inspect any property of any Credit Party at any time during ordinary business hours; provided, that the Bank will use reasonable efforts to conduct (or have conducted) any such examination or inspection so as to minimize disruptions to the operations of such Credit Party.

 

Section 5.3. Compliance with Laws . The Co-Borrowers will, and will cause each Credit Party to, (a) comply with the requirements of all applicable laws and regulations including (but not limited to) all Environmental Laws and (b) use and keep its assets, and will require that others use and keep its assets, only for lawful purposes, without violation of any federal, state or local law, statute or ordinance.

 

Section 5.4. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims . The Co-Borrowers will pay or discharge, and will cause each other Credit Party to pay or discharge, when due, (a) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon it or upon its income or

 

45


profits, upon any properties belonging to it prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, (b) all federal, state and local taxes required to be withheld by it, and (c) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien or charge upon any properties of a Credit Party; provided , that no Credit Party shall be required to pay any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which such Credit Party has set aside adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP.

 

Section 5.5. Maintenance of Properties . The Co-Borrowers will keep and maintain, and will cause each other Credit Party to keep and maintain, all of its properties necessary or useful in its business in good condition, repair and working order (normal wear and tear excepted); provided , however , that nothing in this Section 5.5 shall prevent a Credit Party from discontinuing the operation and maintenance of any of its properties if such discontinuance is, in the reasonable judgment of such Credit Party, desirable in the conduct of such Credit Party’s business and not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Bank. The Co-Borrowers will and will cause each other Credit Party to take all commercially reasonable steps necessary to protect and maintain its Intellectual Property Rights. The Co-Borrowers will and will cause each other Credit Party to take all commercially reasonable steps necessary to prosecute any Person infringing its Intellectual Property Rights and to defend itself against any Person accusing it of infringing any Person’s Intellectual Property Rights.

 

Section 5.6. Insurance . The Co-Borrowers will obtain and at all times maintain, and will cause each other Credit Party to obtain and at all times maintain, insurance with insurers believed by it to be responsible and reputable in such amounts and against such risks as is usually carried by companies engaged in similar business and owning similar properties in the same general areas in which it operates.

 

Section 5.7. Preservation of Legal Existence . The Co-Borrowers will preserve and maintain, and will cause each other Credit Party to preserve and maintain, its legal existence and all of its rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business and shall conduct its business in an orderly, efficient and regular manner.

 

Section 5.8. Creation of New Credit Parties and Subsidiaries . The Co-Borrowers will not create any Subsidiary, nor will it acquire any business which would constitute a Subsidiary, without first obtaining the prior written approval of the Bank. The Co-Borrowers will cause each new Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Bank, a Guaranty, a Security Agreement and a Trademark and Patent Security Agreement, each in form and content acceptable to the Bank, whereupon such Subsidiary shall constitute a Credit Party hereunder. In the event that any such Subsidiary is organized under a jurisdiction other than the United States of America or a state thereof, the Bank will negotiate in good faith with the Co-Borrowers and such Subsidiary to include provisions in such Subsidiary’s Guaranty designed to prevent deemed distributions to the Co-Borrowers under Section 956 of the Code; provided , however , that such provisions shall preserve the maximum security in

 

46


such Subsidiary and its assets for the Bank possible in connection with such considerations; provided , further , that the Bank shall not be responsible to the Co-Borrowers, any Credit Party, any such Subsidiary or any other Person for the sufficiency of such provisions to accomplish their stated purpose.

 

Section 5.9. Minimum EBITDA . As of each Covenant Computation Date, the Co-Borrowers will achieve minimum EBITDA ( plus expenses and/or settlement costs, without duplication, of up to $5,000,000 in the aggregate related to the Pending Employment Litigation) for the Consolidated Group of not less than $8,500,000.

 

Section 5.10. Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio . As of each Covenant Computation Date, the Co-Borrowers will maintain the Interest Coverage Ratio of the Consolidated Group at not less than 3.75 to 1.00.

 

Section 5.11. Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . As of each Covenant Computation Date, the Co-Borrowers will maintain the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Consolidated Group at not less than 1.15 to 1.00.

 

Section 5.12. Maximum Leverage Ratio . As of each Covenant Computation Date, the Co-Borrowers will maintain the Leverage Ratio of the Consolidated Group at not more than 2.75 to 1.00.

 

Section 5.13. Landlord Waivers . Not later than ninety (90) days following the Closing Date, the Co-Borrowers will have obtained and delivered to the Bank landlord and/or warehouseman lien waivers, as appropriate, for each location where any Collateral is located that is not owned by a Credit Party, such waivers to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank. After the expiration of such ninety (90) day period, all otherwise Eligible Finished Inventory and Eligible Semi-Finished Inventory located at any such non-owned location for which an appropriate waiver has not been obtained will no longer constitute Eligible Finished Inventory or Eligible Semi-Finished Inventory and will continue not to constitute Eligible Finished Inventory or Eligible Semi-Finished unless and until such waiver is obtained.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

So long as the Note or any Letter of Credit shall remain unpaid or outstanding or any Revolving Commitment shall be outstanding, the Co-Borrowers will comply with the following requirements, unless the Bank shall otherwise consent in writing:

 

Section 6.1. Liens . The Co-Borrowers will not, and will not permit any other Credit Party to, create, incur or suffer to exist any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest, assignment or transfer upon or of any assets of any Credit Party, now

 

47


owned or hereafter acquired, to secure any indebtedness; excluding from the operation of the foregoing (herein “Permitted Liens”):

 

(a) mortgages, deeds of trust, pledges, liens, security interests and assignments in existence on the date hereof and listed in Schedule 6.1 (including any subsequent extension or renewal of such mortgages, deeds of trust, pledges, liens, security interests and assignments to the extent (i) the related extension or renewal of the Debt secured thereby is otherwise permitted under this Agreement, (ii) the principal amount secured thereby is not increased above the amount outstanding immediately prior to such extension or renewal, and (iii) the property subject thereto is not increased);

 

(b) liens for taxes or assessments or other governmental charges to the extent not required to be paid by Section 5.4 ;

 

(c) materialmen’s, merchants’, carriers ’, worker’s, repairer’s, or other like liens arising in the ordinary course of business to the extent not required to be paid by Section 5.4 ;

 

(d) pledges or deposits to secure obligations under worker’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance and social security laws, or to secure the performance of bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or leases or to secure statutory obligations or surety or appeal bonds, or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds in the ordinary course of business;

 

(e) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, restrictions on the use of real property or minor irregularities in title thereto, which do not materially impair the use of such property in the operation of the business of any Credit Party or the value of such property for the purpose of such business;

 

(f) liens and security interests granted to the Bank pursuant to any of the Security Documents;

 

(g) liens and security interests granted to GE Capital in connection with the GE Capital Loan Agreement;

 

(h) purchase money mortgages, liens or security interests, including conditional sale agreements, capital lease liabilities or other title retention agreements and leases which are in the nature of title retention agreements, upon or in property acquired after the date hereof by a Credit Party, or mortgages, liens or security interests existing in such property at the time of the acquisition thereof, provided that :

 

(i) no such mortgage, lien or security interest extends or shall extend to or cover any property of a Credit Party other than the property then being acquired; and

 

48


(ii) the aggregate principal amount of the indebtedness secured by any such mortgage, lien or security interest shall not exceed the cost of such property so acquired in connection therewith;

 

(i) bankers’ liens, rights of set off or similar rights as to accounts maintained with a financial institution; and

 

(j) licenses, leases or subleases granted to other Persons if and to the extent such licenses, leases and subleases do not interfere in any material respect with the business of any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries and does not diminish the value of, or impair any right of the Bank in or to any Collateral (as such term is defined in the applicable Security Agreement).

 

Section 6.2. Indebtedness . The Co-Borrowers will not, and will not permit any other Credit Party to, incur, create, assume, permit or suffer to exist, any indebtedness or liability on account of deposits or advances or any indebtedness for borrowed money, or any other indebtedness or liability evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar obligations, except:

 

(a) Obligations arising hereunder;

 

(b) Obligations owing to GE Capital in connection with the GE Capital Loan Agreement;

 

(c) Obligations arising under the Holding Company Notes and any additional Holding Company Notes issued to pay interest on such Notes;

 

(d) Subordinated Debt issued to refinance the Holding Company Notes provided such Subordinated Debt is (i) incurred solely by JAC Holdings, (ii) the terms of such Subordinated Debt are no less favorable to JAC Holdings as the terms of the Holding Company Notes, and (iii) the holder or holders of such Subordinated Debt enter into a Subordination Agreement acceptable in form and substance to the Bank;

 

(e) indebtedness in existence on the date hereof and listed in Schedule 6.2 ; together with any extension, renewal or replacement thereof (so long as such indebtedness is not increased above the amount outstanding immediately prior to giving effect to any such extension, renewal or replacement);

 

(f) Capital Leases, operating leases, and indebtedness of a Credit Party secured by security interests permitted by Section 6.l(h) . not to exceed $1,500,000 in annual payments in the aggregate at any time outstanding, net of any payments received pursuant to those Capital Leases and other transactions; and

 

(g) intercompany loans by and between the Credit Parties.

 

49


Section 6.3. Guaranties . The Co-Borrowers will not, and will not permit any other Credit Party to, assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise become directly or contingently liable in connection with any obligations of any other Person, except:

 

(a) the Guaranties;

 

(b) guarantees required under the GE Capital Loan Agreement;

 

(c) the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(d) guaranties, endorsements and other direct or contingent liabilities in connection with the obligations of other Persons in existence on the date hereof and listed in Schedule 6.3 ; together with any extension, renewal or replacement thereof (so long as such indebtedness is not increased above the amount outstanding immediately prior to giving effect to any such extension, renewal or replacement).

 

Section 6.4. Investments . The Co-Borrowers will not, and will not permit any other Credit Party to, purchase or hold beneficially any stock or other securities or evidences of indebtedness of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, or create or acquire any Subsidiary or make any investment or acquire any interest whatsoever in, any other Person, except:

 

(a) investments in direct obligations of the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof whose obligations constitute the full faith and credit obligations of the United States of America having a maturity of one (1) year or less, commercial paper issued by a U.S. corporation rated “A-l” or “A-2” by Standard & Poors Rating Group or “P-l” or “P-2” by Moody’s Investors Service, investments in money market mutual funds whose underlying assets are exclusively investments which would otherwise be permitted investments under this Section 6.4(a) , or repurchase agreements, certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances having a maturity of one (1) year or less issued by members of the Federal Reserve System having deposits in excess of $500,000,000 (which certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances are fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation);

 

(b) travel advances or loans to officers and employees of any Credit Party not exceeding at any one time an aggregate for all members of the Consolidated Group of $100,000;

 

(c) advances in the form of progress payments, prepaid rent or security deposits in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(d) investments by any Credit Party in another Credit Party, including intercompany transfers, advances, loans, guarantees or other financial accommodations.

 

50


Section 6.5. Restricted Payments . The Co-Borrowers will not declare or pay any dividends on any shares of any class of its stock, or directly or indirectly apply any assets to the redemption, retirement, purchase or other acquisition of any shares of any class of stock of the Co-Borrowers or make any payments or distributions for any reason to or for the account or benefit of any Affiliate, except (a) Permitted Distributions, (b) payments owing under transactions with affiliates otherwise permitted by Section 6.7 hereof; and (c) payments permitted under Section 6.15 hereof (to the extent not duplicative of Permitted Distributions).

 

Section 6.6. Restrictions on Sale and Issuance of Subsidiary Stock . The Co-Borrowers will not:

 

(a) permit any of its Subsidiaries to issue or sell any shares of any class of such Subsidiary’s stock to any other Person (other than to the Co-Borrowers or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Co-Borrowers); or

 

(b) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any shares of any class of stock of any of its Subsidiaries to any other Person (except to a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Co-Borrowers); or

 

(c) permit any of its Subsidiaries to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any shares of any class of stock of any other Subsidiary of the Co-Borrowers to any other Person (other than to the Co-Borrowers or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Co-Borrowers).

 

Section 6.7. Transactions With Affiliates . The Co-Borrowers will not, and will not permit any other Credit Party to enter into or be a party to any transaction with any Affiliate of the Co-Borrowers or any such Credit Party that is not also a Credit Party except in the ordinary course of and pursuant to the reasonable requirements of such Credit Party’s business and upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to such Credit Party than would be obtained in a comparable arms-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of such Credit Party.

 

Section 6.8. Sale or Transfer of Assets; Suspension of Business Operations . Except as permitted under section 6.2(f), the Co-Borrowers will not, and will not permit any other Credit Party to, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial part of the assets of the Consolidated Group (other than the sale of Inventory in the ordinary course of business), whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions, to any other Person and will not liquidate, dissolve or suspend its business operations. For purposes of the foregoing, a “substantial part” of the Consolidated Group’s assets shall mean assets in excess of 10% of the book value of the Consolidated Group’s assets, determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

The Bank agrees that the security interest granted to the Bank in any railroad rolling stock shall be automatically released as described in Section 9-320 of the UCC upon sale by the Co-Borrowers of such railroad rolling stock to a buyer in the ordinary course of

 

51


business; provided, however, the such security interest shall attach to the proceeds of such sale; and provided, further, that the foregoing shall not affect the Bank’s security interest in any security interest of the Co-Borrowers in the property of such buyers to the extent that such security interest secures the purchase price for such railroad rolling stock. Subject to the terms of this Section 6.8, if the Co-Borrowers shall request in writing that the Bank evidence the release referred to in this Section 6.8 with respect to specific railroad cars, the Bank shall promptly execute and deliver a partial release with respect to such railroad cars substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Security Agreement. In the event that any Credit Party is granted a security interest in any railroad rolling stock or other property as collateral security for the purchase price of such railroad rolling stock or other property, such Credit Party agrees that it shall execute and deliver all documents requested by the Bank in order to reflect and perfect the collateral assignment of the foregoing security interest of such Credit Party to the Bank.

 

Section 6.9. Consolidation and Merger; Asset Acquisitions . The Co-Borrowers will not, and will not permit any other Credit Party to, consolidate with or merge into any Person, or permit any other Person to merge into it, or acquire (in a transaction analogous in purpose or effect to a consolidation or merger) all or substantially all the assets of any other Person, except for the merger of any Credit Party into another Credit Party or any Subsidiary into a Credit Party; provided that such Credit Party survives as the sole remaining entity.

 

Section 6.10. Sale and Leaseback . The Co-Borrowers will not, and will not permit any other Credit Party to, enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any other Person whereby any Credit Party shall sell or transfer any real or personal property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and then or thereafter rent or lease as lessee such property or any part thereof or any other property which a Credit Party intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred.

 

Section 6.11. Restrictions on Nature of Business . The Co-Borrowers will not, and will not permit any other Credit Party to, engage in any line of business materially different from that presently engaged in by the Co-Borrowers or any such Credit Party and will not purchase, lease or otherwise acquire assets not related to its business.

 

Section 6.12. Accounting . The Co-Borrowers will not, and will not permit any other Credit Party to, adopt any material change in accounting principles, other than as required by GAAP, and will not adopt, permit or consent to any change in its fiscal year.

 

Section 6.13. Capital Expenditures . The Co-Borrowers will not, and will not permit any other Credit Party to, make Capital Expenditures during any fiscal year of the Co-Borrowers in an aggregate amount (for the entire Consolidated Group) in excess of the Capital Expenditures Threshold; provided , however , that no such Capital Expenditures shall be permitted to the extent they would result in a failure of the Co-Borrowers to comply with any Financial Covenant or any other covenant or agreement of the Co-Borrowers hereunder.

 

52


Section 6.14. Hazardous Substances . The Co-Borrowers will not cause or permit, and will not permit any other Credit Party to cause or permit; any Hazardous Substances to be disposed of in any manner which might result in any material liability to any Credit Party on, under or at any real property which is operated by any Credit Party or in which any Credit Party has any interest.

 

Section 6.15. Holding Company Note Payments . The Co-Borrowers will not, and will not permit any other Credit Party to, make any Holding Company Note Payments prior to March 31, 2004, and, after that date, the Co-Borrowers or any other Credit Party may make scheduled payments (but not prepayments) of interest required to be paid under the Holding Company Notes, so long as the Payment Conditions have been satisfied; provided , however , the Co-Borrowers will be permitted to pay up to $9,000,000 of the proceeds of the GE Capital Loan Agreement to the holders of the Holding Company Notes concurrently with the execution of the GE Capital Loan Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 7.1. Events of Default . “Event of Default”, wherever used herein, means any one of the following events:

 

(a) default in the payment of any principal of the Note when it becomes due and payable, including, without limitation, any such payment becoming due and payable under Section 2.14(b) ; or

 

(b) default in the payment of any interest on the Note or in the payment of any fees, costs or expenses required to be paid by the Co-Borrowers under any Loan Document and the continuation of such default for more than three (3) Business Days; or

 

(c) default in the performance, or breach, of Section 5.1 , any Financial Covenant or any covenant or agreement on the part of the Co-Borrowers contained in Article VI ; or

 

(d) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of the Co-Borrowers in this Agreement (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section 7.1 specifically dealt with) or default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of any Credit Party in any other Loan Document and the continuance of such default or breach for a period of thirty (30) calendar days after the Co-Borrowers or any such Credit Party has or should reasonably have had notice thereof; or

 

(e) any Credit Party shall be or become insolvent, or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they mature, or make an assignment for the benefit of

 

53


creditors; or any Credit Party shall apply for or consent to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, or similar officer for it or for all or any substantial part of its property; or such receiver, trustee or similar officer shall be appointed without the application or consent of such Credit Party; or any Credit Party shall institute (by petition, application, answer, consent or otherwise) any insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution, liquidation or similar proceeding relating to it under the laws of any jurisdiction; or any such proceeding shall be instituted (by petition, application or otherwise) against such Credit Party; or any judgment, writ, warrant of attachment or execution or similar process shall be issued or levied against a substantial part of the property of an Credit Party and such judgment, writ, or similar process shall not be released, vacated or fully bonded within sixty (60) calendar days after its issue or levy; or

 

(f) a petition naming any Credit Party as debtor shall be filed under the United States Bankruptcy Code and that, in the case of an involuntary petition, is not dismissed within forty-five (45) days after the filing of such involuntary petition; provided, however, that the Bank shall have no obligation to make Revolving Advances or extend any other credit to the Co-Borrowers during such period; or

 

(g) any representation or warranty made by any Credit Party in any Loan Document or by the Co-Borrowers (or any of its officers) in any request for a Borrowing, or in any other certificate, instrument, or statement contemplated by or made or delivered pursuant to or in connection with any Loan Document, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made; or

 

(h) the rendering against any Credit Party of a final judgment, decree or order for the payment of money in excess of $1,000,000 (unless the payment of such judgment is fully insured) and the continuance of such judgment, decree or order unsatisfied and in effect for any period of thirty (30) consecutive calendar days without a stay of execution; or

 

(i) a writ of attachment, garnishment, levy or similar process shall be issued against or served on the Bank with respect to (i) any property of any Credit Party in the possession of the Bank, or (ii) any indebtedness of the Bank to any Credit Party; or

 

(j) a default of event of default shall occur under the GE Capital Loan Agreement; or

 

(k) a default under any material credit agreement, security agreement, mortgage or deed of trust, bond, debenture, note, securitization agreement or other evidence of indebtedness or similar obligation of any Credit Party or under any indenture or other instrument under which any such evidence of indebtedness or similar obligation has been issued or by which it is governed (other than one for which a default in the performance thereof or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section 7.1 specifically dealt with) and the expiration of the applicable period of

 

54


grace, if any, specified in such evidence of indebtedness, indenture or other instrument; or

 

(l) any Guarantor shall attempt to reject, terminate or rescind its Guaranty or shall contest in any manner the validity, binding nature or enforceability of its Guaranty; or

 

(m) any Reportable Event, which the Bank determines in good faith may constitute grounds for the termination of any Pension Plan or for the appointment by the appropriate United States District Court of a trustee to administer any Pension Plan, shall have occurred and be continuing thirty (30) days after written notice to such effect shall have been given to the Co-Borrowers by the Bank; or a trustee shall have been appointed by an appropriate United States District Court to administer any Pension Plan; or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation shall have instituted proceedings to terminate any Pension Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Pension Plan; or the Co-Borrowers, any other Credit Party or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates shall have filed for a distress termination of any Pension Plan under Title IV of ERISA; or the Co-Borrowers, any other Credit Party or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates shall have failed to make any quarterly contribution required with respect to any Pension Plan under Section 412(m) of the Code, which the Bank determines in good faith may by itself, or in combination with any such failures that the Bank may determine are likely to occur in the future, result in the imposition of a lien on the Co-Borrowers’ or any other Credit Party’s assets in favor of the Pension Plan; or any withdrawal, partial withdrawal, reorganization or other event occurs with respect to a Multiemployer Plan which results or could reasonably be expected to result in a material liability of the Co-Borrowers or any other Credit Party to the Multiemployer Plan under Title IV of ERISA; or

 

(n) any Credit Party shall liquidate, dissolve, terminate or suspend its business operations or otherwise fail to operate its business in the ordinary course, or shall sell all or substantially all of its assets, unless such Credit Party is merged into, or its business becomes part of, another Credit Party; or

 

(o) any Change of Control shall occur; or

 

(p) the Co-Borrowers shall fail to deliver the Mortgages on the earlier of (i) the execution of the GE Capital Loan Agreement or (ii) forty-five (45) days after the Closing Date.

 

Section 7.2. Rights and Remedies . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or at any time thereafter until such Event of Default is cured or waived to the written satisfaction of the Bank, the Bank may exercise any or all of the following rights and remedies:

 

(a) by notice to the Co-Borrowers, declare the Revolving Commitment to be terminated, whereupon the same shall forthwith terminate;

 

55


(b) by notice to the Co-Borrowers, declare the entire unpaid principal amount of the Note, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts payable under this Agreement to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the Note, all such accrued interest and all such amounts shall become and be forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Co-Borrowers;

 

(c) by notice to the Co-Borrowers, demand payment by the Co-Borrowers of funds with respect to each outstanding Letter of Credit in an amount sufficient to fund a cash escrow equal to the Letter of Credit Amount, which cash escrow will beheld by the Bank (or its designee), without interest, as a pledged cash collateral account and applied to reimbursement of all drafts submitted under outstanding Letters of Credit;

 

(d) without notice to the Co-Borrowers and without further action, apply any and all monies owing by the Bank to any Credit Party to the payment of the Note, including interest accrued thereon, and of all other Obligations then owing by the Co-Borrowers hereunder;

 

(e) exercise and enforce the rights and remedies available to the Bank under any Loan Document;

 

(f) exercise any other rights and remedies available to the Bank by law or agreement.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 7.1(e), (f) or (i) the entire unpaid principal amount of the Note, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other, amounts payable under this Agreement shall be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 8.1. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure or delay on the part of the Bank in exercising any right, power or remedy under the Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy under the Loan Documents. The remedies provided in the Loan Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

 

Section 8.2. Amendments, Requested Waivers, Etc. No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by the Co-Borrowers therefrom shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Bank. Any waiver or consent given hereunder shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. No notice to or

 

56


demand on the Co-Borrowers in any case shall entitle the Co-Borrowers to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

 

Section 8.3. Addresses for Notices, Etc . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for under the Loan Documents shall be in writing and mailed or delivered to the applicable parties at their respective addresses set forth on the execution pages hereto, or as to each party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other party complying as to delivery with the terms of this Section 8.3 . All such notices, requests, demands and other communications, when delivered, shall be effective upon actual delivery and when mailed, shall be effective one Business Day after the date sent by nationally recognized overnight mail courier or delivery service, addressed as aforesaid, except that notices or requests to the Bank pursuant to any of the provisions of Article II shall not be effective until received by the Bank.

 

Section 8.4. Costs and Expenses . The Co-Borrowers will reimburse the Bank for (a) any and all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses (including allocated costs of in-house counsel), lien and UCC searches, title and recording expenses and other similar expenses, environmental audit, appraisal and other underwriting related expenses, paid or incurred by the Bank in connection with the preparation, filing or recording of the Loan Documents, and the transactions contemplated hereby (which amount shall be paid on the Closing Date or as soon thereafter as demand is made therefor) and the negotiation of any amendments, modifications or extensions to or of any of the foregoing documents, instruments or agreements and the preparation of any and all documents reasonably necessary or desirable to effect such amendments, modifications or extensions, (b) customary transaction fees of the Bank incurred in connection with the loans contemplated hereby, (c) reasonable fees in connection with any audits or inspections by the Bank of any Collateral or the operations or business of the Co-Borrowers or any other Credit Party, whether conducted at the Co-Borrowers’ premises, any other Credit Party’s premises or at the Bank’s premises (subject to the limitations imposed in Section 2.12(c)) , and (d) any and ail other reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Bank in connection with any of the transactions contemplated hereby. In addition to the foregoing, the Co-Borrowers will reimburse the Bank for any and all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Bank in connection with the enforcement of any of the rights or remedies of the Bank under any of the Loan Documents or under applicable law, whether or not suit is filed with respect thereto.

 

Section 8.5. Indemnity . In addition to the payment of expenses pursuant to Section 8.4 , the Co-Borrowers agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Bank and each of its respective participants, parent corporations, subsidiary corporations, affiliated corporations, successor corporations, and all present and future officers, directors, employees (the “Indemnitees”), from and against (i) any claim, loss or damage to which any Indemnitee may be subjected as a result of any past, present or future existence, use, handling, storage, transportation or disposal of any Hazardous Substance by any Credit Party or with respect to any property owned, leased or controlled by any Credit Party, (ii) any and all transfer taxes,

 

57


documentary taxes, assessments or charges made by any governmental authority (excluding income or gross receipts taxes) by reason of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or the making of any Advances and (iii) any and all liabilities, losses, damages, penalties, judgments, suits, claims, costs and expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceedings, whether or not such Indemnitee shall be designated a party thereto, which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Indemnitee, in any manner relating to or arising out of or in connection with, the making of any Advances or entering into this Agreement or any other Loan Documents or the use or intended use of the proceeds of the Advances, excepting, however, from the foregoing any such liabilities, losses, damages, penalties, judgments, suits, claims, costs and expenses resulting from the willful misconduct or gross negligence of any Indemnitee. If any investigative, judicial or administrative proceeding arising from any of the foregoing is brought against any Indemnitee, upon request of such Indemnitee, the Co-Borrowers, or counsel designated by the Co-Borrowers and satisfactory to the Indemnitee, will resist and defend such action, suit or proceeding to the extent and in the manner directed by the Indemnitee, at the Co-Borrowers’ sole cost and expense. Each Indemnitee will use its best efforts to cooperate in the defense of any such action, suit or proceeding. If the foregoing undertaking to indemnify, defend and hold harmless may be held to be unenforceable because it violates any law or public policy, the Co-Borrowers shall nevertheless make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the indemnified liabilities contemplated hereby which is permissible under applicable law. The obligations of the Co-Borrowers under this Section 8.5 shall survive termination of this Agreement and the discharge of the Obligations.

 

Section 8.6. Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement and other Loan Documents may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

Section 8.7. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial .

 

(a) Governing Law . The Loan Documents shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Illinois (other than its conflicts of laws rules), except to the extent the law of any other jurisdiction applies as to the perfection or enforcement of the Bank’s security interest in or lien on any Collateral and except to the extent expressly provided to the contrary in any Loan Document.

 

(b) Jurisdiction . The Co-Borrowers hereby irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in Chicago, Illinois in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the Co-Borrowers hereby irrevocably agree that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such state or federal court. The Co-Borrowers hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent they may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such

 

58


action or proceeding. The Co-Borrowers irrevocably consent to the service of copies of the summons and complaint and any other process which may be served in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies of such process to the Co-Borrowers at their addresses specified in Section 8.3 above. The Co-Borrowers agree that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Section 8.7(b) shall affect the right of the Bank to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law or affect the right of the Bank to bring any action or proceeding against the Co-Borrowers or their property in the courts of Other jurisdictions.

 

(c) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THE CO-BORROWERS AND THE BANK HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY INSTRUMENT OR DOCUMENT DELIVERED THEREUNDER.

 

Section 8.8. Integration; Inconsistency . This Agreement, together with the Loan Documents, comprise the final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to such subject matter, superseding all prior oral or written understandings. If any provision of a Loan Document is inconsistent with or conflicts with a comparable or similar provision appearing in this Agreement, the comparable or similar provision in this Agreement shall govern.

 

Section 8.9. Agreement Effectiveness . This Agreement shall become effective upon delivery of fully executed counterparts hereof to each of the parties hereto.

 

Section 8.10. Advice from Independent Counsel . The parties hereto understand that this Agreement is a legally binding agreement that may affect such party’s rights. Each party hereto represents to the other that it has received legal advice from counsel of its choice regarding the meaning and legal significance of this Agreement and that it is satisfied with its legal counsel and the advice received from it.

 

Section 8.11. Judicial Interpretation . Should any provision of this Agreement require judicial interpretation, it is agreed that a court interpreting or construing the same shall not apply a presumption that the terms hereof shall be more strictly construed against any person by reason of the rule of construction that a document is to be construed more strictly against the person who itself through its agent prepared the same, it being agreed that all parties hereto have participated in the preparation of this Agreement.

 

Section 8.12. Binding Effect; No Assignment by Co-Borrowers . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Co-Borrowers, the Bank and their respective successors and assigns; provided , except, that the Co-Borrowers may not assign any or all of its rights or obligations hereunder or any of its interest herein without the prior written consent of the Bank.

 

59


Section 8.13. Severability of Provisions . Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

 

Section 8.14. Headings . Article and Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

 

Section 8.15 Counterparts . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which counterparts of this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

60


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

Address:

      JOHNSTOWN AMERICA CORPORATION

17 Johns Street

      By  

/s/ Glen T. Karan

Johnstown, PA 15907

         

Name:

 

Glen T. Karan

Attn: Glen T. Karan

         

Title:

 

Vice President-Finance and

Telecopy No.: (814) 533-5010

             

Administration, Secretary

               

and Treasurer

Address:

      FREIGHT CAR SERVICES, INC.

2313 Cannon Street

      By  

/s/ Glen T. Karan

Danville, IL 61832

         

Name:

 

Glen T. Karan

Attn: Glen T. Karan

         

Title:

 

Vice President-Finance and

Telecopy No.: (814) 533-5010

             

Administration, Secretary

               

and Treasurer

Address:

      JAIX LEASING COMPANY

Two North Riverside Plaza

      By  

/s/ Glen T. Karan

Suite 1250

         

Name:

 

Glen T. Karan

Chicago, IL 60606

         

Title:

 

Vice President-Finance and

Attn: Glen T. Karan

             

Administration, Secretary

Telecopy No.: (814) 533-5010

             

and Treasurer

Address:

      JAC OPERATIONS, INC.

17 Johns Street

      By  

/s/ Glen T. Karan

Johnstown, PA 15907

         

Name:

 

Glen T. Karan

Attn: Glen T. Karan

         

Title:

 

Vice President-Finance and

Telecopy No.: (814) 533-5010

             

Administration, Secretary

               

and Treasurer

 

[Signature Page 1 of 2 to Johnstown Credit Agreement]

 


Address:

     

LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as Bank

135 South LaSalle Street

      By  

/s/ Robert W. Hart

Chicago, Illinois 60603

         

Name:

 

Robert W. Hart

Attn: Robert W. Hart, First Vice President

         

Title:

 

First Vice President

Telecopy No. (312) 904-2903

               

 

[Signature Page 2 of 2 to Johnstown Credit Agreement]

 

Exhibit 10.19

 

This CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of October 17, 2003 among JOHNSTOWN AMERICA CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ JAC ”), FREIGHT CAR SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ FCS ”), JAC OPERATIONS; INC., a Delaware corporation (“ JAC Operations ”), and JAIX LEASING COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“ JAIX ”) (JAC, FCS, JAC Operations and JAIX are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Borrowers ” and each individually as a “ Borrower ”); the other Credit Parties signatory hereto; GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (in its individual capacity, “ GE Capital ”), for itself, as Lender, and as Agent for Lenders, and the other Lenders signatory hereto from time to time.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Borrowers have requested that Lenders extend credit facilities to Borrowers of up to Nine Million Dollars ($9,000,000.00) in the aggregate for the purpose of making the Redemption Distribution, for Holdings to make the Redemption with the proceeds thereof and to pay certain transaction expenses; and for these purposes, Lenders are willing to make certain loans and other extensions of credit to Borrowers of up to such amount upon the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS, Borrowers have agreed to secure all of their obligations under the Loan Documents by granting to Agent, for the benefit of Agent and Lenders, a security interest in and lien upon of their existing and after-acquired personal and real property subject to the Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, JAC Holdings International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), JAC Intermedco, Inc., (“ Intermedco ”), and JAC Patent Company, a Delaware corporation (“ JAC Patent Company ”) are willing to guarantee all of the Obligations of Borrowers to Agent and Lenders under the Loan Documents and, in the case of Holdings and Intermedco, to pledge to Agent, for the benefit of Agent and Lenders, all of the Stock of Borrowers to secure such guaranty and the Obligations, and in the case of JAC Patent Company, to pledge to Agent, for the benefit of Agent and Lenders, a security interest in patents owned by JAC Patent Company to secure such guaranty and the Obligations; and

 

WHEREAS, capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Annex A and, for purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the rules of construction set forth in Annex A shall govern. All Annexes, Disclosure Schedules, Exhibits and other attachments (collectively, “ Appendices ”) hereto, or expressly identified to this Agreement, are incorporated herein by reference, and taken together with this Agreement, shall constitute but a single agreement. These Recitals shall be construed as part of the Agreement.

 

1


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT

 

1.1 Credit Facilities .

 

(a) Term Loan.

 

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Term Lender agrees to make a term loan (collectively, the “ Term Loan ”) on the Closing Date to each Borrower in the amount of the applicable Term Lender’s Term Loan Commitment. The obligations of each Term Lender hereunder shall be several and not joint. Each such Term Loan shall be evidenced by a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.1(a) (each a “ Term Note ” and collectively the “ Term Notes ”), and, except as provided in Section 1.12, all of the Borrowers shall jointly execute and deliver the Term Notes to the applicable Term Lender. Each Term Note shall represent the obligation of Borrowers to pay the applicable Term Lender’s Term Loan Commitment, together with interest thereon as prescribed in Section 1.5 . The aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan advanced to Borrowers shall be the primary obligation of Borrowers and shall also be guaranteed by all other Credit Parties pursuant to Section 12.

 

(ii) Borrowers shall repay the Term Loan in fifty-four (54) consecutive equal monthly installments on the first day of each month commencing, on November 1, 2003 in the amount of $166,666.67. The final installment due on March 31, 2008 shall be in the amount of $ 166,666.67 or, if different, the remaining principal balance of the Term Loan.

 

(iii) Notwithstanding Section 1.1(a)(ii), the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan shall be due and payable in full in immediately available funds on the Commitment Termination Date, if not sooner paid in full. No payment with respect to the Term Loan may be reborrowed.

 

(iv) Each payment of principal with respect to the Term Loan shall be paid to Agent for the ratable benefit of each Term Lender making a Term Loan, ratably in proportion to each such Term Lender’s respective Term Loan Commitment.

 

(b) Reliance on Notices; Appointment of Borrower Representative . Each Borrower hereby designates JAC as its representative and agent on its behalf for the purposes of giving instructions with respect to the disbursement of the proceeds of the Loans, selecting interest rate options, giving and receiving all other notices and consents hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents and taking all other actions (including in respect of compliance with covenants) on behalf of any Borrower or Borrowers under the Loan Documents. Borrower Representative hereby accepts such appointment. Agent and each Lender may regard any notice or other communication pursuant to any Loan Document from Borrower Representative as a notice or communication from all Borrowers, and may give any notice or communication required or permitted to be given to any Borrower or Borrowers hereunder to Borrower

 

2


Representative on behalf of such Borrower or Borrowers. Each Borrower agrees that each notice, election, representation and warranty, covenant, agreement and undertaking made on its behalf by Borrower Representative shall be deemed for all purposes to have been made by such Borrower and shall be binding upon and enforceable against such Borrower to the same extent as if the same had been made directly by such Borrower.

 

1.2 Intentionally Omitted .

 

1.3 Prepayments .

 

(a) Voluntary Prepayments . Borrowers may at any time on at least 5 days’ prior written notice by Borrower Representative to Agent, voluntarily prepay all or part of the Term Loan, provided that any such prepayments shall be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $250,000 in excess of such amount. Any voluntary prepayment must be accompanied by the payment of the Fee required by Section 1.9(c) , if any, plus the payment of any LIBOR funding breakage costs in accordance with Section 1.13(b) . Any partial prepayment, regardless of any designation made by the Borrower Representative or any Borrower, shall be applied to the scheduled principal payments of the Term Loan in the inverse order of maturity.

 

(b) Mandatory Prepayments .

 

(i) Immediately upon receipt by any Credit Party of proceeds of any asset disposition (but excluding proceeds of asset dispositions permitted by Section 6.8 (a) ) or any sale of Stock of any Subsidiary of any Credit Party, Borrowers shall prepay the Loans in an amount equal to all such proceeds, net of (A) commissions and other reasonable and customary transaction costs, fees and expenses properly attributable to such transaction and payable by Borrowers in connection therewith (in each case, paid to non-Affiliates), (B) transfer taxes, (C) amounts payable to holders of senior Liens (to the extent such Liens constitute Permitted Encumbrances hereunder), if any, and (D) an appropriate reserve for income taxes in accordance with GAAP in connection therewith (proceeds of asset distributions which are net of items referenced in subclauses (A) through (D) are sometimes herein referred to as “ Net Proceeds ”). Any such prepayment shall be applied in accordance with Section 1.3(c) .

 

(ii) Immediately upon receipt by any Credit Party (A) at any time any Default or Event of Default exists, of proceeds of any disposition of Used Railcar Inventory, Borrowers shall prepay the Loans in an amount equal to all Net Proceeds from such disposition, and (B) so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, of proceeds of any disposition of Listed Cars, Borrowers shall prepay the Loans in an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of all Net Proceeds from such disposition. Except as set forth in Section 1.3(b)(ii)(B) above, Borrowers shall have no obligation to make any mandatory prepayment of Net Proceeds from the disposition of Used Railcar Inventory when no Default or Event of Default exists.

 

(iii) If Holdings or any Borrower issues Stock for cash, no later than

 

3


the Business Day following the date of receipt of the proceeds thereof, all Borrowers (in the case of an issuance by Holdings) or the issuing Borrower shall prepay the Loans in an amount equal to all such proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other reasonable costs paid to non-Affiliates in connection therewith. Any such prepayment shall be applied in accordance with Section 1.3(c) .

 

(iv) If any Credit Party borrows any money or issues any debt securities, other than debt permitted under Section 6.3(a) below, no later than the Business Day following the date of receipt of the proceeds thereof, Borrowers shall prepay the Loans in an amount equal to all such proceeds, net of reasonable costs paid to non-Affiliates in connection therewith. Any such prepayment shall be applied in accordance with Section 1.3(c) .

 

(c) Application of Certain Mandatory Prepayments . Any prepayments made by any Borrower pursuant to Section 1.3(b)(i),(ii), (iii) or (iv) shall be applied as follows: first, to Fees and reimbursable expenses of Agent then due and payable pursuant to any of the Loan Documents; second, to interest then due and payable on the Term Loan; and third, to prepay the scheduled principal installments of the Term Loan in inverse order of maturity, until the same has been prepaid in full.

 

(d) Application of Prepayments from Insurance and Condemnation Proceeds . Prepayments from insurance or condemnation proceeds in accordance with Section 5.4(c) and the Mortgage(s), respectively, shall be applied in accordance with Section 1.3(c) above.

 

(e) No Implied Consent . Nothing in this Section 1.3 shall be construed to constitute Agent’s or any Lender’s consent to any transaction that is not permitted by other provisions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

 

1.4 Use of Proceeds .

 

Borrowers shall utilize the proceeds of the Loans solely to make the Redemption Distribution and for Holdings to make the Redemption. Disclosure Schedule (1.4) contains a description of Borrowers’ sources and uses of funds as of the Closing Date, including Loans to be made or incurred on that date, and a funds flow memorandum detailing how funds from each source are to be transferred to particular uses.

 

1.5 Interest and Applicable Margins .

 

(a) Borrowers shall pay interest to Agent, for the ratable benefit of Lenders in accordance with the various Loans being made by each Lender, in arrears on each applicable Interest Payment Date, at the applicable LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable Term Loan LIBOR Margin per annum.

 

As of the Closing Date and all times thereafter, the Applicable Term Loan LIBOR Margin is 4.50%.

 

4


(b) If any payment on any Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof will be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.

 

(c) All computations of Fees calculated on a per annum basis and interest shall be made by Agent on the basis of a 360-day year, in each case for the actual number of days occurring in the period for which such interest and Fees are payable. Each determination by Agent of an interest rate and Fees hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive on Borrowers, absent manifest error.

 

(d) So long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under Section 8.1 (a), (i) or (j) or so long as any other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and at the election of Agent (or upon the written request of Requisite Lenders) confirmed by written notice from Agent to Borrower Representative, the interest rates applicable to the Loans shall be increased by two percentage points (2%) per annum above the rates of interest or the rate of such Fees otherwise applicable hereunder (“ Default Rate ”), and all outstanding Obligations shall bear interest at the Default Rate applicable to such Obligations. Interest at the Default Rate shall accrue from the initial date of such Event of Default until that Default or Event of Default is cured or waived and shall be payable upon demand.

 

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 1.5 , if a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final order that the rate of interest payable hereunder exceeds the highest rate of interest permissible under law (the “ Maximum Lawful Rate ”), then so long as the Maximum Lawful Rate would be so exceeded, the rate of interest payable hereunder shall be equal to the Maximum Lawful Rate; provided , however, that if at any time thereafter the rate of interest payable hereunder is less than the Maximum Lawful Rate, Borrowers shall continue to pay interest hereunder at the Maximum Lawful Rate until such time as the total interest received by Agent, on behalf of Lenders, is equal to the total interest that would have been received had the interest rate payable hereunder been (but for the operation of this paragraph) the interest rate payable since the Closing Date as otherwise provided in this Agreement. Thereafter, interest hereunder shall be paid at the rate(s) of interest and in the manner provided in Sections 1.5(a) through (d) , unless and until the rate of interest again exceeds the Maximum Lawful Rate, and at that time this paragraph shall again apply. In no event shall the total interest received by any Lender pursuant to the terms hereof exceed the amount that such Lender could lawfully have received had the interest due hereunder been calculated for the full term hereof at the Maximum Lawful Rate. If the Maximum Lawful Rate is calculated pursuant to this paragraph, such interest shall be calculated at a daily rate equal to the Maximum Lawful Rate divided by the number of days in the year in which such calculation is made. If, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 1.5(e) , a court of competent jurisdiction shall finally determine that a Lender has received interest hereunder in excess of the Maximum Lawful Rate, Agent shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, promptly apply such excess in the order specified in Section 1.11 and thereafter shall refund any excess to Borrowers or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise order.

 

5


1.6 Intentionally Omitted .

 

1.7 Intentionally Omitted .

 

1.8 Cash Management Systems .

 

On or prior to the Closing Date, Borrowers will establish and will maintain all of its deposit accounts with Revolving Credit Lender (other than payroll accounts, the Borrowers’ petty cash accounts at First National Bank, account #148988, Old National Bank, account #101606645 and JAC Patent’s petty cash account at Wilmington Trust, account #2815-3554) and grant to Agent a perfected security interest in such deposit accounts subject to the Intercreditor Agreement (other than payroll accounts, the Borrowers’ petty cash accounts at First National Bank, account #148988 and at Old National Bank, account #101606645 and JAC Patent’s petty cash account at Wilmington Trust, account #2815-3554).

 

1.9 Fees .

 

(a) Borrowers shall pay to GE Capital, individually, the Fees specified in that certain fee letter of even date herewith among Borrowers and GE Capital (the “ GE Capital Fee Letter ”), at the times specified for payment therein.

 

(b) If Borrowers pay after acceleration or prepay all or any portion of the Term Loan, whether voluntarily or involuntarily and whether before or after acceleration of the Obligations, or if any of the Commitments are otherwise terminated, Borrowers shall pay to Agent, for the benefit of Lenders as liquidated damages and compensation for the costs of being prepared to make funds available hereunder an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage (as defined below) multiplied by the sum of the principal amount of the Term Loan paid after acceleration or prepaid. As used herein, the term “Applicable Percentage” shall mean (x) three percent (3%), in the case of a prepayment on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, (y) two percent (2%), in the case of a prepayment after the first anniversary of the Closing Date but on or prior to the second anniversary thereof, and (z) one percent (1%), in the case of a prepayment after the second anniversary of the Closing Date but on or prior to the third anniversary thereof. The Credit Parties agree that the Applicable Percentages are a reasonable calculation of Lenders’ lost profits in view of the difficulties and impracticality of determining actual damages resulting from an early termination of the Commitments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no prepayment fee shall be payable by Borrowers (A) in the event Borrowers prepay all of the Term Loan due to the refinance of the Loans by GE Capital, or (B) upon a mandatory prepayment made pursuant to Sections 1.3(b) or 1.16(c) ; provided that, in the case of prepayments made pursuant to Sections 1.3(b)(i) ,(ii) (iii) or (iv) , the transaction giving rise to the applicable prepayment is expressly permitted under Section 6 .

 

1.10 Receipt of Payments .

 

Borrowers shall make each payment under this Agreement not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York time) on the day when due in immediately available funds in Dollars to the Collection Account. For purposes of computing interest and Fees as of any date, all payments shall be

 

6


deemed received on the first Business Day on which immediately available funds therefor are received in the Collection Account prior to 2:00 p.m. New York time. Payments received after 2:00 p.m. New York time on any Business Day or on a day that is not a Business Day shall be deemed to have been received on the following Business Day.

 

1.11 Application and Allocation of Payments .

 

So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (i) payments matching specific scheduled payments then due shall be applied to those scheduled payments; (ii) voluntary prepayments shall be applied as determined by Borrower Representative, subject to the provisions of Section 1.3(a) ; and (iii) mandatory prepayments shall be applied as set forth in Sections 1.3(c) and 1.3(d) . All payments and prepayments applied to a particular Loan shall be applied ratably to the portion thereof held by each Lender as determined by its Pro Rata Share. As to any other payment, and as to all payments made when a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or following the Commitment Termination Date, each Borrower hereby irrevocably waives the right to direct the application of any and all payments received from or on behalf of Borrowers, and each Borrower hereby irrevocably agrees that Agent shall have the continuing exclusive right to apply any and all such payments against the Obligations of Borrowers as Agent may deem advisable notwithstanding any previous entry by Agent in the Loan Account or any other books and records.

 

1.12 Loan Account and Accounting .

 

Agent shall maintain a loan account (the “ Loan Account ”) on its books to record: the Term Loan, all payments made by Borrowers, and all other debits and credits as provided in this Agreement with respect to the Loans or any other Obligations. All entries in the Loan Account shall be made in accordance with Agent’s customary accounting practices as in effect from time to time. The balance in the Loan Account, as recorded on Agent’s most recent printout or other written statement, shall, absent manifest error, be presumptive evidence of the amounts due and owing to Agent and Lenders by Borrowers; provided that any failure to so record or any error in so recording shall not limit or otherwise affect any Borrower’s duty to pay the Obligations. Agent shall render to Borrower Representative a monthly accounting of transactions with respect to the Loans setting forth the balance of the Loan Account as to each Borrower for the immediately preceding month. Unless Borrower Representative notifies Agent in writing of any objection to any such accounting (specifically describing the basis for such objection), within 30 days after the date thereof, each and every such accounting shall (absent manifest error) be deemed final, binding and conclusive on Borrowers in all respects as to all matters reflected therein. Only those items expressly objected to in such notice shall be deemed to be disputed by Borrowers. Notwithstanding any provision herein contained to the contrary, any Lender may elect (which election may be revoked) to dispense with the issuance of Notes to that Lender and may rely on the Loan Account as evidence of the amount of Obligations from time to time owing to it.

 

7


1.13 Indemnity .

 

(a) Each Credit Party that is a signatory hereto shall jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless each of Agent, Lenders and their respective Affiliates, and each such Person’s respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys, agents and representatives (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all suits, actions, proceedings, claims, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and other costs of investigation or defense, including those incurred upon any appeal) that may be instituted or asserted against or incurred by any such Indemnified Person as the result of credit having been extended, suspended or terminated under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the administration of such credit, and in connection with or arising out of the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder and any actions or failures to act in connection therewith, including any and all Environmental Liabilities and legal costs and expenses arising out of or incurred in connection with disputes between or among any parties to any of the Loan Documents (collectively, “ Indemnified Liabilities ”); provided , that no such Credit Party shall be liable for any indemnification to an Indemnified Person to the extent that any such suit, action, proceeding, claim, damage, loss, liability or expense results from that Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. NO INDEMNIFIED PERSON SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE TO ANY OTHER PARTY TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, ANY SUCCESSOR, ASSIGNEE OR THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY OF SUCH PERSON OR ANY OTHER PERSON ASSERTING CLAIMS DERIVATIVELY THROUGH SUCH PARTY, FOR INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHICH MAY BE ALLEGED AS A RESULT OF CREDIT HAVING BEEN EXTENDED, SUSPENDED OR TERMINATED UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR AS A RESULT OF ANY OTHER TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER.

 

(b) To induce Lenders to provide the LIBOR Rate option on the terms provided herein, if (i) any LIBOR Loans are repaid in whole or in part prior to the first day of any calendar month (whether that repayment is made pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or occurs as a result of acceleration, by operation of law or otherwise); (ii) any Borrower shall default in payment when due of the principal amount of or interest on any LIBOR Loan; (iii) any Borrower shall refuse to accept any borrowing of, or shall request a termination of, any borrowing of, LIBOR Loans after Borrower Representative has given notice requesting the same in accordance herewith; or (iv) any Borrower shall fail to make any prepayment of a LIBOR Loan after Borrower Representative has given a notice thereof in accordance herewith, then Borrowers shall jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless each Lender from and against all losses, costs and expenses resulting from or arising from any of the foregoing. Such indemnification shall include any loss (including loss of margin) or expense arising from the reemployment of funds obtained by it or from fees payable to terminate deposits from which such funds were obtained. For the purpose of calculating amounts payable to a Lender under this subsection, each Lender shall be deemed to have actually funded its relevant LIBOR Loan through the purchase of a deposit bearing interest at the LIBOR Rate in an amount equal to the amount of that LIBOR Loan and having a one month maturity; provided , that each Lender may fund each of its LIBOR Loans in any manner it sees fit, and the foregoing assumption shall be utilized only for the calculation of

 

8


amounts payable under this subsection. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Notes and all other amounts payable hereunder. As promptly as practicable under the circumstances, each Lender shall provide Borrower Representative with its written calculation of all amounts payable pursuant to this Section 1.13(b) , and such calculation shall be binding on the parties hereto unless Borrower Representative shall object in writing within 10 Business Days of receipt thereof, specifying the basis for such objection in detail.

 

1.14 Access .

 

Each Credit Party that is a party hereto shall, during normal business hours, from time to time upon one Business Day’s prior notice as frequently as Agent reasonably determines to be appropriate: (a) provide Agent and each Lender and any of its or their officers, employees and agents access to its properties, facilities, advisors and employees (including officers) of each Credit Party and to the Collateral, and so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, Agent agrees to use reasonable efforts to minimize disruptions to any such Credit Party, (b) permit Agent and each Lender, and any of its or their officers, employees and agents, to inspect, audit and make extracts from any Credit Party’s books and records, and (c) permit Agent and each Lender, and its or their officers, employees and agents, to inspect, review, evaluate and make test verifications and counts of the Accounts, Inventory and other Collateral of any Credit Party. If a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or if access is necessary to preserve or protect the Collateral as determined by Agent, each such Credit Party shall provide such access to Agent and to each Lender at all times and without advance notice. Furthermore, so long as any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrowers shall provide Agent and each Lender with access to their suppliers and customers. Each Credit Party shall make available to Agent and each Lender and its or their counsel, as quickly as is possible under the circumstances, originals or copies of all books and records that Agent may reasonably request. Each Credit Party shall deliver any document or instrument necessary for Agent and each Lender, as it or they may from time to time reasonably request, to obtain records from any service bureau or other Person that maintains records for such Credit Party, and shall maintain duplicate records or supporting documentation on media, including computer tapes and discs owned by such Credit Party.

 

1.15 Taxes .

 

(a) Any and all payments by each Borrower hereunder (including any payments made pursuant to Section 12) or under the Notes shall be made, in accordance with this Section 1.15 , free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future Taxes. If any Borrower shall be required by law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder (including any sum payable pursuant to Section 12) or under the Notes, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as much as shall be necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 1.15) Agent or Lenders, as applicable, receive an amount equal to the sum they would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) such Borrower shall make such deductions, and (iii) such Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxing or other authority in accordance with applicable law. Within 30 days after the date of any payment of Taxes, Borrower Representative

 

9


shall furnish to Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof. Agent and Lenders shall not be obligated to return or refund any amounts received pursuant to this Section.

 

(b) Each Credit Party that is a signatory hereto shall jointly and severally indemnify and, within 10 days of demand therefore, pay Agent and each Lender for the full amount of Taxes (including any Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 1.15) paid by Agent or such Lender, as appropriate, and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally asserted.

 

(c) Each Lender organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States (a “ Foreign Lender ”) as to which payments to be made under this Agreement or under the Notes are exempt from United States withholding tax under an applicable statute or tax treaty shall provide to Borrower Representative and Agent a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-8ECI or Form W-8BEN or other applicable form, certificate or document prescribed by the IRS or the United States certifying as to such Foreign Lender’s entitlement to such exemption (a “ Certificate of Exemption ”). Any foreign Person that seeks to become a Lender under this Agreement shall provide a Certificate of Exemption to Borrower Representative and Agent prior to becoming a Lender hereunder. No foreign Person may become a Lender hereunder if such Person fails to deliver a Certificate of Exemption in advance of becoming a Lender.

 

1.16 Capital Adequacy; Increased Costs; Illegality .

 

(a) If any Lender shall have determined that any law, treaty, governmental (or quasi-governmental) rule, regulation, guideline or order regarding capital adequacy, reserve requirements or similar requirements or compliance by any Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy, reserve requirements or similar requirements (whether or not having the force of law), in each case, adopted after the Closing Date, from any central bank or other Governmental Authority increases or would have the effect of increasing the amount of capital, reserves or other funds required to be maintained by such Lender and thereby reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder, then Borrowers shall from time to time upon demand by such Lender (with a copy of such demand to Agent) pay to Agent, for the account of such Lender, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender for such reduction. A certificate as to the amount of that reduction and showing the basis of the computation thereof submitted by such Lender to Borrower Representative and to Agent shall, absent manifest error, be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes.

 

(b) If, due to either (i) the introduction of or any change in any law or regulation (or any change in the interpretation thereof) or (ii) the compliance with any guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law), in each case adopted after the Closing Date, there shall be any increase in the cost to any Lender of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining any Loan, then Borrowers shall from time to time, upon demand by such Lender (with a copy of such demand to Agent), pay to Agent for the account of such

 

10


Lender additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender for such increased cost. A certificate as to the amount of such increased cost, submitted to Borrower Representative and to Agent by such Lender, shall be conclusive and binding on Borrowers for all purposes, absent manifest error. Each Lender agrees that, as promptly as practicable after it becomes aware of any circumstances referred to above which would result in any such increased cost, the affected Lender shall, to the extent not inconsistent with such Lender’s internal policies of general application, use reasonable commercial efforts to minimize costs and expenses incurred by it and payable to it by Borrowers pursuant to this Section 1.16(b) .

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the introduction of or any change in any law or regulation (or any change in the interpretation thereof) shall make it unlawful, or any central bank or other Governmental Authority shall assert that it is unlawful, for any Lender to agree to make or to make or to continue to fund or maintain any LIBOR Loan, then, unless that Lender is able to make or to continue to fund or to maintain such LIBOR Loan at another branch or office of that Lender without, in that Lender’s opinion, adversely affecting it or its Loans or the income obtained therefrom, on notice thereof and demand therefor by such Lender to Borrower Representative through Agent, (i) the obligation of such Lender to agree to make or to make or to continue to fund or maintain LIBOR Loans shall terminate and (ii) each Borrower shall forthwith prepay in full all outstanding LIBOR Loans owing by such Borrower to such Lender, together with interest accrued thereon.

 

(d) Within 15 days after receipt by Borrower Representative of written notice and demand from any Lender (an “ Affected Lender ”) for payment of additional amounts or increased costs as provided in Sections 1.15(a), 1.16(a) or 1.16(b) , Borrower Representative may, at its option, notify Agent and such Affected Lender of its intention to replace the Affected Lender. So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower Representative, with the consent of Agent, may obtain, at Borrowers’ expense, a replacement Lender (“ Replacement Lender ”) for the Affected Lender, which Replacement Lender must be reasonably satisfactory to Agent. If Borrowers obtain a Replacement Lender within 90 days following notice of their intention to do so, the Affected Lender must sell and assign its Loans and Commitments to such Replacement Lender for an amount equal to the principal balance of all Loans held by the Affected Lender and all accrued interest and Fees with respect thereto through the date of such sale; provided , that Borrowers shall have reimbursed such Affected Lender for the additional amounts or increased costs that it is entitled to receive under this Agreement through the date of such sale and assignment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrowers shall not have the right to obtain a Replacement Lender if the Affected Lender rescinds its demand for increased costs or additional amounts within 15 days following its receipt of Borrowers’ notice of intention to replace such Affected Lender. Furthermore, if Borrowers give a notice of intention to replace and do not so replace such Affected Lender within 90 days thereafter, Borrowers” rights under this Section 1.16(d) shall terminate and Borrowers shall promptly pay all increased costs or additional amounts demanded by such Affected Lender pursuant to Sections 1.15(a), 1.16(a) and l.l6(b) .

 

11


1.17 Single Loan .

 

Borrowers agree that all Loans to each Borrower and all of the other Obligations of each Borrower arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall constitute one general obligation of that Borrower secured, until the Termination Date, by all of the Collateral.

 

2. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

2.1 Conditions to the Initial Loans .

 

No Lender shall be obligated to make any Loan on the Closing Date, or to take, fulfill, or perform any other action hereunder, until the following conditions have been satisfied or provided for in a manner satisfactory to Agent, or waived in writing by Agent:

 

(a) Credit Agreement; Loan Documents . This Agreement or counterparts hereof shall have been duly executed by, and delivered to, Borrowers, each other Credit Party, Agent and Lenders; and Agent shall have received such documents, instruments, agreements and legal opinions as Agent shall reasonably request in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including all those listed in the Closing Checklist attached hereto as Annex D , each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent.

 

(b) Approvals . Agent shall have received (i) satisfactory evidence that the Credit Parties have obtained all required consents and approvals of all Persons including all requisite Governmental Authorities, to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the consummation of the Related Transactions or (ii) an officer’s certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent affirming that no such consents or approvals are required.

 

(c) Revolving Credit Loan; Opening Availability . The Borrowers and the Revolving Credit Lender shall have executed and delivered the Revolving Credit Loan Documents, all conditions to the funding of the Revolving Credit Loan shall have been satisfied and Borrowers shall have not less that $3,000,000 in availability under the Revolving Credit Loan.

 

(d) Payment of Fees . Borrowers shall have paid the Fees required to be paid on the Closing Date in the respective amounts specified in Section 1.9 (including the Fees specified in the GE Capital Fee Letter), and shall have reimbursed Agent for all fees, costs and expenses of closing presented as of the Closing Date.

 

(e) Capital Structure: Other Debt . The capital structure of each Credit Party and the terms and conditions of all Debt of each Credit Party shall be acceptable to Agent in its sole discretion.

 

(f) Due Diligence . Agent shall have completed its business and legal due diligence, including a roll forward of its previous Collateral audit, appraisals, environmental audits and reports with results reasonably satisfactory to Agent.

 

12


(g) Consummation of Related Transactions . Agent shall have received fully executed copies of the Related Transactions Documents, each of which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent and its counsel. The Related Transactions shall have been consummated in accordance Related Transactions Documents.

 

2.2 Intentionally Omitted .

 

3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

To induce Lenders to make the Loans, the Credit Parties executing this Agreement, jointly and severally, make the following representations and warranties to Agent and each Lender with respect to all Credit Parties, each and all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

3.1 Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law .

 

(a) Each Credit Party (i) is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its respective jurisdiction of incorporation or organization set forth in Disclosure Schedule (3.1) ; (ii) is duly qualified to conduct business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction where its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) has the requisite power and authority and the legal right to own, pledge, mortgage or otherwise encumber and operate its properties, to lease the property it operates under lease and to conduct its business as now, heretofore and proposed to be conducted; (iv) subject to specific representations regarding Environmental Laws, has all licenses, permits, consents or approvals from or by, and has made all filings with, and has given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction, to the extent required for such ownership, operation and conduct; and (v) is in compliance with its charter and bylaws or partnership or operating agreement, as applicable.

 

(b) Subject to specific representations set forth herein regarding ERISA, Environmental Laws, tax and other laws, each Credit Party is and will remain in compliance with all applicable provisions of all laws and regulations, including, without limitation, all applicable Bank Secrecy Act (“ BSA ”) laws, regulations and government guidances on BSA compliance and on the prevention and detection of money laundering violations. Without, in any way limiting the foregoing, each Credit Party has taken and will take all necessary steps to ensure that no person who owns a controlling interest in or otherwise controls such Credit Party is or shall be (i) listed on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Person List maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”), Department of the Treasury, and/or any other similar lists maintained by OFAC pursuant to any authorizing statute, Executive Order or regulation or (ii) a person designated under Section 1(b), (c), or (d) of Executive Order No. 13224 (September 23, 2001), any related enabling legislation or any other similar Executive Order.

 

13


3.2 Executive Offices, Collateral Locations, FEIN .

 

As of the Closing Date, the current location of each Credit Party’s chief executive office and the warehouses and premises at which any Collateral (other than Collateral listed and described on Disclosure Schedule (3.26)) , is located are set forth in Disclosure Schedule (3.2) , and none of such locations has changed within the 12 months preceding the Closing Date. In addition, Disclosure Schedule (3.2) lists the federal employer identification number of each Credit Party.

 

3.3 Corporate Power, Authorization, Enforceable Obligations .

 

The execution, delivery and performance by each Credit Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the creation of all Liens provided for therein: (a) are within such Person’s power; (b) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, limited liability company or limited partnership action; (c) do not contravene any provision of such Person’s charter, bylaws or partnership or operating agreement as applicable; (d) do not violate any law or regulation, or any order or decree of any court or Governmental Authority; (e) do not conflict with or result in the breach or termination of, constitute a default under or accelerate or permit the acceleration of any performance required by, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, agreement or other instrument to which such Person is a party or by which such Person or any of its property is bound; (f) do not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the property of such Person other than those in favor of Agent, on behalf of itself and Lenders, pursuant to the Loan Documents; and (g) do not require the consent or approval of any Governmental Authority or any other Person, except those referred to in Section 2.1(c) , all of which will have been duly obtained, made or complied with prior to the Closing Date. Each of the Loan Documents has been duly executed and delivered by each Credit Party that is a party thereto and each such Loan Document constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Credit Party enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

 

3.4 Financial Statements and Projections .

 

Except for the Projections and the Fair Salable Balance Sheet, all Financial Statements concerning Holdings and its Subsidiaries that are referred to below have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods covered (except as disclosed therein and except, with respect to unaudited Financial Statements, for the absence of footnotes and normal year-end audit adjustments) and present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Persons covered thereby as at the dates thereof and the results of their operations and cash flows for the periods then ended.

 

(a) Financial Statements . The following Financial Statements have been delivered on the date hereof:

 

(i) The audited consolidated and consolidating balance sheets at December 31, 2001 and 2002 and the related statements of income and cash flows of the Consolidated Group for the Fiscal Years then ended, certified by Deloitte & Touche, LLP.

 

(ii) The unaudited balance sheet(s) at June 30, 2003 and the related statement(s) of income and cash flows of the Consolidated Group for the two Fiscal Quarters then ended.

 

14


(b) Pro Forma . The Pro Forma delivered on the date hereof was prepared by Borrowers giving pro forma effect to the Related Transactions, was based on the unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Consolidated Group dated as of June 30, 2003, and was prepared in accordance with GAAP, with only such adjustments thereto as would be required in accordance with GAAP.

 

( c) Projections . The Projections delivered on the date hereof have been prepared by Borrowers in light of the past operations of their businesses, but including future payments of known contingent liabilities reflected on the Fair Salable Balance Sheet, and reflect projections for the Fiscal Quarter ending December 31, 2002 for the five (5) year period beginning on January 1, 2003 on a month-by-month basis for the first year and on a year-by-year basis thereafter. The Projections are based upon estimates and assumptions stated therein, all of which Borrowers believe to be reasonable and fair in light of current conditions and current facts known to Borrowers and, as of the Closing Date, reflect Borrowers’ good faith and reasonable estimates of the future financial performance of Borrowers and of the other information projected therein for the period set forth therein.

 

3.5 Material Adverse Effect .

 

Between December 31, 2002 and the Closing Date: (a) no Credit Party has incurred any obligations, contingent or noncontingent liabilities, liabilities for Charges, long-term leases or forward or long-term commitments that are not reflected in the Pro Forma and that, alone or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) no contract, lease or other agreement or instrument has been entered into by any Credit Party or has become binding upon any Credit Party’s assets and no law or regulation applicable to any Credit Party has been adopted that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) no Credit Party is in default and to the best of Borrowers’ knowledge no third party is in default under any material contract, lease or other agreement or instrument, that alone or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Between December 31, 2002 and the Closing Date no event has occurred, that alone or together with other events, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

3.6 Ownership of Property; Liens .

 

As of the Closing Date, the real estate (“ Real Estate ”) listed in Disclosure Schedule (3.6) constitutes all of the real property owned, leased, subleased, or used by any Credit Party. Each Credit Party owns good and marketable fee simple title to all of its owned Real Estate, and valid and marketable leasehold interests in all of its leased Real Estate, all as described on Disclosure Schedule (3.6) , and copies of all such leases or a summary of terms thereof reasonably satisfactory to Agent have been delivered to Agent. Disclosure Schedule (3.6) further describes any Real Estate with respect to which any Credit Party is a lessor, sublessor or assignor as of the Closing Date. Each Credit Party also has good and marketable title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all of its personal property and assets. As of the Closing Date, none of the properties and assets of any Credit Party are subject to any Liens other than Permitted Encumbrances, and

 

15


there are no facts, circumstances or conditions known to any Credit Party that may result in any Liens (including Liens arising under Environmental Laws) other than Permitted Encumbrances. Each Credit Party has received all deeds, assignments, waivers, consents, nondisturbance and attornment or similar agreements, bills of sale and other documents, and has duly effected all recordings, filings and other actions necessary to establish, protect and perfect such Credit Party’s right, title and interest in and to all such Real Estate and other properties and assets. Disclosure Schedule (3.6) also describes any purchase options, rights of first refusal or other similar contractual rights pertaining to any Real Estate. As of the Closing Date, no portion of any Credit Party’s Real Estate has suffered any material damage by fire or other casualty loss that has not heretofore been repaired and restored in all material respects to its original condition or otherwise remedied. As of the Closing Date, all material permits required to have been issued or appropriate to enable the Real Estate to be lawfully occupied and used for all of the purposes for which it is currently occupied and used have been lawfully issued and are in full force and effect.

 

3.7 Labor Matters .

 

As of the Closing Date (a) except as set forth in Disclosure Schedule (3.7) , no strikes, labor actions of any type (including without limitation, slow downs, work stoppages or disruptions) or other labor disputes against any Credit Party are pending or, to any Credit Party’s knowledge, threatened; (b) hours worked by and payment made to employees of each Credit Party comply with the Fair Labor Standards Act and each other federal, state, local or foreign law applicable to such matters; (c) all payments due from any Credit Party for employee health and welfare insurance have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of such Credit Party; (d) except as set forth in Disclosure Schedule (3.7) , no Credit Party is a party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement, management agreement, consulting agreement, employment agreement, bonus, restricted stock, stock option, or stock appreciation plan or agreement or any similar plan, agreement or arrangement (and true and complete copies of any agreements described on Disclosure Schedule (3.7) have been delivered to Agent); (e) there is no organizing activity involving any Credit Party pending or, to any Credit Party’s knowledge, threatened by any labor union or group of employees; (f) there are no representation proceedings pending or, to any Credit Party’s knowledge, threatened with the National Labor Relations Board, and no labor organization or group of employees of any Credit Party has made a pending demand for recognition; and (g) except as set forth in Disclosure Schedule (3.7) , there are no material complaints or charges against any Credit Party pending or, to the knowledge of any Credit Party, threatened to be filed with any Governmental Authority or arbitrator based on, arising out of, in connection with, or otherwise relating to the employment or termination of employment by any Credit Party of any individual.

 

3.8 Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding Stock and Debt .

 

Except as set forth in Disclosure Schedule (3.8) , as of the Closing Date, no Credit Party has any Subsidiaries, is engaged in any joint venture or partnership with any other Person, or is an Affiliate of any other Person. All of the issued and outstanding Stock of each Credit Party is owned by each of the Stockholders and in the amounts set forth in Disclosure Schedule (3.8) . Except as set forth in Disclosure Schedule (3.8), there are no outstanding rights to purchase, options, warrants or similar rights or agreements pursuant to which any Credit Party may be

 

16


required to issue, sell, repurchase or redeem any of its Stock or other equity securities or any Stock or other equity securities of its Subsidiaries. All outstanding Debt and Guaranteed Debt of each Credit Party as of the Closing Date (except for the Obligations) is described in Section 6.3 (including Disclosure Schedule (6.3) ). None of the Credit Parties other than Borrowers has any assets (except Stock of their Subsidiaries) or any Debt or Guaranteed Debt (except the Obligations).

 

3.9 Government Regulation .

 

No Credit Party is an “investment company” or an “affiliated person” of, or “promoter” or “principal underwriter” for, an “investment company,” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940. No Credit Party is subject to regulation under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Federal Power Act, or any other federal or state statute that restricts or limits its ability to incur Debt or to perform its obligations hereunder. The making of the Loans by Lenders to Borrowers, the application of the proceeds thereof and repayment thereof and the consummation of the Related Transactions will not violate any provision of any such statute or any rule, regulation or order issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3.10 Margin Regulations .

 

No Credit Party is engaged, nor will it engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of “purchasing” or “carrying” any “margin stock” as such terms are defined in Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board as now and from time to time hereafter in effect (such securities being referred to herein as “ Margin Stock ”). No Credit Party owns any Margin Stock, and none of the proceeds of the Loans or other extensions of credit under this Agreement will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Debt that was originally incurred to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or for any other purpose that might cause any of the Loans or other extensions of credit under this Agreement to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulations T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board. No Credit Party will take or permit to be taken any action that might cause any Loan Document to violate any regulation of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

3.11 Taxes .

 

All tax returns, reports and statements, including information returns, required by any Governmental Authority to be filed by any Credit Party have been filed with the appropriate Governmental Authority and all Charges have been paid prior to the date on which any fine, penalty, interest or late charge may be added thereto for nonpayment thereof (or any such fine, penalty, interest, late charge or loss has been paid), excluding Charges or other amounts being contested in accordance with Section 5.2(b) . Proper and accurate amounts have been withheld by each Credit Party from its respective employees for all periods in full and complete compliance with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws and such withholdings have been timely paid to the respective Governmental Authorities. Disclosure Schedule (3.11) sets forth as of the Closing Date those taxable years for which any Credit Party’s tax returns are currently being audited by the IRS or any other applicable Governmental Authority, and any

 

17


assessments or threatened assessments in connection with such audit, or otherwise currently outstanding. Except as described in Disclosure Schedule (3.11) , no Credit Party has executed or filed with the IRS or any other Governmental Authority any agreement or other document extending, or having the effect of extending, the period for assessment or collection of any Charges. None of the Credit Parties and their respective predecessors are liable for any Charges: (a) under any agreement (including any tax sharing agreements) or (b) to each Credit Party’s knowledge, as a transferee. As of the Closing Date, no Credit Party has agreed or been requested to make any adjustment under IRC Section 481(a), by reason of a change in accounting method or otherwise, which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

3.12 ERISA .

 

(a) Disclosure Schedule (3.12) lists (i) all ERISA Affiliates and (ii) all Plans and separately identifies all Pension Plans, including Title IV Plans, Multiemployer Plans, ESOPs and Welfare Plans, including all Retiree Welfare Plans. Copies of all such listed Plans, together with a copy of the latest IRS/DOL 5500-series form for each such Plan, have been delivered to Agent. Except with respect to Multiemployer Plans, each Qualified Plan has been determined by the IRS to qualify under Section 401 of the IRC, the trusts created thereunder have been determined to be exempt from tax under the provisions of Section 501 of the IRC, and nothing has occurred that would cause the loss of such qualification or tax-exempt status. Each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the IRC, including the timely filing of all reports required under the IRC or ERISA, including the statement required by 29 CFR Section 2520.104-23. Neither any Credit Party nor ERISA Affiliate has failed to make any contribution or pay any amount due as required by either Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 of ERISA or the terms of any such Plan. Neither any Credit Party nor ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a “prohibited transaction,” as defined in Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the IRC, in connection with any Plan, that would subject any Credit Party to a material tax on prohibited transactions imposed by Section 502(i) of ERISA or Section 4975 of the IRC.

 

(b) Except as set forth in Disclosure Schedule (3.12) : (i) no Title IV Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability; (ii) no ERISA Event or event described in Section 4062(e) of ERISA with respect to any Title IV Plan has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (iii) there are no pending, or to the knowledge of any Credit Party, threatened claims (other than claims for benefits in the normal course), sanctions, actions or lawsuits, asserted or instituted against any Plan or any Person as fiduciary or sponsor of any Plan; (iv) no Credit Party or ERISA Affiliate has incurred or reasonably expects to incur any liability as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from a Multiemployer Plan; (v) within the last five years no Title IV Plan of any Credit Party or ERISA Affiliate has been terminated, whether or not in a “standard termination” as that term is used in Section 4041(b)(l) of ERISA, nor has any Title IV Plan of any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate (determined at any time within the last five years) with Unfunded Pension Liabilities been transferred outside of the “controlled group” (within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA) of any Credit Party or ERISA Affiliate (determined at such time); (vi) except in the case of any ESOP, Stock of all Credit Parties and their ERISA Affiliates makes up, in the aggregate, no more than 10% of fair market value of

 

18


the assets of any Plan measured on the basis of fair market value as of the latest valuation date of any Plan; and (vii) no liability under any Title IV Plan has been satisfied with the purchase of a contract from an insurance company that is not rated AAA by the Standard & Poor’s Corporation or an equivalent rating by another nationally recognized rating agency.

 

3.13 No Litigation .

 

No action, claim, lawsuit, demand, investigation or proceeding is now pending or, to the knowledge of any Credit Party, threatened against any Credit Party, before any Governmental Authority or before any arbitrator or panel of arbitrators (collectively, “ Litigation ”), (a) that challenges any Credit Party’s right or power to enter into or perform any of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, or the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or any action taken thereunder, or (b) that has a reasonable risk of being determined adversely to any Credit Party and that, if so determined, could be reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Disclosure Schedule (3.13) , as of the Closing Date there is no Litigation pending or, to any Credit Party’s knowledge, threatened, that seeks damages in excess of $100,000 or injunctive relief against, or alleges criminal misconduct of, any Credit Party.

 

3.14 Brokers .

 

No broker or finder brought about the obtaining, making or closing of the Loans or the Related Transactions, and no Credit Party or Affiliate thereof has any obligation to any Person in respect of any finder’s or brokerage fees in connection therewith.

 

3.15 Intellectual Property .

 

As of the Closing Date, each Credit Party owns or has rights to use all Intellectual Property necessary to continue to conduct its business as now or heretofore conducted by it or proposed to be conducted by it, and each Patent, Trademark and License is listed, together with application or registration numbers, as applicable, in Disclosure Schedule (3.15) . Each Credit Party conducts its business and affairs without infringement of or interference with any Intellectual Property of any other Person in any material respect. Except as set forth in Disclosure Schedule (3.15), no Credit Party is aware of any infringement claim by any other Person with respect to any Intellectual Property.

 

3.16 Full Disclosure .

 

No information contained in this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, any Projections, Financial Statements or Collateral Reports or other written reports from time to time delivered hereunder or any written statement furnished by or on behalf of any Credit Party to Agent or any Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made. The Liens granted to Agent, on behalf of itself and Lenders, pursuant to the Collateral Documents will at all times be fully perfected first priority Liens in and to the Collateral described therein, subject, as to priority, only to Permitted Encumbrances.

 

19


3.17 Environmental Matters .

 

(a) Except as set forth in Disclosure Schedule (3.17) , as of the Closing Date: (i) the Real Estate is free of contamination from any Hazardous Material except for such contamination that would not adversely impact the value or marketability of such Real Estate and that would not result in Environmental Liabilities that could reasonably be expected to exceed $50,000; (ii) no Credit Party has caused or suffered to occur any Release of Hazardous Materials on, at, in, under, above, to, from or about any of its Real Estate; (iii) the Credit Parties are and have been in compliance with all Environmental Laws, except for such noncompliance that would not result in Environmental Liabilities which could reasonably be expected to exceed $50,000; (iv) the Credit Parties have obtained, and are in compliance with, all Environmental Permits required by Environmental Laws for the operations of their respective businesses as presently conducted or as proposed to be conducted, except where the failure to so obtain or comply with such Environmental Permits would not result in Environmental Liabilities that could reasonably be expected to exceed $50,000, and all such Environmental Permits are valid, uncontested and in good standing; (v) no Credit Party is involved in operations or knows of any facts, circumstances or conditions, including any Releases of Hazardous Materials, that are likely to result in any Environmental Liabilities of such Credit Party which could reasonably be expected to exceed $50,000, and no Credit Party has permitted any current or former tenant or occupant of the Real Estate to engage in any such operations; (vi) there is no Litigation arising under or related to any Environmental Laws, Environmental Permits or Hazardous Material that seeks damages, penalties, fines, costs or expenses in excess of $50,000 or injunctive relief against, or that alleges criminal misconduct by, any Credit Party; (vii) no notice has been received by any Credit Party identifying it as a “potentially responsible party” or requesting information under CERCLA or analogous state statutes, and to the knowledge of the Credit Parties, there are no facts, circumstances or conditions that may result in any Credit Party being identified as a “potentially responsible party” under CERCLA or analogous state statutes; and (viii) the Credit Parties have provided to Agent copies of all existing environmental reports, reviews and audits and all written information pertaining to actual or potential Environmental Liabilities, in each case relating to any Credit Party.

 

(b) Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that Agent (i) is not now, and has not ever been, in control of any of the Real Estate or any Credit Party’s affairs, and (ii) does not have the capacity through the provisions of the Loan Documents or otherwise to influence any Credit Party’s conduct with respect to the ownership, operation or management of any of its Real Estate or compliance with Environmental Laws or Environmental Permits.

 

3.18 Insurance .

 

Disclosure Schedule (3.18) lists all insurance policies of any nature maintained, as of the Closing Date, for current occurrences by each Credit Party, as well as a summary of the terms of each such policy.

 

20


3.19 Deposit and Disbursement Accounts .

 

Disclosure Schedule (3.19) lists all banks and other financial institutions at which any Credit Party maintains deposit or other accounts as of the Closing Date, including any Disbursement Accounts, and such Schedule correctly identifies the name, address and telephone number of each depository, the name in which the account is held, a description of the purpose of the account, and the complete account number therefor.

 

3.20 Government Contracts .

 

Except as set forth in Disclosure Schedule (3.20) , as of the Closing Date, no Credit Party is a party to any contract or agreement with any Governmental Authority and no Credit Party’s Accounts are subject to the Federal Assignment of Claims Act (31 U.S.C. Section 3727) or any similar state or local law.

 

3.21 Customer and Trade Relations .

 

As of the Closing Date, there exists no actual or, to the knowledge of any Credit Party, threatened termination or cancellation of, or any material adverse modification or change in: the business relationship of any Credit Party with any customer or group of customers whose purchases during the preceding 12 months caused them to be ranked among the ten largest customers of such Credit Party; or the business relationship of any Credit Party with any supplier material to its operations.

 

3.22 Agreements and Other Documents .

 

As of the Closing Date, each Credit Party has provided to Agent or its counsel, on behalf of Lenders, accurate and complete copies (or summaries) of all of the following agreements or documents to which it is subject and each of which is listed in Disclosure Schedule (3.22) : supply agreements and purchase agreements not terminable by such Credit Party within 60 days following written notice issued by such Credit Party and involving transactions in excess of $1,000,000 per annum; leases of Equipment having a remaining term of one year or longer and requiring aggregate rental and other payments in excess of $500,000 per annum; leases of railcars and other contractual obligations with respect to used railcars; licenses and permits held by the Credit Parties, the absence of which could be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; instruments and documents evidencing any Debt or Guaranteed Debt of such Credit Party and any Lien granted by such Credit Party with respect thereto; and instruments and agreements evidencing the issuance of any equity securities, warrants, rights or options to purchase equity securities of such Credit Party.

 

3.23 Solvency .

 

Both before and after giving effect to (a) the Loans to be made or incurred on the Closing Date or such other date as Loans requested hereunder are made or incurred, (b) the disbursement of the proceeds of such Loans pursuant to the instructions of Borrower Representative; (c) the Redemption Distribution and the Redemption; and (d) the payment and accrual of all transaction costs in connection with the foregoing, each Credit Party is and will be Solvent.

 

21


3.24 Subordinated Debt .

 

As of the Closing Date, Borrowers have delivered to Agent a complete and correct copy of the Subordinated Notes Agreement and the Subordinated Notes (including all schedules, exhibits, amendments, supplements, modifications, assignments and all other documents delivered pursuant thereto or in connection therewith). Holdings has the Corporate power and authority to incur the Debt evidenced by the Subordinated Notes Agreement and the Subordinated Notes. The subordination provisions of the Subordinated Notes Agreement, Subordinated Notes and the Subordination Agreement are enforceable against the Subordinated Note Holders, who are holders of the Subordinated Notes, by Agent and Lenders. All Obligations constitute senior indebtedness entitled to the benefits of the subordination provisions contained in the Subordinated Notes Agreement, the Subordinated Notes and the Subordination Agreement. Borrowers acknowledge that Agent and each Lender are entering into this Agreement and are extending the Commitments in reliance upon the subordination provisions of the Subordinated Notes Agreement, the Subordinated Notes and the Subordination Agreement and this Section 3.24 .

 

3.25 Status of Holdings .

 

Prior to the Closing Date, neither Holdings nor JAC Intermedco will be engaged in any business or incurred any Debt or any other liabilities (except in connection with its corporate formation, the Related Transactions Documents, the Subordinated Notes, the Subordinated Notes Agreement and this Agreement).

 

3.26 Railcar Matters .

 

(a) Certain railcars which comprise a portion of Borrowers Used Railcar Inventory are listed on Disclosure Schedule (3.26) and are herein referred to as the “ Listed Cars ”. Each Listed Car is being stored at the locations specifically identified on Disclosure Schedule (3.26) .

 

(b) Prior to the storage of any railcar comprising a part of the Used Railcar Inventory, all product, commodity and cargo has been removed from each such railcar and each such railcar has been cleaned.

 

(c) Each of the railcars comprising a part of the Used Railcar Inventory has been maintained in accordance with Applicable Law and with the American Association of Railroads (“ AAR ”) Interchange Rules, and is qualified for interchange service in the United States.

 

(d) The Borrowers have obtained and maintained adequate property insurance with respect to the Used Railcar Inventory.

 

4. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION

 

4.1 Reports and Notices .

 

(a) Each Credit Party executing this Agreement hereby agrees that from and after the Closing Date and until the Termination Date, it shall deliver to Agent or to Agent and Lenders, as required, the Financial Statements, notices, Projections and other information at the times, to the Persons and in the manner set forth in Annex E .

 

22


(b) Each Credit Party executing this Agreement hereby agrees that, from and after the Closing Date and until the Termination Date, it shall deliver to Agent or to Agent and Lenders, as required, the various Collateral Reports at the times, to the Persons and in the manner set forth in Annex F .

 

(c) Each Credit Party executing this Agreement hereby agrees that, from and after the Closing Date and until the Termination Date, it shall deliver to Agent or to Agent, the various reports and financial statements required to be delivered to Revolving Credit Lender under the Revolving Credit Agreement, at such times and in such manner as required therein.

 

4.2 Communication with Accountants .

 

Each Credit Party executing this Agreement authorizes Agent, so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to communicate directly with its independent certified public accountants, including Deloitte & Touche, LLP, and, so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, authorizes and, at Agent’s request, shall instruct those accountants and advisors to disclose and make available to Agent and each Lender any and all Financial Statements and other supporting financial documents, schedules and information relating to any Credit Party (including copies of any issued management letters) with respect to the business, financial condition and other affairs of any Credit Party.

 

5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Each Credit Party executing this Credit Agreement jointly and severally agrees as to all Credit Parties that from and after the date hereof and until the Termination Date:

 

5.1 Maintenance of Existence and Conduct of Business .

 

Each Credit Party shall: do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and its rights and franchises; continue to conduct its business as permitted hereunder; at all times maintain, preserve and protect all of its assets and properties used or useful in the conduct of its business, and keep the same in good repair, working order and condition in all material respects (taking into consideration ordinary wear and tear) and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all necessary or appropriate repairs, replacements and improvements thereto consistent with industry practices; and transact business only in such corporate and trade names as are set forth in Disclosure Schedule (5.1) .

 

5.2 Payment of Charges .

 

(a) Subject to Section 5.2(b) , each Credit Party shall pay and discharge or cause to be paid and discharged promptly all Charges payable by it, including (i) Charges imposed upon it, its income and profits, or any of its property (real, personal or mixed) and all Charges with respect to tax, social security and unemployment withholding with respect to its employees, (ii) lawful claims for labor, materials, supplies and services or otherwise, and (iii) all storage or rental charges payable to warehousemen or bailees, in each case, before any thereof shall become past due.

 

23


(b) Each Credit Party may in good faith contest, by appropriate proceedings, the validity or amount of any Charges, Taxes or claims described in Section 5.2(a) ; provided , that (i) adequate reserves with respect to such contest are maintained on the books of such Credit Party, in accordance with GAAP; (ii) no Lien shall be imposed to secure payment of such Charges (other than payments to warehousemen and/or bailees) that is superior to any of the Liens securing the Obligations and such contest is maintained and prosecuted continuously and with diligence and operates to suspend collection or enforcement of such Charges; (iii) none of the Collateral becomes subject to forfeiture or loss as a result of such contest; (iv) such Credit Party shall promptly pay or discharge such contested Charges, Taxes or claims and all additional charges, interest, penalties and expenses, if any, and shall deliver to Agent evidence reasonably acceptable to Agent of such compliance, payment or discharge, if such contest is terminated or discontinued adversely to such Credit Party or the conditions set forth in this Section 5.2(b) are no longer met; and (v) Agent has not advised Borrowers in writing that Agent reasonably believes that nonpayment or non discharge thereof could have or result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.3 Books and Records .

 

Each Credit Party shall keep adequate books and records with respect to its business activities in which proper entries, reflecting all financial transactions, are made in accordance with GAAP and on a basis consistent with the Financial Statements referenced in Section 3.4 .

 

5.4 Insurance; Damage to or Destruction of Collateral .

 

(a) The Credit Parties shall, at their sole cost and expense, maintain the policies of insurance described on Disclosure Schedule (3.18) as in effect on the date hereof or otherwise in form and amounts and with insurers reasonably acceptable to Agent. Such policies of insurance (or the loss payable and additional insured endorsements delivered to Agent) shall contain provisions pursuant to which the insurer agrees to provide 30 days prior written notice to Agent in the event of any non-renewal, cancellation or amendment of any such insurance policy. If any Credit Party at any time or times hereafter shall fail to obtain or maintain any of the policies of insurance required above, or to pay all premiums relating thereto, Agent may at any time or times thereafter obtain and maintain such policies of insurance and pay such premiums and take any other action with respect thereto that Agent deems advisable. Agent shall have no obligation to obtain insurance for any Credit Party or pay any premiums therefor. By doing so, Agent shall not be deemed to have waived any Default or Event of Default arising from any Credit Party’s failure to maintain such insurance or pay any premiums therefor. All sums so disbursed, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs and other charges related thereto, shall be payable on demand by Borrowers to Agent and shall be additional Obligations hereunder secured by the Collateral.

 

(b) Agent reserves the right at any time upon any change in any Credit Party’s risk profile (including any change in the product mix maintained by any Credit Party or

 

24


any laws affecting the potential liability of such Credit Party) to require additional forms and limits of insurance to, in Agent’s opinion, adequately protect both Agent’s and Lender’s interests in all or any portion of the Collateral and to ensure that each Credit Party is protected by insurance in amounts and with coverage customary for its industry. If reasonably requested by Agent, each Credit Party shall deliver to Agent from time to time a report of a reputable insurance broker, reasonably satisfactory to Agent, with respect to its insurance policies.

 

(c) Each Credit Party shall deliver to Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, endorsements to (i) all “All Risk” and business interruption insurance naming Agent, on behalf of itself and Lenders, as loss payee, and (ii) all general liability and other liability policies naming Agent, on behalf of itself and Lenders, as additional insured. Each Credit Party irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by Agent), so long as any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or the anticipated insurance proceeds exceed $3,000,000 as such Credit Party’s true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact for the purpose of making, settling and adjusting claims under such “All Risk” policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Credit Party on any check or other item of payment for the proceeds of such “All Risk” policies of insurance and for making all determinations and decisions with respect to such “All Risk” policies of insurance. Agent shall have no duty to exercise any rights or powers granted to it pursuant to the foregoing power-of-attorney. Borrower Representative shall promptly notify Agent of any loss, damage, or destruction to the Collateral in the amount of $250,000 or more, whether or not covered by insurance. After deducting from such proceeds the expenses, if any, incurred by Agent in the collection or handling thereof, Agent may, at its option, apply such proceeds to the reduction of the Obligations in accordance with Section 1.3(d) ; provided that in the case of insurance proceeds pertaining to any Credit Party that is not a Borrower, such insurance proceeds shall be applied ratably to all of the Loans owing by each Borrower, or permit or require the applicable Credit Party to use such money, or any part thereof, to replace, repair, restore or rebuild the Collateral in a diligent and expeditious manner with materials and workmanship of substantially the same quality as existed before the loss, damage or destruction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the casualty giving rise to such insurance proceeds could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and such insurance proceeds do not exceed $250,000 in the aggregate, Agent shall permit the applicable Credit Party to replace, restore, repair or rebuild the property; provided that if such Credit Party shall not have completed or entered into binding agreements to complete such replacement, restoration, repair or rebuilding within 180 days of such casualty, Agent may apply such insurance proceeds to the Obligations in accordance with Section 1.3(d) ; provided , further, that in the case of insurance proceeds pertaining to any Credit Party that is not a Borrower, such insurance proceeds shall be applied ratably to all of the Loans owing by each Borrower. All insurance proceeds that are to be made available to any Borrower to replace, repair, restore or rebuild the Collateral shall be applied by Agent to reduce the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan in inverse order of maturity. All insurance proceeds made available to any Credit Party that is not a Borrower to replace, repair, restore or rebuild Collateral shall be deposited in a cash collateral account. Thereafter, such funds shall be made available to that Borrower or Credit Party to provide funds to replace,

 

25


repair, restore or rebuild the Collateral as follows: (i) Borrower Representative shall request a release from the cash collateral account be made to such Borrower or Credit Party in the amount requested to be released and provide supporting documentation acceptable to Agent, and (ii) so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, Agent shall release funds from the cash collateral account. To the extent not used to replace, repair, restore or rebuild the Collateral, such insurance proceeds shall be applied in accordance with Section 1.3(d) ; provided that in the case of insurance proceeds pertaining to any Credit Party that is not a Borrower, such insurance proceeds shall be applied ratably to all of the Loans owing by each Borrower.

 

5.5 Compliance with Laws .

 

Each Credit Party shall comply with all federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations applicable to it, including those relating to the manufacturing, buying and selling of railcars, ERISA and labor matters and Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits, except to the extent that the failure to comply, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.6 Supplemental Disclosure .

 

From time to time as may be reasonably requested by Agent (which request will not be made more frequently than once each year absent the occurrence and continuance of a Default or an Event of Default), the Credit Parties shall supplement each Disclosure Schedule hereto, or any representation herein or in any other Loan Document, with respect to any matter hereafter arising that, if existing or occurring at the date of this Agreement, would have been required to be set forth or described in such Disclosure Schedule or as an exception to such representation or that is necessary to correct any information in such Disclosure Schedule or representation which has been rendered inaccurate thereby (and, in the case of any supplements to any Disclosure Schedule, such Disclosure Schedule shall be appropriately marked to show the changes made therein); provided that (a) no such supplement to any such Disclosure Schedule or representation shall amend, supplement or otherwise modify any Disclosure Schedule or representation (regardless of whether such representation is deemed given under the terms of this Agreement prior to, concurrently with or following any such supplement), or be or be deemed a waiver of any Default or Event of Default resulting from the matters disclosed therein, except as consented to by Agent and Requisite Lenders in writing, and (b) no supplement shall be required or permitted as to representations and warranties that relate solely to the Closing Date.

 

5.7 Intellectual Property .

 

Each Credit Party will conduct its business and affairs without infringement of or interference with any Intellectual Property of any other Person in any material respect.

 

5.8 Environmental Matters .

 

Each Credit Party shall and shall cause each Person within its control to: (a) conduct its operations and keep and maintain its Real Estate in compliance with all Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits other than noncompliance that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) implement any and all investigation, remediation, removal and

 

26


response actions that are appropriate or necessary to maintain the value and marketability of the Real Estate or to otherwise comply with Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits pertaining to the presence, generation, treatment, storage, use, disposal, transportation or Release of any Hazardous Material on, at, in, under, above, to, from or about any of its Real Estate; (c) notify Agent promptly after such Credit Party becomes aware of any violation of Environmental Laws or Environmental Permits or any Release on, at, in, under, above, to, from or about any Real Estate that is reasonably likely to result in Environmental Liabilities in excess of $100,000; and (d) promptly forward to Agent a copy of any order, notice, request for information or any communication or report received by such Credit Party in connection with any such violation or Release or any other matter relating to any Environmental Laws or Environmental Permits that could reasonably be expected to result in Environmental Liabilities in excess of $100,000, in each case whether or not the Environmental Protection Agency or any Governmental Authority has taken or threatened any action in connection with any such violation, Release or other matter. If Agent at any time has a reasonable basis to believe that there may be a violation of any Environmental Laws or Environmental Permits by-any Credit Party or any Environmental Liability arising thereunder, or a Release of Hazardous Materials on, at, in, under, above, to, from or about any of its Real Estate, that, in each case, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, then each Credit Party shall, upon Agent’s written request (i) cause the performance of such environmental audits including subsurface sampling of soil and groundwater, and preparation of such environmental reports, at Borrowers’ expense, as Agent may from time to time reasonably request, which shall be conducted by reputable environmental consulting firms reasonably acceptable to Agent and shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent, and (ii) permit Agent or its representatives to have access to all Real Estate for the purpose of conducting such environmental audits and testing as Agent deems appropriate, including subsurface sampling of soil and groundwater. Borrowers shall reimburse Agent for the costs of such audits and tests and the same will constitute a part of the Obligations secured hereunder.

 

5.9 Landlords’ Agreements, Mortgagee Agreements, Bailee Letters and Real Estate Purchases .

 

Each Credit Party shall obtain a landlord’s agreement, mortgagee agreement or bailee letter, as applicable, from the lessor of each leased property, mortgagee of owned property or bailee with respect to any warehouse, processor or converter facility or other location where Collateral is stored or located, which agreement or letter shall contain a waiver or subordination of all Liens or claims that the landlord, mortgagee or bailee may assert against the Collateral at that location, and shall otherwise be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Agent. After the Closing Date, no real property or warehouse space shall be leased by any Credit Party and no Inventory shall be shipped to a processor or converter under arrangements established after the Closing Date without the prior written consent of Agent or, unless and until a reasonably satisfactory landlord agreement or bailee letter, as appropriate, shall first have been obtained with respect to such location. Each Credit Party shall timely and fully pay and perform its obligations under all leases and other agreements with respect to each leased location or public warehouse where any Collateral is or may be located. To the extent otherwise permitted hereunder, if any Credit Party proposes to acquire a fee ownership interest in Real Estate after the Closing Date, it shall first provide to Agent a mortgage or deed of trust granting Agent a first priority Lien on such Real Estate, together with environmental audits, mortgage title insurance

 

27


commitment, real property survey, local counsel opinion(s), and, if required by Agent, supplemental casualty insurance and flood insurance, and such other documents, instruments or agreements reasonably requested by Agent, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent.

 

5.10 Railcar Matters .

 

(a) The Borrowers will pay or cause to be paid any of the fees, expenses, charges, invoices or bills arising from time to time with respect to the Used Railcar Inventory, including without limitation any storage or AAR repair bills.

 

(b) The Borrowers shall maintain the Used Railcar Inventory in accordance with Applicable Law and the AAR Interchange Rules.

 

(c) The Borrowers shall promptly notify the Agent of (i) any loss of or material damage to any item of Used Railcar Inventory, (ii) any refurbishment or material repair or alteration of any item of Used Railcar Inventory, (iii) any sale, transfer or lease of any item of Used Railcar Inventory and (iv) the imposition of any lien or encumbrance on any item of Used Railcar Inventory.

 

(d) The Borrowers shall obtain and maintain appropriate insurance with respect to the Used Railcar Inventory.

 

5.11 Further Assurances .

 

Each Credit Party executing this Agreement agrees that it shall and shall cause each other Credit Party to, at such Credit Party’s expense and upon request of Agent, duly execute and deliver, or cause to be duly executed and delivered, to Agent such further instruments and do and cause to be done such further acts as may be necessary or proper in the reasonable opinion of Agent to carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Each Credit Party executing this Agreement jointly and severally agrees as to all Credit Parties that from and after the date hereof until the Termination Date:

 

6.1 Mergers, Subsidiaries, Etc .

 

No Credit Party shall directly or indirectly, by operation of law of otherwise, (a) form or acquire any Subsidiary, or (b) merge with, consolidate with, acquire all or substantially all of the assets or Stock of, or otherwise combine with or acquire, any Person, except that any Borrower may merge with another Borrower, provided that Borrower Representative shall be the survivor of any such merger to which it is a party.

 

28


6.2 Investments; Loans and Advances .

 

Except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Section 6 , no Credit Party shall make or permit to exist any investment in, or make, accrue or permit to exist loans or advances of money to, any Person, through the direct or indirect lending of money, holding of securities or otherwise, except that: (a) Borrowers may hold investments comprised of notes payable, or stock or other securities issued by Account Debtors to any Borrower pursuant to negotiated agreements with respect to settlement of such Account Debtor’s Accounts in the ordinary course of business; (b) each Credit Party may maintain its existing investments in its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date; (c) advances among the Credit Parties permitted pursuant to Section 6.14(a) ; (d) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrowers may make investments, subject to Control Letters in favor of Agent for the benefit of Lenders or otherwise subject to a perfected security interest in favor of Agent for the benefit of Lenders, in (i) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof, (ii) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and currently having the highest rating obtainable from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., (iii) certificates of deposit maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof issued by commercial banks incorporated under the laws of the United States of America, each having combined capital, surplus and undivided profits of not less than $300,000,000 and having a senior unsecured rating of “A” or better by a nationally recognized rating agency (an “ A Rated Bank ”), (iv) time deposits maturing no more than 30 days from the date of creation thereof with A Rated Banks and (v) mutual funds that invest solely in one or more of the investments described in clauses (i) through (iv) above; and (e) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrowers may make investments, of a type not otherwise set forth herein, which have a maturity date of not more than twelve (12) months from the creation thereof which are offered by Revolving Credit Lender as a part of Revolving Credit Lender’s cash management system and for which Agent has received an executed Control Letter in form and content satisfactory to Agent.

 

6.3 Debt .

 

(a) No Credit Party shall create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Debt, except (without duplication) (i) Debt secured by purchase money security interests and Capital Leases permitted in Section 6.7(c) , (ii) the Loans and the other Obligations, (iii) unfunded pension fund and other employee benefit plan obligations and liabilities to the extent they are permitted to remain unfunded under applicable law, (iv) existing Debt (including the Subordinated Debt, subject to the Subordination Agreement, and the Revolving Credit Loan, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement) described in Disclosure Schedule (6.3) and refinancings thereof or amendments or modifications thereto that do not have the effect of increasing the principal amount thereof or interest rate thereon or changing the amortization thereof (other than to extend the same) and that are otherwise on terms and conditions no less favorable to any Credit Party, Agent or any Lender, as determined by Agent, than the terms of the Debt being refinanced, amended or modified, and with respect to any Subordinated Debt, is subject to a subordination agreement which contains, mutatis mutandis , the same terms and provisions as the Subordination Agreement, (v) Debt consisting of intercompany payables and receivables evidenced between Credit Parties, provided , there shall be no intercompany payables or receivables between Holdings and any other Credit Party other than payables or receivables created

 

29


in connection with the payment of the Redemption Distribution as permitted under Section 6.14(f) ; (vi) Debt incurred in connection with permitted payments made under Section 6.14 ; and (vii) Debt specifically permitted under Section 6.18 .

 

(b) No Credit Party shall, directly or indirectly, voluntarily purchase, redeem, defease or prepay any principal of, premium, if any, interest or other amount payable in respect of any Debt, other than (i) the Obligations; (ii) the Revolving Credit Loan subject at all times to the Intercreditor Agreement; (iii) Debt secured by a Permitted Encumbrance if the asset securing such Debt has been sold or otherwise disposed of in accordance with Sections 6.8(b) ; (iv) Debt permitted by Section 6.3(a)(iv) upon any refinancing thereof in accordance with Section 6.3(a)(iv); and (v) as otherwise permitted under Section 6.14.

 

6.4 Employee Loans and Affiliate Transactions .

 

(a) No Credit Party shall enter into or be a party to any transaction with any other Credit Party or any Affiliate thereof except in the ordinary course of and pursuant to the reasonable requirements of such Credit Party’s business and upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to such Credit Party than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of such Credit Party. In addition, if any such transaction or series of related transactions involves payments in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate, the terms of these transactions must be disclosed in advance to Agent and Lenders. All such transactions existing as of the date hereof are described in Disclosure Schedule (6.4(a)) .

 

(b) No Credit Party shall enter into any lending or borrowing transaction with any employees of any Credit Party, except loans to its respective employees in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices for travel and entertainment expenses, relocation costs and similar purposes and stock option financing up to a maximum of $100,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding.

 

(c) No Credit Party shall increase the direct or indirect aggregate compensation (excluding stock options) of the ten most highly compensated employees of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, by more than 20% per annum in excess of the current compensation level for those employees, expressed as an aggregate dollar amount and set forth in Disclosure Schedule (6.4(c)) not including raises in compensation levels in connection with promotions or bonuses.

 

6.5 Capital Structure and Business .

 

No Credit Party shall (a) make any changes in any of its business objectives, purposes or operations that could in any way adversely affect the repayment of the Loans or any of the other Obligations or could reasonably be expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect, (b) make any change in its capital structure as described in Disclosure Schedule (3.8) , including the issuance or sale of any shares of Stock, warrants or other securities convertible into Stock or any revision of the terms of its outstanding Stock; provided that Holdings may issue or sell shares of its Stock (i) in the form of Permitted Stock Options, (ii) in exchange for the cancellation or

 

30


payment (whether in the form of redemption or otherwise) of the Subordinated Notes, or (iii) for cash so long as (A) the proceeds thereof are applied in prepayment of the Obligations as required by Section 1.3(b) , and (B) no Change of Control occurs after giving effect thereto, or (c) amend its charter or bylaws in a manner that would adversely affect Agent or Lenders or such Credit Party’s duty or ability to repay the Obligations. No Credit Party shall engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by it.

 

6.6 Guaranteed Debt .

 

No Credit Party shall create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Guaranteed Debt except (a) by endorsement of instruments or items of payment for deposit to the general account of any Credit Party, (b) for Guaranteed Debt incurred for the benefit of any other Credit Party if the primary obligation is expressly permitted by this Agreement, and (c) that Guaranteed Debt described on Disclosure Schedule 6.6 .

 

6.7 Liens .

 

No Credit Party shall create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on or with respect to its Accounts or any of its other properties or assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) except for (a) Permitted Encumbrances; (b) Liens in existence on the date hereof and summarized on Disclosure Schedule (6.7) securing the Debt described on Disclosure Schedule (6.3) and permitted refinancings, extensions and renewals thereof, including extensions or renewals of any such Liens; provided that the principal amount of the Debt so secured is not increased and the Lien does not attach to any other property; (c) Liens created after the date hereof by conditional sale or other title retention agreements (including Capital Leases) or in connection with purchase money Debt with respect to Equipment and Fixtures acquired by any Credit Party in the ordinary course of business, involving the incurrence of an aggregate amount of annual payments of purchase money Debt, plus annual payments of Capital Leases, plus the annual payments under operating leases as permitted in Section 6.18 below of not more than $1,500,000.00 at any one time for all such Liens ( provided , in the case of purchase money Debt, that such Liens attach only to the assets subject to such purchase money debt and such Debt is incurred within 20 days following such purchase and does not exceed 100% of the purchase price of the subject assets); and (d) Liens in favor of Revolving Credit Lender securing the Revolving Credit Loan not to exceed $20,000,000 in the aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding, subject at all times to the Intercreditor Agreement. In addition, no Credit Party shall become a party to any agreement, note, indenture or instrument, or take any other action, that would prohibit the creation of a Lien on any of its properties or other assets in favor of Agent, on behalf of itself and Lenders, as additional collateral for the Obligations, except operating leases, Capital Leases or Licenses which prohibit Liens upon the assets that are subject thereto.

 

6.8 Sale of Stock and Assets .

 

No Credit Party shall sell, transfer, convey, assign or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or other assets, including the Stock of any of its Subsidiaries (whether in a public or a private offering or otherwise) or any of its Accounts, other than (a) the sale of Inventory in the ordinary course of business, provided , to the extent such Inventory consists of Used Railcar Inventory, such sale is made for immediate cash delivery and not on terms, and (b) the sale,

 

31


transfer, conveyance or other disposition by a Credit Party of Equipment, Fixtures that are obsolete or no longer used or useful in such Credit Party’s business and having an appraised value not exceeding $50,000 in any single transaction or $250,000 in the aggregate in any Fiscal Year. With respect to any disposition of assets or other properties consisting of Used Railcar Inventory assets permitted pursuant to clause (a) above, subject to Section 1.3(b), Agent and the Lenders agree their Lien in such Used Railcar Inventory shall be automatically released in accordance with Section 9-320 of the Code, provided that , the Lien of Agent and the Lenders shall attach to the proceeds of such sale. Upon written request by Borrowers, Agent (without the consent of any Lender) shall execute and deliver a partial release with respect to such Used Railcar Inventory sold pursuant to clause (a) above in form and content satisfactory to Agent. With respect to any disposition of assets or other properties permitted pursuant to clause (b) above, subject to Section 1.3(b), Agent agrees on reasonable prior written notice to release its Lien on such assets or other properties in order to permit the applicable Credit Party to effect such disposition and shall execute and deliver to Borrowers, at Borrowers’ expense, appropriate UCC-3 termination statements and other releases as reasonably requested by Borrowers.

 

6.9 ERISA .

 

No Credit Party shall, or shall cause or permit any ERISA Affiliate to, cause or permit to occur an event that could result in the imposition of a Lien under Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 or 4068 of ERISA or cause or permit to occur an ERISA Event to the extent such ERISA Event could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.10 Financial Covenants .

 

Borrowers shall not breach or fail to comply with any of the Financial Covenants.

 

6.11 Hazardous Materials .

 

No Credit Party shall cause or permit a Release of any Hazardous Material on, at, in, under, above, to, from or about any of the Real Estate where such Release would (a) violate in any respect, or form the basis for any Environmental Liabilities under, any Environmental Laws or Environmental Permits or (b) otherwise adversely impact the value or marketability of any of the Real Estate or any of the Collateral, other than such violations or Environmental Liabilities that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.12 Sale-Leasebacks .

 

No Credit Party shall engage in any sale-leaseback, synthetic lease or similar transaction involving any of its assets without the prior written consent of Agent.

 

6.13 Cancellation of Debt .

 

No Credit Party shall cancel any claim or debt owing to it, except for reasonable consideration negotiated on an arm’s-length basis and in the ordinary course of its business consistent with past practices.

 

32


6.14 Restricted Payments .

 

No Credit Party shall make any Restricted Payment, except (a) payments of Debt permitted under Section 6.3(a)(v) , (b) dividends and distributions by Subsidiaries of any Borrower paid to such Borrower, (c) employee loans permitted under Section 6.4(b) , (d) payments of fees (or dividends or distributions in order to allow any other Credit Party to make payment of fees) pursuant to the Management Services Agreements to the extent (and only to the extent) permitted by the Subordination Agreement provided , no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result after giving effect to any Restricted Payment pursuant to this clause (d) , (e) capitalization of accrued interest under the Subordinated Notes Agreement by issuance of PIK Notes (as such term is defined in the Subordination Agreement) to the extent (and only to the extent) permitted by the Subordination Agreement, (f) payments made to Holdings in connection with the Redemption Distribution; and (g) payments made to the Subordinated Note Holders in connection with the Redemption.

 

6.15 Change of Corporate Name or Location; Change of Fiscal Year .

 

No Credit Party shall (a) change its corporate name or trade name or (b) change its chief executive office, principal place of business, corporate offices or warehouses or locations at which Collateral is held or stored, or the location of its records concerning the Collateral, in each case without at least 30 days prior written notice to Agent and after Agent’s written acknowledgment that any reasonable action requested by Agent in connection therewith, including to continue the perfection of any Liens in favor of Agent, on behalf of Lenders, in any Collateral, has been completed or taken, and provided that any such new location shall be in the continental United States. Without limiting the foregoing, no Credit Party shall change its name, identity or corporate structure in any manner that might make any financing or continuation statement filed in connection herewith seriously misleading within the meaning of Section 9-506 of the Code or any other then applicable provision of the Code except upon prior written notice to Agent and Lenders and after Agent’s written acknowledgment that any reasonable action requested by Agent in connection therewith, including to continue the perfection of any Liens in favor of Agent, on behalf of Lenders, in any Collateral, has been completed or taken. No Credit Party shall change its Fiscal Year.

 

6.16 No Impairment of Intercompany Transfers .

 

No Credit Party shall directly or indirectly enter into or become bound by any agreement, instrument, indenture or other obligation (other than this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Revolving Credit Agreement) that could directly or indirectly restrict, prohibit or require the consent of any Person with respect to the payment of dividends or distributions or the making or repayment of intercompany loans by a Subsidiary of any Borrower to any Borrower or between Borrowers.

 

6.17 No Speculative Transactions .

 

No Credit Party shall engage in any transaction involving commodity options, futures contracts or similar transactions, except solely to hedge against fluctuations in the prices of commodities owned or purchased by it and the values of foreign currencies receivable or payable by it and interest swaps, caps or collars.

 

33


6.18 Leases; Real Estate Purchases .

 

No Credit Party shall enter into any operating lease for Equipment or Real Estate, if the aggregate of all such operating lease payments payable in any year for the Consolidated Group plus the amount of annual payments of purchase money Debt, plus the amount of annual payments of Capital Leases permitted under Section 6.3 (a)(i) and Section 6.7(c) would exceed $1,500,000. No Credit Party shall purchase a fee simple ownership interest in Real Estate without Agent’s prior written consent.

 

6.19 Changes Relating to Subordinated Debt; Material Contracts .

 

(a) No Credit Party shall change or amend the terms of any Subordinated Debt (or any indenture or agreement in connection therewith) if the effect of such amendment is to: (a) increase the interest rate on such Subordinated Debt; (b) change the dates upon which payments of principal or interest are due on such Subordinated Debt other than to extend such dates; (c) change any default or event of default other than to delete or make less restrictive any default provision therein, or add any covenant with respect to such Subordinated Debt; (d) change the redemption or prepayment provisions of such Subordinated Debt other than to extend the dates therefor or to reduce the premiums payable in connection therewith; (e) grant any security or collateral to secure payment of such Subordinated Debt; or (f) change or amend any other term if such change or amendment would materially increase the obligations of the Credit Party thereunder or confer additional material rights on the holder of such Subordinated Debt in a manner adverse to any Credit Party, Agent or any Lender.

 

(b) No Credit Party shall change or amend the terms of any of the Revolving Credit Loan Documents without Agent’s prior written consent.

 

6.20 Credit Parties Other than Borrowers .

 

None of the Credit Parties other than Borrowers shall engage in any trade or business, or own any assets (other than Stock of their Subsidiaries) or incur any Debt or Guaranteed Debt (other than the Obligations).

 

6.21 Railcar Matters .

 

(a) The Borrowers shall not move or cause to be moved any of the Listed Cars from its place of storage, except for movement to another storage location or repair shop after prior written notice to the Agent identifying the registration mark of the railcar being moved, and the origin and destination of such railcar.

 

(b) The Borrowers shall not alter the registration marks of any of the Listed Cars without the prior written consent of the Agent.

 

34


7. TERM

 

7.1 Termination .

 

The financing arrangements contemplated hereby shall be in effect until the Commitment Termination Date, and the Loans and all other Obligations shall be automatically due and payable in full on such date.

 

7.2 Survival of Obligations Upon Termination of Financing Arrangements .

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided for in the Loan Documents, no termination or cancellation (regardless of cause or procedure) of any financing arrangement under this Agreement shall in any way affect or impair the obligations, duties and liabilities of the Credit Parties or the rights of Agent and Lenders relating to any unpaid portion of the Loans or any other Obligations, due or not due, liquidated, contingent or unliquidated, or any transaction or event occurring prior to such termination, or any transaction or event, the performance of which is required after the Commitment Termination Date. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in any other Loan Document, all undertakings, agreements, covenants, warranties and representations of or binding upon the Credit Parties, and all rights of Agent and each Lender, all as contained in the Loan Documents, shall not terminate or expire, but rather shall survive any such termination or cancellation and shall continue in full force and effect until the Termination Date; provided , that the provisions of Section 11 , the payment obligations under Sections 1.15 and 1.16 , and the indemnities contained in the Loan Documents shall survive the Termination Date.

 

8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

 

8.1 Events of Default .

 

The occurrence of any one or more of the following events (regardless of the reason therefor) shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” hereunder:

 

(a) Any Borrower (i) fails to make any payment of principal of, or interest on, or Fees owing in respect of, the Loans or any of the other Obligations when due and payable, or (ii) fails to pay or reimburse Agent or Lenders for any expense reimbursable hereunder or under any other Loan Document within 10 days following Agent’s demand for such reimbursement or payment of expenses.

 

(b) Any Credit Party fails or neglects to perform, keep or observe any of the provisions of Sections 1.4, 1.8, 5.4(a) or 6 , or any of the provisions set forth in Annexes C or G , respectively.

 

(c) Any Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep or observe any of the provisions of Section 4 or any provisions set forth in Annexes E or F , respectively.

 

(d) Any Credit Party fails or neglects to perform, keep or observe any other provision of this Agreement or of any of the other Loan Documents (other than any provision embodied in or covered by any other clause of this Section 8.1) and the same shall remain unremedied for 20 days or more.

 

(e) Any default or event of default (each as such terms are defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement) occurs under the Revolving Credit Loan Documents that is not cured within any applicable grace period therefor.

 

35


(f) A default or breach occurs under any other agreement, document or instrument other than the Revolving Credit Loan Documents to which any Credit Party is a party that is not cured within any applicable grace period therefor, and such default or breach (i) involves the failure to make any payment when due in respect of any Debt or Guaranteed Debt (other than the Obligations) of any Credit Party in excess of $500,000 in the aggregate (including (x) undrawn committed or available amounts and (y) amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangements), or (ii) causes, or permits any holder of such Debt or Guaranteed Debt or a trustee to cause, Debt or Guaranteed Debt or a portion thereof in excess of $500,000 in the aggregate to become due prior to its stated maturity or prior to its regularly scheduled dates of payment, or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded, in each case, regardless of whether such default is waived, or such right is exercised, by such holder or trustee.

 

(g) Any information contained in any representation or warranty herein or in any Loan Document or in any written statement, report, financial statement or certificate made or delivered to Agent or any Lender by any Credit Party is untrue or incorrect in any material respect as of the date when made or deemed made.

 

(h) Assets with a fair market value of $50,000 or more and which are owned by any Credit Party are attached, seized, levied upon or subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or come within the possession of any receiver, trustee, custodian or assignee for the benefit of creditors of any Credit Party and such condition continues for 30 days or more.

 

(i) A case or proceeding is commenced against any Credit Party seeking a decree or order in respect of such Credit Party (i) under the Bankruptcy Code, or any other applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or other similar law, (ii) appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) for such Credit Party or for any substantial part of any such Credit Party’s assets, or (iii) ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the affairs of such Credit Party, and such case or proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for 45 days or more or a decree or order granting the relief sought in such case or proceeding shall be entered by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(j) Any Credit Party (i) files a petition seeking relief under the Bankruptcy Code, or any other applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or other similar law, (ii) consents to or fails to contest in a timely and appropriate manner the institution of proceedings thereunder or the filing of any such petition or the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) for such Credit Party or for any substantial part of any such Credit Party’s assets, (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (iv) takes any action in furtherance of any of the foregoing; or (v) admits in writing its inability to, or is generally unable to, pay its debts as such debts become due.

 

(k) A final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess of

 

36


$500,000 in the aggregate at any time are outstanding against one or more of the Credit Parties and the same are not, within 30 days after the entry thereof, discharged or execution thereof stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay.

 

(l) Any material provision of any Loan Document for any reason ceases to be valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms (or any Credit Party shall challenge the enforceability of any Loan Document or shall assert in writing, or engage in any action or inaction based on any such assertion, that any provision of any of the Loan Documents has ceased to be or otherwise is not valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms), or any Lien created under any Loan Document ceases to be a valid and perfected first priority Lien (except as otherwise permitted herein or therein) in any of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby.

 

(m) Any Change of Control occurs.

 

(n) Any event occurs, whether or not insured or insurable, as a result of which revenue-producing activities cease or are substantially curtailed at the FCS facility in Danville, Illinois and such cessation or curtailment continues for more than 90 days.

 

(o) Any default or breach by Holdings or any Borrower occurs and is continuing under the Subordinated Notes Agreement or the Subordinated Notes or the Subordinated Notes Agreement or the Subordinated Notes shall be terminated for any reason.

 

8.2 Remedies .

 

(a) If any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Agent may, without notice except as otherwise expressly provided herein, increase the rate of interest applicable to the Loans to the Default Rate.

 

(b) If any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Agent may, without notice: (i) declare all or any portion of the Obligations, including all or any portion of any Loan to be forthwith due and payable all without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by Borrowers and each other Credit Party; or (ii) exercise any rights and remedies provided to Agent under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code; provided , that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Sections 8.1(i) or [j] , all of the Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without declaration, notice or demand by any Person.

 

8.3 Waivers by Credit Parties .

 

Except as otherwise provided for in this Agreement or by applicable law, each Credit Party waives (including for purposes of Section 12) : (a) presentment, demand and protest and notice of presentment, dishonor, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration, protest, default, nonpayment, maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal of any or all commercial paper, accounts, contract rights, documents, instruments, chattel paper and

 

37


guaranties at any time held by Agent on which any Credit Party may in any way be liable, and hereby ratifies and confirms whatever Agent may do in this regard, (b) all rights to notice and a hearing prior to Agent’s taking possession or control of, or to Agent’s replevy, attachment or levy upon, the Collateral or any bond or security that might be required by any court prior to allowing Agent to exercise any of its remedies, and (c) the benefit of all valuation, appraisal, marshaling and exemption laws.

 

9. ASSIGNMENT AND PARTICIPATIONS; APPOINTMENT OF AGENT

 

9.1 Assignment and Participations .

 

(a) Subject to the terms of this Section 9.1, any Lender may make an assignment to a Qualified Assignee of, or sell participations in, at any time or times, the Loan Documents, Loans, and any Commitment or any portion thereof or interest therein, including any Lender’s rights, title, interests, remedies, powers or duties thereunder. Any assignment by a Lender shall: (i) require the consent of Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed with respect to a Qualified Assignee) and the execution of an assignment agreement (an “Assignment Agreement”) substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 9.1 (a) and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to, and acknowledged by, Agent; (ii) be conditioned on such assignee Lender representing to the assigning Lender and Agent that it is purchasing the applicable Loans to be assigned to it for its own account, for investment purposes and not with a view to the distribution thereof; (iii) after giving effect to any such partial assignment, the assignee Lender shall have Commitments in an amount at least equal to $1,000,000 and the assigning Lender shall have retained Commitments in an amount at least equal to $1,000,000; (iv) include a payment to Agent of an assignment fee of $3,500; and (v) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, require the consent of Borrower Representative, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided that no such consent shall be required for an assignment to a Qualified Assignee in the case of an assignment by a Lender under this Section 9.1 , the assignee shall have, to the extent of such assignment, the same rights, benefits and obligations as all other Lenders hereunder. The assigning Lender shall be relieved of its obligations hereunder with respect to its Commitments or assigned portion thereof from and after the date of such assignment. Each Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that any assignment shall give rise to a direct obligation of Borrowers to the assignee and that the assignee shall be considered to be a “Lender”. In all instances, each Lender’s liability to make Loans hereunder shall be several and not joint and shall be limited to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the applicable Commitment. In the event Agent or any Lender assigns or otherwise transfers all or any part of the Obligations, Agent or any such Lender shall so notify Borrowers and Borrowers shall, upon the request of Agent or such Lender, execute new Notes in exchange for the Notes, if any, being assigned. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.1 (a) , any Lender may at any time pledge the Obligations held by it and such Lender’s rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to a Federal Reserve Bank, and any Lender that is an investment fund may assign the Obligations held by it and such Lender’s rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to another investment fund managed by the same investment advisor; provided , that no such pledge to a Federal Reserve Bank shall release such Lender from such Lender’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

 

38


(b) Any participation by a Lender of all or any part of its Commitments shall be made with the understanding that all amounts payable by Borrowers hereunder shall be determined as if that Lender had not sold such participation, and that the holder of any such participation shall not be entitled to require such Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder except actions directly affecting (i) any reduction in the principal amount of, or interest rate or Fees payable with respect to, any Loan in which such holder participates, (ii) any extension of the scheduled amortization of the principal amount of any Loan in which such holder participates or the final maturity date thereof, and (iii) any release of all or substantially all of the Collateral (other than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Collateral Documents or the other Loan Documents). Solely for purposes of Sections 1.13, 1.15, 1.16 and 9.8 , each Borrower acknowledges and agrees that a participation shall give rise to a direct obligation of Borrowers to the participant and the participant shall be considered to be a “Lender”. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence no Borrower or Credit Party shall have any obligation or duty to any participant. Neither Agent nor any Lender (other than the Lender selling a participation) shall have any duty to any participant and may continue to deal solely with the Lender selling a participation as if no such sale had occurred.

 

(c) Except as expressly provided in this Section 9.1 , no Lender shall, as between Borrowers and that Lender, or Agent and that Lender, be relieved of any of its obligations hereunder as a result of any sale, assignment, transfer or negotiation of, or granting of participation in, all or any part of the Loans, the Notes or other Obligations owed to such Lender.

 

(d) Each Credit Party executing this Agreement shall assist any Lender permitted to sell assignments or participations under this Section 9.1 as reasonably required to enable the assigning or selling Lender to effect any such assignment or participation, including the execution and delivery of any and all agreements, notes and other documents and instruments as shall be requested and, if requested by Agent, the preparation of informational materials for, and the participation of management in meetings with, potential assignees or participants. Each Credit Party executing this Agreement shall certify the correctness, completeness and accuracy of all descriptions of the Credit Parties and their respective affairs contained in any selling materials provided by them and all other information provided by them and included in such materials, except that any Projections delivered by Borrowers shall only be certified by Borrowers as having been prepared by Borrowers in compliance with the representations contained in Section 3.4(c) .

 

(e) Any Lender may furnish any information concerning Credit Parties in the possession of such Lender from time to time to assignees and participants (including prospective assignees and participants); provided that such Lender, shall obtain from assignees or participants confidentiality covenants substantially equivalent to those contained in Section 11.8 .

 

(f) So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Lender

 

39


shall assign or sell participations in any portion of its Loans or Commitments to a potential Lender or participant, if, as of the date of the proposed assignment or sale, the assignee Lender or participant would be subject to capital adequacy or similar requirements under Section 1.16(a) , increased costs under Section 1.16(b) , an inability to fund LIBOR Loans under Section 1.16(c) , or withholding taxes in accordance with Section 1.15(a) .

 

9.2 Appointment of Agent .

 

GE Capital is hereby appointed to act on behalf of all Lenders as Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The provisions of this Section 9.2 are solely for the benefit of Agent and Lenders and no Credit Party nor any other Person shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions hereof. In performing its functions and duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Agent shall act solely as an agent of Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation toward or relationship of agency or trust with or for any Credit Party or any other Person. Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities except for those expressly set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The duties of Agent shall be mechanical and administrative in nature and Agent shall not have, or be deemed to have, by reason of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or otherwise a fiduciary relationship in respect of any Lender. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for failure to disclose, any information relating to any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any Account Debtor that is communicated to or obtained by GE Capital or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. Neither Agent nor any of its Affiliates nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents or representatives shall be liable to any Lender for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or in connection herewith or therewith, except for damages caused by its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

If Agent shall request instructions from Requisite Lenders, or all affected Lenders with respect to any act or action (including failure to act) in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, then Agent shall be entitled to refrain from such act or taking such action unless and until Agent shall have received instructions from Requisite Lenders, or all affected Lenders, as the case may be, and Agent shall not incur liability to any Person by reason of so refraining. Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document (a) if such action would, in the opinion of Agent, be contrary to law or the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (b) if such action would, in the opinion of Agent, expose Agent to Environmental Liabilities or (c) if Agent shall not first be indemnified to its satisfaction against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Without limiting the foregoing, no Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against Agent as a result of Agent acting or refraining from acting hereunder or under any other Loan Document in accordance with the instructions of Requisite Lenders.

 

40


9.3 Agent’s Reliance, Etc .

 

Neither Agent nor any of its Affiliates nor any of their respective directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, except for damages caused by its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Agent: (a) may treat the payee of any Note as the holder thereof until Agent receives written notice of the assignment or transfer thereof signed by such payee and in form reasonably satisfactory to Agent; (b) may consult with legal counsel, independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts; (c) makes no warranty or representation to any Lender and shall not be responsible to any Lender for any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; (d) shall not have any duty to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents on the part of any Credit Party or to inspect the Collateral (including the books and records) of any Credit Party; (e) shall not be responsible to any Lender for the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto; and (f) shall incur no liability under or in respect of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents by acting upon any notice, consent, certificate or other instrument or writing (which may be by telecopy, telegram, cable or telex) believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent by the proper party or parties.

 

9.4 GE Capital and Affiliates .

 

With respect to its Commitments hereunder, GE Capital shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not Agent; and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated, include GE Capital in its individual capacity. GE Capital and its Affiliates may lend money to, invest in, and generally engage in any kind of business with, any Credit Party, any of their Affiliates and any Person who may do business with or own securities of any Credit Party or any such Affiliate, all as if GE Capital were not Agent and without any duty to account therefor to Lenders. GE Capital and its Affiliates may accept fees and other consideration from any Credit Party for services in connection with this Agreement or otherwise without having to account for the same to Lenders. Each Lender acknowledges the potential conflict of interest between GE Capital as a Lender holding disproportionate interests in the Loans, and GE Capital as Agent.

 

9.5 Lender Credit Decision .

 

Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon Agent or any other Lender and based on the Financial Statements referred to in Section 3.4(a) and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit and financial analysis of the Credit Parties and its own decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement.

 

41


Each Lender acknowledges the potential conflict of interest of each other Lender as a result of Lenders holding disproportionate interests in the Loans, and expressly consents to, and waives any claim based upon, such conflict of interest.

 

9.6 Indemnification .

 

Lenders agree to indemnify Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by Credit Parties and without limiting the obligations of Credit Parties hereunder), ratably according to their respective Pro Rata Shares, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any action taken or omitted to be taken by Agent in connection therewith; provided , that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing, each Lender agrees to reimburse Agent promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any out-of-pocket expenses (including counsel fees) incurred by Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement and each other Loan Document, to the extent that Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by Credit Parties.

 

9.7 Successor Agent .

 

Agent may resign at any time by giving not less than 30 days’ prior written notice thereof to Lenders and Borrower Representative. Upon any such resignation, the Requisite Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent. If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Requisite Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the resigning Agent’s giving notice of resignation, then the resigning Agent may, on behalf of Lenders, appoint a successor Agent, which shall be a Lender, if a Lender is willing to accept such appointment, or otherwise shall be a commercial bank or financial institution or a subsidiary of a commercial bank or financial institution if such commercial bank or financial institution is organized under the laws of the United States of America or of any State thereof and has a combined capital and surplus of at least $300,000,000. If no successor Agent has been appointed pursuant to the foregoing, within 30 days after the date such notice of resignation was given by the resigning Agent, such resignation shall become effective and the Requisite Lenders shall thereafter perform all the duties of Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Requisite Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided above. Any successor Agent appointed by Requisite Lenders hereunder shall be subject to the approval of Borrower Representative, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided that such approval shall not be required if a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the resigning Agent. Upon the earlier of the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent or the effective date of the resigning Agent’s resignation, the resigning Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents,

 

42


except that any indemnity rights or other rights in favor of such resigning Agent shall continue. After any resigning Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Section 9 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

9.8 Setoff and Sharing of Payments .

 

In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable law and not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and subject to Section 9.9(f), each Lender is hereby authorized at any time or from time to time, without notice to any Credit Party or to any other Person, any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to offset and to appropriate and to apply any and all balances held by it at any of its offices for the account of any Borrower or Guarantor (regardless of whether such balances are then due to such Borrower or Guarantor) and any other properties or assets at any time held or owing by that Lender or that holder to or for the credit or for the account of any Borrower or Guarantor against and on account of any of the Obligations that are not paid when due. Any Lender exercising a right of setoff or otherwise receiving any payment on account of the Obligations in excess of its Pro Rata Share thereof shall purchase for cash (and the other Lenders or holders shall sell) such participations in each such other Lender’s or holder’s Pro Rata Share of the Obligations as would be necessary to cause such Lender to share the amount so offset or otherwise received with each other Lender or holder in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares (other than offset rights exercised by any Lender with respect to Sections 1.13 , 1.15 or 1.16) . Each Credit Party that is a Borrower or Guarantor agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that (a) any Lender may exercise its right to offset with respect to amounts in excess of its Pro Rata Share of the Obligations and may sell participations in such amounts so offset to other Lenders and holders and (b) any Lender so purchasing a participation in the Loans made or other Obligations held by other Lenders or holders may exercise all rights of offset, bankers’ lien, counterclaim or similar rights with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender or holder were a direct holder of the Loans and the other Obligations in the amount of such participation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all or any portion of the offset amount or payment otherwise received is thereafter recovered from the Lender that has exercised the right of offset, the purchase of participations by that Lender shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored without interest.

 

9.9 Advances; Payments; Non-Funding Lenders; Information; Actions in Concert .

 

(a) Payments . On the 2nd Business Day of each calendar week or more frequently at Agent’s election (each, a “ Settlement Date ”), Agent shall advise each Lender by telephone, or telecopy of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of principal, interest and Fees paid for the benefit of Lenders with respect to each applicable Loan. Provided that each Lender has funded all payments required to be made by it and has purchased all participations required to be purchased by it under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as of such Settlement Date, Agent shall pay to each Lender such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of principal, interest and Fees paid by Borrowers since the previous Settlement Date for the benefit of such Lender on the Loans held by it. To the extent that any Lender (a “ Non-Funding Lender ”) has failed to fund all such payments or

 

43


failed to fund the purchase of all such participations, Agent shall be entitled to set off the funding short-fall against that Non-Funding Lender’s Pro Rata Share of all payments received from Borrowers. Such payments shall be made by wire transfer to such Lender’s account (as specified by such Lender in Annex H or the applicable Assignment Agreement) not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York time) on the next Business Day following each Settlement Date.

 

(b) Availability of Lender’s Pro Rata Share . Agent may assume that each Lender will make its Pro Rata Share of the Term Loan available to Agent on the Closing Date. If such Pro Rata Share is not, in fact, paid to Agent by such Lender when due, Agent will be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender without setoff, counterclaim or deduction of any kind. If any Lender fails to pay the amount of its Pro Rata Share forthwith upon Agent’s demand, Agent shall promptly notify Borrower Representative and Borrowers shall immediately repay such amount to Agent. Nothing in this Section 9.9(b) or elsewhere in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall be deemed to require Agent to advance funds on behalf of any Lender or to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights that Borrowers may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder. To the extent that Agent advances funds to any Borrower on behalf of any Lender and is not reimbursed therefor on the same Business Day as such advance is made, Agent shall be entitled to retain for its account all interest accrued on such advance until reimbursed by the applicable Lender.

 

(c) Return of Payments .

 

(i) If Agent pays an amount to a Lender under this Agreement in the belief or expectation that a related payment has been or will be received by Agent from Borrowers and such related payment is not received by Agent, then Agent will be entitled to recover such amount from such Lender on demand without setoff, counterclaim or deduction of any kind.

 

(ii) If Agent determines at any time that any amount received by Agent under this Agreement must be returned to any Borrower or paid to any other Person pursuant to any insolvency law or otherwise, then, notwithstanding any other term or condition of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Agent will not be required to distribute any portion thereof to any Lender. In addition, each Lender will repay to Agent on demand any portion of such amount that Agent has distributed to such Lender, together with interest at such rate, if any, as Agent is required to pay to any Borrower or such other Person, without setoff, counterclaim or deduction of any kind.

 

(d) Non-Funding Lenders . The failure of any Non-Funding Lender to make any payment required by it hereunder on the date specified therefor shall not relieve any other Lender (each such other Lender, an “Other Lender”) of its obligations to purchase such participation on such date, but neither any Other Lender nor Agent shall be responsible for the failure of any Non-Funding Lender to purchase a participation or make any other payment required hereunder. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein

 

44


to the contrary, a Non-Funding Lender shall not have any voting or consent rights under or with respect to any Loan Document or constitute a “Lender” (or be included in the calculation of “Requisite Lenders” hereunder) for any voting or consent rights under or with respect to any Loan Document. At Borrower Representative’s request, Agent or a Person reasonably acceptable to Agent shall have the right with Agent’s consent and in Agent’s sole discretion (but shall have no obligation) to purchase from any Non-Funding Lender, and each Non-Funding Lender agrees that it shall, at Agent’s request, sell and assign to Agent or such Person, all of the Commitments of that Non-Funding Lender for an amount equal to the principal balance of all Loans held by such Non-Funding Lender and all accrued interest and fees with respect thereto through the date of sale, such purchase and sale to be consummated pursuant to an executed Assignment Agreement.

 

(e) Dissemination of Information . Agent shall use reasonable efforts to provide Lenders with any notice of Default or Event of Default received by Agent from, or delivered by Agent to, any Credit Party, with notice of any Event of Default of which Agent has actually become aware and with notice of any action taken by Agent following any Event of Default; provided , that Agent shall not be liable to any Lender for any failure to do so, except to the extent that such failure is attributable to Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. Lenders acknowledge that Borrowers are required to provide Financial Statements and Collateral Reports to Lenders in accordance with Annexes E and F hereto and agree that Agent shall have no duty to provide the same to Lenders.

 

(f) Actions in Concert . Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, each Lender hereby agrees with each other Lender that no Lender shall take any action to protect or enforce its rights arising out of this Agreement or the Notes (including exercising any rights of setoff) without first obtaining the prior written consent of Agent and Requisite Lenders, it being the intent of Lenders that any such action to protect or enforce rights under this Agreement and the Notes shall be taken in concert and at the direction or with the consent of Agent or Requisite Lenders.

 

10. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

 

10.1 Successors and Assigns .

 

This Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of each Credit Party, Agent, Lenders and their respective successors and assigns (including, in the case of any Credit Party, a debtor-in-possession on behalf of such Credit Party), except as otherwise provided herein or therein. No Credit Party may assign, transfer, hypothecate or otherwise convey its rights, benefits, obligations or duties hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents without the prior express written consent of Agent and Lenders. Any such purported assignment, transfer, hypothecation or other conveyance by any Credit Party without the prior express written consent of Agent and Lenders shall be void. The terms and provisions of this Agreement are for the purpose of defining the relative rights and obligations of each Credit Party, Agent and Lenders with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and

 

45


no Person shall be a third party beneficiary of any of the terms and provisions of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

 

11. MISCELLANEOUS

 

11.1 Complete Agreement; Modification of Agreement .

 

The Loan Documents constitute the complete agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter thereof and may not be modified, altered or amended except as set forth in Section 11.2 . Any letter of interest, commitment letter, or fee letter (other than the GE Capital Fee Letter) or confidentiality agreement] between any Credit Party and Agent or any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates, predating this Agreement and relating to a financing of substantially similar form, purpose or effect shall be superseded by this Agreement.

 

11.2 Amendments and Waivers .

 

(a) Except for actions expressly permitted to be taken by Agent, no amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any consent to any departure by any Credit Party therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Agent and Borrowers, and by Requisite Lenders, or all affected Lenders, as applicable. Except as set forth in clauses (b) and (c) below, all such amendments, modifications, terminations or waivers requiring the consent of any Lenders shall require the written consent of Requisite Lenders.

 

(b) No amendment, modification, termination or waiver shall, unless in writing and signed by Agent and each Lender directly affected thereby: (i) increase the principal amount of any Lender’s Commitment (which action shall be deemed to directly affect all Lenders; (ii) reduce the principal of, rate of interest on or Fees payable with respect to any Loan of any affected Lender; (iii) extend any scheduled payment date (other than payment dates of mandatory prepayments under Section 1.3(b)(i)-(iv)) or final maturity date of the principal amount of any Loan of any affected Lender; (iv) waive, forgive, defer, extend or postpone any payment of interest or Fees as to any affected Lender; (v) release any Guaranty or, except as otherwise permitted herein or in the other Loan Documents, release, or permit any Credit Party to sell or otherwise dispose of, any Collateral with a value exceeding $5,000,000 in the aggregate (which action shall be deemed to directly affect all Lenders); (vi) change the percentage of the Commitments or of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans that shall be required for Lenders or any of them to take any action hereunder; and (vii) amend or waive this Section 11.2 or the definitions of the terms “Requisite Lenders”, insofar as such definitions affect the substance of this Section 11.2 . Furthermore, no amendment, modification, termination or waiver affecting the rights or duties of Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be effective unless in writing and signed by Agent in addition to Lenders required hereinabove to take such action. Each amendment, modification, termination or waiver shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. No amendment, modification, termination or waiver shall be required for Agent to take additional Collateral pursuant to any Loan Document. No

 

46


amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of any Note shall be effective without the written concurrence of the holder of that Note. No notice to or demand on any Credit Party in any case shall entitle such Credit Party or any other Credit Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. Any amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent effected in accordance with this Section 11.2 shall be binding upon each holder of the Notes at the time outstanding and each future holder of the Notes.

 

(c) If, in connection with any proposed amendment, modification, waiver or termination (a “ Proposed Change ”):

 

(i) requiring the consent of all affected Lenders, the consent of Requisite Lenders is obtained, but the consent of other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is not obtained as described in this clause (i) and in clauses (ii) , (iii) and (iv) below being referred to as a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”), or

 

(ii) requiring the consent of Requisite Lenders, the consent of Lenders holding 51% or more of the aggregate Commitments is obtained, but the consent of Requisite Lenders is not obtained,

 

then, so long as Agent is not a Non-Consenting Lender, at Borrower Representative’s request, Agent or a Person reasonably acceptable to Agent shall have the right with Agent’s consent and in Agent’s sole discretion (but shall have no obligation) to purchase from such Non-Consenting Lenders, and such Non-Consenting Lenders agree that they shall, upon Agent’s request, sell and assign to Agent or such Person, all of the Commitments of such Non-Consenting Lenders for an amount equal to the principal balance of all Loans held by the Non-Consenting Lenders and all accrued interest and Fees with respect thereto through the date of sale, such purchase and sale to be consummated pursuant to an executed Assignment Agreement.

 

(d) Upon payment in full in cash and performance of all of the Obligations (other than indemnification Obligations), termination of the Commitments and a release of all claims against Agent and Lenders, and so long as no suits, actions, proceedings or claims are pending or threatened against any Indemnified Person asserting any damages, losses or liabilities that are Indemnified Liabilities, Agent shall deliver to Borrowers termination statements, mortgage releases and other documents necessary or appropriate to evidence the termination of the Liens securing payment of the Obligations.

 

11.3 Fees and Expenses .

 

Borrowers shall reimburse (i) Agent for all fees, costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of all of its counsel, advisors, consultants and auditors) and (ii) Agent (and, with respect to clauses (c) and (d) below, all Lenders) for all fees, costs and expenses, including the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of counsel or other advisors (including environmental and management consultants and appraisers), incurred in connection with the negotiation and preparation of the Loan Documents and incurred in connection with:

 

(a) the forwarding to Borrowers or any other Person on behalf of Borrowers

 

47


by Agent of the proceeds of any Loan (including a wire transfer fee of $25 per wire transfer);

 

(b) any amendment, modification or waiver of, consent with respect to, or termination of, any of the Loan Documents or Related Transactions Documents or advice in connection with the administration of the Loans made pursuant hereto or its rights hereunder or thereunder;

 

(c) any litigation, contest, dispute, suit, proceeding or action (whether instituted by Agent, any Lender, any Borrower or any other Person and whether as a party, witness or otherwise) in any way relating to the Collateral, any of the Loan Documents or any other agreement to be executed or delivered in connection herewith or therewith, including any litigation, contest, dispute, suit, case, proceeding or action, and any appeal or review thereof, in connection with a case commenced by or against any or all of the Borrowers or any other Person that may be obligated to Agent by virtue of the Loan Documents; including any such litigation, contest, dispute, suit, proceeding or action arising in connection with any work-out or restructuring of the Loans during the pendency of one or more Events of Default; provided that in the case of reimbursement of counsel for Lenders other than Agent, such reimbursement shall be limited to one counsel for all such Lenders; provided, further, that no Person shall be entitled to reimbursement under this clause (c) in respect of any litigation, contest, dispute, suit, proceeding or action to the extent any of the foregoing results from such Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction;

 

(d) any attempt to enforce any remedies of Agent against any or all of the Credit Parties or any other Person that may be obligated to Agent or any Lender by virtue of any of the Loan Documents, including any such attempt to enforce any such remedies in the course of any work-out or restructuring of the Loans during the pendency of one or more Events of Default; provided , that in the case of reimbursement of counsel for Lenders other than Agent, such reimbursement shall be limited to one counsel for all such Lenders;

 

(e) any workout or restructuring of the Loans during the pendency of one or more Events of Default; and

 

(f) efforts to (i) monitor the Loans or any of the other Obligations, (ii) evaluate, observe or assess any of the Credit Parties or their respective affairs, and (iii) verify, protect, evaluate, assess, appraise, collect, sell, liquidate or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral,

 

including, as to each of clauses (a) through (f) above, all reasonable attorneys’ and other professional and service providers’ fees arising from such services and other advice, assistance or other representation, including those in connection with any appellate proceedings, and all expenses, costs, charges and other fees incurred by such counsel and others in connection with or relating to any of the events or actions described in this Section 11.3 , all of which shall be payable, on demand, by Borrowers to Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,

 

48


such expenses, costs, charges and fees may include: fees, costs and expenses of accountants, environmental advisors, appraisers, management and other consultants and paralegals; court costs and expenses; photocopying and duplication expenses; court reporter fees, costs and expenses; long distance telephone charges; air express charges; telegram or telecopy charges; secretarial overtime charges; and expenses for travel, lodging and food paid or incurred in connection with the performance of such legal or other advisory services.

 

11.4 No Waiver .

 

Agent’s or any Lender’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by the Credit Parties of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect or diminish any right of Agent or such Lender thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance herewith or therewith. Any suspension or waiver of an Event of Default shall not suspend, waive or affect any other Event of Default whether the same is prior or subsequent thereto and whether the same or of a different type. Subject to the provisions of Section 11.2 , none of the undertakings, agreements, warranties, covenants and representations of any Credit Party contained in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents and no Default or Event of Default by any Credit Party shall be deemed to have been suspended or waived by Agent or any Lender, unless such waiver or suspension is by an instrument in writing signed by an officer of or other authorized employee of Agent and the applicable required Lenders, and directed to Borrowers specifying such suspension or waiver.

 

11.5 Remedies .

 

Agent’s and Lenders’ rights and remedies under this Agreement shall be cumulative and nonexclusive of any other rights and remedies that Agent or any Lender may have under any other agreement, including the other Loan Documents, by operation of law or otherwise. Recourse to the Collateral shall not be required.

 

11.6 Severability .

 

Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement or such other Loan Document.

 

11.7 Conflict of Terms .

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents by specific reference to the applicable provisions of this Agreement, if any provision contained in this Agreement conflicts with any provision in any of the other Loan Documents, the provision contained in this Agreement shall govern and control.

 

49


11.8 Confidentiality .

 

Agent and each Lender agree to use commercially reasonable efforts (equivalent to the efforts Agent or such Lender applies to maintaining the confidentiality of its own confidential information) to maintain as confidential all confidential information provided to them by the Credit Parties and designated as confidential for a period of 2 years following receipt thereof, except that Agent and any Lender may disclose such information (a) to Persons employed or engaged by Agent or such Lender in evaluating, approving, structuring or administering the Loans and the Commitments; (b) to any bona fide assignee or participant or potential assignee or participant that has agreed to comply with the covenant contained in this Section 11.8 (and any such bona fide assignee or participant or potential assignee or participant may disclose such information to Persons employed or engaged by them as described in clause (a) above); (c) as required or requested by any Governmental Authority or reasonably believed by Agent or such Lender to be compelled by any court decree, subpoena or legal or administrative order or process; (d) as, on the advice of Agent’s or such Lender’s counsel, is required by law; (e) in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy under the Loan Documents or in connection with any Litigation to which Agent or such Lender is a party; or (f) that ceases to be confidential through no fault of Agent or any Lender.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the information subject to this Section 11.8 shall not include, and Agent and each Lender may disclose without limitation of any kind, any information with respect to the “tax treatment” and “tax structure” (in each case, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4) of the transactions contemplated hereby and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to Agent or such Lender relating to such tax treatment and tax structure; provided , however, that with respect to any document or similar item that in either case contains information concerning the tax treatment or tax structure of the transactions as well as other information, this Section 11.8 shall apply only to such portions of the document or similar item that relate to the tax treatment or tax structure of the advances and transactions contemplated hereby.

 

11.9 GOVERNING LAW .

 

EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THE OBLIGATIONS SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED IN THAT STATE AND ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. EACH CREDIT PARTY HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN NEW YORK COUNTY, CITY OF NEW YORK, NEW YORK SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN THE CREDIT PARTIES, AGENT AND LENDERS PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS; PROVIDED , THAT AGENT, LENDERS AND THE CREDIT PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THOSE COURTS MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT LOCATED OUTSIDE OF NEW YORK COUNTY; PROVIDED FURTHER, THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED OR OPERATE TO PRECLUDE

 

50


AGENT FROM BRINGING SUIT OR TAKING OTHER LEGAL ACTION IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION TO REALIZE ON THE COLLATERAL OR ANY OTHER SECURITY FOR THE OBLIGATIONS, OR TO ENFORCE A JUDGMENT OR OTHER COURT ORDER IN FAVOR OF AGENT. EACH CREDIT PARTY EXPRESSLY SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND EACH CREDIT PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT SUCH CREDIT PARTY MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS AND HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT. EACH CREDIT PARTY HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR SUIT AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINTS AND OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO SUCH CREDIT PARTY AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH IN ANNEX I OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER OF SUCH CREDIT PARTY’S ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF OR 3 DAYS AFTER DEPOSIT IN THE UNITED STATES MAILS, PROPER POSTAGE PREPAID.

 

11.10 Notices .

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, whenever it is provided herein that any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication shall or may be given to or served upon any of the parties by any other parties, or whenever any of the parties desires to give or serve upon any other parties any communication with respect to this Agreement, each such notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and 3 Business Days after deposit in the United States Mail, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by telecopy or other similar facsimile transmission (with such telecopy or facsimile promptly confirmed by delivery of a copy by personal delivery or United States Mail as otherwise provided in this Section 11.10) ; (c) 1 Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address or facsimile number indicated in Annex I or to such other address (or facsimile number) as may be substituted by notice given as herein provided. The giving of any notice required hereunder may be waived in writing by the party entitled to receive such notice. Failure or delay in delivering copies of any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication to any Person (other than Borrower Representative or Agent) designated in Annex I to receive copies shall in no way adversely affect the effectiveness of such notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication.

 

11.11 Section Titles .

 

The Section titles and Table of Contents contained in this Agreement are and shall be without substantive meaning or content of any kind whatsoever and are not a part of the agreement between the parties hereto.

 

51


11.12 Counterparts .

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall collectively and separately constitute one agreement.

 

11.13 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .

 

BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OF ARBITRATION, THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AMONG AGENT, LENDERS AND ANY CREDIT PARTY ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO.

 

11.14 Press Releases and Related Matters .

 

Each Credit Party executing this Agreement agrees that neither it nor its Affiliates will in the future issue any press releases or other public disclosure using the name of GE Capital or its affiliates or referring to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or the Related Transactions Documents without at least 2 Business Days’ prior notice to GE Capital and without the prior written consent of GE Capital unless (and only to the extent that) such Credit Party or Affiliate is required to do so under law and then, in any event, such Credit Party or Affiliate will consult with GE Capital before issuing such press release or other public disclosure. Each Credit Party consents to the publication by Agent or any Lender of a tombstone or similar advertising material relating to the financing transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Agent reserves the right to provide to industry trade organizations information necessary and customary for inclusion in league table measurements.

 

11.15 Reinstatement .

 

This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against any Borrower for liquidation or reorganization, should any Borrower become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of any creditor or creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of any Borrower’s assets, and shall continue to be effective or to be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Obligations, or any part thereof, is, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee of the Obligations, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent conveyance,” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any

 

52


part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Obligations shall be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

11.16 Advice of Counsel .

 

Each of the parties represents to each other party hereto that it has discussed this Agreement and, specifically, the provisions of Sections 11.9 and 11.13 , with its counsel.

 

11.17 No Strict Construction .

 

The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.

 

12. CROSS-GUARANTY

 

12.1 Cross-Guaranty .

 

Each Borrower hereby agrees that such Borrower is jointly and severally liable for, and hereby absolutely and unconditionally guarantees to Agent and Lenders and their respective successors and assigns, the full and prompt payment (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) and performance of, all Obligations owed or hereafter owing to Agent and Lenders by each other Borrower. Each Borrower agrees that its guaranty obligation hereunder is a continuing guaranty of payment and performance and not of collection, that its obligations under this Section 12 shall not be discharged until payment and performance, in full, of the Obligations has occurred, and that its obligations under this Section 12 shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and unaffected by,

 

(a) the genuineness, validity, regularity, enforceability or any future amendment of, or change in, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, document or instrument to which any Borrower is or may become a party;

 

(b) the absence of any action to enforce this Agreement (including this Section 12 ) or any other Loan Document or the waiver or consent by Agent and Lenders with respect to any of the provisions thereof;

 

(c) the existence, value or condition of, or failure to perfect its Lien against, any security for the Obligations or any action, or the absence of any action, by Agent and Lenders in respect thereof (including the release of any such security);

 

(d) the insolvency of any Borrower; or

 

(e) any other action or circumstances that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor.

 

53


Each Borrower shall be regarded, and shall be in the same position, as principal debtor with respect to the Obligations guaranteed hereunder.

 

12.2 Waivers by Borrowers .

 

Each Borrower expressly waives all rights it may have now or in the future under any statute, or at common law, or at law or in equity, or otherwise, to compel Agent or Lenders to marshall assets or to proceed in respect of the Obligations guaranteed hereunder against any other Borrower, any other party or against any security for the payment and performance of the Obligations before proceeding against, or as a condition to proceeding against, such Borrower. It is agreed among each Borrower, Agent and Lenders that the foregoing waivers are of the essence of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and that, but for the provisions of this Section 12 and such waivers, Agent and Lenders would decline to enter into this Agreement.

 

12.3 Benefit of Guaranty .

 

Each Borrower agrees that the provisions of this Section 12 are for the benefit of Agent and Lenders and their respective successors, transferees, endorsees and assigns, and nothing herein contained shall impair, as between any other Borrower and Agent or Lenders, the obligations of such other Borrower under the Loan Documents.

 

12.4 Subordination of Subrogation, Etc .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, and except as set forth in Section 12.7 , each Borrower hereby expressly and irrevocably subordinates to payment of the Obligations any and all rights at law or in equity to subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, indemnification or set off and any and all defenses available to a surety, guarantor or accommodation co-obligor until the Obligations are indefeasibly paid in full in cash. Each Borrower acknowledges and agrees that this subordination is intended to benefit Agent and Lenders and shall not limit or otherwise affect such Borrower’s liability hereunder or the enforceability of this Section 12 , and that Agent, Lenders and their respective successors and assigns are intended third party beneficiaries of the waivers and agreements set forth in this Section 12.4 .

 

12.5 Election of Remedies .

 

If Agent or any Lender may, under applicable law, proceed to realize its benefits under any of the Loan Documents giving Agent or such Lender a Lien upon any Collateral, whether owned by any Borrower or by any other Person, either by judicial foreclosure or by non-judicial sale or enforcement, Agent or any Lender may, at its sole option, determine which of its remedies or rights it may pursue without affecting any of its rights and remedies under this Section 12 . If, in the exercise of any of its rights and remedies, Agent or any Lender shall forfeit any of its rights or remedies, including its right to enter a deficiency judgment against any Borrower or any other Person, whether because of any applicable laws pertaining to “election of remedies” or the like, each Borrower hereby consents to such action by Agent or such Lender and waives any claim based upon such action, even if such action by Agent or such Lender shall

 

54


result in a full or partial loss of any rights of subrogation that each Borrower might otherwise have had but for such action by Agent or such Lender. Any election of remedies that results in the denial or impairment of the right of Agent or any Lender to seek a deficiency judgment against any Borrower shall not impair any other Borrower’s obligation to pay the full amount of the Obligations. In the event Agent or any Lender shall bid at any foreclosure or trustee’s sale or at any private sale permitted by law or the Loan Documents, Agent or such Lender may bid all or less than the amount of the Obligations and the amount of such bid need not be paid by Agent or such Lender but shall be credited against the Obligations. The amount of the successful bid at any such sale, whether Agent, Lender or any other party is the successful bidder, shall be conclusively deemed to be the fair market value of the Collateral and the difference between such bid amount and the remaining balance of the Obligations shall be conclusively deemed to be the amount of the Obligations guaranteed under this Section 12 , notwithstanding that any present or future law or court decision or ruling may have the effect of reducing the amount of any deficiency claim to which Agent or any Lender might otherwise be entitled but for such bidding at any such sale.

 

12.6 Limitation .

 

Notwithstanding any provision herein contained to the contrary, each Borrower’s liability under this Section 12 (which liability is in any event in addition to amounts for which such Borrower is primarily liable under Section 1) shall be limited to an amount not to exceed as of any date of determination the greater of:

 

(a) the net amount of all Loans advanced to any Borrower under this Agreement and then re-loaned or otherwise transferred to, or for the benefit of, such Borrower; and

 

(b) the amount that could be claimed by Agent and Lenders from Borrowers under this Section 12 without rendering such claim voidable or avoidable under Section 548 of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or similar statute or common law after taking into account, among other things, such Borrower’s right of contribution and indemnification from each other Borrower under Section 12.7 .

 

12.7 Contribution with Respect to Guaranty Obligations .

 

(a) To the extent that any Borrower or Guarantor shall make a payment under this Section 12 of all or any of the Obligations (other than Loans made to that Borrower for which it is primarily liable) (a “Guarantor Payment”) that, taking into account all other Guarantor Payments then previously or concurrently made by any other Credit Party, exceeds the amount that such Credit Party would otherwise have paid if each Credit Party had paid the aggregate Obligations satisfied by such Guarantor Payment in the same proportion that such Borrower’s “Allocable Amount” (as, defined below) (as determined immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment) bore to the aggregate Allocable Amounts of each of the Borrowers as determined immediately prior to the making of such Guarantor Payment, then, following indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations and termination of the Commitments, such Borrower shall be entitled

 

55


to receive contribution and indemnification payments from, and be reimbursed by, each other Creditor Party for the amount of such excess, pro rata based upon their respective Allocable Amounts in effect immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment.

 

(b) As of any date of determination, the “Allocable Amount” of any Borrower shall be equal to the maximum amount of the claim that could then be recovered from such Borrower under this Section 12 without rendering such claim voidable or avoidable under Section 548 of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or similar statute or common law.

 

(c) This Section 12.7 is intended only to define the relative rights of the Borrowers and nothing set forth in this Section 12.7 is intended to or shall impair the obligations of Borrowers, jointly and severally, to pay any amounts as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including Section 12.1 . Nothing contained in this Section 12.7 shall limit the liability of any Borrower to pay the Loans made directly or indirectly to that Borrower and accrued interest, Fees and expenses with respect thereto for which such Borrower shall be primarily liable.

 

(d) The parties hereto acknowledge that the rights of contribution and indemnification hereunder shall constitute assets of the Borrowers to which such contribution and indemnification is owing.

 

(e) The rights of the indemnifying Borrowers under this Section 12.7 shall be exercisable upon the full and indefeasible payment of the Obligations and the termination of the Commitments.

 

12.8 Liability Cumulative .

 

The liability of Borrowers under this Section 12 is in addition to and shall be cumulative with all liabilities of each Borrower to Agent and Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Borrower is a party or in respect of any Obligations or obligation of the other Borrower, without any limitation as to amount, unless the instrument or agreement evidencing or creating such other liability specifically provides to the contrary.

 

56


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWERS
JOHNSTOWN AMERICA CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Glen T. Karan

Name:

 

Glen T. Karan

Title:

 

Vice President – Finance and

Administration, Secretary and Treasurer

FREIGHT CAR SERVICES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Glen T. Karan

Name:

 

Glen T. Karan

Title:

 

Vice President – Finance and

Administration, Secretary and Treasurer

JAIX LEASING COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Glen T. Karan

Name:

 

Glen T. Karan

Title:

 

Vice President – Finance and

Administration, Secretary and Treasurer

JAC OPERATIONS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Glen T. Karan

Name:

 

Glen T. Karan

Title:

 

Vice President – Finance and

Administration, Secretary and Treasurer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 


AGENT AND LENDER

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

as Agent and Lender

   

/s/    General Electric Capital Corporation

   

Duly Authorized Signatory

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 


The following Persons are signatories to this Agreement in their capacity as Credit Party and not as a Borrower.

 

JAC HOLDINGS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:  

/s/ Glen T. Karan

Name:

 

Glen T. Karan

Title:

 

Vice President – Finance and

Administration, Secretary and Treasurer

JAC INTERMEDCO, INC.
By:  

/s/ Glen T. Karan

Name:

 

Glen T. Karan

Title:

 

Vice President – Finance and

Administration, Secretary and Treasurer

JAC PATENT COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Glen T. Karan

Name:

 

Glen T. Karan

Title:

 

Vice President – Finance and

Administration, Secretary and Treasurer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

 

Exhibit 10.20

 

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of November 19, 2003 by and among Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C. (“ Seller ”) and GoldenTree High Yield Master Fund, Ltd., GoldenTree High Yield Master Fund II, Ltd., DB Structured Products, Inc., Alpha U.S. Subfund II, LLC, GoldenTree High Yield Opportunities I, LP, GoldenTree High Yield Opportunities II, L.P., GoldenTree High Yield Value Master Fund, L.P., Safety National Casualty Corporation and Delphi Financial Group (each a “ Buyer ” and collectively the “ Buyers ”).

 

WITNESSETH

 

WHEREAS, each Buyer severally wishes to buy from Seller and Seller wishes to sell to each Buyer (i) the aggregate principal amount of 15% Senior Notes due 2008 (the “ Notes ”) issued by JAC Holdings International, Inc. (formerly known as Rabbit Hill Holdings, Inc.) (the “ Company ”) under the Purchase Agreement dated as of June 3, 1999, among the Company, Caravelle and the other purchasers thereto (as amended, the “ Purchase Agreement ”) and (ii) (that portion of Seller’s 12.86% interest in the Contingent Additional Consideration (the “ CAC ” and together with the Notes, the “ Purchased Property ”) created under the Share Purchase Agreement between Johnstown America Industries, Inc. and the Company dated as of May 10, 1999 (as amended, the “ Share Purchase Agreement ”), in each case in the amount set forth next to the name of each Buyer on Exhibit A hereto;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements, covenants and provisions contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Sale and Purchase . On the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this agreement, Seller shall sell, convey, transfer, assign and deliver to each Buyer, and each Buyer shall purchase and acquire from Seller, on the date hereof that portion of the Purchased Property set forth next to the name of such Buyer on Exhibit A hereto.

 

2. Purchase Price . Upon execution hereof, and subject to:

 

(a) Seller’s delivery to each Buyer of (i) physical certificates representing the Notes made out in the name of such Buyer (the “ Notes Certificates ”) and (ii) the Transfer Notice and Consent executed by Seller, the Company and the Buyers transferring ownership of Seller’s interest in the CAC (the “ CAC Assignment ”) to each Buyer, in each case as set forth on Exhibit A hereto and

 

(b) Buyer’s fulfillment of the conditions listed in Exhibit C hereto,

 

each Buyer shall pay to Seller in consideration for the Purchased Property cash equal to the amount set forth next to the name of such Buyer on Exhibit A hereto, payable by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account set forth on Exhibit A, against acknowledgment of receipt thereof by Seller.

 


3. Transfer of Purchased Property . Upon satisfaction of Section 2, Seller agrees to deliver to each Buyer its Note Certificate and the CAC Assignment executed by the Company and Seller.

 

4. Representations and Warranties of Seller . Seller hereby represents and warrants to Buyer as follows:

 

(a) Seller is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has full power to enter into and perform its obligations under this agreement.

 

(b) The execution and delivery of this agreement by Seller, the performance by Seller of its covenants and agreements hereunder, and the consummation by Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and this agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of Seller, enforceable against Seller in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, or other laws affecting generally the enforceability of creditors’ rights and by general principles of equity.

 

(c) To the best of Seller’s knowledge and belief (i) no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing under the Notes or the Purchase Agreement or the Share Purchase Agreement (with respect to the CAC) and (ii) no event or condition has occurred or exists which with notice or lapse of time, or both, might be deemed a default or event of default under the Notes or the Purchase Agreement or the Share Purchase Agreement (with respect to the CAC).

 

(d) Neither the execution and delivery of this agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, violates any agreement of Seller, or any statute, ordinance, regulation, order, judgment, or degree of any court or governmental agency to which Seller is bound or subject.

 

(e) Seller is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Purchased Property, and, at the time of transfer of such Purchased Property pursuant to Section 2, will be free and clear of any lien, encumbrance, option, charge, equity or restriction. Seller has the full right, power and authority to sell and transfer the Purchased Property to Buyer pursuant to Section 2.

 

(f) Seller acquired the Notes directly from the Company on June 3, 1999 pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. Seller acquired its interest in the CAC on February 28, 2001, from Transportation Technologies Industries, Inc. (” TTII ”), formerly known as Johnstown America Industries, Inc., which had acquired the CAC pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement. Seller has continuously owned the Purchased Property since the respective dates of initial acquisition by Seller described above. To the best of Seller’s knowledge and belief, (i) Seller has delivered to Buyers true and correct copies of all of the documents (A) that Seller is a party to and which relate to the Purchased Property or (B) that were provided

 

-2-


to Seller contemporaneously with such party’s acquisition of the Purchased Property and that relate to the terms of the Purchased Property or the rights or obligations of the Company or any holder of any of the Purchased Property (all such documents (the “ Relevant Documents ”) are listed on Exhibit B hereto), (ii) except as described in this Section 4(f) and in Exhibit B, there are no pending amendments or waivers and (iii) there have been no amendments or waivers executed in connection with the Relevant Documents, except as previously delivered to Buyers and disclosed on Exhibit B. Buyers acknowledge that in accordance with the terms of the Relevant Documents, certain of such documents may be amended and/or waived without the consent of Seller and, therefore, Seller may not have knowledge of all amendments and/or waivers to such Relevant Documents.

 

(g) Seller has (i) provided all notices (or obtained waivers in respect thereof) and (ii) obtained all consents and approvals (or obtained waivers in respect thereof), as are required under the Relevant Documents in order to fully vest in the Buyers all of Seller’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Purchased Property. All such notices, waivers, consents and approvals required under the Relevant Documents are described in Exhibit D hereto. Upon Seller’s delivery to the Buyers of the Note Certificates and the CAC Assignment, the Buyers shall be fully vested with all of Seller’s rights and title to and under, and interest in, the Purchased Property.

 

(h) To the best of Seller’s knowledge, as of the date of this agreement, (i) the accreted amount of the CAC being transferred to the Buyers equals approximately $3,911,062 and (ii) the accreted amount of the Notes is approximately $19,466,619.

 

5. Representations and Warranties of Buyer . Each Buyer hereby severally represents and warrants to Seller as follows:

 

(a) Such Buyer is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has full power to enter into and perform its obligations under this agreement.

 

(b) The execution and delivery of this agreement by such Buyer, the performance by such Buyer of its covenants and agreements hereunder, and the consummation by such Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and this agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of such Buyer, enforceable against such Buyer in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, or other laws affecting generally the enforceability of creditors’ rights and by general principles of equity.

 

(c) Neither the execution and delivery of this agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, violates any agreement of

 

-3-


such Buyer, or any statute, ordinance, regulation, order, judgment, or decree of any court or governmental agency to which such Buyer is bound or subject.

 

(d) Such Buyer has cash on hand greater than or equal to the purchase price for the Purchased Property listed next to its name on Exhibit A hereto.

 

(e) Such Buyer is acquiring the Notes for its own account and is not acquiring the Notes with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution thereof (within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “ Securities Act ”)) that would be in violation of the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof, but subject, nevertheless, to the disposition of its property being at all times within its control.

 

(f) Such Buyer agrees to be bound by all provisions of the Relevant Documents applicable to a holder of Notes or a holder of an interest in the CAC.

 

6. Waiver and Amendment . Any term or provision of this agreement may be waived at any time by the party that is entitled to the benefits thereof, but only in a writing signed by such party, and this agreement may be amended or supplemented at any time, but only by written agreement of Buyer and Seller. Any such waiver with respect to a failure to observe any such provision shall not operate as a waiver of any subsequent failure to observe such provision unless otherwise expressly provided in such waiver.

 

7. Indemnity . Each party to this agreement (each, a “ Party” ) agrees to indemnify and hold harmless:

 

(a) each other Party,

 

(b) each person or legal entity, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any Party and

 

(c) the respective officers, directors, managing directors, members, stockholders, partners, employees, representatives, trustees, fiduciaries, and agents of any person referred to in clauses (a) or (b)

 

(any such person or legal entities referred to in clause (a), (b) or (c), an “Indemnified Person” ) against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Person may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) in whole or in part, any inaccuracy in any of the representations and warranties of such Party to this agreement contained herein or (ii) in whole or in part, any failure of such Party to perform its obligations hereunder, and will reimburse each such Indemnified Person for any legal and other expenses incurred by such Indemnified

 

-4-


Person in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claims as such expenses are incurred.

 

8. Notices . All notices, consents, requests, waivers and other communications provided for herein and all legal process in regard hereto and thereto shall be validly given, made or served, if in writing and delivered personally or sent by express courier, or certified or registered mail, postage prepaid as follows:

 

If to Seller, to

 

Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C.

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Attention: David Millison

Facsimile: (212) 885-4520

 

If to a Buyer, to it

 

c/o GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

300 Park Avenue

25th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Tom Shandell

Facsimile: (212) 847-3535

 

or to such other person or address as any party hereto may, from time to time, designate in a written notice given in a like manner. Notice given by mail, express courier or personally delivered shall be deemed delivered as of the date so personally delivered or mailed.

 

9. Assignment . This agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, but neither this agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any party hereto without prior written consent of the other parties.

 

10. Governing Law . This agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of New York, without giving effect to any provisions relating to conflicts of law.

 

11. Jurisdiction . Each Party irrevocably and unconditionally submits to and accepts the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any United States federal court sitting in the Southern District of New York or any other court of appropriate jurisdiction sitting in the Southern District of New York or any other court appropriate jurisdiction sitting in the borough of Manhattan, City of New York, for any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or based upon this agreement or any matter relating to it, and waives any objection it

 

-5-


may have to the laying or venue in any such court or that such court is an inconvenient forum or does not have personal jurisdiction over it.

 

12. Headings . The section headings contained in this agreement are for convenience only and are not a part of this agreement.

 

13. Counterparts . This agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original; such counterparts together shall constitute but one agreement.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seller and Buyer have caused this agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

CARAVELLE INVESTMENT FUND, L.L.C.
By:   Trimaran Advisors, L.L.C., its Investment Manager and Attorney-in-Fact
By:   /s/ D AVID M ILLISON
        Trimaran Advisors, LLC.
   

Name:

  David Millison
   

Title:

  Managing Director

 

Purchase Agreement

 

S-1


GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD MASTER FUND, LTD.
GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD MASTER FUND II, LTD.
DB STRUCTURED PRODUCTS, INC.
ALPHA U.S. SUBFUND II, LLC
GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD OPPORTUNITIES I, LP
GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD OPPORTUNITIES II, L.P.
GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD VALUE MASTER FUND, L.P.
SAFETY NATIONAL CASUALTY CORPORATION
DELPHI FINANCIAL GROUP
By:   GoldenTree Asset Management, LP
By:   /s/ T HOMAS H. S HENDELL
   

Name:

  Thomas H. Shendell
   

Title:

  Partner

 

Purchase Agreement

 

S-2

 

Exhibit 10.21

 

WAIVER AND FIRST AMENDMENT TO LASALLE CREDIT AGREEMENT,

FIRST AMENDMENT TO SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT,

AND REAFFIRMATION OF GUARANTIES

AND SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

 

This WAIVER AND FIRST AMENDMENT TO LASALLE CREDIT AGREEMENT, FIRST AMENDMENT TO SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT, REAFFIRMATION OF GUARANTIES AND SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT, dated and effective as of December 17, 2004 (the “Agreement”), is executed by and among JOHNSTOWN AMERICA CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“JAC”), FREIGHT CAR SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Freight Car”), JAC OPERATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“JAC Operations”), JAIX LEASING COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“JAIX”; JAC Operations, JAC, Freight Car and JAIX each being referred to herein as a “Borrower” and collectively referred to herein as the “Co-Borrowers”), FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC. (formerly JAC HOLDINGS INTERNATIONAL, INC.), a Delaware corporation (“JAC Holdings”), JAC INTERMEDCO, INC., a Delaware corporation (“JAC Intermedco”), JAC PATENT COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“JAC Patent”; JAC Holding, JAC Intermedco and JAC Patent each being referred to herein as a “Guarantor” and collectively referred to herein as the “Guarantors”), those individuals and entities identified on Schedule A hereto (the “Junior Creditors”) and LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“LaSalle”). The Co-Borrowers and Guarantors are sometimes hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Credit Parties.”

 

R E C I T A L S:

 

A. The Credit Parties have entered into certain financing arrangements with LaSalle including that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of September 11, 2003 (as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified, the “Credit Agreement”) among Co-Borrowers and LaSalle (the Credit Agreement and all documents executed in connection therewith are referred to collectively as the “Financing Documents”).

 

B. In connection with the Credit Agreement, the Junior Creditors executed and delivered to LaSalle that certain Subordination Agreement, dated as of September 11, 2003 in favor of LaSalle (as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified, the “Subordination Agreement”).

 

D. At the present time the Credit Parties request, and LaSalle is agreeable to waiving violations by the Credit Parties of certain financial covenants and making certain amendments to the Financing Documents, pursuant and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 


NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Credit Parties, the Junior Creditors and LaSalle hereby agree as follows:

 

A G R E E M E N T S:

 

1 RECITALS . The foregoing Recitals are hereby made a part of this Agreement.

 

2 DEFINITIONS . Capitalized words and phrases used herein without definition shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such words and phrases in the Financing Documents.

 

3 WAIVER OF DEFAULTED COVENANTS . The Credit Parties have informed LaSalle that (i) EBITDA for the Covenant Computation Periods ending June 30, 2004 and September 30, 2004 was less than the $8,500,000 required under the Financing Documents; (ii) the Interest Coverage Ratio for the Covenant Computation Periods ending March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004, and September 30, 2004 was less than the allowed 3.75 to 1.00 set forth in the Financing Documents; (iii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Covenant Computation Periods ending March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004, and September 30, 2004 was less than the allowed 1.15 to 1.00 set forth in the Financing Documents; and (iv) the Leverage Ratio for the Covenant Computation Periods ending September 30, 2004 was more than as allowed as set forth in the Financing Documents (collectively, the “Defaulted Covenants”). The Credit Parties agree and acknowledge that, as a result of the occurrence of such Defaulted Covenants, an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the applicable Financing Documents. The Credit Parties have, therefore, requested that LaSalle waive compliance by the Credit Parties with the Defaulted Covenants for the Covenant Computation Periods ending March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004, and September 30, 2004, as well as the resulting Events of Default.

 

In addition, the Credit Parties have informed LaSalle that (i) JAC Holdings intends to increase the capitalization of JAC Holdings by means of selling shares of its common stock, following the reclassification of JAC Holdings’ Class A voting common stock and Class B nonvoting common stock, through an underwritten initial public offering (the “Offering”) and to file a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the Offering; and (ii) the Credit Parties have forecasted that the Credit Parties do not anticipate the ability to achieve compliance with the minimum EBITDA, Fixed Charge Coverage, Interest Rate Coverage Ratio or the Leverage Ratio for the Covenant Calculation Period ending December 31, 2004, as originally set forth in the Financing Documents or as amended by this Agreement (the “Additional Defaulted Covenants”). The Credit Parties have, therefore, requested that LaSalle waive compliance by the Credit Parties with any Change of Control which is triggered as a result of the Offering and with the Additional Defaulted Covenants for the Covenant Computation Period ending December 31, 2004, as well as any resulting Events of Default.

 

LaSalle hereby waives: (a) compliance by the Credit Parties with (1) the Defaulted Covenants and the Additional Defaulted Covenants for the Covenant Computation Periods ending March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004, September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2004 and (2) the Change of Control provisions with respect to the Offering; (b) the Events of Default occurring by reason of the Credit Parties’ failure to comply with the Defaulted Covenants and the Additional Defaulted Covenants, solely for the Covenant Computation Periods ending March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004, September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2004; (c) any Events of Default occurring by reason of the Credit Parties’ failure to comply with the Change of Control provisions, solely with respect to the Offering; and (d) LaSalle’s remedies under the Financing Documents with respect

 

2


to the Defaulted Covenants and the Additional Defaulted Covenant and the subsequent Events of Default, including any Events of Default with respect to any failure to comply with the Change of Control provisions due to the Offering. This waiver shall be narrowly construed and shall neither extend to any other violations under, or default of, the Financing Documents, nor shall this waiver prejudice any rights or remedies which LaSalle may have or be entitled to with respect to such future violations or defaults.

 

4. AMENDMENTS TO THE FINANCING DOCUMENTS .

 

4.1 Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio .

 

(a) The definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” in the Credit Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” of the Consolidated Group means, with respect to any Covenant Computation Date, the ratio (a) of the Consolidated Group’s EBITDA plus expenses and/or settlement costs, without duplication, of up to $9,200,000 in the aggregate related to the Pending Employment Litigation plus non-cash expenses relating to the Borrower’s employee stock option plan plus the TTX Losses and minus the sum of the Consolidated Group’s (i) Capital Expenditures (net of Capital Expenditures made using the Consolidated Group’s cash not financed by the Bank or another lender) and (ii) Cash Taxes, to (b) the sum of the Consolidated Group’s (i) net Interest Expense, (ii) Holding Company Note Payments to the extent such payments exceed the Minimum Account Balance under the Securities Account Pledge Agreement and only to the extent such Holding Company Note Payments are permitted under this Agreement, the GE Capital Loan Agreement, the Holding Company Subordination Agreement, and the subordination granted GE Capital in connection with the GE Capital Loan Agreement, (iii) GE Capital Loan Agreement Payments, (iv) Capital Lease Payments, and (v) debt service on any Debt permitted under Section 6.2. The one-time payment of $9,000,000 to be made from proceeds of the GE Capital Loan Agreement concurrently with the execution of such agreement shall not be included in the calculation of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

 

4.2 Interest Coverage Ratio .

 

(a) The definition of “Interest Coverage Ratio” in the Credit Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“Interest Coverage Ratio” of the Consolidated Group means, with respect to any Covenant Computation Date, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Group’s EBITDA plus expenses and/or settlement costs, without duplication, of up to $9,200,000 in the aggregate related to the Pending Employment Litigation plus non-cash expenses relating to the Borrower’s employee stock option plan plus the TTX Losses minus Capital Expenditures (net of Capital Expenditures made using the Consolidated

 

3


Group’s cash not financed by the Bank or another lender) minus Cash Taxes, to (b) Interest Expense.

 

4.3 Leverage Ratio .

 

(a) The definition of “Leverage Ratio” in the Credit Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“Leverage Ratio” of the Consolidated Group means, with respect to any Covenant Computation Date, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Group’s Funded Debt, to (b) the Consolidated Group’s EBITDA plus expenses and/or settlement costs, without duplication, of up to $9,200,000 in the aggregate related to the Pending Employment Litigation, plus non-cash expenses relating to the Borrower’s employee stock option plan plus the TTX Losses; provided , however , that for purposes of determining Status, (i) no expenses and/or settlement costs related to the Pending Employment Litigation, (ii) no non-cash expenses relating to the Borrower’s employee stock option plan, and (ii) no TTX Losses shall be added to the Consolidated Group’s EBITDA.

 

4.4 Payment Conditions . The definition of “Payment Conditions” in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“Payment Conditions” shall mean (a) no Default or Event of Default shall be in existence or shall occur as a result of the proposed payment on the Holding Company Notes and (b) the following tests are met: (i) the Co-Borrowers are in compliance with the minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio requirements set forth in Section 5.11 for the two Covenant Computation Dates immediately preceding the date of such proposed payment of the Holding Company Notes; (ii) the Co-Borrowers are in compliance with the minimum EBITDA requirements set forth in Section 5.9 for the four quarters immediately preceding the date of the proposed payment of the Holding Company Notes, with compliance under Section 5.9 being re-determined as if the TTX Losses were not added to EBITDA; and (iii) availability under the Credit Agreement shall equal or exceed $15,000,000 on the date of (and after giving effect to) the proposed payment of the Holding Company Notes. The determination of compliance with the foregoing shall be made by the Bank in its good faith judgment based upon information furnished by the Co-Borrowers and in form and substance acceptable to the Bank and such other information as the Bank shall request.

 

4.5 TTX . The following new defined terms are hereby added to the definitions in the Financing Documents in their appropriate alphabetical position to read as follows:

 

“TTX” means TTX Company, located at 101 N. Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

 

4


“TTX Losses” means the losses in 2004 on order 1400-964 to manufacture boxcars for TTX.

 

4.6 Terms Defined in UCC . The following new Section 1.2 of the Credit Agreement hereby added to the Credit Agreement immediately following Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement:

 

Section 1.2 Other Terms Defined in UCC . All other capitalized words and phrases used herein and not otherwise specifically defined shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the UCC in effect from time to time, including, without limitation, as amended by Revised Article 9 as enacted in the State of Illinois, to the extent the same are used or defined therein.

 

4.7 Minimum EBITDA .

 

(a) Section 5.9 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

Section 5.9 Minimum EBITDA . As of each Covenant Computation Date, the Co-Borrowers will achieve minimum EBITDA ( plus expenses and/or settlement costs, without duplication, of up to $9,200,000 in the aggregate related to the Pending Employment Litigation plus non-cash expenses relating to the Borrower’s employee stock option plan plus the TTX Losses) for the Consolidated Group of not less than $8,500,000.

 

4.8 Application of Offering Proceeds . Article V of the Credit Agreemet is amended by inserting the following Section 5.14:

 

Section 5.14 Application of Offering Proceeds . The Credit Parties covenant and agree that the net proceeds of the Offering (as defined in the Waiver and First Amendment to Lasalle Credit Agreement, First Amendment to Subordination Agreement, Reaffirmation of Guaranties and Subordination Agreement, dated and effective as of December 17, 2004) shall be used to, among other things, redeem all of the outstanding indebtedness of the Credit Parties to (i) General Electric Capital Corporation, (ii) LaSalle, and (iii) the Junior Creditors on the closing date of the Offering.

 

5 AMENDMENT TO SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT .

 

5.1 Payment Conditions . The definition of “Payment Conditions” in Section 1 of the Subordination Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

Payment Conditions ” shall mean (a) no Default or Event of Default shall be in existence under the Credit Agreement or shall occur as a result of the proposed payment and (b) the following tests are met: (i) the Borrower is in compliance with the minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio requirements set forth in Section 5.11 of the Credit Agreement for the two Covenant Computation Dates (as defined in the Credit Agreement) immediately preceding the date of such proposed

 

5


payment of the Subordinated Notes with compliance under Section 5.11 being re-determined as if the TTX Losses were not added to EBITDA; (ii) the Borrower is in compliance with the minimum EBITDA requirements set forth in Section 5.9 of the Credit Agreement for the four quarters immediately preceding the date of the proposed payment of the Subordinated Notes, with compliance under Section 5.9 being re-determined as if the TTX Losses were not added to EBITDA; and (iii) availability under the Credit Agreement shall equal or exceed $15,000,000 on the date of (and after giving effect to) the proposed payment of the Subordinated Notes. The determination of compliance with the foregoing shall be made by Lender in its good faith judgment based upon information furnished by the Borrower and in form and substance acceptable to Lender and such other information as Lender shall request.

 

6 REAFFIRMATION OF GUARANTIES . Each of the Guarantors hereby expressly (a) consents to the execution of this Agreement; (b) acknowledges that the “Indebtedness” (as defined in each of the Guaranties) includes all of the obligations and liabilities owing from the Credit Parties to LaSalle, including, but not limited to, the obligations and liabilities of the Credit Parties to LaSalle under and pursuant to the Financing Documents, as the case may be, as amended from time to time, and as evidenced by the notes delivered in connection therewith, as the same may be modified, extended and/or replaced from time to time; (c) reaffirms, assumes and binds itself in all respects to all of the obligations, liabilities, duties, covenants, terms and conditions that are contained in its respective Guaranty; (d) agrees that all such obligations and liabilities under its respective Guaranty shall continue in full force and that the execution and delivery of this Agreement to, and its acceptance by, LaSalle shall not in any manner whatsoever (i) impair or affect the liability of any Guarantor to LaSalle under its respective Guaranty, (ii) prejudice, waive, or be construed to impair, affect, prejudice or waive the rights and abilities of LaSalle at law, in equity or by statute, against any Guarantor pursuant to its respective Guaranty, and/or (iii) release or discharge, nor be construed to release or discharge, any of the obligations and liabilities owing to LaSalle by any Guarantor under its respective Guaranty; and (e) represents and warrants that each of the representations and warranties made by such Guarantor in any of the documents executed in connection with the Loans remain true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

7 REAFFIRMATION OF SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT . Each of the Junior Creditors hereby expressly (a) consents to the execution of this Agreement, (b) acknowledges that the “Senior Indebtedness” or “Senior Loans” (as defined in the Subordination Agreement, as the case may be) include all of the obligations and liabilities owing from the Credit Parties to LaSalle, including, but not limited to, the obligations and liabilities of the Credit Parties to LaSalle under and pursuant to the Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended from time to time, and as evidenced by the notes delivered in connection therewith, as modified, extended and/or replaced from time to time; (c) acknowledges that the “Subordinated Indebtedness” or “Senior Loans” (as defined in the Subordination Agreement, as the case may be) shall remain subordinate to the “Senior Indebtedness” or “Senior Loans” (as defined in the Subordination Agreement, as the case may be) (d) reaffirms, assumes and binds himself/itself in all respects to all of the obligations, liabilities, duties, covenants, terms and conditions that are contained in the Subordination Agreement, (e) agrees that such all obligations and liabilities under the Subordination Agreement shall continue in full force and effect and shall not be discharged, limited, impaired or affected in any manner whatsoever, and (f) represents and warrants that each

 

6


of the representations and warranties made by such Junior Creditor in any of the documents executed in connection with the Loans remain true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

8 REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS . To induce Junior Creditors and LaSalle to enter into this Agreement, the Credit Parties hereby certify, represent, warrant and covenant that:

 

8.1 Organization . The Credit Parties are corporations duly organized, existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, each with full and adequate corporate power to carry on and conduct its business as presently conducted. The Credit Parties are duly licensed or qualified in all foreign jurisdictions wherein the nature of their activities require such qualification or licensing. The articles of incorporation and bylaws, resolutions and incumbency certificate of the Credit Parties have not been changed or amended since the most recent date that certified copies thereof were delivered to LaSalle (other than JAC Holdings). The exact legal name of each Borrower is as set forth in the preamble hereto and during the last five (5) years no Borrower has conducted business under any other name or trade name. Other than JAC Holdings, no Credit Parties will change their name, their organizational identification numbers, if they have one, their type of organization, their jurisdiction of organization or other legal structure.

 

8.2 Authorization . The Credit Parties are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement and are and will continue to be duly authorized to borrow monies under the Financing Documents, as amended hereby, and to perform its obligations under the Financing Documents, as amended hereby.

 

8.3 No Conflicts . The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by the Credit Parties of their obligations under the Financing Documents to which such Credit Parties are a party, as amended hereby, do not and will not conflict with any provision of law or of the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Credit Parties or of any agreement binding upon the Credit Parties.

 

8.4 Validity and Binding Effect . The Financing Documents, as amended hereby, are a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Credit Parties a party thereto, enforceable against the Credit Parties a party thereto in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity limiting the availability of equitable remedies.

 

8.5 Compliance with Financing Documents . The representation and warranties set forth in the applicable Financing Documents, as amended hereby, are true and correct with the same effect as if such representations and warranties had been made on the date hereof, with the exception that all references to the financial statements shall mean the financial statements most recently delivered to Junior Creditors or LaSalle, as applicable, and except for such changes as are specifically permitted under the applicable Financing Documents. In addition, except for the Defaulted Covenants, the Credit Parties have complied with and are in compliance with all of the covenants set forth in the Financing Documents, as amended hereby.

 

7


8.6 No Event of Default . As of the date hereof and except for the Event of Default occurring as a result of the Defaulted Covenants, no Event of Default under the Financing Documents, as amended hereby, or event or condition which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, has occurred or is continuing.

 

8.7 No Subordinated Debt Default . As of the date hereof, no default under any of the documents evidencing or securing any of junior debt under any of the Subordination Agreement, or event or condition which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a default under any of the documents evidencing or securing any of such junior debt, has occurred or is continuing.

 

9 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT . This Agreement shall become effective as of the date above first written after receipt by LaSalle of the following:

 

9.1 Agreement . This Agreement duly executed by the parties hereto.

 

9.2 Resolutions . A certified copy of resolutions of the Board of Directors and/or shareholders of each of the Co-Borrowers authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the related loan documents.

 

9.3 Amendment Fee . The Co-Borrowers agree to pay to LaSalle an amendment fee in the amount of Five Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($5,000.00).

 

9.4 Other Amendments or Waivers . A waiver of defaults under the GE Capital Loan Agreement and an amendment to and waiver of defaults under the Purchase Agreement dated as of June 3, 1999 (as amended from time to time).

 

9.5 Other Documents . Such other documents, certificates and/or opinions of counsel as LaSalle may request.

 

10 GENERAL .

 

10.1 Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of Illinois. Wherever possible each provision of the Financing Documents and this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of the Financing Documents and this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of the Financing Documents and this Agreement.

 

10.2 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Credit Parties, the Junior Creditors and LaSalle and their respective successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Credit Parties, the Junior Creditors and LaSalle and the successors and assigns of LaSalle.

 

10.3 Continuing Force and Effect of Financing Documents and Subordination Agreement . Except as specifically modified or amended by the terms of this Agreement, all other terms and provisions of the Financing Documents are incorporated by reference herein, and

 

8


in all respects, shall continue in full force and effect. Each of the Credit Parties, and, as applicable, the Junior Creditors, by execution of this Agreement, hereby reaffirms, assumes and binds themselves to all of the obligations, duties, rights, covenants, terms and conditions that are contained in the Financing Documents and all other documents executed in connection therewith, including all guaranties, and the other Subordination Agreement, as applicable.

 

10.4 Expenses . The Credit Parties shall pay all costs and expenses in connection with the preparation of this Agreement and other related loan documents, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and time charges of attorneys who may be employees of LaSalle or any affiliate or parent of LaSalle. The Credit Parties shall pay any and all stamp and other taxes, UCC search fees, filing fees and other costs and expenses in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other instruments and documents to be delivered hereunder, and agree to save LaSalle harmless from and against any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay in paying or omission to pay such costs and expenses.

 

10.5 Release . The Credit Parties by signing this Agreement, each hereby absolutely and unconditionally releases and forever discharges LaSalle, and any and all participants, parent corporations, subsidiary corporations, affiliated corporations, insurers, indemnitors, successors and assigns thereof, together with all of the present and former directors, officers, agents and employees of any of the foregoing, from any and all claims, demands or causes of action of any kind, nature or description, whether arising in law or equity or upon contract or tort or under any state or federal law or otherwise, which any of the Credit Parties has had, now has or has made claim to have against any such person for or by reason of any act, omission, matter, cause or thing whatsoever arising from the beginning of time to and including the date of this Agreement, whether such claims, demands and causes of action are matured or unmatured or known or unknown.

 

10.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION       JOHNSTOWN AMERICA CORPORATION

By

 

/s/ Robert W. Hart

     

By

 

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

   

Name: Robert W. Hart

         

Name: Kevin Bagby

   

Title: First Vice President

         

Title:

JAC OPERATIONS, INC.       JAC INTERMEDCO, INC.

By

 

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

     

By

 

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

   

Name: Kevin Bagby

         

Name: Kevin Bagby

   

Title:

         

Title:

JAC PATENT COMPANY       FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC., formerly JAC Holdings International, Inc.

By

 

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

     

By:

 

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

   

Name: Kevin Bagby

     

Name:

   
   

Title:

     

Title:

   
JAIX LEASING COMPANY       FREIGHT CAR SERVICES, INC.

By

 

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

     

By

 

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

   

Name: Kevin Bagby

         

Name: Kevin Bagby

   

Title:

         

Title:

 


GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD OPPORTUNITIES I, LP       GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD OPPORTUNITIES II, L.P.
By: GoldenTree Asset Management, LP       By: GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

By

 

/s/ Thomas H. Shandell

     

By

 

/s/ Thomas H. Shandell

   

Name: Thomas H. Shandell

         

Name: Thomas H. Shandell

   

Title: Partner

         

Title: Partner

GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD MASTER FUND, LTD.       GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD MASTER FUND II, LTD.
By: GoldenTree Asset Management, LP       By: GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

By

 

/s/ Thomas H. Shandell

     

By

 

/s/ Thomas H. Shandell

   

Name: Thomas H. Shandell

         

Name: Thomas H. Shandell

   

Title: Partner

         

Title: Partner

GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD VALUE MASTER FUND, L.P.       SAFETY NATIONAL CASUALTY CORPORATION
By: GoldenTree Asset Management, LP       By: GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

By

 

/s/ Thomas H. Shandell

     

By

 

/s/ Thomas H. Shandell

   

Name: Thomas H. Shandell

         

Name: Thomas H. Shandell

   

Title: Partner

         

Title: Partner

        ALPHA U.S. SUBFUND II, LLC
        By: GoldenTree Asset Management, LP
           

By

 

/s/ Thomas H. Shandell

               

Name: Thomas H. Shandell

               

Title: Partner

DELPHI FINANCIAL GROUP       TRANSPORTATION INVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.L.C.
By: GoldenTree Asset Management, LP        

By

 

/s/ Thomas H. Shandell

     

By:

 

/s/ Steven A. Flyer

   

Name: Thomas H. Shandell

     

Name:

 

Steven A. Flyer

   

Title: Partner

     

Title:

 

Managing Director

CARAVELLE INVESTMENT FUND, L.L.C.       JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By: Trimaran Advisors, L.L.C., its Investment Manager and Attorney-in-Fact        

By:

 

/s/ Steven A. Flyer

     

By:

 

/s/ S. Mark Ray

Name:

 

Steven A. Flyer

     

Name:

 

S. Mark Ray

Title:

 

Managing Director

     

Title:

 

Senior Managing Director

 

11


/s/ James Cirar

     

/s/ Camillo M. Santomero

JAMES CIRAR

     

CAMILLO M. SANTOMERO

 

HANCOCK MEZZANINE PARTNERS, L.P.

By: John Hancock Life Insurance Company, its Investment Manager

By

 

/s/ Mark Ray

Name: S. Mark Ray

Title: Senior Managing Director

 

12


Schedule A

 

Junior Creditors

 

CARAVELLE INVESTMENT FUND L.L.C.,

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

 

HANCOCK MEZZANINE PARTNERS, L.P.,

200 Claredon Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02117

 

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

200 Claredon Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02117

 

CAMILLO M. SANTOMERO III

Rabbit Hill

Sarles Street

Mount Kisco, New York 10549

 

JAMES D. CIRAR

980 North Michigan Avenue

Suite 1000

Chicago, Illinois 60611

 

TRANSPORTATION INVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.L.C

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

 

GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD MASTER FUND, LTD.

c/o GoldenTree Asset Management, L.P.

300 Park Avenue

25 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Tom Shandell

Facsimile: (212) 847-3535

 

GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD OPPORTUNITIES II, L.P.

c/o GoldenTree Asset Management, L.P.

300 Park Avenue

25 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Tom Shandell

Facsimile: (212) 847-3535

 

13


GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD MASTER FUND II, LTD.

c/o GoldenTree Asset Management, L.P.

300 Park Avenue

25 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Tom Shandell

Facsimile: (212) 847-3535

 

GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD VALUE MASTER FUND, L.P.

c/o GoldenTree Asset Management, L.P.

300 Park Avenue

25 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Tom Shandell

Facsimile: (212) 847-3535

 

DB STRUCTURED PRODUCTS, INC.

c/o GoldenTree Asset Management, L.P.

300 Park Avenue

25 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Tom Shandell

Facsimile: (212) 847-3535

 

SAFETY NATIONAL CASUALTY CORPORATION

c/o GoldenTree Asset Management, L.P.

300 Park Avenue

25 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Tom Shandell

Facsimile: (212) 847-3535

 

ALPHA U.S. SUBFUND II, LLC

c/o GoldenTree Asset Management, L.P.

300 Park Avenue

25 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Tom Shandell

Facsimile: (212) 847-3535

 

DELPHI FINANCIAL GROUP

c/o GoldenTree Asset Management, L.P.

300 Park Avenue

25 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Tom Shandell

Facsimile: (212) 847-3535

 

14


GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD OPPORTUNITIES I, LP

c/o GoldenTree Asset Management, L.P.

300 Park Avenue

25 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Tom Shandell

Facsimile: (212) 847-3535

 

15

 

Exhibit 10.22

 

WAIVER AND AMENDMENT TO PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This WAIVER AND AMENDMENT TO PURCHASE AGREEMENT (“Waiver and Amendment”), dated and effective as of December 17, 2004 (the “Amendment Effective Date”), is executed by and among FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC., formerly JAC Holdings International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Company”) and the Purchasers identified on Schedule A hereto (the “Purchasers”).

 

R E C I T A L S:

 

A. Company and Purchasers entered into that certain Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 1999 among Credit Parties and Purchasers, as amended pursuant to that certain Waiver and Amendment No. 1 to Purchase Agreement dated September 11, 2004 (as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified, the “Purchase Agreement, and, together with all documents executed in connection therewith, the “Financing Documents”).

 

B. Company requests and Purchasers are agreeable to waiving violations by the Credit Parties of certain financial covenants and making certain amendments to the Financing Documents, pursuant and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Company and Purchasers hereby agree as follows:

 

A G R E E M E N T S:

 

1 RECITALS . The foregoing Recitals are hereby made a part of this Waiver and Amendment.

 

2 DEFINITIONS . Capitalized words and phrases used herein without definition shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such words and phrases in the Financing Documents.

 

3 WAIVER OF DEFAULTED COVENANTS . Company has informed the Purchasers that (i) EBITDA for the Covenant Computation Periods ending June 30, 2004 and September 30, 2004 was less than the $6,500,000 required under the applicable Financing Documents; (ii) the Interest Coverage Ratio for the Covenant Computation Periods ending March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004, and September 30, 2004 was less than the allowed 3.50 1.00 set forth in the Financing Documents; (iii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Covenant Computation Periods ending March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004, and September 30, 2004 was less than the allowed 1.05 to 1.00 set forth in the Financing Documents and (iv) the Leverage Ratio for the Covenant Computation Periods ending September 30, 2004 was more than as allowed as set forth in the Financing Documents (collectively, the “Defaulted Covenants”). Company agrees and acknowledges that, as a result of the occurrence of such Defaulted Covenants, an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Financing Documents. Company has, therefore, requested that Purchasers waive compliance with the Defaulted Covenants for the

 


Covenant Computation Periods ending March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004, and September 30, 2004, as well as the resulting Events of Default.

 

In addition, Company has informed Purchasers that Company has forecasted that Co-Borrowers (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) do not anticipate the ability to achieve compliance with the minimum EBITDA, Fixed Charge Coverage, Interest Rate Coverage Ratio or the Leverage Ratio for the Covenant Calculation Period ending December 31, 2004 (the “Additional Defaulted Covenants”). Company has therefore requested that Purchasers waive compliance with the Additional Defaulted Covenants for the Covenant Computation Period ending December 31, 2004.

 

Purchasers hereby waive: (a) compliance with the Defaulted Covenants and the Additional Defaulted Covenants for the Covenant Computation Periods ending March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004, September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2004 and (b) the Events of Default occurring by reason of the Credit Parties’ failure to comply with the Defaulted Covenants and the Additional Defaulted Covenants, solely for the Covenant Computation Periods ending March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004, September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2004 and (c) Purchasers’ remedies under the Financing Documents with respect to the Defaulted Covenants and the Additional Defaulted Covenant and the subsequent Events of Default. This waiver shall be narrowly construed and shall neither extend to any other violations under, or default of, the Financing Documents, nor shall this waiver prejudice any rights or remedies which the Purchasers may have or be entitled to with respect to such future violations or defaults.

 

4. AMENDMENTS TO THE FINANCING DOCUMENTS .

 

(a) Purchasers acknowledge and agree that the financial covenants contained in Section 7.14 of the Purchase Agreement shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the Revolving Facility (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), in each case, as the Revolving Facility (as amended pursuant to that certain Waiver and First Amendment to LaSalle Credit Agreement, First Amendment to Subordination Agreement, Reaffirmation of Guaranties and Subordination Agreement dated as of December 17, 2004 among the Company, the Purchasers, LaSalle Bank National Association and the other Credit Parties named therein) is in effect on the Amendment Effective Date. For the avoidance of doubt, “Amendment Effective Date” shall mean the date of this Waiver and Amendment.

 

(b) Minimum EBITDA . Section 7.14(d) of the Purchase Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“(d) Minimum EBITDA . As of each Covenant Computation Date, the Co-Borrowers will achieve minimum EBITDA ( plus expenses and/or settlement costs, without duplication, of up to $9,200,000 in the aggregate related to the Pending Employment Litigation plus non-cash expenses relating to the Borrower’s employee stock option plan plus the TTX Losses) for the Consolidated Group of not less than $6,500,000.”

 

2


(c) TTX . The following new defined terms are hereby added to the definitions the Purchase Agreement in their appropriate alphabetical position to read as follows:

 

“TTX” means TTX Company, located at 101 N. Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

 

“TTX Losses” means the losses in 2004 on order 1400-964 to manufacture boxcars for TTX.

 

5 REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS . To induce Purchasers to enter into this Waiver and Amendment, the Company hereby certifies, represents, warrants and covenants that:

 

5.1 Organization . The Company is a corporation duly organized, existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with full and adequate corporate power to carry on and conduct its business as presently conducted. The Company is duly licensed or qualified in all foreign jurisdictions wherein the nature of its activities require such qualification or licensing. The articles of incorporation and bylaws, resolutions and incumbency certificate of the Company have not been changed or amended since the most recent date that certified copies thereof were delivered to Purchasers except in connection with the name change from JAC Holdings International, Inc. to FreightCar America, Inc. (the “Name Change”). The exact legal name of the Company is as set forth in the preamble hereto. Other than in connection with the Name Change, the Company will not change its name, its organizational identification number, if it has one, its type of organization, its jurisdiction of organization or other legal structure.

 

5.2 Authorization . The Company is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Waiver and Amendment and is and will continue to be duly authorized to borrow monies under the Financing Documents, as amended hereby, and to perform its obligations under the Financing Documents, as amended hereby.

 

5.3 No Conflicts . The execution and delivery of this Waiver and Amendment and the performance by the Company of its obligations under the Financing Documents to which the Company is a party, as amended hereby, do not and will not conflict with any provision of law or of the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Company or of any agreement binding upon the Company.

 

5.4 Validity and Binding Effect . The Financing Documents, as amended hereby, are a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company a party thereto, enforceable against the Company a party thereto in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity limiting the availability of equitable remedies.

 

5.5 Compliance with Financing Documents . The representation and warranties set forth in the applicable Financing Documents, as amended hereby, are true and correct with the same effect as if such representations and warranties had been made on the date hereof, with the exception that all references to the financial statements shall mean the financial statements most recently delivered to Purchasers and except for such changes as are specifically permitted under the applicable Financing Documents. In addition, except for the Defaulted

 

3


Covenants, the Credit Parties have complied with and are in compliance with all of the covenants set forth in the Financing Documents, as amended hereby.

 

5.6 No Event of Default . As of the date hereof and except for the Event of Default occurring as a result of the Defaulted Covenants, no Event of Default under the Financing Documents, as amended hereby, or event or condition which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, has occurred or is continuing.

 

5.7 Offering . The Company intends to increase the capitalization of the Company by means of selling shares of its common stock, following the reclassification of the Company’s Class A voting common stock and Class B nonvoting common stock, through an underwritten initial public offering (the “Offering”) and to file a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the Offering. The Company covenants and agrees to the Purchasers that the net proceeds of the Offering shall be used to, among other things, redeem all of the outstanding indebtedness of (i) GE (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), (ii) LaSalle (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) and (iii) the Purchasers as evidenced by the Notes in accordance with their terms on the closing date of the Offering.

 

6. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT . This Waiver and Amendment shall become effective as of the date above first written after receipt by Purchasers of the following:

 

6.1 Agreement . This Waiver and Amendment duly executed by the parties hereto.

 

6.2 Counsel Fees . Company agree to reimburse Purchasers for legal expenses in connection with this Waiver and Amendment in an amount not to exceed $5,000.

 

5.3 GE and LaSalle Waivers . Both GE and LaSalle shall have executed their respective waivers.

 

6.4 Other Documents . Such other documents, certificates and/or opinions of counsel as Purchasers may request.

 

7 GENERAL .

 

7.1 Governing Law; Severability . This Waiver and Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of New York. Wherever possible each provision of the Financing Documents and this Waiver and Amendment shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of the Financing Documents and this Waiver and Amendment shall be prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of the Financing Documents and this Waiver and Amendment.

 

7.2 Successors and Assigns . This Waiver and Amendment shall be binding upon the Company and Purchasers and their respective successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Company and Purchasers and the successors and assigns of Purchasers.

 

4


7.3 Continuing Force and Effect of Financing Documents and Subordination Agreement . Except as specifically modified or amended by the terms of this Waiver and Amendment, all other terms and provisions of the Financing Documents are incorporated by reference herein, and in all respects, shall continue in full force and effect. Each of Company and the Purchasers, by execution of this Waiver and Amendment, hereby reaffirms, assumes and binds themselves to all of the obligations, duties, rights, covenants, terms and conditions that are contained in the Financing Documents and all other documents executed in connection therewith.

 

7.4 This Waiver and Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Waiver and Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC., formerly JAC Holdings International, Inc.

By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

Name:

 

Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

   

 


GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD OPPORTUNITIES I, LP

     

GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD OPPORTUNITIES II, L.P.

By: GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

     

By: GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

By  

/s/ Thomas H. Shandell

      By  

/s/ Thomas H. Shandell

   

Name: Thomas H. Shandell

         

Name: Thomas H. Shandell

   

Title: Partner

         

Title: Partner

GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD MASTER FUND, LTD.

     

GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD MASTER FUND II, LTD.

By: GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

     

By: GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

By  

/s/ Thomas H. Shandell

      By  

/s/ Thomas H. Shandell

   

Name: Thomas H. Shandell

         

Name: Thomas H. Shandell

   

Title: Partner

         

Title: Partner

GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD VALUE MASTER FUND, L.P.

     

SAFETY NATIONAL CASUALTY CORPORATION

By: GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

     

By: GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

By  

/s/ Thomas H. Shandell

      By  

/s/ Thomas H. Shandell

   

Name: Thomas H. Shandell

         

Name: Thomas H. Shandell

   

Title: Partner

         

Title: Partner

       

ALPHA U.S. SUBFUND II, LLC

            By  

/s/ Thomas H. Shandell

               

Name: Thomas H. Shandell

               

Title: Partner

DELPHI FINANCIAL GROUP

     

TRANSPORTATION INVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.L.C.

By: GoldenTree Asset Management, LP

       
By  

/s/ Thomas H. Shandell

      By:  

/s/ Steven A. Flyer

   

Name: Thomas H. Shandell

     

Name:

 

Steven A. Flyer

   

Title: Partner

     

Title:

 

Managing Director

CARAVELLE INVESTMENT FUND, L.L.C.

     

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By: Trimaran Advisors, L.L.C., its Investment Manager and Attorney-in-Fact        
By:  

/s/ Steven A. Flyer

      By:  

/s/ Scott A. McFetridge

Name:

 

Steven A. Flyer

     

Name:

 

Scott A. McFetridge

Title:

 

Managing Director

     

Title:

 

Managing Director

 

7


/s/ James Cirar

     

/s/ Camillo M. Santomero

JAMES CIRAR

     

CAMILLO M. SANTOMERO

 

HANCOCK MEZZANINE PARTNERS, L.P.        

By: John Hancock Life Insurance Company, its Investment Manager

       
By  

/s/ Scott A. McFetridge

           

Name: Scott A. McFetridge

           

Title: Managing Director

     

Title:

   

 

8


 

Schedule A

 

Purchasers

 

CARAVELLE INVESTMENT FUND L.L.C.,

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

 

HANCOCK MEZZANINE PARTNERS, L.P.,

200 Claredon Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02117

 

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

200 Claredon Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02117

 

CAMILLO M. SANTOMERO III

Rabbit Hill

Sarles Street

Mount Kisco, New York 10549

 

JAMES D. CIRAR

980 North Michigan Avenue

Suite 1000

Chicago, Illinois 60611

 

TRANSPORTATION INVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.L.C

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

 

GOLDENTREE  HIGH YIELD MASTER FUND, LTD.

c/o GoldenTree Asset Management, L.P.

300 Park Avenue

25 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Tom Shandell

Facsimile: (212) 847-3535

 

GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD OPPORTUNITIES II, L.P.

c/o GoldenTree Asset Management, L.P.

300 Park Avenue

25 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Tom Shandell

Facsimile: (212) 847-3535

 

9


GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD MASTER FUND II, LTD.

c/o GoldenTree Asset Management, L.P.

300 Park Avenue

25 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Tom Shandell

Facsimile: (212) 847-3535

 

GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD VALUE MASTER FUND, L.P.

c/o GoldenTree Asset Management, L.P.

300 Park Avenue

25 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Tom Shandell

Facsimile: (212) 847-3535

 

DB STRUCTURED PRODUCTS, INC.

c/o GoldenTree Asset Management, L.P.

300 Park Avenue

25 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Tom Shandell

Facsimile: (212) 847-3535

 

SAFETY NATIONAL CASUALTY CORPORATION

c/o GoldenTree Asset Management, L.P.

300 Park Avenue

25 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Tom Shandell

Facsimile: (212) 847-3535

 

ALPHA U.S. SUBFUND II, LLC

c/o GoldenTree Asset Management, L.P.

300 Park Avenue

25 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Tom Shandell

Facsimile: (212) 847-3535

 

DELPHI FINANCIAL GROUP

c/o GoldenTree Asset Management, L.P.

300 Park Avenue

25 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Tom Shandell

Facsimile: (212) 847-3535

 

10


GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD OPPORTUNITIES I, LP

c/o GoldenTree Asset Management, L.P.

300 Park Avenue

25 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Tom Shandell

Facsimile: (212) 847-3535

 

11

 

Exhibit 10.23

 

December 21, 2004

 

Johnstown America Corporation

17 Johns Street

Johnstown, PA 15907

Attention: Glen T. Karan

 

  Re: Credit Agreement (the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth under the Credit Agreement) dated as of October 17, 2003 between JOHNSTOWN AMERICA CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ JAC ”), FREIGHT CAR SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ FCS ”), JAC OPERATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ JAC Operations ”), and JAIX LEASING COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“ JAIX ”) (JAC, FCS, JAC Operations and JAIX are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Borrowers ” and each individually as a “ Borrower ”), the Credit Parties signatory thereto and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (in its individual capacity, “ GE Capital ”), for itself, as Lender, and as Agent.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen,

 

Borrowers have failed to (i) achieve minimum EBITDA for the Covenant Computation Dates ending June 30, 2004 and September 30, 2004 of at least $8,500,000 or less; (ii) maintain the Interest Coverage Ratio for the Covenant Computation Dates ending March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004, and September 30, 2004 of not less than 3.75 to 1.00; (iii) maintain the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Covenant Computation Dates ending March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004, and September 30, 2004 of not less than 1.15 to 1.00 and (iv) maintain the Leverage Ratio for the Covenant Computation Dates ending September 30, 2004 of not more than 2.75 to 1.00; and these failures constitute Events of Default under the Credit Agreement (the “ Designated Defaults ”).

 

In addition, Borrowers have informed Agent they will not (i) achieve minimum EBITDA for the Covenant Computation Dates ending December 31, 2004, March 31, 2005, June 30, 2005 and September 30, 2005 of at least $8,500,000 or less; (ii) maintain the Interest Coverage Ratio for the Covenant Computation Dates ending December 31, 2004, March 31, 2005, June 30, 2005 and September 30, 2005 of not less than 3.75 to 1.00; (iii) maintain the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Covenant Computation Date ending December 31, 2004, March 31, 2005, June 30, 2005 and September 30, 2005 of not less than 1.15 to 1.00 and (iv) maintain the Leverage Ratio for the Covenant Computation Dates ending December 31, 2004, March 31, 2005, June 30, 2005 and September 30, 2005 of not more than 2.75 to 1.00; and these failures will constitute Events of Default under the Credit Agreement (the “ Additional Defaults ”). Borrowers have requested Agent and the Lenders waive the Designated Defaults and the Additional Defaults.

 


Johnstown America Corporation

December 20, 2004

Page 2

 

In consideration of the waivers requested by Borrowers herein, Borrowers agree to pay a waiver fee equal to $                      and upon receipt of such funds, Agent and the Lenders, by their signatures below hereby waive the Designated Defaults and the Additional Defaults.

 

Agent shall not, by execution of this letter, be deemed to have waived its rights under any circumstances in connection with any Default or Event of Default now or hereafter existing to the extent the same arises out of the cross default provisions set forth in Sections 8.1(e ) or ( o ) of the Credit Agreement.

 

Borrowers agree, by their signatures below, (a) there shall be no amendment after the date hereof to the Revolving Credit Agreement or any of the Revolving Credit Loan Documents without Agent’s prior written consent; (b) there shall be no amendment after the date hereof to the Subordination Agreement or the Subordinated Notes Agreement without Agent’s prior written consent; and (c) for purposes of interpretation this letter shall constitute a Loan Document as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement.

 

The waivers set forth in this letter shall be effective only with respect to the specific circumstances referenced above in connection with the Designated Defaults and the Additional Defaults. In no event shall these waivers be construed to be a waiver of (a) enforcement of the Agent’s rights with respect to any Event(s) of Default now existing or hereafter arising (except as specifically set forth herein) or (b) Borrower’s compliance (except as specifically set forth herein) with the (i) covenants or other provisions of the Credit Agreement referenced above or (ii) any other covenants or provisions thereof or of any other Loan Document.

 

Nothing contained in this letter nor any communications between Agent and Borrowers shall be a waiver of any rights or remedies the Agent or any of the Lenders have or may have against the Borrowers or the Guarantors, except as specifically provided herein. The Agent and the Lenders hereby preserve and reserve all of their rights and remedies against Borrowers and Guarantors under the Credit Agreement, the Loan Documents and applicable law except as specifically set forth herein.

 

Very truly yours,

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION , as Agent and Lender
By:  

/s/ T.J. Williams

   

T.J. Williams

   

Authorized Signatory

 


Johnstown America Corporation

December 20, 2004

Page 3

 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:
BORROWERS:
JOHNSTOWN AMERICA CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

Name:

 

Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

   
FREIGHT CAR SERVICES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

Name:

 

Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

   
JAIX LEASING COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

Name:

 

Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

   
JAC OPERATIONS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

Name:

 

Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

   
CREDIT PARTIES AND GUARANTORS:

FREIGHTCAR AMREICA, INC., formerly known as

JAC HOLDINGS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

Name:

 

Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

   

 


Johnstown America Corporation

December 20, 2004

Page 4

 

JAC INTERMEDCO, INC.
By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

Name:

 

Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

   
JAC PATENT COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

Name:

 

Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

   

 

4

 

Exhibit 10.24

 

December 29, 2004

 

Johnstown America Corporation

17 Johns Street

Johnstown, PA 15907

Attention: Glen T. Karan

 

  Re: Credit Agreement (the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth under the Credit Agreement) dated as of September 11, 2003 among JOHNSTOWN AMERICA CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ JAC ”), FREIGHT CAR SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ FCS ”), JAC OPERATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ JAC Operations ”), and JAIX LEASING COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“ JAIX ”) (JAC, FCS, JAC Operations and JAIX are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Borrowers ” and each individually as a “ Borrower ”), the Credit Parties signatory thereto and LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“ LaSalle ”)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen,

 

Borrowers have failed to (i) achieve minimum EBITDA for the Covenant Computation Date ending March 31, 2004 of at least $8,500,000 or less; and (ii) maintain the Leverage Ratio for the Covenant Computation Date ending June 30, 2004 of not more than 2.75 to 1.00; and these failures constitute Events of Default under the Credit Agreement (the “ Designated Defaults ”).

 

Borrowers have requested that LaSalle waive, and LaSalle agrees to waive the Designated Defaults. The effectiveness of this waiver, however, is conditioned upon the delivery to LaSalle of waivers of similar defaults arising under the GE Capital Loan Agreement and those agreements governing the Subordinated Debt.

 

The waivers set forth in this letter shall be effective only with respect to the specific circumstances referenced above in connection with the Designated Defaults. In no event shall these waivers be construed to be a waiver of (a) enforcement of LaSalle’s rights with respect to any Event(s) of Default now existing or hereafter arising (except as specifically set forth herein) or (b) Borrower’s compliance (except as specifically set forth herein) with the (i) covenants or other provisions of the Credit Agreement referenced above or (ii) any other covenants or provisions thereof or of any other Loan Document.

 


Johnstown America Corporation

December 29, 2004

Page 2

 

Nothing contained in this letter nor any communications between LaSalle and Borrowers shall be a waiver of any rights or remedies the LaSalle has or may have against the Borrowers or the Guarantors, except as specifically provided herein. LaSalle hereby preserves and reserves all of its rights and remedies against Borrowers and Guarantors under the Credit Agreement, the Loan Documents and applicable law except as specifically set forth herein.

 

Very truly yours,

LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Robert W. Hart

   

Robert W. Hart

   

Authorized Signatory

 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:
BORROWERS:
JOHNSTOWN AMERICA CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

Name:

 

Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

   
FREIGHT CAR SERVICES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

Name:

 

Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

   
JAIX LEASING COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

Name:

 

Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

   

 


Johnstown America Corporation

December 29, 2004

Page 3

 

JAC OPERATIONS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

Name:

 

Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

   
CREDIT PARTIES AND GUARANTORS:

FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC., formerly known as

JAC HOLDINGS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

Name:

 

Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

   
JAC INTERMEDCO, INC.
By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

Name:

 

Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

   
JAC PATENT COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

Name:

 

Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

   

 

Exhibit 10.25

 

FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC.

17 Johns Street

Johnstown, Pennsylvania 15907

 

December 29, 2004

 

To the entities and individuals listed on Schedule A

attached hereto

 

  Re: Purchase Agreement dated as of June 3, 1999 among FreightCar America, Inc. (formerly JAC Holdings International, Inc.) (the “Company”) and the Purchasers named therein( as amended, the “Purchase Agreement”)

 

Gentlemen:

 

As you are aware, the Company intends to increase the capitalization of the Company by means of selling shares of its common stock (the “Offering”) and to file a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the Offering.

 

We have been working closely with our independent accountants in connection with the Offering. The independent accountants have requested that the Company and its Subsidiaries reissue their financial statements for the fiscal years ended 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003 due to accounting issues related to how the Company and its Subsidiaries recognize revenue which, in the opinion of the independent accountants, is necessary in order to comply with SEC review in connection with the Offering.

 

In addition, in accordance with Section 16(a) of the Shareholders’ Agreement of the Company dated as of June 3, 1999 (as amended, the “Shareholders’ Agreement”), the Company may elect to issue options to certain directors, officers and/or employees to purchase, in the aggregate, 1,014 shares of the Company’s Class A Voting Stock, $.01 par value per share and 1,014 shares of the Company’s Series A Voting Preferred Stock, $500.00 par value per share, at prices which are less than “fair equivalent value” (the “Options”). The Company issued the Options on December 22, 2004, upon the terms and conditions of (i) the Company’s board approval dated as of December 7, 2004 and (ii) certain Option Agreements dated as of December 22, 2004 entered into between the Company and each of John E. Carroll, Jr., Camillo M. Santomero, III, Mark Dalton, S. Mark Ray, James Cirar, Glen Karan and Kevin P. Bagby.

 

The purpose of this letter is to (1) request your consent to such a restatement of the financial statements for the fiscal years referenced above, (2) obtain a waiver of any Events of Default (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) that may have resulted from (i) the restatement of the financial statements for the fiscal years ended 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003 and (ii) the granting of the New Options, including, without limitation, due to any breach under Sections 8.02 (Restricted Payments) and 8.06 (Affiliated Transactions) of the Purchase Agreement.

 


Kindly indicate your consent and waiver to the foregoing by signing in the space indicated below and returning a signed copy of this letter to the attention of Jennifer Homer at Piper Rudnick LLP via facsimile to (312) 251-5706.

 

FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC. (formerly JAC Holdings International, Inc.)

By:

 

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

Name:

 

Kevin Bagby

Title:

   


Acknowledged and Agreed

as of this 29 th day of December, 2004

 

GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD OPPORTUNITIES I, LP

     

GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD OPPORTUNITIES II, L.P.

By: GoldenTree Asset Management LP as agent

     

By: GoldenTree Asset Management LP as agent

By

 

/s/ Thomas H. Shandell

     

By

 

/s/ Thomas H. Shandell

Name:

 

Thomas H. Shandell

     

Name:

 

Thomas H. Shandell

Title:

 

Partner

     

Title:

 

Partner

 

GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD MASTER FUND, LTD.

     

GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD MASTER FUND II, LTD.

By: GoldenTree Asset Management LP as agent

     

By: GoldenTree Asset Management LP as agent

By

 

/s/ Thomas H. Shandell

     

By

 

/s/ Thomas H. Shandell

Name:

 

Thomas H. Shandell

     

Name:

 

Thomas H. Shandell

Title:

 

Partner

     

Title:

 

Partner

 

GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD VALUE MASTER FUND, L.P.

     

SAFETY NATIONAL CASUALTY CORPORATION

By: GoldenTree Asset Management LP as agent

     

By: GoldenTree Asset Management LP as agent

By

 

/s/ Thomas H. Shandell

     

By

 

/s/ Thomas H. Shandell

Name:

 

Thomas H. Shandell

     

Name:

 

Thomas H. Shandell

Title:

 

Partner

     

Title:

 

Partner

 

ALPHA U.S. SUBFUND II, LLC

       

By: GoldenTree Asset Management LP as agent

       

By

 

/s/ Thomas H. Shandell

           

Name:

 

Thomas H. Shandell

           

Title:

 

Partner

           

 

DELPHI FINANCIAL GROUP

     

TRANSPORTATION INVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.L.C.

By: GoldenTree Asset Management LP as agent

       

By

 

/s/ Thomas H. Shandell

     

By:

 

/s/ Steven A. Flyer

Name:

 

Thomas H. Shandell

     

Name:

 

Steven A. Flyer

Title:

 

Partner

     

Title:

 

Managing Director

 

CARAVELLE INVESTMENT FUND, L.L.C.

     

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By: Trimaran Advisors, L.L.C., its Investment Manager and Attorney-in-Fact

       

By:

 

/s/ Jay R. Bloom

     

By:

 

/s/ S. Mark Ray

Name:

 

Jay R. Bloom

     

Name:

 

S. Mark Ray

Title:

 

Managing Director

     

Title:

 

Senior Managing Director

 


/s/ James Cirar

     

/s/ Camillo M. Santomero

JAMES CIRAR

     

CAMILLO M. SANTOMERO

 

HANCOCK MEZZANINE PARTNERS, L.P.

By: John Hancock Life Insurance Company, its Investment Manager

By  

/s/ Lorn Davis

Name:

 

Lorn Davis

Title:

 

Managing Director

 


Schedule A

 

Purchasers

 

CARAVELLE INVESTMENT FUND L.L.C.,

 

HANCOCK MEZZANINE PARTNERS, L.P.,

 

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

CAMILLO M. SANTOMERO III

 

JAMES D. CIRAR

 

TRANSPORTATION INVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.L.C

 

GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD MASTER FUND, LTD.

 

GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD OPPORTUNITIES II, L.P.

 

GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD MASTER FUND II, LTD.

 

GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD VALUE MASTER FUND, L.P.

 

SAFETY NATIONAL CASUALTY CORPORATION

 

ALPHA U.S. SUBFUND II, LLC

 

DELPHI FINANCIAL GROUP

 

GOLDENTREE HIGH YIELD OPPORTUNITIES I, LP

 

 

Exhibit 10.26

 

December 29, 2004

 

Johnstown America Corporation

17 Johns Street

Johnstown, PA 15907

Attention: Glen T. Karan

 

  Re: Credit Agreement (the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth under the Credit Agreement) dated as of October 17, 2003 between JOHNSTOWN AMERICA CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ JAC ”), FREIGHT CAR SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ FCS ”), JAC OPERATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ JAC Operations ”), and JAIX LEASING COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“ JAIX ”) (JAC, FCS, JAC Operations and JAIX are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Borrowers ” and each individually as a “ Borrower ”), the Credit Parties signatory thereto and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (in its individual capacity, “ GE Capital ”), for itself, as Lender, and as Agent.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen,

 

Based upon a restatement of Borrowers’ financial statements as required by Borrowers’ accountants, Borrowers have informed GE Capital they have failed to (i) achieve minimum EBITDA for the Covenant Computation Date ending March 31, 2004 of at least $8,500,000 or less; and (ii) maintain the Leverage Ratio for the Covenant Computation Dates ending June 30, 2004 of not more than 2.75 to 1.00; and these failures constitute Events of Default under the Credit Agreement (the “ Designated Defaults ”).

 

Borrowers have requested Agent and the Lenders waive the Designated Defaults. Agent and the Lenders, by their signatures below hereby waive the Designated Defaults.

 

Agent shall not, by execution of this letter, be deemed to have waived its rights under any circumstances in connection with any Default or Event of Default now or hereafter existing to the extent the same arises out of the cross default provisions set forth in Sections 8.1(e ) or ( o ) of the Credit Agreement.

 

Borrowers agree, by their signatures below that all terms and provisions set forth in that certain letter dated December 21, 2004 (the “ First Waiver Letter ”) shall remain in full force and effect and this letter is deemed to be a part of and incorporated in the First Waiver Letter. For purposes of interpretation this letter shall constitute a Loan Document as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement.

 


Johnstown America Corporation

December 29, 2004

Page 2

 

The waivers set forth in this letter shall be effective only with respect to the specific circumstances referenced above in connection with the Designated Defaults. In no event shall these waivers be construed to be a waiver of (a) enforcement of the Agent’s rights with respect to any Event(s) of Default now existing or hereafter arising (except as specifically set forth herein) or (b) Borrower’s compliance (except as specifically set forth herein) with the (i) covenants or other provisions of the Credit Agreement referenced above or (ii) any other covenants or provisions thereof or of any other Loan Document.

 

Nothing contained in this letter nor any communications between Agent and Borrowers shall be a waiver of any rights or remedies the Agent or any of the Lenders have or may have against the Borrowers or the Guarantors, except as specifically provided herein. The Agent and the Lenders hereby preserve and reserve all of their rights and remedies against Borrowers and Guarantors under the Credit Agreement, the Loan Documents and applicable law except as specifically set forth herein.

 

Very truly yours,

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Agent and Lender
By:   /s/ T.J. Williams
   

T.J. Williams

            Authorized Signatory

 

2


Johnstown America Corporation

December 29, 2004

Page 3

 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:
BORROWERS:
JOHNSTOWN AMERICA CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

Name:

 

Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

   
FREIGHT CAR SERVICES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

Name:

 

Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

   
JAIX LEASING COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

Name:

 

Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

   
JAC OPERATIONS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

Name:

 

Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

   
CREDIT PARTIES AND GUARANTORS:

FREIGHTCAR AMERICA, INC., formerly known as

 

JAC HOLDINGS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

Name:

 

Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

   

 


Johnstown America Corporation

December 29, 2004

Page 4

 

JAC INTERMEDCO, INC.
By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

Name:

 

Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

   
JAC PATENT COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Bagby

Name:

 

Kevin P. Bagby

Title:

   

 

4

 

Exhibit 10.27

 

LEASE AGREEMENT

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR THE REDACTED PORTIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT WHICH ARE DENOTED BY ***. A COMPLETE COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING THE REDACTED PORTION, HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (this “Lease” ) is made as of the 20th day of December, 2004 by and between NORFOLK SOUTHERN RAILWAY COMPANY , a Virginia corporation (the “Landlord” ); and JOHNSTOWN AMERICA CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (the “Tenant” ).

 

1. Premises; Use. For and in consideration of the agreements set forth herein, to be paid, kept and performed by Tenant, Landlord hereby leases and rents to Tenant, insofar as its right, title and interest in the Premises enables it to do so, that certain real property located in Roanoke, Virginia and consisting of approximately 11.6 acres, the location and dimensions of which are substantially shown on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Land” ), together with all improvements thereon (the “Improvements” ) including, without limitation, the following:

 

  (a) Freight Car Shop (Building 54),

 

  (b) Locomotive & Covered Hopper Paint Shop, including both bays (Building 37),

 

  (c) Car Department Office (Building 35),

 

  (d) Paint Shop Complex (Building 41),

 

  (e) Planning Mill (Building 55),

 

  (f) Wash & Locker House (Building 38),

 

  (g) Drying Shed (Building 68),

 

  (h) Upholstery Shop (Building 36),

 

  (i) One (1) bay in the Round House (Building 53),

 

  (j) Turntable ( non-exclusive use ),

 

  (k) The equipment and machinery described on the schedule attached hereto as Exhibit C and incorporated herein by this reference (collectively, the “Equipment” ),

 

  (l) The tracks, estimated to be 11,600 lineal feet in length, depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto (collectively, the “Tracks” ), and

 

  (m) The parking area shown on the print attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by this reference (the “Parking Area” ).

 

All equipment, machinery and other personal property described on Exhibit E attached hereto (collectively, the “Surplus Equipment” ) shall be removed by Landlord from the Premises, or relocated to a location within the Premises mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant, no later than forty-five (45) days after the date of this Lease (the “Removal Deadline” ). In the event that the removal of the Surplus Equipment (the “Removal Work” ) by the Removal Deadline is not reasonably practicable, Landlord shall prosecute the Removal Work diligently until completion. Landlord and Tenant shall coordinate the Removal Work with Tenant’s on-site preparations so as to enable Tenant to initiate manufacturing operations at the Premises as soon as reasonably possible. Landlord may perform the Removal Work through the use of Landlord’s internal forces (such internal forces of Landlord to be provided at no charge to Tenant) and third party-contractors selected by Landlord, and Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate with each other in connection with the administration of all individuals retained, and agreements executed, pursuant to the Removal Work. All invoices submitted by third-party contractors in connection with the Removal Work (collectively, the “Removal Work Invoices” ) shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval and, promptly after such approval, Tenant initially shall be obligated for the payment thereof; provided, however, upon Landlord’s receipt of documentation reasonably establishing Tenant’s

 

1


payment of one or more Removal Work Invoices, Landlord shall grant Tenant a credit for the amount of such Removal Work Invoices against the next due future installments of monthly base rental until Tenant has been reimbursed fully for its payment of the Removal Work Invoices. Such abatement of monthly base rent shall be in addition to, and not concurrent with, any and all other abatement of monthly base rent which Landlord may be otherwise obligated to provide to Tenant. Such documentation of payments may include: (i) copies of executed contracts; (ii) copies of invoices for labor, services and/or materials marked “Paid”, copies of bills of lading, and/or copies of other bills or receipts for goods, materials and/or services marked “Paid”; (iii) copies of canceled checks; and (iv) such other proofs of payments as may be reasonably requested by Landlord.

 

The Land and the Improvements are collectively referred to herein as the “Premises” . This Lease is subject to all encumbrances, easements, conditions, covenants and restrictions, whether or not of record.

 

The Premises, excluding the Parking Area, shall be used for the manufacture, repair and shipment of rail cars and all uses incidental thereto and no other purpose. The Parking Area shall be used solely for the parking of vehicles by Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors and invitees (collectively “Tenant’s Personnel” ) and no other purpose, and Tenant’s Personnel shall have a non-exclusive license over the footbridge and pathways shown on Exhibit A attached hereto for pedestrian access between the Parking Area and the remainder of the Premises. The Premises shall not be used for any illegal purposes, for the storage of unlicensed vehicles, nor in any manner to create any nuisance or trespass. No smoking is permitted in or about the Premises. Landlord reserves unto itself and its permittees, the permanent right to construct, maintain or replace upon, under, or over the Premises, any pipe, electrical, telecommunications, and signal lines, or any other facilities of like character now installed or hereinafter to be installed, all at no expense to Tenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord’s exercise of the rights set forth in the preceding sentence shall be done in such a manner as to not burden Tenant’s operations with commercially unreasonable inconvenience.

 

The terms and conditions of the Rider, if any, attached hereto as Exhibit B are incorporated herein by this reference. In the event of an inconsistency between the terms hereof and the terms of the Rider, the terms of the Rider shall prevail.

 

2. Term. To have and to hold for a term of ten (10) years, said term to begin on December 1, 2004 , and to end at midnight on November 30, 2014 (the “Initial Term”) , unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided.

 

3. Base Rental. Commencing on December 31, 2004 (the “Rental Commencement Date” ) and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month through and including June, 2005, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, without offset, abatement or demand, monthly base rental in the amount of ***. Commencing on July 1, 2005 and continuing thereafter on the first day of each calendar month through and including November, 2014, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, without offset, abatement or demand, monthly base rental in the following amounts:

 

Rental Period:


   Monthly Base Rental

 

July, 2005

   $ * **

August, 2005

   $ * **

September, 2005

   $ * **

October, 2005

   $ * **

November, 2005

   $ * **

 

2


December, 2005 – November, 2006

   $     ***

December, 2006 – November, 2007

   $ ***

December, 2007 – November, 2008

   $ ***

December, 2008 – November, 2009

   $ ***

December, 2009 – November, 2010

   $ ***

December, 2010 – November, 2011

   $ ***

December, 2011 – November, 2012

   $ ***

December, 2012 – November, 2013

   $ ***

December, 2013 – November, 2014

   $ ***

 

Base rental shall be due in advance. Except in the event of default, base rental for any partial rental periods shall be prorated. The acceptance by Landlord of base rental shall not constitute a waiver of any of Landlord’s rights or remedies under this Lease. All payments of base rental, and any additional rental payable hereunder, shall be sent to the Treasurer of Landlord at P.O. Box 116944, Atlanta, Georgia 30368-6944, or such other address as Landlord may designate in any invoice delivered to Tenant. Prior to or simultaneously with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant has paid to Landlord the first installment of base rental due hereunder. In the event Tenant fails to pay base rental or any other payment called for under this Lease on or before the due date and Tenant’s failure to pay continues for more than ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord, then Tenant shall pay a late charge equal to two percent (2 %) of the unpaid amount. In addition, any sum not paid within thirty (30) days of its due date shall accrue interest thereafter until paid at the rate per annum equal to the lesser of (a) the highest interest rate permitted by applicable law; or (b) ten percent (10%).

 

4. Utilities. Except as otherwise set forth in the Rider attached hereto, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide light, water, heat, air conditioning or any other utilities or services to the Premises. Except as otherwise set forth in the Rider attached hereto, Tenant shall place any and all utility and service related bills in its name and shall timely pay the same, along with all assessments or other governmental fees or charges pertaining to the Premises. If Tenant does not pay same, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) pay the same, including any and all late fees and penalties, and such payment shall be added to and treated as additional rental of the Premises.

 

5. Maintenance and Repairs. Tenant, at its sole cost, shall keep and maintain all of the Premises (including, but not limited to, all structural and non-structural components thereof, all systems and the Equipment) in the same condition as when first received, normal wear and tear excepted, and shall keep the interiors of the buildings in the Premises free of pests and rodents. All Planned Capital Improvements (as hereinafter defined) and Additional Capital Improvements (as hereinafter defined) shall be kept in good order and repair (including replacements). Tenant hereby waives (a) any rights at law or in equity to require Landlord to perform any repair, replacement or maintenance to the Premises, and (b) any right to abate rental or terminate this Lease due to the failure by Landlord to perform any repairs, replacements or maintenance. Tenant shall not create any lien, charge or encumbrance upon the Premises, and Tenant shall promptly remove or bond over any such lien, charge or encumbrance.

 

6. Modifications and Alterations to the Premises. Tenant shall make no modifications, alterations or improvements to the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, except for the Planned Capital Improvements described in Paragraph 6 of Exhibit B of this Lease, Landlord’s consent shall not be required for non-structural modifications, alterations or improvements which cost less than $50,000.00; provided , however , Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice of such

 

3


modifications, alterations or improvements not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the commencement thereof along with copies of plans, specifications and other materials describing such work in reasonable detail. Any modifications or alterations consented to by Landlord shall be completed in a good, workmanlike and lien-free manner, in accordance with all applicable laws, codes, regulations and ordinances and by contractors approved by Landlord. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties hereto, any alterations or improvements to the Premises made by Tenant shall become the property of Landlord; provided, however, Landlord, at its option, may require Tenant to remove any improvements or repair any alterations in order to restore the Premises to the condition existing at the time Tenant took possession. Tenant, at the time it requests approval for a proposed alteration, may request in writing that Landlord advise Tenant whether the alteration or any portion of the alteration must be removed at the end of the Lease term. Within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s request, Landlord shall advise Tenant in writing as to which portions of the alteration are required to be removed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may remove any moveable equipment or trade fixtures owned by Tenant during the term of this Lease, provided that any damage caused by such removal shall be repaired by Tenant in a manner acceptable to Landlord.

 

7. Return of Premises. Except as specifically provided herein, Tenant agrees to return the Premises to Landlord at the expiration or prior termination of this Lease in the same condition and repair as when first received, normal wear and tear excepted. Tenant agrees to remove its moveable equipment and trade fixtures from the Premises at the expiration or prior termination of this Lease. Tenant shall immediately repair any damage arising out of any such removal in a manner reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

 

8. Destruction of or Damage to Premises. If the whole or any part of the Premises shall be damaged or destroyed by any casualty, then the base rental payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be equitably abated or adjusted, as the case may be, in light of the impairment to that portion of the Premises of which Tenant is deprived on account of such damage or destruction or the work of repair, restoration, replacement or rebuilding. In the event of any damage to any portion of the Premises, except with respect to those structural components of the roof, foundation and exterior walls of the Improvements for which Landlord is responsible pursuant to Paragraph 9 of Exhibit B attached hereto, Tenant shall immediately repair, restore, replace or rebuild the Premises to substantially the condition in which the Premises were immediately before such damage or destruction, in accordance with the specifications reasonably approved by Landlord. Tenant shall diligently execute such repair, restoration, replacement or rebuilding without delay or interruption. Without limiting that obligation of Tenant, Landlord shall make available to Tenant any proceeds that Landlord actually has received from the property insurance policy described in Paragraph 21 below in connection with such damage or destruction; provided, however, Landlord shall not be obligated to pay to Tenant more than the total cost of such repairs and restoration (as evidenced by paid invoices delivered to Landlord). All such repairs and restoration shall be performed by contractors reasonably approved by Landlord and shall be performed in a good, workmanlike and lien-free manner in accordance with plans and specifications approved by Landlord. Landlord shall be entitled to require performance bonds or other similar protections to protect Landlord’s interest in the Premises from becoming subject to any mechanics or materialmen liens. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if that damage or destruction occurs during the last three (3) years of the Term and the estimated cost to repair exceeds twenty-five percent (25 per cent) of the full replacement cost of the Premises, or damage to the Premises renders the Premises unusable for Tenant’s purposes, either Landlord or Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by written notice served on the other party within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of such damage or destruction. On such termination, base rental, Taxes (as hereinafter defined) and any other

 

4


sums payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be prorated as of the termination date. If all or substantially all of the Premises are destroyed by storm, fire, lightning, earthquake or other casualty, this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such destruction, and rental shall be accounted for as between Landlord and Tenant as of that date. In the event of such termination, rental shall be prorated and paid up to the date of such casualty. In no event shall Tenant have any right to terminate this Lease if the casualty in question was caused or contributed to by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees.

 

9. Indemnity. Except to the extent caused by Landlord’s negligence, intentional misconduct or breach of this Lease, Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and save harmless Landlord, Landlord’s parent companies, subsidiaries, affiliates, lessors, licensors, and subsidiaries of parent companies (collectively the “Landlord Related Entities” ) and Landlord’s and Landlord’s Related Entities’ officers, directors, members, shareholders, lenders, agents and employees (collectively the “Landlord Entities” ) against all claims (including but not limited to claims for bodily injury, death or property damage), economic losses, liabilities, costs, injuries, damages, actions, mechanic’s liens, losses and expenses (including but not limited to reasonable attorney’s fees and costs) to whomsoever, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s agents, workmen, servants or employees (collectively, “Tenant Claims” ) to the extent caused by Tenant’s negligence, intentional misconduct or breach of this Lease or otherwise arising out of or relating to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises.

 

Except to the extent of Tenant’s negligence, intentional misconduct or breach of this Lease, Landlord agrees to indemnify, defend and save harmless Tenant, Tenant’s parent companies, subsidiaries, affiliates, lessors, licensors, and subsidiaries of parent companies (collectively the “Tenant Related Entities” ) and Tenant’s and Tenant’s Related Entities’ officers, directors, members, shareholders, lenders, agents and employees (collectively the “Tenant Entities” ) against all claims (including but not limited to claims for bodily injury, death or property damage), economic losses, liabilities, costs, injuries, damages, actions, mechanic’s liens, losses and expenses (including but not limited to reasonable attorney’s fees and costs) to whomsoever, including, but not limited to, Landlord’s agents, workmen, servants or employees, (collectively, “Landlord Claims” ) to the extent caused by Landlord’s negligence, intentional misconduct or breach of this Lease.

 

10. Governmental Orders. Tenant agrees, at its own expense, to comply with all laws, orders, regulations, ordinances or restrictions applicable by reason of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises or operation of its business, except that the correction of any violations that existed prior to the first day of the term of this Lease shall be corrected at the sole expense of Landlord except to the extent that such violations were known to Tenant and exacerbated by activities at the Premises performed by or on behalf of Tenant.

 

11. Condemnation. If all or a portion of the Premises shall be condemned by any legally constituted authority for any public use or purpose, or sold under threat of condemnation, then this Lease shall terminate as to the part so taken as of the date of taken, and, in the case of a partial taking, either Landlord or Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease as to the balance of the Premises by written notice to the other within thirty (30) days after such date; provided , however , that a condition to the exercise by Tenant if such right to terminate shall be that the portion of the Premises taken shall be of such extent and nature as to render the Premises unusable for Tenant’s purposes. All condemnation awards shall belong to Landlord; provided , however , to the extent permitted under applicable law, Tenant shall be entitled to file a separate claim against the condemning authority for loss of its personal property and moving expenses so long as the filing of such claim does not affect or reduce Landlord’s claim as to such awards or proceeds. In the event of a partial taking of the Premises that does not result in a

 

5


termination of the Lease, base rental, Taxes and any other sums payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be equitably reduced, as reasonable determined by Landlord.

 

12. Assignment. Tenant may not assign this Lease or any interest thereunder or sublet the Premises in whole or in part or allow all or a portion of the Premises to be used by a third party without the prior written consent of Landlord. If Tenant is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the transfer of more than fifty percent (50%) of the ownership interests of Tenant or the transfer of a lesser percentage which results in a transfer of control of Tenant (WHICH INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, TRANSACTIONS IN WHICH TENANT SELLS ITS BUSINESS, SELLS ALL OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL OF THE ASSETS OF ITS BUSINESS OR MERGES OR CONSOLIDATES WITH ANOTHER ENTITY), whether in one transaction or a series of related transactions, shall constitute an assignment for purposes of this Lease. All requests for an assignment or sublease shall be accompanied by a copy of the proposed business terms and an administrative fee in the amount of $750.00. Any assignee shall become liable directly to Landlord for all obligations of Tenant hereunder. No such assignment or sublease nor any subsequent amendment of this Lease shall release Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. If any such subtenant or assignee pays rental in excess of the rental due hereunder or if Tenant receives any other consideration on account of any such assignment or sublease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rental, one-half of such excess rental or other consideration (net of related expenses) upon the receipt thereof. Any assignment or sublease made in violation of this Paragraph 12 shall be void and shall constitute a default hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided that Tenant is not then in default of this Lease beyond any applicable period for the cure thereof, Tenant shall be entitled to assign this Lease in connection with a merger, consolidation, recapitalization or other business combination transaction, without Landlord’s consent, but only after written notice to Landlord and after paying to Landlord the administrative fee described above, provided that the tangible net worth of the surviving entity in any such merger, consolidation or business reorganization transaction is not less than the tangible net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such transaction and such surviving entity executes an agreement , in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord, which memorializes that such surviving corporation shall be fully liable for the performance of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease. If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall provided Landlord audited or certified financial statements to evidence the satisfaction of the tangible net worth requirement provided above.

 

Landlord will not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to a proposed assignment or sublease. In determining the reasonableness of Landlord’s decision to withhold or grant its consent to any proposed assignment or sublease, Landlord may take into consideration all relevant factors surrounding the proposed assignment or sublease, including, without limitation, the following:

 

  (a) The business reputation of the proposed subtenant or assignee and its officer or directors.

 

  (b) The nature of the business and the proposed use of the Premises by the proposed subtenant or assignee in relation to restrictions, if any, affecting the Premises.

 

  (c) The financial condition of the proposed subtenant or assignee.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 12, a public offering of equity securities of Tenant which results in Tenant’s stock being traded on a securities exchange, including, but

 

6


not limited to, the NYSE, the NASDAQ Stock Market or the NASDAQ Small Cap Market System, shall not be considered an assignment, sublease or other such transaction for purposes of this Lease.

 

13. Environmental. Tenant covenants that neither Tenant, nor any of its agents, employees, contractors or invitees shall cause any aboveground or underground storage tanks or associated piping (collectively “Tanks ) to be located on or under the Premises or any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) to be stored or handled on the Premises, except that Tenant may bring onto the Premises for its use in its operations commercial products (identified by name or type in Exhibit G attached hereto) as long as such use and incidental storage is done in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws, as that term is defined below. Tenant shall comply, at its own expense, with any and all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and requirements respecting solid waste, hazardous waste, air, water, pollution or otherwise relating to the environment or health and safety (collectively “Environmental Laws” ). Tenant shall not under any circumstance treat, release or dispose of trash, debris or wastes or Hazardous Materials on the Premises and will not conduct any activities on the Premises which require a hazardous waste treatment, storage or disposal permit. As used herein, the term “Hazardous Materials” means asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, oil, gasoline or other petroleum based liquids, and any and all other materials or substances deemed hazardous or toxic or regulated by applicable laws, including but not limited to substances defined as hazardous under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq . (or any state counterpart to the foregoing statutes) or determined to present the unreasonable risk of injury to health or the environment under the Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended, 15 U.S.C. 2601 et seq . In addition, Landlord requires that Tenant obtain in Tenant’s own name all environmental permits Tenant must have to conduct its operations on the Premises. It is expressly understood that Tenant cannot use any environmental permits that may have been issued to Landlord to conduct Tenant’s operations, and Tenant likewise cannot convey any process water discharges to or through Landlord’s wastewater treatment plant. However, the foregoing permit restriction does not apply to the provision of certain utilities by Landlord to Tenant as set forth in Paragraph 4 of Exhibit B attached hereto to the extent Landlord can provide same as contemplated by said provision.

 

Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold the Landlord Entities harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, damages, penalties, fines, costs (including without limitation, consultant’s fees, experts’ fees, reasonable attorney’s fees, investigation and cleanup costs and courts costs), liabilities or losses resulting from (1) the storage, handling, treatment, release, disposal, presence or use of Hazardous Materials in, on or about the Premises from and after the date of this Lease or (2) the violation by Tenant of any provision of any Environmental Laws. Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold the Tenant Entities harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, damages, penalties, fines, costs (including without limitation, consultant’s fees, experts’ fees, reasonable attorney’s fees, investigation and cleanup costs and courts costs), liabilities or losses resulting from (1) the storage, handling, treatment, release, disposal, presence or use of Hazardous Materials in, on or about the Premises prior to the date of this Lease or (2) the violation by Landlord of any provision of any Environmental Laws pertaining to the Premises that occurred prior to the date of this Lease.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing indemnity, in the event Landlord has reason to believe that the covenants set forth in this Paragraph 13 have been violated by Tenant, Landlord shall be entitled, at Tenant’s sole expense, to take such actions as Landlord deems necessary in order to assess, contain, delineate and/or remediate any condition created by such violation. Any sums expended by Landlord shall be reimbursed by Tenant, as additional rental, within thirty (30) days after demand therefor by Landlord. Landlord has the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times for purposes of inspecting

 

7


the Premises in order to evaluate Tenant’s compliance with the convenants of this Paragraph 13. In the event Tenant delivers or receives any notices or materials from any governmental or quasi-governmental entity and such notices or materials relate to Tanks or Hazardous Materials in, on or about the Premises, Tenant shall immediately send to Landlord a copy of such notices or materials. Tenant shall also provide Landlord with a detailed report relating to any release of a Hazardous Material in, on or about the Premises whenever such release is required to be reported to governmental authorities pursuant to the Environmental Laws. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to cause to be performed such environmental studies of the Premises by an environmental consultant as are necessary to determine whether any Hazardous Materials have been stored, handled, treated, released, brought upon or disposed of on the Premises during the term of this Lease in violation of the terms hereof. If any such study reveals any violation of this Lease by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees, Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord for the costs of such studies and Tenant shall immediately undertake a further investigation, if necessary, and remediation of such contamination. Landlord may undertake such investigation and remediation if Tenant fails to do so within a reasonable time frame, in which case Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord for the cost of same within thirty (30) days after demand therefore by Landlord. The obligations of this Paragraph 13 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

14. Default; Remedies. In the event (i) any payment of rental or other sum due hereunder is not paid within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice that such sum was not paid by the due date thereof; (ii) Tenant shall fail to comply with any term, provision, condition or covenant of this Lease, other than an obligation requiring the payment of rental or other sums hereunder, and shall not cure such failure within thirty (30) days after notice to the Tenant of such failure to comply, or if such failure cannot reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period, then Tenant shall have failed to commence such cure within thirty (30) days after notice, diligently pursued such cure thereafter and completed such cure not later than ninety (90) days after notice; (iii) Tenant shall attempt to violate or violate Paragraph 12 above; or (iv) Tenant shall file a petition under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency law or have any involuntary petition filed thereunder against it, then Landlord, in addition to any remedy available at law or in equity, shall have the option to do any one or more of the following:

 

(a) Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord. Tenant agrees to indemnify the Landlord Entities for all loss, damage and expense which Landlord may suffer by reason of such termination.

 

(b) Without terminating this Lease, terminate Tenant’s right of possession, whereupon rental shall continue to accrue and be owed by Tenant hereunder. Thereafter, at Landlord’s option, Landlord may enter upon and relet all or a portion of the Premises (or relet the Premises together with any additional space) for a term longer or shorter than the remaining term hereunder and otherwise on terms satisfactory to Landlord. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for the deficiency, if any, between Tenant’s rental hereunder and all net sums received by Landlord on account of such reletting (after deducting all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with any such reletting, including without limitation, tenant improvement costs, brokerage commissions and attorney’s fees).

 

(c) Pursue a dispossessory, eviction or other similar action against Tenant, in which event Tenant shall remain liable for all amounts owed hereunder, including amounts accruing hereunder from and after the date that a writ of possession is issued.

 

8


(d) Perform any unperformed obligation of Tenant, including, but not limited to, cleaning up any trash, debris or property remaining in or about the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Any sums expended by Landlord shall be repaid by Tenant, as additional rental, within ten (10) days after demand therefor by Landlord.

 

Pursuit of any of the foregoing remedies shall not preclude pursuit of any other remedies available at law or in equity. Tenant agrees to pay all costs and expenses, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney’s fees and consultant’s fees, incurred by Landlord in connection with enforcing the performance of any of the provisions of this Lease, whether suit is actually filed or not. Acceptance of rental or any other sums paid by Tenant shall not constitute the waiver by Landlord of any of the terms of this Lease or any default by Tenant hereunder. Landlord shall be required to mitigate damages only to the extent required by the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia. If the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia require Landlord to mitigate damages then (i) Landlord shall have no obligation to treat preferentially the Premises compared to other premises Landlord has available for leasing; (ii) Landlord shall not be obligated to expend any efforts or any monies beyond those Landlord would expend in the ordinary course of leasing space; and (iii) in evaluating a prospective reletting of the Premises, the term, rental, use and the reputation, experience and financial standing of prospective tenants are factors which Landlord may properly consider.

 

15. Signs; Entry by Landlord. Landlord may place “For Lease” signs upon the Premises one hundred twenty (120) days before the termination of this Lease and may place “For Sale” signs upon the Premises at any time. Landlord may enter the Premises with prior notice to Tenant at reasonable hours during the term of this Lease (a) to show the same to prospective purchasers or tenants, (b) to make repairs to Landlord’s adjoining property, if any, (c) to inspect the Premises in order to evaluate Tenant’s compliance with the convenants set forth in this Lease, or (d) to perform activities otherwise permitted or contemplated hereby.

 

16. No Estate in Land. This Lease shall create the relationship of landlord and tenant between Landlord and Tenant; Tenant’s interest is not assignable by Tenant except as provided in Paragraph 12, above.

 

17. Holding Over. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after expiration or earlier termination of the term hereof with Landlord’s written consent, Tenant shall be a month-to-month tenant upon all the same terms and conditions as contained in this Lease, and there shall be no renewal of this Lease by operation of law. Such month-to-month tenancy shall be terminable upon thirty (30) days written notice by either party to the other. Tenant waives any right that it may have to additional notice pursuant to applicable law. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the term hereof without Landlord’s written consent, Tenant shall be a tenant at sufferance subject to immediate eviction. In such event, in addition to paying Landlord any damages resulting from such holdover, Tenant shall pay base rental at the rate of one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the then current base rental; ***. In such circumstance, acceptance of base rental by Landlord shall not constitute consent or agreement by Landlord to Tenant’s holding over and shall not waive Landlord’s right to evict Tenant immediately.

 

18. Notices. Any notice given pursuant to this Lease shall be in writing and sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, by hand delivery or by reputable overnight courier to:

 

(a) Landlord : c/o Director Real Estate, Norfolk Southern Corporation, 1200 Peachtree Street, NE, 12 th Floor, Atlanta, Georgia 30309, Facsimile No.: 404/653-3430 and c/o AVP Material Management, 110 Franklin Road, SE, Box 72, Roanoke, Virginia 24042, Facsimile No. 540/855-6230, or at such other address as Landlord may designate in writing to Tenant.

 

9


(b) Tenant : 17 Johns Street, Johnstown, Pennsylvania 15901 Facsimile No.: 814/533-5070 Attention: President, or at such other address as Tenant may designate in writing to Landlord.

 

Any notice sent in the manner set forth above shall be deemed delivered three (3) days after said notice is deposited in the mail if sent by certified mail (return receipt requested), or upon receipt if sent by hand delivery or reputable overnight courier. Any change of notice address by either party shall be delivered to the other party by the manner of notice required hereby.

 

19. Track Clearance. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease, and irrespective of the sole, joint, or concurring negligence of Landlord, Tenant shall assume sole responsibility for and shall indemnify, save harmless and defend the Landlord Entities from and against all claims, actions or legal proceedings arising, in whole or in part, from the conduct of Tenant’s operations, or the placement of Tenant’s fixtures, equipment or other property, within twenty-five feet (25’) of Landlord’s tracks, if any, located on or adjacent to the Premises. In this connection it is specifically understood that knowledge on the part of Landlord of a violation of the foregoing clearance requirement, whether such knowledge is actual or implied, shall not constitute a waiver and shall not relieve Tenant of its obligations to indemnify the Landlord Entities for losses and claims resulting from any such violation.

 

20. Brokerage. Landlord and Tenant hereby covenant and agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any and all loss, liability, damage, claim, judgment, cost and expense (including without limitation attorney’s fees and litigation costs) that may be incurred or suffered by the other because of any claim for any fee, commission or similar compensation with respect to this Lease, made by any broker, agent or finder claiming by, through or under the indemnifying party, whether or not such claim is valid.

 

21. Tenant’s Insurance. Tenant shall procure and maintain, at all times and at its expense, in a form and with an insurance company acceptable to Landlord, the following types of insurance:

 

(a) Workers’ Compensation Insurance to meet fully the requirement of any compensation act, plan or legislative enactment applicable in connection with the death, disability or injury of Licensee’s officers, agents, servants or employees arising directly or indirectly out of the performance of this Lease;

 

(b) Employers’ Liability Insurance with limits of not less than $500,000 each accident, $500,000 policy limit for disease, and $500,000 each employee for disease;

 

(c) Automobile Liability Insurance with a combined single limit of not less than $500,000 each occurrence for injury to or death of persons and damage to or loss or destruction of property arising out of the use of owned or non-owned vehicles;

 

10


(d) Commercial General Liability Insurance for the Premises having a single limit of not less than $5,000,000.00 for each occurrence, covering Tenant’s contractual liability hereunder, and covering Tenant and Landlord for liability arising out of work performed by any third parties for Tenant in or about the Premises; and

 

(e) property insurance at replacement cost value to cover the Improvements upon the Premises.

 

Each of the foregoing types of coverage shall name the Landlord Entities as additional insureds and be considered primary and noncontributory, regardless of any insurance carried by Landlord; provided , however , Landlord shall be the loss payee under the property insurance policy. Tenant shall deliver certificates of insurance evidencing the insurance required hereinabove to Landlord simultaneously with the execution of this Lease by Tenant, which certificates shall reflect that the policies shall not be canceled without at least thirty (30) days prior notice to Landlord. If Tenant fails to obtain the necessary coverages, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense and the same shall constitute additional rental. All insurance certificates should be delivered to Landlord’s Risk Management Department, Three Commercial Place, Norfolk, Virginia 23510, simultaneously with the execution of this Lease by Tenant. The minimum limits of insurance provided for hereunder are not intended to be a limitation on the liability of Tenant hereunder and shall not waive Landlord’s right to seek a full recovery from Tenant.

 

Landlord and Tenant hereby waive and shall cause their respective insurance carriers to waive any and all rights of recovery, claims, actions or causes of action against the other for any loss or damage with respect to Tenant’s property, leasehold improvements, the buildings, the Premises, or any contents thereof, including rights, claims, actions and causes of action based on negligence, which loss or damage is (or would have been, had the insurance required by this Lease been carried) covered by insurance.

 

22. Taxes. Each year during the term of this Lease, Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord, as additional rental, for all real estate taxes and assessments (regular or special) pertaining to the Premises, paid by Landlord with respect to the Premises over and above the annual sum of $75,000 (“Taxes” ) which sum has been included in the base rental described in Paragraph 3 of this Lease. Landlord has been advised by representatives of the City of Roanoke that the Premises shall be separately assessed as of January 1, 2005. Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, invoice Tenant for the estimated Taxes for each calendar year (but no more frequently than monthly), which amount shall be adjusted each year based upon anticipated Taxes. If the Premises are part of a larger tract, the Taxes for which Tenant is responsible for reimbursing Landlord pursuant to the terms hereof shall be the share of such total Taxes that Landlord reasonably determines are applicable to the Premises, giving due consideration to the relative value of the Premises and the value of the land and improvements reflected in the applicable tax valuation. Upon request from Tenant, Landlord shall provide Tenant with copies of tax bills for the Taxes. If Landlord has been invoicing Tenant for Taxes and the tax bills indicate that the total of the payments made by Tenant exceeds the amount of Taxes applicable to the Premises, Landlord shall credit any such amount against the Tax reimbursement payment next coming due. In the event the accounting shows that the total of the Tax payments made by Tenant is less than the amount of Tax payment due from Tenant under this Paragraph, the accounting shall be accompanied by an invoice for the additional payment. During the year in which this Lease terminates, Landlord shall have the option to invoice Tenant for Taxes based upon the previous year’s Taxes. If this Lease commences on a day other than the first day of a tax year or ends on a day other than the last day of a tax year, the amount of any Taxes payable by Tenant applicable to the year in which the term commences or ends shall be prorated. Tenant

 

11


agrees to pay any sum due under this Paragraph within ten (10) days following receipt of the invoice showing the amount due.

 

23. Joint and Several. If Tenant comprises more than one person, corporation, partnership or other entity, the liability hereunder of all such persons, corporations, partnerships or other entities shall be joint and several.

 

24. No Warranties; Entire Agreement. TENANT ACCEPTS THE PREMISES “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, HABITABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR ANY OTHER IMPLIED WARRANTIES. TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE PREMISES MAY CONTAIN ASBESTOS OR LEAD-BASED PAINT AND SHOULD CONDUCT ANY RENOVATION OR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES OF THE IMPROVEMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR STATE EPA OR OSHA REGULATIONS. LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR, AND TENANT HEREBY RELEASES LANDLORD FROM ALL CLAIMS FOR ECONOMIC LOSSES AND ALL OTHER DAMAGE OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER ACCRUING TO TENANT, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE VALUE OF ANY BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES OR IMPROVEMENTS OF TENANT UPON THE PREMISES, RESULTING FROM OR ARISING BY REASON OF ANY DEFICIENCY, INSUFFICIENCY OR FAILURE OF TITLE OF LANDLORD. IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER LANDLORD OR TENANT BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY HERETO FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST PROFITS, COST OF CAPITAL OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION EXPENSES) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS LEASE, EVEN IF LANDLORD OR TENANT, AS THE CASE MAY BE, HAS BEEN ADVISED OR SHOULD HAVE BEEN AWARE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THIS LEASE CONTAINS THE ENTIRE AGREEMENT OF THE PARTIES HERETO AS TO THE PREMISES, AND NO REPRESENTATIONS, INDUCEMENTS, PROMISES OR AGREEMENTS, ORAL OR OTHERWISE, BETWEEN THE PARTIES, NOT EMBODIED HEREIN, SHALL BE OF ANY FORCE OR EFFECT.

 

25. Survival. The provisions of Paragraphs 6, 7, 9, 13, 17, 20 and 22 of this Lease, Paragraphs 5, 10, 12 and 13 of Exhibit B attached hereto, Appendix 1 of Exhibit B attached hereto, and Paragraphs 5, 6 and 11 of Exhibit D attached hereto shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

26. Miscellaneous. Knowledge on the part of Landlord or any employee, agent or representative of Landlord of any violation of any of the terms of this Lease by Tenant shall constitute neither negligence nor consent on the part of Landlord, and shall in no event relieve Tenant of any of the responsibilities and obligations assumed by Tenant in this Lease. All rights, powers and privileges conferred hereunder upon the parties hereto shall be cumulative but not restrictive to those given by law. No failure of one party to exercise any power hereunder, or to insist upon strict compliance by the other party with its obligations hereunder, and no custom or practice of the parties at variance with the terms hereof shall constitute a waiver of such party’s right to demand exact compliance with the terms hereof. Subject to the terms of Paragraph 12 above, this Lease shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of Landlord and Tenant. If any term, covenant or condition of this Lease or the application thereof to any person, entity or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, covenant or

 

12


condition to persons, entities or circumstances other than those which or to which used may be held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each term, covenant or condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Time is of the essence in this Lease. Neither party shall be bound hereunder until such time as both parties have signed this Lease. This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the State or Commonwealth in which the Premises are located.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have hereunto set their hands and seals, effective the day and year first above written.

 

Witness:

      LANDLORD :
/s/ M ARILYN L. F LOTTMAN       NORFOLK SOUTHERN RAILWAY COMPANY,

Signature

     

a Virginia corporation

Name:

  Marilyn L. Flottman            
           

By:

  /s/ F. B LAIR W IMBUSH
           

Name:

  F. Blair Wimbush

Witness:

     

Title:

  Vice President
             
/s/ J. C OLEMAN L AWRENCE      

Date of Landlord Signature: December 16, 2004

Signature

       

Name:

  J. Coleman Lawrence       [SEAL]

Witness:

      TENANT :
/s/ A MANDA J. H ARRINGTON       JOHNSTOWN AMERICA CORPORATION,

Signature

     

a Delaware corporation

Name:

  Amanda J. Harrington            
           

By:

  /s/ J OHN E. C ARROLL , J R .
           

Name:

  John E. Carroll, Jr.

Witness:

     

Title:

  President
/s/ C HARLES E. H OWARD      

Date of Tenant Signature: December 22, 2004

Signature

       

Name:

  Charles E. Howard       [SEAL]

 

14


Exhibit A

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT B

 

RIDER TO LEASE AGREEMENT DATED DECEMBER 20, 2004 BY AND BETWEEN NORFOLK SOUTHERN RAILWAY COMPANY, AS LANDLORD, AND JOHNSTOWN AMERICA CORPORATION, AS TENANT

 

This Rider is attached to and made a part of the referenced Lease Agreement. In the event of an inconsistency between the terms of this Rider and the terms of the Lease Agreement, the terms of this Rider shall control.

 

1. Renewal of Term . Subject to the termination rights of Landlord set out in either this Exhibit B or in the Lease Agreement and provided that Tenant is not in default at the time Tenant gives the applicable Renewal Notice (as hereinafter defined) to Landlord or at the time the then applicable term of this Lease would otherwise expire, Tenant shall have the right to renew the term of this Lease for one (1) period of ten (10) years (the “Renewal Term” ) by giving written notice (the “Renewal Notice” ) to Landlord no later than twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the Initial Term. The renewal shall be on the same terms and conditions as are applicable during the Initial Term except that the amount of the initial monthly base rental for the Renewal Term (the “Initial Renewal Rental” ) shall be based on the fair market rental for the Premises, as determined by Landlord in good faith (but the monthly base rental shall not decrease). Commencing on the first anniversary of the first day of the Renewal Term (the “Renewal Commencement Date” ), the monthly base rental thereafter shall be subject to an annual adjustment based on the percentage increase of the Producer Price Index, as hereinafter described. Landlord and Tenant shall have forty-five (45) days from the receipt of Tenant’s notice of renewal to come to an agreement as to the amount of Initial Renewal Rental to be paid by Tenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, in no event shall the Initial Renewal Rental, whether determined by the parties hereto or through the arbitration process described below, be less than the monthly base rental in effect at the expiration of the Initial Term.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord and Tenant fail to agree upon the Renewal Rental within such forty-five (45) day period (the “Negotiation Period” ), Tenant, by written notice delivered to Landlord (the “Arbitration Notice” ) within five (5) days after the expiration of the Negotiation Period, shall have the right to elect to renew the term of this Lease for the Renewal Term (which shall establish a binding obligation for Tenant’s lease of the Premises for the Renewal Term) and have the Initial Renewal Rental determined in accordance with the arbitration procedures described below. If Landlord and Tenant fail to agree upon the Initial Renewal Rental within the Negotiation Period and Tenant fails to send the Arbitration Notice as provided above, Tenant’s renewal right shall be deemed to be null and void and of no further force and effect, and the term of this Lease shall expire as provided in Paragraph 2 of this Lease.

 

If Tenant provides Landlord with an Arbitration Notice, Landlord and Tenant, within thirty (30) days after the date of the Arbitration Notice, shall each simultaneously submit to the other, in a sealed envelope, its proposed Initial Renewal Rental (collectively referred to as the “Estimates” ). If the higher of such Estimates is not more than 105% of the lower of such Estimates, then the Initial Renewal Rental shall be the average of the two Estimates. If the Initial Renewal Rental is not resolved by the exchange of Estimates, then, within ten (10) days after the exchange of Estimates, Landlord and Tenant shall each select an appraiser to determine which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the fair market rental for the Premises at the commencement of the Renewal Term. Each appraiser so selected shall be certified as an MAI appraiser or as an ASA appraiser and shall have working knowledge of current rental rates and

 

Page 1 of 13


practices for appropriately relevant properties. For purposes hereof, an “MAI” appraiser means an individual who holds an MAI designation conferred by, and is an independent member of, the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers (or its successor organization, or in the event there is no successor organization, the organization and designation most similar), and an “ASA” appraiser means an individual who holds the Senior Member designation conferred by, and is an independent member of, the American Society of Appraisers (or its successor organization, or, in the event there is no successor organization, the organization and designation most similar).

 

Upon selection, Landlord’s and Tenant’s appraisers shall work together in good faith to determine which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the fair market rental for the Premises at the commencement of the Renewal Term. The Estimate chosen by such appraisers shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant as the Initial Renewal Rental. If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an appraiser within the ten (10) day period referred to above, the appraiser appointed by the other party shall be the sole appraiser for the purposes hereof. If the two appraisers cannot agree upon which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the monthly base rental within thirty (30) days after their appointment, then, within ten (10) days after the expiration of such thirty (30) day period, the two appraisers shall select a third appraiser meeting the aforementioned criteria. Once the third appraiser (i.e. arbitrator) has been selected as provided for above, then, as soon thereafter as practicable but in any case within fourteen (14) days, the arbitrator shall make his determination of which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the fair market rental for the Premises at the commencement of the Renewal Term, and such Estimate shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant as the Initial Renewal Rental. The parties shall share equally in the costs of the arbitrator. Any fees of any appraiser, counsel or experts engaged directly by Landlord or Tenant, however, shall be borne by the party retaining such appraiser, counsel or expert.

 

If the Initial Renewal Rental has not been determined by the commencement date of the Renewal Term, Tenant shall pay monthly base rental upon the terms and conditions in effect during the last month of the Initial Term until such time as the Initial Renewal Rental has been determined. Upon such determination, the monthly base rental for the Premises shall be retroactively adjusted to the commencement of the Renewal Term for the Premises. If such adjustment results in an underpayment of monthly base rental by Tenant, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment within thirty (30) days after the determination thereof.

 

The monthly base rental shall be increased (and not decreased) during each year of the Renewal Term by the percentage of increase, if any, in the United States, Bureau of Labor Statistics Producer Price Index – Finished Goods (final and not seasonally adjusted) ( “Index” ) as set forth below. If the Index is discontinued or revised during the term, such other government index or computation with which it is replaced shall be used in order to obtain substantially the same result as would be obtained if the Index had not been discontinued or revised. The “Adjustment Date” shall mean the first anniversary of the Renewal Commencement Date and each anniversary thereof during the Renewal Term. The non-preliminary Index published nearest to the Renewal Commencement Date shall be the “Base Index” . The non-preliminary Index published nearest to the Adjustment Date shall be the “Adjustment Index” . On each Adjustment Date, the monthly base rental shall be adjusted by multiplying the Initial Renewal Rental by a fraction, the numerator of which fraction is the applicable Adjustment Index and the denominator of which fraction is the Base Index. The amount so determined shall be the monthly base rental payable under the Lease beginning on the applicable Adjustment Date and until the next Adjustment Date (if any).

 

Page 2 of 13


2. Use of the Tracks; Governmental Grants . Without in any way affecting Tenant’s insurance or indemnity obligations set forth in the Lease, the provisions set forth in Exhibit D attached hereto shall govern Tenant’s operation of rail cars on the Tracks. In the event of an inconsistency between the terms of Exhibit D and the terms of the Lease Agreement, the terms of Exhibit D shall control. Paragraph 19 of the Lease shall not apply to the Tracks. ***. All Track Improvements shall, upon completion, become the property of Landlord and remain with the Premises following the expiration or earlier termination of the term of this Lease.

 

3. Tenant Right to Suspend Operations . ***

 

Page 3 of 13


4. Provision of Certain Utilities by Landlord; Estimated Utility Expenses . Except as set forth below in this Section, Landlord will use its reasonable efforts to provide or cause to be provided electricity, steam, potable water and compressed air services to the Premises (collectively, the “Landlord-Provided Utilities” ) during the term of this Lease. However, Landlord reserves the right, without any liability to Tenant and without affecting Tenant’s covenants and obligations under this Lease, to stop or interrupt or reduce any of the Landlord-Provided Utilities, or to stop, interrupt or reduce any other utility services provided to the Premises, whenever and for so long as may be necessary, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, by reason of (i) accidents or emergencies, (ii) the making of repairs or changes that Landlord in good faith considers necessary or which it is required or permitted by this Lease or by law to make, (iii) the selection, by written notice delivered to Tenant at least ninety (90) days prior to the effective date thereof, of a third party company to provide some or all of the Landlord-Provided Utilities, (iv) difficulty in securing proper supplies of electricity, steam, compressed air or supplies related thereto, or (v) the compliance by Landlord with governmental, quasi-governmental or utility company energy conservation measures. In addition to the foregoing, Landlord shall have the right, without any liability to Tenant and without affecting Tenant’s covenants and obligations under this Lease, to stop any of the Landlord-Provided Utilities by written notice delivered to Tenant at least six (6) months prior to the effective date thereof; provided , however , in the event that steam utility service is stopped by Landlord, Landlord shall, at its expense, cause an air compressor to be installed at the Premises that has a size and capacity adequate to support all rail car manufacturing processes then being performed at the Premises.

 

Landlord shall, on an interruption of the Landlord-Provided Utilities or any other utility service provided to the Premises, use its reasonable efforts to cause the service to be resumed as soon as practicable. However, no interruption or stoppage of any services shall ever be construed as an eviction of Tenant nor will interruption or stoppage cause an abatement of the base rental payable under this Lease or in any manner relieve Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

5. Payment of Utility Expenses . Landlord estimates that the initial monthly expenses for the utilities currently provided to the Premises shall be as follows as of the Rental Commencement Date:

 

Electricity:

   $ ***

Steam (including compressed air)

   $ ***

Potable Water

   $ ***
    

Total

   $ ***

 

Page 4 of 13


Tenant shall, from time to time during the term of this Lease pay to Landlord as additional rental hereunder, along with Tenant’s monthly installments of base rental, all expenses for utility services provided to the Premises that are not directly paid by Tenant to the provider of such utility services (collectively, the “Utility Expenses” ), which shall initially be established at $*** for the first Lease Year, or $*** per month. As soon as practicable, Landlord shall, following the Contingency Deadline (as hereinafter defined), install meters so as to isolate Tenant’s consumption of all utility services (other than steam) at the Premises. During the term of this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to make a good faith estimate of the Utility Expenses for each upcoming Lease Year and, upon thirty (30) days’ notice to Tenant, to require the monthly payment by Tenant of one-twelfth (1/12th) of such estimated Utility Expenses. Within sixty (60) days after the expiration of each Lease Year, or as soon thereafter as practical, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement of Landlord’s actual Utility Expenses for the previous Lease Year, and Landlord shall notify Tenant of the amount of the Utility Expenses owing by Tenant to Landlord, showing the calculations thereof which result from such statement. Tenant agrees to promptly pay Landlord, as additional rental, all Utility Expenses which have not been previously paid as estimated Utility Expenses. If for any calendar year additional rental collected for the prior Lease Year, as a result of Landlord’s estimate of Utility Expenses, is greater than the additional rental actually due during such prior Lease Year, then Landlord shall refund to Tenant any such overpayment or, at Landlord’s option, apply such amount against subsequent Utility Expenses due under the Lease.

 

6. Capital Improvements; Credit Against Base Rental . During the first Lease Year, Tenant shall have the right to undertake certain capital repairs and to design and construct certain alterations and improvements to the Premises, some of which capital repairs, alterations and improvements are listed on Exhibit F attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (collectively, the “Planned Capital Improvements” ). ***

 

Page 5 of 13


All Planned Capital Improvements and Additional Capital Improvements shall, upon completion, become the property of Landlord and remain with the Premises following the expiration or earlier termination of the term of this Lease.

 

7. Use and Replacement of Equipment . (a) Tenant shall be responsible for replacement of the short-life machining tools and fixtures owned by Landlord and located upon or about the Premises (which may or may not be included within the description of the Equipment set forth in Exhibit C attached hereto) such as welding machines, huck guns, jigs and other equipment (collectively, the “Short-Life Equipment” ), the useful lives for which shall expire during the term of this Lease. Once one or more items of Short-Life Equipment are no longer useful to Tenant, Tenant shall deliver the same to Landlord for Landlord’s disposition. No adjustment in the base rental or any other amount due to Landlord under the Lease shall be made for Tenant’s loss of use of any Short-Life Equipment, and Tenant shall be responsible for any required replacement of Short-Life Equipment. (b) Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the term of this Lease, Tenant may remove any machining tools and fixtures purchased by Tenant, but shall not remove any remaining Short-Life Equipment. If the cranes and blast units described in Exhibit C attached hereto, the turntable or any air compressor installed by Landlord (collectively, the “Replacement Equipment” ) become inoperable and are incapable of repair, as reasonably determined by Landlord, Landlord shall be responsible for the replacement (but not repair) of such Replacement Equipment unless such replacement is necessitated due to the fault or negligence of Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, employees, or invitees. Tooling and all other equipment owned by Tenant in the Premises and that has not been classified as a Planned Capital Improvements, Additional Capital Improvements or Replacement Equipment will remain property of Tenant, and Tenant will have the right to remove these items from the property after termination.

 

8. Phase I Investigation . Within sixty (60) days after the date of this Lease, Landlord shall, it its expense, cause a Phase I environmental investigation (the “Phase I Investigation” ) to be performed for the Premises and shall promptly send to Tenant copies of all reports made in connection with the Phase I Investigation (collectively, the “Phase I Reports” ). The Phase I Reports shall be deemed Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined). Without in any way affecting the obligations of the parties hereto under Paragraph 13 of this Lease, neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be obligated to perform any additional testing, or take any remedial or other measures, that may be recommended in connection with the Phase I Investigation, except to the extent otherwise required by the terms of this Lease or by applicable law.

 

9. Landlord’s Repair Obligations . Except for damage caused by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors and invitees, Landlord shall keep in good repair the structural components of the roof, foundation and exterior walls of the Improvements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have no obligation to make any repair or maintenance pursuant to this Section unless and until it shall have received written notice from Tenant specifying the need for such maintenance or repairs.

 

Page 6 of 13


10. Termination.

 

(A) By Landlord

 

(1) For Breach by Tenant. Landlord shall have the right to terminate for breach by Tenant as set out in Section 14 of the Lease. There will be no right on part of Tenant to receive *** in the event of a termination under this provision.

 

(2) For Convenience. Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease at any time effective after the fifth (5 th ) Lease Year and at any time during the period of any renewal term. Such termination by Landlord shall be effected by the delivery of a written notice of termination to Tenant at least twelve (12) months prior to the effective date thereof. ***

 

(3) Pursuant to Section 3 of this Exhibit B. ***

 

Page 7 of 13


(B) By Tenant.

 

(1) Pursuant to Section 3 of this Exhibit B. ***

 

(2) For Convenience. Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease at any time effective after the fifth (5 th ) Lease Year and at any time during the period of any renewal term. Such termination by Tenant shall be effected by the delivery of a written notice of termination to Tenant at least twelve (12) months prior to the effective date thereof. There will be no right on part of Tenant to receive *** in the event of a termination under this provision.

 

(C) Other Termination Provisions. The provisions of this Section 10 shall not affect the termination rights set forth in Paragraph 8 (“Destruction of or Damage to Premises”) or Paragraph 11 (“Condemnation”) of the Lease.

 

11. Access to the Premises. Tenant requires rights to ingress and egress to and from the Premises over certain property owned or controlled by the Roanoke Valley Resource Authority (“RVRA”) and being more particularly described as the “RVRA Property” on Exhibit A attached hereto. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts, at no cost to Landlord, to assist Tenant in the procurement of such ingress and egress rights from RVRA. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall enter into a written agreement with RVRA that grants Tenant such rights and shall send Landlord a copy of such agreement promptly after the execution thereof.

 

12. Non-solicitation and Engagement of Tenant Employees. Landlord will not offer employment to any Tenant officers, senior managers or other salaried, supervisory employees for a period of one year after terminating this Lease

 

13. Confidentiality. During the term of this Lease and for a period of five (5) years following the expiration or earlier termination of the term of this Lease, each of Landlord and Tenant agrees to maintain as secret and confidential, and not to disclose to third parties, without the prior written consent of the other party hereto, any rental rates, lease concessions, termination options or other unique terms or conditions contained in this Lease (collectively, “Confidential Information” ). Each of Landlord and Tenant acknowledges that such Confidential Information, if disclosed to third parties in a manner prohibited by this paragraph, would be damaging to the other party hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties hereto shall have the right, as required in the ordinary course of its business, to disclose this Lease or any part thereof: (a) to their parent companies or any company owned or controlled by such parent companies, directly or indirectly, (b) to their respective auditors, attorneys, brokers and underwriters, (c) to any regulators in response to a request, or (d) in response to a subpoena or other legal process, provided that, in case of a request from regulators or of a subpoena or legal process, Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, shall endeavor to provide timely written notice to the other party and agrees to provide assistance in obtaining appropriate confidentiality orders.

 

14. Lease Contingencies. Landlord and Tenant understand and agree that Tenant’s obligations pursuant to this Lease are expressly contingent on the following items (collectively, the Lease

 

Page 8 of 13


Contingencies” ): (i) Tenant obtaining ingress and egress rights to the Premises which are acceptable to Tenant, in Tenant’s sole discretion, (ii) Tenant obtaining labor agreements applicable to the Premises which are acceptable to Tenant, in Tenant’s sole discretion, (iii) Tenant obtaining T-1 and other communications facilities to the Premises which are acceptable to Tenant, in Tenant’s sole discretion, (iv) Tenant obtaining water treatment arrangements for the Premises which are acceptable to Tenant, in Tenant’s sole discretion, (v) Tenant obtaining any and all environmental and other governmental permits and approvals necessary to conduct its intended business in the Premises, in Tenant’s sole discretion, (vi) Tenant obtaining reasonable assurance that Landlord will provide a minimum service level of pulling 50 cars per week from the Premises and make available a location where a unit train of up to 150 rail cars can be assembled for shipping as a unit to Tenant’s customers, and (vii) ***. Immediately following the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall use diligent, good faith efforts to investigate and resolve the Lease Contingencies, and Landlord shall cooperate with such efforts, but at no cost to Landlord. If the Lease Contingencies are not resolved to Tenant’s satisfaction, or are not waived by Tenant, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the Rental Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice delivered to Landlord no later than the one hundred twenty-fifth (125 th ) day after the Rental Commencement Date (the “Contingency Deadline”). In the event that Tenant fails to deliver such termination notice to Landlord on or before the Contingency Deadline, then the Lease Contingencies shall be deemed waived by Tenant

 

15. Quiet Enjoyment. Provided that Tenant pays all rental and performs all of the terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease, Tenant may, subject to the terms and conditions of the Lease, enjoy the quiet and peaceful possession of the Premises for the term of this Lease without hindrance, claim or molestation by Landlord or any other person claiming by, through or under Landlord.

 

Page 9 of 13


APPENDIX 1 TO EXHIBIT B TO THE LEASE

AGREEMENT DATED DECEMBER        , 2004, BY AND

BETWEEN NORFOLK SOUTHERN RAILWAY

COMPANY, AS LANDLORD, AND JOHNSTOWN

AMERICA CORPORATION, AS TENANT

 

***

 

Page 10 of 13


***

 

Page 11 of 13


***

 

Page 12 of 13


***

 

Page 13 of 13


EXHIBIT C

 

SCHEDULE OF EQUIPMENT

 

[see attached]

 


NORFOLK SOUTHERN RAILWAY COMPANY

EAST END CAR SHOP

EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY LISTING

EXHIBIT C

 

SUB LOCATION


   NSNO

  

MANUFACTURE


  

MODEL NO


  

SERIAL #


  

CAPACITY


   FUEL

   DATE

  

EQUIPMENT TYPE


CAR SHOP-CENTER BAY

   8590    LINCOLN    R3M650    303677    400 A         1974/00    WELDER ELECTRIC

CENTER BAY

   6282    WHITING         7721    015 TN         1957/12    CRANE OVERHEAD

CENTER BAY

   11879    HUCK         89043         ELECTRIC    1991/09    POWERIG

CENTER BAY

   51048    SHOP MADE         HA233844              0000/00    CAR PULLER

CENTER BAY

   10165    HUCK    918    102              1986/00    POWERIG

CENTER BAY

   11622    LIBERTY MACH    SERIES II                   1981/00    WELDER C SILL

CENTER BAY

   10668    HUCK    906    0184              1982/01    POWERIG

CENTER BAY

   51050    HUCK    917    801              1985/00    POWERIG

CENTER BAY

   10168    LOGAN CO    6032DGD6    583094              0000/00    POWERIG

CENTER BAY

   10170    HUCK         89043              0000/00    POWERIG

CENTER BAY

   10167    HUCK         91051              0000/00    POWERIG

CENTER BAY

   10169    HUCK         91056              0000/00    POWERIG

CENTER BAY

   51049    SHOP MADE                        0000/00    WELDER CTRPL&PP

CENTER BAY

   10173    ABELL & HOWE         658201    091 TN         1996/00    HOIST CHAIN

CENTER BAY

   10174    ABELL & HOWE         658202    001 TN         1996/01    HOIST CHAIN

CENTER BAY

   10739    LINCOLN         AC285025              1982/01    WELDER ELECTRIC

CENTER BAY

   7963    YALE         AH114473    2500 LB    ELECTRIC    1966/00    WORK SAVER-LIFT

CENTER BAY

   3629    HISEY WOLF MACH                        1982/01    GRINDER

FABRICATION SHOP

   8136    BEATTY MACHINE              ANGLE         1969/00    PUNCH

FABRICATION SHOP

   11683    CINCINNATI BKFD    750    47493         ELEC/HYD    1993/03    SHEAR

FABRICATION SHOP

   6280    WHITING         7717    025 TN         1957/12    CRANE OVERHEAD

FABRICATION SHOP

   51070    SMART MACHINE    ANGLE                   1991/00    MATERIAL HANDLE

FABRICATION SHOP

   8591    DOALL    TF24SA    23173297              1973/00    SAW DOALL

 

Page 1 of 5


NORFOLK SOUTHERN RAILWAY COMPANY

EAST END CAR SHOP

EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY LISTING

EXHIBIT C

 

SUB LOCATION


   NSNO

  

MANUFACTURE


  

MODEL NO


  

SERIAL #


  

CAPACITY


  

FUEL


  

DATE


  

EQUIPMENT TYPE


FABRICATION SHOP

   10368    VIRGINIA CRANE              005 TN         0000/00    CRANE BRIDGE

FABRICATION SHOP

   11682    SOUTHWORTH    4409748    2506A    8000 LB         1992/04    MATERIAL TURNER

FABRICATION SHOP

   8137    BEATTY MACHINE         SEE NW 8136              1969/00    TABLE SPACING

FABRICATION SHOP

   10216    CADY              025 TN         0000/00    LIFTING FIXTURE

FABRICATION SHOP

   51045    GORBEL    @PACIFIC         1000 LB         1996/01    MONORAIL

FABRICATION SHOP

   10217    CADY              015 TN         0000/00    LIFTING FIXTURE

FABRICATION SHOP

   51046    GORBEL    @PRESS BRAKE         1000 LB         1992/00    MONORAIL

FABRICATION SHOP

   8456    LINCOLN    K1108    277471              1971/00    WELDER ELECTRIC

FABRICATION SHOP

   1995    HISEY WOLF MACH    TY7WFA         006 HP         1923/12    GRINDER

FABRICATION-CM100

   6325    CHICAGO TRAMRAI    17710R    249587    005 TN         1958/12    CRANE GANTRY

FABRICATION-CM56

   6323    CHICAGO TRAMRAI    17710R    249585    005 TN         1958/12    CRANE GANTRY

FABRICATION-NEWBEATTY

   8322    BANBURY MFG                        1969/00    HOIST VAC-U-LIF

FABRICATION-NEWBEATTY E

   6331    CHICAGO TRAMRAI    17710R    249583    005 TN         1958/12    CRANE GANTRY

FABRICATION-OLD BEATTY E

   6329    CHICAGO TRAMRAI    17710R    249581    005 TN         1958/12    CRANE GANTRY

FABRICATION-OLD BEATTY W

   6322    CHICAGO TRAMRAI    17710R    249584    005 TN         1958/12    CRANE GANTRY

FABRICATION-SHEARS

   6591    CHICAGO TRAMRAI         270092    001 TN         1912/08    CRANE GANTRY

FABRICATION-SHEARS

   6592    CHICAGO TRAMRAI    541    27031    002 TN         1982/01    CRANE JIB

FABRICATION-SIDES

   9870    BEATTY MACHINE                        1983/06    PUNCH

FREIGHT

   6284    WHITING         7723    015 TN         1957/12    CRANE OVERHEAD

FREIGHT

   6281    WHITING         7720    015 TN         1957/12    CRANE OVERHEAD

FREIGHT

   6283    WHITING         7722    015 TN         1957/12    CRANE OVERHEAD

FREIGHT

   6482    WHITING              002 TN         1956/11    CRANE OVERHEAD

FREIGHT

   50714    AMERICAN LIFT    T196040TL    862961    1000 LB         1994/12    LIFT HYD TORQUE

 

Page 2 of 5


NORFOLK SOUTHERN RAILWAY COMPANY

EAST END CAR SHOP

EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY LISTING

EXHIBIT C

 

SUB LOCATION


   NSNO

  

MANUFACTURE


  

MODEL NO


  

SERIAL #


  

CAPACITY


  

FUEL


  

DATE


  

EQUIPMENT TYPE


FREIGHT

   50718    AMERICAN LIFT    T196040TL    862962    1000 LB         1994/12    LIFT HYD TORQUE

FREIGHT

   11856    YALE    MCW040LAN24C508    N540629    4000 LB    ELECTRIC    1993/09    WORK SAVER-LIFT

FREIGHT

   11563    HUCK    918    0143              1989/08    POWERIG

FREIGHT

   10673    HUCK    917    0120              1982/01    POWERIG

FREIGHT

   11366    LINCOLN    DC600    AC613582    600 A         1986/03    WELDER ELECTRIC

FREIGHT

   10711    LINCOLN         AC284122              1982/01    WELDER ELECTRIC

FREIGHT CAR

   51222    HUCK    917    0419              1998/03    POWERIG

FREIGHT CAR

   51146    HUCK    917    286              1997/06    POWERIG

FREIGHT CAR

   51147    HUCK    917    112              1985/00    POWERIG

FREIGHT CAR

   50449    HUCK    918    0242              1992/11    POWERIG

FREIGHT CAR

   50062    HUCK    917    0802              1985/12    POWERIG

FREIGHT CAR

   11730    HUCK    918    0141              1989/08    POWERIG

FREIGHT CAR

   51038    HUCK    917    263              1985/00    POWERIG

FREIGHT CAR

   7858    YALE    MC255071    214485    2500 LB    ELECTRIC    1966/00    WORK SAVER-LIFT

FREIGHT LINE #2 POSITION

   51209    SHOP MADE    6 GUN UNIT    HUCK021              1997/07    POWERIG

NORTH BAY

   6278    WHITING         7718    025 TN         1957/12    CRANE OVERHEAD

NORTH BAY

   11084    WHITING              025 TN         0000/00    CRANE OVERHEAD

NORTH BAY

   8128    LANDIS MACH         12CL2B104X              1969/00    THREADlNG MACH

NORTH HAY

   51063    HUCK    6 GUN UNIT    89043              1986/00    HYD POWER UNIT

NORTH BAY

   50061    HUCK    917    0303              1985/12    POWERIG

NORTH BAY

   9626    HUCK    94026    0895              1979/09    POWERIG

NORTH BAY

   10724    HUCK    908    196              1982/00    POWERIG

NORTH BAY

   51065    HUCK    940 (PORTABLE)    2155         ELECTRIC    1982/00    POWERIG

 

Page 3 of 5


NORFOLK SOUTHERN RAILWAY COMPANY

EAST END CAR SHOP

EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY LISTING

EXHIBIT C

 

SUB LOCATION


   NSNO

  

MANUFACTURE


  

MODEL NO


  

SERIAL #


  

CAPACITY


  

FUEL


  

DATE


  

EQUIPMENT TYPE


REC.SHOP

        HUCK (2)    (PORTABLE)              ELECTRIC         POWERIG

NORTH BAY

   51066    HUCK    (PORTABLE)                   0000/00    POWERIG

NORTH BAY

   51067    HUCK    (PORTABLE)              ELECTRIC    0000/00    POWERIG

NORTH BAY

   10143    SHOP MADE                        0000/00    WELDER CTRPL&PC

NORTH BAY

   50056    LINCOLN    DC600    AC622738    600 A         1986/04    WELDER ELECTRIC

NORTH BAY

   11644    LINCOLN    DC600    AC7_8352    600 A         1991/02    WELDER ELECTRIC

NORTH BAY

   11740    LINCOLN    DC600    AC726154    600 A         1990/04    WELDER ELECTRIC

NORTH BAY

   11368    LINCOLN    DC600    AC615016    600 A         1986/00    WELDER ELECTRIC

NORTH BAY

   8269    LINCOLN    DC600    AC713996    600 A         1986/00    WELDER ELECTRIC

NORTH BAY

   2262    HISEY WOLF MACH         402581              1982/01    GRINDER

PAINT SHOP

   9956    WHEELABRATOR         A134265              1982/02    SHOT BLAST

PAINT SHOP

   8856    VAC-U-BLAST    J3091    S730508              1974/12    SHOT BLAST

PAINT SHOP

   10761    VAC-U-BLAST         4507              1982/01    SHOT BLAST

PAINT SHOP

   10159    TRANS PRODUCTS                   ELECTRIC    0000/00    CAR PULLER

PAINT SHOP

   10160    GRACO                        0000/00    PAINT SPRA UNIT

PAINT SHOP

   11800    NLB CORP    1012D1    982280         DIESEL    1993/02    WASHER PRESSURE

PAINT SHOP

   51086    LPI INC    LP21410    1305              1993/07    LIFT PNEUMATIC

PAINT SHOP

   51087    LPI INC    LP21410    1306              1993/07    LIFT PNEUMATIC

PAINT SHOP

   51071    INGERSOL RAND    H5U    R96F81949    3000 LB    AIR    1996/06    WINCH PNEUMATIC

PAINT SHOP

   11756    SKYJACK    S13220    60682    800 LB         1992/01    MANLIFT

PAINT SHOP

   3511    DIAGRAPH STENCI    J1225         001 CCIN         1930/06    STENCIL MACH

PAINT SHOP

   2269    IDEAL STENCIL    2    7976              1924/12    STENCIL MACH

SOUTH BAY EAST

   6490    WHITING              025 TN         1958/12    CRANE OVERHEAD

 

Page 4 of 5


NORFOLK SOUTHERN RAILWAY COMPANY

EAST END CAR SHOP

EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY LISTING

EXHIBIT C

 

SUB LOCATION


   NSNO

  

MANUFACTURE


  

MODEL NO


  

SERIAL #


   CAPACITY

   FUEL

  

DATE


  

EQUIPMENT TYPE


TOOLS DIES FIX.

   244    MILLER    S64                        WIRE FEEDER

TOOLS DIES FIX.

   246    MILLER    S64                        WIRE FEEDER

TOOLS DIES FIX.

   136    MILLER    S22P                        WIRE FEEDER

TOOLS DIES FIXTURE

   39    LINCOLN    G8000    9933U193011                   WELDING POWER SUPPLY

TOOLS DIES FIXTURE

   327    MILLER    456    KH452237                   WELDING POWER SUPPLY

TOOLS DIES FIXTURE

   330    MILLER    456    KH420435                   WELDING POWER SUPPLY

TURNOVER

   51032    THERN INC    4HCLOMS2    40960667    6500 LB         1996/08    CAR PULLER

TURNOVER

   11525    HUCK    940    2337              1989/08    POWERIG

 

Page 5 of 5


NORFOLK SOUTHERN RAILWAY COMPANY

EAST END CAR SHOP

WELDING EQUIPMENT

LOCATED IN RECLAMATION SHOP

EXHIBIT C

 

Power Supply


   Maint. No.

  

Ser. No.


  

Location


LINCOLN DC650PRO

   1    U1921000989    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN DC650PRO

   2    U1921000988    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN DC600

   3    AC591629    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN DC650PRO

   4    U1930111703    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN DC600

   7    AC660134    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN DC600

   8    AC726153    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN DC600

   14    AC726139    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN DC600

   15    AC726138    REC.SHOP

LINDE VI450SS

   17    D85N-49414    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN DC650PRO

   19    AC868376    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN DC600

   20    AC775042    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN DC600

   24    AC823192    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN DC600

   28    AC791594    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN DC650PRO

   29    U1930111704    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN DC650PRO

   30    U1930516986    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN DC650PRO

   33    U1930215814    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN DC600

   45    AC791656    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN DC600

   46    AC591023    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN R3S800

   52    AC465968    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN DC600

   56    AC483967    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN DC600

   91    AC823217    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN DC650PRO

   218    U1931203799    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN DC650PRO

   219    U1931203800    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN DC650PRO

   220    U1931203808    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN DC650PRO

   221    U1931203806    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN DC650PRO

   237    U1950224229    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN DC650PRO

   238    U1950224228    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN R3S800

   239    AC464242    REC.SHOP

MILLER 250AC/DC

   259    JF907626    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN DC650PRO

   265    U1941112971    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN V300

   273    ACU1940901993    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN V300

   274    U1960109132    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN V300

   275    U1960501740    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN V300

   282    U19607700751    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN CV655

   313    U1961205748    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN CV655

   314    U1960910435    REC.SHOP

MILLER 652

   317    KH336993    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN 455

   320    U1970409268    REC.SHOP

LINCOLN SA200

   321    A739423    REC.SHOP

 


NORFOLK SOUTHERN RAILWAY COMPANY

EAST END CAR SHOP

WELDING EQUIPMENT

LOCATED IN RECLAMATION SHOP

EXHIBIT C

 

WIRE FEEDER


   MAINT. NO.

  

SER. NO.


  

LOCATION


LINCOLN LN9

   17         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   4         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9GMA

   115         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   96         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9GMA

   109         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   67         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   13         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   65         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   12         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   46         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   225         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   47         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   78         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9GMA

   124         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   56         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   16         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   75         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   262         REC.SHOP

LINDE MIG35

   222         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9GMA

   117         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   52         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   30         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   61         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   63         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   73         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   248         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   251         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   249         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   250         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   22         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   45         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   57         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   87         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   97         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   24         REC.SHOP

LINDE MIG35

   26         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   231         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN LN9

   37         REC.SHOP

LINCOLN POWERFEED

   239         REC.SHOP

 


EXHIBIT D

 

USE OF TRACKS

 

1. The Tracks, which are comprised of the “Designated Inbound/Outbound Staging” tracks depicted on Drawing IDD-04-153 attached hereto (collectively, the “Interchange Tracks” ) and the other tracks depicted on Drawing IDD-04-153 attached hereto (collectively, the “Storage Tracks” ), shall be used solely for (a) the temporary storage and movement of coal cars or other rail cars manufactured or repaired at the Premises and (b) the receipt and delivery of rail cars for interchange with Railway.

 

Storage of Cars

 

2. Tenant will, at its expense, maintain the Storage Tracks and all adjacent track walkways in good condition and repair and free from all debris.

 

3. Rental for the Storage Tracks has been included in the base rental set forth in Paragraph 3 of the Lease.

 

4. Tenant agrees to observe all reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed by Landlord with reference to the safe and efficient handling and storage of the aforesaid cars and contents on the Storage Tracks, and it is further understood that Landlord shall have free access to the portion of Storage Tracks for the purpose of maintaining the same.

 

5. Tenant hereby assumes all risk incident to the storage of said cars and any contents therein on or about the Storage Tracks, including damage to or destruction of the same by fire, trespass or other cause, unless otherwise provided in the Lease. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and save harmless Landlord and the Landlord Related Entities from and against all Tenant Claims arising out of or relating to the presence of said cars and contents upon or about the Storage Tracks, unless such Tenant Claims result from the active negligence of Landlord.

 

6. Tenant assumes all responsibility for any environmental obligations imposed pursuant to Environmental Laws related to the condition or the contents of its cars while they are present on the Storage Tracks.

 

Interchange of Cars

 

7. Landlord will deliver to Tenant on the Interchange Tracks, all cars loaded with freight which are forwarded over the lines of Landlord and consigned to Tenant and empty cars required by Tenant for loading in connection with outbound shipments of freight and hereby grants to Tenant the right to transport such cars, loaded or empty, over said Interchange Tracks with its own motive power, for unloading or loading, as the case may be, and return to Landlord on said Interchange Tracks.

 

8. Landlord furthermore agrees to receive from Tenant on the Interchange Tracks, all cars in condition (both as to equipment and lading) acceptable to Landlord, loaded with freight originating at the Premises or empty cars destined for shipment over the lines of Landlord. It is understood and agreed by Tenant that as to all cars so received from it by Landlord, inspection shall be made in accordance with the rules of the Association of American Railroads, not only as to cars, but also as to the manner of loading, and that if any such car or lading is not in condition to pass inspection in accordance with said rules and a

 


transfer of contents is necessary, such transfer shall be made at the expense and risk of Tenant; all such inspections to be made by Landlord.

 

9. Tenant will promptly and safely transport over the Interchange Tracks, and load or unload all such cars as may be delivered to it by Landlord hereunder, and will return the same to Landlord with the least practicable delay and in as good condition as the same were in when received by Tenant, ordinary wear and tear excepted; such condition to be determined by inspection of Landlord in accordance with the rules of the Association of American Railroads.

 

10. Tenant agrees to observe and be bound by the established car, demurrage and other rules pertaining to the handling of freight cars that are now, or may hereafter be, in effect on the lines of Landlord during the life of the Lease.

 

11. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Lease, Tenant will be responsible for, and will bear all loss incident to, the wreck or derailment of, or other accident or injury to, any rail cars (whether the same may be a car of Landlord or the car of another railway company or carrier in use by Landlord) as may be delivered to Tenant by Landlord on the Interchange Tracks while such car is in the custody or under the control of Tenant, and will indemnify and save harmless and the Landlord Related Entities from and against all Tenant Claims, howsoever resulting, and arising in or about or in connection with the operation by Tenant of said cars upon the Interchange Tracks; it being specifically understood and agreed that the responsibility of Tenant shall attach or obtain from the time of delivery by Landlord to Tenant of any such car, and shall continue without interruption, until such car shall be returned in good order, as aforesaid, to Landlord.

 

12. It is understood and agreed that cars intended for delivery to Industry hereunder by Railway to Industry shall be deemed to be so delivered when the cars have been placed on the Interchange Tracks and the engine of Railway is uncoupled from said cars on the Interchange Tracks, and cars intended for delivery to Railway by Industry shall be deemed to have been so delivered to and received by Railway when cars have been placed on the Interchange Tracks and the engine of Railway is coupled to said cars, on the Interchange Tracks, for immediate outbound movement.

 


EXHIBIT E

 

SURPLUS EQUIPMENT

 

[see attached]

 


EXHIBIT E

EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED

 

Item No.

  

Manufacture


  

Equipment Type


   NSNO

1    Lakewood         5495
2    Lowry    Pipe Bender    6589
3    Shop    Pipe Welding Machine shop     
4    Landis    Threading Machine    8128
5    Shop Made         10303
6    Peddinghaus    CNC Punch    11629
7    Cincinnatti    Radial Drill    6131
8    L-Tec    Burning Bed    9231
9    Hill Acme    Single End Punch    4258
10    Linden    Grind Master    11630
11    Pacific    Brake Press    9945
12    L-Tec    Burner CM 56    8825
13    Carlton    Drill Press    10215
14    Bliss    Press    6973
15    Cincinnatti    Press Brake    4252
16    Cincinnatti    Press Brake    11923
17    Clearing    1200 Ton Press    6558
18    Unknown    2500 Ton Press    6694
19    Liberty         1683
20    Chicago Pneumatic    Riveting Machino    7649
21    Cincinnatti    Shear    6520
22    Cincinnatti    Shaper    8126
23    Liter    Burning Bed    50597

 


EXHIBIT F

 

PLANNED CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS

 

[see attached]

 


NORFOLK SOUTHERN RAILWAY COMPANY

EAST END CAR SHOP

EXHIBIT F

CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS

 

1) EXISTING BUILDING IMPROVEMENTS

Enclose side of main Building

General Office remodel

Welfare facilities improvements

Convert transfer car to a Paint booth

Improved plant lighting

Weld ventilation improvements

 

2) NEW WASH & RINSE BUILDING

300 x 24 foot building construction

Reclamation pits (2)

water treatment

Utilities

 

3) EXISTING PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT UPGRADES

Large Beatty Punch upgrade

Small Beatty Punch upgrades

Remote Control 9 Cranes

 

4) NEW PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT

Rallcar Scale

Automatic Car Wash

Automatic Car Rinse

 

5) FACILITIES IMPROVEMENTS

Bulk Gas & Air Distribution improvements

Automate the underframe Blast

Track additions, improvements and upgrades

 

6) PRODUCTION TRACK SET-UP

Pits (4)

 

7) OTHER

Receiving dock with office

Security / Badge readers


EXHIBIT G

 

PERMITTED HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

 

[see attached]

 


NORFOLK SOUTHERN RAILWAY COMPANY

EAST END CAR SHOP

PERMITTED HAZARDOUS MATERIAL OR SPECIAL WASTE CONTAINERS

EXHIBIT G

 

1. Pit or tank to hold water prior introducing the water to the Water Reclamation Treatment facilities.

 

2. Water Reclamation Treatment tanks.

 

3. Tanks to hold used blast material prior to disposal off property.

 

EXHIBIT 10.28

 

LOGO      

LaSalle Bank N. A.

135 South LaSalle Street

Suite 1760

Chicago, Illinois 60603

(312) 904-2000

(312) 904-2903 Fax

 

CONFIDENTIAL                     

 

March 9, 20005

 

FreightCar America, Inc

Two North Riverside Plaza

Suite 1250

Chicago, IL 60606

 

Attention: Mr. Kevin Bagby

Chief Financial Officer

 

Gentlemen:

 

You have advised LaSalle Bank National Association (“ LaSalle ”) that you are seeking a senior credit facility (the “Facility”) on the terms and conditions attached as Exhibit A to this Commitment Letter which forms an integral part of this Commitment Letter and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

LaSalle is pleased to advise you that it agrees to commit $50,000,000 (the “ Commitment ”) toward the Facility, subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Commitment Letter.

 

The proceeds of the Facility will be used as to finance working capital requirements of the Company through direct borrowings and the issuance of stand by letters of credit.

 

Upon your acceptance of the Commitment, LaSalle intends to act as arranger to form a group of financial institutions (together with LaSalle, the “ Lenders ”), for which LaSalle will act as the administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and sole arranger in connection with the Facility.

 

The fees payable to LaSalle in connection with the Facility are set forth in a separate letter of even date herewith (the “ Fee Letter ”).

 

To assist LaSalle in its syndication efforts, you agree to provide upon its request all information reasonably deemed necessary by LaSalle to successfully complete the syndication of the Facility. You authorize LaSalle to commence syndication efforts immediately and agree to actively assist LaSalle in achieving a syndication that is satisfactory to LaSalle and you. LaSalle reserves the right (in consultation with you) to allocate the commitments offered by the Lenders.

 

You hereby agree that LaSalle shall have the exclusive right to structure, arrange and syndicate the financing contemplated by the Facility and that no additional agents, co-agents or arrangers will be appointed, or other titles allocated, without LaSalle’s prior written consent. You also agree that, without the consent of LaSalle, none of FreightCar America, Inc. (the “Company”) nor any of its subsidiaries will, directly or indirectly, through any officer, director, agent or otherwise, solicit, initiate or knowingly encourage submission of proposals or offers from any person or entity relating to the financing contemplated by the Facility, or participate in any negotiations regarding or furnish to any other person or entity any information with respect to, or otherwise cooperate in any way


LOGO

 

with, or assist or participate in, facilitate or encourage any effort or attempt by any other person or entity to do or seek any of the foregoing. You will (a) provide LaSalle with sufficient information, including financial projections, to enable LaSalle to prepare an information package describing the Company and its subsidiaries and (b) make the Company’s management available for one or more lenders’ meetings to be held by LaSalle during the syndication process. LaSalle shall be expressly permitted to distribute any and all documents and information relating to the transactions contemplated hereby and received from you or any other source to any potential Lender, participant or assignee on a confidential basis.

 

In addition to the conditions to funding or closing set forth herein, the Commitment is subject to, among other conditions, (a) LaSalle’s satisfactory completion of its final due diligence with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries, including a satisfactory review of the Company’s proposed organization and legal structure, and tax, labor, ERISA, significant contracts and other matters, (b) the negotiation and execution of a amended and restated credit agreement and other related documentation satisfactory to LaSalle, (c) there being no material adverse change (in the reasonable opinion of LaSalle) in the business, assets, liabilities, properties, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries since December 31, 2004 and (d) there not having occurred and being continuing a material disruption or material adverse change in the financial, banking or capital markets generally affecting credit facilities similar to the Facility which, in LaSalle’s reasonable judgment, could reasonably be expected to materially impair the syndication of the Facility.

 

In the event of a material disruption or material adverse change in the financial, banking or capital markets generally affecting credit facilities similar to the Facility which, in LaSalle’s reasonable judgment, materially impairs the syndication of the Facility, you hereby agree to enter into such modifications to the terms of the Facility as LaSalle may reasonably request as necessary for the syndication of the Facility and, in the event such syndication shall prove to be impracticable in LaSalle’s reasonable determination, such modifications (including adjustments to one or more interest rate margins and fees) as LaSalle may reasonably request as necessary to make the syndication of the Facility reasonably practicable.

 

You hereby represent and covenant that (a) all written information (other than Projections (as defined below)) (the “ Information ”) that has been or will be made available to LaSalle by you or any of your representatives (in each case, with respect to Information furnished to LaSalle prior to the date of commencement of the syndication of the Facility, as supplemented from time to time prior to such date) is or will be complete and correct in all material respects and does not or will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements are made and (b) all financial projections (“ Projections ”) that have been or will be made available to LaSalle by you or any of your representatives have been or will be prepared in good faith based upon assumptions you believe to be reasonable (it being understood that the Projections are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond your control, and that no assurance can be given that such Projections will be realized). You understand that in arranging and syndicating the Facility, LaSalle may use and rely on the Information and Projections without independent verification thereof.

 

In consideration of the execution and delivery of this Commitment Letter by LaSalle and the Commitment provided hereunder, you hereby agree to indemnify, exonerate and hold LaSalle and each of its officers, directors, employees, affiliates and agents (each an “ Indemnified Party ”) free and harmless from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, losses, liabilities, damages and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and expenses (including the allocated fees and disbursements of

 

2


LOGO

 

internal legal services) (collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”), incurred by the Indemnified Parties or any of them as a result of, or arising out of, or relating to the Transactions or other similar transactions financed or proposed to be financed in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, with the proceeds of any of the Facility, or the execution, delivery, performance or enforcement of this Commitment Letter, or the providing or syndication of the Facility, by any of the Indemnified Parties, except for any such Indemnified Liabilities arising on account of the applicable Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final, nonappealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. If and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unenforceable for any reason, you hereby agree to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities which is permissible under applicable law. No Indemnified Party shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through Intralinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Commitment Letter, the Transactions, the Facility or the syndication thereof, nor shall any Indemnified Party have any liability with respect to, and you hereby waive, release and agree not to sue for, any special, indirect or consequential damages relating to this Commitment Letter or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the closing of the Facility). Your obligations under this paragraph shall expire upon the execution and delivery by you and LaSalle of definitive loan documentation, but otherwise will survive the termination of this Commitment Letter.

 

The reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including all legal (including the allocated fees and disbursements of internal legal services), environmental, accounting and other consultant costs and fees) incurred by LaSalle in connection with the evaluation and/or documentation (including the costs of Intralinks (or other similar information transmission systems), if applicable) of this Commitment Letter, the Fee Letter, the Facility (and the syndication thereof) and the other Transactions shall be payable upon demand by the Company.

 

Each party acknowledges that this Commitment Letter supersedes any and all discussions and understandings, written or oral, between or among LaSalle and any other person as to the subject matter hereof, including, without limitation, any prior proposal or commitment letters and term sheets. This Commitment Letter may only be amended, waived or modified in writing and executed by the parties hereto.

 

The terms contained in this Commitment Letter and the Fee Letter are confidential and, except for disclosure to your board of directors, officers and employees, to professional advisors retained by you or as may be required by law or court order, may not be disclosed in whole or in part to any other person or entity without LaSalle’s prior written consent; provided that any information with respect to the “tax treatment” or “tax structure” (in each case, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4) of the transactions contemplated herein shall not be confidential and each party hereto may disclose without limitation of any kind any information with respect to the “tax treatment” or “tax structure” (in each case, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4). No disclosure permitted above shall create any third-party beneficiary as to the Commitment. This paragraph shall survive any termination of this Commitment Letter.

 

This Commitment Letter will terminate on March 11, 2005 unless on or before that date you sign and return an enclosed counterpart of this Commitment Letter and the Fee Letter and pay the initial amounts of the fees required under the Fee Letter, and it will expire on April 30, 2005 if the Facility have not closed on or before that date. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Commitment Letter by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall constitute valid delivery of an executed counterpart hereof.

 

3


LOGO

 

This Commitment Letter and the Fee Letter shall be a contract made and governed by the internal laws of the State of Illinois applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such state, without regard to conflict of laws principles.

 

EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY RIGHTS UNDER THIS COMMITMENT LETTER OR THE FEE LETTER, AND AGREES THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY.

 

ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS COMMITMENT LETTER OR THE FEE LETTER, SHALL BE BROUGHT AND MAINTAINED EXCLUSIVELY IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF ILLINOIS; PROVIDED THAT NOTHING IN THIS COMMITMENT LETTER SHALL BE DEEMED OR OPERATE TO PRECLUDE LASALLE FROM BRINGING SUIT OR TAKING OTHER LEGAL ACTION IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF ILLINOIS FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION AS SET FORTH ABOVE. EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT REFERRED TO ABOVE AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH LITIGATION HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

 

LaSalle is pleased to have this opportunity and looks forward to working with you.

 

Very truly yours,

 

LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

Accepted and Agreed

as of March      , 2005

 

By:

 

 


Name:

 

 


Title:

 

 


 

4


Confidential Summary of Indicative Terms and Conditions

 

Exhibit A

 

SENIOR SECURED CREDIT FACILITIES

TERM SHEET

 

Co-Borrowers:

   Johnstown America Corporation, Freight Car Services, Inc., JAC Operations, Inc., FreightCar Roanoke, Inc. and JAIX Leasing Company.

Guarantees:

   The Facilities will be guaranteed by JAC Patent Company, JAC Intermedco, Inc. and FreightCar America, Inc. (formerly JAC Holdings International, Inc., the “ Company ” or “FCA”) and any future subsidiaries or affiliates.

Administrative Agent:

   LaSalle Bank National Association (“ LaSalle ” and, in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”)

Lead Arranger:

   LaSalle

Lenders:

   A syndicate of financial institutions (including LaSalle) and other accredited investors arranged by Administrative Agent in consultation with the Company.

Facilities:

   $50 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “ Revolving Credit Facility ” or “ Facility ” ), with a subfacility for letters of credit issued by LaSalle or one of its affiliates (the “ Issuing Lender ”) in an amount equal to $30,000,000 and a sub-facility for swingline loans as described below.

Swingline Facility:

   A portion of the Revolving Credit Facility (in an amount to be determined) may be made available by LaSalle for short-term loans as part of a risk-participated swingline facility.

Maturity:

   3 years from closing date

 

LOGO    -1-    March 9, 2005


Confidential Summary of Indicative Terms and Conditions

 

Revolving

Credit Availability:

  

Availability under the Revolving Credit Facility will be based on a borrowing base formula as follows:

 

The lesser of:

 

(a)    the Revolving Commitment (which shall be $50,000,000 on the Closing Date), or

 

(b)    the sum of:

 

(i)     85% of all Eligible Accounts and Eligible Foreign Accounts;

 

(ii)    70% of all Eligible Finished Inventory;

 

(iii)  60% of all Eligible Semi-Finished Inventory.

 

Terms are here as defined in the Credit Agreement between LaSalle and the Co-Borrowers dated Sept. 11, 2003.

 

Outstanding letters of credit [and swingline loans] will be reserved against availability.

Purpose:

   To refinance existing indebtedness and to finance working capital requirements of the Company through direct borrowings and the issuance of stand by letters of credit.

Fees and Interest Rates:

   See Annex I.

Voluntary Prepayments

and Commitment

Reductions:

   The Company may prepay amounts outstanding under the Facilities in whole or in part (in minimum amounts to be agreed upon), with prior notice but without premium or penalty (but subject to payment of costs associated with breakfunding on LIBOR loans). The Company may reduce commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility upon 30 days advance notice and in minimum amounts of $2 million and higher integral numbers of $1 million.

Security:

   The Facilities will be secured by a first priority perfected security interest in substantially all existing and after acquired assets (real and personal) of the Loan Parties and all products and proceeds thereof. The Loan Parties will authorize the filing of UCC financing statements prior to closing of the Facilities. In addition, the Facilities will be secured by a first priority pledge of all outstanding equity securities of the Company’s subsidiaries.

Initial Conditions:

  

The closing of the Facilities will be subject to customary closing conditions, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, including, without limitation, the following:

 

(a)    The Administrative Agent shall have received an amended and restated credit agreement and other loan documents and all conditions to the initial borrowing thereunder shall have been satisfied. Such loan documents shall to be similar in nature to the Credit Agreement dated September 11, 2003.

 

LOGO    -2-    March 9, 2005


Confidential Summary of Indicative Terms and Conditions

 

   

(b)    The Company shall have received gross proceeds from its Initial Public Offering in an amount satisfactory to the Administrative Agent sufficient to retire all existing indebtedness (except Letters of Credit issued by the Lender) of the Company immediately prior to such Initial Public Offering.

   

(c)    All principal and interest due under GE Capital Loan Agreement have been paid and the Agreement has ended.

   

(d)    All Holding Company Notes have been repaid and the Note holders have no claims on FCA or the Co-Borrowers.

   

(e)    Caravelle Deferred Financing Fee Agreement, Hancock Management Agreements, Holding Management Agreement, and Santomero Management Agreement as these agreements are defined in the Credit Agreement dated September 11, 2004 have been terminated.

   

(f)     FCA will provide (i) Final S1 Registration Statement for FCA; (ii) audited financial statements for 2003 and 2004 and (iii) other financial information reasonably requested by LaSalle.

   

(g)    The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees required to be paid, and all expenses for which invoices have been presented, on or before the closing date.

   

(h)    The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of recent tax, judgment and UCC lien searches in each relevant jurisdiction with respect to the Loan Parties, and such searches shall reveal no liens on any of the assets of the Loan Parties except for liens permitted by the credit agreement.

   

(i)     All documents and instruments required to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the collateral under the Facilities shall have been executed and be in proper form for filing, and, in connection with real estate collateral, the Administrative Agent shall have received title insurance policies, surveys, permits and other customary documentation requested by the Administrative Agent.

   

(j)     The Administrative Agent shall be reasonably satisfied with the insurance program to be maintained by the Loan Parties.

   

(k)    If requested, the Administrative Agent shall have received a solvency certificate from the chief financial officer of the Company which shall document the solvency of the Company and its subsidiaries after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

LOGO    -3-    March 9, 2005


Confidential Summary of Indicative Terms and Conditions

 

    

(l)     If requested, the Administrative Agent shall have received an environmental audit with respect to certain real property owned or leased by the Loan Parties.

    

(m)   The Administrative Agent shall have received such legal opinions as Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

    

(n)    The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received satisfactory projected income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements prepared by the Company.

    

(o)    Co-Borrowers agree to continue their primary banking, to include general checking and lock box accounts, with LaSalle. Normal charges shall be assessed thereon. Although no compensating balance is required, Borrower may keep monthly balances in order to merit earnings credits which may cover LaSalle’s service charges for demand deposit account activities.

    

(p)    The Administrative Agent shall be satisfied that, since December 31, 2004 there has been no material adverse change in the business, assets, liabilities, properties, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations or prospects of the Loan Parties.

    

(q)    The Administrative Agent shall have received such other documents, agreements, certificates and opinions to be executed or delivered, or relating to the transactions contemplated, on or prior to the closing date as the Administrative Agent or the Lenders may request.

    

(r)     The Administrative Agent shall have received a field audit examination and appraisals (including appraisals of fixed assets and inventory) requested by the Administrative Agent and the results thereof shall be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole and absolute discretion.

Ongoing Conditions:

   The making of each extension of credit shall be conditioned upon (a) the accuracy of all representations and warranties in the credit agreement and the other loan documents and (b) there being no default or event of default in existence at the time of, or after giving effect to the making of, such extension of credit.

 

LOGO    -4-    March 9, 2005


Confidential Summary of Indicative Terms and Conditions

 

Representations and

Warranties:

   Similar in nature to those in the Agreement dated September 11, 2003, including without limitation financial statements, absence of undisclosed liabilities, enforceability of loan documents, taxes, investment company act and public utility holding company act, accuracy of disclosure, insurance, subordinated debt agreements and related agreements, due organization and authorization, no conflict, required approvals, ownership of properties, burdensome obligations, no material adverse change, no violation of Regulation T, U or X, pension and welfare plans, solvency, no material litigation, intellectual property, absence of default, labor matters and environmental matters.

Distributions:

   Cash or stock dividends up to $10 mln in aggregate per annum are permitted provided no Event of Default exists or will occur as a result of said dividend. Management fee payments are not permitted.
Restricted Cash Account:    Not required

Additional Indebtedness:

   Capital Leases, operating leases, and indebtedness of a Credit Party secured by security interests permitted by Section 6.1(h) of the Credit Agreement dated Sept. 11, 2003, not to exceed $5,000,000 in annual payments in the aggregate at any time outstanding, net of any payments received pursuant to those Capital Leases and other transactions.

Affirmative Covenants:

   Similar in nature to those in the Agreement dated September 11, 2003, including without limitation, financial information (including audited annual financial statements with unqualified opinion, monthly financial statements, monthly compliance certificates, monthly borrowing base certificates, monthly internal management reports, and SEC filings), use of proceeds, tax shelter registration, deposit accounts, corporate existence, employee plans, notice of default, environmental matters, litigation, payment of taxes and obligations, financial projections, compliance with laws, maintenance of property, insurance, inspection and further assurances.

Negative Covenants:

   Similar in nature to those in the Agreement dated September 11, 2003, including without limitation lines of business, additional indebtedness, liens, guarantees, investments, cancellation of indebtedness, restricted payments, modification of certain agreements and instruments, inconsistent agreements, leases, consolidations, mergers and acquisitions, sale of assets, subsidiary dividends, and transactions with affiliates.

 

LOGO    -5-    March 9, 2005


Confidential Summary of Indicative Terms and Conditions

 

Financial Covenants:

  

To include, without limitation, the following financial covenants:

 

1.      Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio 3.5x at all times, measured quarterly.

    

Interest Coverage Ratio ” means the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Group’s EBITDA (to include, through, through 9/30/05, an add-back for expenses and/or settlement costs, without duplication, of up to $9,200,000 in the aggregate related to the Pending Employment Litigation) plus non-cash expenses relating to the Borrower’s employee stock option plan (as stated in the final S1) plus Railcar Contract Losses minus Capital Expenditures (net of Capital Expenditures made using the Consolidated Group’s cash not financed by the Bank or another lender) minus Cash Taxes minus Dividends, to (b) Interest Expense.

    

2.      Maximum Senior Debt Leverage Ratio 3.25x at all times, with a step-down to 3.00x for the quarter ended September 30, 2006.

    

Senior Leverage Ratio ” means the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Group’s Senior Funded Debt to (b) the Consolidated Group’s EBITDA (to include, through 9/30/95, add-backs for expenses and/or settlement costs, without duplication, of up to $9,200,000 in the aggregate related to the Pending Employment Litigation), plus non-cash expenses relating to the Borrower’s employee stock option plan (as stated in the final S1) plus the Railcar Contract Losses).

    

3.      Maximum Total Debt Leverage Ratio 3.75x at all times with a step down to 3.50x for the quarter ended September 30, 2006.

 

Total Leverage Ratio ” means the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Group’s Total Funded Debt, to (b) the Consolidated Group’s EBITDA (to include, through 9/30/05, add-backs for expenses and/or settlement costs, without duplication, of up to $9,200,000 in the aggregate related to the Pending Employment Litigation), plus non-cash expenses relating to the Borrower’s employee stock option plan (as stated in the final S1) plus the Railcar Contract Losses).

 

LOGO    -6-    March 9, 2005


Confidential Summary of Indicative Terms and Conditions

 

    

4.      Minimum Adjusted Tangible Net Worth equal to 85% of FCA’s Tangible Net Worth as of March 31, 2005 or close, whichever comes later, plus 65% percent of the aggregate cumulative Net Income earned for each fiscal quarter beginning with the quarter ending June 30, 2005.

    

5.      Maximum Capital Expenditures of $10 mln per calendar year.

    

“Railcar Contract Losses” means the losses in 2004 on order 1400-964 to manufacture boxcars as stated in the final S1.

    

“Senior Funded Debt ” of any Person means all Debt of the Consolidated Group not constituting Subordinated Debt, but excluding any Debt arising hereunder which is secured by any Cash Collateral.

    

Tangible Net Worth ” shall mean at any time the total of Tangible Assets minus Liabilities plus Subordinated Debt (if any).

    

Tangible Assets ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the total of all assets appearing on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date of determination (with Inventory being valued at the lower of cost or market), after deducting all proper reserves (including reserves for Depreciation) minus the sum of (i) goodwill, patents, trademarks, prepaid expenses, deposits, deferred charges and other personal property which is classified as intangible property in accordance with GAAP, and (ii) any amounts due from shareholders, Affiliates, officers or employees.

Events of Default:

   Similar in nature to those in the Agreement dated September 11, 2003, including, without limitation, failure to make payment when due, defaults under other agreements or indebtedness, noncompliance with covenants, breach of representation or warranty, bankruptcy, judgments in excess of specific amounts, pension plan defaults, impairment of security interests, invalidity of any guarantee, security interest or subordination provision, change of control.

 

LOGO    -7-    March 9, 2005


Confidential Summary of Indicative Terms and Conditions

 

Expenses;

Indemnification:

  

Upon acceptance of the Commitment Letter, the Company agrees pay all reasonable costs and expenses associated with the preparation, due diligence, administration, syndication and enforcement of all documentation executed in connection with the Facilities, including, without limitation, legal fees of counsel to the Administrative Agent regardless of whether or not the Facilities close.

 

The Company shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and their respective directors, officers, affiliates, employees and agents from and against all losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses relating to the Facilities and the Company’s use of the Facilities, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and settlement costs, except to the extent that such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses are incurred by reason of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the applicable indemnified person, as determined by a final, nonappealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction.

Taxes and Yield

Protection:

   The Company will indemnify the Lenders for withholding taxes. The definitive loan documents will also contain customary tax gross-up, yield protection and breakage provisions.

Voting:

   Required Lenders shall be equal to 50.1% or more of commitments under the Facilities or at least two lenders, except that (a) the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby shall be required with respect to (i) reductions in the amount of, or extensions of the scheduled date of amortization or final maturity of, any loan, (ii) reductions in the rate of interest or any fee or extensions of any due date therefore, and (iii) increases in the amount or extension of the expiry date of any Lender’s commitments and (b) the consent of 100% of the Lenders shall be required with respect to (i) modifications of the voting percentages and rights and (ii) releases of all or substantially all of the guarantees or all or substantially all of the collateral.

Assignments and

Participations:

   Each Lender may at any time sell assignments in the Facilities to eligible financial institutions or commercial banks in minimum amounts of $5,000,000 (or all of such Lender’s remaining loans and commitments) subject to the consent of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender (for assignments of the Revolving Credit Facility only) and (so long as no event of default has occurred and is continuing) the Company (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Each Lender may sell participations in all or any part of the Facilities, provided such participants shall only have voting rights with respect to certain customary or affected lender consent items.

 

LOGO    -8-    March 9, 2005


Confidential Summary of Indicative Terms and Conditions

 

Governing Law and

Forum:

   The loan documents will be governed by Illinois law. The Loan Parties will submit to the jurisdiction and venue of the federal and state courts located in Cook County in the State of Illinois and will waive any right to trial by jury.

Counsel to the

Administrative Agent:

   Faegre & Benson, Minneapolis, MN

Exclusivity:

   From the date of acceptance of the Commitment Letter, there shall be no competing offer, placement or arrangement of any senior credit financing by or on behalf of the Company, and the Company will immediately advise the Administrative Agent if any such transaction is contemplated.

 

This Term Sheet is subject in its entirety to the Commitment Letter dated March 1, 2005 to which this Term Sheet is attached Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Term Sheet shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Commitment Letter.

 

This Term Sheet does not attempt to describe all of the terms, conditions and requirements that would pertain to the Facilities, but rather is intended to outline certain basic items around which the Facilities will be structured. This Term Sheet is not intended to limit the scope of discussion or negotiation of any and all matters not inconsistent with the specific matters set forth herein.

 

This Term Sheet is confidential and may not be shared with any party other than officers, directors and agents of the Company without the prior consent of LaSalle.

 

LOGO    -9-    March 9, 2005


Confidential Summary of Indicative Terms and Conditions

 

Annex I

 

Interests and Certain Fees

 

Interest:

  

Loans will bear interest at a rate per annum over the Base Rate or the LIBOR Rate according to the Pricing Grid set forth below based on the most recent quarter end Senior Leverage Ratio ( provided that until receipt of the 9/30/05 statements, the applicable interest rate margins will be no lower than those corresponding to Level III in the Pricing Grid).

 

Loans outstanding under the swingline facility will bear interest at the Base Rate plus the margin for Base Rate loans set forth in the Pricing Grid.

 

Pricing Grid

 

Applicable Margin (bps)


Level


 

Senior

Debt/EBITDA


 

LIBOR

Margin


 

Base Rate

Margin


 

L/C

Fee Rate


V

  ³ 3.00   300   125   300

IV

  <3.00   275   100   275

III

  <2.50   250   75   250

II

  <2.00   225   50   225

I

  <1.50   175   0   175

 

Undrawn Pricing (bps)


Percentage Used*


           Unused Fee        

> 66  2 / 3 % Used

   50.0

< than 66  2 / 3 used but > than 33 and 1/3 used

   37.5

< 33 and 1/3% used

   25.0

* Commitment Utilization includes direct borrowings and stand by letters of credit.

 

     LIBOR Rate: The London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) as displayed in the Bloomberg Financial Markets system (or other authoritative source selected by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) for deposits in dollars for one, two, three or six month periods (“Interest Periods”) as offered at 11:00 a.m. London time two (2) business days prior to the borrowing date (or three (3) business days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period if banks in London, England were not open and dealing in offshore United States dollars on such second preceding business day), adjusted for statutory reserve requirements.

 

LOGO    -10-    March 9, 2005


Confidential Summary of Indicative Terms and Conditions

 

     Base Rate : The higher of (a) the rate publicly announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its “prime rate” and (b) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5% per annum.

Calculations:

   All calculations of interest and fees will be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed; provided that calculations of interest on Base Rate loans will be made on the basis of a 365/366-day year and actual days elapsed.

Interest Payments:

   On Base Rate Loans, Interest will be payable monthly in arrears on the last day of each calendar month; On LIBOR Loans, on the last day of each Interest Period.

Non-Use Fee:

   A Non-Use Fee at a rate per annum determined by reference to the Pricing Grid will be payable on the daily unutilized portion of the Revolving Credit Facility. Such fee will be payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each calendar quarter. The undrawn amount of letters of credit will count as utilization of the Revolving Credit Facility for purposes of calculating this fee. Outstanding swingline loans will not constitute utilization of the Revolving Credit Facility for purposes of calculating this fee.

Letter of Credit Fees:

   A letter of credit fee at a rate per annum determined by reference to the Pricing Grid will be payable on the daily stated amount of all outstanding letters of credit. Such fee will be payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each calendar quarter. In addition, the Company will pay the Issuing Lender for its own account for each Letter of Credit (a) a fronting fee in the amount separately agreed to between the Company and the Issuing Lender and (b) such other standard issuance, negotiation, processing and/or administration fees as may be charged by the Issuing Lender.

Default Rate:

   Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default, at the option of the Required Lenders, the obligations under the Facilities will bear interest at a rate equal to an additional two percent (2%) per annum over the rate otherwise applicable, with such interest payable on demand. Imposition of the default rate will be automatic for payment and insolvency defaults.

 

LOGO    -11-    March 9, 2005

Exhibit 10.29

 

KEY ELEMENTS OF MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN

 

    Performance measurement is based on Return on Average Net Assets (RONA). The Plan will incent managers to maximize earnings as well as manage assets.

 

    RONA is calculated as operating income divided by the cumulative monthly average of receivables, inventory, payables and property, plant and equipment (average net assets).

 

    The Management Incentive Plan is self-funding; operating income is computed after the 1995 bonus accrual.

 

    Management target bonus of 100% agrees to the 1995 financial Plan. The starting point for bonus payout is 14% RONA. A 14% RONA calculation approximates 18% RATC % (return on average total capital). The shareholders will receive 18% RATC after the accrual of the management bonus. Target RONA % is 45%.

 

Targeted bonuses will be adjusted from 10% up to 200% through company performance using the “bonus rate” factor.

 

    Management is segmented into various bonus payout groups. Assuming the 1995 Financial Plan targets are met, each group will earn bonuses at the following levels of base salary.

 

Group A:

   40%

Group B:

   25%

Group C:

   10%
     15%

Group D:

     7%

 

    Individual bonus awards are computed in the following manner:

 

Base   X    Group   X    Company   =    Individual
Salary        Level        Performance        Bonus Award


MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE

PLAN

JOHNSTOWN AMERICA

CORPORATION

 

 

 

REV 11/30/94


Johnstown America Corporation

Management Incentive Plan

1995

 

I. Purpose

 

The purpose of this Management Incentive Plan is to provide additional compensation to participants which relates to the achievement of the financial objectives of the Company. Additional objectives of the Plan are to:

 

    Assist the Company in attracting and retaining highly qualified personnel.

 

    Encourage and stimulate superior performance by such personnel on behalf of the Company.

 

    Recognize the level of an individuals position to influence company results.

 

II. Definitions

 

A. Company means Johnstown America Corporation and its successors (by merger, consolidation or otherwise).

 

B. Fiscal Year means the Company’s 1995 Fiscal Year, and December 31, 1995.

 

C. Plan means this Management Incentive Plan.

 

D. Financial Plan means the 1995 Plan or Budget.

 

E. Board of Directors means Directors of Johnstown America Industries, Inc.

 

F. Base Salary equals the total salary for the portion of the Fiscal Year during which the employee was a participant in the Plan. Any salary proration will be based upon a twelve month year. Base Salary includes an individual’s salary before reduction for 401(k) contributions and salary deferral, but does not include payments from short or long-term incentive plans, executive life insurance and automobile programs and nonrecurring earnings such as moving expenses and special bonuses.

 

G. Bonus Award Calculation shall be calculated and use terms and definitions in accordance with section IV of this Plan.


III. Conditions of Participation

 

A. Participants must be actively employed by the Company as of the payment date. Individuals who have resigned or who have been discharged are not eligible.

 

B. Participants must have been employed at least three (3) months to be eligible for payment. No partial payment will be made to new hires with less than three months on the payroll. Participants affected by location closing or job eliminations may receive a pro-rata payment at the discretion of the President.

 

C. In the event an individual is transferred from one position to another for any reason during the year the individuals bonus will be based on the higher of his/her base salary for positions held that year.

 

D. Required federal and state withholdings will be deducted from all incentive payments.

 

E. Final determination of the incentives earned by participants is subject to approval by the Chief Executive Officer and the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors who reserve the right to:

 

  1. Alter, amend or annul any provision of this Plan at any time.

 

  2. Terminate this Plan at any time.

 

  3. Terminate and rescind the participation of any individual in the Plan at any time, including subsequent to the end of an incentive period, but before awards are paid.

 

F. The establishment of this Plan, the granting of any award payment, or any other action taken by the Company or its officers shall not constitute any contract with, or any legal or equitable right upon any employee or other person against the Company, its officers, directors, or employees, or against its affiliates or subsidiaries.

 

G. Continuation of this Management Incentive Plan is at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Administration and modification of its contents and conditions is done only with the approval of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

 


H. The Company will have the discretion to exclude certain items from operating expenses. Specific items to be excluded would be:

 

Significant windfall gains;

Significant non-operating losses;

The effects of an acquisition or restructuring;

and any other unusual items.

 

I. This Plan is applicable to all salaried personnel of the Company as identified by the President and Chief Executive Officer.

 

IV. Bonus Award Calculation

 

A. Bonus Awards will be based on Return On Average Net Assets (RONA) as defined.

 

  1. Operating Income for Johnstown America Corporation is defined as earnings computed under generally accepted accounting principles, after accrual for current year management incentive plan expense and before interest, taxes and other income and expenses.

 

  2. Average Net Assets is defined as the sum of average annual cumulative (i) receivables, (ii) inventory, (iii) property, plant and equipment net of accumulated depreciation, (iv) less account payables.

 

  3. Return on Average Net Assets (RONA) is defined as operating income divided by Average Net Assets.

 

B. Participants in the Plan shall be entitled to a Bonus Award computed in the following manner:

 

  1. Calculation of Company RONA, see Exhibit A.

 

  2. Determine Company bonus rate from Bonus Rate Table on Exhibit B.

 

  3. Determine individual bonus group % from Exhibit C.

 

  4. Determine individual bonus award.

 

Formula;

   Base         Bonus         Bonus         Bonus     
     Salary    X    Group %    X    Rate    =    Award    $

 

See example on Exhibit C

 

 


V. Computation and Disbursement of Funds

 

As soon as possible after the close of the fiscal year, the CEO of the Company will approve the final goal achievement and bonus award payment under terms of this plan. Bonus Awards will be considered earned once approved for payment by the CEO and the Board of Directors.

 

VI. Changes to Target Levels

 

The Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors may change the financial target(s) at any time prior to the final determination of awards if, in their judgement, such change(s) is/are desirable in the interest of equitable treatment of the participants and the Company as a result of extraordinary or nonrecurring events, change in applicable accounting rules or principles, changes in the Company’s method of accounting, changes in applicable law, changes due to consolidation, acquisitions, reorganization, unusual circumstances or any other changes of a similar nature to any of the foregoing.

 

VII. Partial Awards

 

A participant shall be entitled to payment of a partial Bonus Award if, prior to the end of the fiscal year, a participant:

 

    Dies

 

    Retires (is eligible to immediately receive retirement benefits under a Company sponsored retirement plan)

 

    Becomes permanently disabled

 

    Is determined by the Company to be ineligible for continued plan participation

 

    Enters military service

 

    Takes an approved leave of absence

 

    Is elected to public office

 

    Is terminated by the Company due to position elimination and/or divestiture, closing or sale of the participant’s operating unit.

 


VIII. MIP GOAL

 

Return on Average Net Assets

Financial Plan Target RONA % 45%.

 

By meeting the Financial Plan target RONA individual(s) in the Incentive Plan will be entitled to 100% of their targeted bonus awards. If Financial Plan targets are exceeded, then individual targeted bonus awards would be adjusted up according to bonus rate table on Exhibit B. If plan targets are not met, then individual target bonus awards would be adjusted down according to the bonus rate table.


Johnstown America Corporation

Management Incentive Plan

1995

Exhibits

 

Exhibit A    Computation of Return on Net Assets (RONA)
Exhibit B    Bonus Rate Table
Exhibit C    Individual Bonus Calculation
Exhibit D    Group Bonus Award Table


Johnstown America Corporation    EXHIBIT A

Management Incentive Plan

Computation of Return on Average Net Assets (RONA)

File: JACMIP95

(000)

 

     1992

    1993

    1994 Est

    1995 Plan

 

Operating Income

   4,375     12,432     10,282     35,354  

Average net assets:

                        

Receivables

   6,053     16,450     38,109     52,920  

Inventory

   27,834     22,864     30,131     37,317  

Property plant & equipment

   27,472     28,155     32,413     37,421  

Payables

   (24,719 )   (26,844 )   (39,083 )   (48,441 )
    

 

 

 

Average net assets

   36,640     40,625     61,570     79,217  

RONA %

   11.94 %   30.60 %   16.70 %   44.63 %

RATC %

   6.98 %   22.16 %   17.88 %   57.56 %

 

(1) Operating income is computed after including appropriate bonus accrual


Johnstown America Corporation                                                                     EXHIBIT B

Management Incentive Plan

Bonus Rate Table

File: JACMIP95

(000)

 

    RONA Range

   

Bonus

Rate (1)


   

Aggregate
Bonus

Pool $ (2)


     Operating Income
$ Range (3)


     Bonus Pool $
as a % of
Operating Income


    EPS (4)

    Low

    Hi

           Low

     Hi

     Low

    Hi

    Low

     Hi

    98.000 %   101.999 %   205.0 %   2,475      77,633      80,801      3.19 %   3.06 %   4.66      4.85
    94.000 %   97.999 %   197.5 %   2,384      74,464      77,632      3.20 %   3.07 %   4.47      4.66
    90.000 %   93.999 %   190.0 %   2,294      71,295      74,463      3.22 %   3.08 %   4.28      4.47
    86.000 %   89.999 %   182.5 %   2,203      68,127      71,295      3.23 %   3.09 %   4.09      4.28
    82.000 %   85.999 %   175.0 %   2,113      64,958      68,126      3.25 %   3.10 %   3.90      4.09
    78.000 %   81.999 %   167.5 %   2,022      61,789      64,957      3.27 %   3.11 %   3.71      3.90
    74.000 %   77.999 %   160.0 %   1,932      58,621      61,788      3.30 %   3.13 %   3.52      3.71
    70.000 %   73.999 %   152.5 %   1,841      55,452      58,620      3.32 %   3.14 %   3.33      3.52
    66.000 %   69.999 %   145.0 %   1,750      52,283      55,451      3.35 %   3.16 %   3.14      3.33
    62.000 %   65.999 %   137.5 %   1,660      49,115      52,282      3.38 %   3.17 %   2.95      3.14
    58.000 %   61.999 %   130.0 %   1,569      45,946      49,114      3.42 %   3.20 %   2.76      2.95
    54.000 %   57.999 %   122.5 %   1,479      42,777      45,945      3.46 %   3.22 %   2.57      2.76
    50.000 %   53.999 %   115.0 %   1,291      39,609      42,776      3.26 %   3.02 %   2.38      2.57
    46.000 %   49.999 %   107.5 %   1,207      36,440      39,608      3.31 %   3.05 %   2.19      2.38

Plan level

  42.000 %   45.999 %   100.0 %   1,123      33,271      36,439      3.38 %   3.08 %   2.00      2.19
    38.000 %   41.999 %   90.0 %   1,011      30,102      33,270      3.36 %   3.04 %   1.81      2.00
    34.000 %   37.999 %   80.0 %   898      26,934      30,102      3.34 %   2.98 %   1.62      1.81
    30.000 %   33.999 %   70.0 %   786      23,765      26,933      3.31 %   2.92 %   1.43      1.62
    28.000 %   29.999 %   60.0 %   674      22,181      23,764      3.04 %   2.84 %   1.33      1.43
    26.000 %   27.999 %   50.0 %   561      20,596      22,180      2.73 %   2.53 %   1.24      1.33
    24.000 %   25.999 %   40.0 %   449      19,012      20,596      2.36 %   2.18 %   1.14      1.24
    22.000 %   23.999 %   30.0 %   337      17,428      19,011      1.93 %   1.77 %   1.05      1.14
    20.000 %   21.999 %   20.0 %   225      15,843      17,427      1.42 %   1.29 %   0.95      1.05
    18.000 %   19.999 %   10.0 %   112      14,259      15,843      0.79 %   0.71 %   0.86      0.95
    16.000 %   17.999 %   0.0 %   0      12,675      14,258      0.00 %   0.00 %   0.76      0.86

 

(1) Bonus rate to be applied to Individual Bonus Target

 

(2) Bonus accrual amount based on level of RONA achieved

 

(3) Assumes cummulative average net assets to be $75,000

 

(4) Assumes cummulative average net assets to be $75,000 and tax rate to be 40%


Johnstown America Corporation    EXHIBIT C

Management Incentive Plan

Individual Bonus Calculation

File: JACMIP95

(000 )

 

Example:   

Operating income is $40,000

    

Average net assets for the year is $80,000

    

RONA equals                             50%

    

Individual annual salary is $25,000 and is in Group C

    

Bonus rate factor (from Bonus Rate Table) is             115%

 

Calculation:     

 

    

Base

Salary


   X   

Group

Bonus

Award %


   X   

Company

Bonus

Rate


   =   

Individual

Bonus

Award


     25,000         10%         115%         2,875


Johnstown America Corporation    EXHIBIT D

Management Incentive Plan

Group Bonus Award Table

File: JACMIP95

 

               Group Bonus Awards

Bonus Groups


   #
Employees


   Base
Salary


   % of
Base Salary


    Bonus
Award


Group A

   9    903,536    40%&50 %   380,415

Group B

   23    1,344,516    25 %   336,129

Group C

   98    3,608,160    10 %   360,816

Group D

   24    654,648    7 %   45,825
         
        
          6,510,860    17.3 %   1,123,185

Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of FreightCar America, Inc.

 

Each subsidiary is incorporated in Delaware.

JAC Intermedco, Inc.

JAC Operations, Inc.

Johnstown America Corporation

Freight Car Services, Inc.

JAIX Leasing Company

JAC Patent Company

FreightCar Roanoke, Inc.

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

The accompanying financial statements give effect to the merger that is expected to take place prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement of which this prospectus is part. The following consent is in the form that will be furnished by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, upon the consummation of the merger described in Note 17 to the financial statements assuming that from March 8, 2005 to the date of such merger no material events have occurred that would affect the accompanying financial statements or require disclosure therein.

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

“We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated February 22, 2005 (March 8, 2005 as to the effects of the restatement discussed in Note 2 and April     , 2005 as to Note 17), which report includes an explanatory paragraph regarding a restatement of the 2004 and 2003 balance sheets, relating to the financial statements of FreightCar America, Inc., appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

March     , 2005”

 

/s/    D ELOITTE & T OUCHE LLP

 

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

March 16, 2005

 

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

Consent of

Robert N. Tidball

 

 

Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of FCA Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”), I hereby consent to being named, in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments or supplements thereto to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, as a director of the Company concurrently with the consummation of the IPO.

 

 

[Signature page follows]

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Consent as of the 16th day of March, 2005.

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ Robert N. Tidball
Robert N. Tidball

 

 

Exhibit 99.2

 

Consent of

S. Carl Soderstrom, Jr.

 

Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of FCA Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”), I hereby consent to being named, in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments or supplements thereto to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, as a director of the Company concurrently with the consummation of the IPO.

 

 

[Signature page follows]

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Consent as of the 16th day of March, 2005.

 

 

 
/s/ S. Carl Soderstrom, Jr.
S. Carl Soderstrom, Jr.